documentation/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
# 
# Translators:
# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2024
# Rhea Xiao, 2024
# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2024
# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2024
# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2024
# waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2024
# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2024
# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2024
# Odoo哥 <vnsoft.he@gmail.com>, 2024
# Jeana Jiang, 2024
# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2024
# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2024
# Tiffany Chang, 2024
# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2024
# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2024
# Martin Trigaux, 2024
# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2024
# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2024
# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2025
# Chloe Wang, 2025
# Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2025
# Wil Odoo, 2025
# 
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-12-31 16:01+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 06:34+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2025\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
msgid "Supply Chain"
msgstr "供应链"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8
msgid "Barcode"
msgstr "条码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and "
"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By "
"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered "
"by scanning barcodes."
msgstr ""
"通过**Odoo条形码**，用户可以为单个产品和产品类别分配条形码，并使用这些条形码跟踪库存动态。连接条形码扫描器，可以通过扫描条形码触发特定的库存流程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
msgstr "`Odoo 教程：条形码<https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5
msgid "Daily operations"
msgstr "日常作业"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes"
msgstr "使用条码来做库存调整"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
msgid ""
"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not "
"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory "
"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the "
"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In"
" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments."
msgstr ""
"在仓库中，数据库中记录的库存盘点可能并不总是与实际的真实库存盘点一致。在这种情况下，可以调整库存，以调节差异，确保数据库中记录的库存数量与仓库中的实际数量相符。在"
" Odoo 中，*条形码* 应用程序可用于调整。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10
msgid ""
"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode "
"scanner or the Odoo mobile app."
msgstr "这些调整可使用兼容 Odoo 的条形码扫描仪或 Odoo 移动应用程序实时完成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14
msgid ""
"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware "
"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • "
"Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_."
msgstr ""
"有关与 Odoo 兼容的条形码移动扫描仪以及 *库存* 和 *条形码* 应用程序的其他硬件列表，请参阅 `Odoo 清单 - 硬件页面 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19
msgid ""
":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13
msgid "Enable Barcode app"
msgstr "启用条码应用程序"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
msgid ""
"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it "
"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the "
"*Inventory* app."
msgstr "要使用*条形码*应用程序创建和应用库存调整，**必须**通过在*库存*应用程序的设置中启用该功能来安装。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click "
"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后向下滚动到 :guilabel:`条形码` "
"部分，点击 :guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 选项旁边的复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22
msgid ""
"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page "
"to save changes."
msgstr "勾选复选框后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33
msgid ""
"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode "
"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either "
":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can"
" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret "
"barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"保存后，在 :guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 选项下会出现一个新的下拉菜单，标有 :guilabel:`条形码命名法`，可选择 "
":guilabel:`默认命名法` 或 :guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法`。每个命名法选项决定扫描仪在 Odoo 中如何解析条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38
msgid ""
"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, "
"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands "
"and a barcode demo sheet."
msgstr ""
"还有一个 :guilabel:`配置产品条形码` 内部链接箭头，以及一组用于打印条形码指令和条形码演示表的 :guilabel:`打印` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings."
msgstr "在库存应用程序设置中启用条形码功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46
msgid ""
"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` "
"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and"
" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs."
msgstr ""
"有关设置和配置 :guilabel:`条形码` 应用程序的更多信息，请参阅 :doc:`设置条形码扫描仪 <../setup/hardware>` 和 "
":doc:`激活 Odoo 中的条形码 <../setup/software>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51
msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment"
msgstr "进行库存调整"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53
msgid ""
"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`"
" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including "
":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and "
":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`."
msgstr ""
"首先导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序 --> 扫描条形码` 面板，其中将显示不同选项，包括 "
":guilabel:`操作`、:guilabel:`库存调整` 和 :guilabel:`批量传输` 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57
msgid ""
"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory"
" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr "要创建和应用库存调整，请单击屏幕底部的 :guilabel:` 库存调整` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123
msgid ""
"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as"
" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section."
msgstr "这样做会导航至 *条形码库存客户操作* 页面，在顶部标题部分标为 :guilabel:`库存调整`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner."
msgstr "带有扫描仪的条形码应用程序启动屏幕。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67
msgid ""
"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the "
"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be "
"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)."
msgstr "要开始调整，首先扫描*源位置*，即需要调整计数的产品在仓库中的当前位置。然后，扫描产品条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70
msgid ""
"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase "
"the quantity of that product in the adjustment."
msgstr "可以多次扫描特定产品的条形码，以增加调整中该产品的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74
msgid ""
"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the "
"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply "
"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment."
msgstr "如果数据库中**未**启用仓库*多位置*功能，则无需扫描源位置。只需扫描产品条形码即可开始库存调整。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78
msgid ""
"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ "
"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line."
msgstr "另外，也可点击产品线最右侧的 :guilabel:`✏️（铅笔）` 图标更改数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81
msgid ""
"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the "
":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract "
"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as"
" well."
msgstr ""
"这样做会打开一个带有键盘的单独窗口。编辑 :guilabel:`数量` 行中的数字可更改数量。此外，点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 "
":guilabel:`-1` 按钮可增加或减少产品数量，数字键也可用于增加数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86
msgid ""
"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` "
"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product "
"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the "
"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment"
" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products."
msgstr ""
"在下面的库存调整中，扫描了源位置`WH/Stock/Shelf/2`，将其分配给该位置。接着，产品 [FURN_7888] Desk Stand "
"with Screen 的条形码被扫描了3次，增加了调整中的数量。可以通过扫描其他特定产品的条形码，将其添加到此调整中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment."
msgstr "条形码库存客户端操作页面，可进行库存调整。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95
msgid ""
"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` "
"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page."
msgstr "要完成库存调整，请单击页面底部带复选标记的绿色 :guilabel:`✅应用` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150
msgid ""
"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming "
"validation of the adjustment."
msgstr "应用后，Odoo 会返回到 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。右上角会出现一个绿色小横幅，确认调整已生效。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180
msgid "Did you know?"
msgstr "您知道吗？"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103
msgid ""
"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the"
" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be "
"printed from the home screen of the app."
msgstr "Odoo 的 *条形码* 应用程序提供带有条形码的演示数据，用于探索应用程序的功能。这些数据可用于测试目的，并可在应用程序的主屏幕上打印。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106
msgid ""
"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and "
"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for "
"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window"
" above the scanner."
msgstr ""
"要访问此演示数据，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序` 并单击扫描仪上方信息弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`库存条形码表单` "
"和 :guilabel:`库存指令`（以蓝色粗体高亮显示）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0
msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen."
msgstr "在条码应用程序主屏幕上弹出演示数据提示。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115
msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment"
msgstr "手动将产品添加到库存调整中"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117
msgid ""
"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo "
"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments."
msgstr "当无法获得地点或产品的条形码时，仍可使用 Odoo *条形码* 执行库存调整。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120
msgid ""
"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning"
" --> Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr "为此，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序 --> 条形码扫描 --> 库存调整`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126
msgid ""
"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ "
"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr "要在此调整中手动添加产品，请点击屏幕下方的白色 :guilabel:` ➕ 添加产品` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129
msgid ""
"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and"
" source location must be chosen."
msgstr "这将跳转到一个新的空白页面，在此必须选择所需的产品、数量和来源地。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0
msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page."
msgstr "在条形码库存客户端操作页面上添加产品的小键盘。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136
msgid ""
"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose "
"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that "
"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract "
"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as "
"well."
msgstr ""
"首先，单击 :guilabel:`产品` 行，选择需要调整库存数量的产品。然后，手动输入该产品的数量，方法是直接更改 :guilabel:`数量` "
"行中的 `1`，或点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 :guilabel:`-1` 按钮来增加或减少产品数量。数字键盘也可用于添加数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141
msgid ""
"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read "
"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of "
"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for "
"this inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
"数字键盘下方是 :guilabel:`位置` 行，默认为 `WH/Stock`。单击该行可显示下拉菜单，选择库存调整的 :guilabel:`源位置`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes."
msgstr "准备就绪后，单击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147
msgid ""
"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` "
"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page."
msgstr "要应用库存调整，请单击页面底部带复选标记的绿色 :guilabel:`✅应用` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
msgid "Default barcode nomenclature"
msgstr "默认条形码命名法"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:10
msgid ""
"*Barcode nomenclatures* define how barcodes are recognized and categorized. "
"When a barcode is scanned, it is associated to the **first** rule with a "
"matching pattern. The pattern syntax is described in Odoo's nomenclature "
"list using a regular expression, and a barcode is successfully read by Odoo "
"if its prefix and/or length matches the one defined in the barcode's rule."
msgstr ""
"*条形码术语*定义了条形码的识别和分类方式。扫描条形码时，条形码会与具有匹配模式的**首**条规则相关联。模式语法在 Odoo "
"的命名列表中使用正则表达式进行描述，如果条形码的前缀和/或长度与条形码规则中定义的前缀和/或长度匹配，Odoo 就能成功读取条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
msgid ""
"For instance, at a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` "
"station, product weight barcodes in the European Article Number (EAN) "
"format, which begin with `21` and have five digits specifying the weight, "
"are used to weigh products and generate a barcode depicting the weight and "
"price. The `21` and five-digit weight is the barcode pattern used to "
"identify the barcode and can be customized to ensure Odoo correctly "
"interprets all barcodes for the business."
msgstr ""
"例如，在 :doc:`POS <.../.../.../sales/point_of_sale>`站点，欧洲商品编号（EAN）格式的产品重量条形码（以 "
"`21` 开头并有五位数字指定重量）用于称重产品并生成描述重量和价格的条形码。 `21` 和五位数重量是用于识别条形码的条形码模式，可进行自定义，以确保"
" Odoo 能正确解释企业的所有条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:22
msgid ""
"Barcodes are also commonly used with Odoo's **Inventory** and **Barcode** "
"apps."
msgstr "条形码也常用于 Odoo 的 **库存** 和 **条形码** 应用程序。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:24
msgid ""
"Odoo **Barcode** supports |EAN|, Universal Product Code (UPC), and :doc:`GS1"
" <gs1_nomenclature>` formats. This document exclusively focuses on "
":ref:`default rules and patterns in Odoo <barcode/operations/default-"
"nomenclature-list>`, which use |UPC| and |EAN| encoding."
msgstr ""
"Odoo **条形码** 支持 |EAN|、通用产品代码（UPC）和 :doc:`GS1<gs1_nomenclature>` 格式。本文档只关注 "
":ref:`Odoo 中的默认规则和模式 <barcode/operations/default-nomenclature-list>`，其中使用 "
"|UPC| 和 |EAN| 编码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:29
msgid ""
"To use |UPC| and |EAN| barcodes for uniquely identifying products across the"
" entire supply chain, they **must** be `purchased from GS1 "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_."
msgstr ""
"要在整个供应链中使用 |UPC| 和 |EAN| 条形码唯一标识产品，它们 **必须** 从GS1 "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_购买。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:32
msgid ""
"In Odoo, custom barcode patterns can be defined to recognize barcodes "
"specific to the company. Barcodes do not need to be purchased if used only "
"within the company, such as in the :ref:`example "
"<barcode/operations/product-weight>` where the barcode is written in the "
"|EAN| format."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中，可定义自定义条形码模式以识别公司特定的条形码。如果条码仅在公司内部使用，则无需购买，例如在 :ref:`示例 "
"<barcode/operations/product-weight>` 中，条形码以 |EAN| 格式书写。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:96
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:19
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:104
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:19
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:19
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "配置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
msgid ""
"To use default nomenclature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick the"
" :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` checkbox. Doing so installs the **Barcode** app"
" in the database."
msgstr ""
"要使用默认术语，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`条形码` 部分，勾选 "
":guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 复选框。这样就会在数据库中安装 **条形码** 应用程序。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` field, ensure "
":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` is selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"然后，在 :guilabel:`条形码命名法` 字段中，确保选择 :guilabel:`默认命名法`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Enabled barcode setting with Default Nomenclature selected."
msgstr "启用条形码设置，选择默认命名法。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid ""
"With the **Barcode** module installed, and the :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` selected, the barcode actions using |UPC| and |EAN|, detailed "
"in the :ref:`default nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-"
"nomenclature-list>`, are available for use. And, by default, Odoo "
"automatically handles |UPC|/|EAN| conversion."
msgstr ""
"安装 **条形码** 模块并选择 :guilabel:`默认术语` 后，可使用条码操作 |UPC| 和 |EAN|，详情请参见 :ref:`默认术语列表"
" <barcode/operations/default-nomenclature-list>`。默认情况下，Odoo 会自动处理 "
"|UPC|/|EAN| 转换。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
msgid "Example: product weight barcode"
msgstr "例如：产品重量条形码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61
msgid ""
"To better understand how barcode nomenclature is used to identify products "
"in Odoo, this example where product weight barcodes in |EAN| format are used"
" to allow a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` business to "
"automatically print barcodes, and calculate the price using the weight of "
"the item."
msgstr ""
"为了更好地理解在 Odoo 中如何使用条形码命名法来识别产品，本例中使用了 |EAN| 格式的产品重量条形码，以允许 :doc:`POS "
"<.../../../sales/point_of_sale>` 业务自动打印条形码，并使用项目重量计算价格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:66
msgid "To set up barcodes for weighted products, the following rule is used:"
msgstr "要为加权产品设置条形码，需要使用以下规则："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:186
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Rule Name"
msgstr "规则名称"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Barcode Pattern"
msgstr "条形码模式"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Field in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo 中的字段"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
msgid "Weighted Barcodes 3 Decimals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
msgid "(21)....{NNDDD}"
msgstr "(21)....{NNDDD}"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form"
msgstr ":guilabel:产品表单上的`条形码`字段"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
msgid ""
"To better understand the barcode pattern for weighted products, consider the"
" barcode, `2112345000008`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82
msgid "`21`: code that identifies this a barcode for weighted products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
msgid ""
"`12345`: five digits (denoted by `.....` in the table above) that identify "
"the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84
msgid ""
"`00000`: five digits (denoted by `{NNDDD}` in the table) representing the "
"weight of the product. On the product form, the five weight values **must** "
"be `00000`. The first two digits are whole number values, and the last three"
" digits are decimal values. For example, \"13.5 grams\" in the `{NNDDD}` "
"format is `13500`."
msgstr ""
"`00000`：五位数字（表中用”{NNDDD}\"表示），代表产品重量。在产品表格中，五个重量值 **必须** "
"为`00000`。前两位数是整数值，后三位数是小数值。例如，“13.5 克” 的“{NNDDD}” 格式为 “13500”。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88
msgid ""
"`8`: `check digit <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ "
"for `211234500000`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90
msgid "Together, these components make up a 13-character |EAN| - 13 barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92
msgid ""
"To configure the product barcode for `Pasta Bolognese`, the |EAN| barcode "
"for weighted products, `2112345000008`, is entered in the "
":guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form (accessible by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the "
"desired product). In addition, the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to "
":guilabel:`kg`."
msgstr ""
"要为 “肉酱意大利面” 配置产品条形码，应在产品表单（可进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` "
"并选择所需产品）的 :guilabel:`条形码` 字段中输入称重产品的 |EAN|条形码 "
"2112345000008。此外，:guilabel:`计量单位`被设置为 :guilabel:`kg`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Barcode field on the product form."
msgstr "产品表格上的条形码字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:101
msgid ""
"Next, a customer's bowl of pasta is weighed to be `1.5` kilograms. This "
"generates a new barcode for the pasta, according to the weight: "
"`211234501500`, which has a check digit of `2`. The new barcode is "
"`2112345015002`."
msgstr ""
"接下来，顾客的一碗意大利面被称重为 `1.5`公斤。这将根据重量为意大利面生成一个新的条形码：`211234501500`，其校验数位为 "
"`2`。新的条形码是 `2112345015002`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Generated barcode that includes a weight of 1.5 kg."
msgstr "生成的条形码包括 1.5 千克的重量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:109
msgid ""
"Ensure the products scan properly, by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations`. Next, click any operation type,"
" such as :guilabel:`Receipts`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button to "
"create a draft stock move. Scan the product weight barcode, such as "
"`2112345015002`, and if the intended product appears, the barcode setup is "
"correct."
msgstr ""
"通过导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序 --> 操作` 确保产品扫描正常。然后，点击任何操作类型，如 "
":guilabel:`收据`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`新建` 按钮创建库存移动草稿。扫描产品重量条形码，如 "
"`2112345015002`，如果目标产品出现，则条形码设置正确。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Show successfully scanned barcode."
msgstr "显示成功扫描的条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:119
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96
msgid "Create rules"
msgstr "创建规则"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:122
msgid ""
"Adding new rules is necessary for |UPC| and |EAN| formats that are **not** "
"in Odoo's default list, since barcodes cannot be read successfully if there "
"are unknown fields."
msgstr "有必要为不在 Odoo 默认列表中的 |UPC| 和 |EAN| 格式添加新规则，因为如果存在未知字段，则无法成功读取条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:125
msgid ""
"While new rules can be created, Odoo fields do **not** auto-populate with "
"information from these rules. `Custom development "
"<https://www.odoo.com/appointment/132>`_ is required for this functionality."
msgstr ""
"虽然可以创建新规则，但 Odoo "
"字段**不会**自动填充这些规则中的信息。此功能需要<https://www.odoo.com/appointment/132>`_定制开发。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:129
msgid ""
"To create a rule, first enable :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then,"
" navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode "
"Nomenclatures`, and select :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""
"要创建规则，首先启用 :ref:`开发者模式<developer-mode>`。然后，导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置"
" --> 条形码命名法`，并选择 :guilabel:`默认命名法`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:133
msgid "On this page, configure the following optional fields:"
msgstr "在此页面中，配置以下可选字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPC/EAN Conversion`: determines if a |UPC|/|EAN| barcode should "
"be automatically converted when matching a rule with another encoding. "
"Options include :guilabel:`Always` (the default option), :guilabel:`Never`, "
":guilabel:`EAN-13 to UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`UPC-A to EAN-13`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`UPC/EAN 转换`：决定在匹配另一种编码规则时，是否自动转换|UPC|/|EAN|条形码。选项包括 "
":guilabel:`总是`（默认选项）、:guilabel:`从不`、:guilabel:`EAN-13 至 "
"UPC-A`、:guilabel:`UPC-A 至 EAN-13`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:138
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is GS1 Nomenclature`: ensure this checkbox is **not** ticked, as "
"the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` uses |UPC| and |EAN| encoding, *not* "
"GS1 encoding."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`是 GS1 命名法`：确保此复选框未被选中，因为 :guilabel:`默认命名法` 使用 |UPC| 和 |EAN| "
"编码，*不是* GS1 编码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid "Default Nomenclature page setting fields."
msgstr "默认命名法页面设置字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:145
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` page, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"at the bottom of the table, which opens a :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up "
"window to create a new rule."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`默认命名法` 页面，点击表格底部的 :guilabel:`添加行`，弹出 :guilabel:`创建规则` 窗口，创建新规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:148
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the "
"barcode represents."
msgstr "内部使用 :guilabel:`规则名称` 字段来标识条形码所代表的内容。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:150
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Sequence` field represents the priority of the rule; meaning "
"the smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table."
msgstr ":guilabel:`序列`字段表示规则的优先级，即值越小，规则在表格中出现的位置越靠前。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:153
msgid ""
"The barcode :guilabel:`Type` field represents different classifications of "
"information that can be understood by the system (e.g., :guilabel:`Package`,"
" :guilabel:`Lot`, :guilabel:`Location`, :guilabel:`Coupon`, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"条形码 :guilabel:`类型` 字段表示系统可理解的不同信息分类（如 "
":guilabel:`包装`、:guilabel:`批次`、:guilabel:`位置`、 :guilabel:`优惠券` 等）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:157
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Encoding` field specifies which encoding the barcode uses. "
"This rule **only** applies if the barcode uses this specific encoding. The "
"available :guilabel:`Encoding` options are: :guilabel:`EAN-13`, "
":guilabel:`EAN-8`, :guilabel:`UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`GS1-28`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`编码` 字段指定条形码使用的编码。只有当条形码使用该特定编码时，本规则 **才** 适用。可用的 :guilabel:`编码` "
"选项有：:guilabel:`EAN-13`、:guilabel:`EAN-8`、:guilabel:`UPC-A` 和 "
":guilabel:`GS1-28`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:161
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` field represents how the sequence of letters"
" or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information about the "
"product. Sometimes, when a certain amount of digits are required, the number"
" of `.` is shown. `N` represents whole number digits, and `D` represent "
"decimal digits."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`条形码图案` 字段表示系统如何识别包含产品信息的字母或数字序列。有时，当需要一定数量的数字时，会显示 `.` 的数字。`N` "
"代表整数位数，`D` 代表小数位数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:167
msgid ""
"`1...` represents any 4-digit number that starts with 1. `NNDD` represents a"
" two digit number with two decimal points. For example, `14.25` is 1425."
msgstr "`1...` 表示任何以 1 开头的四位数。 `NNDD` 表示带有两个小数点的两位数。例如，`14.25` 表示 1425。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:170
msgid ""
"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to"
" save the rule, and instantly start creating another rule. Or, click "
":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule, and return to the table of rules."
msgstr ""
"填写信息后，点击 :guilabel:`保存和新建` 按钮保存规则，并立即开始创建另一条规则。或者，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` "
"保存规则，并返回规则表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:177
msgid "Default nomenclature list"
msgstr "默认术语清单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:179
msgid ""
"The table below contains Odoo's list of :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` "
"rules. Barcode patterns are written in regular expressions."
msgstr "下表包含 Odoo 的 :guilabel:`默认命名法` 规则列表。条形码模式以正则表达式编写。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:187
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "Type"
msgstr "类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:188
msgid "Encoding"
msgstr "编码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:190
msgid "Price Barcodes 2 Decimals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:191
msgid "Priced Product"
msgstr "标价产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "EAN-13"
msgstr "EAN-13"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:193
msgid "23.....{NNNDD}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Discount Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195
msgid "Discounted Product"
msgstr "折扣的产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:196
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:204
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:212
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:216
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:224
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:228
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:232
msgid "Any"
msgstr "任意"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "22{NN}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:198
msgid "Weight Barcodes 3 Decimals"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:199
msgid "Weighted Product"
msgstr "称重的产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:201
msgid "21.....{NNDDD}"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:202
msgid "Customer Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Client"
msgstr "客户"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:205
msgid "042"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:206
msgid "Coupon & Gift Card Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:207
msgid "Coupon"
msgstr "优惠券"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:209
msgid "043|044"
msgstr "043|044"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:210
msgid "Cashier Barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Cashier"
msgstr "收银员"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "041"
msgstr "041"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:214
msgid "Location barcodes"
msgstr "位置条形码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "Location"
msgstr "位置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "414"
msgstr "414"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:218
msgid "Package barcodes"
msgstr "包装条形码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Package"
msgstr "配置模板"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "PACK"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:222
msgid "Lot barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Lot"
msgstr "批次"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:225
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:41
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:226
msgid "Magnetic Credit Card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:227
msgid "Credit Card"
msgstr "信用卡"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:229
msgid "%.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:230
msgid "Product Barcodes"
msgstr "产品条码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:231
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "Unit Product"
msgstr "单位产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:233
msgid ".*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:236
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` contains `.*`, it means it can contain "
"any number or type of characters."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:240
msgid ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`"
msgstr ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3
msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature"
msgstr "GS1 条形码命名法"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12
msgid ""
"`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates various product "
"and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global "
"Trade Item Numbers <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ (GTIN), "
"purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce "
"product listing."
msgstr ""
"`GS1术语<https://www.gs1us.org/>`_将各种产品和供应链数据整合到一个条形码中。Odoo 接收企业购买的`唯一全球贸易项目编号"
" <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ (GTIN)`，以实现全球运输、销售和电子商务产品清单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17
msgid ""
"Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify "
"essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity "
"information, and more."
msgstr "配置 GS1 术语，以扫描密封箱的条形码并识别基本产品信息，如 |GTIN|、批号、数量信息等。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21
msgid ""
"|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from "
"GS1 <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ to use GS1 barcodes."
msgstr ""
"|GTIN| 是唯一产品标识，必须从 GS1 <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_购买才能使用 "
"GS1 条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25
msgid ""
"`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-"
"identifiers>`_"
msgstr ""
"`所有 GS1 条形码<https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-"
"identifiers>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26
msgid ""
":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-"
"list>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`Odoo 默认 GS1 规则<barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27
msgid ""
":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`"
msgstr ":ref:`为什么我的条形码不起作用？ <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32
msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature"
msgstr "设置条形码命名"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34
msgid ""
"To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, "
"check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select "
":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the "
"default barcode nomenclature options."
msgstr ""
"要使用 GS1 命名法，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后在 :guilabel:`条形码` "
"部分，选中 :guilabel:`条形码扫描器`。然后，从默认条码命名选项中选择 :menuselection:`条形码命名 --> 默认 GS1 "
"命名。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1
msgid ""
"Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 "
"rules."
msgstr "从下拉菜单中选择 GS1，然后单击外部链接查看 GS1 规则列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43
msgid ""
"The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is "
"accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`条形码命名法`选项右侧的:guilabel:`➡️ (箭头)`图标，可查看 Odoo 默认支持的 GS1 *规则* 和 "
"*条形码图案* 列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 "
":guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the "
"information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the "
"corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`."
msgstr ""
"在:guilabel:`打开：术语表` 弹出式表格中，查看和编辑 Odoo 中可用的 GS1 :guilabel:`规则名称`。该表包含所有可浓缩为 "
"GS1 条形码的信息，以及相应的:guilabel:`条形码图案`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid ""
"After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode "
"Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's "
"discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Once "
"enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->"
" Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 "
"Nomenclature`."
msgstr ""
"将 GS1 设置为条码命名法后，还可通过启用 :ref:`开发者模式<developer-mode>` 后可发现的隐藏菜单访问 "
":menuselection:`条形码命名法` 设置。启用后，导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 条形码命名法`"
" 菜单，最后选择 :guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60
msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo"
msgstr "在 Odoo 中使用 GS1 条形码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62
msgid ""
"For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a "
"`unique GTIN <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_ as an "
"internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| "
"is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated "
"*barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters "
"must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems"
" along the supply chain."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中使用 GS1 条形码进行产品识别时，企业会从 GS1 处获得一个 `唯一 GTIN "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_，作为国际通用的产品标识符。该|GTIN|按照 GS1 "
"指定的*条形码模式*与特定产品细节相结合。条形码图案的数字和字母排列必须符合 GS1 的规定，以便供应链上的全球系统准确解读。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68
msgid ""
"Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-identifiers>`_ (A.I.). "
"This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the "
"barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as "
"detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list <barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>`. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables "
"Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a"
" fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, "
"have flexible length."
msgstr ""
"每个条形码都以一个 2-4 位数的 `应用标识符 "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-identifiers>`_ "
"（A.I.）开头。这个必要的前缀普遍表示条形码包含何种信息。Odoo 遵循 GS1 规则识别信息，详见 :ref:`默认 GS1 规则清单 "
"<barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`。包含列表中的相关 |AI| 使 Odoo "
"能够正确解释 GS1 条形码。虽然大多数条形码模式都有固定的长度要求，但某些模式（如批次和序列号）的长度灵活可变。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77
msgid ""
"For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 "
"barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode."
msgstr "对于未置于 GS1 条形码末尾的弹性长度条形码图案，使用 FNC1 分隔符 (`\\\\x1D`) 来结束条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80
msgid ""
"Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead "
"of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, "
"use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`."
msgstr ""
"举例说明： 批号条形码模式长度为 20 个字符。与其创建 20 个字符的批号条形码，如 `LOT00000000000000001`，不如使用 FNC1"
" 分隔符使其更短： `LOT001/x1D`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84
msgid ""
"Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-"
"gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns "
"and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc "
"<barcode/operations/gs1_usage>` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to"
" product information and configuring the workflow."
msgstr ""
"请参阅 :ref:`GS1 命名列表 <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-"
"list>`，查看所有条码模式和规则的综合列表。否则，请参阅 :ref:`this GS1 usage doc "
"<barcode/operations/gs1_usage>`，了解将 |GTIN| 组合到产品信息和配置工作流的具体示例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90
msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow <barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"
msgstr ":ref:`批量工作流程 <barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91
msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow <barcode/operations/quantity-ex>`"
msgstr ":ref:`非单位数量工作流程 <barcode/operations/quantity-ex>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98
msgid ""
"GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, "
"beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. "
"Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list "
"<barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>` auto-fills corresponding"
" data in the Odoo database."
msgstr ""
"GS1 规则是条形码中包含的信息特定格式，以|AI|开头，包含规定长度的字符。扫描 :ref:`默认 GS1 "
"清单<barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>` 中的 GS1 条形码，会自动将相应数据填入 "
"Odoo 数据库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103
msgid ""
"Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, "
"non-standard GS1 formats."
msgstr "在 Odoo 中添加 GS1 条形码规则可确保准确解释独特的非标准 GS1 格式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106
msgid ""
"To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and "
"navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. "
"Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，首先打开:ref:`开发者模式<developer-mode>` 并导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 "
"--> 条形码命名法` 中的:guilabel:`条形码命名法` 列表。然后，选择:guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法`列表项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a "
"line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule."
" The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the "
"barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different "
"classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. "
"product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The "
":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the "
"smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows "
"the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches "
"based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence "
"of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information "
"about the product."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`默认 GS1 命名法` 页面，选择表格底部的 :guilabel:`添加一行`，打开一个窗口以创建新规则。内部使用 "
":guilabel:`规则名称` 字段来标识条形码代表的内容。条形码 :guilabel:`类型` "
"是系统可理解的信息分类（如产品、数量、保质期、包装、优惠券）。guilabel:`序列`表示规则的优先级；这意味着数值越小，规则在表格中出现的位置越靠前。Odoo"
" 会按照此表的顺序排列，并使用根据顺序匹配到的第一条规则。`条形码模式` 是系统识别包含产品信息的字母或数字序列的方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120
msgid ""
"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to"
" make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to "
"the table of rules."
msgstr "填写信息后，单击 :guilabel:`保存并创建`按钮，制定另一条规则，或单击:guilabel:`保存并关闭`，保存并返回规则表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126
msgid "Barcode troubleshooting"
msgstr "条形码故障排除"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128
msgid ""
"Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try"
" when the barcodes are not working as expected:"
msgstr "由于 GS1 条形码的使用具有挑战性，因此当条形码无法按预期工作时，可以尝试进行以下检查："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131
msgid ""
"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as "
":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature "
"setup section <barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-nomenclature>` for more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"确保 :guilabel:`条形码命名法` 设置为 :menuselection:`默认 GS1 命名法`。跳转到 :ref:`命名设置部分 "
"<barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-nomenclature>` 获取更多详情。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134
msgid ""
"Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For "
"example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the"
" :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's "
"settings <barcode/operations/lot-setup>` and :ref:`on the product "
"<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`."
msgstr ""
"确保条形码中扫描的字段已在 Odoo 中启用。例如，要扫描包含批次和序列号的条形码，请确保在 :ref:`Odoo 设置 "
"<barcode/operations/lot-setup>` 和 :ref:` 产品 <barcode/operations/lot-setup-"
"on-product>` 中启用 :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` 功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138
msgid ""
"Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the "
":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are "
"typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be "
"included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go"
" to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`."
msgstr ""
"请省略括号`()`或括号`[]`等标点符号。这些通常用于示例以方便阅读，**不应**包含在最终条形码中。有关构建 GS1 条码的更多详情，请参阅 "
":ref:`本章节<barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>` 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142
msgid ""
"When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all "
"rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode."
" :ref:`This section <barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` details how to "
"add new rules in the barcode nomenclature."
msgstr ""
"当单个条码包含多个编码字段时，Odoo 需要在条码术语中列出所有规则，以便 Odoo 读取条码。 :ref:`本节 "
"<barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` 详细说明了如何在条码术语中添加新规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146
msgid ""
"Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure "
"out which field is causing the issue."
msgstr "逐个测试包含多个编码字段的条形码，找出导致问题的字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150
msgid ""
"When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, "
"start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot "
"number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode."
msgstr "测试包含 |GTIN|、批号和数量的条形码时，首先单独扫描 |GTIN|。然后，用批号测试 |GTIN| ，最后，尝试扫描整个条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154
msgid ""
"After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules "
"<barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` to Odoo's default list to recognize "
"GS1 barcodes with unique specifications."
msgstr ""
"诊断出编码字段未知后，:ref:`添加新规则 <barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` 到 Odoo "
"的默认列表，以识别具有独特规格的 GS1 条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159
msgid ""
"While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing "
"field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is"
" necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted "
"correctly."
msgstr ""
"虽然新字段将被读取，但如果没有开发者进行定制，这些信息将无法链接到 Odoo "
"中的现有字段。然而，添加新的规则是必要的，以确保条形码中的其他字段被正确解释。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166
msgid "GS1 nomenclature list"
msgstr "GS1 术语清单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168
msgid ""
"The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns "
"are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a "
"`check digit <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ as the "
"final character."
msgstr ""
"下表包含 Odoo 的 GS1 规则默认列表。条码模式以正则表达式编写。只有前三条规则需要将`校验数位 "
"<https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_作为最后一个字符。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "GS1 Content Type"
msgstr "GS1内容类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173
msgid "Odoo field"
msgstr "Odoo 字段"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code"
msgstr "序列运输容器代码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})"
msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "Numeric identifier"
msgstr "数值标识符"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175
msgid "Package name"
msgstr "包裹名称"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)"
msgstr "全球贸易项目编号（GTIN）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})"
msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "GTIN of contained trade items"
msgstr "所含贸易物品的 GTIN"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})"
msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:3
msgid "Packaging"
msgstr "包装"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location"
msgstr "发往/交付至全球位置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Destination location"
msgstr "目的位置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183
msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward"
msgstr "发货/交付以供转运"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186
msgid "Source location"
msgstr "源位置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "I.D. of a physical location"
msgstr "实际地点的ID"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189
msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})"
msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "Batch or lot number"
msgstr "批次或批号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Alpha-numeric name"
msgstr "字母数字名称"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "Serial number"
msgstr "序列号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194
msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr "包装规格日期 （年月日）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Packaging Date"
msgstr "包装日期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Date"
msgstr "日期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197
msgid "Pack date"
msgstr "包装日期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr "此日期前最佳（年月日）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before Date"
msgstr "在此日期前食用"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200
msgid "Best before date"
msgstr "在此日期前最佳"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)"
msgstr "到期日期（年月日）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiration Date"
msgstr "有效期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203
msgid "Expiry date"
msgstr "到期日期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "Variable count of items"
msgstr "可变项目计数"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:80
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:144
msgid "Quantity"
msgstr "数量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})"
msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Measure"
msgstr "测量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206
msgid "UoM: Units"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "Count of trade items"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})"
msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208
msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)"
msgstr "容器的单位数量（AI 02）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)"
msgstr "净重：千克（kg）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211
msgid "Qty in kg"
msgstr "数量单位千克（kg）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "Length in meters (m)"
msgstr "长度单位米（m）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213
msgid "Qty in m"
msgstr "数量单位米（m）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "Net volume: liters (L)"
msgstr "净体积：升（L）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215
msgid "Qty in L"
msgstr "数量单位升（L）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)"
msgstr "净体积：立方米（m\\ :sup:`3`）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217
msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`"
msgstr "数量单位立方米（m\\ :sup:`3`）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "Length in inches (in)"
msgstr "长度单位英寸（in）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219
msgid "Qty in inches"
msgstr "数量单位英寸"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)"
msgstr "净重/体积：盎司（oz）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221
msgid "Qty in oz"
msgstr "数量单位盎司（oz）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)"
msgstr "净体积：立方英尺 (ft\\ :sup:`3`)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"
msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223
msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Packaging type"
msgstr "包装类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "Packaging Type"
msgstr "包装类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})"
msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:126
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:77
msgid "Package type"
msgstr "包裹类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3
msgid "GS1 barcode usage"
msgstr "GS1 条形码使用"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10
msgid ""
"GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can "
"interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized "
"globally <barcode/operations/gs1>`, allowing scanners to understand and "
"process supply chain data consistently."
msgstr ""
"GS1 "
"条形码提供了一种标准化格式，条形码扫描仪可对其进行解读。它们以全球公认的:ref:`特定结构<barcode/operations/gs1>`对信息进行编码，让扫描仪能够一致地理解和处理供应链数据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14
msgid ""
"Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product "
"identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, "
"picking, and shipping."
msgstr "Odoo *条形码* 可解释和打印 GS1 条形码，在收货、分拣和发货等仓库操作中自动识别和跟踪产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17
msgid ""
"The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes "
"provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate "
"certain warehouse workflows."
msgstr "以下部分包含 Odoo 如何使用企业提供的 GS1 条形码来识别常见仓库物品并自动执行某些仓库工作流程的示例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21
msgid ""
"Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique "
"Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their "
"existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also "
"provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Odoo **不会** 创建 GS1 条形码。企业必须从 GS1 购买唯一的全球贸易项目编号 （GTIN）。然后，可以将现有的 GS1 "
"条形码与产品和供应链信息（也由 GS1 提供）结合起来，在 Odoo 中创建条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26
msgid "`Purchase GTINs <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_"
msgstr "`购买全球贸易项目编号 <https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27
msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature <barcode/operations/gs1>`"
msgstr ":ref:`GS1 命名法 <barcode/operations/gs1>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32
msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots"
msgstr "配置产品、数量和批次条形码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34
msgid ""
"To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its "
"quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and "
"Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:"
msgstr "要创建包含产品信息、数量和批号的 GS1 条形码，需要使用以下条形码模式和应用标识符 (A.I.)："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名称"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166
msgid "A.I."
msgstr "A.I."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:78
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:22
msgid "Product"
msgstr "产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204
msgid "01"
msgstr "01"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139
msgid "30"
msgstr "30"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "Lot Number"
msgstr "地段编号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"
msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54
msgid ""
"First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots "
"<inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking "
"the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` heading."
msgstr ""
"首先，:ref:`启用使用批次追踪产品 <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` 通过导航至 "
":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并勾选 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 标题下的 "
":guilabel:`可追踪` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58
msgid ""
"Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form "
"in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting "
"the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field "
"with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_, which is a universally "
"recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1."
msgstr ""
"然后，通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` "
"中的预期产品表单并选择产品，设置产品条形码。在产品表单中，单击 :guilabel:`编辑`。然后，在 :guilabel:`一般信息` 选项卡中，在 "
":guilabel:`条形码` 字段中填写唯一的 14 位 `全球贸易项目编号 (GTIN) "
"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_，为 GS1 提供的普遍认可标识号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, "
"as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that "
"contains detailed information about the package contents."
msgstr ""
"在产品表单中，对于 |GTIN| 产品条形码模式，请省略 |AI| `01`，因为它仅用于将多个条形码编码为一个条形码，其中包含有关包装内容的详细信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72
msgid ""
"To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit "
"|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product "
"form."
msgstr ""
"要记录产品`富士苹果` 的 GS1 条形码，请在产品表单的 :guilabel:`条形码` 字段中输入 14 位数字 "
"|GTIN|`20611628936004` 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form."
msgstr "在产品表格的条形码字段中输入 14 位 GTIN。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80
msgid ""
"To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the "
"Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the "
":guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode "
"Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` "
"column, then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要查看 Odoo 数据库中*所有*产品及其相应条码的列表，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 "
":guilabel:`条形码` 标题下，点击 :guilabel:`条形码扫描器` 部分下的 :guilabel:`配置产品条形码` "
"按钮。在:guilabel:`条形码` 栏中输入 14 位的 |GTIN| ，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings."
msgstr "从库存设置中查看产品条形码页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92
msgid ""
"After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page,"
" specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to"
" the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under "
":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button."
msgstr ""
"从设置页面激活按批次和序列号跟踪后，通过导航到产品表单上的 :guilabel:`库存` "
"选项卡，指定在每个产品上应用此功能。在:guilabel:`追踪` 下，选择 :guilabel:`按批次` 单选按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product "
"form."
msgstr "在产品表单的 \"库存\" 选项卡中按批次启用产品跟踪功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176
msgid "Scan barcode on receipt"
msgstr "扫描收据上的条形码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103
msgid ""
"To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned "
"during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to "
"manage the :ref:`receipt picking process <barcode/operations/scan-received-"
"products>`."
msgstr ""
"为确保在 Odoo 中对收货操作期间扫描的产品条形码进行准确的批次解释，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码` 应用程序以管理 "
":ref:`receipt picking process <barcode/operations/scan-received-products>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the "
":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view "
"the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs "
"(Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be "
"created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the "
":guilabel:`Create` button."
msgstr ""
"从 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 面板，单击 :guilabel:`操作` 按钮，然后单击 :guilabel:`收据` "
"按钮，查看要处理的供应商收据列表。从:abbr:`采购订单(PO)` 生成的收据已列出，但也可使用 :guilabel:`创建` 按钮直接通过 "
":menuselection:`条形码` 应用程序创建新收据操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112
msgid ""
"On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan"
" product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned "
"product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to "
"open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers."
msgstr ""
"在收据列表中，单击仓库操作（`WH/IN`），然后用条形码扫描仪扫描产品条形码和批号。扫描后的产品就会出现在清单上。使用 "
":guilabel:`✏️（铅笔）` 按钮打开一个窗口，手动输入特定批号的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118
msgid ""
"After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to "
"the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app."
msgstr "下达 50 个苹果的:abbr:`采购订单（PO）`后，在*条形码*应用程序中浏览相关收据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For "
"testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty "
"Fuji apples in Lot 2."
msgstr "扫描包含 |GTIN|、数量和批号的条形码。为了使用条形码扫描仪进行测试，下面是第 2 批次中 50 个富士苹果的条形码示例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129
msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002"
msgstr "批次号0002中 50 个富士苹果。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200
msgid "2D Matrix"
msgstr "2D 矩阵"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid ""
"2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203
msgid "|AI| (product)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205
msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)"
msgstr "GS1 条形码（产品）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137
msgid "20611628936004"
msgstr "20611628936004"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138
msgid "|AI| (quantity)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209
msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)"
msgstr "GS1 条形码（数量）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141
msgid "00000050"
msgstr "00000050"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142
msgid "|AI| (lot)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144
msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)"
msgstr "GS1 条形码（批号）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145
msgid "LOT0002"
msgstr "LOT0002"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211
msgid "Full GS1 barcode"
msgstr "完整 GS1 条形码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147
msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002"
msgstr "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149
msgid ""
":ref:`If the configuration is correct <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`,"
" `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` "
"button to complete the reception."
msgstr ""
":ref:`如果配置正确 <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`, `50/50` :guilabel:`单位` "
"处理后将显示，并且 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮变为绿色。点击 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮完成接收。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the "
"*Barcode* app."
msgstr "在 *条形码* 应用程序中扫描前台分拣页面上的产品条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160
msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity"
msgstr "为产品和非单位数量配置条形码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162
msgid ""
"To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit "
"quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are "
"used:"
msgstr "要创建包含以非单位数量（如公斤）计量的产品 GS1 条形码，可使用以下条形码模式："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "Quantity in kilograms"
msgstr "数量（公斤）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171
msgid "310[0-5]"
msgstr "310[0-5]"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178
msgid ""
"To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order"
" in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure "
"(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased."
msgstr "要确认数量在 Odoo 中得到正确解释，请使用适当的计量单位（:guilabel:`UoM`）在*采购*应用程序中下单购买产品数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183
msgid ""
":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs "
"<inventory/product_replenishment/unit-conversion>`"
msgstr ""
":ref:`使用 UoMs 简化供应商单位转换 <inventory/product_replenishment/unit-conversion>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186
msgid ""
"After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to "
":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-"
"products>`."
msgstr ""
"下订单后，导航至 :menuselection:`条形码` 应用程序以 :ref:` 接收供应商货物 <barcode/operations/scan-"
"received-products>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190
msgid ""
"On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of "
"peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of "
"peaches in kilograms."
msgstr "在 *条形码* 应用程序中的收据上，通过扫描包含 |GTIN| 和以公斤为单位的桃子数量的条形码，接收`52.1 公斤`桃子的订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198
msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches"
msgstr "52.1 公斤桃子"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches."
msgstr "52.1 公斤桃子的 GS1 条形码二维矩阵。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206
msgid "00614141000012"
msgstr "00614141000012"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207
msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)"
msgstr "|AI|（公斤，小数点后一位数）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208
msgid "3101"
msgstr "3101"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210
msgid "000521"
msgstr "000521"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212
msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521"
msgstr "0100614141000012 3101000521"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214
msgid ""
":ref:`If the configuration is correct <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`,"
" `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`"
" button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the "
"validation."
msgstr ""
":ref:`如果配置正确<barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`，`52.1 / 52.1` "
":guilabel:`kg` 则显示“52.1 / "
"52.1”千克，并且:guilabel:`验证`按钮变为绿色。最后，按下:guilabel:`验证`按钮完成验证。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0
msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app."
msgstr "扫描条形码屏幕，在条形码应用程序中进行接收操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223
msgid "Verify product moves"
msgstr "验证产品移动"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225
msgid ""
"For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also "
"recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`."
msgstr ""
"为进一步核实，接收的产品数量也记录在 :guilabel:`产品移动` 报告中，可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告"
" --> 产品移动` 访问。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229
msgid ""
"The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by "
"default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open"
" its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*"
" for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception "
"reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode "
"scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were "
"properly stored in *Inventory*."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`产品移动`报告中的项目默认按产品分组。要确认收到的数量，请单击产品系列，打开其折叠式下拉菜单，显示该产品的*库存移动系列*列表。最新的库存移动与仓库接收参考编号（如"
" `WH/IN/00013`）和条形码扫描中处理的数量相匹配，表明在*条形码*应用程序中处理的记录已正确存储在*库存*中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1
msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches."
msgstr "创下了 52.1 公斤桃子的库存记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes"
msgstr "使用条形码处理收据和交付货物"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other "
"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile "
"app."
msgstr "*条形码*应用程序可用于使用条码扫描仪或 Odoo 移动应用程序，实时处理收据、交付和其他类型的操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10
msgid ""
"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when "
"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a "
"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute "
"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more."
msgstr ""
"这样就可以在仓库发生操作时对其进行处理，而不必等待计算机对传输进行验证。通过这种方式处理业务有助于将条形码正确归属到相应的产品、拣选、位置等。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15
msgid ""
"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by "
"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app."
msgstr "要使用 *条形码* 应用程序处理转账，必须在 *库存* 应用程序的设置中启用该功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click "
"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后向下滚动到 :guilabel:`条形码` "
"部分，点击 :guilabel:`条形码扫描器` 功能旁边的复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with "
"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected."
msgstr ""
"页面刷新后，:guilabel:`条码扫描仪`功能下将显示新选项：:guilabel:`条码命名法`（有相应的下拉菜单），可选择:guilabel:`默认命名法`或:guilabel:`默认"
" GS1 命名法`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29
msgid ""
"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, "
"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a "
"barcode demo sheet."
msgstr ""
"还有一个 :guilabel:`配置产品条形码` 内部链接箭头和一组 :guilabel:`打印` 按钮，用于打印条形码命令和条形码演示表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36
msgid ""
"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to"
" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and "
":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation "
"pages."
msgstr ""
"有关设置和配置 :guilabel:`条形码` 应用程序的更多信息，请参阅 :doc:`设置条形码扫描仪 <../setup/hardware>` 和 "
":doc:`激活 Odoo 中的条形码 <../setup/software>` 文档页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44
msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts"
msgstr "扫描收据条形码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46
msgid ""
"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be"
" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process."
msgstr "要处理入库产品的仓库收据，首先需要创建采购订单 (PO)，并处理收据操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for "
"quotation (RFQ)."
msgstr ""
"要创建一个:abbr:`PO（采购订单）`，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 创建` 以创建一个新的报价单（RFQ）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52
msgid ""
"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down"
" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the "
":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the "
"quotation."
msgstr ""
"在空白的:abbr:`RFQ（询价）`表单中，单击 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段旁边的下拉菜单，添加供应商。然后，在 "
":guilabel:`产品` 标签下的 :guilabel:`产品` 行，单击 :guilabel:`添加产品`，选择要添加到报价单中的所需产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`"
" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""
"准备就绪后，单击表单顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，然后单击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，将 :abbr:`RFQ（询价）'确认为 "
":abbr:`PO（采购订单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product."
msgstr "完成条形码产品采购订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr "要处理和扫描仓库收据的条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click"
" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This "
"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page."
msgstr ""
"进入 :guilabel:`条形码应用程序` 后，会出现一个显示不同选项的 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。要处理收据，请单击屏幕底部的 "
":guilabel:`操作` 按钮。这将导航到 :menuselection:`操作` 概览页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the "
":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, "
"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the "
"barcode transfer screen."
msgstr ""
"在此页面，找到 :guilabel:`收据` 卡，并单击 :guilabel:`# 待处理` "
"按钮，查看所有未处理的收据。然后，选择要处理的收据操作。这将导航到条形码传输屏幕。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79
msgid ""
"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for "
"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be "
"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing "
"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as "
"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed "
"with the stock moves."
msgstr ""
"如果*只*使用条形码扫描器或 Odoo "
"移动应用程序，可以轻松扫描相应操作类型的每次调拨所需的条形码进行处理。一旦扫描完成，可以继续扫描已存在调拨中的产品，并添加新的产品到调拨中。当所有产品都被扫描后，验证调拨以进行库存移动。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are "
"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if "
"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should"
" be validated at once."
msgstr ""
"在该屏幕上，将显示在该转账（**WH/IN/000XX**）中要处理的所有收据的概览。屏幕底部有 :guilabel:`添加产品` 或 "
":guilabel:`验证` 选项，这取决于是否需要在操作中添加产品，或是否需要一次性验证整个操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan."
msgstr "扫描传输中的收据概览。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94
msgid ""
"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product "
"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be "
"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon "
"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line."
msgstr ""
"要单独处理和扫描每个产品，请选择特定的产品系列。点击 :guilabel:`+#` 按钮（本例中为 "
":guilabel:`+10`）表示收到该产品，或点击 :guilabel:`铅笔` 图标打开新屏幕编辑该产品系列。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98
msgid ""
"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the "
"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the"
" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` "
"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the "
"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
msgstr ""
"在此屏幕中，将列出正在接收的产品。在产品名称下，:guilabel:`数量`行可以编辑。将该行中的`0`改为所需的数量，或点击 "
":guilabel:`/# 单元` 按钮（本例中为 :guilabel:`/10 单元`），自动填写从 :abbr:`PO（采购订单）` 中订购的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104
msgid ""
"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode "
"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the "
":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of "
"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the "
":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities."
msgstr ""
"在接收操作`WH/IN/00019`中，预计将接收`条码产品`的`10 个单位`。`[BARCODE_PROD]`是产品表单上设置的 "
":guilabel:`内部参考`。扫描`条形码产品`的条形码以接收一个单位。然后，点击 :guilabel:`铅笔` 图标，手动输入收到的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0
msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app."
msgstr "产品线编辑器，可在条形码应用程序中进行单独传输。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179
msgid ""
"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked "
"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` "
"can be used to add quantity, as well."
msgstr ""
"此外，点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 :guilabel:`-1` 按钮可添加或减少产品数量，还可使用 :guilabel:`数字键` "
"添加数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which "
"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the "
"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional "
"locations to choose from."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`数字键` 下方是 :guilabel:`位置` 行，默认为 "
"`WH/Stock`，除非产品本身列出了其他*位置*。点击该行可显示一个下拉菜单，其中有更多位置供您选择。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the "
"product line."
msgstr "准备就绪后，单击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认对产品系列所做的更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product "
"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The "
"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be "
"closed out."
msgstr ""
"然后，在包含该转账（**WH/IN/000XX**）中要处理的所有收据的概览页面中，点击收据产品线上的 :guilabel:`+#` 按钮，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`验证`。收据现已处理完毕，可关闭 :guilabel:`条码应用程序`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132
msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134
msgid ""
"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to "
"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process."
msgstr "要处理出库产品的仓库交付，首先需要创建一个销售订单（SO），并处理一个交付操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales "
"app --> Create` to create a new quotation."
msgstr "要创建一个:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 创建` 以创建一个新的报价单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140
msgid ""
"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the "
":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the "
":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the "
"quotation."
msgstr ""
"在空白报价表中，单击 :guilabel:`客户` "
"字段旁边的下拉菜单，添加客户。然后，在:guilabel:`订单行'选项卡下的:guilabel:`产品`行，单击:guilabel:`添加产品`，选择要添加到报价单的所需产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales "
"order)`."
msgstr ""
"准备就绪后，单击表单顶部的:guilabel:`保存`，然后单击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，将报价确认为:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product."
msgstr "完成条形码产品销售订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr "要处理和扫描仓库交货的条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, "
"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This"
" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page."
msgstr ""
"进入 :guilabel:`条形码应用程序` 后，会出现一个显示不同选项的 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。要处理交货，请单击屏幕底部的 "
":guilabel:`操作` 按钮。这将导航到 :guilabel:`操作` 概览页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the "
":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, "
"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode "
"transfer screen."
msgstr ""
"在此页面，找到 :guilabel:`送货订单` 卡，然后单击 :guilabel:`#待处理` "
"按钮，查看所有未处理的送货单。然后，选择需要处理的交货单。这将导航到条形码传输屏幕。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard."
msgstr "条形码应用程序仪表板中的操作概览页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are"
" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if"
" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation "
"should be validated at once."
msgstr ""
"在该屏幕上，将显示在该传送（**WH/OUT/000XX**）内要处理的所有交货的概览。屏幕底部有 :guilabel:`添加产品` 或 "
":guilabel:`验证` 选项，这取决于是否需要在操作中添加产品，或是否需要一次性验证整个操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170
msgid ""
"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product "
"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that "
"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen "
"to edit that product line."
msgstr ""
"要单独处理和扫描每个产品，请选择特定的产品系列。点击 :guilabel:`+1` 按钮，表示已交付该产品，或点击 "
":guilabel:`铅笔图标`，打开新屏幕编辑该产品系列。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174
msgid ""
"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the "
"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the"
" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` "
"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the "
"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
msgstr ""
"在此屏幕中，将列出正在交付的产品。在产品名称下，可以编辑 :guilabel:`数量` 行。将该行中的`0`改为所需的数量，或点击 "
":guilabel:`/# Units` 按钮（本例中为 :guilabel:`/10 Units`），自动填写从 :abbr:`SO （销售订单）` "
"中订购的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which "
"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the "
"product itself."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`数字键` 下方是 :guilabel:`位置` 行，默认为`WH/Stock`，除非产品本身列出了其他位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185
msgid ""
"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. "
"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose"
" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)."
msgstr "这是产品被用于交货而被取出的位置。点击这一行可以弹出下拉菜单，显示其他可供选择的库存位置（如果该产品在仓库中存放于多个位置）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190
msgid ""
"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway "
"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various "
"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app."
msgstr "对于有多个不同存储位置、入库规则和移库策略的仓库，在使用*条形码*应用程序时，可为各种操作类型添加额外的步骤。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product "
"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The "
"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""
"然后，在包含该转账（**WH/OUT/000XX**）中所有待处理收据的总览页面中，点击收货产品线上的 :guilabel:`+#` 按钮，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`验证`。至此，交货已处理完毕，*条形码* 应用程序可以关闭。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1
msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate."
msgstr "概览：验证正在转移中的交货情况。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes"
msgstr "创建和处理带条形码的转账"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of"
" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial "
"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-"
"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app."
msgstr ""
"*条形码*应用程序可用于处理所有类型产品的内部转账，包括使用批号或序列号追踪的产品转账。可使用与 Odoo 兼容的条形码扫描仪或 Odoo "
"移动应用程序实时创建转让。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9
msgid ""
"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware "
"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_."
msgstr ""
"有关与 Odoo 兼容的条形码移动扫描仪以及 *库存* 应用程序的其他硬件列表，请参阅 `Odoo 库存 - 硬件页面 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24
msgid ""
"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the "
":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with "
"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default "
"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The "
"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"页面刷新后，:guilabel:`条码扫描仪`功能下将显示新选项：:guilabel:`条码命名法`（有相应的下拉菜单），可选择:guilabel:`默认命名法`或:guilabel:`默认"
" GS1 命名法`。所选术语将改变扫描仪在 Odoo 中如何解析条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41
msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers"
msgstr "扫描条形码进行内部调拨"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43
msgid ""
"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features "
"**must** be enabled."
msgstr "要创建和处理仓库中产品的内部转移，必须启用 :guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click"
" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-"
"Step Routes`."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后向下滚动到 :guilabel:`仓库` "
"部分，点击 :guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 旁边的复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50
msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes."
msgstr "然后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
msgstr "创建内部调拨"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55
msgid ""
"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal "
"transfer created, and an operation to process."
msgstr "要处理现有的内部调拨，首先需要创建一个内部调拨，并进行相应的操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58
msgid ""
"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the "
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To "
"Process` button."
msgstr ""
"要创建内部转账，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序`。在 :guilabel:`库存概览` 面板中，找到 "
":guilabel:`内部转移` 卡，然后点击 :guilabel:`0 待处理` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This "
"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form."
msgstr "然后，点击结果页面左上角的 :guilabel:`创建`。这将导航到一个新的 :guilabel:`内部转移` 表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65
msgid ""
"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed "
"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source "
"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations "
"the products are being moved from, and moved to."
msgstr ""
"在此空白表单中，:guilabel:`操作类型` "
"自动列为:guilabel:`内部转账`。在该字段下，:guilabel:`源位置`和:guilabel:`目的地位置`默认设置为:guilabel:`WH/Stock`，但也可更改为产品从哪个位置转移和转移到哪个位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid ""
"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location."
msgstr "空白内部转账表格，注明来源地和目的地。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74
msgid ""
"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the "
"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` "
"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to "
"add to the transfer."
msgstr ""
"一旦选择了所需的位置，就可以将产品添加到调拨中。在 :guilabel:`产品` 标签下的 :guilabel:`产品` 行，单击 "
":guilabel:`添加产品`，然后选择要添加到传输中的所需产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new "
"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` "
"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open "
"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"准备就绪后，点击表格顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，保存新的内部转账。保存后，点击 :guilabel:`详细操作` 图标（四行，在 "
":guilabel:`产品` 行的最右边），打开 :guilabel:`详细操作` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window."
msgstr "弹出内部转账详细操作窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86
msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr "在弹出窗口中点击 :guilabel:`添加行`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88
msgid ""
"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be "
"moved."
msgstr "然后，在 :guilabel:`至` 列中，将位置从 :guilabel:`WH/Stock` 改为产品应移动的不同位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired "
"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the"
" pop-up window."
msgstr "然后，在 :guilabel:`已完成` 栏中，将数量改为所需的传输数量。准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95
msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer"
msgstr "扫描条形码进行内部调拨"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97
msgid ""
"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Barcode app`."
msgstr "要处理和扫描用于内部调拨的条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` "
"screen displaying different options is presented."
msgstr "进入 :guilabel:`条形码应用程序` 后，会出现一个显示不同选项的 :guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102
msgid ""
"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at"
" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` "
"overview page."
msgstr "要处理内部调拨，请单击屏幕底部的 :guilabel:`操作` 按钮。这将导航到 :menuselection:`操作` 概览页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109
msgid ""
"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click "
"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal "
"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to "
"the barcode transfer screen."
msgstr ""
"在此页面，找到 :guilabel:`内部调拨` 卡，点击 :guilabel:`# To Process` "
"按钮，查看所有未完成的内部转账。然后，选择需要处理的操作。这将导航到条形码转账屏幕。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114
msgid ""
"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using "
"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of"
" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily."
msgstr ""
"在不使用*库存*应用程序的情况下（**仅**使用条形码扫描仪或 Odoo "
"移动应用程序），可以使用*条形码*应用来轻松扫描每个相应操作类型的调拨条码以进行处理。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be "
"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all "
"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock "
"moves."
msgstr "扫描完成后，可以扫描现有转移中的产品，也可以将新产品添加到转移中。扫描完所有产品后，验证转移以继续进行库存移动。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that "
"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the"
" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or "
":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the "
"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once."
msgstr ""
"在该屏幕上，将显示该特定内部调拨（**WH/INT/000XX**）中要处理的所有产品的概览。屏幕底部有 :guilabel:`添加产品` 或 "
":guilabel:`验证` 选项，这取决于是否需要将产品添加到操作中，或是否需要一次性验证整个操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131
msgid ""
"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer."
msgstr "然后，扫描产品的条形码，处理内部调拨。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133
msgid ""
"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product"
" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity "
"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be "
"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line."
msgstr ""
"或者，要单独处理和扫描每个产品，请选择特定的产品系列。点击 :guilabel:`+ 1` 按钮，可在传输中增加该产品的数量，或点击 "
":guilabel:`铅笔图标`，可打开一个新屏幕编辑该产品系列。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is "
"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to "
"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form."
msgstr ""
"在产品的弹出窗口中，产品和要处理的单位用数字键盘显示。在产品名称下，:guilabel:`数量`行可以编辑。将该行中的数字改为内部传送表中列出的传送数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142
msgid ""
"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the "
"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. "
"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product "
"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. "
"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the "
"transferred quantities."
msgstr ""
"在内部调拨操作 `WH/INT/000XX` 中，从 WH/Stock 移动了 50 个单位的转移产品到 `WH/Stock/Shelf "
"1`。`[TRANSFER_PROD]`是设置在产品表单上的:guilabel:`内部参考`。扫描转移产品的条码以接收一个单位。之后，点击:guilabel:`铅笔图标`手动输入已调拨的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151
msgid ""
"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked "
"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used "
"to add quantity, as well."
msgstr "此外，点击 :guilabel:`+1` 和 :guilabel:`-1` 按钮可添加或减少产品数量，数字键也可用于添加数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154
msgid ""
"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read "
"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form,"
" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal"
" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from."
msgstr ""
"在数字键的下方有两个:guilabel:`位置`行，显示了之前在内部调拨表单中指定的位置，此例是`WH/Stock` and "
"`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`。点击这些行可以显示一个下拉菜单，提供其他可供选择的位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now"
" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""
"然后，在概览页面（**WH/INT/000XX**）中，点击 :guilabel:`验证`。收据现已处理完毕，*条形码* 应用程序可以关闭。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165
msgid ""
"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers "
"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers."
msgstr "*条形码* 应用程序还可用于扫描内部转账中包含唯一批号和序列号的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168
msgid ""
"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial "
"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the "
"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is "
"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the "
"barcode of the lot/serial number."
msgstr ""
"在条形码传输屏幕上，扫描批次或序列号的条形码，Odoo "
"就会自动将产品数量增加到数据库中记录的数量。如果不同产品共用同一批次或序列号，请先扫描产品条形码，然后再扫描批次/序列号的条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174
msgid "Create a transfer from scratch"
msgstr "从零开始创建转移"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176
msgid ""
"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-"
"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create "
"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode."
msgstr "除了处理和扫描现有的、以前创建的内部转账条形码外，*条形码* 应用程序还可用于从头开始创建转账，只需扫描打印的操作类型条形码即可。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182
msgid ""
"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the"
" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be "
"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate "
"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes "
"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the "
"scanner."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 的 *条形码* "
"应用程序提供带有条形码的演示数据，用于探索应用程序的功能。这些数据可用于测试目的，并可从应用程序的主屏幕打印。要访问此演示数据，请导航至 "
":menuselection:`条形码应用程序` 并点击扫描仪上方信息弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`库存条码表`（以蓝色粗体高亮显示）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191
msgid ""
"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside "
"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying "
"different options is presented."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，首先导航到 :menuselection:`条形码应用程序` 。进入 *条形码* 应用程序后，会出现一个 "
":guilabel:`条形码扫描` 屏幕，显示不同的选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194
msgid ""
"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly "
"scan the product barcode."
msgstr "使用 USB 或蓝牙条形码扫描仪时，可从该屏幕直接扫描产品条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196
msgid ""
"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to "
"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This "
"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of"
" the device being used."
msgstr ""
"使用智能手机作为条码扫描器时，请点击 :guilabel:`轻点扫描` 按钮（位于屏幕中央的相机图标旁边）。将打开一个 "
":guilabel:`条形码扫描仪` 弹出屏幕，启用所使用设备的摄像头。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200
msgid ""
"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing "
"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen."
msgstr "将相机对准打印的操作类型条码进行扫描。这样做可以处理条形码，并导航到条形码传输屏幕。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203
msgid ""
"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that "
"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new "
"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products "
"listed on the page."
msgstr ""
"在该页面中，将显示在特定内部转账（**WH/INT/000XX**）中处理的所有产品的概览。不过，由于这是一个从头开始创建的新转账，页面上不应该列出任何产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207
msgid ""
"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, "
"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add "
"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and "
"product quantities that should be transferred."
msgstr ""
"要添加产品，请扫描产品条形码。如果没有条形码，请点击屏幕底部的 :guilabel:`添加产品` "
"按钮，手动将产品输入系统，并添加要转移的产品和产品数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1
msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217
msgid ""
"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that "
"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal "
"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out."
msgstr ""
"然后，在概览页面（**WH/INT/000XX**）中，点击 :guilabel:`验证`。至此，内部传输已处理完毕，*条形码* 应用程序可以关闭。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "设置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:3
msgid "Barcode device troubleshooting"
msgstr "条形码设备故障排除"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo *Barcode* supports three main types of barcode scanners: USB scanners, "
"bluetooth scanners, and mobile computer scanners. While configuring each "
"type of scanner, common issues may arise, in which the scanners do not work "
"as intended, and Odoo returns errors to the device."
msgstr ""
"Odoo *条形码* 支持三种主要类型的条形码扫描仪：USB "
"扫描仪、蓝牙扫描仪和移动电脑扫描仪。在配置每种类型的扫描仪时，可能会出现一些常见问题，即扫描仪无法按预期工作，Odoo 会向设备返回错误信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:9
msgid ""
"Read the sections below to identify general and unique device issues, "
"related to specific, popular types of scanners."
msgstr "请阅读以下部分，以确定与特定常用扫描仪类型有关的一般和特殊设备问题。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:13
msgid "General issues"
msgstr "一般问题"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:15
msgid ""
"Refer to the following sections below for common issues involving popular "
"barcode scanner devices."
msgstr "有关常用条形码扫描仪设备的常见问题，请参阅以下章节。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:17
msgid ""
"For issues related to specific devices, refer to the :ref:`Android scanners "
"<barcode/setup/android-scanners>` section for mobile computer scanners, or "
"to the :ref:`Screenless scanners <barcode/setup/screenless-scanners>` "
"section for USB and bluetooth scanners."
msgstr ""
"有关特定设备的问题，请参阅移动计算机扫描仪的 :ref:`Android 扫描仪 <barcode/setup/android-scanners>` "
"部分，或 USB 和蓝牙扫描仪的 :ref:`Screenless 扫描仪 <barcode/setup/screenless-scanners>` "
"部分。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:22
msgid "Barcode cannot be read"
msgstr "无法读取条形码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:24
msgid ""
"One common issue encountered when using barcode scanners is an error "
"resulting from barcodes that cannot be read."
msgstr "使用条形码扫描仪时遇到的一个常见问题是无法读取条形码而导致错误。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:27
msgid "This can occur due to any of the following reasons:"
msgstr "出现这种情况的原因可能有以下几种："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:29
msgid "The barcode is damaged."
msgstr "条形码已损坏。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:30
msgid ""
"The device cannot read the required barcode type (some scanners can only "
"read 2D barcodes)."
msgstr "设备无法读取所需的条形码类型（某些扫描仪只能读取二维条形码）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:31
msgid ""
"The barcode being scanned is on a screen. Some scanners don't support this, "
"and the barcodes **must** be printed out to be scanned. This is most common "
"with 1D barcodes."
msgstr "扫描的条形码显示在屏幕上。有些扫描仪不支持这种方式，必须将条形码打印出来才能扫描。这种情况在一维条形码中最为常见。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:33
msgid ""
"The device has no battery, or is broken. To rule this out, follow the "
"troubleshooting instructions in the following sections."
msgstr "设备没有电池或已损坏。要排除这种情况，请按照以下章节中的故障排除说明进行操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:37
msgid "Odoo returns barcode error"
msgstr "Odoo 返回条形码错误"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:39
msgid ""
"All types of barcode scanners have their own device \"language\", which "
"affects how they output barcode data to Odoo's *Barcode* app. Sometimes, "
"this can cause Odoo *Barcode* to return a barcode error after scanning. This"
" could be due to any of the following reasons:"
msgstr ""
"所有类型的条形码扫描仪都有自己的设备 “语言”，这会影响它们向 Odoo 的 *条形码* 应用程序输出条形码数据的方式。有时，这会导致 Odoo "
"*条形码* 在扫描后返回条形码错误。这可能是由于以下原因造成的："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:43
msgid ""
"The computer is configured with a different keyboard layout than the barcode"
" scanner. To rule this out, ensure that the device is configured with the "
"same keyboard layout."
msgstr "计算机配置的键盘布局与条形码扫描仪不同。要排除这种情况，请确保设备配置了相同的键盘布局。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:46
msgid ""
"For example, if the computer is configured to use an FR-BE keyboard, "
"configure the scanner to send FR-BE keystrokes. The same logic applies if "
"using a tablet instead of a computer."
msgstr "例如，如果计算机配置为使用 FR-BE 键盘，则应配置扫描仪发送 FR-BE 按键。如果使用的是平板电脑而不是电脑，也适用同样的逻辑。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:49
msgid ""
"For more information on configuring keystrokes, refer to the :doc:`Barcode "
"scanner setup <hardware>` documentation."
msgstr "有关配置按键的更多信息，请参阅 :doc:`条形码扫描仪设置<hardware>` 说明文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:51
msgid ""
"For mobile computer scanners (such as Zebra devices, for example), the "
"scanner might interpret the barcode differently than intended. To rule this "
"out, scan a test barcode to see how the scanner interprets the barcode."
msgstr ""
"对于移动计算机扫描仪（例如 Zebra 设备），扫描仪对条形码的解释可能与预期不同。要排除这种情况，请扫描测试条形码，看看扫描仪是如何解释条形码的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:58
msgid "Android scanners"
msgstr "安卓扫描仪"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:60
msgid ""
"The most recent barcode scanner models using Android and Google Chrome "
"should work with Odoo. However, due to the variety of models and "
"configurations, it is recommended to first test a scanner's compatibility "
"with Odoo."
msgstr ""
"使用安卓和 Google 浏览器的最新型条码扫描仪应能与 Odoo 兼容。不过，由于型号和配置的多样性，建议首先测试扫描仪与 Odoo 的兼容性。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:64
msgid ""
"The Zebra product line is recommended; specifically, the **Zebra TC21 (WiFi-"
"only)**, and **Zebra TC26 (WiFi/cellular)**."
msgstr "推荐使用 Zebra 产品系列，特别是 **Zebra TC21（仅 WiFi）** 和 **Zebra TC26（WiFi/蜂窝）**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:68
msgid ""
"`Odoo Inventory & Barcode compatible hardware "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_"
msgstr "`与 Odoo 库存和条形码兼容的硬件 <https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:71
msgid "Barcode app does not give feedback"
msgstr "条形码应用程序不提供反馈"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:73
msgid ""
"By default, Android barcode scanners pre-process the barcode, then send a "
"full text. Since Odoo *Barcode* does not read this type of output, settings "
"for each type of scanner **must** be configured correctly."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，安卓条码扫描仪会对条码进行预处理，然后发送全文。由于 Odoo *条形码* 无法读取此类输出，因此必须正确配置每种扫描仪的设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:77
msgid ""
"Odoo *Barcode* expects that the scanner works like an analogue keyboard, and"
" so, only detects *key events*. Refer to the following sections for "
"configuration settings for the most popular devices."
msgstr "Odoo *条形码* 希望扫描仪像模拟键盘一样工作，因此只检测*按键事件*。有关最常用设备的配置设置，请参阅以下章节。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:81
msgid "Zebra TC21/TC26"
msgstr "Zebra TC21/TC26"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:83
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:76
msgid ""
"When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are"
" set to prevent errors."
msgstr "使用 Zebra 扫描仪时，请确保设置了以下按键配置，以防出错。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:78
msgid ""
"Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the "
":guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the app is represented by a :guilabel:`(light "
"blue barcode)` icon)."
msgstr ""
"从 Zebra 扫描仪的主屏幕开始，选择 :guilabel:`DataWedge` 应用程序（应用程序由 :guilabel:`（浅蓝色条形码）` "
"图标表示）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:81
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to "
"access the Zebra scanner's settings."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`DataWedge 简介` 页面上，选择配置文件选项以访问 Zebra 扫描仪的设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:92
msgid ""
"Once the profile is selected, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output`"
" option, and ensure the :guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option "
"is :guilabel:`Enabled`."
msgstr ""
"选择配置文件后，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`键盘输出` 选项，确保 :guilabel:`启用/禁用按键输出` 选项为 "
":guilabel:`已启用`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1
msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app."
msgstr "在 Zebra 扫描仪的 DataWedge 应用程序中显示按键选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:98
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once that option is enabled, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options "
"page, and go to the :guilabel:`Keystroke output` section. Then, open the "
":guilabel:`Key event options` submenu. Under :guilabel:`Characters`, ensure "
"the :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option is checked."
msgstr ""
"启用该选项后，回到 :guilabel:`简介` 选项页面，进入 :guilabel:`按键输出` 部分。然后，打开 "
":guilabel:`主要活动选项` 子菜单。在 :guilabel:`字符` 下，确保选中 :guilabel:`将字符作为活动发送` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:103
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:104
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option **must** be checked on the "
"Zebra scanner, or Odoo **cannot** recognize the barcodes that are scanned."
msgstr "必须在 Zebra 扫描仪上选中 :guilabel:`将字符作为活动发送` 选项，否则 Odoo **无法**识别扫描的条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:106
msgid ""
"Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the "
"Zebra scanner is working as intended."
msgstr "采取上述步骤后，请执行测试扫描，以确保 Zebra 扫描仪正常工作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:110
msgid "MUNBYN Android devices"
msgstr "MUNBYN 安卓设备"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:112
msgid ""
"When using MUNBYN Android scanners, ensure the following configurations are "
"set to prevent errors."
msgstr "使用 MUNBYN Android 扫描仪时，请确保设置了以下配置以防出错。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:114
msgid ""
"From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`AppSettings`. On the "
"resulting page, locate the :guilabel:`Process mode` section, and select "
":guilabel:`Keyboard input`."
msgstr ""
"从设备的主屏幕，点击 :menuselection:`应用程序设置`。在出现的页面中，找到 :guilabel:`处理模式` 部分，然后选择 "
":guilabel:`键盘输入`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1
msgid "Process mode section on MUNBYN scanner's AppSettings page."
msgstr "MUNBYN 扫描仪的 AppSettings 页面上的处理模式部分。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:122
msgid ""
"The selected *Process mode* controls how data is processed after barcode "
"data has been read out."
msgstr "所选的 *处理模式* 控制条形码数据读出后的数据处理方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:124
msgid ""
"*Keyboard input* enters read-out data at the position of the cursor, the "
"same as input data on an analogue keyboard would."
msgstr "*键盘输入* 在光标位置输入读出数据，与模拟键盘上的输入数据相同。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:127
msgid ""
"Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the "
"MUNBYN Android scanner is working as intended."
msgstr "完成上述步骤后，执行测试扫描以确保 MUNBYN 安卓扫描仪正常工作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:130
msgid "Why is there no data output in the app after a successful scan?"
msgstr "为什么扫描成功后应用程序中没有数据输出？"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:132
msgid ""
"When scanning a barcode, the scanner might beep, indicating a successful "
"scan, but there is no data output in the app."
msgstr "扫描条形码时，扫描仪可能会发出提示音，表示扫描成功，但应用程序中没有数据输出。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:135
msgid ""
"To fix this issue, adjust the output method to *keyboard analogue* in the "
"*Scanner* app on the device."
msgstr "要解决这个问题，请在设备上的*扫描仪*应用中将输出方式调整为*键盘模拟*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:138
msgid ""
"From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`Scanner App --> "
"Settings`. From the :guilabel:`Settings` page, click :guilabel:`Output "
"Mode`. The resulting pop-up window presents the different output options "
"available to users. Select :guilabel:`Keyboard Mode`, then click "
":guilabel:`OK`."
msgstr ""
"从设备的主屏幕，点击 :menuselection:`扫描仪应用程序 --> 设置`（扫描仪应用程序 --> 设置）。在 :guilabel:`设置` "
"页面，点击 :guilabel:`输出模式`。弹出窗口将显示用户可用的不同输出选项。选择 :guilabel:`键盘模式`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`确定`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1
msgid "Output mode pop-up window on MUNBYN scanner."
msgstr "MUNBYN 扫描仪上弹出的输出模式窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:147
msgid ""
"Go back to the app that needs to be scanned, and click on the input dialog "
"box first before scanning. Finally, perform a test scan to ensure the MUNBYN"
" Android scanner is working as intended."
msgstr "返回需要扫描的应用程序，在扫描前首先点击输入对话框。最后，执行一次测试扫描，确保 MUNBYN Android 扫描仪正常工作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:152
msgid "Datalogic Android devices"
msgstr "Datalogic Android 设备"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:154
msgid ""
"When using Datalogic Android scanners, ensure the following configurations "
"are set to prevent errors."
msgstr "使用 Datalogic Android 扫描仪时，请确保设置了以下配置以防出错。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:157
msgid ""
"To view and configure all settings for the scanner, use the *Settings* app "
"on the Datalogic Android device. From the applications menu, select "
":menuselection:`Settings --> System --> Scanner Settings`."
msgstr ""
"要查看和配置扫描仪的所有设置，请使用 Datalogic Android 设备上的 *设置* 应用程序。从应用程序菜单中选择 "
":menuselection:`设置 --> 系统 --> 扫描仪设置`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:161
msgid ""
"From the resulting list of settings, select :guilabel:`Wedge`. From this "
"menu, under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, ensure that the "
":guilabel:`Enable keyboard wedge` feature is activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:165
msgid ""
"Then, also under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, locate the "
":guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode` option. By default, the input mode is "
"set to :guilabel:`Text injection`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1
msgid "Wedge configuration menu on Datalogic scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:172
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode`, and change the setting to "
":guilabel:`Key pressure`. This ensures that scanned barcodes are translated "
"into keyboard strokes, instead of being injected into the text area."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1
msgid "Keyboard wedge input mode selection on Datalogic scanner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:180
msgid ""
"Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the "
"Datalogic Android scanner is working as intended."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:186
msgid "Screenless scanners"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:188
msgid ""
"Screenless scanners are barcode scanning devices that have no screens. These"
" include USB scanners and bluetooth scanners."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:192
msgid ""
"Odoo supports most USB and Bluetooth barcode scanners, as they all emulate a"
" keyboard. However, to verify that a scanner is compatible with a specific "
"keyboard layout (or can be configured to do so), refer to Odoo's `Inventory "
"& Barcode compatible hardware <https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-"
"hardware>`_ documentation."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 支持大多数 USB 和蓝牙条形码扫描仪，因为它们都模拟键盘。不过，若要验证扫描仪是否与特定键盘布局兼容（或可配置为兼容），请参阅 Odoo 的"
" `库存与条形码兼容硬件 <https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:198
msgid "NETUM devices"
msgstr "NETUM 设备"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:200
msgid ""
"By default, the NETUM barcode scanner's user manual only shows the French "
"keyboard configuration. To use the Belgian keyboard, scan the code below:"
msgstr "默认情况下，NETUM 条形码扫描仪的用户手册仅显示法语键盘配置。要使用比利时键盘，请扫描以下代码："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1
msgid "Belgian FR key barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:207
msgid ""
"Once that code has been scanned, ensure the NETUM scanner has the correct "
"keyboard configuration, and is working as intended."
msgstr "扫描代码后，确保 NETUM 扫描仪的键盘配置正确，并能正常工作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:211
msgid ":doc:`../setup/hardware`"
msgstr ":doc:`../setup/hardware`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:212
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:165
msgid ":doc:`../setup/software`"
msgstr ":doc:`../setup/software`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
msgid "Barcode scanner setup"
msgstr "条形码扫描仪设置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7
msgid ""
"Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with "
"Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps."
msgstr "请按照本指南选择和设置与 Odoo 的 *库存* 和 *条形码* 应用程序兼容的条形码扫描仪。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1
msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner."
msgstr "条形码扫描仪示例图像。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15
msgid "Scanner types"
msgstr "扫描仪类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17
msgid ""
"Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which type"
" of scanner best meets the needs of the business. There are three main types"
" of scanners that can be used with Odoo, each with their own benefits and "
"use cases:"
msgstr ""
"在设置条形码扫描仪之前，重要的是确定哪种类型的扫描仪最符合业务需求。可与 Odoo 一起使用的扫描仪主要有三种类型，每种类型都有各自的优点和用例："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:21
msgid ""
"**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for "
"businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout line"
" in a grocery store."
msgstr "**USB 扫描仪**连接到计算机，适用于在固定地点扫描产品的企业，如杂货店收银台。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:23
msgid ""
"**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them both a "
"cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, Odoo "
"is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle "
"operations, and check stock, directly through their mobile devices."
msgstr ""
"**蓝牙扫描仪**与智能手机或平板电脑配对，既经济又便携。在这种情况下，智能手机上安装了 Odoo，仓库操作员可以直接通过移动设备处理业务和检查库存。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26
msgid ""
"**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode "
"scanner."
msgstr "**移动计算机扫描仪**是内置条形码扫描仪的移动设备。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:29
msgid ""
"If using a USB scanner, ensure the scanner is compatible with the keyboard "
"layout of the computer."
msgstr "如果使用 USB 扫描仪，请确保扫描仪与计算机的键盘布局兼容。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
msgid ""
"If using a mobile computer scanner, ensure the device can run the Odoo "
"mobile app properly. Recent models that use Android OS with the Google "
"Chrome browser, or Windows OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, "
"testing is crucial due to the variety of available models and "
"configurations."
msgstr ""
"如果使用移动电脑扫描仪，请确保设备可以正常运行 Odoo 移动应用程序。使用带有 Google Chrome 浏览器的 Android 操作系统或带有 "
"Microsoft Edge 的 Windows 操作系统的最新机型可以正常运行。不过，由于可用型号和配置多种多样，因此测试至关重要。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:38
msgid ""
"`Odoo Inventory & Barcode • Compatible Hardware "
"<https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_"
msgstr "`Odoo 库存和条形码 • 兼容硬件 <https://www.odoo.com/app/inventory-hardware>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:43
msgid ""
"When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations "
"are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo."
msgstr "设置条形码扫描仪时，请确保以下配置正确无误，以便扫描仪能够通过 Odoo 正确解释条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47
msgid "Keyboard layout"
msgstr "键盘布局"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:49
msgid ""
"When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the "
"operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. "
"Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), "
"with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use."
msgstr ""
"使用 USB 条形码扫描仪时，请将其键盘布局与操作系统的布局相匹配，以便正确解释字符。一般来说，扫描模式应设置为接受 USB "
"键盘（HID），并根据正在使用的键盘设置语言。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:53
msgid ""
"To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard "
"wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual."
msgstr "要为**Zebra**扫描仪配置键盘布局，请在扫描仪的用户手册中扫描所需语言的键盘楔形条码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60
msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout."
msgstr "键盘布局用户手册示例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60
msgid ""
"Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual."
msgstr "Zebra 扫描仪用户手册中的键盘语言设置示例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:63
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
msgstr "自动回车"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:65
msgid ""
"Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental"
" double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include"
" a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`)"
" after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the "
"barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 的默认扫描间隔为 100 "
"毫秒，以防止意外重复扫描。为了与条码扫描仪同步，可以设置扫描仪在每次扫描后添加一个*回车符*（:dfn:`类似于键盘上的\"Enter\"键`）。Odoo"
" 将回车符解释为条码输入的结束，因此 Odoo 会接受扫描并等待下一次扫描。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:70
msgid ""
"Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure "
"it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix"
" ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`."
msgstr ""
"通常情况下，扫描仪默认包含回车符。请通过扫描用户手册中的特定条形码（例如CR suffix ON或Apply Enter for "
"suffix）确认是否已设置回车符。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:74
msgid "Zebra scanner"
msgstr "Zebra 扫描仪"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:85
msgid ""
"It is **not** suggested to use the \"DWDemo\" profile, as it does not work "
"properly in every circumstance."
msgstr "**不**建议使用 “DWDemo” 配置文件，因为它并非在任何情况下都能正常工作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:88
msgid ""
"Instead, it is recommended to create a new, personal profile. Once a new "
"profile is created, add the *Odoo Mobile* app and *Google Chrome* app in the"
" :guilabel:`Associated Apps` on the scanner's home screen."
msgstr ""
"建议创建一个新的个人配置文件。创建新配置文件后，在扫描仪主屏幕的 :guilabel:`已关联应用程序` 中添加 *Odoo Mobile* 应用程序和"
" *Google Chrome* 应用程序。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:107
msgid ""
"Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the "
"Zebra scanner is working properly, as intended."
msgstr "完成所有这些步骤后，请执行测试扫描，以确保 Zebra 扫描仪按预期正常工作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:111
msgid "Honeywell mobile computer scanner"
msgstr "霍尼韦尔移动计算机扫描仪"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:113
msgid ""
"When using Honeywell scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure "
"barcodes can be scanned in Odoo."
msgstr "使用 Honeywell 扫描仪时，请按照以下说明操作，以确保可以在 Odoo 中扫描条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:116
msgid ""
"Begin on the Honeywell scanner's home screen, and select "
":guilabel:`Settings`, represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Honeywell Settings`, followed by :guilabel:`Scanning`."
msgstr ""
"从霍尼韦尔扫描仪的主屏幕开始，选择 :guilabel:`设置` ，由 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标表示。然后，点击 "
":guilabel:`霍尼韦尔设置`，接着点击 :guilabel:`扫描`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:120
msgid ""
"From here, click :guilabel:`Internal Scanner`, followed by "
":guilabel:`Default Profile`. From the resulting list of options, select "
":guilabel:`Data Processing Settings`."
msgstr ""
"在此处点击 :guilabel:`内部扫描仪`，然后点击 :guilabel:`默认配置文件`。从出现的选项列表中，选择 "
":guilabel:`数据处理设置`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:123
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Data Processing Settings` specify how barcode data is "
"processed by the computer. Locate the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting. By "
"default, this is set to :guilabel:`Standard`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`数据处理设置` 指定计算机处理条形码数据的方式。找到 :guilabel:`楔形法` 设置。默认情况下，该设置为 "
":guilabel:`标准`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1
msgid "Data processing settings options for Honeywell scanner."
msgstr "霍尼韦尔扫描仪的数据处理设置选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:130
msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting to :guilabel:`Keyboard`."
msgstr "将 :guilabel:`楔形法` 设置更改为 :guilabel:`键盘`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:132
msgid ""
"After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Honeywell "
"scanner is working as intended."
msgstr "完成步骤后，进行测试扫描以验证霍尼韦尔扫描仪是否按预期工作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:136
msgid "Cipherlab mobile computer scanner"
msgstr "Cipherlab 移动计算机扫描仪"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:138
msgid ""
"When using Cipherlab scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure "
"barcodes can be scanned in Odoo."
msgstr "使用 Cipherlab 扫描仪时，请按照以下说明操作，以确保可在 Odoo 中扫描条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:141
msgid ""
"Begin on the Cipherlab scanner's home screen, and navigate to the "
":menuselection:`App Drawer (All Applications)`. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`ReaderConfig` app, represented by an orange :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)`"
" icon over a blue :guilabel:`(barcode)` icon."
msgstr ""
"从 Cipherlab 扫描仪的主屏幕开始，导航到 :menuselection:`应用程序抽屉（所有应用程序）`。然后，点击 "
":guilabel:`ReaderConfig` 应用程序，该应用程序由橙色的 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标和蓝色的 "
":guilabel:`（条形码）` 图标组成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:145
msgid ""
"Next, select the :guilabel:`Default Profile`, or create a new profile, if "
"needed."
msgstr "接下来，选择 :guilabel:`默认配置文件`，或根据需要创建新配置文件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:147
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`General Settings`, click :guilabel:`Data Output`, "
"followed by :guilabel:`Keyboard Emulation`."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`常规设置`下，点击:guilabel:`数据输出`，然后点击 :guilabel:`键盘模拟`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1
msgid "Cipherlab scanner data output setting page."
msgstr "Cipherlab 扫描仪数据输出设置页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:154
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`Input Method`, under :guilabel:`Keyboard "
"Emulation`, is set to :guilabel:`Default Mode`. Change this setting to "
":guilabel:`KeyEvent`."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，:guilabel:`键盘仿真'下的 :guilabel:`输入方式` 设置为 :guilabel:`默认模式'。将此设置更改为 "
":guilabel:`键盘活动`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1
msgid "Cipherlab scanner keyboard emulation settings."
msgstr "Cipherlab 扫描仪键盘模拟设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:161
msgid ""
"After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Cipherlab "
"scanner is working as intended."
msgstr "完成步骤后，进行测试扫描以验证 Cipherlab 扫描仪是否按预期工作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
msgstr "在 Odoo 中启用条码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7
msgid ""
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
"the barcode scanner."
msgstr ""
"条码扫描功能可节省在键盘、鼠标和扫描器之间切换所花费的时间。为产品、拣货库位等指定适当的条码，让你能几乎完全只用条码扫描器控制软件，提高工作效率。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
msgstr ""
"如要使用本功能，你应首先通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 条码扫描器`启用*条码*功能。勾选此功能后，你可点击保存。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
msgstr "设置产品条码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26
msgid ""
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
"Products Barcodes`."
msgstr "你可通过*库存*应用程序，轻松地为不同产品分配条码。为此，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置产品条码`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32
msgid ""
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
"at creation on the product form."
msgstr "然后，你可在产品表单中直接创建并为产品分配条码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
msgid ""
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
msgstr "注意，将条码直接添加到产品变体中，而不要添加到模板产品中。否则，你将无法区分它们。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
msgstr "设置库位条码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51
msgid ""
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr ""
"如果你管理多个库位，可为每个库位分配一个条码，并贴在库位上。你可在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`为库位配置条码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
msgid ""
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
"*Print* menu."
msgstr "你可从*打印*菜单，打印为库位分配的条码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66
msgid "Barcode Formats"
msgstr "条码格式"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
msgid ""
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade "
"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify "
"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously,"
" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the "
"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website."
msgstr ""
"大多数零售产品使用 EAN-13 条形码，也称为 GTIN（全球贸易识别码）。公司使用 GTIN 来唯一标识其产品和服务。GTIN 和 UPC "
"通常是同义词，GTIN 指的是条形码代表的数字，而 UPC 指的是条形码本身。有关 GTIN 的更多信息，请访问 GS1 网站。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73
msgid ""
"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix."
" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, "
"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products "
"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a "
"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page."
msgstr ""
"要为物品创建 GTIN，公司必须拥有 GS1 公司前缀。该前缀是出现在每个 GTIN "
"开头的数字，将标识该公司是条形码的所有者，以及条形码上出现的任何产品。要了解有关 GS1 公司前缀的更多信息，或购买前缀许可证，请访问 GS1 "
"公司前缀页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78
msgid ""
"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. "
"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also "
"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 用户可以使用 GTIN 条形码来识别他们的产品。不过，由于 Odoo 支持任何数字字符串作为条形码，因此也可以定义自定义条形码供内部使用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:187
msgid "Inventory"
msgstr "库存"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management"
" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate "
"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more."
msgstr "Odoo *库存* 既是库存应用程序，也是仓库管理系统。用户可通过该应用程序轻松管理交货时间、自动补货、配置高级路线等。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
msgstr "`Odoo教程：库存 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5
msgid "Product management"
msgstr "产品管理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53
msgid "Configure product"
msgstr "配置产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:11
msgid "A group of products in Odoo can be further defined using:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:13
msgid ""
":doc:`Units of measure (UoM) <configure/uom>`: a standard quantity for "
"specifying product amounts (e.g., meters, yards, kilograms). Enables "
"automatic conversion between measurement systems in Odoo, such as "
"centimeters to feet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:17
msgid ""
"*Ex: Purchasing fabric measured in meters but receiving it in yards from a "
"vendor.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:19
msgid ""
":doc:`configure/package`: A physical container used to group products "
"together, regardless of whether they are the same or different."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:22
msgid ""
"*Ex: A box containing assorted items for delivery, or a storage box of two "
"hundred buttons on a shelf.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:25
msgid ""
":doc:`configure/packaging`: groups the *same* products together to receive "
"or sell them in specified quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:28
msgid "*Ex: Cans of soda sold in packs of six, twelve, or twenty-four.*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:31
msgid "Comparison"
msgstr "比较"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:33
msgid ""
"This table provides a detailed comparison of units of measure, packages, and"
" packaging to help businesses evaluate which best suits their requirements."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:40
msgid "Feature"
msgstr "功能"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:41
msgid "Unit of measure"
msgstr "计量单位"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:303
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:159
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "包裹"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:44
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr "目的"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:45
msgid "Standardized measurement for product units (e.g., cm, lb, L)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:46
msgid "Tracks the specific physical container and its contents"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:47
msgid ""
"Groups a fixed number of items together for easier management (e.g., packs "
"of 6, 12 or 24)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:48
msgid "Product uniformity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:49
msgid "Defined per product; saved as one |UoM| in the database"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:50
msgid "Allows mixed products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:51
msgid "Same products only"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:52
msgid "Flexible"
msgstr "弹性"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:53
msgid "Converts between vendor/customer |UoMs| and database |UoM|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:54
msgid "Items can be added or removed from the container"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:55
msgid "Quantities are fixed (e.g., always packs of 6, 12 or 24)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:56
msgid "Complexity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:57
msgid "Simplest for unit conversions"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:58
msgid "More complex due to container-level inventory tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:59
msgid "Simpler; suitable for uniform product groupings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:60
msgid "Inventory tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:61
msgid ""
"Tracks product quantities within the warehouse in the specific |UoM| defined"
" in the product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:63
msgid "Tracks package location and contents within the warehouse"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:64
msgid "Tracks grouped quantities but not individual items' locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:65
msgid "Smooth barcode operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:78
msgid "Not available"
msgstr "不可用"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:67
msgid ""
"Requires scanning both the package and individual items for reception. (even"
" if there are 30 items in a package). Can enable the :ref:`Move Entire "
"Packages <inventory/product_management/move-entire-pack>` feature to update "
"the package's contained items' locations, when moving the package"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:71
msgid ""
"Scanning a packaging barcode automatically records all included units. (e.g."
" 1 pack = 12 units)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:73
msgid "Product lookup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:75
msgid ""
"Scanning a product's barcode identifies its typical storage location in the "
"Odoo database"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:76
msgid "Barcode identifies grouped quantity, not storage location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:77
msgid "Unique barcodes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:79
msgid "Unique barcodes for individual packages (e.g. Pallet #12)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:80
msgid "Barcodes set at the packaging type level (e.g. for a pack of 6)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:81
msgid "Reusability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:87
msgid "Not applicable"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:83
msgid ""
"Can be disposable or reusable, configured via the :ref:`Package Use "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-pack>` field"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:85
msgid "Disposable only"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:86
msgid "Container weight"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:88
msgid ""
"Weight of the container itself is included in the *Shipping Weight* field of"
" a package (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:90
msgid "Weight of the container is defined in the *Package Type* settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30
msgid "Lot/serial number tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:92
msgid ""
"Requires manual adjustments to track |UoMs| via lots (See :ref:`use case "
"<inventory/product_management/lots-uom>` for details)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:94
msgid "Applies only to contained products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:95
msgid "Applies to both contained products and the container"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:96
msgid "Custom routes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:97
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:98
msgid "Cannot be set"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:99
msgid ""
"Routes can define specific warehouse paths for a particular packaging type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:102
msgid "Use cases"
msgstr "用例"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:104
msgid ""
"After comparing the various features, consider how these businesses, with "
"various inventory management and logistics workflows, came to their "
"decision."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:108
msgid "Pallets of items using packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:110
msgid ""
"A warehouse receives shipments of soap organized on physical pallets, each "
"containing 96 bars. These pallets are used for internal transfers and are "
"also sold as standalone units. For logistical purposes, the pallet's weight "
"must be included in the total shipping weight for certain deliveries. "
"Additionally, the pallet requires a barcode to facilitate tracking, and the "
"number of individual bars of soap must be included in the stock count when "
"the pallet is received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:116
msgid ""
"After evaluating various options, *product packaging* was the most suitable "
"solution. Packaging enables assigning a barcode to a pallet, identifying it "
"as a \"pallet type\" containing 96 soap bars. This barcode streamlines "
"operations by automatically registering the grouped quantity. Key "
"distinctions include:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:121
msgid ""
"**Warehouse tracking limitations**: Odoo tracks only the total quantity, not"
" the number of packagings. For instance, if a pallet with 12 and 24 "
"quantities is received, Odoo records 36 quantities, not the pallet details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:124
msgid ""
"**Packaging barcodes are type-specific, not unique**: Barcodes represent "
"packaging types (e.g., \"pallet of 96 soap bars\") but do not uniquely "
"identify individual pallets, such as Pallet #1 or Pallet #2."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:129
msgid "Capture product information using barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:131
msgid ""
"An Odoo user expects the **Barcode** app to display the typical storage "
"location of a product by scanning a barcode for a container."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:134
msgid ""
"*Packages* was the most suitable. When the :ref:`appropriate setting is "
"enabled <inventory/warehouses_storage/enable-package>`, scanning a package "
"barcode displays its contents in the **Barcode** app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:138
msgid ""
"Packages represent physical containers, enabling detailed tracking of the "
"items they hold. Scanning a package provides visibility into its contents "
"and facilitates operations, like inventory moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:145
msgid "Track different units of measure in storage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:147
msgid "A fruit juice distributor tracks multiple |UoMs| for their operations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:149
msgid "Fruits are purchased in tons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:150
msgid "Juice is produced and stored in kilograms."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:151
msgid "Small samples are stored in grams for recipe testing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:153
msgid ""
"*Unit of Measure* was most suitable. Odoo automatically converts tons to "
"kilograms during receipts. However, since Odoo tracks only one |UoM| per "
"product in the database, the company uses lot numbers to differentiate "
"|UoMs|:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:157
msgid "LOT1: Grams (g)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:158
msgid "LOT2: Kilograms (kg)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:160
msgid ""
"Manual inventory adjustments are required to convert between lots, such as "
"subtracting 1 kg from LOT2 to add 1,000 g to LOT1. While functional, this "
"workaround can be time-consuming and prone to errors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:7
msgid ""
"A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages "
"can also be used to store items in bulk."
msgstr "*包装*是盛放一个或多个产品的物理容器。包装也可用于储存散装物品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:10
msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:"
msgstr "包裹通常用于以下目的："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:12
msgid ""
":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/pack>`."
msgstr ":ref:`将产品分组以便批量移动<inventory/warehouses_storage/pack>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Shipping to customers <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`: "
"configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight "
"requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with"
" carrier shipping specifications."
msgstr ""
":ref:`向客户发货 <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-"
"type>`：配置包装类型，以符合运输承运商的尺寸和重量要求，简化包装流程，并确保符合承运商的运输规范。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:16
msgid "Storing items in bulk."
msgstr "批量存储物品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:18
msgid ""
"*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by"
" enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features "
"(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)."
msgstr ""
"*包装使用*是 Odoo "
"中包装单表单上的一个字段，只有在启用批量转移和包装功能后才会显示。请按以下步骤操作（:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"设置`）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:21
msgid ""
"By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable"
" Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring "
"packages for :ref:`cluster pickings <inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-"
"pack>`."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，包装表单上的*包装用途*字段设置为*一次性包装*。只有在为 "
":ref:`集群拣货<inventory/warehouses_storage/cluster-pack>` 配置包装时，**才能**将该字段更改为 "
"*可重复使用包装*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:25
msgid ""
"*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping "
"cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration>`, based on real shipping"
" weight. Create package types to include the weight of the package itself "
"(e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping cost "
"calculations."
msgstr ""
"*包装类型* 是一个可选功能，用于 :doc:`根据实际运输重量计算运输成本 "
"<.../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration>` "
"。创建包装类型，将包装本身的重量（如箱子、托盘、其他运输容器）纳入运费计算。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:31
msgid ""
"While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can "
"be used in any workflow involving storable products."
msgstr ""
"虽然包裹常用于 :doc:` 三步交货路线 "
"<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`，但它们也可用于任何涉及可储存产品的工作流程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:40
msgid ""
"To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration"
" --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the "
":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要使用包裹，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`操作` 标题下，激活 "
":guilabel:`包裹` 功能。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings."
msgstr "在库存 > 配置 > 设置中激活*包裹*设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:50
msgid ""
"When moving packages internally, the *Move Entire Packages* feature can be "
"enabled on an operation type to update a package's contained item's location"
" upon updating the package's location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:53
msgid ""
"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Operations Types` and select the desired operation this feature will apply "
"to (may have to set it for multiple)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:56
msgid ""
"On the operation type page, in the :guilabel:`Packages` section, tick the "
":guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:62
msgid "Pack items"
msgstr "包装物品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:64
msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:"
msgstr "可通过以下方式将产品添加到包裹中："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:66
msgid ""
"Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/detailed-operations>` icon on the product "
"line."
msgstr ""
"点击产品线上的每个 :ref:`详细操作<inventory/warehouses_storage/detailed-operations>` 图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:68
msgid ""
"Using the :ref:`Put in Pack <inventory/warehouses_storage/put-in-pack>` "
"button to place everything in the transfer into a package."
msgstr ""
"使用 :ref:`放入包裹 <inventory/warehouses_storage/put-in-pack>`按钮将传输中的所有内容放入一个包裹中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:280
msgid "Detailed operations"
msgstr "详细操作"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:76
msgid ""
"On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a"
" package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""
"在任何仓库转移（如收据、交货单）中，点击 :guilabel:`操作` 标签中的 :guilabel:`⦙≣（列表）`图标，将产品添加到包裹中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line."
msgstr "在产品行中显示 “详细操作” 图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:83
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the "
":guilabel:`Product`."
msgstr "打开 :guilabel:`产品` 的 :guilabel:`详细操作` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:85
msgid ""
"To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, "
"and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an "
"existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package,"
" then select :guilabel:`Create...`."
msgstr ""
"要将 :guilabel:`产品` 放到包裹中，请点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，并将产品分配到 "
":guilabel:`目的地包裹`。选择一个现有软件包，或输入新软件包的名称创建一个新软件包，然后选择 :guilabel:`创建...`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93
msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field."
msgstr "为 “目的地包裹” 字段指定一个包裹。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93
msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`."
msgstr "12 个 `隔音屏风` 被放置在 `PACK0000001` 中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:95
msgid ""
"Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the "
":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the "
":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window."
msgstr ""
"然后，在 :guilabel:`已完成` 列中指定要放入包中的产品数量。重复上述步骤，将 :guilabel:`产品` 放入不同的包装中。完成后，点击 "
":guilabel:`确认` 关闭窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:100
msgid ""
":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`将一份订单分多个包裹寄送<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:106
msgid "Put in pack"
msgstr "放入包裹"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:108
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse"
" transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer "
"in that newly-created package."
msgstr "或者，在任何仓库转移上单击 :guilabel:`放入包裹` 按钮，创建一个新包裹，并将转移中的所有项目放入新创建的包裹中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:112
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and"
" other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
"如果在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用了*包裹*功能，则收据、送货单和其他传送表格上会出现 "
":guilabel:`放入包裹` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120
msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked."
msgstr "点击 “放入包装” 按钮的图像。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120
msgid ""
"In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was "
"clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it "
"in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field."
msgstr ""
"在批量传输`BATCH/00003`中，点击 :guilabel:`放入包裹` 按钮创建了一个新的包裹`PACK0000002`，并在 "
":guilabel:`目标包裹` 字段中将所有项目分配给它。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:128
msgid ""
"Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and "
"weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for "
"shipping costs."
msgstr ""
"通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 包裹类型` "
"创建包裹类型，以便设置自定义尺寸和重量限制。此功能主要用于计算运费中的包裹重量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:133
msgid ""
":doc:`Shipping carriers "
"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`运输承运商<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:134
msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:136
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a "
"blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:"
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`包裹类型` 列表中，点击 :guilabel:`新建` 可打开一个空白的软件包类型表单。表单字段如下："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:139
msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name."
msgstr ":guilabel:`软件包类型`（必填）：定义软件包类型的名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:140
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). "
"The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, "
":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`尺寸`：以毫米（mm）为单位定义封装的尺寸。从左到右的字段定义了 :guilabel:`长度`、:guilabel:`宽度` 和 "
":guilabel:`高度`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:142
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`重量`：空包裹（如空箱子、托盘）的重量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:145
msgid ""
"Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty "
"package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the "
":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product "
"form."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 计算包裹重量的方法是将空包裹的重量加上物品的重量，这些重量可在每个产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡中的 "
":guilabel:`重量` 字段中找到。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:149
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package."
msgstr ":guilabel:`最大重量`：包裹中允许的最大装运重量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:150
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a "
"scan."
msgstr ":guilabel:`条形码`：定义条形码，以便通过扫描识别软件包类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available "
"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available "
"at all companies."
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：指定一家公司，使该软件包类型**仅**在所选公司可用。如果在所有公司都可用，则将该字段留空。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:153
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package "
"type."
msgstr ":guilabel:`承运商`：指定此包裹类型的预期运输承运商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:154
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type."
msgstr ":guilabel:`承运商代码`：定义与包裹类型相关的代码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box."
msgstr "FedEx 快递 25 公斤箱的包裹类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:163
msgid "Cluster packages"
msgstr "集群包裹"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:165
msgid ""
"To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch "
"Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so "
"makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form."
msgstr ""
"要使用*集群包裹*，首先导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并激活位于 :guilabel:`操作` "
"部分的 :guilabel:`批量传输` 功能。这样做可使*包裹使用*字段在包裹表单上可见。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > "
"Settings."
msgstr "在 “库存” > “配置” > “设置” 中激活*批量传输*功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:174
msgid ""
"Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing"
" so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:"
msgstr ""
"进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 包裹` 添加新包裹。然后点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`，或选择一个现有包裹。此操作将打开包裹表单，其中包含以下字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:178
msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package."
msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹参考编号`（必填）：包裹名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:179
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship "
"to the customer <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`包裹类型`：用于 :ref:`配置装运箱，以便向客户送货 "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:183
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster"
" pickings."
msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹类型` 对于配置集群采摘的包裹来说是不必要的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:185
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after "
"measuring it on a scale."
msgstr ":guilabel:`装运重量`：用于输入经磅秤测量后的包裹重量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:187
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available "
"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is "
"available at all companies."
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：指定一家公司，使包裹**仅**在所选公司可用。如果包裹在所有公司都可用，则将该字段留空。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:189
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package."
msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：软件包的当前位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:190
msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created."
msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹日期`：包裹创建日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:191
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for "
"moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages "
"used to ship products to customers."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`包裹用途`：如果包裹用于在仓库内移动产品，则选择 :guilabel:`可重复使用`；如果包裹用于将产品运送给客户，则选择 "
":guilabel:`一次性`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack."
msgstr "显示包裹表单以创建集群包裹。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:199
msgid ""
":doc:`Using cluster packages "
"<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:202
msgid "View packages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:204
msgid ""
"To view all packages go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Packages`. By default, packages are shown in Kanban view, in their current "
"storage location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:208
msgid "Drag-and-drop packages to move them between internal locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst-1
msgid "Packages dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding "
"multiple units of a specific product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:10
msgid ""
"For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a "
"12-pack, or a case of 36, **must** be configured on the individual product "
"form. This is because packagings are product specific, not generic."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:15
msgid ""
"Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode "
"<inventory/barcode/software>`. When receiving products from suppliers, "
"scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the"
" packaging to the internal count of the product."
msgstr ""
"包装可与 Odoo :ref:`条形码 <inventory/barcode/software>` "
"结合使用。从供应商处接收产品时，扫描包装条形码会自动将包装中的单位数添加到产品的内部计数中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:22
msgid ""
"To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, "
"enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature, and click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要使用包裹，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后，在 :guilabel:`产品` 标题下启用 "
":guilabel:`产品包裹` 功能，并点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1
msgid "Enable packagings by selecting \"Product Packagings\"."
msgstr "通过选择“产品包裹”来启用包裹功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:33
msgid "Create packaging"
msgstr "创建包裹"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:35
msgid ""
"Packagings can be created directly on the product form, or from the "
":guilabel:`Product Packagings` page."
msgstr "包装可直接在产品表单上创建，或从 :guilabel:`产品包裹` 页面创建。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:39
msgid "From product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:41
msgid ""
"Create packagings on a product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product."
msgstr "通过前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 -> 产品 -> 产品`，然后选择所需的产品，在产品表单上创建包裹。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:44
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the "
"table, fill out the following fields:"
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`库存` 标签下，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`包裹` 部分，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`填加行`。在表格中填写以下字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Packaging` (required): name of packaging that appears on "
"sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product."
msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹`（必填）：在销售/采购订单中作为产品包裹选项显示的包裹名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Contained quantity` (required): amount of product in the "
"packaging."
msgstr ":guilabel:`包裹内数量` （必填）：包裹中的产品数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (required): measurement unit for quantifying the"
" product."
msgstr ":guilabel:`测量单位`（必填）：量化产品的测量单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Sales`: check this option for packagings intended for use on "
"sales orders."
msgstr ":guilabel:`销售`：为用于销售订单的容器选中此选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Purchase`: check this option for packagings intended for use on "
"purchase orders."
msgstr ":guilabel:`采购`：如果容器用于采购订单，请选中此选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:55
msgid ""
"Access additional fields in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table below by "
"clicking the |adjust| icon to the far-right of the column titles in the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and selecting the desired options from the "
"drop-down menu that appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or "
"pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app <barcode/operations/intro>`. Leave "
"blank if not in use."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`条形码`：使用:ref:`条形码应用程序<barcode/operations/intro>` "
"在库存移动或拣选中追踪包装的标识符。如果不使用，则留空。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the "
"selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all "
"companies."
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：表示包装仅在所选公司提供。留空表示包装在所有公司都可用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:65
msgid ""
"To create a packaging type for six units of the product, `Grape Soda`, begin"
" by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the line, name the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` `6-pack`, and set the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` "
"to `6`. Repeat this process for additional packagings."
msgstr ""
"要为六件 `葡萄汽水` 创建包装类型，首先点击 :guilabel:`添加行`。在行中，将 :guilabel:`包装` 命名为`6件`，并将 "
":guilabel:`包含数量` 设置为`6`。对其他包装重复此过程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "Create 6-pack case for product."
msgstr "为产品制作 6 个包装箱。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:74
msgid "From product packagings page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:76
msgid ""
"To view all packagings that have been created, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. "
"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete "
"list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new "
"packagings by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要查看已创建的所有包裹，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 产品包裹`。这样就会显示 "
":guilabel:`产品包裹` 页面，其中包含已为所有产品创建的所有包裹的完整列表。点击 :guilabel:`新建` 创建新包裹。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:82
msgid ""
"Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of "
"packagings configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each "
"product can be sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, as a `12-Pack` "
"of 12 products, or as a `Case` of 32 products."
msgstr ""
"`葡萄汽水` 和 `健怡可乐` 这两种汽水产品配置了三种类型的包装。在 :guilabel:`产品包装` 页面上，每种产品可以作为包含 6 个产品的 "
"`6罐装`、包含 12 个产品的 `12罐装` 或包含 32 个产品的 “整箱” 进行销售。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "List of different packagings for products."
msgstr "产品的不同包装清单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:91
msgid "Partial reservation"
msgstr "部分保留"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:93
msgid ""
"After :ref:`completing the packaging setup "
"<inventory/product_management/packaging-setup>`, packagings can be reserved "
"in full or partial quantities for outgoing shipments. Partial packaging "
"flexibility expedites order fulfillment by allowing the immediate shipment "
"of available items, while awaiting the rest."
msgstr ""
"在 :ref:`完成<inventory/product_management/packaging-setup>` "
"包装设置后，可为出货预留全部或部分数量的包装。部分包装的灵活性允许立即装运可用的项目，同时等待其他项目，从而加快了订单的执行。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:98
msgid ""
"To configure packaging reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, "
"or select the desired product category."
msgstr ""
"要配置包装预订方法，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 产品类别`。然后，点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`，或选择所需的产品类别。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:101
msgid ""
"On the product category's form, in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, "
":guilabel:`Reserve Packagings` can be set to :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full "
"Packagings` or :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings`."
msgstr ""
"在产品类别表单的 :guilabel:`物流` 部分，:guilabel:`保留包装` 可设置为 :guilabel:`只保留完整包装` 或 "
":guilabel:`保留部分包装`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:105
msgid ""
"To see the :guilabel:`Reserve Packaging` field, the :guilabel:`Product "
"Packaging` feature **must** be enabled. To enable this feature, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the"
" :guilabel:`Products` section, tick the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` "
"checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要查看 :guilabel:`保留包装` 字段，必须启用 :guilabel:`产品包装` 功能。要启用此功能，请进入 "
":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，滚动到 :guilabel:`产品` 部分，勾选 "
":guilabel:`产品包装` 复选框，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1
msgid "Show Reserve Packagings field on the product categories page."
msgstr "在产品类别页面上显示保留包装字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:115
msgid ""
"To better evaluate the options based on business needs, consider the "
"following example:"
msgstr "为了更好地评估基于业务需求的选项，请参考以下示例："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:117
msgid "a product is sold in twelve units per packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:118
msgid "an order demands two packagings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:119
msgid "there are only twenty-two units in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:121
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full Packagings` is selected, only twelve units"
" are reserved for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:124
msgid ""
"Conversely, when :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings` is selected, twenty-"
"two units are reserved for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:128
msgid "Apply packagings"
msgstr "应用包装"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:130
msgid ""
"When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the "
"packagings that should be used for the product. The chosen packaging is "
"displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Packaging` "
"field."
msgstr ""
"在 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序中创建销售订单时，请指定产品应使用的包装。所选包装将显示在 "
":guilabel:`包装`字段下的:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`上。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:135
msgid ""
"18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack "
"packagings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0
msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:144
msgid "Routes for packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:146
msgid ""
"When receiving packagings, by default, they follow the warehouse's "
":doc:`configured reception route "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations>`. To **optionally** set up a "
"packaging-specific route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:151
msgid ""
"The *Product Packagings*, *Storage Locations*, and *Multi-Step Routes* "
"features (found by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`) **must** be activated, and saved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:156
msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:159
msgid "Create route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:161
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click :guilabel:`New`, or select a route "
"that is **not** for a warehouse. Next, in the :guilabel:`Applicable on` "
"section, tick the :guilabel:`Packagings` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:168
msgid "Create route for a packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:168
msgid ""
"Route with \"Packagings\" selected, with \"Products\" and \"Warehouses\" not"
" selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:173
msgid "Apply route on packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:175
msgid ""
"Then, to apply the route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
"--> Products`, and select the product that uses packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:178
msgid ""
"In the product form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` section that contains :ref:`configured packagings "
"<inventory/product_management/packaging-setup>`, click the |adjust| icon. "
"Tick the :guilabel:`Routes` checkbox to make the column visible in the "
":guilabel:`Packaging` table."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:183
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Routes` field, select the packaging-specific route. Repeat"
" these steps for all packaging intended to use the route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst-1
msgid "Set route on a packaging."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:3
msgid "Product type"
msgstr "产品类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, goods and services are both set up as *products*. When setting up a"
" new product, there are several fields that should be carefully chosen, as "
"they determine how to invoice and track a business' goods or services."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:11
msgid ""
"To configure an existing product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Products --> Products`, and select the desired product from the list. "
"Alternatively, from the :guilabel:`Products` menu, click :guilabel:`New` to "
"create a new product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Product Type "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l6j0ZkP5mLM>`_"
msgstr "`Odoo 教程：产品类型<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l6j0ZkP5mLM>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:21
msgid "For sale vs. purchase"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:23
msgid ""
"Goods and services can be designated as those that can be bought, sold, or "
"both. On the product form, tick the :guilabel:`Sales` checkbox if a product "
"can be *sold* to a customer (e.g. finished goods). Tick :guilabel:`Purchase`"
" if the product can be *purchased* (e.g. raw materials)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:28
msgid ""
"If a resale clothing shop buys discounted denim jackets and sells them at a "
"higher cost to the end consumer, the `Jacket` product form might have *both*"
" the :guilabel:`Sales` and :guilabel:`Purchase` checkbox ticked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:32
msgid ""
"On the other hand, say the store occasionally sews new jackets using denim "
"and thread as raw materials. In the `Denim` and `Thread` product forms, only"
" :guilabel:`Purchase` should be ticked, whereas the `Handmade Jacket` "
"product form would only tick :guilabel:`Sales`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:37
msgid "Goods vs. services"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:39
msgid ""
"When configuring a product, a :guilabel:`Product Type` needs to be selected "
"on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab of a product form. Each product "
"type impacts different operations in other Odoo applications, such as "
"**Sales** and **Purchase**, and should be chosen carefully."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Goods`: a tangible, material object (e.g. anything from a "
"hamburger to a house)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Service`: an intangible, immaterial offering (e.g., a repair, a "
"haircut, call center assistance)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Combo`: any mix of goods and services (e.g. a new car (*good*) "
"with an oil change included (*service*))"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:51
msgid ""
"Due to their immaterial nature, services are not trackable in Odoo's "
"**Inventory** application."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:56
msgid "Configure goods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:58
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Goods` as the :guilabel:`Product Type` automatically "
"triggers the appearance of a few fields and tabs in the product form:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab: From here, :doc:`purchasing and manufacturing "
"routes <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` and product "
"logistics, such as product weight and customer lead time, can be specified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:64
msgid ""
":ref:`Invoicing Policy <inventory/product_management/invoicing-policy>` "
"field: This field determines at what point in the sales process a customer "
"is invoiced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:68
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field **only** appears if the **Sales** app"
" is installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:70
msgid ""
":ref:`Track Inventory <inventory/product_management/tracking-inventory>` "
"field: This checkbox determines whether Odoo tracks inventory for this "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:72
msgid ""
"Smart buttons: Some smart buttons appear above the form when "
":guilabel:`Goods` is selected; others show upon selecting a :guilabel:`Track"
" Inventory` method. For example, :guilabel:`On Hand` and "
":guilabel:`Forecasted` display when :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is ticked. "
"In general, most smart buttons on a product form link to :ref:`inventory "
"operations <inventory/product_management/inventory-ops-by-product-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst-1
msgid "Designate a product as a good or service."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:84
msgid "Invoicing policy"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:86
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Invoicing policy` field only shows on the product form if a "
"product is for sale (in other words, if :guilabel:`Sales` is ticked, and the"
" **Sales** app is installed)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:89
msgid ""
"When configuring a product for sale, it is necessary to choose an "
":doc:`invoicing policy "
"<../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy>`. When an invoicing "
"policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` is selected, customers are invoiced"
" once the sales order is confirmed. When :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is"
" selected, customers are invoiced once the delivery is completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:98
msgid "Tracked vs. untracked goods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Track Inventory` field on the product form determines a lot "
"of Odoo's **Inventory** operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:103
msgid ""
"*Tracked* products are those for which stock and inventory are maintained. "
"Examples include finished goods and, often, the raw materials or components "
"needed to make them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:106
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is ticked, a drop-down menu appears, "
"offering for inventory to be tracked one of three ways: :guilabel:`By Unique"
" Serial Number`, :guilabel:`By Lots`, or :guilabel:`By Quantity`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst-1
msgid "Configure a tracked good."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:113
msgid ""
"*Untracked* products (sometimes referred to as *non-inventory* products) are"
" typically consumed in a short period of time, meaning that stock/inventory "
"does *not* need to be maintained. Non-inventory products are often "
"essential, but exact counts are unnecessary. Examples include: office "
"supplies, packaging materials, or items used in production that do not need "
"to be individually tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:119
msgid ""
"Tick the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox if it is necessary to track a "
"product's stock at various locations, for inventory valuation, with lots "
"and/or serial numbers, or when using reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:124
msgid ""
":doc:`Tracking storable products using lot and serial numbers "
"<../product_tracking>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:129
msgid "Inventory operations by product type"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:131
msgid ""
":ref:`Whether a good is tracked or untracked "
"<inventory/product_management/tracking-inventory>` affects common "
"**Inventory** operations, like transfers and reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:134
msgid ""
"The table below summarizes which operations (and smart buttons) are enabled "
"for tracked vs. untracked goods. Click highlighted chart items to navigate "
"to detailed sections and related documents."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:142
msgid "Inventory operation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:143
msgid "Tracked"
msgstr "已跟踪"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:144
msgid "Untracked"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:145
msgid ":ref:`Show on-hand quantity <inventory/product_management/on-hand>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:155
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:156
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:162
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:163
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:165
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:171
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:172
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:174
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:178
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:181
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:183
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "是"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:147
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:150
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:159
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:166
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:175
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:184
msgid "No"
msgstr "否"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:148
msgid ":ref:`Show forecasted quantity <inventory/product_management/on-hand>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:151
msgid ""
":ref:`Use reordering rules <inventory/product_management/replenishment>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:154
msgid ""
":ref:`Can be included in a purchase order <inventory/product_management/po>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:157
msgid ":ref:`Use putaway rules <inventory/product_management/putaway>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:160
msgid ""
":ref:`Can be manufactured, subcontracted, or used in another good's BoM "
"<inventory/product_management/manufacturing>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:164
msgid ""
":doc:`Use inventory adjustments "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:167
msgid ""
":doc:`Use inventory valuation "
"<../inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:170
msgid ":ref:`Create transfer <inventory/product_management/transfer-store>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:173
msgid ":doc:`Use lot/serial number tracking <../product_tracking>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:176
msgid ""
":doc:`Can be placed in a kit "
"<../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:179
msgid ""
":ref:`Can be placed in a package <inventory/product_management/package>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:182
msgid ""
":ref:`Appears on inventory reports <inventory/product_management/report>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:192
msgid "On-hand and forecasted quantities"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:194
msgid ""
"A tracked product's on-hand and forecasted quantities, based on incoming and"
" outgoing orders, are reflected on the product form with two smart buttons:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:197
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-cubes` :guilabel:`On-Hand Quantity`: This represents the number of"
" units currently available in inventory. Click the button to view or add "
"stock levels for a tracked product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:199
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`Forecasted`: This represents the number of "
"units *expected* to be available in inventory after all orders are taken "
"into account. In other words, :math:`\\text{forecasted} = \\text{on hand "
"quantity} + \\text{incoming shipments} - \\text{outgoing shipments}`. Click "
"the button to view the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:204
msgid ""
"On the other hand, untracked products are regarded as *always* available. "
"Consequently, :guilabel:`On-Hand Quantity` is not tracked, and there is no "
":guilabel:`Forecasted` quantity available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:211
msgid "Putaway rules and storage"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:213
msgid "Both tracked and untracked goods can optimize storage using:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:215
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-random` :doc:`Putaway Rules "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway>`: This represents "
"putaway rules that apply to a good, such as where to store it when a new "
"shipment arrives."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:218
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-cubes` :doc:`Storage Capacities "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>`: This "
"represents any storage capacity limitations specified for this good. For "
"example, a warehouse may require that only ten (or less) sofas be stored "
"there at any given time, due to their large size."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:227
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:169
msgid "Replenishment"
msgstr "补货"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:230
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3
msgid "Reordering rules"
msgstr "重新排序规则"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:232
msgid ""
"Only tracked products can trigger :doc:`reordering rules "
"<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>` to generate "
"purchase orders. Untracked goods *cannot* be managed using reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:236
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can be configured directly on the product form via the "
":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`(refresh)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:240
msgid ""
"If reordering rules already exist on a product, Odoo re-labels this button "
"to :guilabel:`Min / Max`, to show the minimum and maximum number of units "
"that must be in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:246
msgid "Create purchase orders"
msgstr "创建采购订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:248
msgid ""
"Both tracked and untracked products can be included in a request for "
"quotation in the **Purchase** app. However, when receiving untracked "
"products, their on-hand quantity does not change upon validating the receipt"
" (`WH/IN`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:253
msgid "Replenish smart button"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:255
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Replenish` smart button allows all goods to be restocked "
"directly from the product form, according to the *Preferred Route*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:259
msgid ""
":doc:`Replenishment <../../warehouses_storage/replenishment>` `Odoo "
"Tutorials: Replenishment Methods for Manufacturing "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vtjeMGcG8aM>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:266
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:7
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "制造"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:268
msgid ""
"Both tracked and untracked products can be manufactured, :doc:`subcontracted"
" <../../../manufacturing/subcontracting>`, or included in another product's "
":doc:`bill of materials (BoM) "
"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:274
msgid ""
"On the product form for a tracked or untracked good, there are several smart"
" buttons that may appear for manufacturing operations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:277
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-flask` :guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: This shows the BoMs used to "
"make this product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:278
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-level-up` :guilabel:`Used In`: This shows other goods that include"
" this product in their BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:284
msgid "Transfer goods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:286
msgid ""
"*Transfers* are warehouse operations that involve the movement of goods. "
"Examples of transfers include :doc:`deliveries and receipts "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, as "
"well as :doc:`internal transfers "
"<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses>` between "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:292
msgid ""
"When creating a transfer for tracked products in the **Inventory** app, "
"transfers modify the on-hand quantity at each location. For example, "
"transferring five units from the internal location `WH/Stock` to `WH/Packing"
" Zone` decreases the recorded quantity at `WH/Stock` and increases it at "
"`WH/Packing Zone`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:297
msgid ""
"For untracked products, transfers can be created, but exact quantities at "
"each storage location are not tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:305
msgid ""
"Both tracked and untracked (non-inventory), products can be placed in "
":doc:`packages <package>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:307
msgid ""
"However, for non-inventory products, the quantity is not tracked, and the "
"product is not listed in the package's :guilabel:`Contents` (which can be "
"accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Packages`, and selecting the desired package)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:314
msgid "Show Packages page, containing the package contents list."
msgstr "显示包裹页面，其中包含包裹内容列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:314
msgid ""
"An untracked product was placed in the package, but the **Content** section "
"does not list it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:316
msgid ""
"Additionally, if the *Move Entire Packages* feature is enabled, moving a "
"package updates the location of the contained tracked products but not the "
"contained untracked products. To enable this feature, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, "
"select any operation, and tick the :guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:324
msgid "Inventory reports"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:326
msgid "**Only** tracked products appear on the following reports."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:329
msgid ""
"These reports are only available to users with :doc:`administrator access "
"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:332
msgid ""
":doc:`Stock report <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/stock>`: This report "
"provides a comprehensive list of all on-hand, unreserved, incoming, and "
"outgoing tracked inventory. To access the report, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:335
msgid ""
":doc:`Location report  <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/locations>`: This"
" report shows a breakdown of which tracked products are held at each "
"location (internal, external, or virtual). The report is only available with"
" the *Storage Location* feature activated (:menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Settings`). To access it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" app --> Reporting --> Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:340
msgid ""
":doc:`Moves History report "
"<../../warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history>`: This report summarizes "
"where and when this good has moved in/out of stock. To access the report, go"
" to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`. "
"Alternatively, click the :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`In / Out` smart "
"button on a product form to filter the report on that product's specific "
"moves history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:345
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Moves Analysis`: This report provides a pivot table view of "
"inventory transfers by operation type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:347
msgid ""
":ref:`Stock Valuation report <inventory/management/reporting/valuation-"
"report>`: A detailed record of the monetary value of all tracked inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:3
msgid "Units of measure"
msgstr "计量单位"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:11
msgid ""
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the "
"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the "
"imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units."
msgstr ""
"在某些情况下，处理不同计量单位的产品是必要的。例如，公司可以从使用公制系统的国家/地区购买产品，然后在使用英制系统的国家/地区销售这些产品。在这种情况下，公司需要换算单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:15
msgid ""
"Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big "
"pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units."
msgstr "单位换算的另一种情况是，公司从供应商那里购买大包装产品，然后以单个单位销售这些产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:18
msgid ""
"Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one "
"product."
msgstr "在 Odoo 可以设置对一个产品使用不同的*计量单位（UoM）*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:23
msgid ""
"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the"
" :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` "
"setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要在 Odoo 中使用不同的计量单位，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，在 "
":guilabel:`产品` 部分，激活 :guilabel:`计量单位` 设置。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings."
msgstr "在库存设置中启用计量单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:32
msgid "Units of measure categories"
msgstr "计量单位类别"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:34
msgid ""
"After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of "
"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can "
"convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units "
"belong to the same category."
msgstr ""
"启用*计量单位*设置后，请在:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"计量单位类别`中查看默认计量单位类别。类别对于单位换算非常重要；**只有**当两个单位都属于同一类别时，Odoo "
"才能将产品的单位从一种单位换算为另一种单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Set units of measure categories."
msgstr "设置计量单位类别。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:43
msgid ""
"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is "
"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of"
" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any "
"new units."
msgstr ""
"每个计量单位类别都有一个参考单位。在 :guilabel:`计量单位类别`页面的 :guilabel:`计量单位`列中，参考单位以蓝色高亮显示。Odoo"
" 使用参考单位作为任何新单位的基础。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:47
msgid ""
"To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the "
":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product"
" in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on "
"the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the "
":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` "
"field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` "
"field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than"
" the reference Unit of Measure`."
msgstr ""
"要创建新单位，首先从 :guilabel:`计量单位类别` 页面选择正确的类别。例如，要销售一盒有六个单位的产品，请点击 :guilabel:`单位` "
"类别行。然后，在出现的类别页面上，点击 :guilabel:`计量单位` 选项卡中的 :guilabel:`添加行 `。然后，在 "
":guilabel:`计量单位` 字段中，命名新单位，如`每盒 6 个`，然后在 :guilabel:`类型` 字段中，选择适当的参考尺寸，如 "
":guilabel:`大于参考计量单位`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:54
msgid ""
"If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally "
"recognized `code managed by GS1 <https://www.unspsc.org/>`_, that **must** "
"be purchased in order to use."
msgstr ""
"如果适用，输入 :guilabel:`UNSPSC 类别`，这是一个全球公认的`代码，由 GS1 "
"<https://www.unspsc.org/>`_管理，**必须**购买才能使用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:57
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the "
"new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a"
" box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`比率` 字段中，输入新的 |UOM| 中有多少个单位，例如在使用 `6-Pack` 的示例时输入 `6.00000`（因为一盒"
" 6 个单位比参考单位 `1.00000` 大 6 倍）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid ""
"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same"
" category."
msgstr "将产品从一个单位转换到另一个单位，只要它们属于同一类别。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:66
msgid "Specify a product's units of measure"
msgstr "指定产品的计量单位"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:68
msgid ""
"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form"
" page."
msgstr ""
"要在产品上设置计量单位，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` 并选择产品，打开其产品表单页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:71
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of "
"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. "
"The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's "
"inventory and internal transfers."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`一般信息` 选项卡中，编辑 :guilabel:`计量单位` "
"字段，指定产品销售的计量单位。指定的单位也是用于追踪产品库存和内部转移的单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:75
msgid ""
"Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that "
"the product is purchased in."
msgstr "编辑 :guilabel:`购买 UoM` 字段，指定购买产品的计量单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:81
msgid "Unit conversion"
msgstr "单位换算"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:83
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different "
":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of "
"Measure)`."
msgstr "当产品有不同的 :abbr:`UoM（计量单位）`和采购 :abbr:`UoM（计量单位）`时，Odoo 会自动转换计量单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:86
msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:"
msgstr "这种情况有多种，包括："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:88
msgid ""
":ref:`Vendor orders <inventory/product_replenishment/buy-in-uom>`: purchase "
"|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse "
"documents"
msgstr ""
"ref:`供应商订单 <inventory/product_replenishment/buy-in-uom>`：采购订单（PO）上的采购 |UOM| "
"转换为内部仓库单据上的 |UOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:90
msgid ""
":ref:`Automatic replenishment <inventory/product_replenishment/replenish>`: "
"generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips "
"below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|"
msgstr ""
":ref:`自动补货 <inventory/product_replenishment/replenish>`：当产品（在 |UOM| "
"中追踪）的库存水平低于一定水平时生成 |PO|。但是， |PO| 是使用采购的 |UOM| 创建的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:93
msgid ""
":ref:`Sell products <inventory/product_replenishment/sell-in-uom>`: if a "
"different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted "
"to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order"
msgstr ""
":ref:`销售产品 <inventory/product_replenishment/sell-in-uom>`：如果销售订单（SO）上使用了不同的 "
"|UOM| ，则数量将转换为交货订单上仓库首选的 |UOM| 数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:100
msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM"
msgstr "按采购计量单位购买产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:102
msgid ""
"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo "
"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If "
"needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|."
msgstr ""
"在*采购*应用程序中创建新的询价单（RFQ）时，Odoo 会自动使用产品的指定采购计量单位。如有需要，请手动编辑询价单上的 "
":guilabel:`UoM` 值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:106
msgid ""
"After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` "
"smart button at the top of the |PO|."
msgstr "将 |RFQ| 确认为 |PO| 后，点击 |PO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:109
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's "
"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the "
"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity."
msgstr "Odoo 会自动将采购计量单位转换为产品的销售/库存计量单位，因此交货收据的 :guilabel:`需求` 列会显示转换后的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:113
msgid ""
"When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its "
"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in "
"boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows"
" the quantity in units."
msgstr ""
"当产品的采购 :guilabel:`UoM` 为 `6 盒`，而销售/库存计量单位为 `单位` 时，|PO| 显示的数量为 6 "
"盒，而收货单（和其他内部仓库单据）显示的数量以单位计算。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0
msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure."
msgstr "使用采购计量单位的采购订单图像。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:121
msgid ""
"An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of "
"6`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0
msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure."
msgstr "显示计量单位的收据图像。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:127
msgid ""
"Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit "
"of Measure\": `Units`."
msgstr "仓库收货时，记录的数量采用内部计量单位：`单位`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:135
msgid ""
"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from "
"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button."
msgstr "也可使用 :guilabel:`补货` 按钮，直接从产品表单生成产品报价请求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:138
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The"
" purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`"
" field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`补货` 后，会弹出补充助手框。如有需要，可在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中手动编辑采购计量单位。然后，点击 "
":guilabel:`确认` 创建 |RFQ|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:143
msgid ""
"A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is"
" listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab."
msgstr "**只有**在产品表单的 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡中列出至少 **一个** 供应商时，才能自动生成 |PO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst-1
msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish."
msgstr "点击补货按钮即可手动补货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:150
msgid ""
"Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart "
"button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted "
"Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, "
"click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the "
"purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|."
msgstr ""
"点击产品表单上的 :guilabel:`预测` 智能按钮，导航到已创建的 |PO|。向下滚动到 :guilabel:`预测库存` 部分，在 "
":guilabel:`请求报价` 行中，点击 |RFQ| 参考编号，打开草稿 |RFQ|。如有必要，可直接在 |PO| 上编辑采购 |UOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:158
msgid "Sell in a different UoM"
msgstr "以不同的计量单位销售"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:160
msgid ""
"When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses "
"the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can "
"be manually edited on the quotation."
msgstr ""
"在*销售*应用程序中创建新报价单时，Odoo 会自动使用产品的指定计量单位。如有需要，可在报价单上手动编辑 :guilabel:`UoM`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:163
msgid ""
"After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales "
"order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the "
"|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's "
"inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery "
"shows the converted quantity."
msgstr ""
"报价单发送给客户并确认为销售订单（SO）后，点击销售订单顶部的 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮。Odoo "
"会自动将计量单位换算为产品的库存计量单位，因此交货的 :guilabel:`需求` 列会显示换算后的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:168
msgid ""
"For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, "
"but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in"
" boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units."
msgstr ""
"例如，如果产品在 |SO| 上的 |UOM| 更改为`每盒 6 个`，但其库存计量单位是 `单位`，则 |SO| 显示的是以 6 "
"盒为单位的数量，而送货显示的数量以“单个单位”为单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation.rst:5
msgid "Inventory valuation"
msgstr "库存计价"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15
msgid "Automatic inventory valuation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
msgid ""
"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its "
"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting "
"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets."
msgstr "公司的所有库存都会影响其存货的价值。这一价值应反映在公司的会计记录中，以准确显示公司及其所有资产的价值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual "
"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team manually "
"posts journal entries, based on the physical inventory of the company, and "
"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, each product "
"category reflects this, with the :guilabel:`Costing Method` set to "
":guilabel:`Standard Price`, and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` (not "
"visible by default) set to :guilabel:`Manual`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid "The Costing Method field is located on the Product Categories form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21
msgid ""
"Alternatively, perpetual (automatic) inventory valuation creates real-time "
"*journal entries* in the *Accounting* app whenever stock enters or leaves "
"the company's warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:24
msgid ""
"This document is focused on the proper setup of automatic inventory "
"valuation, which is an integrated valuation method that ensures journal "
"entries in the *Accounting* app match stock valuation updates in the "
"*Inventory* app. For an introduction of inventory valuation in Odoo, refer "
"to the :doc:`using_inventory_valuation` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:30
msgid ""
"Switching from manual to automatic inventory valuation may cause "
"discrepancies between stock valuation and accounting journals."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33
msgid ""
"One `successful strategy <https://www.odoo.com/r/Kvfg>`_ for switching to "
"automated valuation:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35
msgid ""
"Clear existing stock (possibly with an :doc:`inventory adjustment "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37
msgid "Change the inventory valuation method to *Automatic*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
msgid ""
"Return the existing stock, with the original monetary value (using an "
"inventory adjustment)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40
msgid ""
"Once the existing stock is recovered, the Odoo *Accounting* app "
"automatically generates the journal entries to corresponding stock valuation"
" records."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
msgid ""
"To properly set up automatic inventory valuation, follow these steps in "
"Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48
msgid ""
":ref:`Install Accounting app and enable specific settings "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/accounting-setup>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50
msgid ""
":ref:`Set Automatic inventory valuation on product categories "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/valuation-on-product-category>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52
msgid ""
":ref:`Set costing method <inventory/warehouses_storage/costing_methods>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57
msgid "Accounting setup"
msgstr "会计设置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59
msgid ""
"To use automatic inventory valuation, install the *Accounting* app. Next, go"
" to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in "
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` section, tick the :guilabel:`Automatic "
"Accounting` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65
msgid ""
"Enabling :guilabel:`Automatic Accounting` shows the previously invisible "
"*Inventory Valuation* field on a product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid ""
"Automatic Accounting feature in Stock Valuation section of Settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72
msgid ""
"Refer to the :ref:`Expense <inventory/warehouses_storage/expense-account>` "
"and :ref:`Stock input/output <inventory/warehouses_storage/stock-account>` "
"sections of documentation for details on configuring the accounting journals"
" shown."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79
msgid "Product category setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
msgid ""
"After :ref:`enabling inventory valuation "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/accounting-setup>`, the next step is to set "
"the product category to use automatic inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories`, and select the desired product category. In the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, set the :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Valuation` field to :guilabel:`Automated`. Repeat this step for every "
"product category intending to use automatic inventory valuation."
msgstr ""
"进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 产品类别`，并选择所需的产品类别。在 :guilabel:`存货估价` "
"部分，将 :guilabel:`存货估价` 字段设置为 :guilabel:`自动化`。对打算使用自动库存估价的每个产品类别重复此步骤。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90
msgid ""
"After enabling automatic accounting, each new stock move layer (SVL), that "
"is created during inventory valuation updates, generates a journal entry."
msgstr "启用自动记账功能后，在存货估价更新期间创建的每个新存货移动层（SVL）都会生成日记账分录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid ""
"Inventory Valuation field on the product category, with its various stock "
"accounts."
msgstr "产品类别的库存估价字段及其各种库存账户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100
msgid "Costing method"
msgstr "成本方法"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102
msgid ""
"After :ref:`enabling inventory valuation "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/accounting-setup>`, the *costing method* for "
"calculating and recording inventory costs is defined on the product category"
" in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"在 :ref:`启用库存估价 <inventory/warehouses_storage/accounting-setup>` "
"后，用于计算和记录库存成本的 *计费方法* 将在 Odoo 的产品类别中定义。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and select the desired product category. In the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the appropriate "
":guilabel:`Costing Method`:"
msgstr ""
"转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 产品类别` 并选择所需的产品类别。在 :guilabel:`库存估价` "
"部分，选择适当的 :guilabel:`成本计算方法`："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113
msgid "Standard Price"
msgstr "标准价格"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
msgid ""
"The default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the product is manually "
"defined on the product form, and this cost is used to compute the valuation."
" Even if the purchase price on a purchase order differs, the valuation is "
"the cost defined on the product form."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 的默认成本计算方法。产品成本在产品表单中手动定义，并使用该成本计算估值。即使采购订单上的采购价格不同，估价也是产品表单上定义的成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:164
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235
msgid "Operation"
msgstr "作业"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
msgid "Unit Cost"
msgstr "单位成本"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
msgid "Qty On Hand"
msgstr "在手数量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
msgid "Incoming Value"
msgstr "入库价值"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239
msgid "Inventory Value"
msgstr "库存价值"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:246
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:93
msgid "$10"
msgstr "$10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:170
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:244
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:88
msgid "$0"
msgstr "$0"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:174
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245
msgid "Receive 8 products for $10/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:176
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:247
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248
msgid "8 * $10"
msgstr "8 * $10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:178
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249
msgid "$80"
msgstr "$80"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:250
msgid "Receive 4 products for $16/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:181
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252
msgid "12"
msgstr "12"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141
msgid "4 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142
msgid "$120"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:255
msgid "Deliver 10 products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:186
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:95
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:75
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:235
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146
msgid "-10 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147
msgid "$20"
msgstr "$20"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148
msgid "Receive 2 products for $9/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:224
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:242
msgid "4"
msgstr "4"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151
msgid "2 * $10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152
msgid "$40"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154
msgid "Average Cost (AVCO)"
msgstr "平均成本(AVCO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156
msgid ""
"Calculates the valuation of a product based on the average cost of that "
"product, divided by the total number of available stock on-hand. With this "
"costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and constantly adjusts "
"based on the purchase price of products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251
msgid "$12"
msgstr "$12"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:253
msgid "4 * $16"
msgstr "4 * $16"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254
msgid "$144"
msgstr "$144"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:187
msgid "-10 * $12"
msgstr "-10 * $12"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188
msgid "$24"
msgstr "$24"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261
msgid "Receive 2 products for $6/unit"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190
msgid "$9"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264
msgid "2 * $6"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193
msgid "$36"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:267
msgid "How are unit cost and inventory value calculated at each step?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:197
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:269
msgid "When receiving four products for $16 each:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199
msgid ""
"Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value with "
"the incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273
msgid ""
"Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the quantity on-"
"hand: :math:`$144 / 12 = $12`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:204
msgid ""
"When delivering ten products, the average unit cost is used to calculate the"
" inventory value, regardless of the purchase price of the product. "
"Therefore, inventory value is :math:`$144 + (-10 * $12) = $24`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208
msgid "Receive two products for $6 each:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210
msgid "Inventory value: :math:`$24 + (2 * $6) = $36`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
msgid "Unit cost: :math:`$36 / 4 = $9`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
msgid ""
"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing "
"Method`, changing the numerical value in the *Cost* field for products in "
"the respective product category creates a new record in the *Inventory "
"Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The *Cost* amount is "
"then automatically updated, based on the average purchase price of both the "
"inventory on-hand and the costs accumulated from validated purchase orders."
msgstr ""
"当选择 :guilabel:`平均成本（AVCO）` 作为 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 时，更改相应产品类别中产品的 *成本* "
"字段中的数值，会在 *库存估价* 报告中创建一条新记录，以调整产品的价值。然后，*成本* "
"金额会根据手头存货的平均采购价和有效采购订单累积的成本自动更新。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221
msgid "First In First Out (FIFO)"
msgstr "先进先出(FIFO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223
msgid ""
"Tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing items in real-time, and uses the "
"real price of the products to change the valuation. The oldest purchase "
"price is used as the cost for the next good sold, until an entire lot of "
"that product is sold. When the next inventory lot moves up in the queue, an "
"updated product cost is used based on the valuation of that specific lot."
msgstr ""
"实时追踪入库和出库物品的成本，并使用产品的实际价格来改变估价。最旧的采购价格被用作下一个售出货物的成本，直到该产品的整个批次售出。当下一个库存批次在队列中向上移动时，将根据该特定批次的估价使用更新的产品成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
msgid ""
"This method is arguably the most accurate inventory valuation method for a "
"variety of reasons, but it is highly sensitive to input data and human "
"error."
msgstr "由于种种原因，这种方法可以说是最准确的存货估价方法，但它对输入数据和人为错误非常敏感。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:256
msgid "$16"
msgstr "$16"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-8 * $10"
msgstr "-8 * $10"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "-2 * $16"
msgstr "-2 * $16"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260
msgid "$32"
msgstr "$32"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
msgid "$11"
msgstr "$11"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
msgid "$44"
msgstr "$44"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:271
msgid ""
"Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value to the "
"incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`."
msgstr "库存价值的计算方法是将先前的存货价值与输入的价值相加： :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276
msgid ""
"When delivering ten products, eight units were purchased for $10, and two "
"units were purchased for $16."
msgstr "当交付十件产品时，八件产品的售价为 10 美元，两件产品的售价为 16 美元。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:279
msgid ""
"First, the incoming value is calculated by multiplying the on-hand quantity "
"by the purchased price: :math:`(-8 * $10) + (-2 * $16) = -112`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281
msgid ""
"The inventory value is calculated by subtracting the incoming value from the"
" previous inventory value: :math:`$144 - $112 = $32`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283
msgid ""
"Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the remaining "
"quantity: :math:`$32 / 2 = $16`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
msgid ""
"When receiving two products for $6, inventory value is :math:`$32 + $12 = "
"$44`. Unit cost is :math:`$44 / 4 = $11`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290
msgid ""
"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is "
"highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any "
"adjustments here."
msgstr "改变成本计算方法会对存货估值产生很大影响。强烈建议在进行任何调整之前先咨询会计师。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`"
msgstr ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock "
"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change "
"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves "
"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will "
"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is "
"changed manually, Odoo generates a corresponding record in the *Inventory "
"Valuation* report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303
msgid ""
"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product "
"categories."
msgstr "不同的产品类别可以使用不同的估值设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308
msgid "Types of accounting"
msgstr "会计类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
msgid ""
"With automated inventory valuation set up, the generated journal entries "
"depend on the chosen accounting mode: *Continental* or *Anglo-Saxon*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314
msgid ""
"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode`, and "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317
msgid ""
"Then, in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, look for `Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, "
"to see if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, *Continental* "
"accounting mode is in use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature."
msgstr "显示盎格鲁-撒克逊会计模式功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324
msgid ""
"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported "
"when products are sold or delivered. This means the cost of a good is only "
"recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:328
msgid ""
"So, for **manual** valuation method, set the *Expense Account* to *Stock "
"Valuation* for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation method, "
"set the *Expense Account* to an *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type (e.g."
" *Cost of Production*, *Cost of Goods Sold*, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332
msgid ""
"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a "
"product is received into stock. Because of this, the *Expense Account* can "
"be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, however, it is "
"more commonly set to an *Expenses* account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:336
msgid ""
"Refer to the :ref:`Expense <inventory/warehouses_storage/expense-account>` "
"and :ref:`Stock input/output <inventory/warehouses_storage/stock-account>` "
"sections for details on configuring each account type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
msgid "Expense account"
msgstr "支出科目"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345
msgid ""
"To configure the *expense account*, which is used in both manual and "
"automatic inventory valuation, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties` "
"section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account "
"from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350
msgid ""
"To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the "
"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type "
"based on the information below."
msgstr "为确保所选账户为正确的 :guilabel:`类型`，请点击账户右侧的 |右箭头| 图标。然后根据以下信息设置账户类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423
msgid "Anglo-Saxon"
msgstr "盎格鲁萨克逊"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386
msgid "Automated"
msgstr "自动"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:361
msgid ""
"In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the "
":guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the "
"|right arrow| icon to the right of the account."
msgstr "在盎格鲁-撒克逊会计自动库存估价中，将 :guilabel:`开支帐户` 设置为 `开支` 账户。然后，点击账户右侧的 |右箭头| 图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:365
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of "
"Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu."
msgstr "在弹出窗口中，从 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`开支` 或 :guilabel:`收入成本`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon."
msgstr "显示**开支账户**字段和外部链接图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:391
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:235
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "手动"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374
msgid ""
"To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock "
"Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by "
"clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is "
":guilabel:`Current Assets`."
msgstr ""
"要配置 :guilabel:`开支账户`，请从字段的下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`库存估值`。点击 |右箭头| "
"图标确认账户类型，然后确保:guilabel:`类型`为:guilabel:`流动资产`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field."
msgstr "显示**开支账户**字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:382
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:441
msgid "Continental"
msgstr "欧洲大陆"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:388
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:393
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or "
":guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type."
msgstr "将 :guilabel:`开支帐户` 设置为 :guilabel:`开支` 或 :guilabel:`收入成本` 帐户类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399
msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)"
msgstr "库存输入/输出（仅限自动操作）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401
msgid ""
"To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output"
" Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product"
" Categories` and select the desired product category."
msgstr ""
"要配置 :guilabel:`库存输入账户` 和 :guilabel:`库存输出账户`，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> "
"配置 --> 产品类别` 并选择所需的产品类别。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. "
"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. "
"These accounts are defined as follows:"
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`库存估值` 字段中，选择 :guilabel:`自动化`。这样就会出现 :guilabel:`账户库存属性` "
"部分。这些账户定义如下："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is "
"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the "
"products."
msgstr ":guilabel:`库存估价账户`：当产品启用自动库存估价时，此账户将保存产品的当前价值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:410
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are "
"automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes."
msgstr ":guilabel:`库存日记账`：当产品的库存估价发生变化时自动记账的会计分录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming "
"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for "
"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
"product."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`库存输入账户`：除非源位置设置了特定的估价账户，否则所有入库库存移动的对应日记账项目都将记入此账户。这是特定类别中所有产品的默认值，也可直接在每个产品上设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing"
" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value"
" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
"product."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`库存输出账户`：除非目的地设置了特定的估价账户，否则所有出库库存移动的对应日记账项目都将记入此账户。这是指定类别中所有产品的默认值，也可直接在每个产品上设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:425
msgid ""
"In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and "
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current "
"Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer "
"balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing "
"vendors balance the *Stock Input* account."
msgstr ""
"在盎格鲁-"
"撒克逊会计中，:guilabel:`库存输入账户`和:guilabel:`库存输出账户`被设置为*不同*的:guilabel:`流动资产`账户。这样，交付产品和向客户开具发票会平衡*库存输出*账户，而接收产品和向供应商开具账单会平衡*库存输入*账户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:430
msgid ""
"To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the "
"right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose "
":guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"要修改账户类型，请点击股票输入/输出账户右侧的 |右箭头|图标。在弹出的窗口中，从 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉菜单中选择 "
":guilabel:`流动资产`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field."
msgstr "显示账户设置页面，突出显示**类型**字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:438
msgid ""
"The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current "
"Asset* account type."
msgstr "*库存输入*账户设置为`库存中期（收到）`，即*流动资产*账户类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:443
msgid ""
"In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and "
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current "
"Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought"
" and sold."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:448
msgid ""
"The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim "
"(Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set"
" to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output "
"accounts are assigned to the **same** account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:458
msgid "Inventory valuation reporting"
msgstr "库存估值报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:460
msgid ""
"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Balance "
"Sheet`. Click the :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item to unfold the drop-"
"down menu, and look for the nested :guilabel:`Stock Valuation`, "
":guilabel:`Stock Interim (Received)`, and :guilabel:`Stock Interim "
"(Delivered)` lines."
msgstr ""
"首先，进入 :menuselection:`会计应用程序 --> 报告 --> 资产负债表`。点击 :guilabel:`当前资产` "
"行展开下拉菜单，并查找嵌套的 :guilabel:`库存评估`、:guilabel:`库存中期（已收到）` 和 "
":guilabel:`库存中期（已交付）` 行。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:466
msgid ""
"At the top of the dashboard, click the :guilabel:`As of [date]` button to "
"display accounting records up to a specified date."
msgstr "在仪表板顶部，点击 :guilabel:`截至 [日期]` 按钮，显示截至指定日期的会计记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:470
msgid ""
":ref:`Stock accounts and what they do <inventory/warehouses_storage/stock-"
"account>`"
msgstr ":ref:`库存账户及其作用<inventory/warehouses_storage/stock-account>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:471
msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app."
msgstr "查看 Odoo 会计应用程序中的完整库存估值明细。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:477
msgid ""
"Access more specific information by clicking the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` "
":guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon to the right of the desired journal. Select "
":guilabel:`General Ledger` to see a list of all of the journal entries, "
"where each line item's :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon can"
" be clicked to reveal the :guilabel:`View Journal Entry` option to open the "
"individualized journal entry."
msgstr ""
"点击所需日记账右侧的 :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v`:guilabel:`(省略号)` 图标，获取更具体的信息。选择 "
":guilabel:`总分类账` 查看所有日记账条目列表，点击每行项目的 :icon:`fa-"
"ellipsis-v`:guilabel:`(省略号)`图标，显示 :guilabel:`查看日记账分录` 选项，打开单个日记账分录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:483
msgid ""
"Additionally, annotations to the :guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by "
"choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, filling in the text box, and clicking "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"此外，选择 :guilabel:`注释`，填写文本框，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，即可在 :guilabel:`资产负债表` 中添加注释。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
msgid "Show Stock Valuation journals in a list."
msgstr "在列表中显示库存估值日记账。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:3
msgid "Landed costs"
msgstr "落地成本"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:10
msgid ""
"When shipping products to customers, the landed cost is the total price of a"
" product or shipment, including all expenses associated with shipping the "
"product."
msgstr "向客户运送产品时，落地成本是产品或货物的总价，包括与运送产品相关的所有费用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:13
msgid ""
"In Odoo, the *Landed Costs* feature is used to take additional costs into "
"account when calculating the valuation of a product. This includes the cost "
"of shipment, insurance, customs duties, taxes, and other fees."
msgstr "在 Odoo 中，*落地成本*功能用于在计算产品估值时考虑额外成本。这包括运输成本、保险、关税、税费和其他费用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:20
msgid ""
"To add landed costs to products, the *Landed Costs* feature must first be "
"enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Valuation` "
"section."
msgstr ""
"要在产品中添加落地成本，必须首先启用*落地成本*功能。要启用此功能，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"设置`，然后滚动到 :guilabel:`估值` 部分。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:24
msgid ""
"Tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` option, and click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr "勾选 :guilabel:`落地成本` 选项旁边的复选框，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once the page refreshes, a new :guilabel:`Default Journal` field appears "
"below the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature in the :guilabel:`Valuation` "
"section."
msgstr ""
"页面刷新后，在 :guilabel:`估值` 部分的 :guilabel:`落地成本` 功能下方会出现一个新的 :guilabel:`默认日记账` "
"字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:30
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Default Journal` drop-down menu to reveal a list of "
"accounting journals. Select a journal for which all accounting entries "
"related to landed costs should be recorded."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`默认日记账` 下拉菜单，显示会计分录列表。选择要记录与落地成本相关的所有会计分录的日记账。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1
msgid ""
"Landed Costs feature and resulting Default Journal field in the Inventory "
"settings."
msgstr "库存设置中的落地成本功能和由此产生的默认日记账字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:37
msgid "Create landed cost product"
msgstr "创建落地成本产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:39
msgid ""
"For charges that are consistently added as landed costs, a landed cost "
"product can be created in Odoo. This way, a landed cost product can be "
"quickly added to a vendor bill as an invoice line, instead of having to be "
"manually entered every time a new vendor bill is created."
msgstr ""
"对于持续添加为落地成本的费用，可在 Odoo "
"中创建落地成本产品。这样，落地成本产品就可以作为发票项目快速添加到供应商账单中，而不必在每次创建新的供应商账单时手动输入。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:43
msgid ""
"To do this, create a new product by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Products --> Products`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建`，创建新产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:46
msgid ""
"Assign a name to the landed cost product in the :guilabel:`Product Name` "
"field (i.e. `International Shipping`). In the :guilabel:`Product Type` "
"field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Service` as the "
":guilabel:`Product Type`."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`产品名称` 字段中为落地成本产品指定一个名称（例如，`国际航运`）。在 :guilabel:`产品类型` "
"字段，点击下拉菜单，选择 :guilabel:`服务` 作为 :guilabel:`产品类型`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:51
msgid ""
"Landed cost products **must** have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set to "
":guilabel:`Service`."
msgstr "落地成本产品**必须**将其 :guilabel:`产品类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`服务`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:53
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and tick the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` in the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` section. Once "
"ticked, a new :guilabel:`Default Split Method` field appears below it, "
"prompting a selection. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the following "
"options:"
msgstr ""
"点击:guilabel:`采购`选项卡，在:guilabel:`供应商账单`部分勾选:guilabel:`是到岸成本`旁边的复选框。勾选后，下面会出现一个新的"
" :guilabel:`默认拆分方法`字段，提示选择。点击该下拉菜单可显示以下选项："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Equal`: splits the cost equally across each product included in "
"the receipt, regardless of the quantity of each."
msgstr ":guilabel:`平摊`：将成本平均分摊到收据中的每个产品上，与每个产品的数量无关。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`By Quantity`: splits the cost across each unit of all products in"
" the receipt."
msgstr ":guilabel:`按数量`：将成本分摊到收据中所有产品的每个单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:60
msgid ""
":guilabel:`By Current Cost`: splits the cost according to the cost of each "
"product unit, so a product with a higher cost receives a greater share of "
"the landed cost."
msgstr ":guilabel:`按当前成本`：根据每个产品单位的成本来分摊成本，因此成本较高的产品可获得较大份额的到岸成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:62
msgid ""
":guilabel:`By Weight`: splits the cost, according to the weight of the "
"products in the receipt."
msgstr ":guilabel:`按重量`：根据收据中产品的重量计算成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`By Volume`: splits the cost, according to the volume of the "
"products in the receipt."
msgstr ":guilabel:`按体积`：根据收据中的产品体积分摊成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1
msgid ""
"Is a Landed Cost checkbox and Default Split Method on service type product "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:68
msgid ""
"When creating new vendor bills, this product can be added as an invoice line"
" as a landed cost."
msgstr "在创建新的供应商账单时，该产品可作为落地成本添加到发票项目中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:71
msgid ""
"To apply a landed cost on a vendor bill, products in the original |PO| "
"**must** belong to a *Product Category* with a *Costing Method* of either "
"|AVCO| or |FIFO|, and the valuation method can be :doc:`manual "
"<using_inventory_valuation>` or :doc:`automatic "
"<inventory_valuation_config>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:77
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77
msgid "Create purchase order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:79
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> New` to create a new request "
"for quotation (RfQ). In the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, add a vendor to order "
"products from. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, under the "
":guilabel:`Products` tab, to add products to the |RfQ|."
msgstr ""
"导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 新建` 以创建新的询价（RfQ）。在 :guilabel:`供应商` "
"字段中，添加要订购产品的供应商。然后，点击 :guilabel:`产品` 标签下的 :guilabel:`添加产品`，将产品添加到询价单中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:83
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the order. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Receive Products` once the products have been received, "
"followed by :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""
"准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，以确认订单。收到产品后，点击 :guilabel:`接收产品`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`验证`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:87
msgid "Create vendor bill"
msgstr "创建供应商账单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:89
msgid ""
"Once the vendor fulfills the |PO| and sends a bill, a vendor bill can be "
"created from the |PO| in Odoo."
msgstr "一旦供应商完成 |PO| 并发送账单，就可以在 Odoo 中根据 |PO| 创建供应商账单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:92
msgid ""
"Navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click into the |PO| for "
"which a vendor bill should be created. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`. "
"This opens a new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage."
msgstr ""
"导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序` 并点击要为其创建供应商账单的 |PO|。然后点击 :guilabel:`创建账单`。这将在 "
":guilabel:`草稿` 阶段打开一个新的 :guilabel:`供应商账单`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:96
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, click the line to open a calendar "
"popover menu, and select the date on which this draft bill should be billed."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`账单日期` 字段中，点击该行打开日历弹出式菜单，并选择此账单草稿的账单日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:99
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`,"
" and click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` column to select "
"the previously-created landed cost product. Click the :icon:`fa-cloud-"
"upload` :guilabel:`(cloud with arrow)` icon to manually save and update the "
"draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Landed Costs column checkboxes for product and landed cost."
msgstr "落地成本栏的产品和到岸成本复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:107
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column, the product ordered from the vendor "
"does **not** have its checkbox ticked, while the landed cost product's "
"checkbox **is** ticked. This differentiates landed costs from all other "
"costs displayed on the bill."
msgstr ""
"在 "
":guilabel:`落地成本`列中，从供应商订购的产品的复选框**未**被勾选，而落地成本产品的复选框**已**被勾选。这将落地成本与账单上显示的所有其他成本区分开来。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:111
msgid ""
"Additionally, at the top of the form, a :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` "
"button appears."
msgstr "此外，在表单顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`创建落地成本` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Create Landed Costs button on vendor bill."
msgstr "在供应商账单上创建落地成本按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:117
msgid "Add landed cost"
msgstr "添加落地成本"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:119
msgid ""
"Once a landed cost is added to the vendor bill, click :guilabel:`Create "
"Landed Costs` at the top of the vendor bill."
msgstr "将落地成本添加到供应商账单后，点击供应商账单顶部的 :guilabel:`创建落地成本`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:122
msgid ""
"Doing so automatically creates a landed cost record, with a set landed cost "
"pre-filled in the product line in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` tab."
msgstr "这样做会自动创建一个落地成本记录，并在 :guilabel:`额外费用` 选项卡的产品行中预填设定的落地成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:125
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Landed Cost` form, click the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-"
"down menu, and select which transfer the landed cost belongs to."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`落地成本` 表格中，点击 :guilabel:`转账` 下拉菜单，选择落地成本属于哪项转账。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst-1
msgid "Landed cost form with selected receipt transfer."
msgstr "带选定收据转账的落地成本表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:132
msgid ""
"In addition to creating landed costs directly from a vendor bill, landed "
"cost records can *also* be created by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, and clicking"
" :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"除了直接从供应商账单创建落地成本外，*还可*通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 落地成本`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`，创建落地成本记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:136
msgid ""
"After setting the picking from the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu, "
"click :guilabel:`Compute` (at the bottom of the form, under the "
":guilabel:`Total:` cost)."
msgstr ""
"从 :guilabel:`转账` 下拉菜单中设置选择后，点击 :guilabel:`计算`（位于表格底部，在 :guilabel:`总计：`成本下）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:139
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the impact of the "
"landed costs. The :guilabel:`Original Value` column lists the original price"
" of the |PO|, the :guilabel:`Additional Landed Cost` column displays the "
"landed cost, and the :guilabel:`New Value` displays the sum of the two, for "
"the total cost of the |PO|."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`估值调整` 选项卡，查看到岸成本的影响。:guilabel:`原始价值`栏列出了 |PO| "
"的原始价格，:guilabel:`额外到岸成本` 栏显示了到岸成本，:guilabel:`新价值`显示了两者的总和，即 |PO| 的总成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:144
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the landed cost entry to the "
"accounting journal."
msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`验证`，将到岸成本分录记入会计日记账。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:146
msgid ""
"This causes a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear at the top of the"
" form. Click the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to open a "
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, with the product's updated valuation "
"listed."
msgstr ""
"这样，表单顶部就会出现一个 :guilabel:`估值` 智能按钮。点击 :guilabel:`估值` 智能按钮打开 :guilabel:`库存估值` "
"页面，其中列出了产品的最新估值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:151
msgid ""
"For a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear upon validation, the "
"product's :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable`."
msgstr ""
"要在验证时显示 :guilabel:`估值` 智能按钮，产品的 :guilabel:`产品类型` **必须**设置为 :guilabel:`可存储`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:154
msgid ""
"To view the valuation of *every* product, including landed costs, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`."
msgstr "要查看 *每个* 产品的估价（包括落地成本），请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> 估价`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:158
msgid ""
"Each journal entry created for a landed cost on a vendor bill can be viewed "
"in the *Accounting* app."
msgstr "可以在 *会计* 应用程序中查看为供应商账单上的落地成本创建的每一条日记账分录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:161
msgid ""
"To locate these journal entries, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app "
"--> Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and locate the correct entry, by number"
" (i.e. `PBNK1/2024/XXXXX`)."
msgstr ""
"要查找这些日记账分录，请导航至 :menuselection:`会计应用程序 --> 会计 --> 日记账分录`，然后按编号（即 "
"`PBNK1/2024/XXXXX`）查找正确的分录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:164
msgid ""
"Click into the journal entry to view the :guilabel:`Journal Items`, and "
"other information about the entry."
msgstr "点击日记账条目，查看 :guilabel:`日记账条目` 和有关条目的其他信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:0
msgid "Journal Entry form for landed cost created from vendor bill."
msgstr "根据供应商账单创建的到岸成本日记账表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
msgid "Using inventory valuation"
msgstr "使用库存估价"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7
msgid ""
"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that "
"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory "
"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value."
msgstr "*存货估价*是计算手头存货价值的重要会计程序。一旦确定，存货估价金额就会被纳入公司的整体价值中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees "
"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database."
msgstr "在 Odoo 中，这一过程可以由仓库员工手动清点产品，也可以通过数据库自动完成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17
msgid ""
"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation "
"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by "
"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options."
msgstr ""
"要使用 Odoo 自动生成库存估价条目跟踪，首先通过 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 产品类别` 导航至 "
":menuselection:`产品类别` 列表，并选择所需的产品类别。在表单中，将 :guilabel:`库存估值` 设置为 "
":guilabel:`自动化`，将 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 设置为三个选项中的任意一个。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24
msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation <inventory_valuation_config>`"
msgstr ":doc:`设置库存估值 <inventory_valuation_config>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26
msgid ""
"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the "
"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves "
"scenario below."
msgstr "为了了解产品进出库存对公司整体价值的影响，请考虑以下产品和库存移动的情景。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30
msgid "Receive a product"
msgstr "接收产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32
msgid ""
"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure"
" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the "
"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`"
" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal"
" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`"
" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`."
msgstr ""
"要追踪入库产品（如简单的*表格*）的价值，请在产品本身配置产品类别。要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 "
"--> 产品` 并点击所需的产品。在产品表单中，点击 :guilabel:`➡️（右箭头）` 图标旁边的 :guilabel:` 产品类别` "
"字段，打开编辑产品类别的内部链接。然后，将 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 设置为 :guilabel:`先进先出（FIFO）`，将 "
":guilabel:`存货估值` 设置为 :guilabel:`自动化`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40
msgid ""
"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product "
"Categories` and select the desired product category."
msgstr ""
"也可访问 :guilabel:`产品类别` 面板，方法是导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 产品类别` "
"并选择所需的产品类别。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44
msgid ""
"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The "
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the "
"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes."
msgstr ""
"接下来，假设以每张 $10 的价格购买了 10 张桌子。这些桌子的 :abbr:`采购订单（PO）`将显示采购小计 $100，外加附加费用或税金。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each."
msgstr "采购订单包含 10 张桌子，每桌价值 $10.00。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51
msgid ""
"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the"
" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button "
"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was "
"affected by this purchase."
msgstr ""
"选择 :guilabel:`验证`:abbr:`PO（采购订单）`后，:guilabel:`估值` "
"智能按钮将启用。点击此按钮将显示一份报告，说明该采购如何影响表格的库存估值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56
msgid ""
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be turned on to see the "
":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button."
msgstr ":ref:`开发者模式<developer-mode>` **必须**打开，才能看到 :guilabel:`验证` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60
msgid ""
"The :doc:`consignment "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock>` feature allows "
"ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other companies are not"
" accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled."
msgstr "请参阅启用开发模式后收据上的估价智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68
msgid ""
"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all "
"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to"
" the :ref:`stock valuation report <inventory/management/reporting/valuation-"
"report>`."
msgstr ""
"有关包括所有产品装运、库存调整和仓库操作的库存估值的综合仪表板，请参阅 :ref:`库存估值报告 "
"<inventory/management/reporting/valuation-report>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73
msgid "Deliver a product"
msgstr "产品发货"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75
msgid ""
"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the "
"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart "
"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock "
"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
msgstr ""
"按照同样的逻辑，当一个表格运送给客户并离开仓库时，库存估价就会降低。同样， :abbr:`交货单（DO）`上的“估值” "
"智能按钮也会像:abbr:`采购单（PO）` 一样显示库存估值记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped."
msgstr "产品发货后库存估值降低。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86
msgid "Inventory valuation report"
msgstr "库存估值报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88
msgid ""
"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on "
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The "
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products "
"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and"
" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory."
msgstr ""
"要查看仓库中所有产品的当前价值，首先打开 :ref:`开发者模式<developer-mode>` 并导航至 "
":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> 估值`。在 :guilabel:`库存估值` 仪表板上显示产品的详细记录，包括库存的"
" :guilabel:`日期`、:guilabel:`数量`、 :guilabel:`单位价值` 和 :guilabel:`总价值`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95
msgid ""
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be enabled to see the "
":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`."
msgstr ""
":ref:`开发者模式<developer-mode>` **必须**启用，才能看到 :guilabel:`报告` 下的 :guilabel:`估值` "
"选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products."
msgstr "显示多种产品的库存估值报告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of "
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-"
"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified "
"date can be seen and selected."
msgstr ""
"位于 :guilabel:`库存估值` 页面左上角的 :guilabel:`位于 :guilabel:`库存估值` 页面左上角的 "
":guilabel:`库存估值` 按钮会弹出一个窗口。在该弹出窗口中，可查看和选择上一指定日期的产品库存估值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107
msgid ""
"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-"
"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the "
"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value."
msgstr ""
"选择 :guilabel:`参考资料` 列值右侧的茶色 :guilabel:`➡️（右箭头）`按钮，查看产品库存值、库存移动和在手库存的详细记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114
msgid "Update product unit price"
msgstr "更新产品单价"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:116
msgid ""
"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors "
"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately "
"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool "
"to update the unit price of products."
msgstr ""
"对任何公司而言，交货时间、供应链故障和其他风险因素都可能导致隐形成本。虽然 Odoo "
"试图准确反映库存估值，但*手动估值*可以作为更新产品单价的额外工具。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:121
msgid ""
"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received"
" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with "
":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or "
":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`."
msgstr ""
"手动估值适用于购买和接收成本大于 0 的产品，或产品类别设置为 :guilabel:`成本计算方法` 的 :guilabel:`平均成本 （AVCO）`"
" 或 :guilabel:`先进先出（FIFO）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:129
msgid ""
"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard"
" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> "
"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select "
":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by "
"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to "
"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ "
"(plus)` button on the right."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`库存估值` 仪表板上创建手动估值条目，首先导航到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> "
"估值`。接下来，要启用*产品重估*功能，选择 :menuselection:`分组方式 --> 产品` 按产品组织所有记录。点击灰色的 "
":guilabel:`▶️（下拉三角形）`图标，显示下面的库存估价行项目，以及右边的茶色 :guilabel:`➕ (加号)`按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:135
msgid ""
"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product"
" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be "
"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product."
msgstr ""
"点击茶色的 :guilabel:`+ (加号)` 按钮，打开 "
":guilabel:`产品价格重估`表格。在这里，可以通过增加或减少每个产品的单价，重新计算产品的库存估值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:140
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are"
" only visible after grouping entries by product."
msgstr ":guilabel:`▶️（下拉三角形）` 和 :guilabel:`➕（加号）` 按钮只有在按产品分组后才可见。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
msgid ""
"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being "
"inflation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148
msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:150
msgid ""
"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the "
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` "
"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory "
"valuation records are identified by checking values in the "
":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column "
"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` "
"for receipts)."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中，自动库存估价记录也记录在 :menuselection:`会计应用程序 --> 会计 --> 日记账分录` "
"仪表板中。在这个全面的会计分录列表中，库存估价记录是通过检查 :guilabel:`日记账` "
"列中的值或查找与仓库操作参考（如收据的`WH/IN/00014`）相匹配的 :guilabel:`参考` 列值来识别的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:156
msgid ""
"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry "
"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change "
"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:161
msgid ""
"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon "
"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page "
"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`."
" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value "
"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0
msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:170
msgid ""
"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for "
"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand "
"stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0
msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:178
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/2795/share>`_"
msgstr "`Odoo 教程：库存估值<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/2795/share>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:3
msgid "Valuation by lots/serial numbers"
msgstr "按批次/序列号估价"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:5
msgid ""
"Track :doc:`inventory valuation <using_inventory_valuation>` by :doc:`lots "
"or serial numbers <../../product_management/product_tracking>` to:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:8
msgid ""
":ref:`Compare and differentiate purchasing cost "
"<inventory/product_management/view-valuation>`, based on lot or serial "
"numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:10
msgid ""
"Track the actual cost of manufactured products, based on the real cost of "
"each tracked component used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:12
msgid ""
"Depreciate specific lot or serial numbers when they :doc:`sit in stock for "
"too long <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/aging>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:16
msgid ""
"Please read this :doc:`introduction to inventory valuation "
"<inventory_valuation_config>` before setting up valuation by lot/serial "
"numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:22
msgid ""
"To enable valuation by lots or serial numbers, begin by enabling the "
":doc:`Lots and Serial Numbers feature <../product_tracking>`. After that, go"
" to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the"
" desired product, or create a new product, by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要启用按批次或序列号估价，首先启用 :doc:`批次和序列号功能 <.../product_tracking>`。然后，进入 "
":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，选择需要的产品，或点击 :guilabel:`新建` 创建新产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:26
msgid ""
"On the product form, in the :guilabel:`Category` field, choose a product "
"category. Ensure the product category's :ref:`Costing Method "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/costing_methods>` is set to *First In First "
"Out (FIFO)* or *Average Cost (AVCO)*."
msgstr ""
"在产品表单的 :guilabel:`类别` 字段中，选择一个产品类别。确保产品类别的 "
":ref:`成本计算方法<inventory/warehouses_storage/costing_methods>` 设置为 *先进先出（FIFO）*"
" 或 *平均成本（AVCO）*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:31
msgid ""
"To check the costing method set on the product category, hover over the "
":guilabel:`Category` field, and click the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` "
":guilabel:`(Internal Link)` icon."
msgstr ""
"要检查产品类别上设置的成本计算方法，请将鼠标悬停在 :guilabel:`类别` 字段上，然后点击 :icon:`oi-arrow-"
"right`:guilabel:`（内部链接）` 图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:35
msgid ":ref:`Costing methods <inventory/warehouses_storage/costing_methods>`"
msgstr ":ref:`成本计算方法<inventory/warehouses_storage/costing_methods>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:37
msgid ""
"Next, activate the product to be tracked by lots or serial numbers by "
"ticking the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox. Then, click the adjacent "
"field that appears, and choose either :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By "
"Unique Serial Number` from the resulting drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:41
msgid ""
"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Valuation by Lot/Serial number` checkbox "
"appear below it. Tick that checkbox, and the configuration to track "
"valuation by lot or serial numbers is complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:47
msgid "Product form showing the Valuation by Lot or Serial Number feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:47
msgid "Product form showing the Valuation by Lot or Serial Number feature"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:50
msgid "Valuation layers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:52
msgid ""
"To understand how valuation by lots and serial numbers works, consider these"
" scenarios:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:54
msgid ""
":ref:`Purchase and sell products <inventory/product_management/valuation-"
"cost-example>`: cost is calculated based on the *product category's* costing"
" method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:56
msgid ""
":ref:`Create new lot/serial numbers <inventory/product_management/valuation-"
"cost-new>` using an inventory adjustment: value of the new lot/serial number"
" is assigned to the cost from the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:59
msgid ""
"Inventory adjustment to update quantities for an :ref:`existing lot/serial "
"number <inventory/product_management/valuation-cost-existing>`: value is "
"assigned based on the most recent cost for that lot/serial number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:63
msgid ""
"For both :abbr:`AVCO (Average Cost)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First In First Out)` "
"methods, the *Cost* field on the product form is calculated using this "
"formula:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:66
msgid ":math:`Avg~Cost = \\frac{Total~Value}{Total~Qty}`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:71
msgid "Purchase products"
msgstr "采购产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:73
msgid ""
"Consider how purchasing products affect the inventory valuation, in the "
"table below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:81
msgid "Lot number"
msgstr "批号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:82
msgid "Math"
msgstr "数学"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:83
msgid "Average cost on product form"
msgstr "产品表格的平均成本"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:84
msgid "Empty stock"
msgstr "空库存"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:85
msgid "0.00"
msgstr "0.00"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:89
msgid "Day 1: Receive one product at $10/unit"
msgstr "第一天：以 10 美元/件的价格收到一件产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:95
msgid "1.00"
msgstr "1.00"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:91
msgid "LOT 1"
msgstr "批次 1"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:92
msgid ":math:`\\frac{10}{1}`"
msgstr ":math:`\\frac{10}{1}`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:94
msgid "Day 2: Receive another product at $20/unit"
msgstr "第 2 天：以 20 美元/件的价格收到另一种产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:96
msgid "LOT 2"
msgstr "批次 2"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:97
msgid ":math:`\\frac{10+20}{2}`"
msgstr ":math:`\\frac{10+20}{2}`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:98
msgid "$15"
msgstr "$15"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:103
msgid "Show Cost on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:103
msgid ""
"As a result, the product form displays an average cost of $15 in the "
"**Cost** field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:108
msgid "Create new lot/serial number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:110
msgid ""
"Creating a new lot/serial number through an :doc:`inventory adjustment "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` assigns the "
"same value as the cost on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:114
msgid ""
"To make an inventory adjustment, and assign a lot number, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:117
msgid ""
"In the new inventory adjustment line that appears, set the "
":guilabel:`Product`, create the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, set the "
":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, and click :icon:`fa-floppy-o` "
":guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:121
msgid ""
"To view the valuation layer, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Reporting --> Valuation`. The :guilabel:`Total Value` per unit matches the "
"*Cost* on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:125
msgid ""
"Continuing the example in the table above, when the product cost is `$15`, "
"the valuation for a newly-created `LOT3` is also be `$15`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:0
msgid "Show inventory adjustment valuation."
msgstr "显示库存调整估值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:134
msgid "Existing lot/serial number"
msgstr "现有批次/序列号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:136
msgid ""
"When adjusting the quantity of an existing lot/serial number, the value is "
"based on the most recent valuation layer for that specific lot/serial "
"number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:140
msgid ""
"Continuing the example in the table above, the value for `LOT 1` is `$10`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:142
msgid ""
"So, when the quantity is updated from `1.00` to `2.00`, the additional "
"quantity is also valued at `$10`, reflecting the latest valuation layer for "
"`LOT 1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:0
msgid "Show valuation of LOT 1 getting updated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:148
msgid ""
"The inventory adjustment (top line) is valued the same as LOT 1 (bottom "
"line)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:153
msgid "View valuation"
msgstr "查看估值"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:155
msgid ""
"To find the average cost of a specific lot/serial number, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and "
"select the desired record."
msgstr ""
"要查找特定批次/序列号的平均成本，请访问 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`，然后选择所需的记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:158
msgid ""
"Both the :guilabel:`Cost` and :guilabel:`Average Cost` fields show a unit's "
"average cost. The :guilabel:`Total Value` reflects the total on-hand value "
"for that lot/serial number."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`成本`和 :guilabel:`平均成本` 字段都显示单位的平均成本。:guilabel:`总价值` "
"反映该批次/序列号的在手总价值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:162
msgid ""
"Ensure the costing method is set to *First In First Out (FIFO)* or *Average "
"Cost (AVCO)* to display the cost on this page."
msgstr "确保成本计算方法设置为 *先进先出 (FIFO)* 或 *平均成本 (AVCO)*，以便在本页显示成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:168
msgid "Show cost of the lot/serial number."
msgstr "显示批次/序列号的成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:168
msgid ""
"Lot form, displaying **Cost** field. The **Valuation** smart button is in "
"the top-right."
msgstr "批量表单，显示**成本**字段。右上方有**估值**智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:170
msgid ""
"Valuation layers of a lot/serial number can be viewed through the "
":ref:`valuation report <inventory/product_management/valuation-report>`, or "
"by clicking the lot/serial number's :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button. "
"These detailed, line-by-line records can help determine how each inventory "
"move of the specific lot/serial number affects its valuation."
msgstr ""
"可通过 :ref:`估值报告<inventory/product_management/valuation-report>` 或点击批次/序列号的 "
":guilabel:`估值` 智能按钮查看批次/序列号的估价层。这些详细的逐行记录有助于确定特定批次/序列号的每次库存移动对其估值的影响。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:178
msgid "Valuation report"
msgstr "估值报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:180
msgid ""
"Display the valuation of lots and serial numbers in the database by going to"
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`."
msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> 估值`，显示数据库中批次和序列号的估值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:183
msgid ""
"On the resulting :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, click the search bar, "
"and in the :icon:`oi-group` :guilabel:`Group By` section of the resulting "
"drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial number`."
msgstr ""
"在生成的 :guilabel:`库存估值` 报告中，点击搜索栏，在生成的下拉菜单中的 :icon:`oi-group` :guilabel:`分组方式`"
" 部分，选择 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:188
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of a "
"collapsed lot number line to :ref:`manually modify the cost "
"<inventory/product_management/update-unit-price>`."
msgstr ""
"点击折叠批号行右侧的 :icon:`fa-plus`:guilabel:`(plus)`图标，以 :ref:`手动修改成本 "
"<inventory/product_management/update-unit-price>` 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:191
msgid ""
"This is useful for adjusting individual lot prices when a purchase order or "
"bill includes multiple lots/serial numbers, as initial prices are identical "
"upon reception."
msgstr "当采购订单或账单包括多个批次/序列号时，这对调整单个批次的价格非常有用，因为接收时的初始价格是相同的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst-1
msgid "Show valuation report, by lots."
msgstr "按批次显示估值报告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:198
msgid "Valuation smart button"
msgstr "估值智能按钮"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:200
msgid ""
"To access a filtered part of the *Stock Valuation* report, specific to a lot"
" or serial number, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Lots/Serial Numbers`, and select the desired item."
msgstr ""
"要访问 *库存估值* 报告中针对批次或序列号的筛选部分，请访问 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> "
"批次/序列号`，然后选择所需的项目。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:203
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` page, click the :guilabel:`Valuation` "
"smart button."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 页面，点击 :guilabel:`估值` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:208
msgid "All stock moves relating to `LOT 1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:208
msgid "All stock moves that affect the valuation of `LOT 1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:6
msgid "Product tracking"
msgstr "产品追踪"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:8
msgid ""
"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products "
"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, "
"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and "
"inventory reports."
msgstr ""
"*批次号*和*序列号*是在 Odoo 中识别和追踪产品的两种方法。虽然这两种追踪方法有相似之处，但也有显著的区别，会影响收据、交货和库存报告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:12
msgid ""
"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is "
"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also "
"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well."
msgstr "*批次*通常表示已收到、目前储存或已从仓库发货的某一特定批次的物品。但是，它也可以指一批内部生产的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:16
msgid ""
"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or "
"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items"
" or products."
msgstr "*序列号*是按增量（或顺序）分配给物品或产品的唯一标识符，用于将其与其他物品或产品区分开来。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`"
msgstr ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`"
msgstr ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:21
msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers"
msgstr "启用批次和序列号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:26
msgid ""
"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*"
" feature must be enabled."
msgstr "要使用批次和序列号追踪产品，必须启用*批次和序列号*功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:29
msgid ""
"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click "
"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes."
msgstr ""
"要执行次操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`追溯性` "
"部分，并点击 :guilabel:`批量和序列号` 旁边的方框。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮，以保存更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings."
msgstr "在库存设置中启用批次和序列号功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:38
msgid "When to use lots"
msgstr "何时使用批次"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:40
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large "
"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product"
" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls "
"or expiration dates."
msgstr "批次适用于大量生产或接收的产品，如服装或食品。批次还可用于追溯产品组，这在管理产品召回或有效期时特别有用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0
msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it."
msgstr "创建批次，其中包含产品数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:49
msgid ""
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common "
"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. "
"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for "
"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life "
"cycles."
msgstr ""
"制造商为具有共同属性的产品组分配批号；这可能导致多种产品共享相同的批号。这有助于识别单个组中的多个产品，并允许对这些产品生命周期中的每个步骤进行端到端追溯。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:55
msgid "When to use serial numbers"
msgstr "何时使用序列号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:57
msgid ""
"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure "
"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply "
"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-"
"sales services related to products they sell and deliver."
msgstr "为单个产品分配序列号的目的是确保每件产品在供应链中的历史都是可识别的。这对于为其销售和交付的产品提供售后服务的制造商尤其有用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0
msgid "List of serial numbers for product."
msgstr "产品序列号列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:66
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, "
"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types."
msgstr "序列号可以包含多种不同类型的字符：数字、字母、印刷符号或三种类型的混合字符。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:70
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343
msgid "Traceability"
msgstr "追溯"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:72
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, "
"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was "
"sent."
msgstr "制造商和公司可以参考可追溯性报告，了解产品的整个生命周期。这些报告包括重要信息，如产品的来源（何时）、存储地点和送货对象。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:76
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or "
"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` "
"dashboard."
msgstr ""
"要查看产品的完整可追溯性，或按批次和/或序列号分组产品，请转至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> "
"批次/序列号`。这样就会显示 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 面板。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:80
msgid ""
"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed "
"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers "
"have been specifically assigned to them."
msgstr "在这里，默认情况下会列出已分配批次或序列号的产品。这些产品还可以展开，以显示具体分配给它们的批次或序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:83
msgid ""
"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from "
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, "
"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down "
"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, "
"and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
"要按批次或序列号分组，首先要删除右上角搜索栏中的任何默认筛选器。然后，单击 :guilabel:`分组方式`，并选择 "
":guilabel:`添加自定义分组`，这将显示一个小型下拉菜单。从该迷你下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`，然后单击 "
":guilabel:`应用`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:88
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be "
"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For "
"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one "
"product per serial number."
msgstr ""
"这样做会显示所有现有的批次和序列号，并且可以展开每个序列号以显示与该分配号码相关的所有产品数量。对于*不*重复使用的唯一序列号，每个序列号应该仅对应一个产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst-1
msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers."
msgstr "报告页面包含批次和序列号的下拉列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:97
msgid ""
"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial "
"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that "
"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From "
"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart"
" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations "
"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well."
msgstr ""
"有关单个批号或序列号的其他信息，请点击批号或序列号的行项目，以显示该特定编号的 :guilabel:`批次` 或 :guilabel:`序列号` "
"表格。在该表单中，点击:guilabel:`位置` 和 :guilabel:`追溯性` "
"智能按钮，查看使用该序列号的所有库存。使用该批次或序列号进行的任何操作也可在此找到。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3
msgid "Expiration dates"
msgstr "到期日期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles "
"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates "
"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending "
"expired products to customers."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo "
"中，*有效期*可用于管理和追踪易腐产品从购买到销售的生命周期。通过使用有效期，可以降低因为产品过期而造成的损失，并且有助于避免向客户提供过期产品的情况发生。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* "
"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been"
" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for "
"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, "
"buy and sell perishable products."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo "
"中，只有使用*批次*和*序列号*追踪的产品才能分配过期信息。一旦分配了批号或序列号，就可以设置有效期。这对经常或专门购买和销售易腐产品的公司（如食品制造商）特别有用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`"
msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:18
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`"
msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:21
msgid "Enable expiration dates"
msgstr "启用有效期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23
msgid ""
"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the "
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature."
msgstr ""
"要启用*有效期*，请进入:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"设置`，然后向下滚动到:guilabel:`可追溯性`部分。然后，点击复选框启用 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable "
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and"
" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes."
msgstr "激活该功能后，将出现一个启用 :guilabel:`有效期`的新选项。点击复选框启用该功能，并确保 :guilabel:`保存` 更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings."
msgstr "启用批次、序列号和有效期设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:35
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional "
"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery "
"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to "
":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these "
"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage "
"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more."
msgstr ""
"激活:guilabel:`批次和序列号`功能后，:guilabel:`在送货单上显示批次和序列号`、:guilabel:`在发票上显示批次和序列号`和:guilabel:`在送货单上显示有效期"
" `等附加功能就会出现。激活这些功能有助于实现端到端的可追溯性，从而更容易管理产品召回、识别`不良`批次产品等。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42
msgid "Configure expiration dates on products"
msgstr "配置产品的有效期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` "
"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, "
"expiration information can be configured on individual products."
msgstr ""
"在 *库存* 应用程序的设置中启用 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 和 :guilabel:`有效期` 功能后，即可在单个产品上配置到期信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form "
"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
"in the upper-left corner to make changes."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，请转至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> "
"产品`，然后选择要编辑的产品。选择产品后，将显示该特定项目的产品表单。进入产品表单后，点击左上角的 :guilabel:`编辑` 进行更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:53
msgid ""
"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration "
"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as "
":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""
"要使用批次或序列号进行跟踪，或配置有效期信息，产品*必须*在 :guilabel:`一般信息`选项卡下将其 :guilabel:`产品类型`设置为 "
":guilabel:`可储存产品`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either "
":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked."
msgstr ""
"然后，单击 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分。在这里，确保选中 "
":guilabel:`按照唯一序列号` 或 :guilabel:`按批次`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61
msgid ""
"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must "
"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field "
"appears to the right."
msgstr ""
"一旦启用，就会出现一个新的 :guilabel:`有效期`复选框，也必须点击该复选框。两者都启用后，右侧会出现一个新的 :guilabel:`日期` "
"字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:65
msgid ""
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order "
"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock."
msgstr "如果产品在激活批号或序列号追踪之前已有库存，则可能需要进行库存调整，以便为现有库存分配批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:70
msgid ""
"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is"
" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to"
" the same lot, if any issues arise."
msgstr "对于处理大量收货或交货的产品，建议使用批次进行跟踪，以便在出现任何问题时可追溯到同一批次的多个产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form."
msgstr "有效期配置在产品表格上。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration "
"information to configure for the product:"
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`日期` 字段下，可为产品配置四类到期信息："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products "
"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may "
"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed."
msgstr ":guilabel:`有效期`：收到产品（从供应商或生产后的库存）后的天数，在此天数内，货物可能变得危险，不应使用或消费。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date "
"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being "
"dangerous yet."
msgstr ":guilabel:`最佳使用时间`：货物到期前的天数，商品开始变质，**尚未**变得危险。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
"which the goods should be removed from stock."
msgstr "guilabel:`移除时间`：到有效期之前的天数，商品应从库存中移除。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a"
" particular serial number."
msgstr ":guilabel:`提醒时间`：指在到期之前的天数，在此期间应对特定批次或包含特定序列号的商品进行提醒。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:90
msgid ""
"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration "
"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or "
"manufactured in-house."
msgstr "这些字段中输入的值会自动计算库存中商品的有效期，无论是从供应商购买还是在内部生产。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:93
msgid ""
"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
msgstr "配置好所有有效期信息后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，保存所有更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for "
"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon "
"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, "
"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well."
msgstr ""
"如果 :guilabel:`日期` "
"字段未填入任何过期信息值，则可在仓库收货和发货时手动分配日期（和批次）。即使分配了日期，也可以根据需要手动覆盖和更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101
msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers"
msgstr "在带有批次和序列号的收据上设置有效期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:103
msgid ""
"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from"
" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new "
"request for quotation (RFQ)."
msgstr ""
"可直接从采购订单生成**入库**货物的有效期。要创建采购订单，请转到 :menuselection:`采购` 应用程序，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`创建`，以创建新的询价单（RFQ）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:107
msgid ""
"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add "
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`."
msgstr ""
"然后，通过添加 :guilabel:`供应商` 来填写信息，并通过点击 :guilabel:`添加产品` 在 :guilabel:`产品` 行添加产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:110
msgid ""
"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This "
"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order."
msgstr ""
"更改 :guilabel:`数量` 列中的数字，选择所需的订购数量，然后点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`。这将把 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`"
" 转换为采购订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:114
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order "
"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr "点击采购订单顶部的 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮，进入仓库收据表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:118
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. "
"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products."
" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an "
"assigned lot or serial number."
msgstr ""
"在为订购的产品数量分配序列号之前点击 :guilabel:`验证` 会弹出 :guilabel:`用户错误` "
"窗口。弹出窗口要求输入订购产品的批号或序列号。如果未指定批号或序列号，则无法验证 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0
msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number."
msgstr "验证无批号订单时弹出用户错误信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:127
msgid ""
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon "
"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear."
msgstr ""
"从此处，点击产品线最右侧的 :guilabel:`附加选项` 菜单（汉堡）图标。点击后，将出现 :guilabel:`详细操作` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:130
msgid ""
"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial "
"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field."
msgstr "在弹出窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，并在:guilabel:`批次/序列号名称` 字段下指定批次或序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133
msgid ""
"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on "
"the product form (if previously configured)."
msgstr "根据产品表单上的配置（如果以前配置过），有效期会自动弹出。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:137
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, "
"this date can be manually entered."
msgstr "如果未配置产品表单上的 :guilabel:`日期` 字段，则可手动输入此日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:140
msgid ""
"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` "
"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""
"确定有效期后，标记 :guilabel:`已完成` 数量，然后点击 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭弹出窗口。最后，点击 "
":guilabel:`验证`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid ""
"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products."
msgstr "弹出详细操作，显示订购产品的有效期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:147
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"#`; and more."
msgstr ""
"验证收据后将出现 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮。点击 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮可查看更新的 "
":guilabel:`可追溯性报告`，其中包括：:guilabel:`参考资料` "
"文档；正在追踪的:guilabel:`产品`；:guilabel:`批次/序列号 #` 等。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:153
msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products"
msgstr "为制成品设定有效期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:155
msgid ""
"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. "
"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order "
"(MO) needs to be completed."
msgstr "也可以为内部生产的产品生成有效期。要为生产的产品指定有效期，需要填写制造订单（MO）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:158
msgid ""
"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the "
":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce."
msgstr ""
"要创建一个 :abbr:`MO（制造订单）`，进入 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`创建`。从 :guilabel:`产品` 字段下拉菜单中选择要生产的产品，然后选择要生产的 :guilabel:`数量`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date."
msgstr "带有过期日期的产品制造订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:167
msgid ""
"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in"
" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a "
":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding"
" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""
"要制造产品，必须在 :guilabel:`产品` 列的行中有要消耗的材料。这可以通过为 :guilabel:`产品` 创建 "
":guilabel:`物料清单` 或点击 :guilabel:`添加行` 手动添加要消耗的材料来实现。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:172
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:174
msgid ""
"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number "
"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to "
"automatically assign a new lot number."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`批次号/序列号` 旁边，从下拉菜单中选择一个现有批号，或者点击绿色的 :guilabel:`+` 符号自动分配一个新批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:177
msgid ""
"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click"
" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`."
msgstr "然后，在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中选择单位数，并点击 :guilabel:`标记为已完成`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:180
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail "
"form for that specific number."
msgstr ""
"点击分配的 :guilabel:`批次号/序列号` 字段中的 :guilabel:`外部链接` 图标。会出现一个弹出窗口，显示该特定编号的详细表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:183
msgid ""
"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information "
"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same "
"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, "
"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
"Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"在弹出的 :guilabel:`日期` 选项卡下，会显示之前为产品配置的所有过期信息。同样的信息也可在特定产品的详细表单中找到，或进入 "
":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number."
msgstr "日期选项卡，包含特定批号的有效期信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:193
msgid "Sell products with expiration dates"
msgstr "销售有保质期的产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:195
msgid ""
"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any "
"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to "
"create a sales order."
msgstr "销售有保质期的易腐产品的方法与其他类型的产品相同。销售易腐产品的第一步是创建销售订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:198
msgid ""
"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new "
"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form."
msgstr "要执行此操作，请访问 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 创建` 创建新报价单，并在销售订单表单上填写信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:201
msgid ""
"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the "
"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a "
":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products."
msgstr ""
"添加一个 :guilabel:`客户`，点击 :guilabel:`添加产品`将所需产品添加到 :guilabel:`产品` 行，并为产品设置 "
":guilabel:`数量`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:204
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected "
"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order."
msgstr ""
"然后，点击 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡。在 :guilabel:`送货` 部分，将 :guilabel:`送货日期` "
"更改为预期日期之后的日期，并点击 :guilabel:`绿勾` 图标确认日期。最后，点击:guilabel:`确认`，确认销售订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:208
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales "
"order to see the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr "然后，点击销售订单顶部的 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，查看仓库收据表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211
msgid ""
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then "
":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically "
"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the "
"customer."
msgstr ""
"在仓库收据表单中，点击 :guilabel:`验证`，然后在弹出窗口中点击 :guilabel:`应用`，自动处理所有 :guilabel:` 完成` "
"数量，并将产品交付给客户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:215
msgid ""
"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the "
"product form, then no alerts will be created."
msgstr "如果产品在产品表单上设置的 :guilabel:`提醒日期` 之前交付，则不会创建提醒。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:219
msgid ""
"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal "
"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be "
"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock "
"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the "
"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest "
"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product "
"Categories`."
msgstr ""
"要销售有保质期的易腐产品，产品存储的 :guilabel:`位置`的 :guilabel:`移除策略` 必须设置为 : "
"abbr:`FEFO（先到期先出）`。如果一批易腐烂产品的库存不足，Odoo 将自动从下一个最短到期日的第二批产品中提取所需的剩余数量。移除策略也可在 "
":guilabel:`产品类别`上设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:133
msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:229
msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers"
msgstr "查看批次和序列号的有效期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231
msgid ""
"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr "要按批号查看（和/或分组）所有产品的有效期，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:234
msgid ""
"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`"
" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`,"
" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down "
"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter."
msgstr ""
"进入后，从 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏移除任何默认搜索筛选器。然后，点击:guilabel:`分组方式`，选择 "
":guilabel:`添加自定义分组`，并从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`到期日`参数。最后，点击 :guilabel:`应用`，以应用筛选器。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:238
msgid ""
"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and "
"the assigned lot number."
msgstr "这样做可以细分所有易腐产品、其保质期和指定的批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page."
msgstr "在批次和序列号页面上按有效期分组。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247
msgid "Expiration alerts"
msgstr "过期提醒"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249
msgid ""
"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr "要查看过期提醒，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:251
msgid ""
"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. "
"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail "
"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information "
"related to the products."
msgstr ""
"然后，单击包含易腐产品的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`。这样就会显示序列号详情表。在序列号详情表单中，点击 :guilabel:`日期` "
"选项卡，查看与产品有关的所有过期信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:255
msgid ""
"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the "
"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or "
"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr ""
"要编辑表格，请点击表格左上角的 :guilabel:`编辑`，然后将 :guilabel:`到期日`更改为今天（或更早），并点击 :guilabel:`"
" 保存`，以保存更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:259
msgid ""
"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration "
"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are "
"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the "
":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)."
msgstr ""
"保存后，批号表单顶部会显示红色的 :guilabel:`过期提醒`，表示该批次的产品已过期或即将过期。从这里点击返回 "
":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 页面（通过面包屑导航）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:263
msgid ""
"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that "
"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the"
" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr "要查看新的过期提醒或已过期（或即将过期）产品的任何过期提醒，请从 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中移除所有搜索筛选器。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:267
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`."
msgstr "然后，点击 :guilabel:`筛选器`，选择 :guilabel:`过期提醒`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1
msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date."
msgstr "过期产品的过期提醒。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3
msgid "Lot numbers"
msgstr "批次号码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10
msgid ""
"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They "
"typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored,"
" shipped, or manufactured in-house."
msgstr "*批次*是在 Odoo 中识别和追踪产品的两种方法之一。它们通常代表接收、存储、运输或内部制造的特定批次产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13
msgid ""
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common "
"properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles."
msgstr "制造商为具有共同属性的产品组分配批号，便于对产品生命周期进行端到端追溯。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16
msgid ""
"Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received "
"products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for "
"product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates <expiration_dates>`."
msgstr ""
"批次对管理大量生产或已接收产品非常有用，有助于追踪产品的组别，特别是在产品召回或 :doc:`过期时<expiration_dates>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26
msgid ""
"To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go"
" to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox "
"next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要使用批次追踪产品，请启用*批次和序列号*功能。进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，向下滚动到 "
":guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分，勾选 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 旁边的复选框。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32
msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates <expiration_dates>`"
msgstr ":doc:`追踪失效日期 <expiration_dates>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33
msgid ""
":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers "
"<barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"
msgstr ":ref:`为批次和序列号打印 GS1 条形码 <barcode/operations/gs1-lots>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42
msgid "Track by lots"
msgstr "按批次追踪"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure "
"individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a "
"product to configure."
msgstr ""
"激活 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 功能后，配置单个产品以使用批次进行追踪。要执行此操作，进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 "
"--> 产品 --> 产品`，选择要配置的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48
msgid ""
"On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in "
"the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be "
"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product."
msgstr ""
"在产品表单中，转到 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡。在 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分，选择 :guilabel:`追踪` 字段中的 "
":guilabel:`按批次` 选项。现在，新的或现有的批号可分配给新收到或生产的该产品批次。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`"
msgstr ":doc:`expiration_dates`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56
msgid ""
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
"serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment"
" <reassign>` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock."
msgstr "如果产品在按批次或序列号激活追踪之前有库存，则会出现警告信息。使用 :doc:`库存调整<reassign>` 为现有库存产品分配批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form."
msgstr "在产品表单上启用按批次追踪功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65
msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving"
msgstr "为发货和收货分配批次"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67
msgid ""
"Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods "
"<inventory/product_management/assign-lots>` on the receipt form. When "
"shipping :ref:`outgoing goods <inventory/product_management/assign-lots-"
"delivery>`, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order "
"form."
msgstr ""
"在收货单上为 :ref:`入库产品<inventory/product_management/assign-lots>` 分配新的批号。当装运 "
":ref:`出库产品 <inventory/product_management/assign-lots-delivery>` "
"时，在送货单上选择具有特定批号的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75
msgid "On receipts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77
msgid ""
"Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly"
" on receipts."
msgstr "可直接在收据上为进货分配新的或现有的批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79
msgid ""
"To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o_uI718P1Dc>`_ a |PO| for products tracked "
"by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that "
"appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr ""
"首先，进入 :menuselection:`采购` 应用程序，为按批号跟踪的产品创建并确认 "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o_uI718P1Dc>`_ |PO| 。然后，点击页面顶部出现的 "
":guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮，导航到仓库收据表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban "
"card, and choosing the desired receipt."
msgstr ""
"或者，进入 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，点击 :guilabel:`收据` 看板卡，选择所需的收据，从而导航到现有收据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an "
"error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating "
"the receipt."
msgstr "在分配批号前点击 :guilabel:`验证` 会引发错误，表明在验证收据前**必须**分配批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup."
msgstr "添加批次/序列号用户错误弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96
msgid ""
"On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, "
"select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot "
"numbers."
msgstr "在收据表格的 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡的产品行中，选择按批号追踪的产品右侧的 |列表| 图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line."
msgstr "在产品行上显示子弹式列表图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned."
msgstr ""
"打开 :guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 弹出窗口，在此分配 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 和 :guilabel:`数量` 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106
msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**."
msgstr "分配批号的两种方法： **手动**和导入**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109
msgid "Manual assignment"
msgstr "手动分配"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111
msgid ""
"To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, "
":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any."
msgstr ""
"要手动分配批号，请点击 :guilabel:`添加行`。输入 "
":guilabel:`批次/序列号`、:guilabel:`存储至`批次位置、:guilabel:`数量`和 "
":guilabel:`目的地包装`（如有）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116
msgid ""
"To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for "
"additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` "
"column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top."
msgstr ""
"要分配多个批号或存储到多个位置，请点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，然后输入新的 "
":guilabel:`批次/序列号`，以获得更多数量。重复上述操作，直到 :guilabel:`数量`列中的总数与顶部的 :guilabel:`需求` "
"相匹配。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125
msgid "Import lots"
msgstr "导入批次"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import "
"Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the "
":guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field."
msgstr ""
"在弹出的 :guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`导入序列/批次`，然后在 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` "
"字段中粘贴批量编号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134
msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet."
msgstr "在 excel 电子表格中复制批号清单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134
msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140
msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140
msgid ""
"Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import "
"Lots** pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142
msgid ""
"Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* "
"lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace "
"the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option"
" unticked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`."
msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`生成`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148
msgid ""
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200
msgid ""
":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers <inventory/product_management/lot-"
"traceability>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157
msgid "On delivery orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159
msgid ""
"Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen"
" for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form."
msgstr "Odoo 可以在送货单上指定选择哪些产品批号进行外运。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162
msgid ""
"To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for "
"that specific |SO|."
msgstr ""
"首先，在 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序中创建或选择一个现有报价。确认|SO|后，:guilabel:`交货`智能按钮可用。点击 "
":guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，查看特定 |SO| 的仓库表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`"
" kanban card."
msgstr "或者，进入 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，点击 :guilabel:`送货订单` 看板卡，导航到交货单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order "
"form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the "
"product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a "
":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮，打开交货订单表，在此选择交货批号。在 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡中，点击按批号追踪的产品右侧的 "
"|list| 图标。点击该图标会弹出一个 :guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 弹窗。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is "
"displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full "
":guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock "
"in that particular lot)."
msgstr ""
"在弹出窗口中，所选批号及其存储位置显示在 :guilabel:`选自` 栏中，同时显示从该特定批次中提取的全部 :guilabel:`数量` "
"（如果该特定批次有足够库存）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179
msgid ""
"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the "
":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` directly."
msgstr "如果该批次的库存不足，或者应从多个批次中提取 :guilabel:`需求` 的部分数量，则直接更改 :guilabel:`数量`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183
msgid ""
"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the "
"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO "
"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also "
"depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is "
"enough to fulfill the order."
msgstr ""
"根据所选的移除策略 :abbr:`FIFO（先进先出）`、:abbr:`LIFO （后进先出）`，或 "
":abbr:`FEFO（先到期先出）`，交货订单自动选择的批次会有所不同。这也取决于订购数量，以及该批次的库存数量是否足以完成订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191
msgid ""
"Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the "
":guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. "
"Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the "
"products."
msgstr ""
"重复上述步骤，选择足够的批次以满足 :guilabel:`需求`，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存` 关闭弹出窗口。最后，单击 |DO| 上的 "
":guilabel:`验证` 按钮交付产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order."
msgstr "在销售订单上弹出来源批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203
msgid "Lot management"
msgstr "批次管理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205
msgid ""
"Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"通过 :menuselection:`库存管理应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号` 在 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` "
"仪表板中管理和查看产品的现有批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208
msgid ""
"By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down "
"menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number"
" to :ref:`modify or add details <inventory/product_management/edit-lot>` "
"linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created "
"<inventory/product_management/create-new-lot>` from this page, by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`New` button."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，批号按产品分组，选择每个产品的下拉菜单可显示现有批号。选择一个批号，可以 :ref:`修改或添加与该批号相关联的详细信息 "
"<inventory/product_management/edit-lot>`。也可以通过点击 :guilabel:`新建` 按钮，从该页面 "
":ref:`创建 <inventory/product_management/create-new-lot>` 批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218
msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard."
msgstr "显示 “批次/序列号” 仪表板。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218
msgid ""
"Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** "
"dashboard."
msgstr "在**批次/序列号**仪表板上显示按产品分组的批次号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223
msgid "Modify lot"
msgstr "修改批次"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225
msgid ""
"Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a "
"separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 仪表板上的批次，会显示一个单独页面，在此可提供有关批次的其他信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow "
"the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line "
"under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated "
"number to any desired one."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 会自动生成一个新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 以跟随最新的编号。不过，也可以对其进行编辑，只需点击 "
":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 字段下的一行，并将生成的编号更改为任何所需的编号即可。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233
msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:"
msgstr "在批次表格中，可以修改以下字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the "
":guilabel:`Product`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`批次/序列号`：更改与:guilabel:`产品`相关联的批次号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number "
"used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier "
"manufacturer."
msgstr ":guilabel:`内部参考`：记录仓库内部使用的不同于供应商制造商使用的其他批次/序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available."
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：指定提供批号的公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in"
" this text field."
msgstr ":guilabel:`说明`：在此文本字段中添加有关批次或序列号的额外详细信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242
msgid ""
"On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` "
"fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing "
"stock moves."
msgstr "在现有批次中，:guilabel:`产品`和 :guilabel:`现有数量` 字段**不能**修改，因为批次编号与现有库存移动相关联。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Show the lot number form."
msgstr "显示批号表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250
msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots <expiration_dates>`"
msgstr ":doc:`为批次设置有效期<expiration_dates>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253
msgid "Add property"
msgstr "添加属性"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255
msgid ""
"To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two "
"methods of adding properties on a lot number form:"
msgstr "要为批号添加自定义字段以增强可追溯性，有两种方法可以在批号表单上添加属性："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page,"
" then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""
"点击页面左上角的 :icon:`fa-cog`:guilabel:`（cog）` 图标，然后从下拉菜单中选择 :icon:`fa-"
"cogs`:guilabel:`添加属性`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below "
"the existing fields."
msgstr "点击位于现有字段下方的 :icon:`fa-plus`:guilabel:`添加属性`按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262
msgid ""
"Name and :doc:`configure the new field "
"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the "
"property value in the new field."
msgstr ""
"名称和 :doc:`配置新字段 "
"<.../.../.../productivity/knowledge/properties>`。完成后，在新字段中输入属性值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266
msgid ""
"The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry "
"wood`."
msgstr "新增属性 `木材类型`。其值记录为 `樱桃木`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form."
msgstr "在批号表格上显示 \"添加属性\" 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273
msgid ""
":doc:`Configuring custom properties "
"<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`"
msgstr ":doc:`配置自定义属性<../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278
msgid "Reserve lot number for a product"
msgstr "产品的预留批号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280
msgid ""
"To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and "
"click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要为产品创建批号，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批号/序列号`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284
msgid ""
"Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. "
"To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers "
"on receipts <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>`."
msgstr ""
"创建批号是为产品保留批号，但**不会**分配批号。要分配批号，请参阅 :ref:`在收据上指定批号 "
"<inventory/product_management/assign-lots>` 部分。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289
msgid ""
"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to "
"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired "
"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field "
"on the lot form, and changing the generated number."
msgstr ""
"虽然 Odoo 会自动生成一个新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 以跟随最新的编号，但可通过点击批次表单上 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`"
" 字段下的行并更改生成的编号，将其编辑并更改为任何所需的编号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293
msgid ""
"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank "
"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this "
"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
msgstr ""
"生成新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 后，点击 :guilabel:`产品` "
"旁边的空白区域，显示一个下拉菜单。从该菜单中选择要分配新编号的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298
msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`."
msgstr "为产品 `黑色抽屉` 创建批号 `000001`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product."
msgstr "带有指定产品的新批号创建表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304
msgid ""
"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired "
"product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the "
"product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on"
" a receipt <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>`, or when making an "
"inventory adjustment."
msgstr ""
"在创建、保存新批号并将其分配给所需产品后，该批号会保存为与产品相关联的现有批号，在 :ref:`为收据上的产品分配批号 "
"<inventory/product_management/assign-lots>` 时或进行库存调整时可以选择该批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310
msgid ""
"After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer "
"Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` "
"page."
msgstr "创建批号后，在分配 :guilabel:`库存调整` 页面上的批号时，`000001` 将显示为 `抽屉黑色` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0
msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page."
msgstr "显示如何在库存调整页面上分配批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318
msgid "Manage lots for different operations types"
msgstr "管理不同操作类型的批次"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320
msgid ""
"By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and "
"existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot "
"numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery "
"order."
msgstr "默认情况下，只能在接收产品时创建新的批次，而不能使用现有的批次号。对于销售订单，只能使用现有的批号，不能在发货单上创建新的批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324
msgid ""
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation "
"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type."
msgstr ""
"要更改在任何操作类型上使用新（或现有）批号的功能，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"操作类型`，然后选择所需的操作类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328
msgid ""
"On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` "
"section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers "
"to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing "
"ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected."
msgstr ""
"在操作类型表单的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号`部分，勾选 :guilabel:`新建` "
"复选框，以便在此操作类型中创建新的批号。如果只能选择现有批号，请选择 :guilabel:`使用现有批号`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form."
msgstr "启用操作类型表单上的可追踪性设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337
msgid ""
"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be "
"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for"
" warehouse receipts."
msgstr "对于涉及按批次跟踪的产品的仓库间转移，启用 :guilabel:`使用现有批次/序号` 仓库收据选项可能很有用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
"entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it"
" was stored, who it went to (and when)."
msgstr "制造商和公司可以参考可追溯性报告，了解产品的整个生命周期：产品从哪里来、何时到达、在哪里储存、送货对象和时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:348
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"要查看产品的完整可追溯性或按批次分组，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。这样就会显示 "
":menuselection:`批次/序列号` 仪表板。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:352
msgid ""
"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have "
"assigned to them."
msgstr "默认情况下，这里将列出已分配批号的产品，并可展开以显示这些产品已分配的批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:355
msgid ""
"To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...`"
" bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to"
" open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options,"
" and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click "
"the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
"Number` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"要按批次分组，首先移除 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中的任何筛选器。然后，点击 :icon:`fa-caret-"
"down`:guilabel:`（向下键）` 图标，打开包含 :guilabel:`筛选器`、:guilabel:`分组方式` 选项和 "
":guilabel:`收藏` 的下拉菜单。在 :guilabel:`分组方式` 部分，点击:guilabel:`添加自定义组` 选项，并从下拉菜单中选择"
" :guilabel:`批次/序列号`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361
msgid ""
"Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing "
"lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of "
"products with that assigned number."
msgstr "这样做可以重新组织页面上的所有记录，显示所有现有批次和序列号，并可扩展以显示具有该分配编号的产品的所有数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report."
msgstr "批号和序列号追溯报告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:369
msgid "Traceability report"
msgstr "追溯报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:371
msgid ""
"To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number "
"line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number "
"form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button."
msgstr ""
"要查看批号的完整库存移动报告，请从 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 仪表板中选择批号行。在批号表单中，点击 :guilabel:`可追溯性` "
"智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1
msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves."
msgstr "显示批次的追溯报告，展示库存的变动情况。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:380
msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking`"
msgstr ":doc:`../product_tracking`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3
msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers"
msgstr "重新分配批次/序列号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5
msgid ""
"Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, "
"*after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent "
"records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory "
"adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not "
"originally assigned lots."
msgstr ""
"在将产品存储在 Odoo "
"中而不使用批次或序列号*之后*，更改产品的追踪设置以使用批次或序列号可能会导致记录不一致。按照本文档了解如何使用库存调整为最初未分配批次的产品分配批次或序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1
msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number."
msgstr "警告信息：库存产品没有批次/序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15
msgid ""
"This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one "
"to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the "
"quantities *with* the lot numbers."
msgstr "本文件概述了使用两种库存调整的过程：一种是删除 *无* 批号的错误记录，另一种是保存 *有* 批号的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers <lots>`"
msgstr ":doc:`设置和使用批号<lots>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers <serial_numbers>`"
msgstr ":doc:`使用序列号 <serial_numbers>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:23
msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero"
msgstr "将库存数量改为零"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:25
msgid ""
"To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin "
"by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
"and select the intended product."
msgstr ""
"要更改产品设置以按批次或序列号追踪，首先要导航到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择要追踪的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:28
msgid ""
"Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the "
":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` "
"column, change the value to zero."
msgstr ""
"接下来，点击产品的 :guilabel:`现有` 智能按钮，打开 :guilabel:`更新数量` 页面。在 :guilabel:`库存数量` "
"列中，将数值改为零。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:32
msgid ""
"If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on "
"hand quantity at **all** locations is zero."
msgstr "如果产品存放在多个地点，请确保**所有**地点的库存**总量**为零。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" "
"field."
msgstr "显示库存调整模型，突出显示 “库存数量” 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:40
msgid "Change traceability setting"
msgstr "更改可追溯性设置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:42
msgid ""
"Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the "
":guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option "
"from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique "
"Serial Number`."
msgstr ""
"返回产品表单（:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`），并切换到 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡。在 "
":guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分，将 :guilabel:`追踪` 选项从 :guilabel:`无追踪` 更改为 :guilabel:`按批次`"
" 或 :guilabel:`按唯一序列号`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers."
msgstr "启用批次和序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:55
msgid "Restore on-hand quantity"
msgstr "恢复现有数量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:57
msgid ""
"After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the "
":guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the "
"quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired"
" product form."
msgstr ""
"手动将现有数量改为零并将 :guilabel:`追踪` 设置改为批次或序列号后，从所需产品表单点击 :guilabel:`现有` 智能按钮恢复数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:61
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had "
"been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning "
"appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-"
"left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the "
":guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` to its original value."
msgstr ""
"在:guilabel:`更新数量`页面上，由于现有数量先前已更改为零，页面上会出现:guilabel:`无库存现有量` "
"的警告。在这里，点击左上角的:guilabel:`新建`按钮。这样会在:guilabel:`更新数量`页面上显示一个新的可修改行。然后，在:guilabel:`批次/序列号`字段中输入所需的批次号，并调整"
" :guilabel:`现有数量` 至其原始值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:68
msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1
msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field."
msgstr "填写 “批次/序列号” 和 “库存数量” 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:75
msgid ""
"To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` "
"accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the "
":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` "
"button on the far-right."
msgstr ""
"分配新批次或序列号后，要查找原始数量并相应调整 :guilabel:`现有数量`，请点击 :guilabel:`现有数量` 列中的 :icon:`fa-"
"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` 图标。然后，点击最右侧的 :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`历史` "
"按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page."
msgstr "在库存调整页面上显示 “历史记录” 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:84
msgid ""
"The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is "
"displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr "将库存数量变为零的库存调整会显示在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0
msgid "Show the history entry."
msgstr "显示历史条目。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3
msgid "Serial numbers"
msgstr "序号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5
msgid ""
"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in "
"Odoo, along with :doc:`lots <lots>`. A serial number is a unique identifier "
"assigned to a product to distinguish it from other products in a series. "
"Serial numbers can consist of several character types: they can contain "
"numbers, letters, other typographical characters, or any mix of these "
"character types."
msgstr ""
"*序列号* 是在 Odoo 中与 :doc:`批次<lots>` "
"一起识别和追踪产品的两种方法之一。序列号是分配给产品的唯一标识符，用于将其与系列中的其他产品区分开来。序列号可以由多种字符类型组成：可以包含数字、字母、其他排版字符或这些字符类型的任意混合。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:10
msgid ""
"The goal of assigning serial numbers allows for the tracking of individual "
"products and their :doc:`expiration dates <expiration_dates>` and location "
"throughout the supply chain. For instance, serial numbers can help "
"manufacturers locate products to provide after-sales services or in the "
"event of a recall."
msgstr ""
"分配序列号的目的是追踪单个产品及其 :doc:`有效期<expiration_dates>` "
"和在整个供应链中的位置。例如，序列号可以帮助制造商确定产品的位置，以便提供售后服务或召回产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Serial Numbers <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZP-"
"gMz2X5AY>`_"
msgstr "`Odoo 教程：序列号 <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZP-gMz2X5AY>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:23
msgid ""
"To track products using serial numbers, two settings need to be enabled: the"
" :ref:`Lots & Serial Numbers traceability setting "
"<inventory/product_management/traceability-setting>`, and :ref:`serial "
"number usage by operation type <inventory/product_management/operation-type-"
"setting>`."
msgstr ""
"要使用序列号追踪产品，需要启用两个设置：:ref:`批次和序列号可追溯性设置 "
"<inventory/product_management/traceability-setting>`，以及 :ref:` 按操作类型使用序列号 "
"<inventory/product_management/operation-type-setting>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:30
msgid "Traceability setting"
msgstr "可追溯性设置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:32
msgid ""
"The *Lots & Serial Numbers* traceability feature *must* be enabled first to "
"track products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` "
"section, and tick the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` checkbox. Remember "
"to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes."
msgstr ""
"要追踪产品，必须首先启用*批次和序列号*可追踪性功能。为此，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"设设置`，向下滚动到 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 部分，并勾选 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 复选框。记住点击 "
":guilabel:`保存` 按钮保存更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Lots & Serial Numbers setting."
msgstr "启用批次和序列号设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:44
msgid "By operation type"
msgstr "按操作类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:46
msgid ""
"Next, specify whether the ability to create new or use existing serial "
"numbers should be turned on for particular operation types (such as shipping"
" or receiving goods). In other words, this setting allows for serial number "
"tracking on warehouse receipts and delivery orders."
msgstr ""
"接下来，指定是否应为特定操作类型（如发货或收货）开启创建新序列号或使用现有序列号的功能。换句话说，此设置允许对仓库收据和发货单进行序列号追踪。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:51
msgid ""
"Enabling the *Create New* option for receipts allows new serial numbers to "
"be assigned as items are received. However, for delivery orders, it is often"
" disabled to prevent workers from accidentally assigning serial numbers that"
" do not exist in inventory."
msgstr "为收据启用*新建*选项允许在收到物品时分配新的序列号。然而，对于交货订单，它通常被禁用，以防止工作人员意外分配库存中不存在的序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:55
msgid ""
"To enable the creation of new serial numbers on an operation, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`."
msgstr "要启用在操作中创建新序列号，请导航至 :menuselection:` 库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 操作类型`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:58
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation "
"type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing`), and select the :guilabel:`Create New` option in "
"the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` section of the operation type's "
"configuration page."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`操作类型` 页面，选择所需的操作类型（如 :guilabel:`收据`、:guilabel:`送货订单` 或 "
":guilabel:`制造`），并在操作类型配置页面的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 部分选择 :guilabel:`新建` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type."
msgstr "在收据操作类型上选择显示 “新建” 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69
msgid "Configure serial number tracking on individual products"
msgstr "配置单个产品的序列号追踪功能"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:71
msgid ""
"Once the :ref:`Lots & Serial Numbers setting "
"<inventory/product_management/traceability-setting>` has been activated, "
"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To track a "
"product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and"
" select the desired product."
msgstr ""
"激活批次和序列号设置 <inventory/product_management/traceability-setting>` "
"后，现在可以使用序列号追踪单个产品。要追踪产品，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择所需的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:75
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the product form, make sure "
"the box next to :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is checked. Then, select "
":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save the "
"changes. Now, existing or new serial numbers can now be selected and "
"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product."
msgstr ""
"在产品表格的 :guilabel:`一般信息` 选项卡中，确保选中 :guilabel:`追踪库存` 旁边的方框。然后，选择 "
":guilabel:`按唯一序列号`，并点击 "
":guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。现在，可以选择现有的或新的序列号，并将其分配给新接收或生产的该产品批次。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form."
msgstr "在产品表单上启用序列号追踪功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:86
msgid "Assign serial numbers"
msgstr "分配序列号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:88
msgid "In Odoo, serial numbers can be assigned at several times and places:"
msgstr "在 Odoo 中，可在多个时间和地点分配序列号："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:90
msgid ""
"When a product is :ref:`already in stock "
"<inventory/product_management/already-in-stock>`"
msgstr "当产品:ref:`已有库存时 <inventory/product_management/already-in-stock>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91
msgid ""
"Via the :ref:`Moves smart button <inventory/product_management/moves-"
"button>` on a receipt"
msgstr "通过收据上的 :ref:`移动智能按钮 <inventory/product_management/moves-button>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:92
msgid ""
"Via the :ref:`Open: Stock move window <inventory/product_management/stock-"
"move>` on a receipt"
msgstr "通过收据上的 :ref:`打开：库存移动窗口 <inventory/product_management/stock-move>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:93
msgid ""
":doc:`During a manufacturing order "
"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a "
"product tracked by lots/serial numbers"
msgstr ""
":doc:`在制造订单<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>`"
" 期间，针对按批次/序列号追踪的产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:96
msgid ""
"When :doc:`making an inventory adjustment "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`"
msgstr ""
"当 :doc:`进行库存调整 "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102
msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock"
msgstr "为库存产品创建新的序列号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104
msgid ""
"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no "
"assigned serial number. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so "
"reveals a blank lot/serial number form. On this form, a new "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
"可以为库存中未分配序列号的产品创建新序列号。为此，进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`。这样就会出现一个空白的批次/序列号表单。新的 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 会自动生成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:110
msgid ""
"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the "
"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by "
"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and "
"changing the generated number."
msgstr ""
"虽然 Odoo 会自动生成一个新的批次/序列号，紧跟最近的编号，但可通过点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` "
"字段下的行并更改生成的编号，将其编辑和更改为任何所需的编号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:114
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field "
"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, "
"select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
msgstr ""
"生成 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 后，点击:guilabel:`产品` 旁边的空白区域，显示一个下拉菜单。从该菜单中选择要分配新编号的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:118
msgid ""
"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity`, to assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for "
"additional traceability), and to assign this specific lot/serial number "
"configuration to a specific company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. A "
"detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added in"
" the :guilabel:`Description` tab below."
msgstr ""
"此表单还提供调整 :guilabel:`在手数量`、分配唯一的 :guilabel:`内部参考编号（用于额外的可追溯性）以及在 "
":guilabel:`公司` 字段中将此特定批次/序列号配置分配给特定公司的选项。还可在下面的 :guilabel:`说明` "
"选项卡中添加对该特定批次/序列号的详细描述。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:125
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number field is a space for manufacturers"
" to input an additional unique number to allow for easier tracking. For "
"instance, SKU values may be used here."
msgstr ":guilabel:`内部参考` 编号字段是供制造商输入额外唯一编号的空间，以便于跟踪。例如，这里可以使用 SKU 值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:129
msgid ""
"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` "
"button to save all changes."
msgstr "完成所有所需配置后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮保存所有更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock."
msgstr "为现有产品库存创建新的序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:134
msgid ""
"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product,"
" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the "
"product that this newly-created serial number was just assigned to."
msgstr ""
"创建新序列号、将其分配给所需产品并保存后，返回产品表单，转至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` "
"并选择刚刚分配给新创建序列号的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:138
msgid ""
"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` "
"smart button to view the new serial number."
msgstr "在该产品的详细信息表单中，点击 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 智能按钮查看新序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144
msgid "Create serial numbers to incoming or outgoing products"
msgstr "为入库或出库产品创建序列号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can be assigned to both incoming and outgoing goods. The "
"receipt and delivery order forms mirror one another; the instructions below "
"can be followed to assign serial numbers in either form."
msgstr "进货和出货均可分配序列号。收货单和发货单表格相互映照；可按照以下说明在任一表格中分配序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150
msgid ""
"**Incoming goods:** Assign serial numbers directly on the **receipt**. "
"Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Operations --> Receipts`."
msgstr ""
"**进货：**直接在**收据**上分配序列号。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 收据` 访问收据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:152
msgid ""
"**Outgoing goods:** Assign serial numbers directly on the **delivery "
"order**. Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" app --> Operations --> Deliveries`."
msgstr ""
"**出货：** 直接在 **送货单**上分配序列号。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 交货` 访问收据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:156
msgid ""
"Before assigning serial numbers on receipts or delivery orders, be sure that"
" the ability to :ref:`create new serial numbers by operations type "
"<inventory/product_management/operation-type-setting>` is enabled."
msgstr ""
"在收据或送货单上分配序列号之前，请确保已启用 :ref:`按操作类型 <inventory/product_management/operation-"
"type-setting>` 创建新序列号的功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:161
msgid "Lots/serial number field"
msgstr "批次/序列号字段"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:163
msgid ""
"Serial numbers can be entered directly into the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` "
"field on a receipt or delivery order."
msgstr "序列号可直接输入收据或送货单上的 :guilabel:`序列号` 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Select value for Serial Number field on receipt."
msgstr "为收据上的序列号字段选择值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:170
msgid ""
"To make the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` field visible on a receipt or "
"delivery order, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(Adjust "
"Settings)` icon, and in the drop-down menu, tick the :guilabel:`Serial "
"Numbers` checkbox."
msgstr ""
"要在收据或送货单上显示 :guilabel:`序列号` 字段，请点击 :icon:`oi-settings-"
"adjust`:guilabel:`（调整设置）` 图标，并在下拉菜单中勾选 :guilabel:`序列号` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0
msgid "Allow Serial Numbers field to show on a receipt or delivery order."
msgstr "允许在收据或交货订单上显示序列号字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:177
msgid "Example **Serial Numbers** field on a delivery order."
msgstr "示例交货订单上的 **序列号** 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:182
msgid "Stock move pop-up window"
msgstr "库存移动弹窗"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:184
msgid ""
"For various methods of assigning serial numbers individually or in bulk, "
"click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the product line of a "
"receipt."
msgstr "有关单个或批量分配序列号的各种方法，请点击收据产品行中的 :icon:`fa-list`:guilabel:`(列表)` 图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:188
msgid "Add a line"
msgstr "添加行"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:190
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, manually enter serial "
"numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column. This method is best "
"reserved for adding only one or a few serial numbers."
msgstr ""
"在弹出的 :guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 窗口中，在 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` "
"栏中手动输入序列号。此方法最好只用于添加一个或几个序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Add a line on the stock move pop-up."
msgstr "在库存移动弹出窗口上添加一行。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:200
msgid "Generate Serials/Lots"
msgstr "生成序列号/批次号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:202
msgid ""
"Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate "
"Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`生成序列号/批次` 按钮，一次分配多个序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Show generate serials pop-up."
msgstr "弹出生成序列的窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208
msgid ""
"Doing so opens a new popup, :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers`, which "
"contains a few fields:"
msgstr "这样做会打开一个新的弹出窗口，:guilabel:`生成序列号`，其中包含几个字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:210
msgid ""
":guilabel:`First SN`: Input the first serial number that should start the "
"sequence. From there, Odoo automatically detects what pattern should be "
"followed to generate more serial numbers."
msgstr ":guilabel:`第一个 SN`：输入应开始序列的第一个序列号。从那里，Odoo 自动检测应遵循什么模式来生成更多序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:212
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Number of SN`: Specify the desired number of serial numbers to "
"generate."
msgstr ":guilabel:`SN 数量`：指定要生成的所需序列号数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215
msgid ""
"The number of serials generated will be reflected in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field on a receipt or delivery order. Even if the "
"number of serial numbers generated exceeds the :guilabel:`Demand` value, "
"Odoo still allows the quantity (based on the serial numbers) to be delivered"
" or received."
msgstr ""
"生成的序列号数量将反映在收据或交货单上的 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中。即使生成的序列号数量超过 :guilabel:`需求` 值，Odoo "
"仍允许交付或接收数量（基于序列号）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show how the quantity of serial numbers alters the delivery order quantity."
msgstr "显示序列号的数量如何改变交货订单数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox: Check this box to keep existing "
"serial numbers that may have been previously added. To replace existing "
"serial numbers in the list, leave the box unchecked."
msgstr ":guilabel:`保留当前行`复选框：选中此框可保留先前可能已添加的现有序列号。要替换列表中的现有序列号，请取消选中该框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227
msgid ""
"After filling out these fields, click the :guilabel:`Generate` button. The "
"newly generated serials now appear in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` "
"window. By clicking :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save)`, the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` fields on the "
"delivery order or receipt update automatically."
msgstr ""
"填写完这些字段后，点击 :guilabel:`生成` 按钮。新生成的序列将出现在 :guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 窗口中。点击 "
":icon:`fa-cloud-upload`:guilabel:`（保存）`，交货单或收据上的 :guilabel:` 数量` 和 "
":guilabel:` 序列号` 字段将自动更新。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:233
msgid "Import Serials/Lots"
msgstr "导入序列号/批次"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:235
msgid ""
"Another option for assigning multiple serial numbers at once is to click the"
" :guilabel:`Import Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` "
"pop-up window."
msgstr "同时分配多个序列号的另一个方法是点击 :guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 弹出窗口中的 :guilabel:`导入序列/批次` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:239
msgid ""
"If the import button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` box "
"is checked in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page "
"<inventory/product_management/operation-type-setting>`."
msgstr ""
"如果导入按钮不可见，请确保在 :ref:`收据的配置页面 <inventory/product_management/operation-type-"
"setting>` 中勾选 :guilabel:`新建` 框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Serials` pop-up window. Enter each "
"serial number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text"
" field."
msgstr "打开 :guilabel:`导入序列` 弹出窗口。在 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 文本字段中单独一行输入每个序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:245
msgid ""
"As when :ref:`generating serials <inventory/product_management/generate-"
"serials>`, check the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` box to keep existing "
"serial numbers, or leave it unchecked to overwrite them."
msgstr ""
"当 :ref:`生成序列 <inventory/product_management/generate-serials>` 时，选中 "
":guilabel:`保留当前行` 复选框以保留现有序列号，或不选中以覆盖它们。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:250
msgid ""
"To expedite this process, copy/paste serial numbers from an existing "
"spreadsheet and add them to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field."
msgstr "为加快这一过程，请从现有电子表格中复制/粘贴序列号，并将其添加到 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 文本字段中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Show import serials pop-up."
msgstr "显示导入序列弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:259
msgid ""
"For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has "
"already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` "
"pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"对于数量:guilabel:`需求` 为`3.00`件产品的收据单，一个产品已在 :guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 弹出窗口中分配了序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:262
msgid ""
"So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` "
"and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following "
"in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:"
msgstr ""
"因此，在 :guilabel:`导入批次` 弹窗中，通过在 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` "
"输入字段中输入以下内容，为剩余产品分配了两个序列号`124`和`125`："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:271
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two "
"serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already"
" been assigned."
msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`保留现有行` 选项，将在已分配的序列号`123`**之外**添加这两个序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0
msgid "Show example of correctly inputting serial numbers in the text field."
msgstr "显示在文本字段中正确输入序列号的示例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:282
msgid ""
"Accessible from both receipt and delivery order forms, the *Detailed "
"Operations* page shows a detailed view of product movements, including "
"information about serial numbers, exact locations, expiration dates, etc. "
"This level of detail permits more precise tracking, for example, when "
"handling perishable or regulated goods."
msgstr ""
"通过收货单和发货单都可以访问 *详细操作* "
"页面，该页面显示产品移动的详细情况，包括序列号、确切位置、有效期等信息。这种详细程度允许进行更精确的追踪，例如在处理易腐货物或受管制货物时。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:287
msgid ""
"To access this page, first :ref:`select a warehouse receipt or delivery "
"order <inventory/product_management/incoming-outgoing-products>`. Then, "
"click on the :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`Moves` smart button at the top of "
"the page."
msgstr ""
"要访问此页面，首先 :ref:`选择仓单或送货单 <inventory/product_management/incoming-outgoing-"
"products>`。然后，点击页面顶部的 :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`移动` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column, manually type (or select from "
"the drop-down menu) the desired serial numbers for each individual product."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 栏中，手动键入（或从下拉菜单中选择）每个产品所需的序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Show the detailed Moves page."
msgstr "显示详细的移动页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:297
msgid ""
"When finished, click the receipt/delivery order's breadcrumbs, and the "
"assigned serial numbers are automatically saved."
msgstr "完成后，点击收货/交货订单的面包屑导航，分配的序列号将自动保存。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:301
msgid "Traceability & reporting"
msgstr "可追溯性和报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303
msgid ""
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the *Lots/Serial Numbers* dashboard"
" and traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: when and"
" where it originated, where it was stored, and who it was shipped to."
msgstr "制造商和公司可以参考 *批次/序列号* 仪表板和可追溯性报告，查看产品的整个生命周期：产品的来源时间和地点、存储地点以及运输对象。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:308
msgid "Lots/Serial Numbers dashboard"
msgstr "批次/序列号仪表板"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:310
msgid ""
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to"
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"要查看产品的完整可追溯性或按序列号分组，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序--> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。这样就会显示 "
":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 仪表板。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:315
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting.rst:3
msgid "Reporting"
msgstr "报表"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:317
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, products with serial "
"numbers assigned to them are listed by default. Click the :icon:`fa-caret-"
"right` :guilabel:`(expand)` icon to show which serial numbers are assigned "
"to the chosen product."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 面板上，默认情况下会列出已分配序列号的产品。点击 :icon:`fa-caret-"
"right`:guilabel:`(展开)` 图标，显示所选产品分配了哪些序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:321
msgid ""
"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from "
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-"
"down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`,"
" which reveals a mini drop-down menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
"要按序列号（或批次）分组，首先要删除右上角搜索栏中的任何默认筛选器。然后，点击 :icon:`fa-caret-"
"down`:guilabel:`（向下箭头）` 图标并选择 :guilabel:`添加自定义分组`，这时会出现一个小型下拉菜单。从该迷你下拉菜单中选择 "
":guilabel:`批次/序列号`，然后点击 :guilabel:`应用`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:326
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots. Each row can be "
"expanded to show all quantities of product assigned to that serial/lot "
"number. For unique serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just "
"one product per serial number."
msgstr ""
"这样就可以显示所有现有的序列号和批次。每行都可以展开，以显示分配给该序列号/批次的所有产品数量。对于不重复使用的唯一序列号，每个序列号应只有一个产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1
msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists."
msgstr "带有下拉列表的序列号报告页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:334
msgid ""
"For additional information regarding an individual serial (or lot) number, "
"click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific "
":guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the "
":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all "
"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that "
"serial number."
msgstr ""
"有关单个序列号（或批次）的其他信息，请点击序列号的行项目，以显示特定的 :guilabel:`序列号` 表单。在该表单中，点击 "
":guilabel:`位置` 和 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 智能按钮，可查看使用该序列号的所有库存，以及使用该序列号进行的任何操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:340
msgid ":doc:`Reassign <reassign>`"
msgstr ":doc:`重新分配 <reassign>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:342
msgid ""
"In addition to using the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, there "
"are several other reporting templates that display the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial"
" Number` field or the ability to filter by serial number. Go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting` to access:"
msgstr ""
"除了使用 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 仪表板外，还有其他几个报告模板可显示 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` "
"字段或按序列号筛选的功能。进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告` 访问："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:346
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations` report"
msgstr ":guilabel:`位置` 报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:347
msgid ":guilabel:`Moves History` report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:348
msgid ":guilabel:`Moves Analysis` report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5
msgid "Shipping and receiving"
msgstr "发货和收货"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:6
msgid "Inbound and outbound flows"
msgstr "入库和出库流量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:8
msgid ""
"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products "
"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, "
"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the "
"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are"
" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different "
"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to "
"be configured to have the same number of steps."
msgstr ""
"处理仓库接收产品（收货）和运送产品（发货）的方式有多种。根据库存和销售产品的类型、仓库大小以及每天确认的收货和发货单数量等多种因素，产品进出仓库时的处理方式可能会有很大不同。可以为收货和发货配置不同的设置；它们不必配置相同的步骤数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:15
msgid ""
"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-"
"routes-1018>`_"
msgstr "`使用路由（电子学习教程） <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-routes-1018>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"
msgstr ""
"`推拉规则（电子学习教程）<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:20
msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries"
msgstr "选择正确的库存流程来处理收货和发货"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:22
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in "
"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is "
"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the "
"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to "
"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations"
" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as "
"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging "
"on shipped products."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，Odoo "
"以三种不同方式处理发货和收货：一步、两步或三步。最简单的配置是一个步骤，这也是默认设置。仓库的收货或发货流程每增加一个步骤，就会在产品收货或发货前增加一层操作。这些配置完全取决于对所存储产品的要求，例如对接收的产品进行质量检查，或对发运的产品使用特殊包装。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:30
msgid "One-step flow"
msgstr "一步流程"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:32
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr "单步配置的收货和发货规则如下："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:34
msgid ""
"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps "
"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control "
"location."
msgstr "**收货**：接收产品直接入库。在收货和入库之间没有中间环节，如转移到质量控制地点。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:36
msgid ""
"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps "
"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location."
msgstr "**送货**：直接从库存发货。在库存和发货之间没有中间环节，例如转运到包装地点。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:38
msgid ""
"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, "
":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
"Out)` removal strategies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:40
msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:41
msgid ""
"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-"
"perishable items."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:42
msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:45
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:48
msgid "Two-step flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:50
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:52
msgid ""
"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into "
"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, "
"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in"
" the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:55
msgid ""
"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. "
"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before "
"being shipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:57
msgid ""
"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products "
"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:60
msgid ""
"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking "
"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:83
msgid ""
"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., "
"until they are transferred into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:66
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:69
msgid "Three-step flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:71
msgid ""
"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:73
msgid ""
"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, "
"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass "
"inspection into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:75
msgid ""
"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, "
"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location "
"for shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:77
msgid ""
"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a "
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or "
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:80
msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:81
msgid ""
"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections "
"before receiving items into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:87
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`"
msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:88
msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`"
msgstr ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:3
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
msgstr "在仓库中组织交叉转运"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
"another truck."
msgstr "交叉转运是指将收到的产品直接发给客户，而不让产品入库。卡车只需在*交叉转运*区卸货，以便重新整理产品并装到另一辆卡车上。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:13
msgid ""
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
msgstr ""
"有关如何组织仓库的更多信息，请阅读我们的博客： 什么是交叉转运？<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:20
msgid ""
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:27
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
msgstr "这样还将启用*储存位置*功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:29
msgid ""
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
msgstr ""
"现在，*入向*和*出向*的货物都可配置为2步完成。如要调整配置，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并编辑你的仓库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:36
msgid ""
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`，这项修改将创建*交叉转运*路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:43
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
msgstr "配置产品的交叉转运路线"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:45
msgid ""
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
"for it."
msgstr ""
"创建使用*交叉转运路线*的产品，然后，在库存选项卡中，选择*购买*和*交叉转运*路线。现在，在采购选项卡中，指定向其采购产品的供应商并设定价格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:55
msgid ""
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
msgstr ""
"完成后，为产品创建销售订单并确认。Odoo将自动创建与销售订单关联的两项调拨操作。第一项是从*入货库位*到*出货库位*的调拨操作，对应将产品移至*交叉转运*区域。第二项是从*出货库位*到*客户库位*的发货单。两者状态都是*等待其他作业*，因为你还需要向供应商订购产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:68
msgid ""
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
"products in the *Input Location*."
msgstr "现在，前往*采购*应用程序。你可找到系统自动触发的采购订单。确认该订单，并在*入货库位*接收产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:77
msgid ""
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
"*Output*."
msgstr "当从供应商处接收产品后，你可返回初始采购订单，并将内部调拨从*入货*变为*出货*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:86
msgid ""
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
msgstr "交货单现已准备好，你可处理并确认交货单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Three-step delivery"
msgstr "三步交付"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which "
"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this "
"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, "
"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods."
msgstr ""
"有些公司每天都要处理大量的货物，其中许多包括多种产品或需要特殊包装。为了提高效率，在发货前需要进行包装步骤。为此，Odoo "
"提供了一个交付货物的三步流程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:9
msgid ""
"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a "
"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal "
"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed "
"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an "
"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do"
" not fit the needs of the business."
msgstr ""
"在默认的三步交付流程中，作为交付订单一部分的产品会根据其移除策略在仓库中进行分拣，然后运至包装区。在包装区将物品包装成不同的货物后，在发货前将其运到输出地点。如果这些步骤不符合企业的需要，可以对其进行修改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18
msgid ""
"To change delivery settings from :doc:`one step "
"<receipts_delivery_one_step>` to three steps, make sure the *Multi-Step "
"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration"
" --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step "
"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""
"要将交货设置从 :doc:` 一步<receipts_delivery_one_step>` 改为三步，请确保在 "
":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 仓库中启用了 *多步骤路线* 选项。请注意，激活 "
":guilabel:`多步骤路线` 也将激活 *存储地点*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings."
msgstr "在库存设置中激活多步骤路线和存储位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:27
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do "
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`,"
" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select "
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""
"接下来，需要为三步交付配置仓库。要执行此操作，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`仓库` 进行编辑。然后，为 :guilabel:`出库货物` 选择 :guilabel:`包装货物，在输出中发送货物然后交货（3 "
"个步骤）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps."
msgstr "设置发货选项，分三个步骤发货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:36
msgid ""
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal "
"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To "
"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, "
"and update the name."
msgstr ""
"激活三步收货和交货会创建两个新的内部位置：*包装区域* (WH/Packing Zone) 和 *输出* "
"(WH/Output)。要重新命名这些位置，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 位置`，点击要更改的 "
":guilabel:`位置` 并更新名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:42
msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)"
msgstr "分三步交付（拣货 + 包装 + 发货）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:35
msgid "Create a sales order"
msgstr "创建销售订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:47
msgid ""
"To create a new quote, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, which "
"reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a "
":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
"要创建新报价，请转到 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 创建`，这将显示一个空白报价表。在空白报价表中，选择 "
":guilabel:`客户`，添加可存储的 :guilabel:`产品`，然后点击 :guilabel:`确认`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:51
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the "
"quotation form. Clicking it opens the picking order to move the ordered "
"product from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Packing Zone`."
msgstr ""
"报价表右上方会出现一个 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮。点击该按钮可打开分拣单，将订购产品从 `仓库/库存` 移至 `仓库/包装区域`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n"
"associated with it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:60
msgid "Process a picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62
msgid ""
"The picking order will be created once the sales order is confirmed. To view"
" the picking, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the"
" :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:66
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button, which reveals the picking order "
"generated from the previously confirmed sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:69
msgid ""
"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will "
"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the "
"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`."
msgstr ""
"点击采摘进行处理。如果产品有库存，Odoo 将自动保留产品。点击 :guilabel:`验证` 标记拣货已完成，并完成向 :guilabel:`包装区`"
" 的转移。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Picking order operation showing source location and destination location."
msgstr "显示源位置和目的地位置的拣货订单操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78
msgid "Process a packing"
msgstr "处理包装"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:80
msgid ""
"After validating the picking, the packing order is ready to process. Click "
"back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, and locate the :guilabel:`Pack` "
"task card on the dashboard."
msgstr "验证拣货后，包装订单就可以处理了。点击返回 :guilabel:`库存概览`，并在仪表板上找到 :guilabel:`包装` 任务卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:83
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button (in this case, :guilabel:`1 To "
"Process`). This reveals the packing order generated from the previously "
"confirmed sales order."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`#待处理` 按钮（本例中为 :guilabel:`1 待处理`）。这将显示由先前确认的销售订单生成的包装订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86
msgid ""
"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing."
msgstr "点击与销售订单关联的包装单，然后点击 :guilabel:`验证` 以完成包装。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Packing order operation showing source location and destination location."
msgstr "显示源位置和目的地位置的包装订单操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:93
msgid ""
"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` "
"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
"包装订单通过验证，产品将离开 :guilabel:`WH/包装区` 位置并移动到 :guilabel:`WH/出库` 位置。然后，文件状态将变为 "
":guilabel:`完成`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98
msgid "Process a delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:100
msgid ""
"Once the packing order has been validated, the delivery order is ready to "
"process. Navigate back to the original sales order to process the delivery "
"by going to :menuselection:`Sales app`, and selecting the sales order "
"created previously."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105
msgid ""
"Delivery orders can *also* be accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory"
" app --> Operations --> Deliveries`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:108
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are 3 transfers, "
"instead of one. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button shows the "
"three operations for this sales order: the picking, the packing, and the "
"delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:112
msgid ""
"Click the delivery (WH/OUT) transfer to open the delivery order. Then, click"
" :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n"
"the customer location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the "
":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document "
"will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:3
msgid "Dropshipping"
msgstr "代发货"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:7
msgid ""
"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have "
"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller "
"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships"
" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the "
"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the"
" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""
"代发货是一种订单履行策略，允许卖家直接从供应商向客户发货。通常情况下，卖家从供应商处购买产品，将其储存在自己的库存中，一旦客户下单，就将其运送给最终客户。有了代发货服务，供应商负责储存和运送商品。这有利于卖方降低库存成本，包括运营仓库的价格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:14
msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped"
msgstr "配置要代发货的产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the "
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
"要使用代发货作为履行策略，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购`应用程序并选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。在 "
":guilabel:`物流` 标题下，点击 :guilabel:`代发货` 复选框，然后点击:guilabel:`保存` 完成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:20
msgid ""
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products "
"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to"
" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the "
":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are "
"enabled."
msgstr ""
"接下来，进入 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，点击 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品` 并选择一个现有产品或选择 "
":guilabel:`创建` 配置一个新产品。在 :guilabel:`产品` 页面，确保启用了 :guilabel:`可销售` 和 "
":guilabel:`可购买` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the "
"product form."
msgstr "在产品表单上启用“可销售”和“可购买”复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:29
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price "
"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the "
"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for "
"purchase orders."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，指定供应商及其产品售价。可以添加多个供应商，但采购订单会自动选择列表顶部的供应商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "The product form with a vendor specified."
msgstr "指定了供应商的产品表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section."
msgstr "最后，选择 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，并启用 :guilabel:`路径` 部分中的 :guilabel:`代发货` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab."
msgstr "在产品库存选项卡中启用代发货选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:45
msgid ""
"While it is not necessary to enable the :guilabel:`Buy` route in addition to"
" the :guilabel:`Dropship` route, enabling both provides the option of "
"dropshipping the product or purchasing it directly."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:50
msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping"
msgstr "使用代发货方式履行订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:52
msgid ""
"When a sales order is created for a dropshipped product, an associated "
"request for quotation (RfQ) is automatically generated to purchase the "
"product from the vendor. Sales orders can be viewed in the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. "
"Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top right of a sales "
"order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
msgstr ""
"为代发货产品创建销售订单时，会自动生成相关的询价单 （RfQ），以便从供应商处购买产品。可在 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序中通过选择"
" :menuselection:`订单 --> 订单` 查看销售订单。点击销售订单右上方的 :guilabel:`采购` 智能按钮，查看相关的 "
":abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right "
"corner."
msgstr "右上角有采购智能按钮的代发货订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:62
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a "
"purchase order, and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The "
"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button in "
"the top-right corner of the purchase order form."
msgstr ""
"一旦 :abbr:`RFQ（询价单）`得到确认，它就会成为采购订单，并创建代发货收据并与之关联。点击订购表格右上角的 :guilabel:`代发货` "
"智能按钮即可查看收据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right "
"corner."
msgstr "右上角带有智能收据按钮的代发货订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:70
msgid ""
"The dropship receipt displays :guilabel:`Partners/Vendors` in the "
":guilabel:`Source Location` field, and :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` in the"
" :guilabel:`Destination Location` field. Upon delivery of the product to the"
" customer, click on the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top-left of the "
"dropship receipt to confirm the delivered quantity."
msgstr ""
"代发货收据的 :guilabel:`来源位置` 字段显示 :guilabel:`合作伙伴/供应商`，:guilabel:`目的地位置` 字段显示 "
":guilabel:`合作伙伴/客户`。将产品交付给客户后，点击代发货收据左上角的 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮，确认交付数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery."
msgstr "交货后验证代发货收据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:79
msgid ""
"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal"
" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card."
msgstr ""
"要查看所有代发货订单，只需导航到 :menuselection:`库存` :guilabel:`概览` 面板，然后点击 :guilabel:`代发货` "
"卡上的青色 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders."
msgstr "点击代发货卡上的绿色按钮，查看所有代发货订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:3
msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either "
"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers "
"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's "
"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called "
"*consignment*."
msgstr ""
"大多数情况下，存放在公司仓库中的产品要么购买自供应商，要么由公司内部生产。不过，供应商有时会让公司在其仓库中储存和销售产品，而无需预先购买这些物品。这就是*寄售*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:10
msgid ""
"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and "
"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company "
"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their "
"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing "
"products they don't actually own."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:16
msgid "Enable the consignment setting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:18
msgid ""
"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be "
"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section,"
" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
"要接收、存储和销售寄售库存，需要在设置中启用该功能。执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`库存-->配置-->设置`，在 "
":guilabel:`可追踪性` 部分，选中 :guilabel:`寄售` 旁边的复选框，然后单击 :guilabel:`保存` 完成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration."
msgstr "启用库存配置中的寄售设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:28
msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock"
msgstr "接收（并存储）寄售库存"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:30
msgid ""
"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into"
" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into"
" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中启用该功能后，现在可以将寄售库存接收到仓库中。从主 :menuselection:`库存` 仪表板中，单击进入 "
":guilabel:`收据` 部分。然后，单击:guilabel:`创建`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:35
msgid ""
"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply "
"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase "
"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of "
"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts."
msgstr ""
"寄售存货实际上不是从供应商处购买的，只是接收和储存而已。因此，接收寄售存货时不涉及报价单或采购订单。因此，*每次*接收寄售存货时都要先创建手工收据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:39
msgid ""
"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then "
"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:43
msgid ""
"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same "
"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields "
"must match."
msgstr "由于从供应商处收到的产品将归同一供应商所有，因此 :guilabel:`收货来自` 和 :guilabel:`指定所有者` 字段必须匹配。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the "
":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the "
"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of "
"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be "
"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, "
":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt."
msgstr ""
"设置供应商相关字段后，在 :guilabel:`产品` 行中输入产品，并在 :guilabel:`已完成` 列中设置仓库接收的数量。如果启用了 "
":guilabel:`计量单位` 功能，还可以更改 : abbr:`UoM（计量单位）`。收到所有寄售存货后，:guilabel:`验证` 收据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:56
msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:58
msgid ""
"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold "
"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` "
"option enabled on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:61
msgid ""
"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and "
"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, "
"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:66
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:69
msgid ""
"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent "
"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Sales order of consignment stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:77
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will "
"become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking "
"on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`"
" to validate the delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:82
msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:84
msgid ""
"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not "
"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will "
"*still* appear in certain inventory reports."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:87
msgid ""
"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, "
"and choose a report to view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:91
msgid ""
"Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products "
"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no "
"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:96
msgid "Product moves report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:98
msgid ""
"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the "
":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information "
"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product "
"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and "
":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` "
"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from "
":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`."
msgstr ""
"要查看手头库存移动的所有信息，请通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> 产品移动` 进入 :guilabel:`产品移动` "
"面板。对于寄售产品，该报告中的信息与其他产品相同：可查看其产品移动的历史记录；可查看 :guilabel:`已完成数量` 和 "
":guilabel:`参考资料` 文档；还可查看其 :guilabel:`位置`。寄售库存将来自 :guilabel:` 合作伙伴位置/供应商`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:106
msgid ""
"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the "
":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` "
"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to "
"finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst-1
msgid "Consignment stock moves history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:115
msgid ""
"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:119
msgid "Stock on hand report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:121
msgid ""
"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this "
"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in "
"addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the "
":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products,"
" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:3
msgid "Putaway rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:5
msgid ""
"Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations "
"upon shipment arrival."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:7
msgid ""
"Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how"
" products move through specified warehouse locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:10
msgid ""
"Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to "
"efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval "
"for future delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:13
msgid ""
"In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can "
"also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by "
"directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:18
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nCQMf6sj_w8>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:23
msgid ""
"To use putaway rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:27
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst-1
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:36
msgid "Define putaway rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:38
msgid ""
"To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the "
":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a "
":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:43
msgid ""
"Putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category, and/or "
"package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:47
msgid ""
"In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where "
"the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to "
"the :guilabel:`Store to` location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:50
msgid ""
"For this to work, the :guilabel:`Store to` location must be a *sub-location*"
" of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside "
"`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:55
msgid ""
"In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-"
"locations:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:57
msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:58
msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:60
msgid ""
"Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field "
":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the "
":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`."
msgstr ""
"当 :guilabel:`产品`，`苹果` 到达 `WH/Stock` 时，通过在字段 :guilabel:`存储至` 中填写位置 "
"`WH/Stock/Fruits` 来确保所有苹果都存储在水果区。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:63
msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr "对所有产品重复上述操作，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0
msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots."
msgstr "为苹果和胡萝卜创建入库规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:70
msgid "Putaway rule priority"
msgstr "入库规则优先"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:72
msgid ""
"Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from "
"highest to lowest) until a match is found:"
msgstr "Odoo 根据以下优先级列表（从高到低）选择入库规则，直到找到匹配的规则："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:75
msgid "Package type and product"
msgstr "包装类型和产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:76
msgid "Package type and product category"
msgstr "包装类型和产品类别"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:79
msgid "Product category"
msgstr "产品类别"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:82
msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:"
msgstr "产品`柠檬汽水罐`配置了以下入库规则："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:84
msgid ""
"When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it "
"is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`."
msgstr "当收到`一托`（:guilabel:`包装类型`）`柠檬汽水罐`时，它将被重新安排至`WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:86
msgid ""
"`Lemonade can`'s :guilabel:`Product Category` is `All/drinks`, and when "
"receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected"
" to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`."
msgstr ""
"`柠檬汽水罐`的:guilabel:`产品类别`是`全部/饮品`。当收到产品类别中任何物品的一个`盒子`时，物品将被重新定向到`WH/Stock/Shelf"
" 1`位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:88
msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`"
msgstr "`托盘`上的任何产品都会重定向到 `WH/Stock/Pallets`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:89
msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`"
msgstr "产品 `柠檬汽水罐` 重新定向到 `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:90
msgid ""
"Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small"
" Refrigerator`."
msgstr "`所有/饮料`产品类别中的项目被重定向到`WH/Stock/Small Refrigerator`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0
msgid "Some examples of putaway rules."
msgstr "入库规则一些示例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3
msgid "One-step receipt and delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to "
"process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received "
"directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to "
"customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:28
msgid ""
"Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the "
"same amount of steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16
msgid ""
"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be "
"received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + "
"ship)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22
msgid ""
"To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select "
"a warehouse to edit."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming "
"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 "
"step)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34
msgid ""
"Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing"
" shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37
msgid ""
"However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse "
"form, the feature **must** be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39
msgid ""
"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick "
"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click "
":guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` "
"feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:48
msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr "直接接收产品(1步收货）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50
msgid ""
"When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor "
"location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a"
" purchase order (PO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79
msgid ""
"To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) "
"form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:59
msgid ""
"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various "
"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:89
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and "
"select a product to add to the |RfQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:92
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the "
":guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95
msgid ""
"Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at "
"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt "
"(WH/IN) form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:111
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249
msgid "Process receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82
msgid ""
"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into "
"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once "
"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121
msgid ""
"Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view"
" the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97
msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
msgstr "直接出货（1步）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99
msgid ""
"When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock"
" to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a "
"sales order (SO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156
msgid "Create sales order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158
msgid ""
"To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161
msgid ""
"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various"
" fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:115
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and "
"select a product to add to the sales order quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the "
":guilabel:`Sales Order` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:121
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174
msgid ""
"Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at "
"the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery "
"(WH/OUT) form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207
msgid "Process delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131
msgid ""
"From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can "
"be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value "
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Demand` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order "
"moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:142
msgid ""
"Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view"
" the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:147
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229
msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3
msgid "Two-step receipt and delivery"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:10
msgid ""
"Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out "
"of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, "
"this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:13
msgid ""
"In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
"then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might"
" be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as "
"freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and "
"shelves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:17
msgid ""
"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and "
"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The "
"products are *not* available for further processing, until they are "
"transferred into stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:21
msgid ""
"In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their "
"respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location"
" before being shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:24
msgid ""
"This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), "
"Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal "
"strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30
msgid ""
"For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be "
"received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + "
"pack + ship)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to "
"process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step "
"Routes* feature must be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:48
msgid ""
"Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and "
"select a warehouse to edit."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:51
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming "
"Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, "
"and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output "
"and then deliver (2 steps)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:60
msgid ""
"Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input*"
" and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and "
"`WH/Output`, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:63
msgid ""
"To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any "
"other necessary changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70
msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72
msgid ""
"When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor "
"location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to "
"warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), "
"and a subsequent internal transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:82
msgid ""
"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various "
"fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:103
msgid ""
"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step "
"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** "
"be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:107
msgid ""
"This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that "
"includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113
msgid ""
"From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into "
"the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once "
"validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products"
" move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:126
msgid "Process internal transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128
msgid ""
"Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to "
"process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130
msgid ""
"To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:133
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list "
"of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated "
"with the previously validated receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move "
"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:139
msgid ""
"Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are "
"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149
msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151
msgid ""
"When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to "
"an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer "
"location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a "
"subsequent delivery order (DO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Filled out new sales order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and "
"select a product to add to the sales order quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182
msgid "Process picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184
msgid ""
"Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to"
" process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186
msgid ""
"To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and "
"locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` "
"dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of "
"all pickings to process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193
msgid ""
"Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to "
"reveal the picking order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200
msgid ""
"Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` "
"column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the"
" product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209
msgid ""
"Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to "
"process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order "
"form reveals the newly created delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212
msgid ""
"Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card."
msgstr "如要查看交货单，请通过面包屑导航回到 :guilabel:`库存概览` 页面，找到 :guilabel:`送货订单` 任务卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list "
"of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the "
"previously validated picking."
msgstr "点击任务卡上的 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，显示要处理的所有交货单列表，并选择与之前验证的拣货相关的订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer."
msgstr "客户订购产品的送货单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222
msgid ""
"To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field "
"to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field."
msgstr "要交付产品，请更改 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中的值，使其与 :guilabel:`需求` 字段中的订购数量一致。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3
msgid "Three-step receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:5
msgid ""
"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from"
" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving "
"goods."
msgstr "有些公司在接收供应商的货物之前需要一个质量控制流程。为此，Odoo 提供了三步收货流程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the "
"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not "
"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the "
"quality area and into stock."
msgstr ""
"在三步收货流程中，产品在输入区收货，然后转移到质量区进行检验。通过质量检验的产品被转入库存。产品在转出质量区并进入库存之前，不能用于进一步加工。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16
msgid ""
"Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
" <receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed in order "
"to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* "
"option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
"Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"will also activate *Storage Locations*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid ""
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings."
msgstr "在库存设置中激活多步骤路线和存储位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:26
msgid ""
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do "
"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`,"
" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail "
"form for that specific warehouse."
msgstr ""
"接下来，需要为三步收据配置仓库。要执行此操作，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"仓库`，然后选择需要编辑的仓库。这样就会显示该特定仓库的详细表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:30
msgid ""
"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive "
"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`仓库` 详细表格页面，为 :guilabel:`进货` 选择 :guilabel:`收货、质检、入库（三步）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps."
msgstr "设置收货选项，分三步接收。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37
msgid ""
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal "
"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). "
"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change "
"(or update) the name."
msgstr ""
"激活三步收货和交货会创建两个新的内部位置： *输入* (WH/Input) 和*质量控制* (WH/Quality "
"Control)。要重新命名这些位置，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"位置`，然后单击点击所需的位置以更改（或更新）名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43
msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)"
msgstr "三步处理收货（收货+质检+入库）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46
msgid "Create a purchase order"
msgstr "创建采购订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48
msgid ""
"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ "
"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a "
":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
msgstr ""
"要创建一个新的 :abbr:`RfQ（询价单）`，请导航到 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 新建`，这将显示一个空白的 "
":abbr:`RfQ（询价单）`表单页面。在此页面上，选择 :guilabel:`供应商`，添加一个可存储的 :guilabel:`产品`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`确认订单`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the "
"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order."
msgstr ""
"右上方将出现一个 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮，收据将与采购订单关联。点击 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮将显示收据订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear."
msgstr "确认订购单后，会出现一个智能收据按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61
msgid "Process a receipt"
msgstr "处理收据"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63
msgid ""
"Once the purchase order (PO) is confirmed, a receipt (`WH/IN`) operation is "
"generated and ready to process."
msgstr "一旦采购订单 (PO) 得到确认，就会生成收据 (`WH/IN`)，并准备进行处理。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:66
msgid ""
"The receipt can be confirmed from the original purchase order form, or it "
"can be accessed by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and "
"locating the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card."
msgstr ""
"收据可通过原始采购订单确认，也可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序` 并找到 :guilabel:`收据` 任务卡来获取。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:69
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal all incoming receipts to"
" process. Click the receipt associated with the previous purchase order."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，显示所有要处理的收据。点击与上一个采购订单相关联的收据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the receipt, and move the product to "
"the destination location, :guilabel:`WH/Input`."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`验证`，以验证收据，并将产品移动到目标位置 :guilabel:`WH/Input` 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Receipt operation for product being moved to WH/Input location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:80
msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82
msgid ""
"Once the receipt has been validated, an internal transfer operation to move "
"the product to quality control is ready to process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:85
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs to navigate back to "
"the dashboard, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:88
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal all internal transfers "
"to process. Then, choose the internal transfer associated with the validated"
" receipt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:91
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move "
"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to quality control zone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99
msgid "Process a transfer to stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101
msgid ""
"Once the internal transfer to move the product to quality control has been "
"validated, another internal transfer operation to move the product into "
"warehouse stock is ready to process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:104
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`YourCompany: Internal Transfers` in the breadcrumbs to "
"reveal the list of all internal transfers to process. Then, select the new "
"internal transfer to move the product from `WH/Quality Control` to "
"`WH/Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:108
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move "
"the product from :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to warehouse stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations"
msgstr "利用虚拟地点从多个仓库销售库存产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for "
"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell "
"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations."
msgstr "对于规模较小的公司来说，从一个仓库保存存货和销售存货可能是可行的，但规模较大的公司可能需要在多个地点的多个仓库保存存货或销售存货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:9
msgid ""
"Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from "
"two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses"
" to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*."
msgstr "在 Odoo 中，可以使用*虚拟位置*从多个仓库提取产品，以满足销售需求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:14
msgid ""
"The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to "
"fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the "
"following before proceeding:"
msgstr "本文档中介绍的解决方案使用虚拟仓库来完成多个仓库的订单，但存在一些局限性。在继续之前，请考虑以下几点："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:17
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a "
"sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, "
"packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address."
msgstr ""
"当在销售订单上将 :guilabel:`仓库` 字段设置为虚拟仓库时，虚拟仓库的地址会在拣货、包装和发货单上显示，而**不是**实际仓库的地址。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:20
msgid ""
"Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock"
" in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real "
"warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse"
" ID is the virtual warehouse."
msgstr ""
"每个位置都有一个 `warehouse_id` （隐藏字段）。这意味着虚拟仓库的存货**不是**真实仓库的存货总和，而是仓库 ID "
"为虚拟仓库的位置库存的总和。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:25
msgid ""
"Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or "
":doc:`three-step delivery "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:29
msgid ""
"The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the"
" virtual warehouse's address."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:31
msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:32
msgid ""
"Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or "
"packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:36
msgid ""
"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the "
"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step"
" Routes` features **must** be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. "
"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:47
msgid "Create virtual parent location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:49
msgid ""
"Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that "
"acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical "
"warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:54
msgid ""
"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical "
"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs "
"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock "
"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be "
"used to fulfill a single sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:59
msgid ""
"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory "
"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability "
"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:63
msgid ""
"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the "
"warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and "
"other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse "
"Configuration` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:68
msgid ""
"Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. "
"Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "New warehouse form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:76
msgid ""
":doc:`Warehouse configurations "
"<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:77
msgid ""
":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments "
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step/wh>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:78
msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:83
msgid "Create child warehouses"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:85
msgid ""
"Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:88
msgid ""
"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, "
"there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of "
"the virtual parent location warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:91
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding "
"instructions <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>` to configure the physical stock "
"locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "**Parent Warehouse**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "**Child Warehouses**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ""
"Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:110
msgid ""
"While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the "
":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this "
"point to :ref:`link the child warehouses <inventory/routes/link-to-vwh>` in "
"the next section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:117
msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:119
msgid ""
"To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location "
"configured in the :ref:`previous step <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr ""
"要将物理仓库设置为在 :ref:`上一步 <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>` 中配置的虚拟位置的子位置，请导航至 "
":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 位置`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:123
msgid ""
"Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse "
":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location "
"(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
msgstr ""
"删除搜索栏中的任何筛选器。然后，点击先前创建为子位置（如 `WHA`）的物理仓库 :guilabel:`位置`，然后点击 :guilabel:`编辑`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:126
msgid ""
"Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical "
"Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) "
"from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"从下拉菜单中将 :guilabel:`母位置` 字段从 :guilabel:`实体位置` "
"改为虚拟仓库的**库存位置**（例如，`VWH/Stock`），然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:131
msgid ""
"To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent "
"Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. "
"`VWH/Stock`) **must**  have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to "
":guilabel:`Internal Location`."
msgstr ""
"要在 :guilabel:`母位置` 下拉菜单中选择虚拟仓库的库存位置，母仓库库存位置（如 `VWH/Stock`）**必须**将其 "
":guilabel:`位置类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`内部位置`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse."
msgstr "将子仓库的*母位置*设置为虚拟仓库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:139
msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses."
msgstr "重复前面的步骤，配置两个或更多子仓库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:141
msgid ""
"Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills "
"orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is"
" insufficient stock in any one location."
msgstr ""
"一旦完成，虚拟母仓库（如 `VWH/Stock`）会在任何一个地点库存不足时，使用子仓库（如 `WHA` 和 `WHB`）的库存来完成订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:145
msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'"
msgstr "将虚拟库存位置设置为 “视图”"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:147
msgid ""
"Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to "
":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various "
"physical warehouses together."
msgstr ""
"将虚拟库存位置的 :guilabel:`位置类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`视图`，因为它是一个不存在的位置，用于将各种物理仓库组合在一起。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:150
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr "要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 位置`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:152
msgid ""
"Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was "
":ref:`previously created <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`, from the "
":guilabel:`Locations` list."
msgstr ""
"从 :guilabel:`位置` 列表中点击 :ref:`之前创建 <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>` "
"的虚拟仓库库存位置（例如 `VWH/Stock`）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:155
msgid ""
"On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, "
"set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the "
"changes."
msgstr ""
"在位置表单的 :guilabel:`其他信息` 标题下，将 :guilabel:`位置类型` 设为 "
":guilabel:`视图`。:guilabel:`保存` 更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen."
msgstr "位置创建屏幕中的仓库位置类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:163
msgid ""
"To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the"
" product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button."
msgstr "要查看**所有**链接子仓库的总数量，请转到产品表单并点击 :guilabel:`现有` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses."
msgstr "显示所有链接仓库的库存。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:171
msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse"
msgstr "例如：从虚拟仓库销售产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:173
msgid ""
"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, "
"the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at "
"least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, "
"respectively."
msgstr "要使用虚拟母位置从多个仓库销售产品，数据库必须至少配置**两个**仓库，每个仓库至少有**一种**产品和库存数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:178
msgid ""
"The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the"
" quantities:"
msgstr "以下产品 `玩具士兵` 在每个地点都有供应，数量如下："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:180
msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1"
msgstr "`WHA/Stock` : 1"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:181
msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2"
msgstr "`WHB/Stock` : 2"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:182
msgid ""
"Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse "
"`VWH`."
msgstr "仓库 `WHA` 和 `WHB` 是虚拟仓库 `VWH` 的子仓库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:184
msgid ""
"Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, "
"add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the "
"two products stored in the two warehouses."
msgstr ""
"通过导航至 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序并点击 :guilabel:`创建` 来创建产品报价。在报价单上添加 "
":guilabel:`客户` 并点击 :guilabel:`添加产品` 添加存储在两个仓库中的两种产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:188
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under "
"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field "
"value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created "
"<inventory/routes/virtual-wh>`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order."
msgstr ""
"然后，点击销售订单表单上的 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡。在 :guilabel:`送货` 部分，将 :guilabel:`仓库` "
"字段值更改为 :ref:`之前创建 <inventory/routes/virtual-wh>` 的虚拟仓库。接下来，:guilabel:`确认` "
"销售订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid ""
"Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*"
" tab."
msgstr "将虚拟仓库设置为销售订单 *其他信息* 选项卡中的 *仓库* 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:196
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse "
"delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches "
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list"
" the virtual warehouse location."
msgstr ""
"然后，点击 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮。在仓库交货表单中，确认 :guilabel:`源位置` 值与销售订单中的 "
":guilabel:`仓库` 字段值相匹配。两者都应列出虚拟仓库位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:200
msgid ""
"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed "
"Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the "
":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are "
"tied to the virtual parent location."
msgstr ""
"最后，在仓库交付表单的 :guilabel:`详细操作` 选项卡下，确认每个产品的 :guilabel:`来自` 列中的 :guilabel:`位置` "
"与绑定到虚拟母位置的子位置相匹配。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations."
msgstr "与源位置和子位置相匹配的送货单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:209
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales "
"order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from "
"different warehouses."
msgstr ""
"仓库交货单上的 :guilabel:`来源位置` 和销售订单上 :guilabel:`其他信息` 标签下的 :guilabel:`仓库` "
"**必须**匹配，才能从不同仓库提取销售订单中的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:213
msgid ""
"If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on "
"the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:"
msgstr "如果虚拟仓库不在仓库交货表的 :guilabel:`来源位置` 字段中，请重新尝试产品预订："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:216
msgid ""
"Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and "
"then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`."
msgstr ""
"运行调度程序：打开 :ref:`开发者模式<developer-mode>`，然后转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 "
"--> 运行调度程序`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:218
msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order."
msgstr "点击送货单上的 :guilabel:`检查可用性`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:219
msgid ""
"If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with "
"the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field."
msgstr ""
"如果虚拟仓库**未**分配给销售订单上的 :guilabel:`仓库` 字段，则取消该订单，并在 :guilabel:`仓库` "
"字段中设置虚拟仓库，创建新的销售订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:222
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then "
"the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the"
" :ref:`previous section <inventory/routes/child-wh>` to ensure the correct "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"如果销售订单表中缺少 :guilabel:`仓库` 字段，则可能未正确设置多个子仓库。查看 :ref:`前部分 "
"<inventory/routes/child-wh>` 以确保设置正确。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:227
msgid ""
"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales "
"orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them "
"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their "
"employee form."
msgstr ""
"要使用虚拟*母*仓库作为销售订单的默认仓库，每个销售人员都应从其员工表单上 :guilabel:`默认仓库` 旁边的下拉菜单中指定虚拟仓库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form."
msgstr "员工表格上的默认仓库位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:3
msgid "Storage categories"
msgstr "存储类别"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *storage category* is used with :doc:`putaway rules <putaway>`, as an "
"extra location attribute to automatically propose optimal storage locations "
"for products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:8
msgid "Follow these steps to complete the setup:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:10
msgid ""
":ref:`Enable the Storage Category feature <inventory/routes/enable-storage-"
"categories>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:11
msgid ""
":ref:`Define a storage category <inventory/routes/define-storage>` with "
"specific limitations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:12
msgid ""
"Assign a :ref:`category to storage locations <inventory/routes/assign-"
"location>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:13
msgid ""
"Add the storage category as an attribute to a :ref:`putaway rule "
"<inventory/routes/set-putaway-attribute>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:17
msgid ":doc:`putaway`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:20
msgid ""
"Assigning categories to storage locations tells Odoo these locations meet "
"specific requirements, such as temperature or accessibility. Odoo then "
"evaluates these locations, based on defined capacity, and recommends the "
"best one on the warehouse transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:28
msgid ""
"To enable storage categories, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, "
"ensure the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"features are enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:32
msgid ""
"Next, activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst-1
msgid "Show the Storage Categories feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:41
msgid "Define storage category"
msgstr "定义存储类别"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:43
msgid ""
"A storage category with specific limitations **must** be created first, "
"before it is applied to locations, in order to decide the optimal storage "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:46
msgid ""
"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Storage Categories`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:49
msgid ""
"On the storage category form, type a name for the category in the "
":guilabel:`Storage Category` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:52
msgid ""
"Options are available to limit capacity by weight, product, and package "
"type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:55
msgid ""
"Weight limits can be combined with capacity by package or product (e.g. a "
"maximum of one hundred products with a total weight of two hundred "
"kilograms)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:58
msgid ""
"While it is possible to limit capacity by product and package type at the "
"same location, it may be more practical to store items in different amounts "
"across various locations, as shown in this example of :ref:`capacity by "
"package <inventory/routes/set-capacity-package>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:62
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the location is "
"considered available to store a product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the "
"location is empty."
msgstr ":guilabel:`如果位置为空`：只有当位置为空时，才能在此处添加产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if "
"the same product is already there."
msgstr ":guilabel:`如果产品相同`：只有在相同产品已经存在的情况下，才能在此处添加产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored "
"in this location at the same time."
msgstr ":guilabel:`允许混合产品`：该位置可以同时存储多个不同的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:72
msgid ""
"When clicked, the :guilabel:`Location` smart button shows which storage "
"locations the category has been assigned to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:76
msgid "Capacity by weight"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:78
msgid ""
"On a storage category form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Storage Categories`), set a maximum product weight in the :guilabel:`Max"
" Weight` field. This limit applies to each location assigned this storage "
"category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:83
msgid "Capacity by product"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:85
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to "
"input items, and enter their capacities in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:89
msgid ""
"Ensure only a maximum of five `Large Cabinets` and two `Corner Desk Right "
"Sit` are stored at a single storage location, by specifying those amounts in"
" the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab of a storage category form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Show storage category limiting by product count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:100
msgid "Capacity by package"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:102
msgid ""
"For companies using :doc:`packages "
"<../../product_management/configure/package>`, it becomes possible to ensure"
" real-time storage capacity checks, based on package types (e.g., crates, "
"bins, boxes, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:107
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Packages` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app -->"
" Configuration --> Settings` to show the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` "
"tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:111
msgid ""
"Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items, by creating the `High "
"Frequency pallets` storage category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab, specify the number of packages "
"for the designated :guilabel:`Package Type`, and set a maximum of `2.00` "
"`Pallets` for a specific location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Create a storage category on the page."
msgstr "在页面上创建存储类别。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:124
msgid "Assign to location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:126
msgid ""
"Once the storage category is created, assign it to a location. Navigate to "
"the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->"
" Locations`, and select the desired location. Then, select the created "
"category in the :guilabel:`Storage Category` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:131
msgid ""
"Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category (which limits pallets "
"stored at any location to two pallets) to the `WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-"
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid ""
"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse "
"location."
msgstr "创建存储类别后，可将其链接到仓库位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:141
msgid "Putaway rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:143
msgid ""
"With the :ref:`storage category <inventory/routes/define-storage>` and "
":ref:`location <inventory/routes/assign-location>` set up, create the "
":doc:`putaway rule <putaway>` by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:147
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to create the putaway rule. In the "
":guilabel:`Having Category` field of the new putaway rule form, select the "
"storage category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:151
msgid ""
"Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage "
"category is assigned to the putaway rule directing pallets of lemonade to "
"locations with the `High Frequency Pallets` storage category :ref:`assigned "
"to them <inventory/routes/assign-location>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0
msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules."
msgstr "用于各种入库规则的存储类别。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:160
msgid "Use case: limit capacity by package"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:162
msgid ""
"To limit the capacity of a storage location by a specific number of "
"packages, :ref:`create a storage category with a Capacity By Package "
"<inventory/routes/set-capacity-package>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:165
msgid ""
"Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage "
"category is assigned to the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:168
msgid ""
"Then, :ref:`putaway rules <inventory/routes/putaway-rule>` are set, so that "
"any pallets received in the warehouse are directed to be stored in `PAL1` "
"and `PAL2` locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:171
msgid ""
"Depending on the number of pallets on-hand at each of the storage locations,"
" when one pallet of lemonade cans is received, the following scenarios "
"happen:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:174
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are empty, the pallet is redirected to "
"`WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:175
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` is full, the pallet is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:176
msgid ""
"If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are full, the pallet is redirected to "
"`WH/Stock/Pallets`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:3
msgid "Routes and push/pull rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:5
msgid ""
"*Routes* in Odoo control the movement of products between different "
"locations, whether internal or external, using push and pull rules. Once set"
" up, these rules help automate the logistics of product movement based on "
"specific conditions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Routes <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qkhDUezyZuc>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:11
msgid ":doc:`Standard routes in Odoo <../daily_operations>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:14
msgid ""
"Routes are applicable on products, product categories, shipping methods, "
":ref:`packagings <inventory/product_management/route-on-packaging>`, and on "
"the sales order line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:18
msgid "About routes and terminology"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:20
msgid ""
"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, "
"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All "
"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the "
"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:29
msgid ""
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the "
"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. "
"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent "
"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in"
" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their "
"respective locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:38
msgid ""
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective "
"boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be "
"delivered to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:48
msgid "Push rules"
msgstr "拉动规则"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:50
msgid ""
"Push rules are used to *supply products into a storage locations* as soon as"
" they arrive at a specific receiving location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:54
msgid ""
"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have "
"already generated the product transfers."
msgstr "仅当没有已生成产品转移的拉动规则时，才能触发推送规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:57
msgid ""
"In a :doc:`one-step receipt route <receipts_delivery_one_step>`, which uses "
"one push rule, when a product arrives in the warehouse, a push rule can "
"automatically transfer it to the *Storage Location*. Different push rules "
"can be applied to different products, allowing for customized storage "
"locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66
msgid "Rule for a Receive in one step route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66
msgid "Push rule for the 'Receive in one step' route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:90
msgid ""
"For more information about configuring rules, skip to the :ref:`Configure "
"rules section <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-rules>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:72
msgid "Pull rules"
msgstr "拉动规则"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:74
msgid ""
"Pull rules trigger product moves on demand, such as a sales order or a "
":doc:`need to restock "
"<../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:77
msgid ""
"Pull rules work backward from the demand location. For example, in a "
":ref:`two-step delivery <inventory/shipping_receiving/two-step-delivery>` "
"route, where items move from *Stock* to *Output* before being delivered to "
"the *Customer Location*, the pull rule first creates a transfer from "
"*Output* to the customer. If the product is not at *Output*, another pull "
"rule creates a transfer from *Stock* to *Output*. The warehouse workers then"
" process these transfers in the reverse order: picking, then shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88
msgid "Example pull rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88
msgid "Pull rules for the 'Deliver in two steps' route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:98
msgid ""
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
"manage advanced route configurations such as:"
msgstr "由于 *路线* 是 *推拉规则* 的集合，因此 Odoo 可帮助您管理高级路线配置，例如："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:101
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains."
msgstr "管理产品的制造链。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:102
msgid "Manage default locations per product."
msgstr "管理每个产品的默认位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:103
msgid ""
"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such "
"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns."
msgstr "根据业务需求定义仓库内的路线，例如品控、售后服务或供应商退货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:105
msgid ""
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
"products."
msgstr "通过自动生成租赁产品的退货动作，帮助进行租赁管理。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:107
msgid ""
"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in "
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要配置产品的路线，首先，打开 :guilabel:`库存` 应用程序并转到 :guilabel:`配置 --> 设置`。然后，在 "
":guilabel:`仓库` 部分中，启用 :guilabel:`多步路线` 功能并点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:116
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with "
"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:119
msgid ""
"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes "
"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:123
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
msgstr "预配置的路线"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:125
msgid ""
"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's "
"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and "
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
msgstr ""
"要访问 Odoo 的预配置路线，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> "
"仓库`。然后，打开仓库表单。在仓库配置选项卡中，用户可以查看仓库预配置的进货路线和出货路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr "Odoo 库存中预配置的仓库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:134
msgid ""
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The "
"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the "
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are"
" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see"
" the specific routes that Odoo generated."
msgstr ""
"还提供一些更高级的路线，例如提货-包装-运输。用户可以选择最适合其业务需求的路线。设置 :guilabel:`进货` 和 :guilabel:`出货` "
"路线后，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线` 查看 Odoo 生成的具体路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers."
msgstr "查看 Odoo 提供的所有预配置路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:143
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In "
"the route form, the user can view which places the route is "
":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on "
"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company "
"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in "
"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`路线` "
"页面上，点击一条路线以打开路线表单。在路线表单中，用户可以查看该路线适用于哪些地点。用户还可以将路由设置为仅适用于特定的 "
":guilabel:`公司`。这对于多公司环境很有用；例如，用户可以在 A 国/地区拥有一家公司和仓库，在 B 国/地区拥有第二家公司和仓库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:150
msgid ""
":ref:`Applicable on packagings <inventory/product_management/packaging-"
"route>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:156
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific "
":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an "
":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a "
":guilabel:`Destination Location`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:165
msgid "Custom Routes"
msgstr "定制路线"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:167
msgid ""
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where "
"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of "
"places."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:175
msgid ""
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the "
":guilabel:`Rules` of the route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:178
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to "
"be manually set on the product category form by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, "
"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:183
msgid ""
"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in "
"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be "
"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products "
"from the same category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:191
msgid ""
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to "
":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen "
"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow "
"that route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:199
msgid ""
"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or "
"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a "
"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:203
msgid ""
"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the "
"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the "
"quotation/sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders."
msgstr "允许向销售订单添加新行的菜单视图。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:210
msgid ""
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be "
"manually set on the product form."
msgstr "最后，还有一些可以应用于产品的路线。这些工作或多或少类似于产品类别：一旦选择，必须在产品表单上手动设置路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:213
msgid ""
"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products "
"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, "
"select the :guilabel:`Routes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:222
msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:227
msgid "Rules"
msgstr "规则"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:229
msgid ""
"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired"
" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` "
"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:237
msgid ""
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an "
":guilabel:`Action`:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:240
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a"
" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or "
"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need "
"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill "
"this need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:244
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products "
"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to "
"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the "
"destination location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:247
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the "
"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required "
"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule "
"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products "
"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:252
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a "
"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:254
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a "
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n"
"zone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:262
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This "
"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:265
msgid ""
"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or "
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The "
":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:269
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock"
" of the source location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:271
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to "
"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:273
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the "
"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there"
" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the "
"products to the source location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278
msgid "Example flow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:280
msgid ""
"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full"
" flow with an advanced custom route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:283
msgid ""
"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are"
" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply "
"Methods` for each rule are the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:286
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:289
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:292
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from "
":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:300
msgid ""
"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - "
"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:308
msgid ""
"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the "
"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another "
"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:316
msgid ""
"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output "
"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
msgstr "为了准备交货单，输出区域需要包装产品，因此需要从包装区域进行内部转移。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
"output zones."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:323
msgid ""
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
"required products from the warehouse."
msgstr "显然，包装区要有待包装的产品。所以，需发起一次内部调货，然后员工才可以从仓库集货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
" zones."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:330
msgid ""
"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the "
"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, "
"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process"
" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, "
"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered "
"items."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:335
msgid ""
"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules"
" have been triggered and the transfers are done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst-1
msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods.rst:5
msgid "Picking methods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:3
msgid "Batch picking"
msgstr "批量拣货"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:7
msgid ""
"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, "
"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse."
msgstr "*批量拣货*使单个拣选员能够同时处理多个订单，减少了在仓库中导航到同一位置所需的时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:10
msgid ""
"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking "
"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the"
" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages."
msgstr "在批量拣货时，订单会被分组并合并成一个拣货清单。拣货完成后，批次将被带到一个出库位置，产品将按照各自的交货包装进行分类。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:15
msgid ""
":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/barcode_picking>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:17
msgid ""
"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, "
"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered "
"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase"
" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently."
msgstr ""
"由于订单在分拣后必须在输出地点进行分类，因此这种分拣方法适合经常订购少量产品的企业。将需求量大的产品存放在容易到达的地点，可以提高订单的完成效率。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:24
msgid ""
"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the "
":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:32
msgid ""
"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, "
"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options "
"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this "
"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid ""
"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration"
" > Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:40
msgid ""
"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse"
" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:43
msgid ""
"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio "
"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the "
":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or "
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:128
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in two steps "
"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:49
msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:56
msgid "Create batch transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:58
msgid ""
"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` "
"button to begin creating a batch transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:61
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:231
msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field "
"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:65
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:235
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation "
"type under which the picking is categorized."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:237
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:70
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to "
"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:73
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter "
"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:76
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:78
msgid ""
"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm"
" the batch picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:81
msgid ""
"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`,"
" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` "
"is set to `August 11`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:88
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the "
":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because "
"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:92
msgid ""
"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and "
"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:103
msgid "Add batch from transfers list"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:105
msgid ""
"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the "
":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any"
" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n"
"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:114
msgid ""
"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected "
"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ "
"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-"
"down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:148
msgid ""
"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the "
"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:125
msgid ""
"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch "
"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:128
msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:130
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:157
msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:137
msgid "Process batch transfer"
msgstr "处理批量调拨"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:139
msgid ""
"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations "
"--> Batch Transfers` page."
msgstr "在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 批量调拨` 页面处理批量调拨。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:142
msgid ""
"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch "
"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under"
" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select "
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking."
msgstr ""
"在此处，从列表中选择要调拨的产品。然后，在批量调拨表单的 :guilabel:`已完成` 选项卡下输入每个产品的 :guilabel:`详细操作` "
"数量。最后，选择 :guilabel:`验证` 以完成拣选。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:147
msgid ""
"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` "
"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` "
"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that "
"are currently *not* available in-stock."
msgstr ""
"当 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮突出显示为紫色时，请确定批次调拨已完成。如果 :guilabel:`查看可用性` "
"按钮高亮显示，则表示批次中有些项目目前**无**库存。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:154
msgid ""
"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and "
"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the "
"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` "
"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`"
" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed "
"Operations* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:163
msgid ""
"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` "
"tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:165
msgid ""
"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity"
" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to"
" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the "
"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step."
msgstr ""
"要查看完整的产品列表，请切换到 :guilabel:`操作` "
"选项卡。在此列表中，:guilabel:`需求`列显示订单所需数量。:guilabel:`保留` "
"列显示完成订单的可用库存。最后，:guilabel:`已完成`列说明已拣选并准备好进行下一步的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:171
msgid ""
"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above "
"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` "
"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:175
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again "
"for available products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:182
msgid "Create backorder"
msgstr "创建欠单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:184
msgid ""
"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product "
"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:187
msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:189
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new"
" batch transfer, containing the remaining products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:192
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating "
"another batch picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:194
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch "
"transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:203
msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:205
msgid ""
"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app,"
" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:208
msgid ""
"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch "
"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open "
"the detailed list of products for the picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst-1
msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:215
msgid ""
"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the "
"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to "
"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click "
"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the "
"picking."
msgstr ""
"对于所选的批量传输，请按照页面顶部黑色背景的说明进行操作。首先扫描产品的条形码以记录单个产品以供拣选。要记录多个数量，请点击 "
":guilabel:`✏️（铅笔）` 图标，然后输入提货所需的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:221
msgid ""
"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. "
"Completed pickings are highlighted in green."
msgstr "同一订单的产品在左侧标有相同颜色。已完成的拣货以绿色突出显示。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:225
msgid ""
"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, "
"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate "
"that the last two product pickings are complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:229
msgid ""
"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after "
"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user "
"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for "
":ref:`product tracking <inventory/product_management/enable-lots>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0
msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:237
msgid ""
"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to "
"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:3
msgid "Cluster picking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:10
msgid ""
"Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from "
":ref:`batch picking <inventory/misc/batch_picking>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:13
msgid ""
"In this strategy, pickers load a cart with multiple packages, each "
"designated for a specific *sales order* (SO). Then, the picker travels to "
"each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of "
"the associated order."
msgstr ""
"在此策略中，拣货员将多个包裹装入购物车，每个包裹指定一个特定的 *销售订单*。然后，拣货员前往每个存储位置，并将产品直接放入相关订单的包装中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:17
msgid ""
"This method is most efficient for medium-sized companies, with high order "
"volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the"
" need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking."
msgstr "这种方法对于订单量大、独特产品相对较少的中型公司来说最为有效，因为该方法无需在拣货后将产品分类到包装中供客户使用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:21
msgid ""
"However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent "
"orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created"
" beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks."
msgstr "然而，集群拣货确实有一些缺点。例如，紧急订单无法区分优先级，必须事先手动创建优化批次。因此，拣货过程可能会出现瓶颈。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:28
msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:29
msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:30
msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:32
msgid ""
"Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:34
msgid ""
"To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three "
"empty packages."
msgstr "要同时为三份订单挑选产品，购物车中要装入三个空包装。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:36
msgid ""
"Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the "
"picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated "
"for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and "
"loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:40
msgid ""
"With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to "
"the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for "
"shipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:50
msgid ""
"To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` "
"options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst-1
msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings."
msgstr "在设置中激活*软件包*和*批量传输*功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:58
msgid ""
"Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, "
"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this "
"settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:62
msgid ""
"*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they "
"can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation "
"itself."
msgstr "*存储位置* 允许将产品存储在可以从中拣选的特定位置，而 *多步骤路线* 可以实现拣选操作本身。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:65
msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr "完成后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:74
msgid "Packages setup"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:76
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Packages` feature is enabled, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the "
":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:79
msgid ""
"On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled "
"with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` "
"is automatically set to the creation date of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:83
msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:86
msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:89
msgid ""
"A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy "
"identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using "
"their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to "
":guilabel:`Disposable Box`."
msgstr ""
"为便于识别，用于集群分拣的包装被命名为 `CLUSTER-PACK-3`。在此工作流程中，产品直接使用预定的装运箱进行包装，因此 "
":guilabel:`包装用途` 被设置为 :guilabel:`一次性包装盒`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Create new package form."
msgstr "创建新软件包表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:98
msgid "Create cluster batch"
msgstr "创建群组批次"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:100
msgid ""
"To see how cluster picking works in Odoo, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and create |SOS| that will be fulfilled together"
" in the same batch. After confirming an |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart"
" button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing "
"the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process."
msgstr ""
"要了解集群拣选在 Odoo 中的工作原理，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，并创建将在同一批次中一起完成的 |SOS|。确认 "
"|SOS| 后，:guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮将变为可见。图标内显示的数字代表出货流程的步骤数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:106
msgid ""
"Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown"
" in the :ref:`example above <inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:109
msgid ""
"After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button displays "
"the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and "
"`Delivery`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:116
msgid ""
"With the |SOS| created, orders now must be grouped into batches. To do so, "
"navigate to the *Inventory* dashboard and select the operation type card, "
":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first "
"operation in the delivery flow)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:120
msgid ""
"Doing so displays a filtered list of outgoing operations with the "
":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are "
"in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:124
msgid ""
"Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or "
"three steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:127
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in one step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:129
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery in three steps <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:131
msgid ""
"Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to "
"add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the "
":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to "
"batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"点击相应传出操作左侧的复选框，将其添加到批次中。选择所需的采样后，点击 :guilabel:`⚙️ 操作（齿轮）` 按钮，并从下拉菜单中选择 "
":guilabel:`添加到批次` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:136
msgid ""
"To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above "
"<inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>`, in a warehouse configured with "
"two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:"
msgstr ""
"要创建集群批次，如上面的 :ref:`示例 <inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>` "
"所示，在配置了两步发货的仓库中，选择以下提货操作："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:140
msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:141
msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:142
msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:151
msgid ""
"Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add "
"to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch "
"transfer`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:154
msgid ""
"To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the "
":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:164
msgid "Process batches"
msgstr "处理批次"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:166
msgid ""
"To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations"
" --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:169
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked "
"are grouped by location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:171
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` "
"field, enter the package used for the picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:175
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Source Package` field when the picking package is "
"configured as *reusable* on the :ref:`package form <inventory/misc/create-"
"package>`. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container "
"during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:179
msgid ""
"Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the "
"product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:183
msgid ""
"Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and "
"bananas :ref:`example <inventory/misc/cluster_picking/example>` by assigning"
" each picking to a dedicated package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:186
msgid ""
"At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in"
" all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-"
"PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:189
msgid ""
"Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the "
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:197
msgid "In Barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:199
msgid ""
"To process cluster pickings directly from the *Barcode* app, select the "
":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, "
"select the desired batch."
msgstr "要直接从 *条形码* 应用程序处理集群采摘，请从 *条形码* 面板选择 :guilabel:`批量转移` 按钮。然后，选择所需的批次。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:202
msgid ""
"On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by "
"location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same "
"picking together."
msgstr "在批次转移屏幕上，分拣中的产品按位置分组，每一行都用颜色编码，以便将同一分拣中的产品联系在一起。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:205
msgid ""
"Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for "
"the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the "
"product and package to process the transfer."
msgstr "然后，按照提示 :guilabel:`扫描源位置` 条形码，查看第一个产品的存储位置。然后，扫描产品和包装的条形码以处理传输。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:208
msgid ""
"Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button."
msgstr "对所有产品重复上述操作，然后点击 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:211
msgid ""
"To find the package barcode, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Products --> Packages`, select the desired package, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ "
"(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the "
":guilabel:`Print` option."
msgstr ""
"要查找软件包条形码，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 软件包`，选择所需的软件包，点击软件包表单顶部的 "
":guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标，然后选择 :guilabel:`打印` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:215
msgid ""
"Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode "
"from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field."
msgstr "接下来，从三个打印选项中选择一个，从 :guilabel:`软件包参考` 字段生成软件包条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated."
msgstr "显示可生成包装条形码的位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:223
msgid ""
"Begin processing the cluster picking by going to the first storage location,"
" `Shelf A`, and scanning the :ref:`location barcode "
"<barcode/setup/location>`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need "
"products from this particular location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:227
msgid ""
"Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in "
"red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:230
msgid ""
"Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in "
"the designated package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0
msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:237
msgid ""
"After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo "
"suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the"
" product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes."
msgstr "创建批量转移并将包裹分配给拣货后，Odoo 通过在产品名称下显示 *斜体* 名称来建议指定的包裹，确保拣货员将产品放入正确的盒子中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:3
msgid "Process wave transfers"
msgstr "处理波次转移"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:5
msgid ""
"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** "
"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to "
"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may "
"be a better fit than the other."
msgstr ""
"批量转移是由多个分拣物组成的一组，而**波次转移**只包含不同分拣物的某些部分。这两种方法都用于在仓库中拣选订单，根据具体情况，一种方法可能比另一种方法更适合。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:9
msgid ""
"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are "
"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method."
msgstr "要处理特定产品类别的订单，或提取位于同一地点的产品，波次转移是最理想的方法。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:12
msgid ""
"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: "
"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch."
msgstr "在 Odoo 中，波次转移实际上是多了一个步骤的批量转移：在将转移分组为一个批次之前，先将其拆分。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:18
msgid ""
"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated."
msgstr "在创建波次转移之前，必须激活 :guilabel:`批量转移` 和 :guilabel:`波次转移` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:21
msgid ""
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In "
"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"首先，进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`操作` 部分，启用 "
":guilabel:`批量转移` 和 :guilabel:`波次转移`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 应用设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option."
msgstr "查看 Odoo 清单应用程序设置，启用波次转移选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:30
msgid "Add products to a wave"
msgstr "添加产品到波次中"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:32
msgid ""
"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding "
"products to a wave."
msgstr "现在设置已激活，开始波次转移，将产品添加到波次中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:34
msgid ""
"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same "
"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific "
"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the "
"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots "
"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click "
":guilabel:`Operations`."
msgstr ""
"波次转移只能包含来自相同操作类型转账的产品线。要查看特定操作中的所有调拨和产品线，首先转到 :guilabel:`库存` "
"仪表板，并找到所需操作类型的卡片。然后，打开选项菜单（操作类型卡片角落的三点图标）并点击 :guilabel:`操作`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations."
msgstr "如何获取操作类型的操作列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:43
msgid ""
"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or"
" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`."
msgstr "在操作页面，选择要添加到新波次或现有波次中的产品系列。然后，点击 :guilabel:`添加到波次`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst-1
msgid "Select lines to add to the wave."
msgstr "选择要添加到波次中的行。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:51
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same "
"product, location, carrier, etc..."
msgstr "使用搜索栏中的 :guilabel:`筛选器` 对具有相同产品、地点、运营商等的行进行分组..."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:54
msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears."
msgstr "之后，会出现一个弹窗。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:56
msgid ""
"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the "
":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave "
"transfer from the drop-down menu."
msgstr "要将所选行添加到现有的波次转移中，请选择 :guilabel:`现有的波次转移` 选项，并从下拉菜单中选择现有的波次转移。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:59
msgid ""
"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` "
"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the "
"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are "
"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave."
msgstr ""
"要创建新的波次转移，请选择 :guilabel:`新的波次转移` 选项。如果创建新的波次转移，也可在可选的 :guilabel:`负责人` "
"字段中设置员工。选择所需选项后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 将产品行添加到波次中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:64
msgid "View wave transfers"
msgstr "查看波次转移"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:66
msgid ""
"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers"
" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to "
":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`."
msgstr ""
"要查看所有波次转移及其状态，请访问 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 波次转移`。也可在 :guilabel:`条形码` "
"应用程序中查看波次转移，方法是进入 :menuselection:`条形码 --> 批次转移`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:6
msgid "Removal strategies"
msgstr "移除策略"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:8
msgid ""
"For companies with warehouses, *removal strategies* determine **which** "
"products are taken from the warehouse, and **when**. For example, for "
"perishable products, prioritizing the picking of goods with the nearest "
"expiration date helps minimize food spoilage."
msgstr ""
"对于拥有仓库的公司，*移除策略*决定从仓库中取出**哪些**产品以及**何时**移除。例如，对于易腐烂的产品，优先挑选保质期临近的商品有助于最大限度地减少食品腐烂。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:12
msgid ""
"The following columns in the table below list the removal strategies "
"available in Odoo, and detail how pickings are determined along with the "
"picking order. Leverage these removal strategies to have Odoo automatically "
"select how products are selected for orders:"
msgstr ""
"下表中的以下各列列出了 Odoo 中可用的移除策略，并详细说明了如何确定拣货以及拣货顺序。利用这些移除策略让 Odoo 自动选择如何为订单选择产品："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`FIFO <removal_strategies/fifo>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:22
msgid ":doc:`LIFO <removal_strategies/lifo>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:23
msgid ":doc:`FEFO <removal_strategies/fefo>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:24
msgid ":doc:`Closest Location <removal_strategies/closest_location>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:25
msgid ":doc:`Least Packages <removal_strategies/least_packages>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:26
msgid "Based on"
msgstr "基于"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:28
msgid ":ref:`Incoming date <inventory/warehouses_storage/arrival_date>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:29
msgid ":ref:`Removal date <inventory/warehouses_storage/removal-date>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:30
msgid ":ref:`Location sequence <inventory/warehouses_storage/sequence>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:31
msgid ":ref:`Package quantity <inventory/warehouses_storage/pkg-qty>`"
msgstr ":ref:`Package quantity <inventory/warehouses_storage/pkg-qty>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:32
msgid "Selection order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:33
msgid "First in"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:34
msgid "Last in"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:35
msgid ":ref:`First to expire <inventory/warehouses_storage/exp-date>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:36
msgid "Alphanumeric name of location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:37
msgid "Quantity closest to fulfilling demand"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:39
msgid ""
"For comprehensive examples for how to use each removal strategy, refer to "
"each individual documentation page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:47
msgid ""
"Removal strategies are set on either the product category or storage "
"location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid ""
"Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or "
"Locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:53
msgid ""
"Configure removal strategies on the location by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, and selecting "
"the desired location. On the location form, choose a removal strategy from "
"the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` field's drop-down menu options."
msgstr ""
"通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 位置`，配置位置的移除策略，并选择所需的位置。在位置表单中，从 "
":guilabel:`移除策略` 字段的下拉菜单选项中选择移除策略。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:58
msgid ""
"To set a removal strategy on a location, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` "
"and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
"要在位置上设置移除策略，必须在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用 :guilabel:`存储位置` 和 "
":guilabel:`多步骤路径` 设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:62
msgid ""
"These features are **only** necessary when setting the removal strategy on a"
" location."
msgstr "这些功能**只有**在为某个位置设置移除策略时才有必要。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Configure removal strategies on product categories by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and "
"selecting the intended product category. Next, choose a removal strategy "
"from the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` drop-down menu options."
msgstr ""
"进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 产品类别` 并选择目标产品类别，配置产品类别的移除策略。然后，从 "
":guilabel:`强制移除战略` 下拉菜单选项中选择移除策略。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:69
msgid ""
"When there are different removal strategies applied on both the location and"
" product category for a product, the value set on the :guilabel:`Force "
"Removal Strategy` field set on a :guilabel:`Product Category` form is "
"applied as top priority."
msgstr ""
"当对产品的位置和产品类别应用了不同的移除策略时，在 :guilabel:`强制移除策略` 字段中设置的值将作为最高优先级应用于 "
":guilabel:`产品类别` 表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:94
msgid "Required features"
msgstr "所需功能"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:76
msgid ""
"While some removal strategies are available by default, some additional "
"features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
"--> Settings` for the removal strategy option to appear in the drop-down "
"menu of the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` or :guilabel:`Removal "
"Strategy` field."
msgstr ""
"虽然某些移除策略默认可用，但必须在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用某些附加功能，才能在 "
":guilabel:`强制移除策略` 或 :guilabel:`移除策略` 字段的下拉菜单中显示移除策略选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:81
msgid ""
"Refer to the table below for a summary of required features. Otherwise, "
"refer to the dedicated sections for the removal strategy for more details on"
" requirements and usage."
msgstr "请参阅下表，了解所需功能的概要。否则，请参阅移除策略的专门章节，了解有关要求和使用的更多详情。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:89
msgid "FIFO"
msgstr "先进先出(FIFO)"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:90
msgid "LIFO"
msgstr "后进先出"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:91
msgid "FEFO"
msgstr "先进先出"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:92
msgid "Closest Location"
msgstr "最近位置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:93
msgid "Least Packages"
msgstr "最少包裹"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:95
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:96
msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers"
msgstr "批次和序列号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:97
msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers, Expiration Date"
msgstr "批次和序列号、有效期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:98
msgid "Storage Locations, Multi-Step Routes"
msgstr "存储位置，多步骤路线"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:104
msgid "Lots and serial numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:106
msgid ""
"Lots and serial numbers differentiate identical products and track "
"information like arrival or expiration dates. To enable this feature, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under"
" the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box beside :guilabel:`Lots "
"& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature."
msgstr ""
"批号和序列号可区分相同产品，并追踪到货日期或到期日期等信息。要启用此功能，请导航至 :menuselection:`库村 --> 配置 --> "
"设置`。在 :guilabel:`可追溯性` 标题下，选中 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 旁边的方框以启用该功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:115
msgid ""
"Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by "
"navigating to the product form through :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Products --> Products`, and selecting the desired product. On the product "
"form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the "
":guilabel:`Tracking` field, select either the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial "
"Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` options."
msgstr ""
"接下来，通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 --> 产品` "
"导航到产品表单，并选择所需的产品，确保按批次或序列号追踪所需的产品。在产品表单中，切换到 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，在 "
":guilabel:`追踪` 字段下，选择 :guilabel:`按唯一序列号` 或 :guilabel:`按批次` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:121
msgid ""
"After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using "
"an :doc:`inventory adjustment "
"<../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` or during "
":ref:`product reception <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>`."
msgstr ""
"启用功能后，使用 "
":doc:`库存调整<../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` 或在 "
":ref:`产品收货 <inventory/product_management/assign-lots>` 时为产品分配批次或序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:126
msgid "Locations and routes"
msgstr "位置和路径"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:128
msgid ""
"**Storage locations** and **multi-step routes** are necessary features for "
"setting **all** types of removal strategies on a location. However, these "
"features are specifically required for the closest location removal strategy"
" since it is only applied at the location level."
msgstr ""
"**存储位置**和**多步骤路线**是在位置上设置**所有**类型移除策略的必要特征。然而，这些功能对于最近位置移除策略来说尤为重要，因为该策略仅在位置级别应用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:132
msgid ""
"To activate these features, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, enable"
" the :guilabel:`Storage Location` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
"features."
msgstr ""
"要激活这些功能，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`仓库` 标题下，启用 "
":guilabel:`存储位置` 和 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Enable the locations and route features."
msgstr "启用位置和路径功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:97
msgid "Expiration date"
msgstr "到期日期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:145
msgid ""
"Enable the **expiration date** feature to track expiration dates, best "
"before dates, removal dates, and alert dates on a lot or serial number by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
"通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> "
"设置`，启用**过期日期**功能，以追踪批次或序列号上的过期日期、最佳使用日期、移除日期和警报日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:149
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, ensure the :guilabel:`Lots & "
"Serial Numbers` feature is selected, and then select the check box for "
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` to enable the feature."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`追溯性` 标题下，确保已选择 :guilabel:`批次和序列号` 功能，然后选择 :guilabel:`到期日期` "
"复选框以启用该功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Enable expiration dates feature for FEFO."
msgstr "启用 FEFO 的过期日期功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:161
msgid ""
"The *packages* feature is used to group products together and is required "
"for the least packages removal strategy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:164
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
"select the check box for the :guilabel:`Packages` feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst-1
msgid "Enable the packages feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:172
msgid ":doc:`Packages <../product_management/configure/package>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:173
msgid ":doc:`2-step delivery <daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:174
msgid ":doc:`3-step delivery <daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:3
msgid "Closest location removal"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:5
msgid ""
"For the *Closest Location* removal strategy, products are picked based on "
"the alphanumeric order of storage location titles."
msgstr "对于 *最近位置* 移除策略，根据存储位置标题的字母数字顺序挑选产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:8
msgid ""
"The goal of this strategy is to save the warehouse worker from taking a long"
" journey to a farther shelf when the product is also available at a closer "
"location."
msgstr "该策略的目标是，当产品在较近的位置也有售时，仓库工作人员无需长途跋涉到较远的货架。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:12
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:13
msgid ":doc:`About removal strategies <../removal_strategies>`"
msgstr ":doc:`关于移除策略 <../removal_strategies>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:16
msgid ""
"To understand *location sequence* in the closest removal strategy, consider "
"the following example:"
msgstr "要了解最近移除策略中的 *位置序列*，请考虑以下示例："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:19
msgid ""
"A product is stored in the following locations: `Shelf A/Pallet`, `Shelf "
"A/Rack 1`, and `Shelf A/Rack 2`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1
msgid "Show a mockup of real storage location in a warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:26
msgid ""
"The sublocation, `Pallet`, is on the ground level. Products stored here are "
"easier to retrieve, compared to requiring a forklift to reach `Rack 1` and "
"`Rack 2`. The storage locations were strategically named in alphabetic "
"order, based on ease of access."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:31
msgid ""
"To use this removal strategy, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and "
":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:35
msgid ""
":ref:`Set up removal strategy <inventory/warehouses_storage/removal-config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:40
msgid "Location names"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:42
msgid ""
"To configure location names, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Then, select"
" an existing location, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, and "
"then enter the desired name in the :guilabel:`Location Name` field."
msgstr ""
"要配置位置名称，首先导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 位置`。然后，选择一个现有位置，或点击 "
":guilabel:`新建` 创建一个新位置，然后在 :guilabel:`位置名称` 字段中输入所需名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once the locations are named in alphabetical order, based on their proximity"
" to the output or packing location, set the removal strategy on the "
":ref:`parent location <inventory/location-hierarchy>`."
msgstr ""
"根据位置与输出或打包位置的距离，按字母顺序命名位置后，在 :ref:`母位置 <inventory/location-hierarchy>` "
"上设置移除策略。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:50
msgid ""
"To do that, in the :guilabel:`Locations` list, select the parent location of"
" the alphabetically named storage locations."
msgstr "要执行此操作，请在 :guilabel:`位置` 列表中，选择按字母顺序命名的存储位置的母位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:53
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the form for the parent location. In the :guilabel:`Removal "
"Strategy` field, select :guilabel:`Closest Location`."
msgstr "这样做会打开母位置的表单。在 :guilabel:`移除策略` 字段中，选择 :guilabel:`最近位置`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:57
msgid ""
"In a warehouse, the storage location `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` is located closest "
"to the packing area, where products retrieved from shelves are packed for "
"shipment. The popular product, `iPhone charger` is stored in three "
"locations, `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`."
msgstr ""
"在仓库中，存储位置 `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` 离包装区最近，从货架上取下的产品在这里进行包装以便装运。流行产品 `iPhone 充电器` "
"存放在三个位置：`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`、`WH/Stock/Shelf 2` 和 `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:62
msgid ""
"To use closest location, set the removal strategy on the parent location, "
"'WH/Stock'."
msgstr "要使用最近的位置，请在母位置 “WH/Stock” 上设置移除策略。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:65
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:47
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:37
msgid "Workflow"
msgstr "工作流"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:67
msgid ""
"To see how the closest location removal strategy works, consider the "
"following example, featuring the popular product, `iPhone charger`, which is"
" stored in `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`."
msgstr ""
"要了解最近位置移除策略的工作原理，请看下面的示例，该示例中的热门产品 “iPhone 充电器” 分别存储在 “WH/Stock/Shelf "
"1”、“WH/Stock/Shelf 2” 和 “WH/Stock/Shelf 3” 中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:71
msgid ""
"Fifteen, five, and thirty units are in stock at each respective location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:74
msgid ""
"To check the on-hand stock at each storage location, navigate to the product"
" form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:0
msgid "Show on-hand stock at all locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:81
msgid ""
"Create a :ref:`delivery order <inventory/delivery/one-step>` for eighteen "
"units of the `iPhone charger` by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales "
"app` and creating a new quotation."
msgstr ""
"通过导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序` 并创建新报价单，为 18 个单位的 `iPhone 充电器` 创建 :ref:`交货单 "
"<inventory/delivery/one-step>` 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:84
msgid ""
"After adding the products, clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery "
"order that reserves items stored at the closest location, using the removal "
"strategy."
msgstr "添加产品后，点击 :guilabel:`确认`，创建一个交付订单，使用移除策略将产品保存在最近的位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:87
msgid ""
"For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the "
":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so "
"opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that displays how the "
"reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy."
msgstr ""
"要了解*在哪里*拣选单位的更多详细信息，请选择位于最右侧的 :guilabel:`⦙≣（项目符号列表）`图标。这样做会启动 "
":guilabel:`打开：库存移动`弹窗，根据移除策略显示预留物品的拣选方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:91
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`"
" field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are "
"picked. All fifteen of the units stored at the closest location, "
"`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, are picked first. The remaining three units are then "
"selected from the second closest location, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`."
msgstr ""
"在弹出的 :guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 窗口中，:guilabel:`选自` 字段显示从何处提取满足 :guilabel:`需求` "
"的数量。首先提取存放在最近位置 `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` 的所有 15 个单位。然后从第二个最近的位置 `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`"
" 挑选剩余的三个单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1
msgid "Display *Pick From* quantities for the order for iPhone chargers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:3
msgid "FEFO removal"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) removal strategy targets products for "
"removal based on their assigned removal dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:14
msgid "Removal date"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:16
msgid ""
"Products **must** be removed from inventory before their *removal date*, "
"which is set as a certain number of days before the product's *expiration "
"date*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:19
msgid ""
"The user sets this number of days by navigating to the product form's "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, "
"ensure the :guilabel:`Tracking` field is set to either :guilabel:`By Lots` "
"or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:23
msgid ""
"Next, select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` option, which makes the "
":guilabel:`Removal Date` field (and other date fields) appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:27
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Lots and Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` "
"features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings` to track expiration dates."
msgstr ""
"必须在:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用:guilabel:`批次和序列号` "
"和:guilabel:`有效期` 功能，才能追踪有效期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:31
msgid ""
"The expiration date of a product is determined by adding the date the "
"product was received to the number of days specified in the "
":guilabel:`Expiration Date` field of the product form."
msgstr "产品的到期日期是通过将产品收到日期与产品表单中 :guilabel:`到期日期` 字段指定的天数相加来确定的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:34
msgid ""
"The removal date takes this expiration date, and subtracts the number of "
"days specified in the :guilabel:`Removal Date` field of the product form."
msgstr "移除日期是将此到期日期减去产品表单中 :guilabel:`移除日期` 字段指定的天数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:38
msgid ""
":doc:`Expiration dates "
"<../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`"
msgstr ""
":doc:`到期日期 <.../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:41
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, `Egg`, the following "
":guilabel:`Dates` are set by the user:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:44
msgid ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: `30` days after receipt"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:45
msgid ":guilabel:`Removal Date`: `15` days before expiration date"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1
msgid "Display expiration and removal dates set on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:51
msgid ""
"A shipment of Eggs arrive at the warehouse on January 1st. So, the "
"expiration date of the Eggs is **January 31st** (Jan 1st + 30). By "
"extension, the removal date is **January 16th** (Jan 31 - 15)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:57
msgid ""
"To view the expiration dates of items in stock, navigate to the product "
"form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:60
msgid ""
"Next, click the additional options icon, located on the far-right, and "
"select the columns: :guilabel:`Expiration Date` and :guilabel:`Removal "
"Date`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show expiration dates from the inventory adjustments model accessed from the *On Hand*\n"
"smart button from the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:71
msgid ""
"Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy ensures "
"that products with the nearest removal date are picked first."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:74
msgid ""
"To understand how this removal strategy works, consider the following "
"example below about the product, `Carton of eggs`, which is a box containing"
" twelve eggs."
msgstr "要了解这种移除策略如何运作，请看下面关于产品`一箱鸡蛋 `的示例，这是一个装有 12 个鸡蛋的盒子。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:77
msgid ""
"The product is tracked :guilabel:`By Lots`, and the product category's "
":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`First Expired, First"
" Out (FEFO)`."
msgstr ""
"产品 :guilabel:`按批次`追踪，产品类别 :guilabel:`强制移除策略`设置为 :guilabel:`先到期，先出库（FEFO）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:81
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:59
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:24
msgid ""
":ref:`Set up force removal strategy <inventory/warehouses_storage/removal-"
"config>`"
msgstr ":ref:`设置强制移除策略 <inventory/warehouses_storage/removal-config>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:60
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:25
msgid ":ref:`Enable lots tracking <inventory/warehouses_storage/lots-setup>`"
msgstr ":ref:`启用批次跟踪 <inventory/warehouses_storage/lots-setup>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:83
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Perishable Products "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/5324/share>`_"
msgstr "`Odoo 教程：易腐烂产品 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/5324/share>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:35
msgid "LOT1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:70
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:36
msgid "LOT2"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:92
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:37
msgid "LOT3"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:93
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:38
msgid "On-hand stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:94
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:73
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:231
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:96
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:98
msgid "April 4"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:99
msgid "April 10"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:100
msgid "April 15"
msgstr "4 月 15 日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:101
msgid ":ref:`Removal date <inventory/warehouses_storage/exp-date>`"
msgstr ":ref:`移除日期 <inventory/warehouses_storage/exp-date>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:102
msgid "February 26"
msgstr "2 月 26 日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:103
msgid "March 4"
msgstr "3 月 4 日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:104
msgid "March 9"
msgstr "3 月 9 日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:106
msgid ""
"To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` "
"and create a new quotation."
msgstr "要查看移除策略的实际效果，请转到 :menuselection:`销售应用程序` 并创建一个新报价单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:109
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery order for today, December "
"29th, and the lot numbers with the soonest expiration dates are reserved, "
"using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`确认` 创建今天（12 月 29 日）的交货订单，并使用 :abbr:`FEFO （先到期，先出库）` "
"移除策略，保留到期日最早的批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:113
msgid ""
"To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` "
"icon, located on the far-right of the Carton of egg's product line, in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the "
":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"要查看详细信息，请点击交货单的 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡中的 :guilabel:`列表（项目列表）`图标，该图标位于一箱鸡蛋 "
"产品线的最右侧。此操作会开启:guilabel:`打开：库存移动`弹窗。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:117
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`"
" field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are "
"picked from."
msgstr ""
"在弹出的 :guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 窗口中，:guilabel:`选自` 字段显示从何处提取满足 :guilabel:`需求` 的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:120
msgid ""
"Since the order demanded six Cartons of eggs, using the :abbr:`FEFO (First "
"Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, all five Cartons from `LOT1`, with "
"the removal date of February 26th, are picked. The remaining Carton is "
"selected from `LOT2`, which has a removal date of March 4th."
msgstr ""
"由于该订单需要六箱鸡蛋，因此使用 :abbr:`FEFO（先过期，先出库）` 移除策略，从移除日期为 2 月 26 日的 `LOT1` "
"中选取所有五个纸箱。剩下的一个纸箱从取出日期为 3 月 4 日的 `LOT2` 中取出。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1
msgid "The stock moves window that shows the lots to be removed using FEFO."
msgstr "库存移动窗口，显示将使用 FEFO 移除的批次。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:3
msgid "FIFO removal"
msgstr "先进先出移除"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *First In, First Out* (FIFO) removal strategy selects products with the "
"earliest arrival dates. This method is useful for companies selling products"
" that have short demand cycles, like clothes, for example. By using "
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, companies can prevent prolonged stock "
"retention of specific styles."
msgstr ""
"*先进先出*（FIFO）移除策略选择最早到达日期的产品。这种方法适用于销售需求周期短的产品的公司，例如服装公司。通过使用 "
":abbr:`FIFO（先进先出）`，公司可以防止特定款式的库存滞留时间过长。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:14
msgid ""
"Various quantities of the product, `T-shirt`, tracked by lot numbers, arrive"
" on August 1st and August 25th. For an order made on September 1st, the "
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy prioritizes lots that "
"have been in stock the longest. So, products received on August 1st are "
"selected first for picking."
msgstr ""
"按批次追踪的不同数量的产品 `T恤` 分别于 8 月 1 日和 8 月 25 日到达。对于 9 月 1 日的订单，:abbr:`FIFO（先进先出）` "
"移除策略会优先选择库存时间最长的批次。因此，8 月 1 日收到的产品将首先被拣选。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0
msgid "Illustration of FIFO selecting the oldest products in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:24
msgid ""
":ref:`Lot/serial number setup details <inventory/warehouses_storage/lots-"
"setup>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:29
msgid "Arrival date"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:31
msgid ""
"To see the product lot or serial number that arrived in inventory first, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
"Numbers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:34
msgid ""
"Then, select the :guilabel:`▶️ (right-pointing arrow)` icon on the left of a"
" product line, in order to reveal a list of the product's lots or serial "
"numbers that are in stock. The :guilabel:`Created On` field shows the "
"lot/serial number creation date, which is, essentially, the arrival date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:39
msgid ""
"Serial number `00000000500` of the product, `Cabinet with Doors`, arrived on"
" December 29th, as displayed in the :guilabel:`Created On` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0
msgid "Display arrival date of a lot for an item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:49
msgid ""
"To understand how :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` rotates products out, "
"consider the following example, focusing on three lots of white shirts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:52
msgid ""
"The shirts are from the *All/Clothes* category, where :abbr:`FIFO (First In,"
" First Out)` is set as the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:55
msgid ""
"The white shirts are tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:62
msgid ""
"The following table represents the on-hand stock and lot number details of "
"white shirts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:221
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:228
msgid "3"
msgstr "3"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:42
msgid ":ref:`Created on <inventory/warehouses_storage/arrival_date>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:77
msgid "March 1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:78
msgid "April 1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:79
msgid "May 1"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:81
msgid ""
"To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order "
"<inventory/delivery/one-step>` for six white shirts by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation."
msgstr ""
"要查看移除策略的实际效果，请导航到 :menuselection:`销售应用程序` 并创建新报价单，为六件白衬衫创建 :ref:`交货单 "
"<inventory/delivery/one-step>` 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:84
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the sales order, a delivery order with"
" the oldest lot numbers for shirts are reserved, using the :abbr:`FIFO "
"(First In, First Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""
"点击销售订单上的 :guilabel:`确认` 后，将使用 :abbr:`FIFO （先进先出）` 移除策略，保留最旧的衬衫批号的交货订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:87
msgid ""
"To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` "
"icon, located on the far-right of the white shirt's product line in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the "
":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"要查看详细拣货信息，请点击交货单的 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡中白衬衫产品线最右侧的 :guilabel:`⦙≣（列表）` 图标。打开 "
":guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:91
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`"
" field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are "
"picked from. Since the order demanded six shirts, all five shirts from "
"`LOT1`, and one shirt from `LOT2`, are selected."
msgstr ""
"在弹出的 :guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 窗口中，:guilabel:`拣选自` 字段显示从何处选择满足 :guilabel:`需求` "
"的数量。由于订单需要六件衬衫，因此从 `LOT1` 中选择了全部五件衬衫，从 `LOT2` 中选择了一件衬衫。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst-1
msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy."
msgstr "采用先进先出策略为销售订单预留两个批次。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:3
msgid "Least packages removal"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *Least Packages* removal strategy fulfills an order by opening the "
"fewest number of packages, which is ideal for maintaining organized stock "
"without needing to open multiple boxes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Least Packages "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/5477/share>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:12
msgid ""
"To understand how the removal strategy works, consider the following "
"example, featuring a warehouse that stores packages of flour in bulk "
"packages of `100 kg`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:15
msgid ""
"To minimize moisture, and/or prevent pests from entering open packages, the "
"least packages removal strategy is used to pick from a single, opened "
"package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:21
msgid ""
"A package of `100 kg` of flour is depleted to `54 kg` after fulfilling some "
"orders. There are other packages of `100 kg` in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:24
msgid ""
"When an order for `14 kg` of flour is placed, the package of `54 kg` is "
"selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:25
msgid ""
"When an order for *more* than `54 kg` of flour is placed, an unopened `100 "
"kg` package is used to fulfill the order. While this temporarily results in "
"two open packages, these open packages are prioritized in the next picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:32
msgid ""
"Using the least package removal strategy, the fewest number of packages is "
"used to fulfill an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:35
msgid ""
"The :ref:`Packages feature <inventory/warehouses_storage/pack-setup>` "
"**must** be enabled to use this strategy."
msgstr ""
"要使用此策略，**必须** 启用 :ref:`套餐功能<inventory/warehouses_storage/pack-setup>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:38
msgid ""
"Consider the following example, featuring the product, `Flour`. The "
"product's :guilabel:`Units of Measure` field, located on the product form, "
"is set to `kg`. The product is stored in packages of `100 kg`, with one "
"remaining package containing `54 kg`. The product category's "
":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`Least Packages`."
msgstr ""
"请看下面的示例，产品是 `面粉`。产品表单上的 :guilabel:`计量单位` 字段设置为 `kg`。产品以 `100 kg` "
"的包装储存，其中一个剩余包装的重量为 `54 kg`。产品类别的 :guilabel:`强制移除策略` 设置为 :guilabel:`最少包裹`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:44
msgid ""
":ref:`Set removal strategy on product category "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/removal-config>`"
msgstr ":ref:`针对产品类别设置移除策略<inventory/warehouses_storage/removal-config>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:47
msgid ""
"To check the product's on-hand stock, navigate to the product form, and "
"click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button."
msgstr "要查看产品的在手库存，请导航至产品表单，然后点击 :guilabel:`现有` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:0
msgid "Show on-hand stock in each package."
msgstr "显示每个包装中的现有库存。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:54
msgid ""
"Create a :ref:`delivery order <inventory/delivery/one-step>` for eighty "
"kilograms of flour by going to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a"
" new quotation. After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, the delivery order is "
"created."
msgstr ""
"进入 :menuselection:`销售应用程序`，创建一个新的报价单，然后创建一个 80 公斤面粉的 "
":ref:`<inventory/delivery/one-step>` 交货单。点击 :guilabel:`确认` 后，交货单就创建好了。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:58
msgid ""
"On the delivery order, the :guilabel:`Quantity` field displays the amount "
"automatically picked, according to the removal strategy."
msgstr "在交货单上，:guilabel:`数量` 字段显示根据移除策略自动拾取的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:61
msgid ""
"For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the "
":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so "
"opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, displaying how the "
"reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy."
msgstr ""
"要了解*在哪里*拣选单位的更多详细信息，请选择位于最右侧的 :guilabel:`⦙≣（项目符号列表）`图标。这样做会启动 "
":guilabel:`打开：库存移动`弹窗，根据移除策略显示预留物品的拣选方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:65
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`"
" field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are "
"picked. Since the order demanded eighty kilograms, which exceeds the "
"quantity in the opened package of `54 kg`, an unopened package of `100 kg` "
"is selected."
msgstr ""
"在弹出的 :guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 窗口中，:guilabel:`拣选自` 字段显示了满足 :guilabel:`需求` "
"的数量。由于订单需求 80 千克，超过了已打开包装的数量 `54 千克`，因此选择了未打开包装的 `100 千克`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst-1
msgid "Show which package was picked in the *Pick From* field."
msgstr "在 *拣选自* 字段中显示选中了哪个软件包。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:3
msgid "LIFO removal"
msgstr "后进先出移除"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *Last In, First Out* (LIFO) removal strategy picks the **newest** "
"products on-hand, based on the date they entered a warehouse's stock."
msgstr "*后进先出*（LIFO）移除策略根据产品进入仓库库存的日期，挑选现有的**最新**产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:8
msgid ""
"Every time an order is placed for products using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, "
"First Out)` strategy, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that "
"has most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that "
"entered the warehouse's inventory)."
msgstr ""
"每次使用 :abbr:`LIFO（后进先出）` 策略为产品下订单时，都会为最近入库的批次/序列号（进入仓库库存的**最后**批次/序列号）创建转账。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:16
msgid ""
"In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy is"
" banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete "
"products being delivered to customers."
msgstr "在许多国家和地区，:abbr:`LIFO（后进先出）` 移除策略是被禁止的，因为它有可能导致向客户交付陈旧、过期或过时的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:19
msgid ""
"Consider the following example, with the product, `Cinder Block`, which is "
"tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product "
"form. The :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` for the cinder block's product "
"category is set to :guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)`."
msgstr ""
"请看下面的示例，产品为 `煤渣块`，在产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡中 :guilabel:`按批次` 追踪。煤渣块产品类别的 "
":guilabel:`强制移除策略` 设置为 :guilabel:`后进先出（LIFO）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:26
msgid ":ref:`Check arrival date <inventory/warehouses_storage/arrival_date>`"
msgstr ":ref:`查看抵达日期<inventory/warehouses_storage/arrival_date>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:28
msgid ""
"The following table represents the cinder blocks in stock, and their various"
" lot number details."
msgstr "下表列出了库存中的煤渣砖，以及不同批号的详细信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:43
msgid "June 1"
msgstr "6 月 1 日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:44
msgid "June 3"
msgstr "6 月 3 日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:45
msgid "June 6"
msgstr "6 月 6 日"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:47
msgid ""
"To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order "
"<inventory/delivery/one-step>` for seven cinder blocks by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation."
msgstr ""
"要查看移除策略的实际效果，请导航到 :menuselection:`销售应用程序` 并创建一个新报价，从而为七个煤渣块创建一个 :ref:`送货订单 "
"<inventory/delivery/one-step>` 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order to create a delivery order. Doing so "
"reserves the newest lot numbers are using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First "
"Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ":guilabel:`确认` 销售订单创建送货订单。使用 :abbr:`LIFO （后进先出）`移除策略保留最新的批号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:54
msgid ""
"To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` "
"icon, located on the far-right of the cinder block's product line in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the "
":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"要查看详细的拣选情况，请点击交货单的 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡中煤渣块产品线最右侧的 :guilabel:`⦙≣（列表）` 图标。开启 "
":guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 弹窗。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:58
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`"
" field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are "
"picked from. Since the order demanded seven cinder blocks, the newest cinder"
" blocks from `LOT3` are selected, using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First "
"Out)` removal strategy."
msgstr ""
"在弹出的 :guilabel:`打开：库存移动` 窗口中，:guilabel:`拣选自` 字段显示从何处挑选数量来满足 "
":guilabel:`需求`。由于订单需要七块煤渣块，因此使用 :abbr:`LIFO（后进先出）` 移除策略，从 `LOT3` 挑选最新的煤渣块。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst-1
msgid ""
"The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking."
msgstr "详细操作显示哪些批次被选中进行拣货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:6
msgid "Reservation methods"
msgstr "保留方式"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:8
msgid ""
"Companies that sell and deliver goods to customers need to make sure they "
"always have stock on-hand, so when new sales orders are confirmed, they can "
"deliver products on time."
msgstr "向客户销售和交付货物的公司需要确保始终备有存货，以便在确认新的销售订单时能够及时交付产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this can be handled using *reservation methods*. Reservation "
"methods control how products included in a delivery order (DO) should be "
"reserved for delivery, ensuring they are reserved at the correct times, for "
"the correct orders."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中，可以使用*预订方法*来处理这个问题。预订方法控制交货订单（DO）中包含的产品应如何预订交货，确保在正确的时间为正确的订单预订产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:15
msgid ""
"There are three different reservation methods in Odoo: *At Confirmation*, "
"*Manually*, and *Before scheduled date*."
msgstr "Odoo 中有三种不同的预订方法： *确认时*、*手动操作*和*预定日期前*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:20
msgid "At Confirmation"
msgstr "确认时"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:22
msgid ""
"Reserves products **only** when a sales order is confirmed, **and** if stock"
" is already available."
msgstr "**只有** 在确认销售订单 **和** 已有库存的情况下，才保留产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:25
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "手动"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once a quote is confirmed, product availability **must** be checked "
"manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved manually."
msgstr "报价一经确认，**必须** 手动检查产品供应情况，**必须** 手动预订所需数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:30
msgid "Before scheduled date"
msgstr "在安排日期之前"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:32
msgid ""
"A specific number of days can be selected; this is the maximum number of "
"days **before** a scheduled delivery date that products should be reserved."
msgstr "可以选择特定的天数；这是在预定交货日期**之前**应预订产品的最长天数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:38
msgid ""
"Reservation methods are set on individual operations types. To configure "
"reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Operations Types`. Then, select the desired operation type. Or, create a"
" new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"预订方法在单个操作类型中设置。要配置预订方法，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"操作类型`。然后，选择所需的操作类型。或点击 :guilabel:`新建`，创建一个新的操作类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:42
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General` tab of the operation type form, locate the "
":guilabel:`Reservation Method` option, and choose which method should be "
"used for this type of operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1
msgid "Reservation method field on delivery order operation type form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:50
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Before scheduled date` reservation method is selected, a "
"new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears below. From this"
" field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and :guilabel:`days before "
"when starred` can be changed from the default `0`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:38
msgid ""
"Changing the :guilabel:`days before` value changes the maximum number of "
"days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:58
msgid ""
"Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum "
"number of days before a scheduled date that starred (favorited) transfers "
"for products should be reserved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:0
msgid ""
"Reserve before scheduled date fields with before scheduled date method "
"chosen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:66
msgid "Required applications"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:68
msgid ""
"The two required applications that **must** be :ref:`installed "
"<general/install>` to use reservation methods are the *Sales* and "
"*Inventory* apps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:72
msgid ""
"In addition to delivery orders, reservation methods can also be used for "
"*manufacturing orders*, *resupply subcontractor* orders, orders for "
"*repairs*, and *internal transfers*, if desired. To enable this, configure "
"the additional settings:"
msgstr "除交货订单外，如果需要，预订方法还可用于*制造订单*、*分包商补货*订单、*维修*订单和*内部转移*。要启用此功能，请配置附加设置："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:76
msgid ""
"**For manufacturing orders:** Install the *Manufacturing* application by "
"going to the :menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Manufacturing*"
" app, and clicking :guilabel:`Install`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:79
msgid ""
"**For resupply subcontractor:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing "
"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, enable :guilabel:`Subcontracting`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:82
msgid ""
"**For repairs:** Install the *Repairs* application by going to the "
":menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Repairs* app, and clicking "
":guilabel:`Install`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:84
msgid ""
"**For internal transfers:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, "
"enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:88
msgid ""
"Once these apps are installed, no additional features need to be enabled "
"from the settings for reservation methods to work. They will be available by"
" default on certain operations types, and can be viewed and changed by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations"
" Types`, and then clicking on a specific operations type."
msgstr ""
"安装这些应用程序后，无需从设置中启用其他功能即可使用预订方法。它们默认在某些操作类型中可用，可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 "
"--> 配置 --> 操作类型`，然后点击特定操作类型进行查看和更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:94
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:33
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Type of Operation` is changed to :guilabel:`Receipt` on "
"an :guilabel:`Operations Type` form, reservation methods are **not** "
"available."
msgstr ""
"当 :guilabel:`操作类型` 表单上的 :guilabel:`操作类型` 更改为 :guilabel:`收据` 时，预订方法将**不**可用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst-1
msgid ""
"Operations Types highlighted from the Configurations submenu in the "
"Inventory app."
msgstr "在“库存”应用程序的“配置”子菜单中突出显示“操作类型”。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:102
msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/at_confirmation`"
msgstr ":doc:`reservation_methods/at_confirmation`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:103
msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/manually`"
msgstr ":doc:`reservation_methods/manually`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:104
msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date`"
msgstr ":doc:`reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:3
msgid "At confirmation reservation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:9
msgid ""
"The *at confirmation* reservation method reserves products **only** when a "
"sales order (SO) is confirmed, **and** if enough stock of the products "
"included in the |SO| is already available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:16
msgid ":doc:`About reservation methods <../reservation_methods>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:18
msgid ""
"To set the reservation method to *at confirmation*, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then,"
" select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new"
" one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:22
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General` tab on the operation type form, locate the "
":guilabel:`Reservation Method` field, and select :guilabel:`At "
"Confirmation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:32
msgid ""
"To see the *at confirmation* reservation method in action, create a new |SO|"
" by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:42
msgid ""
"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, in the "
":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a "
"product to add to the quotation from the drop-down menu. Finally, in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of the product to "
"sell."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`客户` 字段中添加客户。然后，在 :guilabel:`订单行` 选项卡中点击 "
":guilabel:`添加产品`，并从下拉菜单中选择要添加到报价单的产品。最后，在 :guilabel:`数量` 栏中，调整所需的产品销售数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:92
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:46
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order."
msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 销售订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:41
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to reveal the "
"product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip, which reveals the "
":guilabel:`Reserved` number of units for this order."
msgstr ""
"点击产品线上的 :guilabel:`📈（区域图）` 图标，显示产品的 :guilabel:`可用性` 工具提示，其中显示此订单的 "
":guilabel:`预留` 单位数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:46
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:57
msgid ""
"If there is **not** sufficient quantity of stock for the product included in"
" the |SO|, the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon is red, instead of green."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:49
msgid ""
"Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the "
":guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Available`, and reveals "
"the available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1
msgid "Confirmed sales order with product availability tooltip selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:56
msgid "Forecasted Report"
msgstr "预测报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:58
msgid ""
"To see all the factors that affect product reservation, click the "
":guilabel:`View Forecast` internal link arrow to view the "
":guilabel:`Forecasted Report` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:61
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` displays forecast information about the "
"product(s) included in the sales order; namely, any live receipts of the "
"product, and any active sales orders, which are listed in the "
":guilabel:`Used By` column. See how each order is fulfilled in the "
":guilabel:`Replenishment` column."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`预测报告`显示销售订单中包含的产品的预测信息，即产品的任何实时收货和任何活动销售订单，这些信息列在 :guilabel:`使用者`"
" 列中。在 :guilabel:`补货` 列中查看每个订单的完成情况。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:66
msgid ""
"Additionally, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` quantity is calculated at the top "
"of the page, by adding the :guilabel:`On Hand` and :guilabel:`Incoming` "
"quantity, and subtracting the :guilabel:`Outgoing` quantity, as shown below:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1
msgid "Forecasted quantity equation from the Forecasted Report page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:74
msgid ""
"If one order should be prioritized over another order, click the "
":guilabel:`Unreserve` button on the corresponding order line in the "
":guilabel:`Replenishment` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:77
msgid ""
"To deliver the products, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the "
"top of the sales order form. To confirm that the reservation worked "
"properly, ensure that the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field reads "
"`Available` (in green text), and the numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` and "
":guilabel:`Quantity` columns match (in this case, both should read "
"`100.00`)."
msgstr ""
"要交付产品，请点击销售订单表格顶部的 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮。要确认预订操作正常，请确保 :guilabel:`产品可用性` 字段显示为"
" `可用`（绿色文本），且 :guilabel:`需求` 和 :guilabel:`数量` 列中的数字相匹配（在本例中，两列都应显示为 "
"`100.00`）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1
msgid ""
"Delivery order for product included in sales order with at confirmation "
"reservation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:108
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`验证`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:89
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:152
msgid ":doc:`Manual reservation <manually>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:139
msgid ":doc:`Before scheduled date reservation <before_scheduled_date>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:3
msgid "Before scheduled date reservation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:9
msgid ""
"The *Before scheduled date* reservation method allows users to select a "
"specific number of days that act as the maximum number of days **before** a "
"scheduled delivery date, when products included in a sales order (SO) should"
" be reserved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:19
msgid ""
"To set the reservation method to *Before scheduled date*, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then,"
" select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new"
" one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:23
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` "
"field, and select :guilabel:`Before scheduled date`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:34
msgid ""
"Once selected, a new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears"
" below. From this field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and "
":guilabel:`days before when starred` can be changed from the default `0`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:41
msgid ""
"Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum "
"number of days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved if "
"the transfers are starred (favorited)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:45
msgid ""
"Here, the :guilabel:`days before` value is set to `2` days before, and the "
":guilabel:`days before when starred` value is set to `3`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:48
msgid ""
"This means products are reserved two days before the scheduled delivery date"
" for normal orders, and three days before the scheduled delivery date for "
"starred (favorited) transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1
msgid "Reserve before scheduled date field with set numerical values."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:55
msgid ""
"This is the configuration applied for the following workflow found below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:58
msgid "Edit product form"
msgstr "编辑产品表单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:60
msgid ""
"Before the *Before scheduled date* reservation method can be used, ensure "
"that a *customer lead time* is added to products that plan to be sold with "
"this method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:63
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> "
"Products`, and select the desired product to configure."
msgstr "要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择要配置的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the "
":guilabel:`Logistics` section, change the value in the :guilabel:`Customer "
"Lead Time` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:69
msgid "For this example workflow, change it to `5` days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:71
msgid ""
"This sets the scheduled delivery date for this specific product to five days"
" after the creation date of the sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1
msgid "Product form with customer lead time set in Inventory tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:81
msgid ""
"To see the *Before scheduled date* reservation method in action, create a "
"new |SO| by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:84
msgid ""
"Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, then, in the "
":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a "
"product from the drop-down menu that has a configured *customer lead time*, "
"to add to the quotation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:88
msgid ""
"Finally, in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of "
"the product to sell."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:90
msgid "For this sample workflow, set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to `10`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:94
msgid ""
"Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to "
"reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals "
"the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method "
"is set to *Before scheduled date*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads "
"`0 Units`."
msgstr ""
"点击产品线上的绿色 :guilabel:` 📈（区域图）` 图标，显示产品的 :guilabel:`可用性` "
"工具提示。该工具提示显示此订单的预订数量。由于预订方法设置为*预定日期之前*，因此 :guilabel:`已预订` 数量为 `0 单位`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:99
msgid ""
"However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the"
" quantity is available, but the scheduled date, for this example workflow, "
"is five days from the order date."
msgstr "但是，该数量下方显示 `有库存`。这是因为数量是可用的，但本示例工作流程的计划日期是订单日期的五天后。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:102
msgid ""
"Since reservation is not until two days before the scheduled delivery, it "
"will not reserve the products until then."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:109
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:60
msgid ""
"Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the "
":guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Reserved`, and reveals the"
" available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:63
msgid ""
"Additionally, unless there is a set replenishment or a live receipt, it also"
" reads :guilabel:`No future availability`, in red text."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:119
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to see the delivery order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:121
msgid ""
"On the delivery order form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product "
"Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of "
"green. This is because there is sufficient stock on-hand for this order, but"
" no quantity has been reserved yet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:125
msgid ""
"Note the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, above the :guilabel:`Product "
"Availability` field, displays the date five days from the order creation "
"date. This indicates that the products are not reserved until three days "
"from today's date (two days before the scheduled delivery date)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order form with product availability and reserved quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:133
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the "
"numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column"
" do not match (in this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, "
"while the :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:137
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0` because the products aren't "
"reserved until two days *before* their delivery date. Odoo automatically "
"reserves the products once the scheduled date arrives, at which point the "
":guilabel:`Demand` and :guilabel:`Quantity` columns will match."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:142
msgid ""
"If the products in the |SO| should be reserved *sooner* than the scheduled "
"reservation date, the reservation can be manually overridden. To manually "
"reserve the products sooner than scheduled, click :guilabel:`Check "
"Availability` at the top of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:146
msgid ""
"This turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product Availability` "
"field green, and changes the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column to "
"match the :guilabel:`Demand` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:138
msgid ":doc:`At confirmation reservation <at_confirmation>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:3
msgid "Manual reservation"
msgstr "手动预约"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:9
msgid ""
"Unlike the *At Confirmation* reservation method, the *Manually* reservation "
"method does **not** reserve products automatically."
msgstr "与 *确认时* 预订方法不同，*手动* 预订方法**不会**自动预订产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:12
msgid ""
"Instead, once a sales order (SO) is confirmed, product availability **must**"
" be checked manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved "
"manually."
msgstr "相反，一旦销售订单（SO）得到确认，就**必须**手动检查产品供应情况，并手动预订所需数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:21
msgid ""
"To set the reservation method to *Manually*, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then,"
" select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to be configured, or create a"
" new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要将预订方法设置为 *手动*，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 操作类型`。然后，选择要配置的 "
":guilabel:`操作类型` ，或点击 :guilabel:`新建`，创建新类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:25
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` "
"field, and select :guilabel:`Manually`."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`常规` 选项卡中找到 :guilabel:`预订方法` 字段，然后选择 :guilabel:`手动操作`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:39
msgid ""
"To see the *Manually* reservation method in action, create a new |SO| by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`."
msgstr "要查看*手动*预订方法的操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 新建`，创建一个新的 |SO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:48
msgid ""
"Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to "
"reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals "
"the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method "
"is set to *Manually*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads `0 Units`."
msgstr ""
"点击产品线上的绿色 :guilabel:` 📈（区域图）` 图标，显示产品的 :guilabel:`可用性` "
"工具提示。该工具提示显示此订单的预订数量。由于预订方法设置为*手动*，因此 :guilabel:`已预订` 数量为 `0 单位`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:53
msgid ""
"However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the"
" quantity is available, but must be manually reserved."
msgstr "但是，该数量下方显示 `有库存`。这是因为数量是可用的，但必须手动保留。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:70
msgid ""
"Once the |SO| is confirmed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, "
"and locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card on the :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Overview` page."
msgstr ""
"确认 |SO| 后，导航到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序`，并在 :guilabel:`库存概览` 页面找到 "
":guilabel:`送货订单` 卡片。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:73
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card displays the current status of live "
"orders, including those with a :guilabel:`Waiting` status. Orders with this "
"status indicate that the products in those orders have either not been "
"reserved yet, or are not in stock at all."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`送货订单` 卡中显示当前订单的状态，包括那些处于 :guilabel:`等待中` "
"状态的订单。具有此状态的订单表示订单中的产品尚未被预订或无库存。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1
msgid "Delivery orders task card with waiting status orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:81
msgid ""
"To see the |SO| created previously, click the :guilabel:`(#) Waiting` button"
" on the card (in this case, `8 Waiting`)."
msgstr "要查看之前创建的 |SO| ，请点击卡片上的 :guilabel:`(#) 等待中` 按钮（本例中为 `8 Waiting`）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:84
msgid ""
"Locate the delivery order (DO) tied to the |SO| that was previously created,"
" and click the line to view it."
msgstr "找到与之前创建的 |SO| 绑定的送货单，点击该行查看。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:87
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product"
" Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of "
"green. This is because there is sufficient stock on hand for this order, but"
" no quantity has been reserved yet."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`送货订单` 表单中，:guilabel:`产品可用性` 字段中的状态以黄色文本显示为 "
"`可用`，而不是绿色。这是因为该订单有足够的库存，但尚未预订数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:91
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the "
"numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column"
" do *not* match."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡的 :guilabel:`产品` 行中，:guilabel:`需求` 列和 :guilabel:`数量` "
"列的数字*不匹配*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:94
msgid ""
"In this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, while the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`."
msgstr "在本例中，:guilabel:`需求`列列出了`10.00`，而 :guilabel:`数量`列列出了`0`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:101
msgid ""
"To manually reserve the specified quantity of the product for this order, "
"click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the form. "
"Doing so turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product "
"Availability` field green, and changes the number in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column."
msgstr ""
"要为该订单手动保留指定数量的产品，请点击表单顶部的 :guilabel:`检查可用性` 按钮。这样，:guilabel:`产品可用性`字段中的 `可用`"
" 状态就会变成绿色，:guilabel:`数量` 列中的数字也会改变，以与:guilabel:`需求` 列相匹配。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:106
msgid ""
"This is because there is sufficient quantity in stock to reserve for the "
"order."
msgstr "这是因为有足够的库存数量可以为订单预留。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:111
msgid ""
"Multiple orders with a *Waiting* status can be manually reserved at the same"
" time, and set to *Ready* status."
msgstr "可同时手动预订多个处于*等待*状态的订单，并将其设置为*就绪*状态。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:114
msgid ""
"To do that, open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, which reveals the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page. The :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page"
" is also accessible by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Overview`."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，打开 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，显示 :guilabel:`库存概览` 页面。也可通过导航至 "
":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 概览` 访问 :guilabel:`库存概览` 页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:118
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`(#) "
"Waiting` button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`库存概览` 页面，点击 :guilabel:`送货订单` 卡上的 :guilabel:`(#) 等待中` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:121
msgid ""
"Then, tick the checkboxes to the left of each desired order, or tick the "
"checkbox in the header row, to the far-left, to select all orders on the "
"page at once."
msgstr "然后，勾选每个所需订单左侧的复选框，或勾选标题行最左侧的复选框，一次选择页面上的所有订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:124
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the "
"page."
msgstr "然后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`检查可用性` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:126
msgid ""
"If the products included in every selected order have enough stock on-hand, "
"this reserves the products, and moves the order into :guilabel:`Ready` "
"status. Upon receiving a :guilabel:`Ready` status, the order disappears from"
" the :guilabel:`Waiting` list."
msgstr ""
"如果每个选定订单中包含的产品有足够的库存，则会保留这些产品，并将订单移动到 :guilabel:`就绪` 状态。收到 :guilabel:`就绪` "
"状态后，订单将从 :guilabel:`等待` 列表中消失。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:130
msgid ""
"If there is *not* enough stock on-hand, the order retains its current "
"status, and remains on the list."
msgstr "如果手头*没有*足够的存货，订单将保持当前状态，并留在清单上。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:0
msgid "List of orders in waiting status and check availability button."
msgstr "处于等待状态的订单列表和检查可用性按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:6
msgid "Delivery methods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:8
msgid ""
"When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of "
"calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping "
"carts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:11
msgid ""
"When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier "
"<inventory/shipping/third_party>`, shipping prices are calculated based on "
"the carrier's pricing and packaging information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:15
msgid ""
":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup <inventory/shipping/third_party>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:16
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/delivery-prices-613?fullscreen=1>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:22
msgid ""
"To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* "
"module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` "
"application from the main Odoo dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:25
msgid ""
"Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in "
"the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` "
"module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Install the Delivery Costs module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:28
msgid "Add shipping method"
msgstr "添加送货方式"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:35
msgid ""
"To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Shipping Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:39
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` option is not available from the "
":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is "
"enabled by following these steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:42
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:43
msgid ""
"Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid ""
"Enable the *Delivery Methods* feature by checking the box in Configuration >"
" Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:50
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, add a method by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping"
" provider, including:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:53
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery "
"method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like "
"Fedex, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier "
"<inventory/shipping/third_party>`. Ensure the integration with the shipping "
"carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:59
msgid ""
"For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as :ref:`fixed"
" price <inventory/shipping/fixed>`, :ref:`based on rules "
"<inventory/shipping/rules>`, or :ref:`pickup in store "
"<inventory/shipping/pickup>` options, refer to their respective sections "
"below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. "
"Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to "
"apply the method to all web pages."
msgstr ":guilabel:`网站`：为电子商务页面配置送货方法。从下拉菜单中选择适用的网站，或留空将该方法应用于所有网页。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: If the shipping method should apply to a specific "
"company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply "
"the method to all companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Routes`: select the applicable route(s) to define different "
"delivery methods, such as standard or express shipping, based on varying "
"lead times. For more information, jump to the :ref:`Set routes on shipping "
"method <inventory/shipping_receiving/shipping-route>` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the "
":ref:`sales order line <inventory/shipping/sales-order>` as the delivery "
"charge."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free "
"shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:77
msgid ""
"For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the "
"sections below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:82
msgid "Fixed price"
msgstr "固定价格"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:84
msgid ""
"To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`. Then,"
" click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the "
":guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this "
"option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is "
"where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined."
msgstr ""
"要为所有订单配置相同的运费价格，请转至 :menuselection:` 库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 发货方式`。然后，点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`，并在发货方式表单中将 :guilabel:`提供商` 设为 :guilabel:`固定价格` "
"选项。选择该选项后，:guilabel:`固定价格` 字段就可用了，固定费率运费金额就是在此定义的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:90
msgid ""
"To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified "
"amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in "
"the amount."
msgstr "要在订单金额超过指定金额时启用免运费，请选中 :guilabel:`订单金额超过则免费` 复选框并填写金额。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:94
msgid ""
"To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends "
"over `$100`, fill in the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:97
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:98
msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:99
msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`固定价格`：`$20.00`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:100
msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:101
msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:110
msgid "Based on rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:112
msgid ""
"To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the "
":guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. "
"Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional "
"margin` to include additional shipping costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:117
msgid "Create pricing rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:119
msgid ""
"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. "
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the "
":guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or "
"quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:124
msgid ""
"Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or "
":guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:127
msgid ""
"To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, "
"set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid ""
"Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:134
msgid ""
"To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the eCommerce website, in "
"the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination "
"Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, "
"and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations "
"apply."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:139
msgid "Calculate delivery cost"
msgstr "计算运送成本"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:141
msgid ""
"Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that "
"satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the "
":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:145
msgid ""
"Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:149
msgid "With the two following rules set up:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:151
msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20"
msgstr "如果订单包含五件或以下产品，运费为 $20。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:152
msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50."
msgstr "如果订单包含五件以上产品，运费为$ 50。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:154
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is "
"`$9.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:160
msgid ""
"When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + "
"9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * "
"50) + 9)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:166
msgid "Pickup in store"
msgstr "到店提货"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:168
msgid ""
"To configure in-store pickup, select :guilabel:`Pickup in store` in the "
":guilabel:`Provider` field and specify the pickup location in "
":guilabel:`Warehouse`."
msgstr ""
"要配置店内取货，请在 :guilabel:`提供商` 字段中选择 :guilabel:`店内取货`，并在 :guilabel:`仓库` 中指定取货位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:171
msgid ""
"To invoice the customer for the shipping cost to the pickup location, choose"
" the :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` option in the "
":guilabel:`Integration Level` field. Then, pick either the "
":guilabel:`Estimated cost` or :guilabel:`Real cost` radio options in the "
":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field to decide whether the added shipping "
"charge on the sales order is the precise cost from the shipping carrier."
msgstr ""
"要向客户开具到取货地点的运费发票，请在 :guilabel:`整合级别` 字段中选择 :guilabel:`获取费率并创建货运` 选项。然后，在 "
":guilabel:`发票政策` 字段中选择 :guilabel:`预估费用` 或 :guilabel:`实际成本` "
"单选选项，以决定销售订单上增加的运费是否是运输公司的精确费用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:178
msgid ":doc:`Invoice cost of shipping <setup_configuration/invoicing>`"
msgstr ":doc:`运费发票<setup_configuration/invoicing>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:183
msgid "Route on shipping method"
msgstr "运输方式路线"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:185
msgid ""
"Optionally, set different warehouse delivery processes for a shipping method"
" by configuring different :doc:`routes <daily_operations/use_routes>` for "
"it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:189
msgid ""
"Configuring multiple routes per shipping method is helpful for adjusting "
"warehouse delivery processes based on:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:192
msgid ""
"speed (e.g., use :doc:`one-step delivery "
"<daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>` for express shipping, or "
":doc:`two-step <daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` for standard "
"shipping)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:195
msgid ""
"international shipping (e.g. use :doc:`three-step delivery "
"<daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` to prepare documents for customs)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:197
msgid ""
"in-store pickup or home delivery: ship from the central warehouse, or pick "
"from the store's stock, depending on customer selection."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:200
msgid ""
"To set up routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Routes`. Click :guilabel:`New`, or select the desired route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:203
msgid ""
"On the route form, in the :guilabel:`Applicable On` section, tick the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:210
msgid "Routes form with the Shipping Methods checkbox selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:210
msgid "Routes form with the Shipping Methods checkbox ticked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:212
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping "
"Methods`, and select the desired shipping method."
msgstr "然后，转到 :menuselection:`库存应用 --> 配置 --> 运输方式`，然后选择所需的运输方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:215
msgid ""
"On the shipping method form, in the :guilabel:`Routes` field, select the "
"available fulfillment routes from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:219
msgid ""
"If the desired route is not selectable, check that the *Shipping Methods* "
"option is enabled in the route's *Applicable On* section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:226
msgid "Show set routes on shipping method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:226
msgid ""
"By default, most shipping methods are created with two routes available for "
"standard or express delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:232
msgid "Add shipping"
msgstr "添加物流"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:234
msgid ""
"Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery "
"products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the "
"desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> "
"Orders`."
msgstr ""
"送货方式可以以送货产品的形式添加到销售订单中，并作为单独的行项目显示。首先，进入 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 订单 --> "
"订单`，导航到所需的销售订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:238
msgid ""
"On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens "
"the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a "
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list."
msgstr ""
"在销售订单上，点击 :guilabel:`添加送货方式` 按钮，弹出 :guilabel:`添加送货方式` 窗口。然后，从列表中选择 "
":guilabel:`送货方式`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:241
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights "
"(that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). "
"Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` "
"to add the shipping method."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`订单总重量` 根据产品重量（在每个产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡中定义）预填。编辑该字段以指定准确重量，然后点击"
" :guilabel:`添加`，以添加送货方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:246
msgid ""
"The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total "
"product weights defined on the product form."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`订单总重量` 中定义的金额会覆盖产品表单中定义的产品总重量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:249
msgid ""
"The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form."
msgstr "运费将添加到 *销售订单行*，作为 :guilabel:`送货产品` 在送货方式表格中详细列出。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:253
msgid ""
"`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is "
"added to sales order `S00088`."
msgstr "在销售订单 `S00088` 中添加了 `家具配送`，这是一种固定费率为 `$200` 的配送产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line."
msgstr "在销售订单行显示送货订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:261
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:265
msgid "Delivery order"
msgstr "送货订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:263
msgid ""
"The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping "
"carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method "
"on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify"
" the :guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr ""
"添加到销售订单的送货方式，与送货单上的送货承运人详细信息相关联。要添加或更改送货单上的送货方式，请转到 :guilabel:`其他信息` 标签并修改 "
":guilabel:`承运商` 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:3
msgid "Bpost integration"
msgstr "Bpost 整合"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:5
msgid ""
"Set up the *Bpost* shipping connector in Odoo to manage Bpost shipments to "
"clients directly within Odoo. To configure it, complete these steps:"
msgstr "在 Odoo 中设置 *Bpost* 送货连接器，以便直接在 Odoo 中管理发往客户的 Bpost 货运。要进行配置，请完成以下步骤："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:8
msgid "Create a Bpost account."
msgstr "创建 Bpost 账户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:9
msgid ""
"Get the :ref:`Account ID and passphrase <inventory/shipping/Bpost-account>`."
msgstr "获取 :ref:`账户 ID 和密码 <inventory/shipping/Bpost-account>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:10
msgid "Set up the shipping method in Odoo."
msgstr "在 Odoo 中设置送货方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:12
msgid ""
"Upon completion, it is possible to calculate the cost of shipping, based on "
"package size and weight, have the charges applied directly to a Bpost "
"business account, and automatically print Bpost tracking labels through "
"Odoo."
msgstr "完成后，可根据包裹大小和重量计算运输成本，将费用直接计入 Bpost 业务账户，并通过 Odoo 自动打印 Bpost 追踪标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:10
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:18
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration`"
msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:19
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`dhl_credentials`"
msgstr ":doc:`dhl_credentials`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21
msgid ":doc:`ups_credentials`"
msgstr ":doc:`ups_credentials`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:23
msgid "Bpost account setup"
msgstr "设置 Bpost 账户"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:25
msgid ""
"To begin, go to the `Bpost website "
"<https://parcel.bpost.be/en/home/business>`_ to create, or log into, the "
"company's Bpost business account. When creating the Bpost account, have the "
"company's VAT number and mobile phone number ready."
msgstr ""
"首先，请访问 `Bpost 网站<https://parcel.bpost.be/en/home/business>`_，创建或登录公司的 Bpost "
"业务账户。创建 Bpost 账户时，请准备好公司的增值税号和手机号码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:29
msgid ""
"Follow the website's steps to complete registration, and sign up for "
"shipping services. Doing so submits a request to enter a contractual "
"business relationship between the company and Bpost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:33
msgid ""
"Odoo **cannot** be integrated with `non-business Bpost "
"<https://bpost.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/174847-account-id-"
"and-passphrase>`_ accounts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:37
msgid ""
"After completing the setup, get the Bpost account ID and passphrase, by "
"navigating to the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` menu item."
msgstr "完成设置后，通过导航至 :guilabel:`发货管理器` 菜单项，获取 Bpost 帐户 ID 和密码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` page, go to the :guilabel:`Admin` tab, "
"then the :guilabel:`General Settings` tab, to find the :guilabel:`Account "
"ID` and :guilabel:`Passphrase` needed to configure Odoo's shipping method."
msgstr ""
"在:guilabel:`发货管理器` 页面，转到:guilabel:`管理员` 选项卡，然后转到:guilabel:`常规设置` 选项卡，找到配置 "
"Odoo 发货方式所需的:guilabel:`账户ID` 和:guilabel:`密码`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1
msgid "In the *Admin* tab, show the Account ID and Passphrase."
msgstr "在 *管理* 选项卡中，显示账户 ID 和密码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:51
msgid "Configure Bpost shipping method"
msgstr "配置 Bpost 运输方式"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:53
msgid ""
"With those necessary credentials, configure the Bpost shipping method in "
"Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Shipping Methods`."
msgstr ""
"有了这些必要的凭证，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 运输方式` 在 Odoo 中配置 Bpost 送货方法。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:56
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`运输方式` 页面，点击 :guilabel:`创建`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:58
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`Bpost` from the drop-"
"down menu. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab at the "
"bottom of the form, where the Bpost credentials can be entered."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`提供商` 字段中，从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Bpost`。这样就会显示表单底部的 "
":guilabel:`Bpost 配置` 选项卡，可在此输入 Bpost 凭据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:62
msgid ""
"For details on configuring the other fields on the shipping method, such as "
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party "
"carrier <third_party_shipper>` documentation."
msgstr ""
"有关配置出货方式的其他字段（如 :guilabel:`交付产品` 字段）的详细信息，请参阅 "
":doc:`配置第三方运营商<third_party_shipper> ` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:66
msgid ""
"To generate Bpost :doc:`shipping labels <labels>` through Odoo, ensure the "
":guilabel:`Integration Level` option is set to :guilabel:`Get Rate and "
"Create Shipment`."
msgstr ""
"要通过 Odoo 生成 Bpost :doc:`送货标签<labels>`，请确保 :guilabel:`整合级别` 选项设置为 "
":guilabel:`获取费率并创建货运`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:69
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:"
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Bpost 配置` 选项卡中，填写以下字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:71
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Account Number` (required field): enter the company's "
"unique :ref:`account ID <inventory/shipping/bpost-account>` from the Bpost "
"website."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Bpost 帐号`（必填字段）：输入公司在 Bpost 网站上唯一的 :ref:`账户 ID "
"<inventory/shipping/bpost-account>` 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:73
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Passphrase` (required field): enter the :ref:`passphrase "
"<inventory/shipping/bpost-account>` from the Bpost website."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`口令`（必填字段）：输入 Bpost 网站上的 :ref:`passphrase "
"<inventory/shipping/bpost-account>` 口令。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:75
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Delivery Nature`: select either :guilabel:`Domestic` or "
":guilabel:`International` shipping services. Choosing :guilabel:`Domestic` "
"shows the :guilabel:`Options` section, while :guilabel:`International` "
"enables the :guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` and :guilabel:`Bpost Parcel "
"Return Instructions` fields."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Bpost 送货性质`: 选择 :guilabel:`国内` 或 :guilabel:`国际` 运输服务。选择 "
":guilabel:`国内` 会显示 :guilabel:`选项` 部分，而 :guilabel:`国际` 会启用 :guilabel:`Bpost "
"运输类型` 和 :guilabel:`Bpost 包裹退回说明` 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:79
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Package Type`: select the type of shipping service from the"
" drop-down menu."
msgstr ":guilabel:`Bpost 包裹类型`：从下拉菜单中选择运输服务类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:81
msgid ""
"For `domestic delivery "
"<https://help.shipmondo.com/en/articles/6092265-bpost-belgium-parcel-types-"
"and-requirements>`_, the options are: :guilabel:`bpack 24h Pro`, "
":guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or :guilabel:`bpack Bus`."
msgstr ""
"对于 `国内送货 <https://help.shipmondo.com/en/articles/6092265-bpost-belgium-"
"parcel-types-and-requirements>`_，选项有：:guilabel:`bpack "
"24小时专业版`、:guilabel:`bpack 24小时商务版`或 :guilabel:`bpack 商业版`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:86
msgid ""
"For `international delivery <https://www.bpost.be/en/business-parcels-"
"send/international>`_, the options are: :guilabel:`bpack World Express Pro`,"
" :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or :guilabel:`bpack Europe Business`."
msgstr ""
"对于 `国际快递 <https://www.bpost.be/en/business-parcels-"
"send/international>`_，选项包括： :guilabel:`bpack 全球快递专业版`、:guilabel:`bpack "
"全球商务版` 或 :guilabel:`bpack 欧洲商务版`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:89
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` (required field): for international "
"deliveries, declare the type of goods in the package as :guilabel:`SAMPLE`, "
":guilabel:`GIFT`, :guilabel:`GOODS`, :guilabel:`DOCUMENTS`, or "
":guilabel:`OTHER`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Bpost 快件类型`（必填字段）：对于国际快递，请将包裹中的货物类型声明为 "
":guilabel:`样本`、:guilabel:`礼物`、:guilabel:`商品`、:guilabel:`文件` 或 "
":guilabel:`其他`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:92
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bpost Parcel Return Address`: return address when an "
"international shipment fails to deliver. Select from the drop-down menu: "
":guilabel:`Destroy`, :guilabel:`Return to sender by air`, or "
":guilabel:`Return to sender by road`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Bpost "
"包裹退回地址`：国际快件未能送达时的退回地址。从下拉菜单中选择：:guilabel:`销毁`、:guilabel:`空运退回发件人`或:guilabel:`陆运退回发件人`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:95
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Type`: choose :guilabel:`A6` or :guilabel:`A4` label sizes "
"from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ":guilabel:`标签类型`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`A6` 或 :guilabel:`A4` 标签尺寸。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:97
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Format`: choose :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PNG` from the"
" drop-down menu."
msgstr ":guilabel:`标签格式`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`PDF` 或 :guilabel:`PNG`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:99
msgid ""
"For domestic deliveries, these features are available in the "
":guilabel:`Options` section:"
msgstr "对于国内送货，这些功能可在 :guilabel:`选项` 部分中使用："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:101
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Delivery on Saturday` feature to include Saturdays as "
"possible delivery dates. Depending on the :guilabel:`Bpost Package Type` "
"selected, this option might incur additional costs to the company."
msgstr ""
"启用 :guilabel:`周六送货` 功能，将星期六作为可能的交货日期。根据所选的 :guilabel:`Bpost "
"包裹类型`，该选项可能会给公司带来额外费用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:104
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Generate Return Label` feature to automatically print "
"a return label upon validating the delivery order."
msgstr "启用 :guilabel:`生成退货标签` 功能，在验证送货订单后自动打印退货标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst-1
msgid "Show Bpost shipping method."
msgstr "显示 Bpost 运输方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:3
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "概述"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:12
msgid ""
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
"destination."
msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司, 实际价格和目的地。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:15
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
msgstr "你可以轻易的取消已经到货代系统中的货运请求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:18
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
msgstr "如何取消发货请求？"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:20
msgid ""
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以选择取消发货或更改运输公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:24
msgid ""
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
"Tracking Ref**:"
msgstr ""
"如果你点击了  ****  , 发货请求就已经生成, 你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求, 只需要在  **运单**  旁边的  ****"
"  点击即可。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:32
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
msgstr "你会看到发货已经被取消掉。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:37
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
msgstr "现在你还可以变更货代。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:40
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
msgstr "如何在取消之后发送发货请求？"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:42
msgid ""
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以更改货代为你想要的。通过点击  **送给货**  按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:163
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:164
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
msgstr ":doc:`multipack` "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3
msgid "DHL integration"
msgstr "DHL 整合"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5
msgid ""
"DHL is one of the shipping carriers for which a *shipping connector* is "
"available in Odoo's **Inventory** app. By enabling the shipping connector in"
" the app's settings, and configuring at least one *shipping method*, the "
"process of :doc:`calculating shipping rates <../setup_configuration>` and "
":doc:`generating shipping labels <labels>` is greatly simplified."
msgstr ""
"DHL 是 Odoo 的 **库存** 应用程序中提供*运输连接器*的运输承运商之一。通过在应用程序的设置中启用运输连接器，并配置至少一种 "
"*运输方法*，:doc:`计算运费 <../setup_configuration>` 和 :doc:`生成运输标签<labels>`的过程大大简化。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11
msgid ""
"While a variety of shipping connectors are available for different carriers,"
" this documentation details the configuration settings specific to "
"integrating DHL. For instructions on configuring the integration settings "
"common to all shippers, see the documentation on :doc:`third-party shippers "
"<third_party_shipper>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17
msgid "Enable DHL shipping connector"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:19
msgid ""
"Before creating a DHL shipping method, it is necessary to enable the "
"carrier's shipping connector. To do so, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22
msgid ""
"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, and tick the "
"checkbox next to :guilabel:`DHL Express Connector`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:25
msgid ""
"Once the connector has been enabled, a :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`DHL"
" Shipping Methods` link appears below. Click the link to open a page showing"
" all shipping methods configured for DHL."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:29
msgid "Configure DHL shipping method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:31
msgid ""
"After enabling the shipping connector for DHL, shipping methods can be "
"configured for the carrier. Once configured, a shipping method can be added "
"as a line item to sales orders (SOs), which allows for automatic computation"
" of shipping rates, and generation of shipping labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:35
msgid ""
"To create a new DHL shipping method, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` "
"section, select the :guilabel:`DHL Shipping Methods` link below the "
":guilabel:`DHL Express Connector` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:40
msgid ""
"It is also possible to see existing shipping methods for every carrier, by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:43
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank shipping method form. If a shipping "
"method has already been created, it can be selected from this screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst-1
msgid "The form for a DHL shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:60
msgid "General information"
msgstr "一般信息"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:53
msgid ""
"Begin configuring the shipping method by entering its title in the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:56
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Provider` drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`DHL` "
"option. After doing so, a new :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab appears at "
"the bottom of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:59
msgid ""
"All other fields in this section are identical on the shipping method forms "
"for each shipping carrier. See the documentation on :doc:`third-party "
"shippers <third_party_shipper>` for instructions on how to properly "
"configure them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:64
msgid "DHL Configuration"
msgstr "DHL配置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:66
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab on the shipping method form is used to"
" connect the user's DHL account to Odoo, and configure the shipping method's"
" details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:70
msgid "DHL SiteID, password, and account number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:72
msgid ""
"A DHL SiteID, password, and account number are used to link a DHL account "
"with third-party services, like Odoo's **Inventory** app. The SiteID and "
"password are different credentials than the ones used to log in to a DHL "
"account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:76
msgid ""
"To obtain a DHL SiteID, password, and account number, it is necessary to "
"register on the `DHL API Developer Portal "
"<https://developer.dhl.com/user/register>`_, by filling out the following "
"information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:80
msgid ":guilabel:`First name`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:81
msgid ":guilabel:`Last name`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:82
msgid ":guilabel:`Email address`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Username`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:84
msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司名称`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:85
msgid ":guilabel:`Country`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`国家/地区`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:87
msgid ""
"After filling out all of the fields, tick the :guilabel:`I have read and "
"accept the terms of use and the privacy policy` checkbox, and click "
":guilabel:`Send` to register."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:90
msgid ""
"After registering, a confirmation email is sent to verify the application. "
"Click the link inside the email to activate the developer portal account, "
"and set a password."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:93
msgid ""
"This email also includes the account number for the developer portal "
"account. Enter the number in the :guilabel:`DHL Account Number` field on the"
" shipping method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:96
msgid ""
"Once the developer portal account has been confirmed, log in to the portal "
"using the username and password. Click on the user avatar in the top-right "
"corner of the screen to open the user dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:99
msgid ""
"On the dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`Apps` tab, and select an app. In "
"the :guilabel:`Credentials` section, click the :guilabel:`Show key` button "
"below the :guilabel:`API Key` and :guilabel:`API Secret` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:103
msgid ""
"Return to the shipping method form in the Odoo database. Enter the *DHL API "
"Key* in the :guilabel:`DHL SiteID` field, and the *API Secret* in the "
":guilabel:`DHL Password` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:107
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:123
msgid "Shipping details"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:109
msgid ""
"The rest of the fields in the :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab are used to "
"configure the shipping method itself:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:112
msgid ":guilabel:`Region`: the region in which the shipping method is used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`DHL Product`: the shipping service purchased from DHL (e.g. "
"Express Worldwide)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:114
msgid ""
":guilabel:`DHL Package Type`: the type of DHL package used for delivery "
"(e.g. DHL Box)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:115
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: the unit of measure used to display package"
" weight."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Dimension Unit`: the unit of measure used to display "
"package size."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:117
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Format`: the file format used to generate shipping labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:118
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Template`: the paper size used to print shipping labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:121
msgid ""
"Before selecting service options for a shipping method, make sure those "
"services are actually available for the DHL account. Available services "
"depend on the contract negotiated with DHL."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:125
msgid "Options"
msgstr "选项"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:127
msgid ""
"Additional settings are available in the :guilabel:`Options` section at the "
"bottom of the :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:130
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Enable this option to automatically "
"generate a return label after validating a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Dutiable Material`: Enable this option if the shipping method is "
"liable to customs or other duties."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:3
msgid "Dispatch management system"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *dispatch management system* feature in Odoo is used to plan and build "
"shipments. Key features include:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:8
msgid ""
"**Load building**: Group products for specific carriers, assign those "
":doc:`batches <../picking_methods/batch>` to loading docks, and manage "
"vehicle assignments based on fleet capacity. This ensures the right products"
" are packed into the appropriate trucks for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:11
msgid ""
":doc:`Fleet management <../../../../hr/fleet>`: Track and manage the "
"capacity of in-house delivery vehicles."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:17
msgid ""
"To use the dispatch management system, the following setup must be "
"completed:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:19
msgid ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the **Fleet** application."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:20
msgid ""
"Configure vehicle :ref:`capacity (volume and weight) "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/vehicle-capacity>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:22
msgid "Enter vehicle :doc:`car model(s) <../../../../hr/fleet/models>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:23
msgid ""
"Enable :ref:`necessary features <inventory/shipping_receiving/inventory-"
"features>` in the **Inventory** app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:25
msgid ""
"Set up :ref:`vehicles as delivery methods "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-method-for-carrier>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:27
msgid "Create :ref:`dock locations <inventory/shipping_receiving/docks>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:32
msgid "Vehicle capacity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:34
msgid ""
"To configure the vehicle capacity, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> "
"Configuration --> Categories`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:37
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new category, or click into an existing"
" category to modify it. In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter the type of "
"vehicle (e.g., `Pick-up truck`, `Van`, or `Cargo truck`). Then, enter the "
"vehicle capacity in the :guilabel:`Max Weight` (in kilograms) and "
":guilabel:`Max Volume` (in cubic meters) fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1
msgid "Vehicle categories with defined weight and volume."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:47
msgid ""
"The units of measurement for vehicle capacity are assigned at the global "
"level in the **Settings** app, in the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:0
msgid "Show units of measure settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:54
msgid ":ref:`Vehicle category <fleet/categories>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:58
msgid "Car model"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:60
msgid ""
"Configuring a vehicle's car model is required when adding vehicles in Odoo. "
"Ensure the correct *Category* is selected for a car model. Doing so "
"automatically applies weight and volume capacities to all vehicles of that "
"type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:64
msgid ""
"To configure, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> "
"Models`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:66
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Models` list, select an existing model, or click "
":guilabel:`New` in the top-left corner to create a new model. Then, set the "
"relevant :guilabel:`Category` field to the relevant vehicle category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:71
msgid ":doc:`Create car model <../../../../hr/fleet/models>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:77
msgid "Inventory settings"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:79
msgid ""
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
"and enable the required features for dispatch management."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:82
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & "
"Cluster Transfers` checkbox to prepare batches of orders for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:85
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, tick the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` "
"and :guilabel:`Dispatch Management System` checkboxes. Doing so allows "
"specific vehicles to be :ref:`set as carriers "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-method-for-carrier>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:89
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage Locations`"
" checkbox to assign specific locations in the warehouse as loading zones for"
" delivery trucks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:92
msgid ""
"Then, once all the configurations are complete, be sure to click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:97
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:90
msgid "Delivery method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:99
msgid ""
"Next, assign each delivery vehicle as a *Carrier* by configuring a delivery "
"method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:101
msgid ""
"To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Delivery Methods`. Select an existing delivery method, or "
"click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:105
msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery method <../setup_configuration>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:107
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Delivery Method` form, enter a name for the delivery "
"method. It is recommended to use identifying information, such as the "
"vehicle description and license plate number (e.g. `Truck 123-ABCD`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:111
msgid ""
"Since the delivery methods are managed internally, set the "
":guilabel:`Provider` to either :guilabel:`Fixed Price` or :guilabel:`Based "
"on Rules`. For more information about how shipping prices are calculated, "
"refer to the :doc:`Delivery method <../setup_configuration>` article."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:115
msgid ""
"Next, set a :guilabel:`Delivery Product`, which is the product that shows up"
" as the customer's :ref:`delivery charge "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-product>` on the sales order or "
"invoice."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:119
msgid ""
"Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Availability` tab, set the "
":guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, or :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes` to "
"limit the range of local delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:125
msgid "Delivery method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:125
msgid ""
"Example delivery method, with the :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes` set to San "
"Francisco's zip code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:130
msgid "Dock locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:132
msgid ""
"Each loading dock must have a dedicated location. To create or configure "
"dock locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:135
msgid ""
"Click the desired location, which opens the :guilabel:`Location` form. In "
"the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, tick the :guilabel:`Is a "
"Dock Location` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:141
msgid "Location configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:141
msgid ""
"Location configuration page with :guilabel:`Is a Dock Location` checkbox "
"ticked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:144
msgid "Build loads"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:146
msgid ""
"Once setup is complete, :ref:`assign orders to a carrier "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/assign-carrier>` and :ref:`group them into "
"batches <inventory/shipping_receiving/create-batch>`. Then, :ref:`configure "
"the batch form <inventory/shipping_receiving/batch-form>`, as needed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:151
msgid ""
"To group products, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations "
"--> Deliveries`, which reveals a list of outgoing deliveries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:155
msgid ""
"Since this article is about a specific use case, explore details about each "
"picking method in their dedicated articles."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`../picking_methods/batch`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:159
msgid ":doc:`Wave picking <../picking_methods/wave>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:160
msgid ":doc:`../picking_methods/cluster`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:166
msgid "Carrier assignment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:168
msgid ""
"Reveal the *Carrier* column, if it is not visible by default, by clicking "
"the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(settings)` icon in the top-right "
"corner, and ticking the :guilabel:`Carrier` checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:173
msgid ""
"Other useful columns to enable can be :guilabel:`Zip` code, "
":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`, and :guilabel:`Shipping Volume`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:176
msgid ""
"Select the delivery orders for the batch by ticking the checkboxes on the "
"left. Next, click into the line's :guilabel:`Carrier` fields. In the "
"resulting drop-down menu, choose the desired vehicle's :ref:`delivery method"
" <inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-method-for-carrier>`. A "
":guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, indicating the number of "
"orders being added to the batch. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and the carrier "
"is updated for all the selected records."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:185
msgid "Set carrier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:185
msgid ""
"The delivery method `Truck 1-MER-001` is set as the :guilabel:`Carrier` for "
"two delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:190
msgid "Create batch"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:192
msgid ""
"With the carrier set, begin adding orders to a batch or wave transfer by "
"ticking the checkbox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:195
msgid ""
"If a delivery order is already assigned to a batch transfer, assigning a "
"batch transfer here does **not** update it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:198
msgid ""
"Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and click either "
":guilabel:`Add to batch` or :guilabel:`Add to wave`. In the pop-up window, "
"ensure :guilabel:`Add to` is set to :guilabel:`a new [batch/wave] transfer`,"
" then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:205
msgid "Example wave."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:205
msgid "Delivery orders are selected to be grouped into a wave transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:208
msgid "Alternative batch creation method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:210
msgid ""
"Another place to create batches is by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card,"
" click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(three dots)` icon. In the "
"resulting drop-down menu, click :guilabel:`Prepare batch`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:215
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Transport Management` drop-down menu contains other tools for"
" fleet management:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:217
msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Batches`: open list of batches"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:218
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Dock Dispatching`: open weekly calendar view of scheduled batch "
"operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:219
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Batches by Route`: Kanban view of batches grouped by fulfillment "
"route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:220
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Calendar`: open hourly calendar view of scheduled operations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:221
msgid ":guilabel:`Statistics`: open pivot table of the batch transfers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show prepare batch option from the Transport Management drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:229
msgid "Batch form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:233
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave blank if "
"*any* worker can fulfill this picking."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:239
msgid ":guilabel:`Dock Location`: select the loading location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:240
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle, which will auto-fill "
":guilabel:`Vehicle Category`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:241
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vehicle Category`: show if the order exceeds the :ref:`vehicle's "
"capacity limits <inventory/shipping_receiving/vehicle-capacity>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:245
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Volume` bar is grayed out because the capacity has been "
"reached."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:0
msgid "Show batch form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:251
msgid "Prepare delivery route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:253
msgid ""
"To help the driver prepare, click the :guilabel:`Map` button at the top of "
"the batch or wave form to view delivery destinations on a map. Selecting an "
"individual delivery order pinpoints its location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:257
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Map` button is only visible for transfers with the "
":guilabel:`In progress` status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1
msgid "Show map in Odoo, with information of the delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:262
msgid ""
"Additionally, use the :guilabel:`View in Google Maps` button to generate a "
"route from the warehouse to the delivery points."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst-1
msgid "Show Google Map route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:3
msgid "FedEx integration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:5
msgid ""
"Integrating a FedEx account with Odoo's **Inventory** app makes it possible "
"to :doc:`calculate shipping rates <../setup_configuration>`, and "
":doc:`generate shipping labels <labels>` within Odoo. This is accomplished "
"by enabling the FedEx *shipping connector*, then configuring at least one "
"*shipping method*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:11
msgid ""
"This documentation contains configuration details specific to FedEx "
"integration. See the documentation on :doc:`third-party shippers "
"<third_party_shipper>` for general shipper integration instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:16
msgid "Enable shipping connector"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:18
msgid ""
"To enable the shipping connector for FedEx, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down "
"to the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, and tick the checkbox next "
"to :guilabel:`FedEx Connector`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:22
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. After doing so, a "
":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`FedEx Shipping Methods` button appears "
"below :guilabel:`FedEx Connector`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst-1
msgid "The FedEx Shipping Methods button below the FedEx Connector."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:30
msgid "Configure shipping method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:32
msgid ""
"Once the FedEx shipping connector is enabled, it is necessary to configure "
"at least one shipping method. After doing so, the shipping method can be "
"included in sales orders (SOs), and used to compute shipping costs, and "
"print shipping labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:36
msgid ""
"To enable a shipping method, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and click the :guilabel:`FedEx Shipping "
"Methods` button below the :guilabel:`FedEx Connector` checkbox. Doing so "
"opens a page that shows all existing FedEx shipping methods."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:41
msgid ""
"To see all shipping methods for every shipper with a connector enabled, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:44
msgid ""
"Select a shipping method to open its form. Alternatively, click "
":guilabel:`New` to open a blank form, and configure a new shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst-1
msgid "The form for a FedEx shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:52
msgid ""
"Enabling the FedEx shipping connector automatically creates two default "
"shipping methods: :guilabel:`FedEx US` and :guilabel:`FedEx International`. "
"Each of these methods are pre-configured with test credentials, allowing "
"them to be used for testing purposes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:56
msgid ""
"Before the shipping method can be used to create actual shipments, the test "
"credentials must be replaced with credentials from a valid FedEx account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:62
msgid ""
"At the very top of a shipping method form are fields used to configure the "
"way the method operates in Odoo. In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select "
":guilabel:`FedEx` from the drop-down menu, if it is not already selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:66
msgid ""
"The rest of the fields in this section are general to all shipping "
"providers. For details on how to fill them out, see the documentation on "
":doc:`third-party shippers <third_party_shipper>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:70
msgid "Fedex Configuration tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:72
msgid ""
"The options in the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of a FedEx shipping "
"method form are used to connect the method to a FedEx account, and configure"
" the shipping details associated with the method (drop-off type, package "
"type, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:76
msgid ""
"A FedEx business account is required to obtain the information needed to "
"fill out the fields in this tab. To create a new account, navigate to "
"FedEx's `Open Account <https://www.fedex.com/en-us/open-account.html>`_ "
"page, click on :guilabel:`Create Account`, and follow the instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:82
msgid "Developer Key and Meter Number fields"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:84
msgid ""
"A *developer key* is used to integrate a FedEx account with an external "
"service, like the Odoo **Inventory** app. A *meter number* is a unique ID "
"number used by FedEx to identify negotiated shipping rates for each account."
msgstr ""
"*开发者密钥* 用于将 FedEx 帐户与外部服务（如 Odoo **库存** 应用程序）整合。*仪表编号* 是联邦快递使用的唯一 ID "
"编号，用于识别每个帐户的协商运费。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:88
msgid ""
"To get a developer key and meter number, begin by navigating to FedEx's "
"`Developer Resource Center <https://www.fedex.com/en-us/developer/web-"
"services.html>`_. Then, click on the :guilabel:`FedEx Web Services` drop-"
"down menu."
msgstr ""
"要获取开发人员密钥和仪表编号，首先请访问 FedEx 的  `开发者资源中心 <https://www.fedex.com/en-"
"us/developer/web-services.html>`_。然后，点击 :guilabel:`FedEx 网络服务` 下拉菜单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:92
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Get Test Key` to start the process of getting a developer "
"key and meter number which can be used to configure a shipping method for "
"testing purposes."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`获取测试密钥` 开始获取开发者密钥和仪表编号的过程，该密钥和仪表编号可用于配置用于测试目的的出货方法。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:95
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Get Production Key` to start the process of getting a "
"developer key and meter number, which can be used to configure a shipping "
"method that generates real shipments with FedEx."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:98
msgid ""
"After clicking either option, follow the instructions until the "
":guilabel:`Confirmation` screen is reached. This screen displays the "
"developer key and meter number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:101
msgid ""
"Once the developer key and meter number are determined, enter them in the "
":guilabel:`Developer Key` and :guilabel:`Meter Number` fields on the "
":guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of the shipping method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:106
msgid "Password and Account Number fields"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:108
msgid ""
"A *password* is used, along with a username, to log into a FedEx account. An"
" *account number* is the unique number assigned to each FedEx account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:111
msgid ""
"To find a FedEx account number, log in to a FedEx account at "
"https://www.fedex.com. Click on the account holder's name in the top-right "
"corner of the screen, and select :menuselection:`My Profile` from the drop-"
"down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:115
msgid ""
"On the profile page, click :guilabel:`Account Management` on the left side "
"of the screen. The account number is displayed on this screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:118
msgid ""
"Once the password and account number are determined, enter them in the "
":guilabel:`Password` and :guilabel:`Account Number` fields on the "
":guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of the shipping method form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:125
msgid ""
"The main section of the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab includes a "
"number of additional fields used provide information about the shipping "
"method:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:128
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Fedex Service Type`: The FedEx service used to ship a package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:129
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Fedex Drop-Off Type`: The method for getting a package into "
"FedEx's possession."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:130
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Fedex Package Type`: The type of package used for the shipping "
"method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: The unit of measure used to weigh packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Length Unit`: The unit of measure used to determine the "
"dimensions of packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:133
msgid ":guilabel:`Label Type`: The type of shipping label used for packages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:134
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Format`: The file format used by Odoo to generate shipping "
"labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Commercial Invoice Type`: The dimensions and type of the paper "
"used to print invoices."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:138
msgid ""
"The options that should be selected on the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` "
"tab of a shipping method depend on the negotiated shipping services of the "
"associated FedEx account. To confirm the available services for a FedEx "
"account, visit the *Account Management* page after logging in to the FedEx "
"website, or speak with a customer service representative."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:144
msgid "Options section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:146
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Options` section of the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab "
"provides a few additional options to further configure the shipping method:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:149
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Saturday Delivery`: Tick the checkbox to allow packages shipped "
"with the delivery method to be delivered on Saturdays."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Tick the checkbox to automatically "
"generate a return label upon validation of a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:153
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Duties paid by`: Use the drop-down menu to select whether duty "
"charges should be paid by the :guilabel:`Sender` or :guilabel:`Recipient`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:157
msgid "Activate shipping method"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:159
msgid ""
"By default, shipping methods in Odoo are created within a *test "
"environment*. This means they can only be used for testing purposes, and are"
" unable to generate actual shipping orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:162
msgid ""
"To activate a shipping method in a *production environment*, click the "
":icon:`fa-stop` :guilabel:`Test Environment` smart button at the top of the "
"shipping method form. After doing so, the smart buttons changes to read "
":icon:`fa-play` :guilabel:`Production Environment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:166
msgid ""
"With the production environment enabled, validating a delivery order using "
"the shipping method generates an actual shipping label with FedEx."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:169
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-play` :guilabel:`Production Environment` smart button to"
" return the shipping method to a test environment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:173
msgid ""
"**Do not** enable the production environment for a shipping method before it"
" is ready to be used for actual shipping orders. Doing so may lead to the "
"creation of unwanted charges with FedEx."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:3
msgid "Shipping cost invoicing"
msgstr "运费发票"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:5
msgid ""
"Invoicing customers for shipping after delivery ensures accurate charges "
"based on real-time shipping factors like distance, weight, and method."
msgstr "在发货后向客户开具运费发票，可确保根据距离、重量和方式等实时运输因素准确收费。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:8
msgid "In Odoo, shipping costs can be invoiced in two ways:"
msgstr "在 Odoo 中，运费可通过两种方式开具发票："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:10
msgid ""
"Agree with the customer on a fixed cost and :ref:`include it in the sale "
"order. <inventory/shipping/invoice-so>`"
msgstr "与客户商定固定成本，并 :ref:`将其包含在销售订单中。<inventory/shipping/invoice-so>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Invoice shipping costs to the customer post-delivery "
"<inventory/shipping/invoice-shipping>`, reflecting the actual expenses "
"incurred by the business."
msgstr ""
":ref:`<inventory/shipping/invoice-shipping>` 交付后向客户开具发票的运费，反映企业产生的实际费用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:19
msgid ""
"To set prices to delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, enable "
"the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要为交货方式设置价格，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`送货` 部分，启用 "
":guilabel:`交付方式` 功能。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Enable the \"Delivery Methods\" feature in Settings."
msgstr "在设置中启用“运送方法”功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:30
msgid ""
"Next, configure the the price of each delivery method by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods` and "
"click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so opens a form to provide "
"details about the shipping provider, including:"
msgstr ""
"接下来，进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 送货方式` 配置每种送货方式的价格，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`创建` 按钮。这样做会打开一个表单，提供有关送货提供商的详细信息，包括："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*required*) the name of the delivery method "
"(e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式`（*必填*）送货方式的名称（例如，`平价送货`、`当日送达` 等）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*required*): choose the delivery service, like FedEx, "
"if using a third-party carrier Ensure the integration with the shipping "
"carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`提供商`（*必填*）：如果使用第三方承运商，请选择快递服务，如联邦快递，确保已正确与托运承运商整合，并从下拉菜单中选择提供商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:122
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:27
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`"
msgstr ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific "
"company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply "
"the method to all companies."
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：如果出货方法适用于特定公司，请从下拉菜单中选择该公司。留空字段表示该方法适用于所有公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*required*): the product listed on the "
":ref:`sales order line <inventory/shipping/invoice-on-so>` as the delivery "
"charge."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`交付产品` （*必填*）：:ref:`销售订单行<inventory/shipping/invoice-on-so>` "
"中列出的作为交货费用的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:57
msgid "Invoice cost on sales order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:59
msgid ""
"To invoice shipping costs on the sales order, before the item is delivered, "
"go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and select the desired sales order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:62
msgid ""
"On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button at the bottom-"
"right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Click \"Add Shipping\" button at the bottom right, near the total."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:68
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, choose the intended "
"carrier in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:71
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Get Rate` button to the calculate shipping price "
"based on real-time shipping data Odoo's shipping carrier integration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:74
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Cost` is automatically calculated using the weight of the "
"items in the order. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to close the "
"window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Calculate shipping by selecting a shipping method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:83
msgid ""
"On the sales order, the delivery product appears in the :guilabel:`Order "
"Lines` tab, with the :guilabel:`Unit Price` set as the shipping cost "
"calculated in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product on the sales order line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:91
msgid ""
"Finally, after the product is delivered, click the :guilabel:`Create "
"invoice` button, and an invoice is created that includes the shipping cost "
"that was added earlier."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Create Invoice\" button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:98
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` button, and a draft "
"invoice is generated, with the shipping cost included in the "
":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product in the invoice line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:108
msgid "Invoice real shipping costs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:110
msgid ""
"To modify the invoice to reflect the real cost of shipping, follow the steps"
" :ref:`above <inventory/shipping/invoice-so>` to create an invoice with a "
"delivery product with a :guilabel:`Unit Price` of zero."
msgstr ""
"要修改发票以反映实际运费，请按照 :ref:`以上 <inventory/shipping/invoice-so>` 的步骤创建发票，并将交货产品的 "
":guilabel:` 单价`设为零。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:114
msgid ""
"Then, on a draft invoice, modify the :guilabel:`Unit Price` to reflect the "
"real shipping cost. Finally, invoice the customer the adjusted shipping cost"
" by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr "然后，在草稿发票上修改 :guilabel:`单价` 以反映实际运费。最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 将调整后的运费开具给客户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst-1
msgid "Show delivery product on the invoice line."
msgstr "在发票行显示交付产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:123
msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:3
msgid "Change shipping label size"
msgstr "更改运输标签尺寸"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can "
"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages"
" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured "
"to fit the package."
msgstr "在 Odoo 中，可为送货订单选择多种不同类型的发货标签。根据所使用的货运包裹类型，不同的标签尺寸可能更合适，并可根据包裹进行配置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:15
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a"
" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx "
"International* will be used."
msgstr ""
"在 :menuselection:`库存` 模块中，转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 送货 --> "
"运输方式`，点击一个送货方式进行选择。在下面的示例中，将使用 *FedEx International*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Different shipping methods."
msgstr "不同的运输方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:23
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose "
"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the "
"carrier."
msgstr "在:guilabel:`配置`选项卡的:guilabel:`标签类型`下，选择一种可用的标签类型。可用性因承运商而异。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Select a label type."
msgstr "选择标签类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:30
msgid ""
"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and "
"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically "
"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
msgstr "当与相应运输公司的销售订单得到确认且交货订单得到验证后，运输标签将自动创建为 PDF 格式，并显示在 :guilabel:`沟通栏` 中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:37
msgid ""
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and "
"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select"
" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then "
"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`."
msgstr ""
"在 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序中，点击 :guilabel:`创建` 并选择一个国际客户。点击:guilabel:`添加产品` "
"并选择一个项目。点击 :guilabel:`添加运费`，选择运费方式，然后点击 :guilabel:`获取费率`，最后点击 "
":guilabel:`添加`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order."
msgstr "为销售订单添加运输方式和费率。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:45
msgid ""
"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`确认` 确认报价后，将出现 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Delivery order smart button."
msgstr "送货订单智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:52
msgid ""
"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the"
" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
msgstr "点击送货单中的 :guilabel:`验证` 确认送货单后，送货单就会出现在 :guilabel:`沟通栏` 中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Shipping PDF documents."
msgstr "运送 PDF 文件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:60
msgid "Example labels"
msgstr "标签示例"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:62
msgid ""
"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example "
"of a FedEx letter sized label is:"
msgstr "默认 :guilabel:`标签类型` 为 :guilabel:`纸质信件`。FedEx 信件尺寸标签的示例如下："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label."
msgstr "整页信件大小的 FedEx 快递运输标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:69
msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:"
msgstr "作为比较，FedEx 快递下半部分标签的示例如下：    "

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst-1
msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label."
msgstr "半页信纸大小的 FedEx 快递托运标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:3
msgid "Print shipping labels"
msgstr "打印运输标签"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:8
msgid ""
"Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers "
"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate "
"shipping labels that includes prices, destination addresses, tracking "
"numbers, and barcodes."
msgstr ""
"将 Odoo 与 :doc:`第三方运输公司<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` "
"整合，自动生成包含价格、目的地地址、追踪号码和条形码的运输标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Automatically print shipping carrier labels "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/carrier-labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:18
msgid ""
"To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install "
"the third-party shipping connector "
"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. Then, configure and activate "
"the :ref:`delivery method <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-"
"method>`, being sure to set the :guilabel:`Integration Level` to "
":guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to generate shipping labels. "
"Finally, provide the company's :ref:`source address "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` and :ref:`product "
"weights <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>`."
msgstr ""
"要为第三方运输工具生成标签，首先 :doc:`安装第三方运输连接器 "
"<.../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`。然后，配置并激活 :ref:`配送方法 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-method>`，确保将 "
":guilabel:`整合级别`设置为 :guilabel:`获取费率并创建货运`，以生成货运标签。最后，提供公司的 :ref:` 源地址 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` 和 :ref:`产品重量 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option."
msgstr "选择“获取费率并创建货运”选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:36
msgid "Labels for multi-step"
msgstr "多步骤标签"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:38
msgid ""
"For companies using :doc:`two "
"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step "
"delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be "
"triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do "
"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations "
"Types`, and choose the desired operation."
msgstr ""
"对于使用 :doc:`两步<.../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_twoo_steps>` 或 "
":doc:`三步交付<.../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` "
"的公司，可以在验证分拣或包装操作后触发标签打印。要执行此操作，请访问 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"操作类型`，然后选择所需的操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:43
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the "
":guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the "
"third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`操作类型` 配置页面上，勾选 :guilabel:`打印标签` 复选框。启用此功能可确保在验证此操作时打印第三方出货标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:48
msgid ""
"For :doc:`two-step delivery "
"<../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are "
"placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping "
"labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the "
":guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve "
"this flexibility."
msgstr ""
"对于 "
":doc:`两步交付<.../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`，产品在拣选时直接放置在包装中，公司可以在拣选时打印发货标签，而不是交货。Odoo"
" 允许用户在 `拣选` 操作本身启用 :guilabel:`打印标签` 功能，以实现这种灵活性。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0
msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature."
msgstr "启用 \"打印标签\" 功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:58
msgid "Print tracking labels"
msgstr "打印追踪标签"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:60
msgid ""
"Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By "
"default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the "
"chatter."
msgstr "验证特定操作时会打印追踪标签。默认情况下，验证交货单 （DO）会在沟通栏中生成追踪标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:64
msgid ""
"For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing "
"labels for multi-step delivery <inventory/shipping_receiving/picking-"
"config>` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking "
"or packing operation."
msgstr ""
"对于使用两步或三步交货的公司，请参阅 :ref:`为多步骤交付打印标签 <inventory/shipping_receiving/picking-"
"config>` 部分，了解如何在验证分拣或包装操作后打印标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:68
msgid ""
"When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales "
"order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/add-shipping-quote>` to the order. Then, "
"navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-"
"step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label."
msgstr ""
"安装 *销售* 和 *库存* 应用程序后，从 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序开始，转到所需的报价单或销售订单（SO）。在那里，然后 "
":ref:`将运费 <inventory/shipping_receiving/add-shipping-quote>` "
"添加到订单中。然后，导航到链接的 |DO| 或使用多步骤交货时的其他操作类型，以验证操作并打印标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:74
msgid ""
"If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery "
"Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the "
"third-party carrier <inventory/shipping_receiving/validate-print-label>` in "
"the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|."
msgstr ""
"如果只安装了 *库存* 应用程序，则直接在 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序中创建 :abbr:`DO（送货单）`，在 "
":guilabel:`承运商` 字段中添加第三方承运商 <inventory/shipping_receiving/validate-print-"
"label>，并验证 |DO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:82
msgid "Add shipping on quotation"
msgstr "在报价单上添加送货方式"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:84
msgid ""
"To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in "
":menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking "
":guilabel:`New`, and filling out the quotation form. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the quotation."
msgstr ""
"要为订单生成追踪标签，首先在 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 订单 --> 报价单` 中创建报价单，点击 "
":guilabel:`新建` 并填写报价单表格。然后，点击报价单右下角的 :guilabel:`添加运费` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:92
msgid ""
"In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order "
"Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of "
"products in the order <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>`. "
"Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to "
"estimate the cost of shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:97
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the "
"customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:101
msgid ""
"If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the "
":ref:`warehouse's address <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-"
"address>` and :ref:`weight of products in the order "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` are properly configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:105
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as "
"the :ref:`configured delivery product "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-product>`. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` on the quotation, and click the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"smart button to access the |DO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:115
msgid ""
"For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the "
":guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, "
"navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0
msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:126
msgid "Validate delivery order"
msgstr "验证交货单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:128
msgid ""
"On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to"
" ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the "
":guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr "在送货单上，导航到 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡，确保第三方送货承运商已添加到 :guilabel:`承运商` 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:132
msgid ""
"If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the "
":guilabel:`Carrier` field."
msgstr "如果未安装 *销售* 应用程序，则在 :guilabel:`承运商` 字段中设置第三方运营商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:135
msgid ""
"After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to"
" get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping "
"label."
msgstr "订单中的物品打包完毕后，点击 :guilabel:`验证`，获取运输公司的追踪号码，并生成运输标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:139
msgid ""
"Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery "
"Orders` card."
msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，选择 :guilabel:`送货订单` 卡，创建或选择现有送货单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:142
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the "
":guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the "
":guilabel:`Tracking` smart button to access the tracking link from the "
"shipping carrier's website."
msgstr ""
"在交货单的 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡中生成 :guilabel:`追踪参考` 号码。点击 :guilabel:`追踪` "
"智能按钮，从货运公司网站访问追踪链接。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:146
msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter."
msgstr "追踪标签的 PDF 格式可在沟通栏中找到。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst-1
msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter."
msgstr "在沟通栏中显示生成的送货标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:153
msgid ""
"For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label "
"appears in the chatter."
msgstr "对于多包装发货，每个包装生成一个标签。每个标签都会出现在沟通栏中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:160
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:160
msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx."
msgstr "通过 Odoo 与 FedEx 的运输连接器生成的标签样本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:3
msgid "Multi-package shipments"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:5
msgid ""
"In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped "
"in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large "
"to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged "
"together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides "
"flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create "
"multiple delivery orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:13
msgid ""
"In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* "
"setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
" Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:24
msgid "Ship items in multiple packages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:26
msgid ""
"To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by"
" navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a"
" delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same "
"item, or both."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:30
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in "
"the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:37
msgid ""
"This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the "
"table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column "
"shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:41
msgid ""
"If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number "
"from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less"
" than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a "
"smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column."
" Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and "
"close the pop-up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:51
msgid ""
"Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first "
"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of"
" the selected items."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:58
msgid ""
"For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the "
"quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` "
"before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue "
"doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:62
msgid ""
"Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:66
msgid ""
"After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button "
"appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the "
":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for"
" the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the "
"items included in it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:0
msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:76
msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later"
msgstr "为稍后发货的物品创建延期订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:78
msgid ""
"If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need "
"to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create"
" a backorder for the items being shipped later."
msgstr "如果有些商品的发货时间晚于其他商品，您无需等到这些商品准备好发货时将它们一起打包。不如创建一个后续补发订单，专门用于那些晚些发货的商品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:81
msgid ""
"Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will "
"be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above "
"<inventory/shipping/multiple-packages>` to package them as required. If they"
" will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` "
"column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the "
":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button."
msgstr ""
"首先发货那些可以立即发出的商品。如果要分多个包裹发货，请按照上面的 :ref:`<inventory/shipping/multiple-"
"packages>` 步骤按要求打包。如果以单个包裹发货，只需在 :guilabel:`已完成` 列中标记每件商品的发货数量，但**不要**点击 "
":guilabel:`放入包裹` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:86
msgid ""
"After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as "
":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a "
":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being "
"shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will"
" be shipped later."
msgstr ""
"将所有立即发货的数量标记为 :guilabel:`已完成` 后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮，弹出 :guilabel:`创建后续订单？` "
"然后点击 :guilabel:`创建后续订单` 按钮。此操作将确认立即发货的项目，并为稍后发货的项目创建新的发货单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window."
msgstr "创建后续订单？弹窗"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:95
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original "
"delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX"
" has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to "
"view the backorder delivery order."
msgstr ""
"延期交货单将在原始交货单的沟通栏中列出，信息内容为 :guilabel:`延期交货单 WH/OUT/XXXXX 已创建。`点击信息中的 "
":guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` 查看延期交货单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery "
"order."
msgstr "在原始交货单的沟通栏中列出的延期交货单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:103
msgid ""
"The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on"
" the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order."
msgstr ""
"也可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存`，点击 :guilabel:`交货订单` 卡上的 :guilabel:`# 延期订单` "
"按钮，然后选择交货单，访问延期交货单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst-1
msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card."
msgstr "交货订单卡上的 “返回订单” 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:111
msgid ""
"Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder "
"delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking "
":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the "
":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in "
"multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above."
msgstr ""
"剩余项目准备好发货后，导航到延期交货订单。点击 :guilabel:`验证` 并在弹出的 :guilabel:`立即转移？` 窗口中选择 "
":guilabel:`应用` 即可在单个包裹中发货，也可按照上述部分的详细步骤，在多个包裹中发货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:116
msgid ""
"It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another "
"backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to "
"create the first backorder."
msgstr "也可以先发出部分商品，同时为剩余的商品创建另一个后续订单。只需按照创建第一个后续订单的相同步骤操作即可。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:3
msgid "Printable delivery PDFs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:5
msgid ""
"Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, "
"containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:8
msgid ""
"The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory*"
" operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:11
msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip <inventory/shipping_receiving/delivery-slip>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:12
msgid ":ref:`Return slip <inventory/shipping_receiving/return-slip>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:13
msgid ""
":ref:`Product labels of items in the order "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/product-labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:14
msgid ""
":ref:`Lot and serial number labels <inventory/shipping_receiving/lot-sn-"
"labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:15
msgid ":ref:`Carrier labels <inventory/shipping_receiving/carrier-labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:16
msgid ":ref:`Export documents <inventory/shipping_receiving/export-doc>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:17
msgid ":ref:`Package content <inventory/shipping_receiving/package-content>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:18
msgid ":ref:`Package label <inventory/shipping_receiving/package-label>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:22
msgid ""
"To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired "
"operation type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:25
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available "
"in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those "
"selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation "
"Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the "
"related section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1
msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:37
msgid "Delivery slip"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:39
msgid ""
"A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed "
"inside (or attached to) the package."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:43
msgid ":ref:`Picking list <inventory/warehouses_storage/barcode_picking>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:44
msgid ":doc:`Tracking label <../setup_configuration/labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:46
msgid ""
"After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/print_setup>` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab "
"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired "
"operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:50
msgid ""
"The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference "
"number, and the total order weight."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1
msgid "Example delivery slip."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:60
msgid "Return slip"
msgstr "退货单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:62
msgid ""
"Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages."
" It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item "
"details and customer information. It can also include specific return "
"instructions for the customer."
msgstr ""
"打印 *退货单*，将其包含在客户退货包裹的送货单中。它可识别退货、链接到销售订单，并包括商品详情和客户信息。它还可以包括给客户的具体退货说明。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:66
msgid ""
"After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/print_setup>` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab "
"configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired "
"operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`硬件` 选项卡配置选项中 :ref:` 启用退货单设置 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/print_setup>` 后，点击所需操作类型上的 :guilabel:`验证` 可下载 "
"PDF 格式的退货单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:70
msgid ""
"The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes "
"for both the order and the return operation."
msgstr "退货单上显示公司的退货地址，以及订单和退货操作的条形码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1
msgid "Example return slip."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:80
msgid "Product labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:82
msgid ""
"Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential "
"information, such as product name, barcode, and price."
msgstr "打印 *产品标签*，贴在订单中的产品上，提供产品名称、条形码和价格等基本信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:85
msgid ""
"After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` "
"tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option."
msgstr ""
"导航到目标操作类型（:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 操作类型`）后，在 :guilabel:`硬件` 选项卡中勾选 "
":guilabel:`产品标签` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:141
msgid ""
"Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where"
" each product label can be printed as:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:91
msgid ""
":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price,"
" fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:100
msgid ""
":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, "
"fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:109
msgid ""
":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and "
"twelve columns of product labels per page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid "Example 4 x 12."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:118
msgid ""
":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. "
"Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:120
msgid ""
":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language "
"(ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers "
"to automatically print labels."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:122
msgid ""
":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra "
"Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:126
msgid ""
"Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:132
msgid "Lot/SN Labels"
msgstr "批号/序号 标签"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:134
msgid ""
"Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential "
"information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:137
msgid ""
"To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's "
"options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations"
" Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN "
"Labels` option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:144
msgid ""
":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial "
"numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and "
"barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:154
msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:156
msgid ""
":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of "
"items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits "
"four rows and twelve columns per page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:158
msgid ""
":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra "
"Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and "
"barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:160
msgid ""
":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of "
"items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product "
"name, lot/serial number, and barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:166
msgid "Carrier labels"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:168
msgid ""
"To automatically print a *carrier label* with the recipient address, "
"tracking number, and carrier details for specific third-party shipping "
"carriers, complete the following setup:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:171
msgid ""
"Tick the :guilabel:`Carrier Labels` checkbox in the :ref:`operation type "
"settings <inventory/shipping_receiving/print_setup>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:258
msgid ""
":doc:`Connect a printer <../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` to Odoo's"
" *IoT* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:174
msgid ""
":ref:`Assign the carrier label to the printer "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/assign-printer>`."
msgstr ":ref:`将承运商标签分配给打印机<inventory/shipping_receiving/assign-printer>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:175
msgid ""
"Configure the shipping method's :ref:`label type "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/label-type>`."
msgstr "配置出货方式的 :ref:`标签类型 <inventory/shipping_receiving/label-type>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:180
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:262
msgid "Assign printer"
msgstr "指定打印机"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:182
msgid ""
"Refer to the :doc:`Connect a printer "
"<../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` documentation for details on "
"connecting a printer to Odoo's *IoT* app. Upon completion, assign the "
"carrier label to the printer, by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> "
"Devices`, and selecting the desired printer."
msgstr ""
"请参阅 :doc:`连接打印机 <.../.../.../.../general/iot/devices/printer>`文档，了解将打印机连接到 "
"Odoo 的 *IoT* 应用程序的详情。完成后，通过导航至 :menuselection:`物联网应用程序 --> "
"设备`，并选择所需的打印机，将承运商标签分配给打印机。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1
msgid "Show a list of IoT devices."
msgstr "显示物联网设备列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:191
msgid ""
"In the printer configuration form, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab"
" to configure the types of documents the printer automatically prints. Click"
" :guilabel:`Add a line` to open the :guilabel:`Add: Reports` pop-up window. "
"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, type `Shipping`, and select "
":guilabel:`Shipping Labels`."
msgstr ""
"在打印机配置表中，转到 :guilabel:`打印机报告` 选项卡，配置打印机自动打印的文档类型。点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，打开 "
":guilabel:`添加：报告` 弹出窗口。在 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中，键入`出货`，然后选择 :guilabel:`运输标签`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:197
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Shipping Documents` report is for :ref:`export documents "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/export-doc>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`运输文档报告用于:ref:`出口单据<inventory/shipping_receiving/export-doc>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1
msgid "Show carrier label report added to the *Printer Reports*."
msgstr "显示已添加到 *打印机报告* 中的承运商标签报告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:204
msgid ""
"After adding the :guilabel:`Shipping Labels` report in the "
":guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab, ensure the :guilabel:`Report Type` matches "
"the IoT-connected printer's type."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`打印机报告` 选项卡中添加 :guilabel:`运输标签` 报告后，确保 :guilabel:`报告类型` "
"与连接的物联网打印机类型相匹配。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:207
msgid ""
"For laser printers, set the :guilabel:`Report Type` to :guilabel:`PDF`."
msgstr "对于激光打印机，将 :guilabel:`报告类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`PDF。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:208
msgid ""
"For Zebra printers, set the :guilabel:`Report Type` to :guilabel:`Text`."
msgstr "对于 Zebra 打印机，将 :guilabel:`报告类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`文本`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:213
msgid "Shipping carrier label type"
msgstr "运输承运商标签类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:215
msgid ""
"Next, complete the setup for the :doc:`third-party shipping connector "
"<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. After that, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`, and "
"select the desired shipping method."
msgstr ""
"接下来，完成 :doc:`第三方运输连接器 <../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` "
"的设置。然后，进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 运输方式`，选择所需的运输方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:219
msgid ""
"On the shipping method configuration form, in the :guilabel:`[carrier name] "
"Configuration` tab, ensure the :guilabel:`Label Format` matches the "
":ref:`report type assigned earlier <inventory/shipping_receiving/assign-"
"printer>`:"
msgstr ""
"在运输方法配置表单的 :guilabel:`[承运商名称] 配置` 选项卡中，确保 :guilabel:`标签格式` 与早先分配的 :ref:`报告类型"
" <inventory/shipping_receiving/assign-printer>` 匹配："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:223
msgid ""
"For laser printers, set the :guilabel:`Label Format` to :guilabel:`PDF`."
msgstr "对于激光打印机，将 :guilabel:`标签格式` 设置为 :guilabel:`PDF`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:224
msgid ""
"For Zebra printers, set the :guilabel:`Label Format` to :guilabel:`ZPL2`."
msgstr "对于 Zebra 打印机，将 :guilabel:`标签格式` 设置为 :guilabel:`ZPL2`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show the *Label Type* field on FedEx's shipping method configuration page."
msgstr "在 FedEx 的运输方式配置页面上显示 *标签类型* 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:231
msgid "Example carrier label"
msgstr "承运商标签示例"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:233
msgid ""
"After validating the operation, the carrier label is generated in the "
"chatter, and printed using the IoT-connected printer."
msgstr "验证操作后，将在聊天工具中生成承运商标签，并使用连接物联网的打印机进行打印。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid "Show an example carrier label for FedEx."
msgstr "显示 FedEx 的承运标签示例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:242
msgid ""
"Carrier label for FedEx, containing the recipient address, tracking number, "
"barcode, and other shipping information."
msgstr "FedEx 承运标签，包含收件人地址、追踪号码、条形码和其他托运信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:246
msgid ":doc:`Print carrier labels <../setup_configuration/labels>`"
msgstr ":doc:`打印承运商标签 <../setup_configuration/labels>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:251
msgid "Export document"
msgstr "导出文件"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:253
msgid ""
"An *export document*, required by customs to ship packages from one country "
"to another, can be automatically printed in Odoo by following these steps:"
msgstr "按照以下步骤，可在 Odoo 中自动打印从一个国家向另一个国家运送包裹时海关所要求的*出口单据*："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:256
msgid ""
"Tick the :guilabel:`Export Documents` checkbox in the :ref:`operation type "
"settings <inventory/shipping_receiving/print_setup>`."
msgstr ""
"在 :ref:`操作类型设置 <inventory/shipping_receiving/print_setup>` 中勾选 "
":guilabel:`出口单据` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:259
msgid "Assign the export document to the printer."
msgstr "将出口单据分配给打印机。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:264
msgid ""
"Similar to the :ref:`printer assignment instructions for carrier labels "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/assign-printer>`, after connecting a "
"compatible printer to the Odoo *IoT* app, go to :menuselection:`IoT app --> "
"Devices`, and select the desired printer."
msgstr ""
"与:ref:`承运商标签 <inventory/shipping_receiving/assign-"
"printer>`的打印机分配说明类似，将兼容打印机连接到 Odoo *IoT* 应用程序后，转到:menuselection:`IoT 应用程序 "
"--> 设备`，然后选择所需的打印机。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:268
msgid ""
"In the printer configuration form, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` "
"tab, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the :guilabel:`Add: Reports` pop-"
"up window that appears, add the :guilabel:`Shipping Documents` report to "
"assign the export document to the printer."
msgstr ""
"在打印机配置表中，转到 :guilabel:`打印机报告` 选项卡，然后点击 :guilabel:`添加行`。在弹出的 "
":guilabel:`添加：报告`弹出窗口中，添加 :guilabel:`运输文件` 报告，将出口单据分配给打印机。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:278
msgid "Export document for a shipment from the USA to Belgium."
msgstr "从美国运往比利时的出口单据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:283
msgid "Package content"
msgstr "包装内容"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:285
msgid ""
"A *package content* PDF includes the package's barcode, packed date, along "
"with a list of contained products and quantities."
msgstr "*包装内容* PDF 包括包装的条形码、包装日期以及所含产品和数量的清单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:288
msgid ""
"To print this form automatically, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type. "
"Then, go to the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, and tick the :guilabel:`Package "
"Contents` checkbox."
msgstr ""
"要自动打印此表格，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 操作类型`，并选择所需的操作类型。然后，转到 "
":guilabel:`硬件` 选项卡，勾选 :guilabel:`包装内容` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:293
msgid ""
"If the option is not available, enable the :doc:`Packages "
"<../../product_management/configure/package>` feature, by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, ticking the "
":guilabel:`Packages` checkbox, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:298
msgid ""
"After enabling the feature in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, validating the "
"operation prints a PDF of the package contents."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`硬件` 选项卡中启用该功能后，验证操作会打印 PDF 格式的软件包内容。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid ""
"Package contents form showing the package contents, barcode, and pack date."
msgstr "显示包装内容、条形码和包装日期的包装内容表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:307
msgid "Package contents showing the package contents, barcode, and pack date."
msgstr "显示包装内容、条形码和包装日期的包装内容。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:312
msgid "Package label"
msgstr "包装标签"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:314
msgid ""
"A *package label* that shows the package's barcode and pack date can be "
"configured to print upon clicking the *Put in Pack* button."
msgstr "可配置显示包装条形码和包装日期的*包装标签*，以便在单击*放入包装*按钮时打印。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:318
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button is available **only** when the "
":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>` feature is "
"enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:322
msgid ""
"After it is enabled, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button is available on all "
"inventory operations (e.g. receipt, pickings, internal transfers, delivery "
"orders, etc.)."
msgstr "启用后，:guilabel:`放入包装` 按钮可用于所有库存操作（如收货、分拣、内部转移、交货单等）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:325
msgid ""
"To automatically print the package label when the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` "
"button is clicked, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->"
" Operation Types`. Select the desired operation type, and tick the "
":guilabel:`Package Label` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab. Labels "
"can be printed in :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`ZPL` file formats, as "
"defined in the :guilabel:`Print label as` field."
msgstr ""
"要在点击 :guilabel:`放入包装` 按钮时自动打印包装标签，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"操作类型`。选择所需的操作类型，并勾选 :guilabel:`硬件` 选项卡中的 :guilabel:`包装标签` 复选框。标签可以按照 "
":guilabel:`PDF` 或 :guilabel:`ZPL` 文件格式打印，具体格式在 :guilabel:`打印标签为` 字段中定义。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0
msgid "PDF of package barcode and package date."
msgstr "PDF 格式的包装条形码和包装日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Sendcloud integration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
msgstr ""
"Sendcloud 是一个运输服务聚合器，可促进欧洲航运公司与 Odoo 的整合。整合后，用户可在其 Odoo 数据库的库存操作中选择运输承运商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Sendcloud 整合文档 <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles "
"/360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
msgstr "在 Sendcloud 中设置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
msgstr "创建账户并激活承运商"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""
"要开始使用，请访问`Sendcloud 的平台 <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_，配置账户并生成连接器凭据。使用 "
"Sendcloud 账户登录，或根据需要创建一个新账户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
msgid ""
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""
"在创建新账户时，Sendcloud 会要求您提供:abbr:`VAT "
"（增值税识别）`号码或:abbr:`EORI（经济运营商注册和识别）`号码。完成账户设置后，激活（或停用）将在 Odoo 数据库中使用的运输工具。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
msgid ""
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank"
" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping "
"rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is "
"**required**."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 与 Sendcloud 的整合*仅*适用于已链接银行账户的免费 Sendcloud 计划，因为 Sendcloud "
"不会免费发货。要使用发货规则或个人定制的承运商联系人，**必须**使用 Sendcloud 的付费计划。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:183
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr "仓库配置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
" address`."
msgstr ""
"登录 Sendcloud 账户后，导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 送货 --> 地址`，然后填写 "
":guilabel:`仓库地址`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
msgstr "在 Sendcloud 设置中添加地址。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46
msgid ""
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
msgstr ""
"为使 Sendcloud 也能处理退货，需要 :guilabel:`退货地址`。在 :guilabel:`杂项部分` 下，有一个名为 "
":guilabel:`地址名称（选填）` 的字段。应在此处输入 Odoo 仓库名称，且字符应完全相同。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
msgstr "**SendClould 配置**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`杂项`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`地址名称（选填）`：`仓库 #1`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`品牌`：`默认`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
msgstr "**Odoo 仓库配置**"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：`仓库 #1`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`简称`：`WH`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：`我的公司（旧金山）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`地址`：`我的公司（旧金山）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63
msgid ""
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
msgstr "请注意，Odoo 配置和 Sendcloud 配置中 :guilabel:`仓库` 字段的输入完全相同。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
msgstr "生成 Sendcloud 凭据"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69
msgid ""
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""
"在 Sendcloud 账户中，导航至右侧菜单中的 :menuselection:`设置 --> 整合`。然后，搜索 :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`连接`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72
msgid ""
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`连接` 后，页面将重定向到 :guilabel:`Sendcloud API` 设置页面，并在此生成 "
":guilabel:`公钥和密钥。下一步是为 :guilabel:`整合` 命名。命名规则如下：Odoo CompanyName`，以用户的公司名称代替"
" `CompanyName`（例如 `Odoo StealthyWood`）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77
msgid ""
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
msgstr "然后，选中 :guilabel:`服务点数` 旁边的复选框，并为该整合选择运输服务。保存后，:guilabel:`公钥和密钥` 将生成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
msgstr "配置 Sendcloud 整合并接收证书。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:165
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr "设置Odoo"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87
msgid ""
"To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-module>` and :ref:`link "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/link-sendcloud-module>` the Sendcloud shipping"
" connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-shipping-info>`, so Sendcloud can "
"accurately pull shipping data to generate labels."
msgstr ""
"为确保 Sendcloud 与 Odoo 的无缝整合，请 "
":ref:`安装<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-module>` 并 :ref:`链接 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/link-sendcloud-module>` Sendcloud 发货连接器到 "
"Sendcloud 账户。然后，:ref:`配置 Odoo 字段 <inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-"
"shipping-info>`，这样 Sendcloud 就可以准确提取发货数据以生成标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module"
msgstr "安装 Sendcloud 送货模块"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99
msgid ""
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
"search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
msgstr ""
"设置并配置好 Sendcloud 账户后，就该配置 Odoo 数据库了。要开始使用，请访问 Odoo 的 :guilabel:`应用程序` 模块，搜索 "
"`Sendcloud 发货` 整合并安装。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr "Odoo 应用程序模块中的 Sendcloud 送货模块。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
msgstr "Sendcloud 送货连接器配置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
msgstr ""
"安装后，在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中激活 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 送货` "
"模块。guilabel:`Sendcloud 连接器`设置位于:guilabel:`发货连接器`部分。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116
msgid ""
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"激活 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 连接器` 后，点击列出的连接器下方的 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 送货方式` "
"链接。进入:guilabel:`送货方式`页面后，点击:guilabel:`创建`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式` 也可以通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 送货 --> 送货方式` 访问。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
msgid ""
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`新送货方式` 表单中填写以下字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式`：类型 `Sendcloud DPD`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ":guilabel:`供应商`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Sendcloud`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
"shipping method or create a new product."
msgstr ":guilabel:`运送产品`：设置为该送货方式配置的产品或创建新产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`SendCloud 配置` 选项卡中，输入 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 公钥`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`SendCloud 配置` 选项卡中，输入 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 密钥`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146
msgid ""
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`送货方式 / 新建` 面包屑旁边的云图标，手动 :guilabel:`保存` 表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135
msgid ""
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
"shipping products:"
msgstr "配置并保存表单后，请按照以下步骤加载出货产品："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
"products` link."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`新送货方式` 表单的 :guilabel:`SendCloud 配置` 选项卡中，点击 :guilabel:`加载您的 "
"SendCloud 送货产品` 链接。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139
msgid ""
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
"and returns."
msgstr "选择公司希望用于送货和退货的送货产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`选择`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置 Sendcloud 送货产品的示例："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`送货`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`送货产品`：`DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`承运商`：`DPD`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`最低重量`：`0.00`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`最大重量`：`31.50`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`国家`：`奥地利` `比利时` `波斯尼亚` `黑山共和国` `保加利亚` `克罗地亚` `捷克` `共和国` `丹麦` "
"`爱沙尼亚` `芬兰` `法国` `德国` `希腊` `匈牙利` `冰岛` `爱尔兰` `意大利` `拉脱维亚` `列支敦士登` `立陶宛` `卢森堡`"
" `摩纳哥` `荷兰` `挪威` `波兰` `葡萄牙` `罗马尼亚` `塞尔维亚` `斯洛伐克` `斯洛文尼亚` `西班牙` `瑞典` `瑞士`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`退回`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169
msgid ""
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is "
"cancelled within 24 hours of creation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately cancelled after the "
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
"settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181
msgid "Shipping information"
msgstr "送货信息"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183
msgid ""
"To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information "
"**must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:"
msgstr "要使用 Sendcloud 生成发货标签，**必须**在 Odoo 中准确完整地填写以下信息："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
msgid ""
"**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected "
":guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping "
"address."
msgstr "**客户信息**：创建报价单时，确保所选 :guilabel:`客户` 具有有效的电话号码、电子邮件地址和送货地址。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189
msgid ""
"To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page."
" Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along "
"with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address."
msgstr ""
"要验证，请选择 :guilabel:`客户` 字段，打开联系页面。在 :guilabel:`联系人` 字段中添加送货地址，以及 "
":guilabel:`移动电话` 号码和 :guilabel:`电子邮件` 地址。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193
msgid ""
"**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified "
":guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. "
"Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` of this article for "
"detailed instructions."
msgstr ""
"**产品重量**：确保订单中的所有产品都在其产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡中指定了 :guilabel:`重量`。详细说明请参阅本文的"
" :ref:`产品重量部分 <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
msgid ""
"**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match "
"the :ref:`previously defined warehouse "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-warehouse-config>` in the Sendcloud "
"setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the "
":ref:`warehouse configuration section "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` of the third-party "
"shipping documentation."
msgstr ""
"**仓库地址**：确保 Odoo 中的仓库名称和地址与 Sendcloud 设置中的 :ref:`旧仓库 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/sendcloud-warehouse-config>` 匹配。有关 Odoo "
"中仓库配置的详细信息，请参阅第三方发货文档中的 :ref:`仓库配置部分 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204
msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud"
msgstr "使用 Sendcloud 生成标签"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中创建报价单时，添加发货和 :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"发货产品`。然后，:guilabel:`验证`发货。发货标签文件会在聊天工具中自动生成，其中包括以下内容："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
msgstr ":guilabel:`送货标签`，取决于包裹数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ":guilabel:`退货标签`（如果 Sendcloud 连接器配置了退货标签）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
msgstr ":guilabel:`海关文件`（如果目的地国家需要）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
msgstr "此外，现在还提供了追踪号码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217
msgid ""
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud automatically charges the "
"configured Sendcloud account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221
msgid "Shipping rules"
msgstr "运输规则"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:223
msgid ""
"Optionally, create shipping rules to automatically generate shipping labels "
"tailored to different product needs. For example, a shipping rule can be "
"created for customers shipping expensive jewelry items to purchase "
"insurance."
msgstr "可选择创建发货规则，根据不同的产品需求自动生成发货标签。例如，可以为运送昂贵珠宝首饰的客户创建运送规则，以便购买保险。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:228
msgid ""
"Shipping rules do **not** affect :ref:`shipping rate calculations "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-rate>`, and are only used to "
"improve the process of :doc:`generating shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:232
msgid ""
"To use shipping rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Delivery: Shipping Methods`, and select the intended "
"`Sendcloud` shipping method."
msgstr ""
"要使用运输规则，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 送货：发货方法`，并选择预定的 `Sendcloud` "
"发货方法。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Configuration` tab, in the "
":guilabel:`OPTIONS` section, choose the kind of shipments the shipping rules"
" apply to, via the :guilabel:`Use Sendcloud shipping rules` field."
msgstr ""
"在:guilabel:`Sendcloud 配置` 选项卡下的 :guilabel:`选项` 部分，通过 :guilabel:`使用 Sendcloud"
" 发货规则` 字段选择发货规则适用的发货类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:239
msgid ""
"From here, choose either: :guilabel:`Shipping` to customers, "
":guilabel:`Returns` from customers, or :guilabel:`Both`."
msgstr "从这里选择： :guilabel:`运输` 至客户，从客户处 :guilabel:`退回`，或 :guilabel:`两者`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Use Shipping Rules field."
msgstr "使用运输规则字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:246
msgid ""
"Then, in the Sendcloud website, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Shipping rules`. Create a new shipping rule by clicking :guilabel:`Create "
"New`."
msgstr ""
"然后，在 Sendcloud 网站中，导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 运输规则`。点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`，创建新的运输规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Actions` section, set a :guilabel:`Condition` to determine"
" when the rule applies. Then, configure what to do when packages meet the "
"condition."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`操作` 部分，设置 :guilabel:`条件`，以确定规则何时适用。然后，配置软件套装满足条件时的操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:253
msgid ""
"`Create shipping rules on Sendcloud <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles/10274470454292-How-to-create-shipping-rules#examples-smart-"
"shipping-rules>`_"
msgstr ""
"`在 Sendcloud 上创建运输规则 <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles/10274470454292-How-to-create-shipping-rules#examples-smart-"
"shipping-rules>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:257
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "FAQ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:260
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
msgstr "货物过重"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262
msgid ""
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
"transfer and generate labels."
msgstr ""
"如果发货重量超过配置的 Sendcloud 服务承载能力，则会将重量分割以模拟多个包裹。产品需要放在不同的 :guilabel:`包裹` 中，以便 "
":guilabel:`验证`转运和生成标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:266
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""
"在 Sendcloud 中还可以设置:guilabel:`规则`，在重量过重时使用其他运输方式。但请注意，这些规则不适用于销售订单上的运费计算。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:271
msgid "Personal carrier contract"
msgstr "个人运输合同"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273
msgid ""
"Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first "
"logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers "
"--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract."
msgstr ""
"首先登录 Sendcloud，导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 运营商 --> 我的合同`，然后选择目标合同，即可通过 CSV "
"上传使用直接运营商合同中的自定义价格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud."
msgstr "导航至 Sendcloud 中的合同部分。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:281
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download "
"CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the"
" CSV file template."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`合同价格` 部分，点击 :guilabel:`下载 CSV` 并在 CSV 文件模板的 :guilabel:`价格` "
"列中填写合同价格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:285
msgid ""
"Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies."
msgstr "确保 CSV 文件包含正确的价格，以避免出现任何不准确的情况。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column."
msgstr "显示来自 Sendcloud 的合同 CSV 示例，突出显示价格列。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:291
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click "
":guilabel:`Save these prices`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`上传` 已完成的 CSV 文件到 Sendcloud，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存价格`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:294
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-us/articles/5163547066004>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Sendcloud：如何上传与运营商的合同价格<https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles/5163547066004>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:298
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
msgstr "测量体积重量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:300
msgid ""
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
msgstr ""
"许多承运商对重量有多种衡量标准。一种是包裹中产品的实际重量，另一种是*体积重量*（:dfn:`体积重量是指包裹在运输过程中所占的体积。换言之，它是包裹的实际大小。）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:305
msgid ""
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
" the volumetric weight."
msgstr "检查所选承运商是否已经定义了计算体积重量的公式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:309
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Sendcloud：如何计算和自动化包裹体积重量 <https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-"
"us/articles/360059644051-How-to-calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-"
"weight>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:313
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
msgstr "无法计算运费率"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:315
msgid ""
"First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported "
"by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""
"首先，确认所发运产品的重量符合所选发运方式的要求。如果已设置，则验证承运商是否支持目的地国家（来自客户地址）。承运商也应支持原产国家/地区（仓库地址）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Starshipit shipping"
msgstr "Starshipit 货运"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Starshipit is a shipping service operator that facilitates the integration "
"of Australasian shipping couriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can "
"create shipping methods that will automatically get rates from specific "
"couriers (such as Australia Post, NZ Post, DHL,...) based on predefined "
"conditions."
msgstr ""
"Starshipit 是一家运输服务商，可帮助将澳大利亚和新西兰地区的快递公司与 Odoo "
"整合。整合后，用户可以创建运输方式，根据预定义条件自动获取特定快递公司（如澳大利亚邮政、新西兰邮政、DHL等）的运费。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:11
msgid ":doc:`Automatically calculate shipping <../setup_configuration>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:12
msgid ":doc:`Integrate other third-party couriers <third_party_shipper>`"
msgstr ":doc:`整合其他第三方快递公司<third_party_shipper>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:15
msgid "Setup in Starshipit"
msgstr "在 Starshipit 中设置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:18
msgid "Create an account and activate couriers"
msgstr "创建账户并激活快递"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:20
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Starshipit's platform <https://starshipit.com/>`_ to "
"configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Starshipit account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""
"要开始使用，请访问 `Starshipit 平台<https://starshipit.com/>`_，配置账户并生成连接器凭据。使用 "
"Starshipit 账户登录，或根据需要创建一个新账户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:25
msgid "Pickup address configuration"
msgstr "取件地址配置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Starshipit account, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Pickup address`, and fill in the "
":guilabel:`Pickup address`. Ensure this field matches the warehouse address."
msgstr ""
"登录 Starshipit 账户后，进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 取件地址`，填写 "
":guilabel:`取件地址`。确保该字段与仓库地址一致。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Adding addresses in the Starshipit settings."
msgstr "在 Starshipit 设置中添加地址。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:35
msgid "Couriers configuration"
msgstr "快递公司配置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"To integrate with third-party couriers, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Couriers`, and select :guilabel:`Couriers`."
msgstr "要整合第三方快递，请导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 快递公司`，然后选择 :guilabel:`快递公司`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:45
msgid ""
"For details on integrating with different couriers, refer to `Starshipit's "
"support center <https://support.starshipit.com/hc/en-us/>`_."
msgstr ""
"有关与不同快递公司整合的详细信息，请参阅`Starshipit 支持中心 <https://support.starshipit.com/hc/en-"
"us/>`_。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:49
msgid "Checkout rates"
msgstr "结账费率"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:51
msgid ""
"To configure shipping rate calculations, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Checkout rates`. The selected delivery costs "
"are automatically applied in Odoo when calculating shipping costs."
msgstr "要配置运费计算，请导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 结账费率`。计算运费时，Odoo 会自动应用所选的送货费用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Checkout rates in the Starshipit settings."
msgstr "在Starshipit的设置中查看运费费率。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:59
msgid "Starshipit API key"
msgstr "Starshipit API 密钥"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:61
msgid ""
"Configure shipping rules to assign the correct shipping methods to orders "
"based on specific conditions."
msgstr "配置发货规则，根据特定条件为订单分配正确的发货方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"To create a rule, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Rules` and click "
":guilabel:`Add a new rule`."
msgstr "要创建规则，请转至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 规则` 并点击 :guilabel:`添加新规则`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:66
msgid ""
"While there are multiple ways to configure rules, it is recommended to set:"
msgstr "虽然有多种配置规则的方法，但建议设置："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:68
msgid ":guilabel:`Condition` to :guilabel:`Contains`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`条件` 为 :guilabel:`包含`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:69
msgid ":guilabel:`Value` to the :guilabel:`product code`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`值` 为 :guilabel:`产品代码`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:70
msgid ":guilabel:`Action` to :guilabel:`Set Courier & Product Code`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`操作` 为 :guilabel:`设置快递公司和产品代码`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Shipping rules in the Starshipit settings."
msgstr "Starshipit 设置中的运输规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:79
msgid "Finding Starshipit API credentials"
msgstr "查找 Starshipit 应用程序接口证书"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:81
msgid ""
"In the Starshipit account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> API` in "
"the side menu. This page contains the :abbr:`API (Application Programming "
"Interface)` keys needed to connect to Odoo."
msgstr ""
"在 Starshipit 账户中，导航到侧边菜单中的:menuselection:`设置 --> API`。此页面包含连接 Odoo "
"所需的:abbr:`API（应用程序接口）` 密钥。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Finding the Starshipit API keys."
msgstr "查找 Starshipit API 密钥。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:93
msgid "Install"
msgstr "安装"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:95
msgid ""
"After the Starshipit account is set up, integrate it with the Odoo database."
" To do that, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the "
":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping` module, and click :guilabel:`Activate` to "
"install it."
msgstr ""
"建立 Starshipit 账户后，将其与 Odoo 数据库整合。要执行此操作，请进入 Odoo 的 :guilabel:`应用程序` 模块，搜索 "
":guilabel:`Starshipit 运输` 模块，然后点击 :guilabel:`激活` 进行安装。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Starshipit Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr "Odoo 应用程序模块中的 Starshipit 运输模块。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:106
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the feature by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` "
"section, activate the :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector` option."
msgstr ""
"安装后，进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 激活该功能。在 :guilabel:`运输连接器` 部分，激活 "
":guilabel:`Starshipit 连接器` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:110
msgid ""
"After activating :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector`, click the "
":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. "
"Once on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"激活 :guilabel:`Starshipit 连接器` 后，点击连接器下方的 :guilabel:`Starshipit 运输方式` 链接。进入 "
":guilabel:`运输方式` 页面后，点击 :guilabel:`创建`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:118
msgid ""
"Configure Starshipit in Odoo by filling out the fields on the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` form as follows:"
msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置 Starshipit，在 :guilabel:`运输方式` 表单中填写如下字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:121
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Starshipit`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`运输方式`：类型 `Starshipit`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:122
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Starshipit` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ":guilabel:`提供商`：从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`Starshipit`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:123
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: assign or create the delivery product that "
"will appear on the sales order line when the cost of shipping is computed."
msgstr ":guilabel:`交货产品`：指定或创建计算运费时将出现在销售订单行中的交货产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:127
msgid ""
"The fields discussed in this section are specific to configuring Starshipit."
" For more information about the other fields, refer to "
":doc:`../setup_configuration`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:130
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab, fill out these fields:"
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`Starshipit 配置` 选项卡中，填写这些字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Starshipit API Key`: enter the :abbr:`API (Application "
"Programming Interface)` key :ref:`obtained from Starshipit "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/star-api>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Starshipit API 密钥`：输入 :abbr:`API（应用程序接口）` 密钥 :ref:` 从 Starshipit "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/star-api>` 获取。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:134
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Starshipit Subscription Key`: enter the subscription key obtained"
" from the same place as the :ref:`API key "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/star-api>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Starshipit 订阅密钥`：输入从与 :ref:`API "
"密钥<inventory/shipping_receiving/star-api>` 相同的地方获取的订阅密钥。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:136
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Origin Address`: Enter the address where products are shipped "
"from. This field is crucial for calculating shipping rates and "
":ref:`generating shipping labels <inventory/shipping_receiving/star-label>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`原地址`：输入产品的发货地址。此字段对计算运费和 :ref:` "
"生成<inventory/shipping_receiving/star-label>`运输标签至关重要。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:139
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Default Package Type`: Set a default package type to include the "
"weight of the empty package when automatically calculating shipping rates."
msgstr ":guilabel:`默认包裹类型`：设置默认包裹类型，以便在自动计算运费时包含空包裹的重量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:143
msgid ""
"To set a default package type, the *Packages* feature **must** be enabled in"
" :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr "要设置默认软件包类型，必须在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用*软件包*功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:149
msgid ""
"To load the newly configured shipping products, click the :guilabel:`Select "
"a service linked to the Starshipit account` link at the bottom of the "
":guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab."
msgstr ""
"要加载新配置的运输产品，请点击 :guilabel:`Starshipit 配置`选项卡底部的:guilabel:`选择与 Starshipit "
"账户链接的服务`链接。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:152
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Choose Starshipit Shipping Service` pop-up "
"window. In the :guilabel:`Delivery Service` field, choose the desired "
"shipping service for deliveries and returns from the drop-down menu. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
"打开 :guilabel:`选择 Starshipit 运输服务` 弹出窗口。在 :guilabel:`运输服务` "
"字段，从下拉菜单中选择所需的送货和退货服务。最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:156
msgid ""
"The chosen delivery service will populate in the :guilabel:`Service Name` "
"field."
msgstr "选择的送货服务将在 :guilabel:`服务名称` 字段中弹出。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:159
msgid "Sample of a Starshipit shipping product configured in Odoo:"
msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置 Starshipit 货运产品的示例："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Sendle: Sendle drop off`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Sendle: Sendle 寄送点`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `Sendle Delivery`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`运输产品`：`Sendle 送货`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Starshipit Service Code`: `STANDARD-DROPOFF`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`Starshipit 服务编码`：`STANDARD-DROPOFF`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:170
msgid ""
"Starshipit does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means that if a package is created, the account may be"
" charged."
msgstr "公司在 Odoo 中测试发送包裹时，Starshipit 不提供测试密钥。这意味着如果创建了包裹，账户可能会被扣款。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:173
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately cancelled after creation"
" — this occurs automatically. Please note that depending on the shipping "
"provider being used, the account might be charged for printing label, unless"
" the order is cancelled manually on the couriers’s portal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:180
msgid ""
"Switch between the test and production environment by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Environment` smart button at the top of the shipping method form."
msgstr "点击出货方法表单顶部的 :guilabel:`环境` 智能按钮，在测试和生产环境之间进行切换。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:186
msgid "Generate a label with Starshipit"
msgstr "使用 Starshipit 生成标签"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:188
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add the Starshipit shipping method by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button."
msgstr "在 Odoo 创建报价单时，点击 :guilabel:`添加运输` 按钮，添加 Starshipit 运输方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:191
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select Starshipit in"
" the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field."
msgstr "在弹出的 :guilabel:`添加运输方式` 窗口中，在 :guilabel:`运输方式` 字段中选择 Starshipit。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:194
msgid ""
"Calculate the shipping rate by clicking :guilabel:`Get rate`. Finally, click"
" :guilabel:`Add` to include the cost of shipping to the sales order line, "
"labeled as the *delivery product*."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`获取费率` 计算运费。最后，点击 :guilabel:`添加`，将运费包含到销售订单行中，标注为*送货产品*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:199
msgid ""
"Automatically calculate shipping costs for Starshipit in **both** Odoo "
"*Sales* and *eCommerce* applications."
msgstr "在 Odoo *销售* 和 *电子商务* 应用程序中自动计算 Starshipit 运费。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:202
msgid ""
"Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label documents are "
"automatically generated in the chatter, which includes the following:"
msgstr "然后，:guilabel:`验证`发货。发货标签文件会在聊天工具中自动生成，其中包括以下内容："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:206
msgid ":guilabel:`Tracking number(s)` if the selected courier supports it."
msgstr ":guilabel:`追踪号码`（如果所选快递支持）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:207
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Starshipit connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ":guilabel:`退货标签`（如果 Starshipit 连接器配置了退货标签）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Example of a shipped order in Odoo."
msgstr "Odoo 中已发货订单的示例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:214
msgid ""
"Package weight in Odoo is calculated by adding the weights of the products "
"plus the empty package saved in the database. Ensure the correct shipping "
"option is selected, as the package weight is not automatically verified."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中，包裹的重量是通过将产品的重量与保存在数据库中的空包装的重量相加来计算的。请确保选择正确的运输选项，因为包裹的重量不会自动进行验证。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:218
msgid ""
"Verify the destination address, as Starshipit checks it when the order is "
"created."
msgstr "在创建订单时，Starshipit 会检查目的地地址。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:220
msgid ""
"Finally, some couriers may require other information, such as an email "
"address or phone number. Please ensure that all necessary information are "
"set upon sending a shipping order."
msgstr "最后，有些快递公司可能要求提供其他信息，如电子邮件地址或电话号码。请确保在发送运输订单时已设置所有必要信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:224
msgid "Returns"
msgstr "退货"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233
msgid "Starshipit allows returns with the following couriers:"
msgstr "Starshipit 允许通过以下快递公司退货："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:227
msgid "Australia Post eParcel"
msgstr "澳大利亚邮政电子包裹"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:228
msgid "TNT"
msgstr "TNT"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:229
msgid "Couriers Please"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:230
msgid "Aramex"
msgstr "Aramex"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:231
msgid "StarTrack"
msgstr "StarTrack"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:232
msgid "DHL Express"
msgstr "DHL 快递"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233
msgid "NZ Post Domestic"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:235
msgid ""
"This can be done by clicking the :guilabel:`Return` smart button on the "
"intended delivery order. If the selected courier supports returns, the "
":guilabel:`Print Return Label` button will be available."
msgstr ""
"可以通过点击预定快递单上的 :guilabel:`退货` 智能按钮来实现。如果所选快递支持退货，则可使用 :guilabel:`打印退货标签` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:240
msgid "Cancellations"
msgstr "取消"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:242
msgid ""
"If a delivery order is cancelled in Odoo, it will be automatically archived "
"in Starshipit. However, the cancellation will not be sent to the courier "
"itself, so make sure to log onto the courier's platform to handle the "
"cancellation manually."
msgstr ""
"如果在 Odoo 中取消了送货订单，它将自动在 Starshipit "
"中存档。不过，取消订单不会发送给快递公司，因此请务必登录快递公司的平台手动处理取消订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "Third-party shipping carriers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10
msgid ""
"Users can link third-party shipping carriers to Odoo databases, in order to "
"verify carriers' delivery to specific addresses, :doc:`automatically "
"calculate shipping costs <../setup_configuration>`, and :doc:`generate "
"shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:14
msgid ""
"In Odoo, shipping carriers can be applied to a sales order (SO), invoice, or"
" delivery order. For tips on resolving common issues when configuring "
"shipping connectors, skip to the :ref:`Troubleshooting "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-troubles>` section."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中，运输工具可应用于销售订单（SO）、发票或交货单。有关配置送货连接器时常见问题的解决技巧，请跳至 :ref:`疑难解答 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-troubles>` 部分。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:20
msgid ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`"
msgstr ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:23
msgid "The following is a list of available shipping connectors in Odoo:"
msgstr "以下是 Odoo 中可用的送货连接器列表："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:29
msgid "Carrier"
msgstr "承运商"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:30
msgid "Region availability"
msgstr "区域可用情况"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31
msgid ":doc:`FedEx <fedex>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:36
msgid "All"
msgstr "全部"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:33
msgid ":doc:`DHL Express <dhl_credentials>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35
msgid ":doc:`UPS <ups_credentials>`"
msgstr ":doc:`UPS <ups_credentials>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37
msgid "US Postal Service"
msgstr "美国邮政服务"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:38
msgid "United States of America"
msgstr "美国"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:39
msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud <sendcloud_shipping>`"
msgstr ":doc:`Sendcloud <sendcloud_shipping>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40
msgid "Some European countries (see details below)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41
msgid "Bpost"
msgstr "Bpost"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42
msgid "Belgium"
msgstr "比利时"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:43
msgid "Easypost"
msgstr "Easypost"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:44
msgid "North America"
msgstr "北美洲"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45
msgid "Shiprocket"
msgstr "Shiprocket"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:46
msgid "India"
msgstr "印度"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:47
msgid ":doc:`Starshipit <starshipit_shipping>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:48
msgid "Australia and New Zealand"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51
msgid "Other services from DHL are **not** supported."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:53
msgid ""
"Sendcloud currently supports shipping **from** Austria, Belgium, France, "
"Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom, and **to** "
"any European country."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59
msgid ""
"To ensure proper setup of a third-party shipping carrier with Odoo, follow "
"these steps:"
msgstr "为确保在 Odoo 中正确设置第三方运输承运人，请遵循以下步骤："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61
msgid ""
":ref:`Install the shipping connector <inventory/shipping_receiving/shipping-"
"connector>`."
msgstr ":ref:`安装运输连接器 <inventory/shipping_receiving/shipping-connector>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62
msgid ""
":ref:`Set up delivery method <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-"
"delivery-method>`."
msgstr ""
":ref:`设置交付方式 <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-method>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:63
msgid ""
":ref:`Activate production environment "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`."
msgstr ":ref:`激活正式运行环境 <inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64
msgid ""
":ref:`Configure warehouse <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-"
"address>`."
msgstr ":ref:`配置仓库 <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:65
msgid ""
":ref:`Specify weight of products <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-"
"weight>`."
msgstr ":ref:`指定产品重量 <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:70
msgid "Install shipping connector"
msgstr "安装运输连接器"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:72
msgid ""
"To install shipping connectors, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr "要安装送货连接器，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:74
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, tick the third-party "
"shipping carrier's checkbox to install it. Multiple third-party shipping "
"connectors can be selected at once. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"在:guilabel:`送货连接器`部分，勾选第三方货运承运商复选框以进行安装。可同时选择多个第三方运输连接器。然后，点击 "
":guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:79
msgid ""
":doc:`Delivery methods <../setup_configuration>` can also be integrated with"
" operations in the *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Website* apps. To install, "
"refer to the :ref:`install apps and modules <general/install>` "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Options of available shipping connectors in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:92
msgid ""
"To configure the API credentials, and activate the shipping carrier, begin "
"by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping "
"Methods`, and select the desired delivery method."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:97
msgid ""
"The list often includes **two** delivery methods from the same "
":guilabel:`Provider`: one for international shipping and one for domestic "
"shipping."
msgstr "该列表通常包括来自同一 :guilabel:`提供商` 的**两种**送货方式：一种用于国际送货，一种用于国内送货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:100
msgid ""
"Additional delivery methods can be created for specific purposes, such as "
":doc:`packaging <../../product_management/configure/packaging>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:104
msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery methods <../setup_configuration>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:107
msgid ""
"Ensure the delivery method is published when it should be available on the "
"*Website* app. To publish a delivery method on the website, click the "
"desired delivery method, then click the :guilabel:`Unpublished` smart "
"button. Doing so changes that smart button to read: :guilabel:`Published`."
msgstr ""
"确保在 *网站* 应用程序上发布应可用的交付方式。要在网站上发布交付方式，请点击所需的交付方式，然后点击 :guilabel:`未发布` "
"智能按钮。这样会将该智能按钮更改为：:guilabel:`已发布`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:114
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Shipping Method` page contains details about the provider, "
"including:"
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`送货方式` 页面中包含有关提供商的详细信息，包括："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery "
"method (e.g. `FedEx US`, `FedEx EU`, etc.)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`送货方式`（*必填字段*）：送货方式名称（例如， `FedEx US`、`FedEx EU`等）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:118
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an *eCommerce* page that"
" is connected to a specific website in the database. Select the applicable "
"website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to "
"all web pages."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`网站`：为连接到数据库中特定网站的*电子商务*页面配置发货方法。从下拉菜单中选择适用的网站，或留空将方法应用于所有网页。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:121
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the third-party delivery "
"service, like FedEx. Upon choosing a provider, the :guilabel:`Integration "
"Level`, :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and :guilabel:`Insurance Percentage` "
"fields become available."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`提供商`（*必填字段*）：选择第三方快递服务，如FedEx。选择供应商后，:guilabel:`整合级别`、:guilabel:`发票政策`和:guilabel:`保险百分比`字段可用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:124
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Integration Level`: choose :guilabel:`Get Rate` to simply get an "
":ref:`estimated shipment cost <inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-so>`"
" on an |SO| or invoice."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`整合级别`：选择 :guilabel:`获取费率`，只需在 |销售订单| 或发票上获取 :ref:`预计运费 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-so>` 即可。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:128
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to also :doc:`generate "
"shipping labels <labels>`."
msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`获取费率并创建货件` 也 :doc:`生成运输标签<labels>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:133
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the delivery charge name "
"that is added to the |SO| or invoice."
msgstr ":guilabel:`交付产品`（*必填字段*）：添加到 |销售订单| 或发票中的交货费用名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select and calculate an :guilabel:`Estimated "
"cost` of shipping directly from the shipping carrier. If the :guilabel:`Real"
" cost` of shipping is wanted instead, refer to :doc:`Invoice real shipping "
"costs <invoicing>` document."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:138
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Margin on Rate`: specify an additional percentage amount added to"
" the base shipping rate to cover extra costs, such as handling fees, "
"packaging materials, exchange rates, etc."
msgstr ":guilabel:`运费保证金`：指定在基本运费基础上增加的额外百分比，以支付额外费用，如手续费、包装材料、汇率差额等。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:140
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: enables free shipping for orders "
"surpassing a specified amount entered in the corresponding "
":guilabel:`Amount` field."
msgstr ":guilabel:`如果订单金额高于则免费`：对于超过相应 :guilabel:`金额` 字段中输入的指定金额的订单，可以免费送货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:142
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Insurance Percentage`: specify a percentage amount of the "
"shipping costs reimbursed to the senders if the package is lost or stolen in"
" transit."
msgstr ":guilabel:`保险百分比`：指定如果包裹在运输过程中丢失或被盗，向发件人报销的运费百分比金额。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149
msgid "Screenshot of a FedEx shipping method."
msgstr "FedEx 运输方式的屏幕截图。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149
msgid "**Shipping Method** configuration page for `FedEx US`."
msgstr " `FedEx US` 的 **运送方式** 配置页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:151
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, fill out the API credential fields "
"(e.g. API key, password, account number, etc.). Depending on the third-party"
" shipping carrier chosen in the :guilabel:`Provider` field, the "
":guilabel:`Configuration` tab will contain different required fields. For "
"more details about configuring specific carriers' credentials, refer to the "
"following documents:"
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`配置` 选项卡中，填写 API 凭据字段（如 API 密钥、密码、帐号等）。根据在 :guilabel:`提供商` "
"字段中选择的第三方运送承运商，:guilabel:`配置`选项卡将包含不同的必填字段。有关配置特定承运商凭证的更多详情，请参阅以下文档："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`DHL credentials <dhl_credentials>`"
msgstr ":doc:`DHL 凭证<dhl_credentials>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:159
msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud credentials <sendcloud_shipping>`"
msgstr ":doc:`Sendcloud 凭证<sendcloud_shipping>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:160
msgid ":doc:`UPS credentials <ups_credentials>`"
msgstr ":doc:`UPS 凭证<ups_credentials>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:165
msgid "Production environment"
msgstr "正式运行环境"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:167
msgid ""
"With the delivery method details configured, click the :guilabel:`Test "
"Environment` smart button to set it to :guilabel:`Production Environment`."
msgstr "配置好交付方式详细信息后，点击 :guilabel:`测试环境`智能 按钮将其设置为 :guilabel:`正式运行环境`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:171
msgid ""
"Setting the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production` creates **real** "
"shipping labels, and users are at risk of being charged through their "
"carrier account (e.g. UPS, FedEx, etc.) **before** users charge customers "
"for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the "
"delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`."
msgstr ""
"将交付方式设置为 :guilabel:`正式运行` 会创建**真实的**运输标签，用户有可能在向客户收取运费**之前**通过其承运商账户（如 "
"UPS、FedEx 等）被收取费用。在向 :guilabel:`正式运行` 发送方法启动前，请确认所有配置正确无误。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button."
msgstr "显示 “测试环境” 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:185
msgid ""
"Ensure the warehouse's :guilabel:`Address` (including ZIP code) and "
":guilabel:`Phone` number are entered accurately. To do that, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select "
"the desired warehouse."
msgstr ""
"确保准确输入仓库的 :guilabel:`地址`（包括邮政编码）和 :guilabel:`电话号码。要执行此操作，进入 "
":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，选择所需的仓库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:189
msgid ""
"On the warehouse configuration page, open the warehouse contact page by "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Company` field."
msgstr "在仓库配置页面，点击 :guilabel:`公司` 字段，打开仓库联系人页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Highlight the \"Company\" field."
msgstr "突出显示 “公司” 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:196
msgid ""
"Verify that the :guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Phone` number are "
"correct, as they are required for the shipping connector to work properly."
msgstr "验证 :guilabel:`地址` 和 :guilabel:`手机` 号码是否正确，因为这两个号码是装运连接器正常工作所必需的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show company address and phone number."
msgstr "显示公司地址和电话号码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:206
msgid "Product weight"
msgstr "产品重量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:208
msgid ""
"For the carrier integration to work properly, specify the weight of products"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"selecting the desired product."
msgstr "要使承运商整合正常工作，请转到:menuselection:`库存应用 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择所需的产品来指定产品的重量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:211
msgid ""
"Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and define the "
":guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section."
msgstr "然后，切换到 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，在 :guilabel:`物流` 部分定义产品的 :guilabel:`重量`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Display the \"Weight\" field in the Inventory tab of the product form."
msgstr "在产品表单的 “库存” 选项卡中显示 “重量” 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:221
msgid "Apply third-party shipping carrier"
msgstr "申请第三方运输承运商"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:223
msgid ""
"Shipping carriers can be applied on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, invoice, or "
"delivery order."
msgstr "运输工具可应用于 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`、发票或送货单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:225
msgid ""
"After configuring the third-party carrier's :ref:`delivery method "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-method>` in Odoo, create or"
" navigate to a quotation by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders "
"--> Quotations`."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中配置第三方承运商的 :ref:`送货方式 <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-"
"delivery-method>` 后，通过 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 订单 --> 报价单` 创建或浏览报价单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:232
msgid "Sales order"
msgstr "销售订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:234
msgid ""
"To assign a third-party shipping carrier, and get an estimated cost of "
"shipping, begin by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> "
"Quotations`. Create or select an existing quotation, and add the cost of "
"shipping through a third-party carrier to a quotation, by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the "
":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab."
msgstr ""
"要指定第三方承运商并估算运费，首先进入 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 订单 --> 报价单`。创建或选择现有报价单，点击 "
":guilabel:`订单行` 选项卡右下角的:guilabel:`添加运费` 按钮，在报价单中添加第三方承运商的运费。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation."
msgstr "在报价单底部显示 “添加运费” 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:243
msgid ""
"In the resulting :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select the"
" intended carrier from the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The "
":guilabel:`Cost` field is automatically filled based on:"
msgstr ""
"在弹出的 :guilabel:`添加送货方式` 窗口中，从 :guilabel:`送货方式` 下拉菜单中选择目标承运商。:guilabel:`成本` "
"字段将根据以下因素自动填写："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:247
msgid ""
"the amount specified in the :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` field (if it is "
"not provided, the sum of :ref:`product weights "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` in the order is used)"
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`订单总重量` 字段中指定的金额（如果未提供，则使用订单中 "
":ref:`产品重量<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-weight>` 的总和）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:249
msgid ""
"the distance between the warehouse's :ref:`source address "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` and the customer's "
"address."
msgstr ""
"仓库的 :ref:`源地址 <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` "
"与客户地址之间的距离。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:254
msgid ""
"After selecting a third-party provider in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` "
"field, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` "
"pop-up window to get the estimated cost through the shipping connector. "
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add the delivery charge to the "
"|SO| or invoice."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`送货方式` 字段中选择第三方供应商后，点击 :guilabel:`添加送货方式` 弹出窗口中的 "
":guilabel:`获取费率`，通过送货连接器获取估计费用。然后，点击 :guilabel:`添加` 按钮，将运费添加到 |SO| 或发票中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:260
msgid ""
":doc:`Charge customers for shipping after product delivery <invoicing>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:267
msgid ""
"For users making shipments without installing the *Sales* app, assign the "
"shipping carrier to the delivery order, by first going to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app. Then, from the :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Overview` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, "
"and choose the desired delivery order that is not already marked as "
":guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Cancelled`."
msgstr ""
"对于未安装 *销售* 应用程序而进行发货的用户，请首先进入 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，为交货单指定运输工具。然后，从 "
":guilabel:`库存概览` 面板选择 :guilabel:`送货订单` 操作类型，并选择尚未标记为 :guilabel:`已完成` 或 "
":guilabel:`已取消` 的所需交货单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:273
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Additional info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Carrier` field to"
" the desired third-party shipping carrier. When the delivery method is set "
"to :ref:`production mode <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-"
"method>`, a :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` is provided."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡中，将 :guilabel:`承运商` 字段设置为所需的第三方运输承运商。当交货方式设置为 "
":ref:`生产模式 <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-delivery-method>` 时，将提供 "
":guilabel:`追踪参考`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:279
msgid ":doc:`Generate shipping labels <labels>`"
msgstr ":doc:`生成运输标签 <labels>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the delivery order's \"Additional info\" tab."
msgstr "显示配送单的 “附加信息” 选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:288
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "故障排除"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:290
msgid ""
"Since shipping connectors can sometimes be complex to set up, here are some "
"checks to try when things are not working as expected:"
msgstr "由于送货连接器的设置有时可能比较复杂，因此当出现问题时，可以尝试进行以下检查："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:293
msgid ""
"Ensure the :ref:`warehouse information "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-address>` (e.g., address and "
"phone number) in Odoo is correct **and** matches the records saved in the "
"shipping provider's website."
msgstr ""
"确保 Odoo 中的 :ref:`仓库信息 <inventory/shipping_receiving/configure-source-"
"address>`（例如地址和电话号码）正确，**并且**与运输提供商网站中保存的记录相匹配。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:296
msgid ""
"Verify that the :ref:`package type <inventory/warehouses_storage/package-"
"type>` and parameters are valid for the shipping carrier. To check, ensure "
"the shipment can be directly created on the shipping carrier's website."
msgstr ""
"验证 :ref:`包裹类型<inventory/warehouses_storage/package-type>` "
"和参数对货运承运人有效。要进行检查，请确保可以在运输承运商的网站上直接创建货件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:299
msgid ""
"When encountering a price mismatch between Odoo's estimated cost and the "
"provider's charge, first ensure the delivery method is set to "
":ref:`production environment <inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`."
msgstr ""
"当遇到 Odoo 估算成本与提供商收费之间的价格不匹配时，首先确保送货方式设置为 :ref:`正式运行环境 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/production-env>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:303
msgid ""
"Then, create the shipment in both the carrier's website and Odoo, and verify"
" the prices are the same across Odoo, the shipping provider, and in the "
"*debug logs*."
msgstr "然后，在承运商网站和 Odoo 中创建运送，并验证 Odoo、送货提供商和*调试日志*中的价格是否相同。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:307
msgid ""
"When checking for a price mismatch in the debug logs, if the request says "
"the package weighs six kilograms, but the response from FedEx says the "
"package weights seven kilograms, it concludes that the issue is on FedEx's "
"side."
msgstr ""
"在调试日志中检查价格不匹配时，如果请求说包裹重 6 千克，但 FedEx 回复却说包裹重 7 千克，那么就会得出结论，问题出在 FedEx 方面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:312
msgid "Debug log"
msgstr "调试区"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:314
msgid ""
"Track shipping data inconsistencies by activating debug logging. To do that,"
" go to the delivery method's configuration page (:menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Shipping Method`), and select the desired shipping"
" method. Click the :guilabel:`No Debugging` smart button to activate "
":guilabel:`Debug Requests`."
msgstr ""
"通过激活调试日志追踪发货数据不一致的情况。要执行此操作，请进入发获方式的配置页面（:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"发货方式`），并选择所需的发货方式。点击 :guilabel:`无调试` 智能按钮激活 :guilabel:`调试请求`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"No Debug\" smart button."
msgstr "显示 “无调试” 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:323
msgid ""
"With :guilabel:`Debug Requests` activated, each time the shipping connector "
"is used to estimate the cost of shipping, records are saved in the "
":guilabel:`Logging` report. To access the report, turn on :ref:`developer "
"mode <developer-mode>`, and go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical"
" --> Database Structure section --> Logging`."
msgstr ""
"激活 :guilabel:`调试请求` 后，每次使用运输连接器估算运输成本时，记录都会保存在 :guilabel:`记录` 报告中。要访问该报告，请打开"
" :ref:`开发者模式<developer-mode>`，并进入 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 技术 --> 数据库结构部分 "
"--> 记录`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:329
msgid ""
"Logs are created for a shipping method each time the :ref:`Get Rate "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-rate>` button is clicked on "
":abbr:`SOs (Sales Orders)` and invoices, **and** when a customer adds the "
"shipping carrier to their order through the *Website* app."
msgstr ""
"每次在 :abbr:`销售订单` 和发票上点击 :ref:`获取费率<inventory/shipping_receiving/third-party-"
"rate>` 按钮，**以及**当客户通过*网站*应用程序将运输承运人添加到其订单时，都会为运输方式创建日志。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show how to find the \"Logging\" option from the \"Technical\" menu."
msgstr "演示如何从 “技术” 菜单中找到 “日志记录” 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:338
msgid ""
"Click the *HTTP request* line item to open a detailed page, and verify the "
"correct information is sent from Odoo to the shipping carrier. In the *HTTP "
"response*, verify that the same information is received."
msgstr ""
"点击 *HTTP 请求* 行项目打开详细页面，并验证从 Odoo 发送给货运承运人的信息是否正确。在*HTTP 响应*中，验证是否收到了相同的信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst-1
msgid "Show debug request history in Settings > Technical > Logging."
msgstr "在设置 > 技术 > 日志中显示调试请求历史记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3
msgid "UPS integration"
msgstr "UPS 整合"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5
msgid ""
"UPS is a shipping carrier service that integrates with Odoo to coordinate "
"shipping to all regions. Once integrated, users can create shipping methods "
"that estimate shipping costs and :doc:`generate labels <labels>`."
msgstr ""
"UPS 是一项货运承运服务，与 Odoo 整合后可协调所有地区的货运。整合后，用户可以创建可估算运输成本的运输方法，并 "
":doc:`生成标签<labels>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:12
msgid "To set up the UPS shipping connector in Odoo, complete these steps:"
msgstr "要在 Odoo 中设置 UPS 送货连接器，请完成以下步骤："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:14
msgid ""
"Create a UPS account to get :ref:`account number "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-account-number>`"
msgstr ""
"创建 UPS 账户，获取 :ref:`账号 <inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-account-number>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:16
msgid ""
"Create UPS developer account to get :ref:`client credentials "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-client-id>`"
msgstr ""
"创建 UPS 开发者账户，获取 :ref:`客户凭据 <inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-client-id>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:18
msgid "Set up shipping method in Odoo"
msgstr "在 Odoo 中设置运输方式"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:21
msgid ""
"When configuring a shipping method to use UPS, make sure the "
":guilabel:`Provider` is set to :guilabel:`UPS`, **NOT** :guilabel:`UPS "
"Legacy`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:24
msgid ""
"If shipping methods currently exist with the :guilabel:`Provider` set to "
":guilabel:`UPS Legacy`, archive them, and create new shipping methods using "
":guilabel:`UPS`, instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:28
msgid "UPS account setup"
msgstr "UPS 账户设置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30
msgid ""
"To get started, go to the `UPS website <https://www.ups.com>`_ and click the"
" :guilabel:`Log In` button in the top-right corner to log in or create a UPS"
" account."
msgstr ""
"要开始使用，请访问 UPS 网站 <https://www.ups.com>`_，点击右上角的 :guilabel:`登录` 按钮登录或创建 UPS "
"帐户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:33
msgid ""
"After logging in, click the profile icon in the top-right corner, and select"
" :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr "登录后，点击右上角的个人资料图标，从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`账户和付款`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show how to navigate to the \"Accounts and Payment\" page from the home "
"screen."
msgstr "演示如何从主屏幕导航到 “账户和付款” 页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment Options` page, two accounts must be "
"configured: an Odoo shipment account and a payment card."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`账户和付款选项` 页面上，必须配置两个账户：Odoo 运输账户和付款卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:44
msgid "Shipping account"
msgstr "运输账户"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:46
msgid ""
"To add an Odoo shipment account, select :guilabel:`Add New Account` from the"
" :guilabel:`Add a Payment Method` drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Add`."
msgstr ""
"要添加 Odoo "
"运输账户，请从:guilabel:`添加付款方式`下拉菜单中选择:guilabel:`添加新账户`，然后点击:guilabel:`添加`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Display \"Add an account\" option from the drop-down menu."
msgstr "从下拉菜单中显示 “添加账户” 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:53
msgid ""
"On the next screen, labeled :guilabel:`Open a Shipping Account`, complete "
"the forms to configure the shipping account type (e.g. :guilabel:`Business`)"
" and if any regulated items will be shipped. Then finish the remaining three"
" steps in the wizard to :guilabel:`Add Addresses`, :guilabel:`Verify "
"Identity`, and :guilabel:`Explore Discounts`, with the last option being "
"optional."
msgstr ""
"在下一个标有 :guilabel:`开设运输账户` 屏幕上，填写表格以配置运输账户类型（例如 "
":guilabel:`商业`）以及是否要装运任何受管制物品。然后完成向导中剩余的三个步骤：:guilabel:`添加地址`、:guilabel:`验证身份`"
" 和 :guilabel:`探索折扣`，最后一个选项为可选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:58
msgid ""
"When complete, submit the application on the last page of the wizard to "
"finish setting up the shipping account."
msgstr "完成后，在向导的最后一页提交申请，以完成运输账户的设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Display UPS form to fill out company shipping information."
msgstr "显示 UPS 表格，填写公司运输信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:68
msgid "Get account number"
msgstr "获取账号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:70
msgid ""
"With the shipping account set up, the UPS :guilabel:`Account Number` becomes"
" available. To access it, navigate to :menuselection:`Profile --> Accounts "
"and Payment` and refer to the shipping account's :guilabel:`Number` field."
msgstr ""
"设置了运输账户后，UPS 的 :guilabel:`账号` 就可用了。要访问它，请导航至 :menuselection:`配置文件 --> "
"帐户和付款`，并参考运输帐户的 :guilabel:`号码` 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Show Account \"Number\" field for the shipping account."
msgstr "显示发货账户的账户 “编号” 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:79
msgid "Payment card"
msgstr "支付卡"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:81
msgid ""
"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payments` page and select the "
":guilabel:`Add Payment Card` option from the :guilabel:`Add a Payment "
"Method` drop-down menu. Then, complete the form to add the credit card "
"information."
msgstr ""
"返回 :guilabel:`账户和付款` 页面，从 :guilabel:`添加付款方式` 下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`添加支付卡` "
"选项。然后填写表格，添加信用卡信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Add Payment Card\" option from the drop-down."
msgstr "从下拉菜单中显示 “添加支付卡” 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:90
msgid "UPS developer account setup"
msgstr "UPS 开发者账户设置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:92
msgid ""
"Next, log into the `UPS developer account <http://developer.ups.com/>`_ to "
"generate the developer key. To begin, click the profile icon in the top-"
"right corner, and choose the :guilabel:`Apps` option from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""
"接下来，登录 `UPS开发人员账户 <http://developer.ups.com/>`_ "
"生成开发人员密钥。首先，点击右上角的配置文件图标，然后从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`应用程序` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid ""
"Display the \"Apps\" drop-down option after clicking the profile picture "
"icon."
msgstr "点击个人照片图标后，显示 “应用程序” 下拉选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:101
msgid "Add app"
msgstr "添加应用程序"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:103
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Add Apps` button to begin filling out the form. "
"In the :guilabel:`I need API credentials because \\*` field, select "
":guilabel:`I want to integrate UPS technology into my business`."
msgstr ""
"然后，点击 :guilabel:`添加应用程序` 按钮开始填写表格。在 :guilabel:`我需要 API 凭证，因为（*）` 字段，选择 "
":guilabel:`我想将 UPS 技术整合到我的业务中`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:107
msgid ""
"Under the next label, :guilabel:`Choose an account to associate with these "
"credentials. \\*`, select :guilabel:`Add existing account` from the drop-"
"down menu in the corresponding field, and then select the :ref:`account "
"number <inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-account-number>` linked to the UPS "
"account created in the previous step."
msgstr ""
"在下一个标签 :guilabel:`选择与这些凭证关联的帐户。*`，从相应字段的下拉菜单中选择 "
":guilabel:`添加现有账户`，然后选择与上一步创建的 UPS 账户关联的 "
":ref:`账号<inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-account-number>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Show form to fill in the UPS account number."
msgstr "显示填写 UPS 账号的表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:116
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Next`, and proceed to the :guilabel:`Add App` form, and "
"fill out the fields:"
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`下一步`，进入 :guilabel:`添加应用程序` 表单并填写字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:118
msgid ":guilabel:`App Name`: Type the name to identify the app by."
msgstr ":guilabel:`应用程序名称`：键入用于标识应用程序的名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:119
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Callback URL`: Type the URL of the Odoo database, in the format: "
"`https://databaseName.odoo.com`. Do **not** include `www` in the URL."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`回调 URL`：输入 Odoo 数据库的 URL，格式为 https://databaseName.odoo.com`。请勿在 "
"URL 中包含 `www`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:122
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Add Products` section on the right, search for and click "
"the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon to add the following products to the app:"
msgstr "在右侧的 :guilabel:`添加产品` 部分，搜索并点击 :guilabel:`+ （加号）` 图标，将以下产品添加到应用程序中："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:125
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Authorization (O Auth)`: Used to generate the authorization token"
" to request information from the UPS API."
msgstr ":guilabel:`授权（O Auth）`：用于生成授权令牌，以便从 UPS API 请求信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:127
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Address Validation`: Validates addresses at the street level in "
"the United States and Puerto Rico."
msgstr ":guilabel:`地址验证`：验证美国和波多黎各的街道地址。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:129
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Locator`: Enables search for UPS shipping locations based on type"
" and available services."
msgstr ":guilabel:`定位器`：根据类型和可用服务搜索 UPS 运输地点。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Paperless Documents`: Enables the upload of document images to "
"link to shipments."
msgstr ":guilabel:`无纸化文件`：允许上传文件图像以链接到货运。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping`: Enables UPS shipping services, such as preparing "
"packages for shipment, managing returns, and cancelling scheduled shipments."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:134
msgid ":guilabel:`Rating`: Compare delivery services and shipping rates."
msgstr ":guilabel:`评级`：比较送货服务和运费。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:136
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` and accept UPS's terms and conditions."
msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 并接受 UPS 的条款和条件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:139
msgid "`UPS API Catalog <https://developer.ups.com/catalog?loc=en_US>`_"
msgstr "`UPS API 目录 <https://developer.ups.com/catalog?loc=en_US>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Add Apps\" form, where the app details are configured."
msgstr "显示 “添加应用程序” 表单，在此配置应用程序的详细信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:148
msgid "Client ID and Client Secret"
msgstr "客户端 ID 和客户端密钥"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:150
msgid ""
"With the new app created, in the :menuselection:`Profile --> My Apps --> "
"App` page, select the app from the :guilabel:`Credentials` section to view "
"the UPS credentials."
msgstr ""
"创建新应用程序后，在 :menuselection:`配置文件 -->我的应用程序 --> 应用程序` 页面中，从 :guilabel:`凭证` "
"部分选择应用程序以查看 UPS 凭证。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Show newly created app in the \"My Apps\" section."
msgstr "在 “我的应用程序” 部分显示新创建的应用程序。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:157
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` section, copy the :guilabel:`Client ID` and "
":guilabel:`Client Secret` key."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`凭证` 部分，复制 :guilabel:`客户 ID` 和 :guilabel:`客户密钥`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Display the \"Client ID\" and \"Client Secret\" key."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:167
msgid ""
"With the credentials obtained, configure the UPS shipping method in Odoo by "
"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:170
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click the :guilabel:`New` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:173
msgid ""
"For existing UPS shipping methods whose :guilabel:`Provider` is "
":guilabel:`UPS Legacy`, archive it and create a new shipping method using "
":guilabel:`UPS`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:176
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`UPS`. Doing so reveals "
"the :guilabel:`UPS Configuration` tab, where various fields must be entered."
" For details instructions on configuring the other fields on the shipping "
"method, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party carrier "
"<third_party_shipper>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:181
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`UPS Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:183
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPS Account Number`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`account number "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-account-number>` from the UPS portal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:185
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPS Client ID`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`Client ID "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-client-id>` from the UPS developer "
"website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:187
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPS Client Secret`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`Client Secret "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/ups-client-id>` key from the UPS developer "
"website."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:189
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPS Service Type`: Select from the drop-down menu the type of "
"shipping service."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:190
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UPS Package Type`: (*required*) Select from the drop-down menu "
"the :doc:`package type <../../product_management/configure/package>` that is"
" supported for the shipping service."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:192
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: The unit of measure for the package weight."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:193
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package Size Unit`: The unit of measure for the package "
"dimensions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:194
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Label Format`: Choose the label format shipping labels: "
":guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`ZPL`, :guilabel:`EPL`, or :guilabel:`SPL`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst-1
msgid "Show the \"UPS Configuration\" tab on the Shipping Methods form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:201
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Options` section, the following features are available:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:203
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bill My Account`: Charge the user's UPS account for shipping in "
"the *eCommerce* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:204
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Collect on Delivery`: Collect payment from customers for shipping"
" after the shipment is delivered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:206
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Print the return label for the order "
"after the delivery order is validated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:208
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Duties paid by`: Select whether duties or other fees are charged "
"to the :guilabel:`Sender` or :guilabel:`Recipient` of the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:3
msgid "Zebra label configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, labels printed in the Zebra Programming Language (ZPL) file format "
"are designed to fit a four-by-six inch label. To resize (or reformat) text "
"to fit a variety of |ZPL| label sizes, :ref:`navigate to the ZPL label view "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/zpl-view>`, and alter the |ZPL| code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:13
msgid ""
"When customizing code in Odoo, please note that upgrading the database to "
"newer versions may break custom |ZPL| code. **Customers are responsible for "
"maintaining their custom code**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:16
msgid ""
"Refer to the following sections for explanations, and example code, for "
"frequently requested Zebra label customizations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:19
msgid ":ref:`Adjust margins <inventory/shipping_receiving/margin>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:20
msgid ":ref:`Enlarge/minimize barcodes <inventory/shipping_receiving/resize>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:21
msgid ":ref:`Rotate elements <inventory/shipping_receiving/rotate>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:26
msgid "Navigate to ZPL label view"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:28
msgid ""
"To begin customizing a Zebra label in Odoo, turn on :ref:`developer mode "
"<developer-mode>`, and on the main Odoo dashboard, type `Reports`. From the "
"search results that appear in the resulting pop-up window, choose "
":guilabel:`Settings / Technical / Reporting / Reports` to open the "
":guilabel:`Reports` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:34
msgid ""
"To manually navigate to the :guilabel:`Reports` page, go to "
":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Reporting: Reports`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst-1
msgid "Show global search result for \"Reports\"."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:41
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Reports` page, in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, type "
"`ZPL`, and hit :kbd:`Enter`. Upon doing so, Odoo presents a list of "
"available Zebra labels in Odoo. Select the desired Zebra label from the list"
" to modify it on a separate page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:46
msgid "Printable ZPL labels in Odoo:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:48
msgid ":ref:`lot/serial number <inventory/shipping_receiving/lot-sn-labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:49
msgid "operation type"
msgstr "操作类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:50
msgid "package barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:51
msgid ":ref:`product label <inventory/shipping_receiving/product-labels>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:52
msgid "product packaging"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:53
msgid "finished product (Odoo *Manufacturing* app required)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:55
msgid ""
"Next, click the :icon:`fa-code` :guilabel:`Qweb Views` smart button, and "
"choose the desired label :doc:`view "
"<../../../../../developer/reference/user_interface/view_records>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:62
msgid "Show Qweb smart button on the Lot and Serial Number (ZPL) report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:62
msgid ""
"**Lot and Serial Number (ZPL)** report, highlighting the Qweb smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:64
msgid ""
"On the resulting view form, go to the :guilabel:`Architecture` tab to view "
"the |ZPL| code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:67
msgid ""
"To ensure the customization is **not** overwritten during an update, click "
"the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon on the view page. Then, select the"
" :guilabel:`View Metadata` option from the resulting drop-down menu, in "
"order to open the :guilabel:`View Metadata` pop-up window. Then, ensure the "
":guilabel:`No Update` field is set to :guilabel:`true (change)`. Click "
":guilabel:`Ok` to exit the :guilabel:`View Metadata` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst-1
msgid "Architecture tab in the view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:80
msgid "Adjust margin"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:82
msgid ""
"Text gets cut off from standard |ZPL| labels printed in Odoo when the line "
"exceeds fifty-five characters. To fit long product names, or lot numbers, on"
" a single line, adjust the margin."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:85
msgid ""
"To begin, navigate to the :ref:`ZPL code of the label "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/zpl-view>` in the :guilabel:`Architecture` "
"tab. In the |ZPL| code for product labels, look for the `^FT` command, which"
" specifies where to start placing the text, or graphic element, on the "
"label. The two numbers immediately following `^FT` define the x-coordinate "
"and y-coordinate in dots (:dfn:`similar to pixels for printers`) from the "
"left and top margins."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:92
msgid ""
"When customizing lot/serial number labels, look for the `^FO` command, "
"instead of `^FT`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:96
msgid ""
"The following is an example where the product's name gets cut off with "
"Odoo's default |ZPL| formatting. In the **Fixed** tab, the x-coordinate of "
"the starting position of the label is changed from `^FT100,80` to `^FT0,80`,"
" to fit the entire name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:150
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:203
msgid "Default"
msgstr "默认"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0
msgid "Example barcode label with the product name cut off."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:108
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:156
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:172
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:209
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:225
msgid "**Code**:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:166
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:219
msgid "Modified"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0
msgid ""
"Example barcode label with the product name margin adjusted to the left."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:135
msgid "Resize barcode"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:137
msgid ""
"To adjust the size of the barcode to scale, begin by navigating to the "
":ref:`ZPL code of the label <inventory/shipping_receiving/zpl-view>` in the "
":guilabel:`Architecture` tab. Look for the `^FO` command (typically in the "
"third line), which is the starting point of the margin for the barcode."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:141
msgid ""
"The `^BY` command configures barcode size, and takes three numbers: bar "
"width, width of wide bars relative to narrow bars, and bar height. By "
"default, |ZPL| code in Odoo uses `^BY3`, setting the bar width to three "
"dots, a typical size that is easy for barcode scanners to read."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:146
msgid "To shrink the barcode to scale, `^BY3` is reduced to `^BY2`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0
msgid "Example barcode label."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0
msgid "Example barcode label with the barcode size reduced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:185
msgid "Rotate elements"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:187
msgid ""
"To rotate elements in |ZPL|, begin by navigating to the :ref:`ZPL code of "
"the label <inventory/shipping_receiving/zpl-view>` in the "
":guilabel:`Architecture` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:190
msgid ""
"The `^BC` command's first parameter (:dfn:`information that affects the "
"behavior of the command`) defines the rotation of an item, which can be:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:193
msgid "`N`: display normally"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:194
msgid "`R`: rotate 90 degrees"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:195
msgid "`I`: rotate 180 degrees"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:196
msgid "`B`: rotate 270 degrees"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:199
msgid "To rotate the barcode, `^BCN` is changed to `^BCB`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0
msgid "Example barcode label with the barcode rotated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5
msgid "Warehouses and storage"
msgstr "仓库和储存"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:6
msgid "Inventory management"
msgstr "库存管理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Inventory* app, :doc:`warehouses "
"<inventory_management/warehouses>` handle the broader organization and "
"distribution of stock across different physical sites, while :doc:`locations"
" <inventory_management/use_locations>` provide a more detailed breakdown "
"within each warehouse for efficient item management."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:13
msgid ""
"This document serves as an introduction to the terminology and concepts "
"necessary to master *Inventory*. For specific instructions and examples of "
"how things work, refer to individual documentation pages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:18
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Warehouses & Locations "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMvudZVLuUo>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:33
msgid "Warehouses"
msgstr "仓库"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:23
msgid ""
":doc:`Warehouses <inventory_management/warehouses>` represent a physical "
"place, with a physical address, where a company's items are stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:26
msgid ""
"Configure :doc:`routes <../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` "
"in a warehouse to control how products move to customers, from vendors, "
"within the warehouse, or :doc:`between warehouses "
"<replenishment/resupply_warehouses>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3
msgid "Locations"
msgstr "地点"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:33
msgid ""
":doc:`Locations <inventory_management/use_locations>` refer to specific "
"areas within a warehouse, such as shelves, floors, or aisles. These are sub-"
"divisions within a warehouse, and are unique to that warehouse. Users can "
"create and manage numerous locations within a single warehouse to organize "
"inventory more precisely."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:39
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/use_locations`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:40
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/count_products`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:41
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/cycle_counts`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:42
msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/scrap_inventory`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:47
msgid "Location types"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:49
msgid ""
"*Location types* in Odoo help categorize and manage where products are, and "
"what actions need to be taken with them. By default, on the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations` page, only "
"internal locations are displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:53
msgid ""
"To view the seven location types in Odoo, select any location, and in the "
":guilabel:`Location Type` field, there are:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: defines an area where products purchased from "
"vendors originate. Items here are **not** in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`View`: used to organize and structure the warehouse hierarchy. "
"For example, the view location `WH` (short for warehouse) groups all "
"internal locations, such as `Stock`, receiving docks, quality checkpoints, "
"and packing areas to show they all belong to the same warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:64
msgid ""
"View locations should **not** contain products, but it is possible to move "
"them there."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Internal Location`: storage locations within the warehouse. Items"
" stored in these locations are accounted for in :doc:`inventory valuation "
"<../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customer Location`: where sold products are tracked; items here "
"are no longer in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: counterpart location to consume missing items or"
" create stock, accounting for discrepancies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:75
msgid ""
"In Odoo, examples of inventory loss locations are *Inventory Adjustment*, "
"used to account for discrepancies during an inventory count, and *Scrap*, "
"which is where damaged goods are sent to account for inventory losses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:80
msgid ""
"`Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment` is a location with the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Loss` type. The database shows `65` units in "
"`WH/Stock`, but an inventory check reveals `60`. To correct the quantity, "
"five units are moved from `WH/Stock` to `Virtual Locations/Inventory "
"Adjustment`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:0
msgid "Product ends up in Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:89
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Production`: where raw materials are consumed, and "
":doc:`manufactured products <../../manufacturing>` are created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:92
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Transit Location`: used for inter-company or inter-warehouse "
"operations to track products shipped between different addresses, such as "
":ref:`Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/interwarehouse-transit>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst-1
msgid "List of locations in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103
msgid "In Odoo, location types are color-coded:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:102
msgid "**Red**: internal locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103
msgid "**Blue**: view locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Black**: external locations (including inventory loss, vendor, and "
"customer locations)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:107
msgid "View locations in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:109
msgid ""
"Odoo databases include pre-configured view locations to organize the "
"hierarchy of locations. These provide helpful context, and distinguish "
"between internal and external locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:112
msgid ""
"*Physical locations* serve as an umbrella for external locations, without "
"changing a product's inventory value. (Inventory valuation changes occur "
"when products move from internal to external locations)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:119
msgid ""
"When moving products in warehouses `WH` and `WH2`, the items are not in "
"either warehouse, but still belong to the company. While in transit, they "
"are placed in the `Inter-warehouse transit` location, a :guilabel:`Transit "
"Location` type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:123
msgid ""
"This location is under the view location, `Physical Locations`, indicating "
"that `Inter-warehouse transit` is outside of a warehouse, but still part of "
"the company. Doing so does not affect the inventory valuation of the "
"products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:127
msgid ""
"*Partner locations* group customer and vendor locations (external locations)"
" together. Transfers to these locations affect inventory valuation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:129
msgid ""
"*Virtual locations* are locations that do **not** exist physically, but it "
"is where items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items "
"that are no longer in inventory due to loss, or other factors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3
msgid "Inventory adjustments"
msgstr "库存调整"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:5
msgid ""
"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the "
"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the "
"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, "
"human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must "
"be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in"
" the database match the actual counts in the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"在任何仓库管理系统中，数据库中记录的库存盘点可能并不总是与仓库中的实际库存盘点一致。这两种清点之间的差异可能是由于损坏、人为错误、盗窃或其他因素造成的。因此，必须进行库存调整以调节差异，确保数据库中记录的库存数量与仓库中的实际数量相符。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:12
msgid "Inventory Adjustments page"
msgstr "库存调整页面"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14
msgid ""
"To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr "要查看 *库存调整* 页面，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 库存调整`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page."
msgstr "库存调整页面上列出的库存产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are "
"currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the "
"following information:"
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`库存调整` 页面上，列出了当前库存的所有产品，每个产品系列包含以下信息："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product"
" is stored."
msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：产品存放在仓库中的具体位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:25
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory "
"adjustment line."
msgstr ":guilabel:`产品`：库存调整行中列出其数量的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the "
"specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination "
"of both."
msgstr ":guilabel:`批次/序列号`：分配给所列特定产品的追踪标识符。它可以包含字母、数字或两者的组合。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:30
msgid ""
"If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more "
"than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-"
"identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own "
"lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
msgstr ""
"如果特定产品的库存数量超过 `1.00`，且分配给该产品的序列号（或批号）不止一个，则每个唯一标识的产品都会显示在自己的产品行中，并在 "
":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 列下显示自己的批次/序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded"
" in the database."
msgstr ":guilabel:`手头数量`：数据库中当前记录的产品数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. "
"Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or "
":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is "
":guilabel:`Units`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`UoM`：产品的*计量单位*。除非另有规定（例如，以 :guilabel:`磅` 或 :guilabel:`盎司` 为单位），默认"
" :abbr:`UoM （计量单位）` 为 :guilabel:`单位`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory "
"count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on"
" if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`已清点数量`：库存清点时清点的实际数量。该字段默认为空，但可以根据是否与 :guilabel:`库存数量` 匹配进行更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is "
"made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory "
"adjustment."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`差额`：库存调整后，:guilabel:`库存数量`与:guilabel:`已计算数量`之间的差额。每次库存调整后，差额都会自动计算。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not"
" otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the "
"current year."
msgstr ":guilabel:`预定日期`：应进行计数的日期。如果未另行指定，该日期将默认为当年的 12 月 31 日。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can"
" either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the "
"count in the database."
msgstr ":guilabel:`用户`：数据库中指定的清点人员。可以是实际清点库存的人，也可以是在数据库中应用清点的人。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific"
" product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or "
":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to "
":guilabel:`All`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`产品类别`：内部分配给特定产品的类别。除非另有说明（即 :guilabel:`消耗品` 或 :guilabel:`租赁`），默认 "
"*产品类别* 设置为 :guilabel:`全部`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is "
"currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, "
"purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available "
"quantity once fulfilled."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`可用数量`：当前可用的特定产品数量，基于任何未完成/未完成的销售订单、采购订单或生产订单，这些订单一旦完成可能会改变可用数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be "
"accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app."
msgstr ":guilabel:`会计日期`：调整将在 Odoo *会计* 应用程序中入账的日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments "
"are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the "
"database, next to the user currently logged in."
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：正在对其数据库进行库存调整的公司。该公司列在数据库的右上角，紧邻当前登录的用户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:61
msgid ""
"Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the "
":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of "
"the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the "
"checkbox next to that option."
msgstr ""
"某些列默认隐藏。要显示这些列，请点击表单顶行最右侧的 :guilabel:`其他选项` "
"按钮（三个圆点图标），然后通过点击选项旁边的复选框选择要显示的列。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:66
msgid "Create an inventory adjustment"
msgstr "创建库存调整"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68
msgid ""
"To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory "
"Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank "
"inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
"要在:menuselection:`库存调整`页面创建新的库存调整，请点击:guilabel:`创建`。这样会在页面底部创建一个新的空白库存调整行。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:72
msgid ""
"On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the "
":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is"
" tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial "
"number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column."
msgstr ""
"在此空白库存调整行上，点击 :guilabel:`产品` 列下的下拉菜单，选择一个产品。如果所选产品使用批号或序列号跟踪，也可从 "
":guilabel:`批次/序列号` 列下的下拉菜单中选择所需的批次或序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:77
msgid ""
"Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the "
"quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process."
msgstr "然后，将 :guilabel:`计算数量` 列中的值设置为库存调整过程中该产品的计算数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:81
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to "
"`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` "
"is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be "
"set to reflect the actual quantity counted."
msgstr ""
"新库存调整的 :guilabel:`计算数量` 默认设置为 `0.00`。库存移动的 :guilabel:`已计算数量` "
"会记录在产品的库存调整历史记录中，因此应设置为反映实际清点数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:85
msgid ""
"To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via "
"their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` "
"changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and "
"selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific "
"inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`计算数量` 列的右侧，:guilabel:`预定日期` 和 :guilabel:`用户` 也可以通过各自的下拉菜单更改。更改 "
":guilabel:`预定日期` 会更改库存调整处理的日期，选择负责的 :guilabel:`用户`，则为特定库存调整指定一个用户（已便追踪）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:91
msgid ""
"Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click "
"away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the"
" top of the page."
msgstr "对新的库存调整行进行所有更改后，点击离开该行。这样做可以保存调整，并将该行移到页面顶部。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:160
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If "
"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the"
" quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column."
msgstr ""
"如果 :guilabel:`计算数量` 的值大于 :guilabel:`库存数量` 的值，则 :guilabel:`差异` 列中的值为 "
"**绿色**。如果 :guilabel:`计算数量` 小于 :guilabel:`库存数量`，则 :guilabel:`差异` "
"列中的值为**红色**。如果数量相匹配，且未作任何更改，则 :guilabel:`差异` 列中不显示任何值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr "库存调整页面的差异栏。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:104
msgid ""
"At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not "
"yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has "
"not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity."
msgstr "在此阶段，已记录计数（:dfn:`库存调整`），但尚未应用。这意味着调整前的库存数量尚未更新，以与新的实际计算数量相匹配。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:108
msgid ""
"There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is "
"to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the "
"page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. "
"Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is "
"an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an "
":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear."
msgstr ""
"有两种方法可以应用新的库存调整。第一种方法是点击页面最右边一行的 :guilabel:`应用` "
"按钮。第二种方法是点击该行最左边的复选框。这样做会在页面顶部显示新的按钮选项，其中一个是 :guilabel:`应用` 按钮。点击该按钮会弹出一个 "
":guilabel:`库存调整参考/原因` 窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:114
msgid ""
"From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the "
"inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / "
"Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made "
"on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired."
msgstr ""
"在弹出菜单中，可为库存调整指定参考或原因。默认情况下，:guilabel:`库存参考/原因` "
"字段预先填入调整日期，但也可以更改，以反映所需的参考或原因。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:118
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment."
msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`应用`，以应用库存调整。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:121
msgid ""
"Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move "
"line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for "
"traceability."
msgstr ""
"同时应用库存调整会在 *移动历史* 报告中创建 :doc:`库存移动行（SML） <.../reporting/moves_history>` "
"以进行追踪。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is "
"specified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129
msgid "Count products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:131
msgid ""
"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is "
"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory "
"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each "
"product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:135
msgid ""
"On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand "
"Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. "
"If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the "
":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:139
msgid ""
"Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over "
"to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an "
"inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the "
"product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:148
msgid ""
"If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value "
"in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in "
"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:152
msgid ""
"To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the "
"specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being "
"changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of "
"`0.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156
msgid ""
"To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-"
"counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the "
"adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the "
":guilabel:`Difference` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:166
msgid ""
"Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the "
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is "
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product "
"moves."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:174
msgid ""
"Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. "
"In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, "
"product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database "
"can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an "
"extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory "
"adjustment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181
msgid "Change inventory count frequency"
msgstr "更改库存清点频率"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:183
msgid ""
"By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always "
"scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some "
"companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all "
"times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:187
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, "
"which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid ""
"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month"
" setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:195
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within "
"the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:198
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117
msgid ""
"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
"down menu, and select the desired month."
msgstr "如要更改月份，请单击 :guilabel:`12 月` 显示下拉菜单，并选择所需的月份。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201
msgid ""
"Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all "
"changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204
msgid "Plan big inventory counts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:206
msgid ""
"To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently "
"in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->"
" Inventory Adjustments`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:209
msgid ""
"Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on "
"the far left of each product line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:213
msgid ""
"To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the "
"checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the "
":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1
msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:221
msgid ""
"Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a"
" Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a "
"Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following "
"information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225
msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:227
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will"
" be accounted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:228
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank,"
" select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each "
"product line with the current value recorded in the database, select "
":guilabel:`Set Current Value`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:232
msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are "
"assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:239
msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3
msgid "Cycle counts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:5
msgid ""
"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
" of the current year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:9
msgid ""
"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:17
msgid ""
"In Odoo, cycle counts are performed by location. Therefore, the *Storage "
"Locations* feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
"section. Then, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and "
"click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:29
msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:31
msgid ""
"Once the *Storage Locations* feature is enabled, and there are multiple "
"locations created in the warehouse, the inventory count frequency can be "
"changed for specific locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:34
msgid ""
"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:38
msgid ""
"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
"configuration page for that location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:41
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, locate the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` by "
"default (if this location has not been edited previously). In this field, "
"change the value to any number of days desired for the frequency of counts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:50
msgid ""
"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
msgstr "需要每 30 天清点一次库存的位置应将 :guilabel:`库存频率（天数）` 值设置为 `30`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:53
msgid ""
"Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this location, the next "
"scheduled count date is automatically set, based on the value entered into "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:57
msgid "Count inventory by location"
msgstr "按位置计算库存"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:59
msgid ""
"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`. "
"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
"products currently in-stock, with each product listed on its own line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:64
msgid ""
"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options "
"(accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, to the right "
"of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to select specific locations "
"and perform inventory counts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:68
msgid ""
"To select a specific location, and view all products within that location, "
"click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, to the right of the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, in the :guilabel:`Group By` column, click "
":guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to reveal a new drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Filters and Group By menu on Inventory Adjustments page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:76
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu. Doing so sorts products "
"into their storage locations on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, "
"and a cycle count can be performed for all products in that location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:81
msgid ""
"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ "
"(down arrow)` icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:85
msgid ""
"Then, in the :guilabel:`Filters` column, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`"
" to open an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:88
msgid ""
"In the first field, click the value and select :guilabel:`Location` from the"
" list of options. Select :guilabel:`contains` in the second field. In the "
"third field, type in the name of the location being searched for."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:92
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add` for that location to appear on the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:0
msgid "Add Custom Filter pop-up window with location values entered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:99
msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
msgstr "更改全面库存清点频率"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:101
msgid ""
"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
"for full inventory counts of all in-stock products in the warehouse can also"
" be manually changed, to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:105
msgid ""
"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
"field, which includes a drop-down field that is set to `31` "
":guilabel:`December`, by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst-1
msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
msgstr "库存应用程序设置中的频率字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:114
msgid ""
"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
msgstr "要更改日期，请单击 `31`，然后根据所需的年份月份，将其更改为 `1-31` 范围内的某一天。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:120
msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123
msgid ":doc:`count_products`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124
msgid ":doc:`use_locations`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:3
msgid "Product catalog"
msgstr "产品目录"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:10
msgid ""
"The product *catalog* is a feature integrated with any Odoo app that allows "
"users to add products or components to an order. This includes the "
"**Inventory**, **Manufacturing**, **Sales**, **Purchase**, and **Repairs** "
"apps, among others."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:14
msgid ""
"The product catalog can be accessed from the first tab of a quotation, "
"request for quotation (RfQ), order, or bill of materials (BoM) form, and "
"opens in a new page when selected. The catalog displays products and "
"components in a user-friendly, POS-style format, from which they can be "
"selected and added to forms."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:19
msgid ""
"The product catalog simplifies the creation of new sales orders (SOs), "
"purchase orders (POs), manufacturing orders (MOs), bill of materials (BoMs),"
" and more, by providing a visual interface through which products and "
"components can be quickly selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:24
msgid "Use product catalog"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:26
msgid ""
"To use the product catalog, begin by creating or opening a quotation, |RfQ|,"
" order, or |BoM| to which products or components can be added. For example, "
"create a new sales quotation by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app`, "
"and clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:30
msgid ""
"On the form (quotation, |RfQ|, order, |BoM|), make sure the first tab on the"
" bottom is selected. Depending on the form being configured, this tab may be"
" titled *Order Lines*, *Components*, *Products*, or *Parts*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:34
msgid ""
"On the first blank line of the tab, click the :guilabel:`Catalog` link to "
"open the catalog in a new page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1
msgid "The \"Catalog\" button on the \"Order Lines\" tab of a sales quotation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:41
msgid ""
"The product catalog displays a card for each product added to Odoo. Each "
"card displays a few key details about the corresponding product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:44
msgid "Product photo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:45
msgid "Product title"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:46
msgid ""
"Price or cost of the product, depending on whether it is bought, sold, or "
"used as a component"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:48
msgid "Reference code (e.g. *DESK0005*)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:49
msgid "On-hand quantity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:50
msgid "Variant attributes (e.g. *Color: White*)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1
msgid "A product card in the product catalog."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:56
msgid ""
"Products can be filtered using the search bar at the top of the page, or the"
" sidebar on the left side of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:59
msgid ""
"To filter by product type, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down "
"arrow)` button on the right side of the search bar to open the search menu. "
"In the :guilabel:`Filters` section, select the :guilabel:`Services` filter "
"to only show service products, or the :guilabel:`Products` filter to only "
"show physical products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:64
msgid ""
"When creating or configuring a quotation or |SO|, specifically, an "
":guilabel:`In the Order` filter appears in the :guilabel:`Filters` section "
"of the search bar. Select this filter to only show products that have "
"already been added to the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:68
msgid ""
"In the sidebar on the left side of the page, select an option in the "
":icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`PRODUCT CATEGORY` section to filter by product"
" category, or an option in the :icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`ATTRIBUTES` "
"section to filter by variant attribute."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1
msgid "The filter sidebar in the product catalog."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:76
msgid ""
"To add a product, click on the product's card, or click the :icon:`fa-"
"shopping-cart` :guilabel:`Add` button in the bottom-right corner of the "
"card. Doing so adds one unit of the product, which is displayed in a field "
"in the bottom-left corner of the card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:80
msgid ""
"Once a product has been added, clicking the product card continues to add "
"units of the product in increments of one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:83
msgid ""
"To adjust the quantity of the product added, click the :icon:`fa-minus` "
":guilabel:`(minus)` button to reduce the quantity by one, or the :icon:`fa-"
"plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` button to increase it by one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:87
msgid ""
"Alternatively, a specific quantity can be entered by selecting the field "
"between the :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` and :icon:`fa-plus` "
":guilabel:`(plus)` buttons, and typing in the desired quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:91
msgid ""
"To remove a product from the order or |BoM| entirely, either click the "
":icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`Remove` button in the bottom-right corner of the"
" product card, or click the :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` button "
"until the quantity has been reduced to zero."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst-1
msgid "A product card for a product that has been added."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once the desired quantity of each product has been added, return to the form"
" by clicking the :guilabel:`Back to [X]` button at the top of the screen. "
"This button differs depending on the type of form being configured "
"(quotation, |BoM|, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:104
msgid ""
"Products appear in the product catalog, and can be added to orders, even if "
"there are zero units of the product on hand. As a result, it is important to"
" confirm the quantity of a product being added to an order is actually "
"available, or inventory inconsistencies may arise."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:3
msgid "Scrap inventory"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8
msgid ""
"Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be "
"damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not "
"possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be"
" scrapped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12
msgid ""
"Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or "
"materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15
msgid ""
"Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by "
"removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a "
"virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19
msgid ""
"*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a "
"warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide "
"tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23
msgid ""
"For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about "
"the different types of :ref:`location types "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27
msgid "Scrap from stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29
msgid ""
"To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32
msgid ""
"Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the "
"product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` "
"field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be "
"scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:40
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product "
"is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the "
"designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of "
"these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their "
"respective drop-down menus."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45
msgid ""
"If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the "
"operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:48
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this "
"product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being "
"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for "
":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:52
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once "
"validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of "
"the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61
msgid ""
"To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the "
":guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:65
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the "
":guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart"
" button, at the top of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:68
msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0
msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75
msgid "Scrap from an existing operation"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:77
msgid ""
"Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as "
"receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered "
"into, or removed from, stock for an operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81
msgid ""
"To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, "
"click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. "
"the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)."
msgstr ""
"要在操作期间报废产品，请导航至:menuselection:`库存应用程序`。在“库存概览”中，点击操作任务卡（:guilabel:`收据`任务卡）上的"
" :guilabel:`#待处理` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page."
msgstr "# 库存概览页面收据任务卡上的 # 待处理 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89
msgid ""
"Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing "
"orders. Doing so opens that operation's form."
msgstr "然后，从生成的现有订单列表中选择要处理的操作。这样就可以打开该操作的表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:92
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select "
":guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a "
":guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:99
msgid ""
"From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product`"
" field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. "
"Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary."
msgstr ""
"在弹出窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`产品` 字段中的下拉菜单，然后从操作中选择应报废的产品。如有必要，调整 :guilabel:`数量` "
"字段中的值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number,"
" a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that"
" field."
msgstr ""
"如果选择的 :guilabel:`产品` 使用批号或序列号跟踪，则会出现 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 字段。在该字段中指定追踪编号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be "
"changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being "
"scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for "
":guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`."
msgstr ""
"如果需要，可以更改 :guilabel:`源位置` 和 :guilabel:`报废位置`。如果已为报废产品设置了补货规则，且该产品应被补货，请勾选 "
":guilabel:`补货数量` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:110
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart "
"button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to "
"view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation."
msgstr ""
"准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`报废`。操作表单顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`报废` "
"智能按钮。点击此智能按钮可查看此特定操作创建的所有废料订单的详细信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst-1
msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation."
msgstr "报废智能按钮，显示操作中的所有报废订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, "
"room, aisle, etc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:10
msgid ""
"To create specific storage locations, enable the *Storage Locations* feature"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
"In the :guilabel:`Warehouses` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage "
"Locations` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15
msgid ""
"Typically, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is used with "
":doc:`Multi-Step Routes "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, which controls how "
"products move between locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "Show Storage Locations feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24
msgid "Create new location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26
msgid ""
"After enabling *Storage Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Locations`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "List of internal locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33
msgid ""
"On this page, click :guilabel:`New`. The new location form can then be "
"configured as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35
msgid ":guilabel:`Location Name`: recognizable name of the location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location within which the new location "
"exists. After the location is created, it is listed on the "
":guilabel:`Locations` page using a *location hierarchy*, to describe how a "
"specific location fits within larger areas of the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41
msgid ""
"In `WH/Stock/Zone A/Refrigerator 1`, \"Refrigerator 1\" is the location "
"name, \"Zone A\" is the parent location, and everything before it is the "
"path showing where this spot is within the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46
msgid "Additional Information section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48
msgid ""
"In addition to the required fields above, configure the following location "
"fields to ensure the location serves its intended purpose in the database:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location Type`: from the drop-down menu, choose :guilabel:`Vendor"
" Location`, :guilabel:`View`, :guilabel:`Internal Location`, "
":guilabel:`Customer Location`, :guilabel:`Inventory Loss`, "
":guilabel:`Production`, or :guilabel:`Transit Location` to categorize the "
"location. For details on each location type, refer to the :ref:`Location "
"Types section <inventory/warehouses_storage/location-type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Storage Category`: only available with the :doc:`Storage "
"Categories <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>` "
"feature enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the location belongs to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:60
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:79
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for "
"scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:81
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to "
"be returned to this location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Barcode`: used with the *Barcode* app, enter the barcode to "
":ref:`identify actions <barcode/setup/location>` at this location when "
"scanned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: used for :doc:`configuring routes "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, tick this checkbox "
"to set the location as a destination for receiving products from *Buy*, "
"*Manufacture*, or other procurement routes, ensuring products are correctly "
"supplied to the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:75
msgid ""
"Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` "
"section as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. "
"Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to "
"replenish at this location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if "
"necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1
msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:94
msgid ""
"When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at "
"this location are automatically set at the defined frequency."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` "
"field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy "
"<../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies>` for how items should be "
"removed from this location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:104
msgid "Cyclic Counting section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106
msgid ""
"To schedule regular inventory counts at this location, set the "
":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field to the desired interval. By "
"default, it is set to `0` (no scheduled counts)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:109
msgid ""
"For example, setting this field to `30`, schedules a count every thirty "
"days. For more specifics on setting up and using this feature, refer to the "
":doc:`Cycle Counts documentation <cycle_counts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:112
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` field displays the date the last "
"inventory count at this location occurred. When scheduled inventory counts "
"are enabled, the :guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` field displays the date"
" of the next inventory count."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:117
msgid ""
"With inventory counts scheduled to occur every `30` days, and the "
":guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` count occurring on July 16, the "
":guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` is August 15."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0
msgid "Show Cyclic Count section of the locations form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:125
msgid "Logistics section"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:127
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section of the locations form, optionally "
"select a :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` to determine the order and priority of"
" how products are picked from inventory. The options are: :guilabel:`First "
"In First Out (FIFO)`, :guilabel:`Last In First Out (LIFO)`, "
":guilabel:`Closest Location`, and :guilabel:`First Expiry First Out (FEFO)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:136
msgid "Current stock at location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:138
msgid ""
"To view the current stock at a single location, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select "
"the desired location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:141
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart button to get a list of all "
"products at the location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:145
msgid ""
"A list of current stock at `Shelf 1` consists of `266` cabinets and `39` "
"desks."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0
msgid "Show stock at Shelf 1."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:5
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Inventory* app, a *warehouse* is a physical space with an "
"address for storing items, such as a storage facility, distribution center, "
"or physical store."
msgstr "在 Odoo *库存* 应用程序中，*仓库* 是一个有地址的物理空间，用于存储物品，如存储设施、配送中心或实体商店。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:8
msgid ""
"Each database has a pre-configured warehouse with the company's address. "
"Users can set up multiple warehouses, and :doc:`create stock moves "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` between them."
msgstr ""
"每个数据库都有一个预先配置好的仓库，其中包含公司地址。用户可以设置多个仓库，并在它们之间 :doc:`创建库存移动 "
"<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:15
msgid ""
"To create or manage warehouses, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Warehouses`."
msgstr "要创建或管理仓库，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 仓库`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:18
msgid ""
"Then, select an existing warehouse, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the warehouse form, which contains the "
"following fields:"
msgstr "然后，选择一个现有仓库，或点击 :guilabel:`新建` 创建一个新仓库。这样就会打开仓库表单，其中包含以下字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:21
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warehouse` (*required field*): the full name of the warehouse."
msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`（*必填字段*）：仓库的全名。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Short Name` (*required field*): the abbreviated code for the "
"warehouse (maximum five characters). The short name for the default "
"warehouse in Odoo is `WH`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`简称`（*必填字段*）：仓库的缩写代码（最多五个字符）。Odoo 中默认仓库的简称为 `WH`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:26
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on warehouse documents, so it is "
"recommended to use an memorable one, like \"WH[first letters of location]\" "
"(e.g. `WHA`, `WHB`, etc.)."
msgstr "在仓库文件中会出现 :guilabel:`简称`，因此建议使用便于记忆的名称，如 “WH[地点首字母]”（如`WHA`、`WHB`等）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Address` (*required field*): the address of the warehouse. To "
"change the warehouse address when creating two or more warehouses, hover "
"over the field, and click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right "
"arrow)`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`地址`（*必填字段*）：仓库地址。要在创建两个或多个仓库时更改仓库地址，请将鼠标悬停在该字段上，然后点击 :icon:`fa-"
"arrow-right` :guilabel:`（右箭头）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company` (*required field*): the company that owns the warehouse;"
" this can be set as the company that owns the Odoo database, or the company "
"of a customer or vendor."
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`（*必填字段*）：拥有仓库的公司；这可以设置为拥有 Odoo 数据库的公司，或者客户或供应商的公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Intrastat region`: :doc:`region name "
"<../../../../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` required for companies"
" in the European Union."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Intrastat 区域`: "
":doc:`地区名称<.../.../.../.../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` "
"欧盟境内的公司必须填写。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"The options below are available **only** when the *Multi-Step Routes* "
"feature is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr "**仅**当在 :menuselection:`库存应用 --> 配置 --> 设置`中启用*多步骤路线* 功能时，以下选项才可用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`: select the option to receive products from "
"the warehouse in :doc:`one "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, "
":doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or"
" :doc:`three "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>` steps."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`进货`：选择从仓库接收产品的选项 :doc:`一 "
"<.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`、:doc:`二"
" <. ./../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`，或"
" :doc:`三 <.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>` "
"步。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`: select the option to deliver products from "
"the warehouse in :doc:`one "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, "
":doc:`two "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or"
" :doc:`three "
"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` steps."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`发货`: 选择以 :doc:`一 "
"<.../.../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`、:doc:`二"
" <. ./../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` 或"
" :doc:`三 <.../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` "
"步。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* "
"feature enabled in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`. Tick this checkbox to purchase components from vendors, and "
"dropship them to subcontractors."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`分包商发货`：在 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中启用 *分包* "
"功能时可用。勾选此复选框可从供应商处购买组件并将其分包给分包商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* "
"feature, tick this checkbox to supply subcontractors with raw materials "
"stored in *this* specific warehouse."
msgstr ":guilabel:`重新供应分包商`：可通过 *分包* 功能使用，勾选此复选框可向分包商供应存储在 *此* 特定仓库中的原材料。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:57
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for items "
"to be manufactured in this warehouse."
msgstr ":guilabel:`生产补给`：勾选此复选框，允许在此仓库生产物品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: choose whether to manufacture products in :doc:`one"
" <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>`, :doc:`two "
"<../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>`, or :doc:`three"
" steps <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for purchased "
"products to be delivered to the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: available with multiple warehouses in the "
"database, select warehouses to pull stock *from* to fulfill orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:69
msgid ""
":doc:`Use inventory adjustments to add stock to new warehouses "
"<count_products>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Example warehouse form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:13
msgid ""
"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: "
"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these "
"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering "
"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to "
"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中，有两种自动补充库存的策略： "
"*重新排序规则*和*按订单生产（MTO）*途径。虽然这两种策略略有不同，但它们都有类似的结果：触发自动创建|PO|或|MO|。选择使用哪种策略取决于企业的制造和交付流程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:19
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr "术语"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:22
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:59
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
msgstr "补货报告和重新订购规则"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:24
msgid ""
"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative "
"forecast quantity."
msgstr "补货报告列出了预测数量为负数的所有产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:26
msgid ""
"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a "
"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales "
"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo "
"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach "
"the maximum stock level."
msgstr ""
"*订货规则*用于确保产品始终有最低库存量，以便生产产品和/或履行销售订单。当产品库存达到最低水平时，Odoo "
"会自动生成采购订单，其中包含达到最高库存水平所需的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:31
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or "
"from the product form."
msgstr "重新排序规则可在补货报告或产品表单中创建和管理。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:36
msgid "Make to order"
msgstr "按订单生产"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:38
msgid ""
"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase "
"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, "
"**regardless of the current stock level**."
msgstr "*按订单生产（MTO）*是一种采购途径，每次销售订单确认后，都会创建一份采购订单（或制造订单）草稿，**无论当前库存水平如何**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:41
msgid ""
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route."
msgstr "与使用重新订购规则补充的产品不同，Odoo 会自动将销售订单链接到由 |MTO| 路线生成的 |PO| 或 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:44
msgid ""
"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo "
"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With"
" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's "
"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity."
msgstr ""
"重新订购规则与 |MTO| 的另一个区别是，使用 |MTO| 时，Odoo 会在确认 |SO| 后立即生成草稿 |PO| 或 "
"|MO|。而使用重新订购规则时，当产品的预测库存低于设定的最小数量时，Odoo 就会生成草稿 |PO| 或 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:48
msgid ""
"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the "
"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed."
msgstr "此外，只要 |PO| 或 |MO| 未确认，Odoo 会在预测发生变化时自动将数量添加到 |PO| 或 |MO| 中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:51
msgid ""
"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand."
msgstr "对于定制产品和/或没有库存的产品，|MTO| 路线是最佳补货策略。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:61
msgid ""
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Operations --> Replenishment.`"
msgstr "要访问补货报告，请访问 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 补货。`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:64
msgid ""
"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that "
"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, "
"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock"
" are both `0.00`"
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，补货报告仪表板会显示每个需要手动重新订购的产品。如果产品没有特定规则，Odoo 会假定 :guilabel:`最小数量` 和 "
":guilabel:`最大数量` 库存均为 `0.00`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:69
msgid ""
"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the "
"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For "
"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast "
"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time "
"and security lead time."
msgstr ""
"对于没有设定重新订购规则的产品，Odoo 会根据已确认的销售订单、送货和收据计算预测。对于有固定重新订购规则的产品，Odoo "
"会正常计算预测，但也会考虑采购/制造周转时间和安全周转时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:75
msgid ""
"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* "
"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the "
"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in "
"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is "
"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the "
"form."
msgstr ""
"在创建新的重新订购规则之前，请确保产品表单上配置了*供应商*或*物料清单*。要检查这一点，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> "
"产品 --> 产品`，然后选择产品以打开其产品表单。供应商（如已配置）列在 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡中，物料清单（如已配置）在表单顶部的 "
":guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:81
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`"
" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. "
"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels "
"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the "
"replenishment report."
msgstr ""
"位于产品表单的:guilabel:`常规信息`选项卡中的:guilabel:`产品类型`，**必须**设置为:guilabel:`可储存产品`。根据定义，不追踪消耗性产品的库存水平，因此"
" Odoo 无法在补货报告中说明消耗性产品的情况。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst-1
msgid ""
"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet "
"current needs."
msgstr "补货报告，列出为满足当前需求而需要购买的所有物品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:90
msgid ""
"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click "
":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu "
"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` "
"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding "
"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well."
msgstr ""
"要从补货报告中创建新的重新订购规则，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 补货`，单击 "
":guilabel:`创建`，并从 :guilabel:`产品`列的下拉菜单中选择所需的产品。如有必要，还可在 :guilabel:`补货` "
"报告页面的相应列中配置 :guilabel:`最小数量` 和 :guilabel:`最大数量`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:96
msgid ""
"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a "
"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` "
"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields."
msgstr ""
"要在产品表单中创建新的重新订购规则，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序--> 产品--> "
"产品`，然后选择一个产品以打开其产品表单。点击:guilabel:`重新订购规则` 智能按钮，点击:guilabel:`创建`，然后填写字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:101
msgid "Replenishment report fields"
msgstr "补货报告字段"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:103
msgid ""
"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of "
"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` "
"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a "
"field to make it visible."
msgstr ""
"以下字段位于 :guilabel:`补货` 报告中。如果这些字段不可见，请点击报告最右侧的 :guilabel:`⋮ "
"（其他选项）`图标，然后点击字段旁边的复选框使其可见。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:107
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment."
msgstr ":guilabel:`产品`：需要补充的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:108
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored."
msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：存放产品的具体位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:109
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored."
msgstr ":guilabel:`仓库`：存放产品的仓库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:110
msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available."
msgstr ":guilabel:`在手数量`：当前可用的产品数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:111
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current "
"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account."
msgstr ":guilabel:`预测`：在考虑所有当前订单（销售、制造、采购等）后，剩余的可用产品数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either "
":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`首选路线`：产品的采购方式，可以是 :guilabel:`购买`、:guilabel:`制造`、:guilabel:`直运`等。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired."
msgstr ":guilabel:`供应商`：购买产品的公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one"
" is configured)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`物料清单`：产品的物料清单（如果已配置）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:117
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either "
":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes "
"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the "
"replenishment is requested)."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`触发器`：如何创建补货，可以是 :guilabel:`自动`（当 :guilabel:`库存` 数量低于 "
":guilabel:`最小数量` 时自动创建），也可以是 :guilabel:`手动`（仅在请求补货时创建）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:120
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is "
"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ":guilabel:`采购组`：产品采购方式的参考编号，如销售订单、采购订单或制造订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:122
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be "
"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment "
"is triggered."
msgstr ":guilabel:`最小数量`：产品的最小可用数量。当库存水平低于此数量时，将触发补货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:124
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available "
"after replenishing the product."
msgstr ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`（最大数量）：补货后的可用产品数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:126
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific "
"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the "
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 "
"products are replenished."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`多个数量`：如果产品应按特定数量订购，请输入应订购的数量。例如，如果 :guilabel:`多个数量` 设置为 `5`，而只需要 "
"3 个，则会补货 5 个产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:129
msgid ""
":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and "
"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate "
"Orders` button is clicked."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`待订购`：当前需要的产品数量，如果点击 :guilabel:` 订购一次` 或 :guilabel:`自动下单` "
"按钮，则将订购该数量的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:131
msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product."
msgstr ":guilabel:`UoM`：获取产品时使用的度量单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:132
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired."
msgstr "guilabel:`公司`：获取产品的公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:134
msgid ""
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and "
"changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :guilabel:`Order "
"Once`."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，:guilabel:`待订购`字段中的数量是达到设置的:guilabel:`最大数量`所需的数量。但是，可以通过点击字段并更改值来调整 "
":guilabel:`待订购` 数量。要手动补充产品，请单击 :guilabel:`订购一次`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:138
msgid ""
"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click "
":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a "
":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon."
msgstr ""
"要在:guilabel:`补货`页面自动补货，请单击行右侧的:guilabel:`自动订单`，该图标由:guilabel:`🔄（圆形箭头）`表示。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:141
msgid ""
"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft "
"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set "
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule."
msgstr "单击此按钮后，每当预测库存水平低于重新排序规则设置的 :guilabel:`最小数量` 时，Odoo 将自动生成草稿 |PO|/|MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:144
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual "
"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking"
" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`补货` 页面，点击行最右边的 :guilabel:`🔕（休眠）` 图标，可在给定时间内暂时停用重新排序规则或手动补货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst-1
msgid ""
"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of "
"time."
msgstr "暂停选项可在一段时间内关闭重新订购的通知。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:152
msgid ""
"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a "
":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| "
"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) "
"that triggered the rule as the source document."
msgstr ""
"通过手动补货创建的 |PO| 或 |MO|， 会将 :guilabel:`补货报告` 作为源文件。由自动重新订购规则创建的 |PO| 或 "
"|MO|，则以触发该规则的 |SO| 参考编号作为源文件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst-1
msgid ""
"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment "
"report."
msgstr "报价请求列表显示哪些报价直接来自补货报告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:161
msgid "Make to order (MTO) route"
msgstr "按订单生产（MTO）路线"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:163
msgid ""
"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is "
"hidden by default."
msgstr "由于定制产品推荐使用 |MTO| 路由，因此默认情况下该路由是隐藏的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:172
msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:"
msgstr "在 Odoo 中激活 |MTO| 路由："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:166
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration  --> Settings`."
msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:167
msgid ""
"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr "激活位于 :guilabel:`仓库` 部分下的 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 设置，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:169
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration  --> Routes`."
msgstr "然后，转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 路径`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:170
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes."
msgstr "点击 :menuselection:`筛选器 --> 已存档` 以显示存档路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:171
msgid ""
"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click "
"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`."
msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` 旁边的复选框，然后点击 :menuselection:`操作 --> 取消存档`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:175
msgid ""
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the "
"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route."
msgstr ""
"激活 :guilabel:`多步骤路线` 设置也会激活 :guilabel:`存储位置`。如果这些功能不适用于仓库，请在取消 |MTO| "
"路线的存档后禁用这些设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:179
msgid ""
"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click on the "
"desired product to open its product form."
msgstr ""
"要将产品的采购路线设置为 |MTO|，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> "
"产品`，然后点击所需的产品以打开其产品表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:182
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`."
msgstr ""
"然后，点击 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，在选项的 :guilabel:`路线` 部分，选择 :guilabel:`补货订单（MTO）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:185
msgid ""
"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`"
" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` "
"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` "
"tab of the product form."
msgstr ""
"对于直接从供应商处购买的产品，除 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` 途径外，请确保选择了 :guilabel:`购买` "
"途径。此外，确保在产品表单的 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡中配置了供应商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:189
msgid ""
"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` "
"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` "
"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, "
"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on "
"the product form."
msgstr ""
"对于内部制造的产品，除 :guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）` 路线外，请确保选择了 :guilabel:`制造` "
"路线。此外，请确保为产品配置了物料清单，可通过产品表单上的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮访问。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:195
msgid ""
"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected."
msgstr ""
"不能单独选择 |MTO| 路线。只有同时选择 :guilabel:`制造` 或 :guilabel:`购买` 路线时，|MTO| **才**会起作用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst-1
msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form."
msgstr "产品表格，选择了“按订单补货”。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:3
msgid "Lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:10
msgid ""
"Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer "
"expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead "
"time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing "
"orders, deliveries, and receptions."
msgstr ""
"准确预测交货日期对于满足客户期望至关重要。在 Odoo 中，*库存* 应用程序可进行全面的交货时间配置，从而协调和规划生产订单、交货和接收。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:15
msgid "Lead time types"
msgstr "准备时间类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:17
msgid ""
"Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of "
"the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times "
"in Odoo:"
msgstr "不同业务的不同交付周期会影响订单履行流程的各个阶段。以下是 Odoo 中交货时间类型的摘要："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together."
msgstr "显示所有交货时间的图形。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:24
msgid ""
":ref:`Customer lead time <inventory/shipping_receiving/customer-lt>`: "
"default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is"
" the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the "
"date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as "
"*delivery lead time*."
msgstr ""
":ref:`客户前置时间 <inventory/shipping_receiving/customer-"
"lt>`：完成客户订单的默认时限。客户前置时间是指从确认销售订单（SO）到产品从仓库发货的天数。这也被称为*交货前置时间*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:29
msgid ""
":ref:`Sales security lead time <inventory/shipping_receiving/sales-security-"
"lt>`: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of "
"days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing "
"shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment "
"process."
msgstr ""
":ref:`销售安全前置时间 <inventory/shipping_receiving/sales-security-lt>`: "
"将*计划交货日期*提前指定天数。考虑到准备过程中可能出现的延误，该天数可作为一个缓冲，以便有充足的时间提前准备出货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:34
msgid ""
":ref:`Purchase lead time <inventory/shipping_receiving/purchase-lt>`: number"
" of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of "
"products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at"
" the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier "
"deliveries."
msgstr ""
":ref:`采购前置时间 <inventory/shipping_receiving/purchase-"
"lt>`：从确认采购订单（PO）到收到产品的天数。它提供了产品到达仓库所需的时间，便于有效安排和规划供应商交货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:39
msgid ""
":ref:`Purchase security lead time <inventory/shipping_receiving/purchase-"
"security-lt>`: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` "
"by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders "
"earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products "
"that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment "
"report* earlier, according to the specified number of days."
msgstr ""
":ref:`采购安全前置时间 <inventory/shipping_receiving/purchase-security-lt>`：将 "
":abbr:`PO（采购订单）` "
"的订单截止日期提前指定天数。这种提前下订单的主动方法，可以降低供应商或发货延迟的风险。因此，对于设置为按订单补货的产品，需求会根据指定的天数提前出现在*补货报告*中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:45
msgid ""
":ref:`Days to Purchase <inventory/shipping_receiving/days-to-purchase>`: "
"days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and "
"confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified "
"number of days."
msgstr ""
":ref:`采购前天数 <inventory/shipping_receiving/days-to-"
"purchase>`：供应商收到询价（RFQ）并确认所需的天数。它将提前指定天数，安排 |RFQ| 的截止日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:49
msgid ""
":ref:`Manufacturing lead time <inventory/shipping_receiving/manuf-lt>`: "
"number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date "
"of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in "
"Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished"
" good."
msgstr ""
":ref:`制造前置时间 <inventory/shipping_receiving/manuf-"
"lt>`：从确认之日起完成制造订单（MO）所需的天数。该准备时间包括周末（Odoo 中为非工作时间），用于预测成品的大致生产日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:54
msgid ""
":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/prepare-manufacturing-order>`: number of days "
"needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the "
"product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click "
"*Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in "
"the |BoM|."
msgstr ""
":ref:`准备制造订单的天数<inventory/shipping_receiving/prepare-manufacturing-"
"order>`：补充组件或制造产品的子组件所需的天数。可直接在物料清单（BoM）上设置，或点击 *计算* 将 |BoM| "
"中组件的采购和制造前置时间相加。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:60
msgid ""
":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time <inventory/shipping_receiving/manuf-"
"security-lt>`: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing "
"Order)` forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with"
" :ref:`replenish to order <inventory/management/products/strategies>`, the "
"security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment "
"report."
msgstr ""
":ref:`制造安全前置时间 <inventory/shipping_receiving/manuf-security-lt>`：将 "
":abbr:`MO（制造订单）` 的计划日期提前指定天数。与 :ref:`按订单补货 "
"<inventory/management/products/strategies>` 结合使用时，安全前置时间会使需求提前出现在补货报告中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:69
msgid "Sales lead times"
msgstr "销售前置时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:71
msgid ""
"Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to "
"automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales "
"Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* "
"setting for shipments from the warehouse."
msgstr ""
"客户前置时间和销售安全前置时间可配置为自动计算:abbr:`SO（销售订单）` "
"上的*预计交货日期*。预计交货日期可确保仓库发货的*交货日期*设置切合实际。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:75
msgid ""
"Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the "
"expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, "
"which would impact other warehouse operations."
msgstr "如果设定的交货日期早于预期日期，Odoo 就会发出警告信息，因为届时可能无法完成订单，从而影响其他仓库业务。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:79
msgid ""
"A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is "
"confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and"
" the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead "
"time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th."
msgstr ""
"7月 11 日确认了一份包含`椰香蜡烛`的:abbr:`销售订单（SO）`。该产品的客户交货时间为 14 天，企业使用 1 "
"天的销售安全交货时间。根据交货时间的设定，Odoo 建议在 15 天后的 7 月 26 日进行交货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature."
msgstr "在销售订单中设置*交货日期*。启用交货周期功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:87
msgid ""
"The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected "
"delivery dates."
msgstr "以下部分演示如何自动计算预期交货日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:90
msgid "Customer lead time"
msgstr "客户前置时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:92
msgid ""
"Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the "
"products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> "
"Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` "
"field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery "
"order from start to finish."
msgstr ""
"通过导航至产品页面，在每个产品表单上设置客户交付周期。要执行此操作，请转至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 产品 --> "
"产品`。从那里选择所需的产品，然后切换到 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡。然后，在 :guilabel:`客户前置时间` "
"字段下，填写完成交货订单从开始到结束所需的日历天数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:98
msgid ""
"Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by "
"navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type"
" `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field."
msgstr ""
"导航到产品表单，为  `椰子香味蜡烛` 设置 14 天的客户前置时间。然后，在 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡的 "
":guilabel:`客户前置时间` 字段中键入`14.00`天。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form."
msgstr "在产品表单上设置*客户前置时间*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:109
msgid "Sales security lead time"
msgstr "销售安全前置时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:111
msgid ""
"*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr "在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中为业务全局设置 *销售安全前置时间*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:114
msgid ""
"On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` "
"heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and "
"click the checkbox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""
"在配置页面的 :guilabel:`高级日程安排` 标题下，找到 :guilabel:`销售安全前置时间` 复选框，然后点击复选框启用该功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:117
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is "
"a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than "
"the scheduled date."
msgstr "然后，输入所需的日历天数。这个安全前置时间是一个缓冲时间，通知团队在预定日期之前做好出货准备。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:121
msgid ""
"Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes "
"the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. "
"In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th,"
" but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the "
"delivery order would be April 5th."
msgstr ""
"将 :guilabel:`销售安全前置时间` 设置为 `1.00` 天，会将交货单（DO）的 :guilabel:`计划日期` "
"提前一天。在这种情况下，如果产品最初计划于 4 月 6 日交货，但安全前置时间为一天，则交货订单的新计划日期将是 4 月 5 日。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
"settings."
msgstr "通过销售设置查看销售配置的安全前置时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:131
msgid "Deliver several products"
msgstr "交付多种产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:133
msgid ""
"For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the "
"lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a "
"quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:"
msgstr ""
"对于包含具有不同前置时间的多个产品订单，可直接从报价单本身配置前置时间。在报价单上，点击 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡，并将 "
":guilabel:`运输政策` 设置为："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:137
msgid ""
":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are "
"ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is "
"determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the "
"products in the order."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`尽快` 用于在产品准备就绪后立即交付。:abbr:`DO（交货单）`的 :guilabel:`计划日期` "
"是通过将当天日期加上订单中产品的最短前置时间来确定的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:141
msgid ""
":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order "
"at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` "
"is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the "
"products in the order."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`当所有产品都准备就绪`时，等待一次性完成整个订单。:abbr:`DO（交货单）`的 :guilabel:`计划日期` "
"是通过将当天日期加上订单中产品的最长前置时间来确定的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation."
msgstr "在报价单的 *其他信息* 选项卡中显示 *运输政策* 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:150
msgid ""
"In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the "
"products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date "
"is April 2nd."
msgstr "在一份包含 2 种产品（`瑜伽垫` 和 `阻力带`）的报价单中，产品前置时间分别为 8 天和 5 天。今天是 4 月 2 日。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:153
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as "
"possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On "
"the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures"
" the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th."
msgstr ""
"当 :guilabel:`运输政策` 设置为 :guilabel:`尽快` 时，计划交货日期为今天开始算起的 5 天后，即 4 月 7 日。如果选择 "
":guilabel:`当所有产品准备就绪时`，则计划交货日期为今天开始算起的 8 天后，即 4 月 10 日。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:160
msgid "Purchase lead times"
msgstr "采购前置时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:162
msgid ""
"Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers "
"can help simplify the procurement process."
msgstr "自动确定向供应商下订单的日期有助于简化采购流程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:165
msgid ""
"Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO "
"(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed"
" in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead "
"times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to "
"determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 根据仓库需要产品的规定日期，计算供应商装运 *收货日期* 和 "
":abbr:`PO（采购订单）`截止日期。从收货日期倒推，供应商的前置时间和采购安全前置时间都会考虑在内，从而确定 :abbr:`PO（采购订单）` "
"截止日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:170
msgid ""
"This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order "
"to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date."
msgstr "此截止日期为确认订单的日期，以确保在预期收货日期前及时到货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times."
msgstr "采购订单截止日期和收货日期的可视化，与供应商前置时间结合使用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:178
msgid ""
":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules "
"<inventory/management/reordering_rules>`"
msgstr ":ref:`使用重新订购规则进行 PO 排期 <inventory/management/reordering_rules>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:181
msgid "Vendor lead time"
msgstr "供应商前置时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:183
msgid ""
"To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor"
" location, begin by navigating to a product form through "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`."
msgstr ""
"要为从供应商位置到达仓库的订单设置供应商前置时间，首先通过 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` 导航到产品表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:186
msgid ""
"Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` "
"tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, "
":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`."
msgstr ""
"接下来，选择所需的产品，并切换到 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡。在可编辑的供应商价目表中，点击 :guilabel:`添加行` "
"按钮添加供应商详细信息，如 :guilabel:`供应商` 名称、:guilabel:`价格`，及 :guilabel:`交货前置时间`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:192
msgid ""
"Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The "
"default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the "
"list."
msgstr "供应商价目表中可添加多个供应商和前置时间。默认选择的供应商和前置时间将是列表顶部的条目。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:196
msgid ""
"On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead "
"Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`"
msgstr "在产品表单的供应商价目表中，所选供应商的 :guilabel:`交货前置时间` 设置为 `10 天`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product."
msgstr "在产品的供应商价目表中添加交货前置时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:203
msgid ""
"By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is "
"automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` "
"confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse "
"employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the "
"expected timeframe."
msgstr ""
"通过设置供应商前置时间，项目的预期到货日期将自动确定为:abbr:`PO（采购订单）`确认日期加上供应商前置时间。这可确保在产品**未在**预期时间内到达时，及时通知仓库员工。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:209
msgid ""
"On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product "
"configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the "
":guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from "
"the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase"
" Order)`."
msgstr ""
"在 7 月 11 日确认的 :abbr:`PO（采购订单）`上，产品配置了 10 天供应商前置时间，Odoo 自动将 :guilabel:`收货日期` "
"设置为 7 月 21 日。收货日期也会作为 :guilabel:`预定日期` 显示在仓库收据表格上，可通过 :guilabel:`收据` "
"智能按钮访问，该按钮位于 :guilabel:`PO（采购订单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor."
msgstr "显示从供应商处收到产品的预期*收货日期*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor."
msgstr "显示产品从供应商处到达的预期*计划日期*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:225
msgid "Purchase security lead time"
msgstr "采购安全前置时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:227
msgid ""
"*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr "*采购安全前置时间* 在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 中为企业全局设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:230
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` "
"heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`设置` 页面的 :guilabel:`高级日程安排` 标题下，勾选 :guilabel:`采购安全前置时间` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:233
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security"
" lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier "
"deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr "然后，输入所需的日历天数。通过配置安全前置时间，可以设置一个缓冲，以考虑供应商交货的潜在延迟。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:237
msgid ""
"Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, "
"pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that "
"case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a "
"two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be "
"April 8th."
msgstr ""
"将 :guilabel:`采购安全前置时间` 设置为 `2.00` 天，会将 :guilabel:`预定日期` "
"的收货日期推后两天。在这种情况下，如果产品最初计划于 4 月 6 日到达，而安全前置时间为两天，则新的预定收货日期将是 4 月 8 日。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > "
"Settings."
msgstr "从库存 > 配置 > 设置中设置采购的安全前置时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:249
msgid "Days to purchase"
msgstr "采购前置天数"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:251
msgid ""
"To set up the *days to purchase* lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced "
"Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the "
"number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it"
" from the company."
msgstr ""
"要设置 *采购天数* 前置时间，请进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"设置`。在:guilabel:`高级日程安排` 部分的 :guilabel:`采购前置时间` 字段中，指定供应商从公司收到 |RFQ| "
"后确认所需的天数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid "Show \"Days to Purchase\" configuration in the Settings page."
msgstr "在设置页面中显示 “采购前置天数” 配置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:263
msgid "Manufacturing lead times"
msgstr "制造前置时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:265
msgid ""
"Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable "
"materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of "
"materials (BoMs)."
msgstr "掌握交货前置时间，可以帮助简化基于物料清单（BOM）的制造产品所需消耗性材料和零部件的采购流程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:268
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to "
"begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled "
"delivery date, can be determined by configuring the manufacturing lead times"
" and manufacturing security lead times."
msgstr ""
":abbr:`MO（制造订单）` 截止日期是在预定交货日期之前开始制造流程以完成产品的截止日期，可以通过配置制造提前期和制造安全提前期来确定。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead "
"times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:277
msgid "Manufacturing lead time"
msgstr "制造前置时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:279
msgid ""
"Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill "
"of materials (BoM) form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:281
msgid ""
"To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app"
" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:284
msgid ""
"On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value"
" (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar"
" days needed to manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:292
msgid ""
"If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times "
"of the components are added."
msgstr "如果所选 |BoM| 是多级 |BoM|，则会加上组件的制造提前期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:295
msgid ""
"If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can "
"be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr "如果 |BoM| 产品是分包的，则 :guilabel:`制造提前期` 可用于确定将部件发送给分包商的日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:298
msgid ""
"Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the "
"*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field "
"of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`."
msgstr ""
"根据 :abbr:`DO（送货单）` 的 :guilabel:`预定日期` 字段中显示的 *预计交货日期*，建立 :abbr:`MO（制造订单）` "
"截止日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:301
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is"
" calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the manufacturing "
"lead time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:305
msgid ""
"This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the "
"delivery date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:307
msgid ""
"However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days."
" Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center "
"capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work "
"center simultaneously`)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:312
msgid ""
":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:313
msgid ":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules <reordering_rules>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:316
msgid ""
"A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is "
"August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest "
"date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment "
"date is August 1st."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:323
msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:325
msgid ""
"Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by"
" going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->"
" Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:329
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days"
" needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to "
"prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and "
"ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture "
"semi-finished products."
msgstr ""
"在 |BoM| 的 :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` 选项卡中，在 :guilabel:`准备生产订单的天数` "
"字段中指定获取产品组件所需的日历天数。这样做可提前创建 |MO| 并确保有足够时间补充组件或制造半成品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:335
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare"
" Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the "
"components listed on the |BoM|."
msgstr ""
"点击位于 :guilabel:`准备制造订单的天数` 字段旁边的 :guilabel:`计算`，将计算出 |BoM| 中列出的所有组件中最长的交货期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:338
msgid ""
"*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also "
"added to this value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:342
msgid ""
"A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, "
"and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to "
"prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:349
msgid "Manufacturing security lead time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:351
msgid ""
"*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the"
" :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security "
"Lead Time`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:355
msgid ""
"Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security"
" lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the "
"manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:363
msgid ""
"A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` "
"set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and "
"manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled "
"Date` on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` reflects the latest date to "
"begin the manufacturing order. In this example, the planned date on the "
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:370
msgid "Global example"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:372
msgid ""
"See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together"
" to ensure timely order fulfillment:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:375
msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:376
msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:377
msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:378
msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:379
msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:381
msgid ""
"The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, "
"and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. "
"Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the "
"necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, "
"September 20th:"
msgstr ""
"客户于 9 月 1 日下单购买制成品，仓库的预定交货日期为 9 月 20 日。Odoo 根据出库交货日期（9 月 20 "
"日），使用提前期和自动重新订货规则来安排必要的操作："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse "
"operations."
msgstr "显示交货时间如何协同安排仓库运营的时间表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:389
msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson."
msgstr "**9 月 1 日**：创建销售订单，由销售人员确认。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:391
msgid ""
"**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in "
"time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)."
msgstr "**9 月 9 日**： 订购部件的截止日期，以确保在生产开始时及时送达（供应商交货期为 4 天）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:394
msgid ""
"**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it "
"was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date "
"earlier by 1 day."
msgstr "**9 月 13 日**：零部件计划入库日期。原定于9月14日，但由于设置了1天的采购安全提前期，日期提前了1天。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:397
msgid ""
"**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by "
"subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing "
"security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September "
"19th."
msgstr ""
"**9 月 14 日**： 开始生产的截止日期。计算方法是从 9 月 19 日的预计交货日期减去 3 天的制造提前期和 2 天的制造安全提前期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:401
msgid ""
"**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form "
"indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as "
"September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by "
"a day."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:405
msgid ""
"Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, "
"setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including "
"buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on "
"time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:3
msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)"
msgstr "按订单补货（MTO）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:13
msgid ""
"*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a "
"replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time "
"it is required to fulfill a sales order (SO), or when it is needed as a "
"component in a manufacturing order (MO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:17
msgid ""
"For products that are purchased from a vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ)"
" is created to replenish the product, while an |MO| is created for products "
"that are manufactured. The creation of an |RFQ| or |MO| occurs every time an"
" |SO| or |MO| that requires the product is confirmed, regardless of the "
"current stock level of the product being ordered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:23
msgid ""
"In order to use the |MTO| route, the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature "
"must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-"
"Step Routes`, under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:27
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:32
msgid "Unarchive MTO route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:34
msgid ""
"By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| "
"is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. "
"However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，Odoo 将 |MTO| 路由设置为 *存档*。这是因为 |MTO| "
"是一个有点小众的工作流程，只有某些公司才会使用。不过，只需几个简单的步骤，就可以轻松取消路线存档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:38
msgid ""
"To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Configuration --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the "
":icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon on the right side of the"
" search bar, and click the :guilabel:`Archived` filter to enable it."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，首先导航至 :menuselection:`库存管理应用程序 --> 配置 --> 路线`。在 :guilabel:`路线` "
"页面上，点击搜索栏右侧的 :icon:`fa-caret-down`:guilabel:`（向下箭头）` 图标，然后点击 :guilabel:`已存档`"
" 筛选器以启用它。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page."
msgstr "路线页面上的存档筛选器。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:46
msgid ""
"After enabling the :guilabel:`Archived` filter, the :guilabel:`Routes` page "
"shows all routes which are currently archived. Tick the checkbox next to "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click the :icon:`fa-cog` "
":guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-down "
"menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`."
msgstr ""
"启用 :guilabel:`已存档` 筛选器后，:guilabel:`路线` 页面将显示当前存档的所有路线。勾选 "
":guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）`旁边的复选框，然后点击 :icon:`fa-"
"cog`:guilabel:`操作`按钮，显示一个下拉菜单。从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`取消存档`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page."
msgstr "路线页面上的取消存档操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:55
msgid ""
"Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the search bar. The "
":guilabel:`Routes` page now shows all unarchived routes, including "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is selectable on the *Inventory*"
" tab of each product page."
msgstr ""
"最后，删除搜索栏中的 :guilabel:`已存档` 筛选器。现在，:guilabel:`路线` 页面显示所有未存档的路线，包括 "
":guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）`，可在每个产品页面的 *库存* 选项卡上选择。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:60
msgid "Configure product for MTO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:62
msgid ""
"With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to "
"use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then select an "
"existing product, or click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new one."
msgstr ""
"在 |MTO| 路由未存档的情况下，现在可以正确配置产品以使用订单补货。要执行此操作，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存管理应用程序 -->"
" 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择一个现有产品，或点击 :guilabel:`新建` 配置一个新产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
"section, along with the :guilabel:`Buy` or :guilabel:`Manufacture` route."
msgstr ""
"在产品页面上，选择 :guilabel:`库存管理` 选项卡，并在 :guilabel:`路线` 部分启用 "
":guilabel:`按订单再生产（MTO）` 路线，以及 :guilabel:`购买` 或 :guilabel:`制造` 路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:71
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless "
"another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to"
" replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy or manufacture "
"it)."
msgstr ""
"除非同时选择了其他路径，否则 :guilabel:`按订单补货 (MTO)` 路径 **不起** 作用。这是因为 Odoo "
"需要知道在下订单（购买或生产）时如何补充产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst-1
msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab."
msgstr "在库存选项卡上选择 MTO 路线和第二条路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:79
msgid ""
"If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill |SOs|, enable the "
":guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so makes"
" the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other tabs below."
msgstr ""
"如果产品是从供应商处购买以执行 |SO| ，请启用产品名称下的 :guilabel:`可以采购` 复选框。这样，:guilabel:`采购` "
"选项卡就会与下面的其他选项卡一起显示。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:83
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the "
":guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，指定 :guilabel:`供应商` 和销售产品的 :guilabel:`价格`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:87
msgid ""
"Specifying a vendor is essential for this workflow, because Odoo cannot "
"generate an |RFQ| without knowing who the product is purchased from."
msgstr "指定供应商对这一工作流程至关重要，因为如果不知道产品是从谁那里购买的，Odoo 就无法生成 |RFQ|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:90
msgid ""
"If the product is manufactured, make sure it has a bill of materials (BOM) "
"configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
"button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`New` on the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product."
msgstr ""
"如果产品已生产，请确保为其配置了物料清单 (BOM)。为此，请单击屏幕顶部的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`物料清单` 页面上的 :guilabel:`新建` 为产品配置新的 BOM。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:95
msgid ""
"For a full overview of |BOM| creation, see the documentation on :doc:`bills "
"of materials <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`."
msgstr ""
"有关 |BOM| 创建的完整概述，请参阅 :doc:`物料清单 "
"<.../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:99
msgid "Replenish using MTO"
msgstr "使用 MTO 补充"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:101
msgid ""
"After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is"
" created for it every time an |SO| or |MO| including the product is "
"confirmed. The type of order created depends on the second route selected in"
" addition to |MTO|."
msgstr ""
"将产品配置为使用 |MTO| 路线后，每次确认包含该产品的 |SO| 或 |MO| 时，都会为其创建补货订单。创建的订单类型取决于除 |MTO| "
"之外选择的第二个路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:105
msgid ""
"For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a |PO| is created "
"upon confirmation of an |SO|."
msgstr "例如，如果 *购买* 是选择的第二条路线，则在确认 |SO| 后创建一个 |PO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:109
msgid ""
"When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is "
"always created upon confirmation of an |SO| or |MO|. This is the case, even "
"if there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|, without"
" buying or manufacturing additional units of it."
msgstr ""
"为产品启用 |MTO| 路线后，在确认 |SO| 或 |MO| 时，总是会创建补货订单。即使现有库存足够满足 |SO|，也不需要购买或生产额外的单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:113
msgid ""
"While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with the *Buy* or *Manufacture* "
"routes, the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by "
"navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`New`, "
"which opens a blank quotation form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:117
msgid ""
"On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a"
" product configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`, and the quotation is turned into an |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:121
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears at the top of the page. "
"Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:124
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a "
"|PO|. A purple :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears above the "
"|PO|. Once the products are received, click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to "
"open the receipt order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to enter the products"
" into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:129
msgid ""
"Return to the |SO| by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`, and "
"selecting the|SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:132
msgid ""
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the order"
" to open the delivery order. Once the products have been shipped to the "
"customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:137
msgid ""
"For information on workflows that include the |MTO| route, see the following"
" documentation:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:139
msgid ":doc:`resupply_warehouses`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:140
msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:141
msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:9
msgid ""
"*Reordering rules* are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain "
"threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by"
" specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a "
"maximum quantity that stock should not exceed."
msgstr "*重新排序规则*用于将预测的库存水平保持在某个临界值以上，而不超过指定的上限。具体做法是指定库存不得低于的最低数量和不得超过的最高数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:13
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used "
"to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a Request for "
"Quotation (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a "
"product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a Manufacturing Order (MO) is "
"created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment "
"route."
msgstr ""
"您可根据补货路线，为每种产品配置重新订购规则。如果产品使用*采购*路线，则在触发重新订购规则时会创建一个询价单 "
"（RFQ）。如果产品使用*制造*途径，则会创建制造订单。无论选择哪种补货途径，情况都是如此。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:19
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Automatic Reordering Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XEJZrCjoXaU>`_"
msgstr "`Odoo 教程：自动重新排序规则 <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XEJZrCjoXaU>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:20
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Manual Reordering Rules "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=deIREJ1FFj4>`_"
msgstr "`Odoo 教程：手动重新排序规则 <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=deIREJ1FFj4>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:23
msgid "Configure products for reordering rules"
msgstr "为重新排序规则配置产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:25
msgid ""
"In order to use reordering rules for a product, it must first be correctly "
"configured. Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Products --> Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one"
" by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要对产品使用重新排序规则，必须正确配置该产品。首先导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> "
"产品`，然后选择一个现有产品，或点击 :guilabel:`新建` 创建一个新产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:29
msgid ""
"On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make "
"sure the :guilabel:`Product Type` is set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. "
"This is necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable "
"products, and this number is used to trigger reordering rules."
msgstr ""
"在产品表单的 :guilabel:`基本信息` 选项卡下，确保 :guilabel:`产品类型` 设置为 "
":guilabel:`可储存产品`。这是必要的，因为 Odoo 只追踪可储存产品的库存数量，该数量用于触发重新订购规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable."
msgstr "将产品类型设置为可储存。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:37
msgid ""
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes "
"from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use "
"to replenish the product."
msgstr ""
"接下来，点击 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，并从 :guilabel:`路径` 部分选择一个或多个路径。这样，Odoo "
"就会知道使用哪条路线补充产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab."
msgstr "在库存选项卡上选择一条或多条路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:44
msgid ""
"If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that "
"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name."
" This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price "
"that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product"
" should be purchased from."
msgstr ""
"如果使用 :guilabel:`购买` 途径重新订购产品，请确认产品名称下的 :guilabel:`可购买` 复选框已启用。这样就会出现 "
":guilabel:`采购`选项卡。点击:guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，指定至少一个供应商及其产品售价，以便 Odoo 知道应从哪家公司购买产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab."
msgstr "在采购选项卡上指定供应商和价格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:53
msgid ""
"If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it "
"needs to have at least one Bill of Materials (BoM) associated with it. This "
"is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products "
"with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`."
msgstr ""
"如果使用 :guilabel:`制造路径对产品进行补货，则该产品至少需要有一个与之相关的物料清单（BoM）。这一点很有必要，因为 Odoo 只为有 "
":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 的产品创建生产订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:57
msgid ""
"If a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` does not already exist for the product,"
" select the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the "
"product form, then click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill"
" of Materials)`."
msgstr ""
"如果产品还不存在 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，请选择产品表格顶部的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`新建` 以配置新的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form."
msgstr "产品表单上的“物料清单”智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:66
msgid "Create new reordering rules"
msgstr "创建新的重新排序规则"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:68
msgid ""
"To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`New`, and "
"fill out the new line as follows:"
msgstr ""
"要创建新的重新排序规则，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 重新排序规则`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`，并按如下方式填写新行："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:71
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule."
msgstr ":guilabel:`产品`：规则补充的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:72
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored."
msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：存储产品的位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:73
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted "
"without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this "
"number, a replenishment order for the product is created."
msgstr ":guilabel:`最小数量`：在不触发规则的情况下可预测的最小数量。当预测库存低于此数量时，将创建该产品的补货订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:76
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up "
"to."
msgstr ":guilabel:`最大数量`：库存补充的最大数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:77
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Specify if the product should be replenished "
"in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in "
"batches of 20)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`多个数量`：指定产品是否应按一定数量分批补充（例如，可按 20 个产品分批补充）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:79
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM`: The unit of measure used for reordering the product. This "
"value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
"length, etc."
msgstr ":guilabel:`UoM`：用于重新订购产品的度量单位。该值可以是 `单位`，也可以是重量、长度等的特定计量单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule."
msgstr "创建新重新排序规则的表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:87
msgid ""
"Reordering rules can also be created from each product form. To do so, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"select a product. Then, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button,"
" and click :guilabel:`New` to fill out the new line, as detailed above."
msgstr ""
"也可在每个产品表单中创建重新排序规则。要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> "
"产品`，然后选择一个产品。然后，点击 :guilabel:`重新排序规则` 智能按钮，并点击 :guilabel:`新建` 以填写新行，详见上文。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:92
msgid ""
"For advanced usage of reordering rules, learn about the following reordering"
" rule fields:"
msgstr "有关重排序规则的高级用法，请了解以下重排序规则字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:94
msgid ":ref:`Trigger <inventory/product_management/trigger>`"
msgstr ":ref:`触发器 <inventory/product_management/trigger>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:95
msgid ":ref:`Visibility days <inventory/product_management/visibility-days>`"
msgstr ":ref:`可见天数 <inventory/product_management/visibility-days>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:96
msgid ":ref:`Route <inventory/product_management/route>`"
msgstr ":ref:`路线 <inventory/product_management/route>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:101
msgid "0/0/1 reordering rule"
msgstr "0/0/1 重新订购规则"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:103
msgid ""
"The *0/0/1* reordering rule is a specialty rule used to replenish a product "
"that is not kept on-hand, each time a sales order (SO) is confirmed for that"
" product."
msgstr "*0/0/1* 重新订购规则是一种特殊规则，用于在每次确认销售订单（SO）时，补充没有库存的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:107
msgid ""
"The 0/0/1 reordering rule is similar to the *Replenish on Order (MTO)* "
"route, in that both workflows are used to replenish a product upon "
"confirmation of an |SO|."
msgstr "0/0/1 重新订购规则与*重新排序（MTO）* 路线类似，因为这两个工作流程都用于在确认 |SO| 后补充产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:110
msgid ""
"The main difference between the two methods is that the *Replenish on Order*"
" route automatically reserves the product for the |SO| that caused it to be "
"replenished. This means the product **cannot** be used for a different |SO|."
msgstr "这两种方法的主要区别在于，*按订单补货*途径会自动将产品保留给导致其被补货的|SO|。这意味着该产品**不能**用于不同的 |SO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:114
msgid ""
"The 0/0/1 reordering rule does not have this limitation. A product "
"replenished using the rule is not reserved for any specific |SO|, and can be"
" used as needed."
msgstr "0/0/1 重新排序规则则没有这种限制。使用该规则补充的产品不会被保留给任何特定的 |SO| ，可以根据需要使用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:117
msgid ""
"Another key difference is that replenishment orders created by the "
"*Replenish on Order* route are linked to the original |SO| by a smart button"
" at the top of the order. When using the 0/0/1 reordering rule, a "
"replenishment order is created, but is not linked to the original |SO|."
msgstr ""
"另一个主要区别是，通过*按订单补货*路线创建的补货订单，会通过订单顶部的智能按钮与原始 |SO| 相链接。而使用 0/0/1 "
"重新排序规则时，会创建补货订单，但不会链接到原始 |SO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:121
msgid ""
"See the :doc:`Replenish on Order (MTO) <mto>` documentation for a full "
"overview of the MTO route."
msgstr "请参阅 :doc:`按订单补货（MTO）<mto>` 文档，了解 MTO 路线的完整概述。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:123
msgid ""
"To create a 0/0/1 reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Products --> Products`, and select a product."
msgstr "要创建 0/0/1 重新排序规则，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择一个产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126
msgid ""
"At the top of the product's page, click the :icon:`fa-refresh` "
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button to open the :guilabel:`Reordering "
"Rules` page for the product. On the resulting page, click :guilabel:`New` to"
" begin configuring a new reordering rule."
msgstr ""
"在产品页面顶部，点击 :icon:`fa-refresh`:guilabel:`重新排序规则`智能按钮，打开产品的 :guilabel:`重新排序规则`"
" 页面。在生成的页面上，点击 :guilabel:`新建` 开始配置新的重新排序规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:130
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Location` field of the new reordering rule, select the "
"location in which replenished products should be stored. By default, this "
"location is set to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`."
msgstr ""
"在新重新排序规则的 :guilabel:`位置` 字段中，选择应存储补充产品的位置。默认情况下，该位置设置为 :guilabel:`WH/Stock`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:133
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Route` field, select the route the rule should use to "
"replenish the item. For example, if the product should be purchased from a "
"vendor, select the :guilabel:`Buy` route."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`路线` 字段中，选择规则用于补充项目的路线。例如，如果要从供应商处购买产品，请选择 :guilabel:`购买` 路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:136
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` field and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` field, "
"leave the values set to `0.00`. In the :guilabel:`To Order` field, enter a "
"value of `1.00`."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`数量最小值` 字段和 :guilabel:`数量最大值` 字段中，将值设为 `0.00`。在 :guilabel:`待订购` "
"字段中，输入 `1.00`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "A 0/0/1 reordering rule."
msgstr "0/0/1 重新订购规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:143
msgid ""
"With the reordering rule configured using these values, each time an |SO| "
"causes the forecasted quantity of the product to fall below the "
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of `0.00`, the selected :guilabel:`Route` is used "
"to replenish the product in one-unit increments, back up to the "
":guilabel:`Max Quantity` of `0.00`."
msgstr ""
"使用这些值配置重新排序规则后，每当 |SO| 导致产品的预测数量低于 :guilabel:`最小数量` 的 `0.00`，所选的 "
":guilabel:`路线` 将以一个单位的增量补充产品，直至 :guilabel:`最大数量` 的 `0.00`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:149
msgid ""
"A picture frame is configured with a 0/0/1 reordering rule that uses the "
"*Buy* route. Zero units of the picture frame are kept on-hand at any given "
"time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:152
msgid ""
"An |SO| is confirmed for one unit of the picture frame, which causes the "
"forecasted quantity to drop to `-1.00`. This triggers the reordering rule, "
"which automatically creates a |PO| for one unit of the picture frame."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:156
msgid ""
"Once the product is received from the vendor, the forecasted quantity of the"
" picture frame returns to `0.00`. There is now one picture frame on-hand, "
"but it is not reserved for the |SO| which triggered its purchase. It can be "
"used to fulfill that |SO|, or reserved for a different order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:164
msgid "Trigger"
msgstr "触发器"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:166
msgid ""
"When stock falls below the reordering rule's minimum, set the reordering "
"rule's *trigger* to *automatic* to automatically create purchase or "
"manufacturing orders to replenish stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:169
msgid ""
"Alternatively, setting the reordering rule's trigger to *manual* displays "
"the product and forecasted stock on the *replenishment dashboard*, where the"
" procurement manager can review the stock levels, lead times, and forecasted"
" dates of arrival."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:174
msgid ":doc:`../replenishment`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:177
msgid ""
"The replenishment dashboard is accessible by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`."
msgstr "通过 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 补货` 访问补货仪表板。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:180
msgid ""
"To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
" --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`(slider)` icon, located to the far-right of the column titles, "
"and enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` option from the additional options drop-"
"down menu that appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Enable the Trigger field by toggling it in the additional options menu"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:189
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or "
":guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different"
" types of reordering rules."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:193
msgid "Auto"
msgstr "自动"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:195
msgid ""
"Automatic reordering rules, configured by setting the reordering rule's "
":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generates purchase or "
"manufacturing orders when:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:198
msgid "the scheduler runs, and the *On Hand* quantity is below the minimum"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:199
msgid ""
"a sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the "
"product below the minimum"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:203
msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:205
msgid ""
"To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure "
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` is enabled, and select "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, click"
" the purple :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that "
"appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:210
msgid "Be aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:213
msgid ""
"The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger "
"when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of "
"`5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering "
"rule is **not** triggered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:221
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
"Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for "
"Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> "
"Requests for Quotation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO "
"(Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs "
"(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`."
msgstr ""
"如果选择了 :guilabel:`制造` 路线，则会生成 : abbr:`MO (制造订单）`。要查看和管理 :abbr:`MO（制造订单）`，请导航至"
" :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229
msgid ""
"When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in "
"the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
msgstr "未选择路线时，Odoo 将选择产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡中指定的 :guilabel:`路线`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237
msgid ""
"Manual reordering rules, configured by setting the reordering rule's "
":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, lists a product on the "
"replenishment dashboard when the forecasted quantity falls below a specified"
" minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, because they are "
"needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, but the forecasted quantity is not "
"enough."
msgstr ""
"手动重新排序规则是通过将重新排序规则的 :guilabel:`触发器` 字段设置为 :guilabel:`手动` "
"来配置的，当预测数量低于指定的最小值时，该规则会在补货仪表板上列出产品。该仪表板上的产品称为 *需求* "
"，因为它们可供即将到来的销售订单的需求，但预测数量不够。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242
msgid ""
"The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers "
"sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It "
"displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items."
msgstr ""
"可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 补货` "
"访问补货仪表板，考虑了销售订单截止日期、预测库存水平和供应商交货时间。仅当需要重新订购物品时，**才会**显示需求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:247
msgid ""
"If the one-day window for ordering products is too short, skip to the "
":ref:`visibility days <inventory/product_management/visibility-days>` "
"section to make the need appear on the replenishment dashboard a specified "
"number of days in advance."
msgstr ""
"如果订购产品的一天窗口太短，可跳至 :ref:`可见天数<inventory/product_management/visibility-days>` "
"部分，以提前指定天数让需求出现在补货仪表板上。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251
msgid ""
"When a product appears on the replenishment dashboard, clicking the "
":guilabel:`Order Once` button generates the purchase or manufacturing order "
"with the specified amounts :guilabel:`To Order`."
msgstr ""
"当产品出现在补货仪表板上时，点击 :guilabel:`订购一次` 按钮，就会生成包含指定金额的 :guilabel:`待订购` 采购或生产订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the Order Once button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish "
"stock."
msgstr "点击补货仪表板上的 “订购一次” 按钮，补充库存。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261
msgid "Visibility days"
msgstr "可见天数"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264
msgid ""
"Ensure :doc:`lead times <lead_times>` are understood before proceeding with "
"this section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266
msgid ""
"When :ref:`manual reordering rules <inventory/product_management/manual-rr>`"
" are assigned to a product, *visibility days* make the product appear on the"
" replenishment dashboard (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> "
"Replenishment`) a certain number of days in advance."
msgstr ""
"当 :ref:`手动重新排序规则 <inventory/product_management/manual-rr>` "
"分配给产品时，*可见天数*会使产品提前指定的天数出现在补货仪表板上（:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 补货`）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:272
msgid ""
"A product has a manual reordering rule set to trigger when the stock level "
"falls below four units. The current on-hand quantity is ten units."
msgstr "产品库存数量降到 4 个单位以下，就会触发手动补货。目前的实际库存数量为 10 个单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275
msgid ""
"The current date is February 20th, and the *delivery date* on a sales order "
"(in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab) is March 3rd — twelve days from the "
"current date."
msgstr ""
"当前日期是 2 月 20 日，销售订单上的*交货日期*（在 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡中）是 3 月 3 日 — 距离当前日期 12 天。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:278
msgid ""
"The :ref:`vendor lead time <inventory/shipping_receiving/purchase-lt>` is "
"four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/purchase-security-lt>` is one day."
msgstr ""
":ref:`供货周期 <inventory/shipping_receiving/purchase-lt>` 是四天，而 :ref:`采购安全交货时间 "
"<inventory/shipping_receiving/purchase-security-lt>` 是一天。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:282
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to "
"zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before "
"the delivery date, which, in this case, is February 27th."
msgstr ""
"当重新订购规则的 :guilabel:`可见天数` 字段设置为零时，产品会在交货日期（本例中为 2 月 27 日）前五天出现在补货仪表板上。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid ""
"Graphic representing when the need appears on the replenishment dashboard: "
"Feb 27th."
msgstr "图形显示了产品需求出现在补货仪表板上的时间点：2 月 27 日。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:290
msgid ""
"To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, "
"February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`."
msgstr "要在当前日期（2 月 20 日）的补货仪表板上查看产品，请将 :guilabel:`可见天数` 设置为`7.00`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:293
msgid ""
"To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the "
"replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need "
"appears* on the replenishment dashboard."
msgstr "要确定在补货仪表板上看到产品所需的可见天数，请从补货仪表板上的*需求出现日期*减去*当前日期*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:296
msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date"
msgstr "可见天数 = 需求出现日期 - 今天的日期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:301
msgid ""
"Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need "
"for the product appears on February 27th."
msgstr "例如，今天是 2 月 20 日，产品需求出现在 2 月 27 日。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:304
msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)"
msgstr "（2 月 27 日 - 2 月 20 日 = 7 天）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:306
msgid ""
"Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in"
" this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment "
"dashboard."
msgstr "在这种情况下，如果不正确地设置 :guilabel:`可见天数`少于七天，则需求**不会**出现在补货仪表板上。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show the replenishment dashboard with the correct and incorrect visibility "
"days set."
msgstr "显示设置了正确和错误可见天数的补货仪表板。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:316
msgid "Route"
msgstr "路线"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:318
msgid ""
"Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible"
" to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling "
"the functionality of both routes."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 允许在每个产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡下选择多个路径。例如，可以同时选择 :guilabel:`购买` 和 "
":guilabel:`制造`，从而启用两种途径的功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:322
msgid ""
"Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering "
"rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected."
" To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 还允许用户为产品重新排序规则设置首选路径。如果选择了多个路径，则该规则默认使用该路径。要选择首选路线，首先导航至 "
":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 重新排序规则`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:326
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the "
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page."
msgstr "默认情况下，:guilabel:`重新订购规则` 页面上的 :guilabel:`路线` 列被隐藏。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:328
msgid ""
"Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` "
"icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the "
":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears."
msgstr ""
"选择列标题最右侧的 :guilabel:`（滑块）` 图标，并从出现的下拉菜单中选中 :guilabel:`路线` 选项，即可显示 "
":guilabel:`路线` 列。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:331
msgid ""
"Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down "
"menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the "
"preferred route."
msgstr "点击补货规则行的列内，将会弹出一个下拉菜单，显示所有可用的路由选项。选择一条即可将其设置为首选路由。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1
msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down."
msgstr "从下拉菜单中选择首选路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:339
msgid ""
"If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set "
"for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route "
"that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
msgstr ""
"如果产品启用了多个路线，但没有为其重新排序规则设置首选路线，则会使用产品表单的 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡上最先列出的选定路线对产品重新排序。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:3
msgid "Inter-warehouse replenishment"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:7
msgid ""
"When a business operates multiple locations, such as warehouses, retail "
"shops, or manufacturing facilities, resupplying stock from a central "
"warehouse is sometimes necessary. Odoo uses a *Route* configuration that "
"enables locations to replenish from a central distribution center, "
"automatically generating *inter-warehouse transfers*. Odoo "
":guilabel:`Inventory` manages these transfers to keep stores in stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:13
msgid ""
"This guide explains how to conduct inter-warehouse transfers using two "
"replenishment strategies:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:15
msgid ":ref:`Make to order (MTO) <inventory/warehouses_storage/MTO>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:16
msgid ":ref:`Reordering rule <inventory/warehouses_storage/reordering-rule>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`Difference between MTO and reordering rules <../replenishment>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:24
msgid ""
"The initial configuration for both replenishment strategies is the same. "
"First go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. "
"In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, activate :guilabel:`Storage "
"Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Inventory settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:35
msgid ""
"Configure the settings for the central warehouse and connecting storage "
"locations by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
"Warehouses`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:39
msgid ""
"Each central warehouse and other locations *must* have its own warehouse. "
"For example, each shop is considered a local warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:42
msgid ""
"Select an existing warehouse, or create a new one to be resupplied from the "
"central warehouse, by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, give the warehouse a "
"name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`, which will appear on that warehouse's "
"transfers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:46
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the "
":guilabel:`Resupply From` field. Check the box next to the central "
"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one "
"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Now, Odoo knows "
"which warehouses can resupply this warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:52
msgid ""
"The central warehouse that will supply the shops is called `Central "
"warehouse`. The :guilabel:`Resupply From` field is set to this warehouse on "
"the shop's warehouse configuration page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:57
msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:64
msgid "Set route on a product"
msgstr "设置产品路由"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:66
msgid ""
"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be "
"transferred between warehouses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:68
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and select "
"the desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:70
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the new route appears as :guilabel:`X: "
"Supply Product from Y` in the :guilabel:`Routes` section, where 'X' is the "
"store's warehouse that receives products, and 'Y' is the warehouse that "
"sends products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:74
msgid ""
"Tick the :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y` checkbox, which is intended to"
" be used with the |MTO| route or a reordering rule to replenish stock by "
"moving the product from one warehouse to another. Proceed to the dedicated "
"sections below to continue the process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:81
msgid "MTO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:83
msgid ""
"To replenish products using the make-to-order method, go to the product form"
" and ensure the :ref:`MTO route is unarchived "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/unarchive-mto>`, so it appears in the "
":guilabel:`Routes` section of the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:87
msgid ""
"With the resupply and |MTO| routes ticked, jump to the section titled: "
":ref:`Replenish from another warehouse "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/resupply-workflow>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:91
msgid ""
"The product, sold at the warehouse, `Store`, is resupplied from the central "
"warehouse, named `YourCompany`. To replenish the product using |MTO|, the "
"following routes are selected:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:94
msgid ":guilabel:`Store: Supply Product from YourCompany`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:95
msgid ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0
msgid ""
"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:104
msgid "Reordering rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:106
msgid ""
"To replenish products using reordering rules, first ensure the :guilabel:`X:"
" Supply Product from Y` route is selected in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab "
"of the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:109
msgid ""
"Then, create a reordering rule to automate replenishment by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:112
msgid "Click :guilabel:`New`, and set:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:114
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: the stock location of the retail store. For example, "
"`SHOP/Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Route`: :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` to trigger automatic "
"stock transfers when inventory falls below the set threshold."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:120
msgid ":doc:`reordering_rules`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:123
msgid ""
"A :ref:`0/0 reordering rule <inventory/warehouses_storage/zero-zero>` to "
"replenish the shop's warehouse is created, with the :guilabel:`Location` set"
" to `SHOP/Stock`, and the :guilabel:`Route` set to :guilabel:`Store: "
"Resupply from YourCompany`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Show reordering rule configurations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:134
msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another"
msgstr "从另一个仓库补货"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:136
msgid ""
"After completing the setup, trigger replenishment using one of several "
"methods, such as:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:138
msgid ""
"Navigate to the product form of the product that is resupplied from another "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:140
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top-left of the product page. "
"In the pop-up window, set the warehouse to the retail shop, (e.g. `Store`), "
"and click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Replenish pop-up window on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:147
msgid ""
"Create a quotation, and in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, set the "
":guilabel:`Warehouse` to the retail shop (e.g. `Store`), when selling the "
"product makes the on-hand quantity of the product go below the minimum set "
"on the reordering rule."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Create a quote at the store."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:155
msgid ""
"Once triggered, Odoo creates two transfers: One is a *delivery order* from "
"the central, supplying warehouse, which contains all the necessary products "
"to the store, and the second is a *receipt* at the shop, from the main "
"warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:159
msgid ""
"While in transit, the product is located at `Physical Locations/Inter-"
"warehouse transit`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:162
msgid ""
"A sales order for the product at the shop is created. To replenish the "
"product at the shop and ship it from there, Odoo generates a delivery order "
"from the central warehouse's stock, `WH/Stock` to the shop's warehouse "
"`SHOP/Stock`. While the products are traveling between warehouses, they are "
"in `Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:167
msgid ""
"The final delivery order is from the shop to the customer's delivery "
"address, and is not pertinent to the workflow in this guide."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0
msgid "Show shipments from warehouse to store."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3
msgid "Inventory aging report"
msgstr "库存账龄报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7
msgid ""
"The inventory aging report evaluates all items in stock, providing insights "
"into potentially sunken purchase costs and delays in profitability."
msgstr "库存账龄报告可评估所有库存物品，深入分析潜在的采购成本损失和盈利延迟。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:10
msgid ""
"Create customized pivot tables to analyze product, operation types, month, "
"or company breakdowns. This helps identify products in stock that are at "
"risk of passing their expiration or viability dates, or instances of "
"rot/decay for fast-expiring items."
msgstr "创建定制化的数据透视表，以分析产品、操作类型、月份或公司分类。这有助于识别库存中有过期或失效风险的产品，或快速过期物品的腐烂/变质情况。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13
msgid ""
"The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with "
":doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`."
msgstr ""
"只有拥有 :doc:`管理员访问权限<.../../../../general/users/access_rights>` 的用户才能访问 *库存* "
"中的 *报告* 菜单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:18
msgid ""
"To access the inventory aging report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
"--> Reporting --> Inventory Aging`."
msgstr "要访问库存账龄报告，请访问 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> 库存账龄`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:24
msgid "Navigate the inventory aging report"
msgstr "浏览库存账龄报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:26
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report displays a pivot table, "
"with the month in columns, and product category in rows. The default "
"filters, :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty`, show only "
"products from receipts, and are currently in stock."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，:guilabel:`库存老化`报告显示一个数据透视表，列中显示月份，行中显示产品类别。默认筛选器 :guilabel:`入库` 和 "
":guilabel:`有剩余数量` 只显示收据中的产品和当前库存。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:30
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` displays the number of on-hand items, and "
":guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these "
"items."
msgstr ":guilabel:`剩余数量` 显示手头物品的数量，:guilabel:`剩余价值` 显示购买这些物品的总成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33
msgid ""
"Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column "
"or row reveals options to expand the pivot table and show a detailed "
"breakdown of the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` "
"by :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, or "
":guilabel:`Company`. Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` "
":guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses it back to its previous state."
msgstr ""
"点击每列或每行的 :icon:`fa-plus-square`:guilabel:`(plus)`图标，显示选项以展开透视表，并按 "
":guilabel:`产品`、 :guilabel:`产品类别`、 :guilabel:`日期`或 :guilabel:`公司`显示 "
":guilabel:`剩余数量`和 :guilabel:`剩余价值`的详细分类。点击 :icon:`fa-minus-"
"square-o`:guilabel:`(minus)`图标会将其折叠回之前的状态。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43
msgid "Inventory aging report."
msgstr "库存账龄报告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:43
msgid ""
"Inventory aging report, showing each **Product** in rows and each reception "
"**Date** in columns, to better monitor products with fast expiration dates. "
"Each row shows the the total on-hand quantity and inventory valuation of "
"items purchased on each day."
msgstr ""
"库存账龄报告，以行显示每个**产品**，以列显示每个接收**日期**，以便更好地监控过期较快的产品。每一行显示的都是每天采购物品的库存总量和库存估价。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48
msgid ""
"Records in the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report are *stock valuation "
"layers* (SVLs), representing product moves that impact stock valuation."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`库存账龄` 报告中的记录是*库存估价层* (SVL)，代表影响库存估价的产品移动。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:51
msgid ""
"Inventory adjustments do **not** create |SVLs|; only items purchased from "
"vendors do."
msgstr "库存调整**不会**创建 |SVL|；只有从供应商处购买的项目才会。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:54
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:70
msgid "Generate reports"
msgstr "生成报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:56
msgid ""
"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the inventory aging report "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/aging-report>`, it can be used to create and "
"share different reports."
msgstr ""
"在学会 :ref:`浏览库存账龄报告 <inventory/warehouses_storage/aging-report>` "
"之后，就可以使用它来创建和共享不同的报告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:59
msgid ""
"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Inventory "
"Aging` report are detailed below."
msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`库存账龄` 报告创建的几种常见报告详述如下。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:63
msgid "Rotating stock report"
msgstr "轮换库存报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:65
msgid ""
"To create a report to identify items that have been in stock for a while, "
"follow these steps:"
msgstr "要创建一份报告来识别在库存已久的物品，请按照以下步骤操作："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:67
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory "
"Aging`."
msgstr "导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> 库存账龄`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:68
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Aging` report, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` "
":guilabel:`(caret down)` icon in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to see a "
"drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and "
":guilabel:`Favorite` options."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`库存账龄` 报告中，点击 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中的 :icon:`fa-caret-down`(向下键)` "
"图标，查看 :guilabel:`筛选器`，:guilabel:`分组方式` 和 :guilabel:`收藏` 选项的下拉列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:71
msgid ""
"Choose :guilabel:`Product` under the :guilabel:`Group By` section. Doing so "
"expands the pivot table to show a product in each row."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`分组方式` 部分中选择 :guilabel:`产品`。这样做可以扩展透视表，在每一行中显示一个产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the left of the "
"date column. Hover over :guilabel:`Date` from the drop-down menu and choose "
":guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, "
"or :guilabel:`Day`. Doing so expands the columns to show the "
":guilabel:`Remaining Qty` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` by the selected "
"time period."
msgstr ""
"点击日期列左侧的 :icon:`fa-plus-square`:guilabel:`(plus)`图标。将鼠标悬停在下拉菜单中的 "
":guilabel:`日期` 上，然后选择 :guilabel:`年`、:guilabel:`季度`、:guilabel:`月`、 "
":guilabel:`周` 或 :guilabel:`日`。这样做将按所选时间段扩展列以显示 :guilabel:`剩余数量` 和 "
":guilabel:`剩余价值`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79
msgid ""
"For products that have a longer shelf life, choose longer time periods such "
"as :guilabel:`Month` or :guilabel:`Quarter` when expanding columns by "
":guilabel:`Date`."
msgstr ""
"对于保质期较长的产品，在按 :guilabel:`日期` 展开列时，请选择较长的时间段，如 :guilabel:`月` 或 :guilabel:`季度`"
" 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0
msgid "Pivot table, highlighting the plus icon to expand columns."
msgstr "透视表，高亮显示加号图标以扩展列。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86
msgid ""
"The report now displays the on-hand stock of items, and their total "
"purchasing cost, for each time period."
msgstr "现在，报告会显示每个时间段的物品库存量及其总采购成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:90
msgid ""
"Inventory aging report, with the :guilabel:`Group By`: :guilabel:`Product` "
"option selected, and with the :guilabel:`Date` column set to "
":guilabel:`Day`. It gives insight into how much raw fish sashimi products "
"were purchased on each day, and how much it cost. This informs the business "
"owners how much stock is at risk of rotting in stock, per day."
msgstr ""
"库存账龄报告，选择 :guilabel:`分组方式`： :guilabel:`产品` 选项，并将 :guilabel:`日期` 列设置为 "
":guilabel:`日`。这样就可以了解每天购买生鱼片的数量和成本。这将告知管理者每天有多少库存面临腐烂的风险。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0
msgid "Inventory aging report, showing product row items and day columns."
msgstr "库存账龄报告，显示产品行项目和按天分列的列。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3
msgid "Locations dashboard"
msgstr "位置仪表板"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7
msgid ""
"The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an "
"overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report "
"to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items "
"<inventory/warehouse_storage/stranded>`, or view past inventory to see "
"product locations on specific dates."
msgstr ""
"*库存* 应用程序中的 *位置* 仪表板提供了公司产品在手库存位置的概览。使用该报告可查看库存的存放位置，识别 :ref:` 错位项目 "
"<inventory/warehouse_storage/stranded>`，或查看过去的库存，以查看特定日期的产品位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16
msgid ""
"To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be "
"enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for "
":guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the "
"locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Reporting --> Locations`."
msgstr ""
"要访问位置报告，必须启用*存储位置*功能。为此，进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 "
":guilabel:`仓库` 部分，勾选 :guilabel:`存储地点` 复选框，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。然后，导航至 "
":menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> 位置` 访问位置仪表板。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24
msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard"
msgstr "浏览位置仪表板"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products "
"in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following "
"information:"
msgstr "默认情况下，:guilabel:`位置` 仪表板会列出所有库存产品（在 :guilabel:`产品` 列中）以及以下信息："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at "
"`Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at "
"each location."
msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：当前存储位置。如果产品存放在 `货架 1` 和 `货架 2`，则会列出两次，显示每个位置的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any."
msgstr ":guilabel:`包装`：产品存储的包装（如有）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it"
" is specified here."
msgstr ":guilabel:`批次/序列号`：如果产品有批次或序列号，则在此处指定。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the "
":icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand "
"quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`现有数量`：当前产品数量。点击 :icon:`fa-pencil`:guilabel:`（铅笔）` 图标 "
":doc:`修改现有库存量 <.../inventory_management/count_products>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, "
"such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings."
msgstr ":guilabel:`保留数量`：为拣货、送货订单或生产等操作保留的手头数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product."
msgstr ":guilabel:`单位`：产品的计量单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52
msgid ""
"Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional "
"information:"
msgstr "点击每行项目右侧的按钮可获取更多信息："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the"
" product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why "
"the product was moved from one location to another."
msgstr ""
":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`历史`：访问产品的库存移动历史，显示数量信息以及产品从一个位置移动到另一个位置的原因描述。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47
msgid ""
"View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` "
":guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line."
msgstr "点击产品线最右侧的 :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`历史` 按钮，查看该产品的保留用途。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` "
":guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the "
":guilabel:`To Do` filter."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`移动历史` 页面，移除 :icon:`fa-filter` :guilabel:`已完成` 筛选器。然后，点击 "
":guilabel:`搜索...` 栏右侧的 |向下| 图标以显示筛选器选项，并选择 :guilabel:`待办事项` 筛选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0
msgid ""
"Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product."
msgstr "显示预留了该产品的待办交货的*移动历史*页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58
msgid ""
":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering "
"rules <../replenishment/reordering_rules>` page to replenish products at the"
" specific location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:61
msgid ""
"In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button "
"to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment "
"<../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain "
"product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`."
msgstr ""
"在页面左上角，点击 :guilabel:`新建` 按钮，进行 :doc:`库存调整 "
"<.../inventory_management/count_products>`，记录特定 :guilabel:`位置` 产品的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:65
msgid ""
"To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, "
"click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-"
"left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory"
" at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
"要查看指定日期的产品、数量及其位置，请点击 :guilabel:`库存日期` 按钮（也位于页面左上角）。在 :guilabel:`库存日期` "
"字段中选择日期和时间，然后点击 :guilabel:`确认`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:72
msgid ""
"After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard "
"<inventory/warehouses_storage/locations-report>`, it can be used to create "
"and share different reports."
msgstr ""
"在了解 :ref:`导航位置仪表板<inventory/warehouses_storage/locations-report>` "
"之后，就可以使用它来创建和共享不同的报告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:76
msgid ""
"A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` "
"dashboard are detailed below."
msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`位置` 仪表板创建的几种常见报告详述如下。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:80
msgid "Dead stock report"
msgstr "滞销库存报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:82
msgid ""
"To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these"
" steps:"
msgstr "要获取过期商品（也称 *呆滞库存*）清单，请按以下步骤操作："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:84
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:142
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`."
msgstr "转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> 位置`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143
msgid ""
"Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to"
" reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and "
":guilabel:`Favorite` options."
msgstr ""
"然后，点击 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏右侧的 |向下| 图标，显示 :guilabel:`筛选器`、:guilabel:`分组方式` 和 "
":guilabel:`收藏` 选项的下拉列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:87
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` "
"option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section."
msgstr "启用 :guilabel:`收藏` 部分下的 :guilabel:`内部地点` 和 :guilabel:`到期提醒` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:90
msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products."
msgstr "报告现在会显示过期产品列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:93
msgid ""
"This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers "
"<inventory/product_management/expiration-alerts>` page, accessed by going to"
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
msgstr ""
"该报告也可通过 :ref:`批次和序列号 <inventory/product_management/expiration-alerts>` "
"页面生成，访问 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 批次/序列号`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst-1
msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today."
msgstr "显示超过保质期的产品列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:104
msgid "Stranded inventory report"
msgstr "滞留库存报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:106
msgid ""
"Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* "
"apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper "
"storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check"
" transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items "
"are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in "
"the database."
msgstr ""
"在*库存*或*制造*应用程序中使用多步骤流程的企业，可能会由于人为错误而出现*滞留*项目，即产品未放在正确的存储位置。使用此报告定期检查转移位置（如*WH/Input*、*WH/Pre-"
"Processing*），以确保物品被转移到预定的存储位置，并准确记录到数据库中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:111
msgid ""
"To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these "
"steps:"
msgstr "要获取可能闲置在仓库中的物品清单，请按照以下步骤操作："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location "
"where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`,  or "
"`WH/Packing`."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏中，开始键入要将产品移动到的位置名称，如 `WH/Input` 或 `WH/Packing`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:116
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the "
"resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr "从 :guilabel:`搜索...` 栏下方出现的下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`搜索位置:` [位置名称] 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0
msgid "Show search result for the location."
msgstr "显示该位置的搜索结果。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:123
msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location."
msgstr "现在，报告会显示转运地点的产品清单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:126
msgid ""
"Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a "
"*WH/Input* location."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`位置` 中搜索 `输入` 会显示*WH/Input*位置的产品列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:128
msgid ""
"The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not "
"refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps "
"identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations."
msgstr "清单中显示了 “鸡肉” 的数量 “500”，数目庞大，因此收货后应尽快冷藏。滞留库存报告有助于识别在非存储位置闲置的物品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0
msgid "Show items stored at a specific location."
msgstr "显示存储在特定位置的物品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:137
msgid "Inventory discrepancy report"
msgstr "库存差异报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:139
msgid ""
"To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last "
":doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these "
"steps:"
msgstr ""
"要生成自上次 :doc:`库存审核<../inventory_management/cycle_counts>` "
"以来已移动的项目报告，请按以下步骤操作："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:145
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option "
"from the :guilabel:`Filters` section."
msgstr "从 :guilabel:`收藏` 部分启用 :guilabel:`内部位置` 和 :guilabel:`冲突` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:147
msgid ""
"The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last "
"cycle count."
msgstr "现在，报告会显示自上次周期计数以来数量发生变化的项目。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0
msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report."
msgstr "在报告中显示*冲突*筛选器中的项目。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:153
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory "
"transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the "
"inventory adjustment."
msgstr "点击 :icon:`fa-history`:guilabel:`历史` 按钮，查看库存调整后发生的库存转移，包括收货和发货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory "
"adjustment."
msgstr "显示*移动历史*，显示库存调整后发生的交付。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3
msgid "Moves history dashboard"
msgstr "移动历史仪表板"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of"
" product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and"
" reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making "
"this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory "
"turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory."
msgstr ""
"Odoo *库存* 中的 *移动历史* "
"报告提供了产品移动的详细记录（包括过去和当前位置）、批号和移动原因。报告可在任何时间范围内生成，因此该报告对于分析库存水平、监控库存周转和识别库存中的任何差异至关重要。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9
msgid ""
"The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access "
"<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`."
msgstr ""
"只有拥有 :doc:`管理员访问权限 <.../../../../general/users/access_rights>` 的用户才能访问报告功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14
msgid ""
"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Reporting --> Moves History`."
msgstr "要访问库存报告，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 报告 --> 移动历史`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst-1
msgid "Display Moves History report."
msgstr "显示移动历史报告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23
msgid "Navigate the moves history report"
msgstr "浏览移动历史报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25
msgid "In the report, the columns represent:"
msgstr "在报告中，各列代表："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move."
msgstr ":guilabel:`日期`：库存变动的日历日期和时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or "
"quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`参考`：库存移动或数量变化原因的描述，例如收据编号（如`WH/IN/00012`）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move."
msgstr ":guilabel:`产品`：移动中涉及的产品名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the "
"tracked product being moved."
msgstr ":guilabel:`批次/序列号`：指定被移动的追踪产品的批次或序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33
msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product."
msgstr ":guilabel:`来自`：已移动产品的源位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34
msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product."
msgstr ":guilabel:`移至`：移动产品的目标位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35
msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved."
msgstr ":guilabel:`数量`：已移动的产品数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36
msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved."
msgstr ":guilabel:`单位`：已移动产品的计量单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be "
":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or "
":guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the "
"operation)."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`状态`：表示移动状态，可以是 :guilabel:`已完成`、:guilabel:`可移动`或 "
":guilabel:`部分可移动（数量不足以完成操作）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66
msgid "Search options"
msgstr "搜索选项"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44
msgid ""
"Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` "
"report to display relevant information"
msgstr "使用以下搜索选项自定义 :guilabel:`移动历史记录` 报告，以显示相关信息"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70
msgid "Filters"
msgstr "筛选"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and "
"custom filters to find specific stock records."
msgstr "通过 :guilabel:`筛选器` 部分，用户可以在预制和自定义筛选器中进行搜索，以查找特定的库存记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This "
"includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of "
":guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`待移动`：显示正在进行的库存移动记录。这包括 :guilabel:`状态` 列值为 :guilabel:`可移动` 或 "
":guilabel:`部分可移动` 的行。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of "
":guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`已完成`：已完成的库存移动，且 :guilabel:`状态` 为 :guilabel:`已完成`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations."
msgstr ":guilabel:`入库`：显示来自供应商位置的移动记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including"
" customer returns."
msgstr ":guilabel:`出库`：显示移动到客户位置的记录，包括客户退货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to "
"another."
msgstr ":guilabel:`内部移动`：显示将记录从一个内部位置移动到另一个内部位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from "
"the virtual, production :doc:`location "
"<../inventory_management/use_locations>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`制造`：显示产品从虚拟生产 :doc:`位置 "
"<.../inventory_management/use_locations>`制造的记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter "
"options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year."
msgstr ":guilabel:`日期`：选择此下拉菜单可访问各种日期筛选选项，并查看特定月份、季度或年份的库存移动。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty "
"days."
msgstr ":guilabel:`过去 30 天`：显示最近 30 天内的记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66
msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months."
msgstr ":guilabel:`过去 3 个月`：显示过去三个月的记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111
msgid "Group By"
msgstr "分组方式"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom "
"groupings to the search."
msgstr "通过 :guilabel:`分组方式` 部分，用户可以在搜索中添加预设和自定义分组。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product."
msgstr ":guilabel:`产品`：按产品分组记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: "
":guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially "
"Available`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`状态`：按 :guilabel:`已完成`、:guilabel:`可移动` 和 :guilabel:`部分可移动` "
"三种状态类型对记录进行分组。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, "
":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`日期`：按:guilabel:`年`、:guilabel:`季度`、:guilabel:`月`、:guilabel:`周` "
"或:guilabel:`日` 对记录进行分组。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. "
"`WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`转移`：按操作编号分组记录，例如 `WH/OUT/00012` 和 `WH/MO/00211`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From`"
" column in this report)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`位置`：按来源位置（本报告中的 :guilabel:`来自` 列）分组记录。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these,"
" go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product"
" Categories`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch "
"<../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:123
msgid "Favorites"
msgstr "收藏"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89
msgid ""
"To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can "
"be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current "
"search`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92
msgid ""
"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this "
"current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` "
"report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option "
"available to other users."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:132
msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:135
msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3
msgid "Stock report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5
msgid ""
"Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored "
"products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as "
"those delivered to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12
msgid ""
"To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Reporting --> Stock`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19
msgid "Navigate the stock report"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow "
"down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`,"
"  which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, "
"which shows products within a selected product category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple"
" warehouses in the database. Refer to the "
":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses` documentation for more details."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:29
msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:31
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based "
"on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, "
"calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:38
msgid ""
":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit "
"<inventory/avg_cost/formula>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39
msgid ""
":doc:`Inventory valuation methods "
"<../../product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-"
"pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity "
"<../inventory_management/count_products>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for "
"delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of "
"products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed "
"in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in "
"confirmed sales or manufacturing orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, "
"displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product"
" was moved from one location to another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules "
"<../replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for the product to create or "
"manage methods of procuring the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage "
"locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, "
"incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed "
"purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are "
"confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only "
"available with the *Website* app installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point "
"of Sale* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order "
"through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the "
":guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the "
":guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab."
" The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox"
" is ticked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0
msgid ""
"In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* "
"setting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but "
"not available in self order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91
msgid "`Configure PoS products <https://youtu.be/REbA3TBhFa4>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. "
"Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked"
" on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from "
"vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` "
"checkbox is ticked on the product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by "
"ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only "
"available with the *Subscription* app activated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for"
" a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented`"
" checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* "
"app installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a"
" third-party manufacturer. Available only with the *Manufacturing* app "
"installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:105
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available"
" with the *Expenses* app installed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:109
msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/configure/type`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom "
"groupings to the search results."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type "
"<../../product_management/configure/type>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure "
"these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: "
"Product Categories`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`产品类别`：按产品类别分组项目。要配置这些，请访问 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"产品：产品类别`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120
msgid ""
":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product"
" categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`POS 产品类别`: 按 :doc:`销售点产品类别 "
"<.../.../.../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`分组。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125
msgid ""
"To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information "
"can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save "
"current search`."
msgstr "要保存当前应用的筛选器和组别，以便在关闭此页面后可以轻松访问相同的信息，请点击 :guilabel:`保存当前搜索`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:128
msgid ""
"Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this "
"current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the "
":guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other "
"users."
msgstr ""
"可选择勾选 :guilabel:`默认筛选器` 复选框，使当前视图成为打开库存报告时的默认筛选器。或勾选 :guilabel:`共享` "
"复选框，使其他用户也能使用搜索选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8
msgid "Maintenance"
msgstr "维护保养"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping "
"track of maintenance requirements."
msgstr "通过追踪维护需求，**Odoo 维护**可帮助延长设备的使用寿命。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Odoo 教程：设备维护管理 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-"
"maintenance-709>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3
msgid "Add new equipment"
msgstr "添加新设备"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations,"
" including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery"
" on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a "
"computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by "
"the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a "
"vendor in the case of equipment rentals."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中，*设备*指的是日常运营（包括产品制造）中使用的任何物品。这可以指生产线上的一台机器、在不同地点使用的工具或办公空间中的一台计算机。在 "
"Odoo 中注册的设备可以由使用 Odoo 数据库的公司拥有，也可以由第三方（如设备租赁中的供应商）拥有。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:13
msgid ""
"Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of "
"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To "
"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` "
"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, "
"and configure the equipment as follows:"
msgstr ""
"使用 Odoo *维护* 可以追踪单个设备及其维护要求信息。要添加新设备，请导航至 :guilabel:`维护` 模块，选择 "
":menuselection:`设备 --> 机器和工具 --> 创建`，然后按以下步骤配置设备："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:18
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ":guilabel:`设备名称`：设备产品名称"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:19
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; "
"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be "
"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment "
"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`设备类别`：设备所属的类别；例如，计算机、机械、工具等；可通过导航至:menuselection:`配置 --> "
"设备类别`并点击:guilabel:`创建`来创建新类别"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be"
" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company"
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：拥有设备的公司；同样，这可以是使用 Odoo 数据库的公司，也可以是第三方公司"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific "
"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an "
"employee and a department"
msgstr ":guilabel:`使用者`：指定设备是否由特定员工、部门或两者使用；选择 :guilabel:`其他` 可同时指定员工和部门。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the "
"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting "
":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this "
"page"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`维护团队'：负责维护设备的团队；可通过导航至 :menuselection:` 配置 --> 维护团队'并选择 "
":guilabel:`创建'来创建新团队；也可通过此页面分配每个团队的成员"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; "
"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no "
"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team "
"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as "
"a user can be assigned as a technician"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`技术员`：负责维修设备的人；可以用于在未指定维护团队或需要特定团队成员始终负责设备时，指定具体的个人；Odoo "
"中的任何用户都可以被指定为技术员。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this"
" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not "
"work centers, like an office, for example"
msgstr ":guilabel:`用于位置`：设备的使用地点；这是一个简单的文本字段，可用于指定非工作中心的地点，例如办公室等。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:36
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify "
"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a "
"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and "
"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`工作中心`：如果设备在工作中心使用，请在此处指定；设备也可以通过导航到:menuselection:`维护 --> 设备 --> "
"工作中心`，选择一个工作中心或使用:guilabel:`创建`按钮创建一个新的工作中心，然后点击工作中心表单上的:guilabel:`设备`选项卡，将设备分配到工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form."
msgstr "完整配置的新设备表格示例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46
msgid "Include additional product information"
msgstr "包括其他产品信息"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:48
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the page can be "
"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:"
msgstr "页面底部的 :guilabel:`产品信息` 标签可用于提供有关设备的更多详细信息："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from"
msgstr "guilabel:`供应商`：设备的供应商"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor"
msgstr ":guilabel:`供应商参考`：分配给供应商的参考编码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53
msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ":guilabel:`型号`：设备的具体型号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:54
msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment"
msgstr ":guilabel:`序列号`：设备的唯一序列号"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for"
" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between "
"Failures)`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`生效日期`：设备开始使用的日期；用于计算：abbr:`MTBF（平均故障间隔时间）` 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for"
msgstr ":guilabel:`成本`：购买设备价格"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's "
"warranty will expire"
msgstr ":guilabel:`保修到期日`：设备保修到期的日期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment."
msgstr "新设备的产品信息选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65
msgid "Add maintenance details"
msgstr "添加维护详情"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab at the bottom of the page provides "
"information about the failure frequency of the piece of equipment:"
msgstr "页面底部的 :guilabel:`维护` 选项卡提供有关设备故障频率的信息："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average number of days "
"the equipment is expected to operate between failures. This number can be "
"configured manually."
msgstr ":guilabel:`预期平均故障间隔时间`：设备在两次故障之间的平均运行天数。这个数字可以手动配置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:72
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`: the average number of days the "
"equipment operates between failures. This number is calculated automatically"
" based on previous failures, and cannot be configured manually."
msgstr ":guilabel:`平均故障间隔时间`：设备两次故障之间的平均运行天数。该数字根据以前的故障自动计算，无法手动配置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:75
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`: the estimated date the equipment may "
"experience its next failure. This date is calculated automatically based on "
"the data in the :guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure` and :guilabel:`Latest "
"Failure` fields, and cannot be configured manually."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`估计下次故障`：设备可能发生下次故障的估计日期。该日期根据 :guilabel:`平均故障间隔时间` 和 :guilabel:` "
"最近故障` 字段中的数据自动计算，无法手动配置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:79
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Latest Failure`: the most recent date on which the equipment "
"failed. This date is based on the creation date of the equipment's most "
"recent maintenance request, and cannot be configured manually."
msgstr ":guilabel:`最近故障`：设备发生故障的最近日期。该日期基于设备最近一次维护请求的创建日期，不能手动配置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`: the average number of days needed to repair"
" the equipment. This number is calculated automatically based on the "
"duration of previous maintenance requests, and cannot be configured "
"manually."
msgstr ":guilabel:`平均维修时间`：维修设备所需的平均天数。这个数字是根据以前的维护请求持续时间自动计算的，无法手动配置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
msgid "The maintenance tab for a piece of equipment."
msgstr "新设备维护选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:91
msgid ""
"To see any open maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the "
"page for the equipment, and click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart button "
"at the top of the page."
msgstr "要查看某个设备的任何开放维护请求，请转到该设备的页面，然后点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`维护` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:3
msgid "Maintenance calendar"
msgstr "维护日历"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:7
msgid ""
"Avoiding equipment breakdowns, and blocks in warehouse work centers, "
"requires constant equipment maintenance. Timely corrective maintenance for "
"machines and tools that break unexpectedly, as well as preventive "
"maintenance to ensure that such issues are avoided, are key to keeping "
"warehouse operations running smoothly."
msgstr ""
"要避免仓库工作中心的设备故障和堵塞，就必须对设备进行持续维护。对意外损坏的机器和工具进行及时的纠正性维护，以及进行预防性维护以确保避免此类问题，是保持仓库业务顺利进行的关键。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:12
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Maintenance*, users can access the *Maintenance Calendar* to "
"create, schedule, and edit both corrective and preventive maintenance "
"requests, to stay on top of equipment and work centers."
msgstr "在 Odoo *维护* 中，用户可以访问 *维护日历* 来创建、安排和编辑纠正性和预防性维护请求，以便随时了解设备和工作中心的情况。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:16
msgid "Create maintenance request"
msgstr "创建维护请求"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:18
msgid ""
"Maintenance requests can be created directly from the *Maintenance "
"Calendar*. To access the calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance "
"app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`."
msgstr "可直接从*维护日历*创建维护请求。要访问日历，请导航至 :menuselection:`维护应用程序 --> 维护 --> 维护日历`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:21
msgid ""
"To create a new request, click anywhere on the calendar. Doing so opens a "
":guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window. In the :guilabel:`Name:` field, assign "
"a title to the new request."
msgstr ""
"要创建新请求，请点击日历上的任意位置。此操作将打开一个 :guilabel:`新活动` 弹出窗口。在 :guilabel:`名称：` "
"字段中，为新请求指定一个标题。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "New event creation pop-up window."
msgstr "弹出创建新活动窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:28
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the pop-up window saves the new request with "
"no additional details. If the request's creation should be cancelled, click "
":guilabel:`Cancel`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:31
msgid ""
"To add more details and schedule the request for a specific date and time, "
"click :guilabel:`Edit`."
msgstr "要添加更多细节并将请求安排到特定日期和时间，请点击 :guilabel:`编辑`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:33
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens a blank maintenance request form, where "
"various details about the request can be filled out."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`编辑` 会打开一个空白的维护申请表，在这里可以填写有关申请的各种详细信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:37
msgid "Edit maintenance request"
msgstr "编辑维护请求"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:39
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Request` field, assign a title to the new request. In the "
":guilabel:`Created By` field, from the drop-down menu, select which user the"
" request was created by. By default, this field populates with the user "
"actually creating the request."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`请求` 字段中，为新请求指定一个标题。在 :guilabel:`创建者` "
"字段中，从下拉菜单中选择创建请求的用户。默认情况下，该字段将显示实际创建请求的用户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "New maintenance request form creation."
msgstr "创建新维护申请表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:47
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`For` field, from the drop-down menu, select if this "
"request is being created for a piece of :guilabel:`Equipment`, or a "
":guilabel:`Work Center`."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`For` 字段，从下拉菜单中选择该请求是为 :guilabel:`设备` 还是 :guilabel:`工作中心` 创建的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:51
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Work Center` is selected in the :guilabel:`For` field's drop-"
"down menu, two additional fields appear on the form: :guilabel:`Work Center`"
" and :guilabel:`Block Workcenter`."
msgstr ""
"如果在 :guilabel:`For` 字段的下拉菜单中选择了 "
":guilabel:`工作中心`，则表单上会出现两个附加字段：:guilabel:`工作中心`和 :guilabel:`封锁工作中心`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, select which work center in the "
"warehouse this maintenance request applies to."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`工作中心` 字段中，选择此维护请求适用于仓库中的哪个工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:57
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Block Workcenter` option's checkbox is ticked, it is not "
"possible to plan work orders, or other maintenance requests, in this work "
"center during the time that this request is being performed."
msgstr "如果勾选了 :guilabel:`封锁工作中心` 选项的复选框，则在执行此请求期间，无法在此工作中心计划工单或其他维护请求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:61
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Equipment` is selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, which it "
"is by default, select which machine or tool requires maintenance from the "
":guilabel:`Equipment` field. Once a specific piece of equipment is selected,"
" a greyed-out :guilabel:`Category` field appears, listing the *Equipment "
"Category* to which the equipment belongs."
msgstr ""
"如果在 :guilabel:`For` 字段中选择了 :guilabel:`设备`（默认情况），则从 :guilabel:`设备` "
"字段中选择需要维护的机器或工具。选择特定设备后，会出现一个灰色的 :guilabel:`类别` 字段，列出该设备所属的 *设备类别*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:66
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` field, if necessary, click the drop-"
"down menu to select a worksheet template. These templates are custom "
"templates that can be filled out by the employee performing the maintenance."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`工作表模板` 字段中，如有必要，点击下拉菜单选择工作表模板。这些模板是自定义模板，可由执行维护的员工填写。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:70
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Category` field, the :guilabel:`Request Date` field "
"displays the date requested for the maintenance to happen."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`类别` 字段下，:guilabel:`请求日期` 字段显示请求进行维护的日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:73
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field provides two selectable radio button "
"options: :guilabel:`Corrective` and :guilabel:`Preventive`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`维护类型`字段提供两个可选单选按钮选项：:guilabel:`纠正`和 :guilabel:`预防`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:76
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Corrective` maintenance is for requests that arise for immediate "
"needs, such as broken equipment, while :guilabel:`Preventive` maintenance is"
" for planned requests, to avoid breakdowns in the future."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`纠正`维护是为满足即时需求而提出的请求，如设备损坏，而 :guilabel:`预防`维护则是为避免将来发生故障而提出的计划请求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:80
msgid ""
"If this request is tied to a specific |MO|, select that |MO| from the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field."
msgstr "如果该请求与特定的 |MO| 绑定，请从 :guilabel:`制造订单` 字段中选择该 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:83
msgid ""
"From the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the desired "
"maintenance team who will perform the maintenance. In the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` field, select the technician responsible for the "
"request."
msgstr ""
"从 :guilabel:`团队` 字段的下拉菜单中，选择执行维护的所需维护团队。在 :guilabel:`负责人` 字段中，选择负责该请求的技术人员。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Filled-out details of maintenance request form."
msgstr "填写维修申请表的详细信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:91
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, click the date to open a calendar "
"popover. From this popover, select the planned date of the maintenance, and "
"click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`预定日期` 字段中，点击日期以打开日历弹出窗口。在弹出窗口中选择计划维护日期，然后点击 :guilabel:`应用` "
"保存日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:94
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Duration` field, enter the the amount of hours (in a "
"`00:00` format) that the maintenance is planned to take."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`持续时间` 字段中，输入计划维护的小时数（格式为 `00:00`）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:97
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Priority` field, choose a priority between one and three "
":guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`. This indicates the importance of the maintenance "
"request."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`优先级` 字段中，在一到三颗 :guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ （星）` 之间选择一个优先级。这表示维护请求的重要性。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:100
msgid ""
"If working in a multi-company environment, from the drop-down menu in the "
":guilabel:`Company` field, select the company to which this maintenance "
"request belongs."
msgstr "如果在多公司环境中工作，请从 :guilabel:`公司` 字段的下拉菜单中选择此维护请求所属的公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:103
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the form, there are two tabs: :guilabel:`Notes` and "
":guilabel:`Instructions`."
msgstr "表格底部有两个标签：:guilabel:`备注` 和 :guilabel:`说明`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:105
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, type out any internal notes for the team or "
"technician assigned to the request, if necessary."
msgstr "必要时，在 :guilabel:`备注` 选项卡中键入分配给申请的团队或技术人员的内部说明。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:108
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab, if necessary, select one of the three "
"radio button options to provide maintenance instructions to the assigned "
"team or technician. The available methods for providing instructions are via"
" :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`Google Slide`, or :guilabel:`Text`."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡中，如有必要，从三个单选按钮选项中选择一个，以向指定的团队或技术人员提供维护说明。提供说明的可用方法有 "
":guilabel:`PDF`、:guilabel:`Google 幻灯片`或 :guilabel:`文本`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Instructions tab options on maintenance request form."
msgstr "维护申请表上的说明选项卡选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:117
msgid "Calendar elements"
msgstr "日历要素"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:119
msgid ""
"The *Maintenance Calendar* provides various views, search functions, and "
"filters to help keep track of the progress of ongoing and planned "
"maintenance requests."
msgstr "*维护日历*提供各种视图、搜索功能和筛选器，帮助跟踪正在进行的和计划中的维护请求的进度。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:122
msgid ""
"The following sections describe elements found across various views of the "
"calendar."
msgstr "以下各节将介绍日历各视图中的元素。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:125
msgid "Filters and Favorites"
msgstr "筛选器和收藏"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:127
msgid ""
"To access the maintenance calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance "
"app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`."
msgstr "要访问维护日历，请导航至 :menuselection:`维护保养应用程序 --> 维护 --> 维护日历`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:130
msgid ""
"To add and remove filters for sorting data on the *Maintenance Calendar*, "
"click the :guilabel:`🔻 (triangle pointed down)` icon, to the right of the "
"search bar at the top of the page."
msgstr "要在*维护日历*上添加或删除用于排序数据的筛选器，请单击页面顶部搜索栏右侧的 :guilabel:`🔻（向下三角形）` 图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:133
msgid ""
"The left-hand side of the resulting drop-down menu lists all the different "
":guilabel:`Filters` users can select. By default, :guilabel:`To Do` and "
":guilabel:`Active` are selected, so all open requests are displayed."
msgstr ""
"下拉菜单的左侧列出了用户可以选择的所有不同 :guilabel:`筛选` 方法。默认情况下，:guilabel:`待办事项` 和 "
":guilabel:`激活` 被选中，因此会显示所有打开的请求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:138
msgid ""
"To add a custom filter to the :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar`, click "
":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`, under the :guilabel:`Filters` section of the "
"drop-down menu. This opens an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"要在 :guilabel:`维护日历` 中添加自定义筛选器，请点击下拉菜单中 :guilabel:`筛选` 部分下的 "
":guilabel:`添加自定义筛选器`。这将打开一个 :guilabel:`添加自定义筛选器` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:142
msgid ""
"From this pop-up window, configure the properties of the new rule for the "
"filter. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Add`."
msgstr "在弹出的窗口中，配置筛选器新规则的属性。准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`添加`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:145
msgid ""
"The right-hand side of the drop-down menu lists the :guilabel:`Favorites`, "
"or any searches that have been saved as a favorite to be revisited at a "
"later date."
msgstr "下拉菜单的右侧列出了 :guilabel:`收藏` 或任何已保存为收藏夹以便日后再次访问的搜索。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Favorites section of filters drop-down menu."
msgstr "筛选器下拉菜单的收藏部分。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:152
msgid ""
"To save a new :guilabel:`Favorite` search, select the desired "
":guilabel:`Filters`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save current search`. In the "
"field directly below :guilabel:`Save current search`, assign a name to the "
"search."
msgstr ""
"要保存新的 :guilabel:`收藏` 搜索，请选择所需的 :guilabel:`筛选器`。然后，点击 "
":guilabel:`保存当前搜索`。在:guilabel:`保存当前搜索`正下方的字段中，为搜索指定一个名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:156
msgid ""
"Under the assigned name, there are two options, to save the current search "
"either as the :guilabel:`Default filter`, or as a :guilabel:`Shared` filter."
msgstr "在指定名称下有两个选项，可将当前搜索保存为 :guilabel:`默认筛选器` 或 :guilabel:`共享` 筛选器。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:159
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Default filter` sets this filter as the default when "
"opening this calendar view."
msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`默认筛选器` 会将此筛选器设置为打开此日历视图时的默认筛选器。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:162
msgid ""
"Selecting the :guilabel:`Shared` filter makes this filter available to other"
" users."
msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`共享` 筛选器后，其他用户也可使用该筛选器。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:164
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save`. When clicked, the new "
":guilabel:`Favorite` filter appears in the :guilabel:`Favorites` column, and"
" a :guilabel:`⭐ (gold star)` icon appears with the filter's name in the "
"search bar."
msgstr ""
"准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。点击后，新的 :guilabel:`收藏` 筛选器会出现在 :guilabel:`收藏` "
"列中，搜索栏中会出现一个带有筛选器名称的 :guilabel:`⭐ （金星）`图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:169
msgid "Views"
msgstr "查看"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:171
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar` is available in six different views: "
":guilabel:`Calendar` (default), :guilabel:`Kanban`, :guilabel:`List`, "
":guilabel:`Pivot`, :guilabel:`Graph`, and :guilabel:`Activity`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`维护日历` "
"有六种不同的视图：:guilabel:`日历`（默认）、:guilabel:`看板`、:guilabel:`列表`、:guilabel:`透视`、:guilabel:`图表`"
" 和:guilabel:`活动`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Different view type icons for maintenance calendar."
msgstr "维护日历的不同视图类型图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:180
msgid "Calendar view"
msgstr "日历视图"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:182
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Calendar` is the default view displayed when the "
":guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar` is opened. There are a number of options in"
" this view type for sorting and grouping information about maintenance "
"requests."
msgstr ""
"打开 :guilabel:`维护日历` 时显示的默认视图是 :guilabel:`日历`。该视图类型有许多选项，用于对维护请求信息进行排序和分组。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:186
msgid ""
"In the top-left corner of the page, there is a drop-down menu set to "
":guilabel:`Week`, by default. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the "
"different periods of time, in which the calendar can be viewed: "
":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Month`, and :guilabel:`Year`. There is also an "
"option to :guilabel:`Show weekends`, selected by default. If unselected, "
"weekends are not shown on the calendar."
msgstr ""
"页面左上角有一个下拉菜单，默认设置为 "
":guilabel:`周`。点击该下拉菜单可显示可查看日历的不同时间段：:guilabel:`日`、:guilabel:`月`和:guilabel:`年`。还有一个"
" :guilabel:`显示周末` 选项，默认为选中。如果未选择，日历上将不显示周末。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Calendar period drop-down menu options."
msgstr "日历周期下拉菜单选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:196
msgid ""
"To the left of this menu, there is a :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon and a "
":guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icon. Clicking these arrows moves the calendar "
"backward or forward in time, respectively."
msgstr ""
"菜单左侧有一个 :guilabel:`⬅️（左箭头）` 图标和一个 :guilabel:`➡️（右箭头）` 图标。点击这些箭头可分别向前或向后移动日历。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:199
msgid ""
"To the right of the drop-down menu set to :guilabel:`Week`, by default, is a"
" :guilabel:`Today` button. Clicking this button resets the calendar to view "
"today's date, no matter which point in time is being viewed before clicking "
"it."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，设置为 :guilabel:`周` 的下拉菜单右侧有一个 :guilabel:`今天` "
"按钮。点击该按钮后，日历将重置为查看今天的日期，无论点击前查看的是哪个时间点。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:203
msgid ""
"At the far-right side of the page is a sidebar column, containing a "
"minimized calendar set to today's date, and a :guilabel:`Technician` list, "
"displaying all the *Technicians* with requests currently open. Click the "
":guilabel:`(panel)` icon at the top of this sidebar to open or close the "
"sidebar."
msgstr ""
"页面最右侧有一个侧边栏，其中包含一个设置为今天日期的最小化日历，以及一个 :guilabel:`技术人员` 列表，显示当前打开请求的所有 "
"*技术人员*。点击侧边栏顶部的 :guilabel:`(panel)` 图标可打开或关闭侧边栏。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:209
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Technician` list only displays if technicians are assigned to"
" open requests, and individual technicians are only listed, if they are "
"listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` on at least **one** maintenance request "
"form."
msgstr ""
"只有当技术人员被指派处理未结申请时，才会显示 :guilabel:`技术人员` 列表；只有当单个技术人员在至少 **一个** 维护申请表中被列为 "
":guilabel:`负责人` 时，才会显示 :guilabel:`技术人员` 列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:214
msgid "Kanban view"
msgstr "看板视图"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:216
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`Kanban` view, all open maintenance requests are "
"displayed in Kanban-style columns, in their respective stages of the "
"maintenance process."
msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`看板` 视图，所有打开的维护请求都会按照各自的维护流程阶段显示在看板风格的列中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:219
msgid ""
"Each maintenance request appears on its own task card, and each task card "
"can be dragged-and-dropped to a different stage of the Kanban pipeline."
msgstr "每个维护请求都显示在自己的任务卡上，每个任务卡都可以拖放到看板管道的不同阶段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:222
msgid ""
"Each column has a name (i.e. :guilabel:`In Progress`). Hovering at the top "
"of a column reveals a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️"
" (gear)` icon reveals a list of options for that column: :guilabel:`Fold`, "
":guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Automations`, and :guilabel:`Delete`."
msgstr ""
"每一列都有一个名称（例如 :guilabel:`进行中`）。鼠标悬停在一列的顶部，会显示一个 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标。点击 "
":guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）`图标会显示该列的选项列表：:guilabel:`折叠`、:guilabel:`编辑`、:guilabel:`自动`和:guilabel:`删除`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Column options for stage in Kanban view."
msgstr "看板视图中阶段的列选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:230
msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Fold` folds the column to hide its contents."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`折叠` 可以折叠列，隐藏其内容。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:232
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens an :guilabel:`Edit: (stage name)` pop-up "
"window, with the corresponding stage name, wherein the column's details can "
"be edited. The following are the column options that can be edited:"
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`编辑` 会弹出 "
":guilabel:`编辑：（阶段名）`窗口，并显示相应的阶段名，在此可以编辑列的详细信息。以下是可以编辑的列选项："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Edit In Progress pop-up window."
msgstr "弹出 “编辑中” 窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:240
msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the stage in the Kanban pipeline."
msgstr "guilabel:`名称`：看板管道中的阶段名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:241
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Folded in Maintenance Pipe`: when checked, this stage's column is"
" folded by default in the :guilabel:`Kanban` view type."
msgstr ":guilabel:`在维护管道中折叠`：选中时，此阶段的列默认在 :guilabel:`看板` 视图类型中折叠。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:243
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Request Confirmed`: when this box is not ticked, and the "
"maintenance request type is set to *Work Center*, no leave is created for "
"the respective work center when a maintenance request is created. If the box"
" *is* ticked, the work center is automatically blocked for the listed "
"duration, either at the specified date, or as soon as possible, if the work "
"center is unavailable."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`请求已确认`：如果未勾选该复选框，且维护请求类型设置为*工作中心*，则在创建维护请求时不会为相应的工作中心创建休假。如果勾选了该复选框，工作中心将在指定日期或尽快（如果工作中心不可用）在列出的期限内自动关闭。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:248
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Sequence`: the order in the maintenance process, in which this "
"stage appears."
msgstr ":guilabel:`顺序`：该阶段在维护过程中出现的顺序。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:249
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Request Done`: if ticked, this box indicates this stage is the "
"final step of the maintenance process. Requests moved to this stage are "
"closed."
msgstr ":guilabel:`请求已完成`：如果勾选，则表示此阶段是维护流程的最后一步。转到此阶段的请求将被关闭。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:252
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. If no changes have been made, "
"click :guilabel:`Discard`, or click the :guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-"
"up window."
msgstr ""
"准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭`。如果没有更改，请点击 :guilabel:`废弃`，或点击 :guilabel:`X` "
"图标关闭弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:256
msgid "List view"
msgstr "列表视图"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:258
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`List` view selected, all open maintenance requests are "
"displayed in a list, with information about each request listed in its "
"respective row."
msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`列表` 视图后，所有打开的维护请求都会显示在列表中，每个请求的相关信息都会列在相应的行中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:261
msgid ""
"The columns of information displayed in this view type are the following:"
msgstr "该视图类型显示的信息列如下："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:263
msgid ":guilabel:`Subjects`: the name assigned to the maintenance request."
msgstr ":guilabel:`主题`：为维护请求指定的名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:264
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee who originally created the maintenance "
"request."
msgstr ":guilabel:`员工`：最初创建维护请求的员工。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:265
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for the maintenance "
"request."
msgstr ":guilabel:`技术人员`：负责维护请求的技术人员。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:266
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Category`: the category the equipment being repaired belongs to."
msgstr ":guilabel:`类别`：被修理设备所属的类别。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:267
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Stage`: the stage of the maintenance process the request is "
"currently in."
msgstr ":guilabel:`阶段`：请求当前所处的维护流程阶段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:268
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company environment, the company in the "
"database the request is assigned to."
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：如果在多公司环境中，则指请求分配给数据库中的公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:272
msgid "Pivot view"
msgstr "数据透视视图"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:274
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`Pivot` view selected, maintenance requests are displayed"
" in a pivot table, and can be customized to show different data metrics."
msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`透视` 视图后，维护请求将显示在透视表中，并可自定义显示不同的数据指标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:277
msgid ""
"To add more data to the pivot table, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button "
"to reveal a drop-down menu. By default, :guilabel:`Count` is selected. "
"Additional options to add to the table are :guilabel:`Additional Leaves to "
"Plan Ahead`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and :guilabel:`Repeat Every`."
msgstr ""
"要在数据透视表中添加更多数据，请点击 :guilabel:`衡量` 按钮以显示下拉菜单。默认情况下，选择 "
":guilabel:`数量`。可添加到表格的其他选项有 :guilabel:`提前计划的其他休假`、:guilabel:`持续时间` 和 "
":guilabel:`每次重复`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Measures options on Pivot view page."
msgstr "透视图页面上的衡量选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:285
msgid ""
"To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` button is the :guilabel:`Insert in "
"Spreadsheet` button. Clicking this button opens a pop-up window titled "
":guilabel:`Select a spreadsheet to insert your pivot.`."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`衡量` 按钮的右侧是 :guilabel:`插入电子表格` 按钮。点击该按钮会弹出一个窗口，标题为 "
":guilabel:`选择电子表格以插入透视表`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:289
msgid ""
"There are two tabs in this pop-up window: :guilabel:`Spreadsheets` and "
":guilabel:`Dashboards`. Click into one of these tabs, and select a "
"spreadsheet or dashboard in the database to add this pivot table to. Once "
"ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. If this table shouldn't be added to a "
"spreadsheet or dashboard, click :guilabel:`Cancel`, or click the "
":guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"弹出窗口中有两个选项卡：:guilabel:`电子表格` 和 "
":guilabel:`仪表板`。点击其中一个选项卡，然后在数据库中选择电子表格或仪表板，将此透视表添加到其中。准备就绪后，点击:guilabel:`确认`。如果该表不应添加到电子表格或仪表板，请点击"
" :guilabel:`取消`，或点击 :guilabel:`X` 图标关闭弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:294
msgid ""
"To the right of the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button are three "
"buttons:"
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`插入电子表格` 按钮的右侧有三个按钮："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:296
msgid ":guilabel:`Flip axis`: the x and y axis of the pivot data table flip."
msgstr ":guilabel:`翻转轴`：翻转数据透视表的 X 轴和 Y 轴。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:297
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expand all`: all the available rows and columns of the pivot data"
" table expand fully."
msgstr ":guilabel:`全部展开`：透视数据表的所有可用行和列全部展开。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:298
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Download xlsx`: the pivot data table is downloaded as an .xlsx "
"file."
msgstr ":guilabel:`下载 xlsx`：数据透视表将下载为 .xlsx 文件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:301
msgid "Graph view"
msgstr "图形视图"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:303
msgid ""
"With the graph view selected, the following options appear between the "
"search bar and visual representation of the data. These graph-specific "
"options are located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` and "
":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` buttons."
msgstr ""
"选择图表视图后，搜索栏和数据可视化表示之间会出现以下选项。这些特定于图表的选项位于 :guilabel:`计量方式` 和 "
":guilabel:`插入电子表格` 按钮的右侧。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Graph type icons on Graph view page."
msgstr "图表视图页面上的图表类型图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:311
msgid ""
"There are three different types of graphs available to users to view the "
"data:"
msgstr "有三种不同类型的图表可供用户查看数据："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:313
msgid ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`: the data is displayed in a bar chart."
msgstr ":guilabel:`柱状图`：以柱状图显示数据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:314
msgid ":guilabel:`Line Chart`: the data is displayed in a line chart."
msgstr ":guilabel:`折线图`：以折线图显示数据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:315
msgid ":guilabel:`Pie Chart`: the data is displayed in a pie chart."
msgstr ":guilabel:`饼状图`：以饼状图显示数据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:317
msgid ""
"When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Bar Chart` graph, the data can be "
"formatted in the following ways:"
msgstr "以 :guilabel:`饼状图` 形式查看数据时，数据可以按以下方式格式化："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:320
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:327
msgid ":guilabel:`Stacked`: the data is stacked on the graph."
msgstr ":guilabel:`堆叠图`：数据堆叠在图表上。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:321
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:329
msgid ":guilabel:`Descending`: the data is displayed in descending order."
msgstr ":guilabel:`降序`：按降序显示数据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:322
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:330
msgid ":guilabel:`Ascending`: the data is displayed in ascending order."
msgstr ":guilabel:`升序`：按升序显示数据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:324
msgid ""
"When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Line Chart` graph, the data can be "
"formatted in the following ways:"
msgstr "以 :guilabel:`折线图` 图表形式查看数据时，数据可以按以下方式格式化："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:328
msgid ":guilabel:`Cumulative`: the data is increasingly accumulated."
msgstr ":guilabel:`累积`：数据不断累积。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:332
msgid ""
"When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Pie Chart` graph, all relevant data is"
" displayed by default, and no additional formatting options are available."
msgstr "以 :guilabel:`饼状图` 图表形式查看数据时，默认显示所有相关数据，且不提供其他格式化选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:336
msgid "Activity view"
msgstr "活动视图"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:338
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`Activity` view selected, all open maintenance requests "
"are listed in their own row, with the ability to schedule activities related"
" to those requests."
msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`活动` 视图后，所有打开的维护请求都会列在各自的行中，并可安排与这些请求相关的活动。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Maintenance requests on Activity view."
msgstr "活动视图中的维护请求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:345
msgid ""
"Maintenance requests are listed in the :guilabel:`Maintenance Request` "
"column as activities. Clicking a request opens a :guilabel:`Maintenance "
"Request` popover that indicates the status of the request, and the "
"responsible technician. To schedule an activity directly from the popover, "
"click :guilabel:`➕ Schedule an activity`. This opens a :guilabel:`Schedule "
"Activity` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"维护请求作为活动列在 :guilabel:`维护请求` 栏中。点击一个请求会打开一个 :guilabel:`维护请求` "
"弹出窗口，显示请求的状态和负责的技术人员。要直接从弹出窗口安排活动，请单击 :guilabel:` ➕ 安排活动`。这将打开一个 "
":guilabel:`计划活动` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:350
msgid ""
"From the pop-up window, choose the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, provide a "
":guilabel:`Summary`, schedule a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and choose the "
"responsible user in the :guilabel:`Assigned to` field."
msgstr ""
"在弹出窗口中选择 :guilabel:`活动类型`，提供 :guilabel:`摘要`，安排 :guilabel:`截止日期`，并在 "
":guilabel:`指派给`字段中选择负责用户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Schedule Activity pop-up window."
msgstr "计划活动弹出窗口"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:358
msgid ""
"Type any additional notes for the new activity in the blank space under the "
"greyed-out :guilabel:`Log a note...` field. When clicked, this changes to "
":guilabel:`Type \"/\" for commands`."
msgstr ""
"在灰色的 :guilabel:`记录备注...`字段下的空白处输入新活动的附加说明。点击后，该栏将变为 :guilabel:`输入“/” 指令。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:361
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Schedule` to schedule the activity. "
"Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done` to close the "
"activity, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` to close the activity and "
"open a new one, or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to cancel the activity."
msgstr ""
"准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`计划`，以计划活动。或者，点击 :guilabel:`计划并标记为已完成` 关闭活动，点击 "
":guilabel:`已完成并计划下一个` 关闭活动并打开新活动，或点击 :guilabel:`取消`，以取消活动。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:365
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`Activity` view selected, each activity type available "
"when scheduling an activity is listed as its own column. These columns are "
":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, "
":guilabel:`Maintenance Request`, :guilabel:`To-Do`, :guilabel:`Upload "
"Document`, :guilabel:`Request Signature`, and :guilabel:`Grant Approval`."
msgstr ""
"选择 :guilabel:`活动` 视图后，在安排活动时可用的每种活动类型都会作为自己的列列出。这些列是 :guilabel:`Email`, "
":guilabel:`电话`、:guilabel:`会议`、:guilabel:`维护请求`、 "
":guilabel:`待办事项`、:guilabel:`上传文档`、:guilabel:`请求签名` 和 :guilabel:`许可批准`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:370
msgid ""
"To schedule an activity with that specific activity type, click into any "
"blank box on the corresponding row for the desired maintenance request, and "
"click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon. This opens an :guilabel:`Odoo` pop-up "
"window, wherein the activity can be scheduled."
msgstr ""
"要安排特定活动类型的活动，请点击所需维护请求对应行的任意空白框，然后点击 :guilabel:`➕（加号）`图标。将打开一个 "
":guilabel:`Odoo` 弹出窗口，可在其中安排活动。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst-1
msgid "Odoo pop-up schedule activity window."
msgstr "Odoo 弹出式日程活动窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:379
msgid ":doc:`maintenance_requests`"
msgstr ":doc:`maintenance_requests`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:380
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:243
msgid ":doc:`add_new_equipment`"
msgstr ":doc:`add_new_equipment`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:3
msgid "Maintenance requests"
msgstr "维护请求"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:7
msgid ""
"In order to keep equipment and work centers functioning properly, it is "
"often necessary to perform maintenance on them. This can include preventive "
"maintenance, intended to prevent equipment from breaking down, or corrective"
" maintenance, which is used to fix equipment that is broken or otherwise "
"unusable."
msgstr ""
"为了保持设备和工作中心的正常运行，通常有必要对其进行维护。这可能包括预防性维护，目的是防止设备发生故障；也可能包括纠正性维护，用于修复损坏或无法使用的设备。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:12
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Maintenance*, users can create *maintenance requests* to schedule "
"and track the progress of equipment and work center maintenance."
msgstr "在 Odoo *维护*中，用户可以创建*维护请求*，以安排和追踪设备和工作中心的维护进度。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:18
msgid ""
"To create a new maintenance request, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance"
" app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Requests`, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要创建新的维护请求，请导航至 :menuselection:`维护应用程序 --> 维护 --> 维护请求`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:21
msgid ""
"Begin filling out the form by entering a descriptive title in the "
":guilabel:`Request` field (e.g., `Drill not working`)."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`请求` 字段中输入描述性标题（例如，`钻孔机不工作`），开始填写表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:24
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Created By` field auto-populates with the user creating the "
"request, but a different user can be selected by clicking on the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ":guilabel:`创建者` 字段会自动填充创建请求的用户，但点击下拉菜单可以选择不同的用户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:27
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`For` drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Equipment` if the "
"maintenance request is being created for a piece of equipment, or "
":guilabel:`Work Center` if it is being created for a work center."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`For` 下拉菜单中，如果为设备创建维护请求，请选择 :guilabel:`设备`；如果为工作中心创建维护请求，请选择 "
":guilabel:`工作中心`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:31
msgid ""
"Depending on the option selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, the next "
"field is titled either :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center`. "
"Using the drop-down menu for either field, select a piece of equipment or a "
"work center."
msgstr ""
"根据在 :guilabel:`For` 字段中选择的选项，下一个字段的标题为 :guilabel:`设备` 或 "
":guilabel:`工作中心`。使用这两个字段的下拉菜单，选择设备或工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:35
msgid ""
"If the *Custom Maintenance Worksheets* setting is enabled in the "
"*Maintenance* app's settings, a :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` field appears"
" below the :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center` field. If "
"necessary, use this field to select a worksheet to be filled out by the "
"employee performing the maintenance."
msgstr ""
"如果在 *维护保养* 应用程序的设置中启用了 *自定义维护工作表* 设置，则在 :guilabel:`装备` 或 :guilabel:`工作中心` "
"字段的下方会出现一个 :guilabel:`工作表模板` 字段。如有必要，可使用此字段选择工作表，由执行维护的员工填写。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:40
msgid ""
"The next field is titled :guilabel:`Request Date`, and is set by default to "
"the date on which the maintenance request is created. This date cannot be "
"changed by the user."
msgstr "下一个字段名为 :guilabel:`请求日期`，默认设置为创建维护请求的日期。用户不能更改该日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:43
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Corrective`"
" option if the request is intended to fix an existing issue, or the "
":guilabel:`Preventive` option if the request is intended to prevent issues "
"from occurring in the future."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`维护类型` 字段中，如果请求旨在修复现有问题，请选择 :guilabel:`纠正` 选项；如果请求旨在防止将来发生问题，请选择"
" :guilabel:`预防` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:47
msgid ""
"If the request is being created to address an issue that arose during a "
"specific manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing"
" Order` field."
msgstr "如果创建请求是为了解决特定制造订单（MO）中出现的问题，请在 :guilabel:`制造订单` 字段中选择该问题。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:50
msgid ""
"If an |MO| was selected in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field, a "
":guilabel:`Work Order` field appears below it. If the issue arose during a "
"specific work order, specify it in this field."
msgstr ""
"如果在 :guilabel:`制造订单` 字段中选择了 |MO|，则下面会出现一个 :guilabel:`工作订单` "
"字段。如果问题出现在特定工单中，请在此字段中指定。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:53
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the maintenance team that is "
"responsible for managing the request. If a specific team member is "
"responsible, select them in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`团队` 字段中，选择负责管理请求的维护团队。如果由特定团队成员负责，请在 :guilabel:`负责人` 字段中选择他们。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:56
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field is used to specify the date on which "
"maintenance should take place, and the time it should begin. Choose a date "
"by clicking on the field to open a calendar in a pop-up window, and then "
"select a day on the calendar. Enter an hour and minute in the two fields "
"below the calendar, and click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date and time."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`计划日期` "
"字段用于指定进行维护的日期和开始时间。通过点击该字段，在弹出窗口中打开日历来选择日期，然后在日历上选择一天。在日历下方的两个字段中输入小时和分钟，然后点击"
" :guilabel:`应用`，保存日期和时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:61
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Duration` field is used to specify the time it takes to "
"complete the maintenance request. Use the text-entry field to enter the time"
" in a `00:00` format."
msgstr ":guilabel:`持续时间` 字段用于指定完成维护请求所需的时间。使用文本输入字段以 `00:00` 格式输入时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:64
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Work Center` was selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, a "
":guilabel:`Block Workcenter` checkbox appears below the :guilabel:`Duration`"
" field. Enable the checkbox to prevent work orders or other maintenance from"
" being scheduled at the specified work center while the maintenance request "
"is being processed."
msgstr ""
"如果 :guilabel:`For` 字段中选择了 :guilabel:`工作中心`，则 :guilabel:`期间` 字段下方会出现一个 "
":guilabel:`区块工作中心` 复选框。启用复选框可防止在处理维护请求时在指定的工作中心安排工单或其他维护。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:69
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to communicate the importance (or "
"urgency) of the maintenance request. Assign the request a priority between "
"zero and three :guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`, by clicking on the desired star "
"number. Requests assigned a higher priority appear above those with a lower "
"priority, on the Kanban board used to track the progression of maintenance "
"requests."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`优先级` "
"字段用于显示维护请求的重要性（或紧迫性）。通过点击所需的星号，为请求分配一个介于零到三颗:guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐（星级）`之间的优先级。在用于追踪维护请求进展的看板中，优先级较高的请求会显示在优先级较低的请求之上。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:74
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant "
"details about the maintenance request (why the maintenance issue arose, when"
" it occurred, etc.)."
msgstr "在表格底部的 :guilabel:`备注` 选项卡中，输入有关维护请求的任何相关详细信息（维护问题出现的原因、发生时间等）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:77
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Instructions` tab is used to include instructions for how "
"maintenance should be performed. Select one of the three options, and then "
"include the instructions as detailed below:"
msgstr "guilabel:`说明`选项卡用于包含如何进行维护的说明。从三个选项中选择一个，然后按下面的详细说明写入说明："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`PDF`: click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the "
"device's file manager, and then select a file to upload."
msgstr ":guilabel:`PDF`：点击:guilabel:`上传文件` 按钮打开设备的文件管理器，然后选择要上传的文件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Google Slide`: enter a :guilabel:`Google Slide link` in the text-"
"entry field that appears after the option is selected."
msgstr ":guilabel:`Google 幻灯片`：在选中该选项后出现的文本输入框中输入 :guilabel:`Google幻灯片` 链接。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Text`: enter the instructions in the text-entry field that "
"appears after the option is selected."
msgstr ":guilabel:`文本`：在选择选项后出现的文本输入框中输入说明。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst-1
msgid "A maintenance request form filled out for a piece of equipment."
msgstr "为设备填写的维护申请表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:92
msgid "Process maintenance request"
msgstr "处理维护请求"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:94
msgid ""
"Once a maintenance request has been created, it appears in the *New Request*"
" stage of the *Maintenance Requests* page, which can be accessed by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> "
"Maintenance Requests`."
msgstr ""
"创建维护请求后，该请求将出现在*维护请求*页面的*新请求*阶段，可通过导航至 :menuselection:`维护应用程序 --> 维护 --> "
"维护请求`进行访问。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:98
msgid ""
"Maintenance requests can be moved to different stages by dragging and "
"dropping them. They can also be moved by clicking on a request to open it in"
" a new page, and then selecting the desired stage from the stage indicator "
"bar, located above the top-right corner of the request's form."
msgstr "维护请求可以通过拖放移动到不同的阶段。也可以通过点击申请在新页面中打开，然后从申请表右上角的阶段指示栏中选择所需的阶段来移动申请。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:102
msgid ""
"Successful maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Repaired` "
"stage, indicating that the specified piece of equipment or work center is "
"repaired."
msgstr "成功的维护请求应转入 :guilabel:`已维护` 阶段，表明指定的设备或工作中心已完成维护。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:105
msgid ""
"Failed maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Scrap` stage, "
"indicating the specified piece of equipment, or work center, could not be "
"repaired, and must instead be scrapped."
msgstr "失败的维护请求应转移到 :guilabel:`报废` 阶段，表示指定的设备或工作中心无法维护，必须报废。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:3
msgid "Maintenance setup"
msgstr "维修设置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo *Maintenance* helps companies schedule corrective and preventive "
"maintenance on equipment used in their warehouse. This helps companies avoid"
" equipment breakdowns, blocks in warehouse work centers, and emergency "
"repair costs."
msgstr "Odoo *维护保养* 可帮助企业安排仓库设备的纠正性和预防性维护。这有助于公司避免设备故障、仓库工作中心堵塞和紧急维修开销。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:13
msgid "Maintenance teams"
msgstr "保养团队"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:15
msgid ""
"When creating maintenance requests, a *maintenance team* can be assigned to "
"the request as the team responsible for handling the request."
msgstr "在创建维护保养申请时，可为申请指定一个 *维护保养团队*，作为负责处理申请的团队。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:18
msgid ""
"To view existing maintenance teams, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance "
"app --> Configuration --> Maintenance Teams`."
msgstr "要查看现有维护保养团队，请导航至 :menuselection:`维护保养应用程序 --> 配置 --> 维护保养团队`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:21
msgid ""
"From the resulting :guilabel:`Teams` page, a list of all existing teams (if "
"any) is displayed, with the :guilabel:`Team Name`, :guilabel:`Team Members`,"
" and :guilabel:`Company` listed in the columns, by default."
msgstr ""
"在生成的 :guilabel:`团队` "
"页面中，将显示所有现有团队（如有）的列表，默认情况下，:guilabel:`团队名称`、:guilabel:`团队成员`和 :guilabel:`公司`"
" 列中都会列出。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "List of Teams on Maintenance Teams page."
msgstr "维护团队页面上的团队列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:29
msgid ""
"To add a new team, click :guilabel:`New`. This adds a blank line at the "
"bottom of the list of teams. In the blank field that appears below the "
":guilabel:`Team Name` column, assign a name to the new maintenance team."
msgstr ""
"要添加新团队，请点击 :guilabel:`新建`。这将在团队列表底部添加一行空白。在 :guilabel:`团队名称` "
"列下面出现的空白栏中，为新的维护团队指定一个名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:33
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team Members` column, click the field to reveal a drop-"
"down menu with existing users in the database. Choose which users should be "
"members of the new maintenance team."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`团队成员` 列中，点击该字段以显示一个下拉菜单，其中包含数据库中的现有用户。选择哪些用户应成为新维护团队的成员。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:36
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Search More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Team Members` "
"pop-up window to search for users **not** shown on the initial drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`搜索更多...` 打开 :guilabel:`搜索：团队成员 `弹出窗口，搜索**未**在初始下拉菜单中显示的用户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Search: Team Members pop-up window."
msgstr "搜索：团队成员弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:43
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Company` column, if in a multi-company environment, click "
"the drop-down menu to select the company in the database to which this new "
"maintenance team belongs."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`公司` 列中，如果在多公司环境中，点击下拉菜单选择该新维护团队所属数据库中的公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:46
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:88
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:49
msgid ""
"The team members assigned to maintenance teams are also referred to as "
"*Technicians*, when viewing the *Maintenance Calendar*."
msgstr "在查看*维护日历*时，分配到维护团队的团队成员也被称为*技术人员*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:52
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance "
"Calendar`, and click on an existing maintenance request. From the resulting "
"popover, locate the :guilabel:`Technician` field. The name listed in the "
"field is the team member, and is the user responsible for that particular "
"request."
msgstr ""
"导航至 :menuselection:`维护保养应用程序 --> 维护保养 --> 维护保养日历`，然后点击现有维护请求。在弹出窗口中找到 "
":guilabel:`技术人员` 字段。字段中列出的姓名是团队成员，也是负责该特定请求的用户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Maintenance request popover with Technician field shown."
msgstr "弹出维护申请窗口，显示技术人员字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:61
msgid ""
"At the far-right side of the page is a sidebar column, containing a "
"minimized calendar set to today's date, and a :guilabel:`Technician` list, "
"displaying all the technicians (or team members) with requests currently "
"open."
msgstr ""
"页面最右侧有一个侧边栏，包含一个设置为今天日期的最小化日历，以及一个 :guilabel:`技术人员` "
"列表，显示当前打开请求的所有技术人员（或团队成员）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:66
msgid "Equipment"
msgstr "设备"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:68
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Maintenance*, *equipment* refers to machines and tools used "
"internally in warehouse work centers. Equipment can include technology such "
"as computers or tablets, power tools, machines used for manufacturing, and "
"more."
msgstr "在 Odoo *维护保养* 中，*设备*指仓库工作中心内部使用的机器和工具。设备可包括计算机或平板电脑、电动工具、用于制造的机器等技术。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:73
msgid "Equipment categories"
msgstr "设备类别"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:75
msgid ""
"Each piece of equipment belongs to an *equipment category*. Before adding "
"new equipment, make sure that a fitting equipment category is created."
msgstr "每件装备都属于一个 *装备类别*。在添加新装备之前，请确保已创建了合适的装备类别。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:78
msgid ""
"To create a new equipment category, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance "
"app --> Configuration --> Equipment Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`. "
"Doing so opens a blank equipment category form."
msgstr ""
"要创建新的设备类别，请导航至:menuselection:`维护保养应用程序 --> 配置--> "
"设备类别`，然后点击:guilabel:`新建`。这样就会打开一个空白的设备类别表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Equipment category form with various information filled out."
msgstr "已填写各种信息的设备类别表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:86
msgid ""
"On the blank form, assign a name in the :guilabel:`Category Name` field."
msgstr "在空白表格中，在 :guilabel:`类别名称` 字段中指定一个名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:88
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, assign a user to be responsible for "
"the equipment in this category, if necessary. By default, the user who "
"creates the category is selected as :guilabel:`Responsible`, by default."
msgstr ""
"必要时，在 :guilabel:`负责人` 字段中指定一个用户，对该类别中的设备负责。默认情况下，创建类别的用户被选为 :guilabel:`负责人`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:92
msgid ""
"If in a multi-company environment, click the drop-down menu in the "
":guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom "
"the equipment in this category belongs."
msgstr "如果在多公司环境中，请点击 :guilabel:`公司` 字段中的下拉菜单，然后在数据库中选择该类别中的设备所属的公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:95
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, assign an email alias to this "
"category, if necessary."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`邮件别名` 字段中，为该类别指定一个电子邮件别名（如有）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:97
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Comments` field, type any comments or notes for internal "
"users to reference in relation to this category, if necessary."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`评论` 字段中，键入任何评论或注释，供内部用户在必要时参考与此类别相关的内容。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:101
msgid ""
"Once a new equipment category is created, all equipment belonging to that "
"category, as well as any past or currently open maintenance requests, are "
"available from the equipment category form."
msgstr "一旦创建了一个新的设备类别，属于该类别的所有设备，以及任何过去或当前开放的维护申请，都可以从设备类别表单中获取。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:104
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Configuration --> Equipment "
"Categories`, and select a category to view. Locate the :guilabel:`Equipment`"
" and :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart buttons at the top of the form."
msgstr ""
"导航至 :menuselection:`维护保养应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设备类别`，并选择要查看的类别。找到表单顶部的 "
":guilabel:`设备` 和 :guilabel:`维护保养` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Equipment and Maintenance smart buttons on equipment category form."
msgstr "设备类别表单上的设备和维护智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:112
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Equipment` smart button to view all equipment belonging"
" to this category. Click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart button to view "
"any past, or currently open, maintenance requests."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`设备` 智能按钮，查看属于此类别的所有设备。点击 :guilabel:`维护保养` "
"智能按钮，查看过去或当前打开的任何维护请求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:117
msgid "Machines & tools"
msgstr "机器 & 工具"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:119
msgid ""
"To add new equipment, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> "
"Equipment --> Machines & Tools`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a "
"blank equipment form."
msgstr ""
"要添加新设备，请导航至 :menuselection:`维护保养应用程序 --> 设备 --> 机器和工具`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`。将打开一个空白设备表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:122
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Name` field, assign a name for the new equipment. In the "
":guilabel:`Equipment Category` field, click the drop-down menu and select "
"which category this new equipment should belong to."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`名称` 字段中，为新设备指定一个名称。在 :guilabel:`设备类别` 字段中，点击下拉菜单，并选择新设备所属类别。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:126
msgid ""
"If in a multi-company environment, click the drop-down menu in the "
":guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom "
"the new equipment belongs."
msgstr "如果在多公司环境中，请点击 :guilabel:`公司` 字段中的下拉菜单，并在数据库中选择新设备所属的公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:129
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Used By` field, select from one of three radio button "
"options: :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Employee`, or :guilabel:`Other`."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`使用者` 字段中，从三个单选按钮选项中选择一个：:guilabel:`部门`、:guilabel:`员工` 或 "
":guilabel:`其他`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Left-hand side of information fields on new equipment form."
msgstr "新设备表格的信息栏左侧。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:136
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Department` is selected, a :guilabel:`Department` field "
"appears below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu and "
"select the department that uses this equipment."
msgstr ""
"如果选择了 :guilabel:`部门`，则 :guilabel:`使用者` 字段下方会出现一个 :guilabel:`部门` "
"字段。点击下拉菜单并选择使用此设备的部门。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:140
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Employee` is selected, an :guilabel:`Employee` field appears "
"below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu, and select "
"the employee who uses this equipment."
msgstr ""
"如果选择了 :guilabel:`员工`，则 :guilabel:`使用者` 字段下方会出现一个 :guilabel:`员工` "
"字段。点击下拉菜单并选择使用此设备的员工。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:143
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Other` option is selected, both the :guilabel:`Department`"
" and :guilabel:`Employee` fields appear below the :guilabel:`Used By` field."
" Click the drop-down menus for the respective fields, and choose which "
"department and employee uses this equipment."
msgstr ""
"如果选择了 :guilabel:`其他` 选项，则 :guilabel:`部门` 和 :guilabel:`员工` 字段都会出现在 "
":guilabel:`使用者` 字段的下方。点击相应字段的下拉菜单，选择使用此设备的部门和员工。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:147
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Team` field, select the team responsible for "
"this equipment. In the :guilabel:`Technician` field, select the team "
"member/user responsible for this equipment."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`维护团队` 字段中，选择负责此设备的团队。在 :guilabel:`技术人员` 字段中，选择负责此设备的团队成员/用户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Right-hand side of information fields on new equipment form."
msgstr "新设备表格右侧的信息字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:154
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Used in location` field, enter the location wherein this "
"equipment will be used, if not in an internal work center (e.g. in an "
"office)."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`使用位置` 字段中，如果设备不在内部工作中心（如办公室），请输入设备的使用地点。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:157
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, click the drop-down menu, and select "
"which work center this equipment will be used in."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`工作中心` 字段中，点击下拉菜单，选择该设备将用于哪个工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:160
msgid ""
"In the blank space under the :guilabel:`Description` tab at the bottom of "
"the form, add any relevant information describing the equipment for users to"
" reference."
msgstr "在表格底部 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡下的空白处，添加任何描述设备的相关信息，供用户参考。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:164
msgid "Product Information tab"
msgstr "产品信息选项卡"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:166
msgid ""
"To add any relevant information while creating a new piece of equipment, "
"from the equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Product Information` tab."
msgstr "要在创建新设备时添加任何相关信息，请从设备表单中点击 :guilabel:`产品信息` 选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Product Information tab with available fields below it."
msgstr "产品信息选项卡，下方有可用字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:173
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, add the vendor from which the equipment was"
" purchased. In the :guilabel:`Vendor Reference` field, add the product "
"reference number obtained from the vendor, if applicable."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段中，添加购买设备的供应商。在 :guilabel:`供应商参考编号` "
"字段中，添加从供应商处获得的产品参考编号（如适用）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:177
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Model` field, specify which model this equipment is, if "
"applicable. If the equipment is serialized, add a serial number in the "
":guilabel:`Serial Number` field."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`型号` 字段中，指定该设备的型号（如适用）。如果设备已序列化，请在 :guilabel:`序列号` 字段中添加序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:180
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field, click the date to reveal a calendar"
" popover, and select a date. This date indicates when this equipment was "
"first put in use, and will be used to compute the Mean Time Between Failure "
"(MTBF) in the equipment's :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`生效日期` 字段中，点击日期以弹出日历，然后选择一个日期。该日期表示设备首次投入使用的时间，将用于计算设备的 "
":guilabel:`维修保养` 选项卡中的平均无故障时间（MTBF）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:184
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Cost` field, specify how much the equipment cost to "
"acquire, if applicable."
msgstr "如适用，在 :guilabel:`成本` 字段中指定设备的购置成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:186
msgid ""
"If the equipment is covered under a warranty, specify the "
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date` by selecting a date from the calendar "
"popover in that field."
msgstr "如果设备在保修期内，请从该字段的日历弹出窗口中选择一个日期，指定 :guilabel:`保修到期日期`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:190
msgid "Maintenance tab"
msgstr "维护保养选项卡"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:192
msgid ""
"Various maintenance metrics are available for each piece of equipment, and "
"are automatically computed, based on corrective maintenance, and planned "
"preventive maintenance."
msgstr "根据纠正性维护和计划中的预防性维护，可自动计算每台设备的各种维护指标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:195
msgid ""
"To view the maintenance metrics for a specific piece of equipment, from the "
"equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab."
msgstr "要查看特定设备的维护指标，请从设备表单中点击 :guilabel:`维护保养` 选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "Maintenance tab on equipment form showing computed metrics fields."
msgstr "设备表格上的维护选项卡显示计算指标字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:202
msgid "Doing so reveals the following fields:"
msgstr "这样做会显示以下字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:204
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the amount of time (in days)"
" before the next failure is expected. This is the **only** field not greyed-"
"out, and the **only** field users can edit."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`预计平均故障间隔时间`：预计下次故障发生前的时间（天数）。这是**唯一**未灰化的字段，也是**唯一**用户可以编辑的字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:207
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`: the amount of time (in days) between "
"reported failures. This value is computed based on completed corrective "
"maintenances."
msgstr ":guilabel:`平均故障间隔时间`：报告故障之间的间隔时间（天数）。该值根据已完成的纠正性维护计算得出。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:209
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`: the date on which the next failure is "
"expected. This date is computed as the Latest Failure Date + |MTBF|."
msgstr ":guilabel:`预计下次故障`：预计下次故障发生的日期。该日期的计算公式为最新故障日期 + |MTBF|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:211
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Latest Failure`: The date of the latest failure. The value in "
"this field updates once a failure is reported for this equipment."
msgstr ":guilabel:`最新故障`：最近一次故障的日期。一旦该设备报告了故障，此字段中的值就会更新。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:213
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`: the amount of time (in days) it takes to "
"repair this equipment upon failure. This value updates once a maintenance "
"request is completed for this equipment."
msgstr ":guilabel:`平均修复时间`：设备发生故障时的修复时间（天数）。一旦该设备的维护请求完成，该值就会更新。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:217
msgid "Work centers"
msgstr "工作中心"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:219
msgid ""
"To view the work centers where equipment is being used, and how the "
"equipment is being used in them, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app"
" --> Equipment --> Work Centers`, and click into a work center."
msgstr ""
"要查看正在使用设备的工作中心以及设备在其中的使用情况，请导航至 :menuselection:`维护保养应用程序 --> 设备 --> "
"工作中心`，然后点击进入工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:223
msgid ""
"From the resulting work center form, click the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab to "
"view all machines and tools being used in that specific work center."
msgstr "在生成的工作中心表格中，点击 :guilabel:`设备` 选项卡，查看该特定工作中心使用的所有机器和工具。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:226
msgid ""
"Each piece of equipment is listed with certain relevant information: the "
":guilabel:`Equipment Name`, the responsible :guilabel:`Technician`, the "
":guilabel:`Equipment Category` it belongs to, and a few important "
"maintenance metrics: its |MTBF|, |MTTR|, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` "
"date."
msgstr ""
"每台设备都列出了一些相关信息：:guilabel:`设备名称`、负责的:guilabel:`技术人员`、所属的:guilabel:`设备类别`以及一些重要的维护指标：|MTBF|、|MTTR|"
" 和 :guilabel:`预计下次故障`日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst-1
msgid "List of equipment included in a work center."
msgstr "工作中心所含设备清单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:235
msgid ""
"To add new equipment to a work center directly from the work center form, "
"click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This opens"
" an :guilabel:`Add: Maintenance Equipment` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"要直接从工作中心表单向工作中心添加新设备，请点击 :guilabel:`设备` 选项卡下的 :guilabel:`添加行`。这将打开一个 "
":guilabel:`添加：维护设备`弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:239
msgid ""
"From the pop-up window, select the equipment that should be added to the "
"work center, and click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr "从弹出窗口中选择要添加到工作中心的设备，然后单击 :guilabel:`选择`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process "
"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the"
" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger"
" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
msgstr ""
"**Odoo "
"制造**帮助制造商安排、计划和处理生产订单。利用工作中心控制面板，将平板电脑放在车间，实时控制工单，并允许员工触发维护操作、反馈回路、质量问题等。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:14
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
msgstr "`Odoo教程：MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
msgstr "`Odoo教程：条形码扫描器 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/general/iot>`"
msgstr ":doc:`物联网盒子（MES）</applications/general/iot>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration.rst:5
msgid "Advanced configuration"
msgstr "高级配置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Use kits"
msgstr "使用套装"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be "
"manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to "
"customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful "
"tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo "
"中，*套件*是一种可生产和销售的物料清单（BoM）。套件是出售给客户的一套未组装组件。它们可以作为独立产品销售，但也是管理更复杂物料清单（BoMs）的有用工具。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and "
":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed."
msgstr "要使用、制造和销售工具包，需要同时安装 :guilabel:`制造` 和 :guilabel:`库存` 应用程序。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Create the kit as a product"
msgstr "将套件创建为产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:16
msgid ""
"To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization "
"tool, the kit should first be created as a product."
msgstr "要将套件用作可销售的产品，或仅仅用作组件组织工具，首先应将套件作为产品来创建。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
"--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"要创建套件产品，请转到 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:22
msgid ""
"Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to "
":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the "
"stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked."
msgstr ""
"然后，为新套件产品指定一个名称。接下来，在 :guilabel:`常规信息` 选项卡下，将 :guilabel:`产品类型` 设为 "
":guilabel:`消耗品`。套件产品作为消耗品效果最好，因为套件的库存通常不会被追踪。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:27
msgid ""
"Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, "
"companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a "
":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for "
"kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals."
msgstr ""
"虽然套件几乎总是应设置为 :guilabel:`消耗品` ，但使用**Anglo-Saxon**会计制度的公司可能需要将工具包创建为 "
":guilabel:`可储存产品`。这是因为在处理工具包发票时，销售成本（COGS）将记入会计日记账。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:32
msgid ""
"Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the "
"routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All "
"other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to "
"preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product."
msgstr ""
"与可储存产品不同，:guilabel:`库存` 选项卡的:guilabel:`路径` 指定对套件并不重要，因为 Odoo "
"使用套件各个组件的路径进行补货。套件产品的所有其他参数可根据偏好进行修改。准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存新产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"The kit's components must also be configured as products via "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components "
"require no specific configuration."
msgstr "套件组件也必须通过 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` 配置为产品。这些组件无需特殊配置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:41
msgid "Set up the kit BoM"
msgstr "设置套件 BoM"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:43
msgid ""
"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM"
" (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product."
msgstr "在对套件产品及其组件进行全面配置后，可为套件产品创建一个新的:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:46
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` "
"field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the"
" previously configured kit product."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，请转到 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> 物料清单`，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建`。在 "
":guilabel:`产品` 字段旁边，点击下拉菜单以显示产品列表，然后选择先前配置的套件产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:50
msgid ""
"Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option."
" Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""
"然后，在 :guilabel:`BoM 类型` 字段中选择 :guilabel:`套件` "
"选项。最后，在:guilabel:`组件`选项卡下，点击:guilabel:`添加行`，添加每个所需的组件，并在:guilabel:`数量`栏下指定其数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:54
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM "
"(bill of materials)`."
msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，保存新创建的:`BoM（物料清单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials."
msgstr "材料清单上的套件选择。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:60
msgid ""
"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components "
"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring "
"manufacturing operations is not necessary."
msgstr "如果套件仅用作可销售产品，则只需在 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡下添加组件，无需配置生产操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the "
"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of "
"the kit is listed."
msgstr "当套件作为产品销售时，它在报价单和销售订单上显示为一个单独的细列项目。但是，在交货单上，套件的每个组件都会列出。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:68
msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs"
msgstr "使用套件管理复杂的 BoM"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:70
msgid ""
"Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. "
"These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of"
" materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs"
" (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products."
msgstr ""
"套件还用于管理多层次的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。这些产品包含作为组件的**其他** :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`产品，因此需要*嵌套*"
" :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。将预配置套件并入多级:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，可更简洁地组织捆绑产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:75
msgid ""
"To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a "
"component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of"
" Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"要配置这种以套件为组件的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，请转到 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> "
"物料清单`，然后单击 :guilabel:`创建`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:79
msgid ""
"Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a "
"list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`产品` 字段旁边，点击下拉菜单以显示产品列表，然后选择所需的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 产品。然后，在 "
":guilabel:`BoM 类型` 字段中选择 :guilabel:`制造该产品` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:83
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and "
"select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the "
"need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can "
"be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡下，点击 :guilabel:`添加行` "
"并选择套件作为组件。将套件作为组件添加后，就无需单独添加套件的组件。任何 :guilabel:`BoM 类型` 都可用于上层产品的 "
":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials."
msgstr "套件作为多级物料清单中的一个组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:95
msgid "Structure & cost"
msgstr "结构 & 成本"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of "
"material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart "
"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and "
"viewed from this report."
msgstr ""
"要全面了解多级 :abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`组成部分，请点击 :guilabel:`结构与成本` 智能按钮。子级 "
":abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`可从该报告中展开和查看。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst-1
msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report."
msgstr "结构和成本报告中的扩展工具包。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:105
msgid ""
"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level "
":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to "
"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of "
"materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing "
"order."
msgstr ""
"为具有多级 :abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`的产品创建制造单时，套件产品会自动展开以显示所有组件。套件的 "
":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`中的任何操作也会添加到制造单的工单列表中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:111
msgid ""
"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or "
"sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-"
"components, refer to :doc:`this documentation <sub_assemblies>` on sub-"
"assemblies."
msgstr ""
"套件主要用于将组件捆绑在一起进行组织或销售。要管理需要制造子组件的多级产品，请参阅 :doc:`此文档<sub_assemblies>` "
"有关子组件的内容。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
msgstr "管理产品变型Bom表"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of "
"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for "
"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple"
" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`."
msgstr ""
"Odoo "
"允许同一产品的多个变体使用一份物料清单（BoM）。为具有变体的产品合并:abbr:`物料清单`，可避免管理多个:abbr:`物料清单`，从而节省时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:10
msgid "Activate product variants"
msgstr "激活产品变体"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:12
msgid ""
"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll "
"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable"
" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to "
"apply the setting."
msgstr ""
"要激活产品变体功能，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并向下滚动至 :guilabel:`产品` "
"部分。然后，点击复选框启用 :guilabel:`变体` 选项。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 应用设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:17
msgid ""
"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the "
":doc:`product variants "
"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation."
msgstr ""
"有关配置产品变量的更多信息，请参阅 "
":doc:`产品变体<.../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings."
msgstr "从库存应用程序设置中选择 “变体”。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:25
msgid "Create custom product attributes"
msgstr "创建自定义产品属性"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:27
msgid ""
"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product "
"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page."
msgstr "激活产品变体功能后，在 :guilabel:`变体` 页面上创建和编辑产品属性。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:30
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`属性` 按钮可从 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置` 访问 "
":guilabel:`属性` 页面，或点击 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 属性` 访问 "
":guilabel:`属性` 页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:34
msgid ""
"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing "
"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. "
"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make "
"changes."
msgstr ""
"进入 :guilabel:`属性` 页面后，点击现有属性，或点击 :guilabel:`创建`，创建新属性。点击 :guilabel:`创建` "
"会显示一个新的空白表单，用于自定义属性。对于现有属性，请点击其表单上的 :guilabel:`编辑` 进行更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:39
msgid ""
"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the "
":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired "
"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants "
"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a "
"new value."
msgstr ""
"指定 :guilabel:`属性名称` 并从 :guilabel:`类别` 字段的下拉菜单中选择一个类别。然后，在 :guilabel:`显示类型` 和"
" :guilabel:`变体创建模式` 字段旁边选择所需的选项。选择所需选项后，点击 :guilabel:`属性值`选项卡下的 "
":guilabel:`添加行` 添加新值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:45
msgid ""
"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` "
"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, "
"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering "
"a custom variant of a product."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`值` 行中包含一个 :guilabel:`为自定义值` "
"复选框。如果选中该复选框，该值将被视为自定义值，这样客户就可以在订购产品的自定义变体时输入特殊的自定义请求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:0
msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen."
msgstr "产品变体属性配置屏幕。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:54
msgid ""
"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` "
"to save the new attribute."
msgstr "添加所有所需:guilabel:`值`后，点击保存以保存新属性。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:58
msgid "Add product variants on the product form"
msgstr "在产品表单上添加产品变体"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:60
msgid ""
"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular "
"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form"
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To "
"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Variants` tab."
msgstr ""
"创建的属性可以应用于特定产品的特定变体。要将产品变体添加到产品，请通过转到:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> "
"产品`导航到产品表单。要对产品进行更改，请点击:guilabel:`编辑`。然后，点击:guilabel:`变体`选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:65
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add "
"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu."
msgstr "在:guilabel:`属性` 标题下，点击 :guilabel:`添加行` 来添加新属性，然后从下拉菜单中选择要添加的属性。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:68
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to "
"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add "
"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be "
"added to the product."
msgstr ""
"然后，在 :guilabel:`值` "
"标题下，点击下拉菜单以从现有值列表中进行选择。点击每个所需的值以添加它们，并对应添加到产品中的任何其他属性重复此过程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:72
msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
msgstr "完成后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes."
msgstr "包含值和属性的产品表单变体选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:79
msgid ""
":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are "
"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, "
"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*."
msgstr ""
":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`具有多种内部制造变体的产品应设置 **0,0 重新订购规则**，或者将其补货路线设置为 *按订单补货（MTO）*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:84
msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants"
msgstr "应用BOM 组件至产品变体"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:86
msgid ""
"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing "
"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of"
" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills "
"of Materials` form to configure from scratch."
msgstr ""
"然后，创建一个新的:abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`。或进入 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> 物料清单` "
"编辑现有的物料清单。然后，点击 :guilabel:`创建` 打开一个新的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 表单，从头开始配置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:90
msgid ""
"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-"
"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired "
"product."
msgstr "通过点击:guilabel:`产品`字段中的下拉菜单并选择所需的产品，将产品添加到:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:93
msgid ""
"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the "
":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and "
"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"然后，通过点击:guilabel:`组件` 选项卡的:guilabel:`组件` 部分下的:guilabel:`添加行` "
"来添加组件，然后从下拉菜单中选择所需的组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:96
msgid ""
"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product"
" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`数量` 和 :guilabel:`产品计量单位` 列中选择所需的值。然后，在 :guilabel:`在变体上应用` "
"列中选择所需的值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific "
"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once "
"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`"
" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options "
"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)."
msgstr ""
"在 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序中激活 :guilabel:`在变体上应用` 设置后，即可使用 :guilabel:`在变体上应用`"
" 选项将组件分配到 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 上的特定产品变体。如果 :guilabel:`在变体上应用` "
"字段没有立即显示，请从附加选项菜单（标题行右侧的三点图标）激活。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu."
msgstr "附加选项菜单上的“应用于变体”选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:110
msgid ""
"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no "
"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same "
"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products."
msgstr "每个组件可分配给多个变体。未指定变体的组件将在产品的每个变体中使用。同样的原则也适用于配置操作和副产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:114
msgid ""
"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component "
"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the"
" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* "
"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one "
"product variant."
msgstr ""
"在通过组件分配定义变体 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`时，:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`主要部分的 :guilabel:`产品变体` "
"字段应留空。该字段*仅*用于创建专门用于一种产品变体的 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:119
msgid ""
"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of "
"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes."
msgstr "当对 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`进行了所有需要的配置后，点击表格顶部的 :guilabel:`保存`，保存更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:123
msgid ""
"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which "
"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed "
"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the "
"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)."
msgstr ""
"对于只适用于特定变体的组件，请选择组件应在哪些操作中消耗。如果 :guilabel:`操作中消耗` "
"栏*不可见*，请从附加选项菜单（标题行右侧的三点图标）中激活。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:129
msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products"
msgstr "销售和制造 BoM 产品的变体"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:131
msgid ""
"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products"
" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new"
" quotation."
msgstr ""
"要销售和制造 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`产品的变体，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 创建` 以创建新报价单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:135
msgid "Sell variant of BoM product"
msgstr "销售 BoM 产品的变体"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:137
msgid ""
"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to "
"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer."
msgstr "进入空白的 :guilabel:`报价` 表单后，点击 :guilabel:`客户` 字段旁边的下拉菜单，添加客户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:140
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` "
"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a "
":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up."
msgstr ""
"然后，在 :guilabel:`订单行` 选项卡下点击 "
":guilabel:`添加产品`，并从下拉菜单中选择先前创建的带有变体的:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`产品。这样会弹出一个 "
":guilabel:`配置产品` 窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:144
msgid ""
"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the"
" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green "
":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity "
"to sell and manufacture, if desired."
msgstr ""
"在弹出窗口中，点击所需的属性选项，配置要生产产品的正确变体。然后，点击 `1` 旁边的绿色 :guilabel:`+` 或 :guilabel:`-` "
"图标，根据需要更改要销售和生产的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes."
msgstr "配置用于选择变体属性的产品弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This "
"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where "
"available optional products will appear, if they have been created "
"previously."
msgstr ""
"选择所有规格后，点击 :guilabel:`添加`。这将使弹出窗口变为第二个 :guilabel:`配置` "
"弹窗，如果之前已创建了可选产品，则将显示这些产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:156
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up."
msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:158
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create "
"and confirm a new sales order (SO)."
msgstr ""
"然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存所有更改，并点击 :guilabel:`报价` 表单顶部的 "
":guilabel:`确认`，创建并确认新的销售订单（SO）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:162
msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product"
msgstr "BoM 产品的制造变体"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:164
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` "
"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click "
"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form."
msgstr ""
"一旦确认了:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`，:guilabel:`制造`智能按钮将出现在:abbr:`SO（销售订单）`表单的顶部。点击 "
":guilabel:`制造` 智能按钮，打开 :guilabel:`制造订单` 表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:168
msgid ""
"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate "
"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant,"
" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional "
":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab."
msgstr ""
"在该表单的 :guilabel:`组件`选项卡下，列出了所选变体的相应组件。根据变体的不同，会列出不同的组件。要查看任何必须或可选的 "
":guilabel:`操作` 步骤，请点击:guilabel:`工作订单` 选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:172
msgid ""
"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet "
"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed."
msgstr "要进入平板视图工单屏幕，请点击要完成的操作行右侧的 :guilabel:`平板图标`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:175
msgid ""
"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation "
"progresses to complete the operation steps."
msgstr "在平板视图中，随着操作的进行单击 :guilabel:`标记为已完成` 以完成操作步骤。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:178
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the "
"manufacturing order form to complete the order."
msgstr "或者，点击生产订单表顶部的 :guilabel:`标记为已完成` 按钮，完成订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst-1
msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product."
msgstr "BoM 产品变体的制造订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:185
msgid ""
"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at "
"the top of the page."
msgstr "然后，通过页面顶部的面包屑导航回到 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:187
msgid ""
"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the "
":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click "
":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product."
msgstr ""
"产品已生产完毕，请点击 :guilabel:`送货` 智能按钮将产品交付给客户。在 :guilabel:`订货订单` 表单中，点击 "
":guilabel:`验证`，然后点击 :guilabel:`应用`，以交付产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:191
msgid ""
"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the "
":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to "
"invoice the customer for the order."
msgstr ""
"要完成销售，请再次通过页面顶部的 :guilabel:`面包屑导航` 点击回到 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）` 。然后，点击 "
":guilabel:`创建发票`，再次点击 :guilabel:`创建发票`，向客户开具订单发票。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
msgstr "管理半成品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured "
"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials "
"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs "
"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. "
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is "
"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and "
"its subassemblies are distinguished."
msgstr ""
"*半成品*，又称*次组件*，是指用作另一产品物料清单（BoM）中的组件的制成品。半成品用于简化复杂的:abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`或更准确地表示制造流程。包含半成品的:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`被称为*多级物料清单*，其中主要*顶级产品*及其次组件是有区别的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:12
msgid "Configure semi-finished products"
msgstr "配置半制成品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:14
msgid ""
"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level "
"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first "
"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of"
" Materials)`."
msgstr "要设置多级 :abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`，必须配置顶级产品和半成品。因此，第一步是创建半成品及其:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`../basic_setup/bill_configuration`"
msgstr ":doc:`../basic_setup/bill_configuration`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product."
msgstr "半成品的物料清单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:26
msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr "创建顶级物料清单（BoM）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:28
msgid ""
"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's "
"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"半成品配置完成后，导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 产品 --> "
"产品`。然后，:guilabel:`创建`顶层产品。根据需要配置产品规格，并确保 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:32
msgid ""
"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, "
"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components."
msgstr ""
"配置顶级产品后，单击产品表单上的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建` 为该产品创建一个 "
":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`顶级产品。然后，只需将半成品以及任何其他必要的组件添加到此 BoM（物料清单）即可。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid ""
"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly "
"component."
msgstr "顶级产品的物料清单，包含次装配组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:42
msgid "Manage production planning"
msgstr "管理生产计划"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:44
msgid ""
"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for "
"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr "有多种方法可以管理具有多级:abbr:`BoM（物料清单）`的产品的制造订单自动化。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:48
msgid ""
"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable "
"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize "
"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is "
"the more appropriate option."
msgstr ""
"半成品专门用于管理具有多级 BoM 的可制造产品。 如果创建 BoM 只是为了组织组件或捆绑可销售产品，则使用 "
":doc:`套件<kit_shipping>` 是更合适的选择。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:52
msgid ""
"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products "
"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two "
"options:"
msgstr "确认主产品制造订单后自动触发半成品制造订单，有两种选择："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:55
msgid ""
"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished "
"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to "
"`0`."
msgstr "**选项 1（推荐）：** 为半成品创建 *重新订购规则*，并将最小和最大所需库存数量设置为`0`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:59
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:28
msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the "
"semi-finished product's product form."
msgstr "**选项 2：** 在半成品产品表单的库存选项卡下激活按订单补货（MTO）和制造路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. "
"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore"
" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary."
" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-"
"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the "
"confirmed top-level manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
"方案 1 比方案 2 "
"更灵活，因此推荐。重新订购规则并不直接将需求与补货联系起来，因此允许取消保留库存并在必要时将其重定向到其他订单。按订单补货（MTO）路线在半成品和顶级产品之间创建了专有链接，专门为已确认的顶级制造订单预留数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully "
"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product."
msgstr "无论选择哪种方法，在开始制造顶级产品之前都必须完全制造出半成品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst-1
msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product."
msgstr "顶级产品的制造订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:3
msgid "Manage work orders using work centers"
msgstr "使用工作中心管理工作订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work"
" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work "
"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of "
"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the "
"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->"
" Work Orders`."
msgstr ""
"Odoo "
"制造应用程序允许在特定工作中心执行工作订单。为产品创建制造订单时，产品物料清单（BoM）的操作选项卡中列出的任何工作订单也将自动创建，并分配到指定的工作中心。可以通过选择"
" :menuselection:`操作 --> 工作订单` 在 制造模块中管理工作订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:11
msgid ""
"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first"
" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next "
"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by "
"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`."
msgstr ""
"为了使用工作中心，必须首先启用工作订单功能。要执行次操作，请转到:guilabel:`制造`模块，选择:menuselection:`配置 --> "
"设置`，然后激活:guilabel:`工单`旁边的复选框。然后可以通过选择:menuselection:`配置 --> 工作中心`来创建和管理工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:17
msgid "Create a work center"
msgstr "创建工作中心"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:19
msgid ""
"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center "
"form can then be filled out as follows:"
msgstr ""
"在:guilabel:`制造`模块中，选择:menuselection:`配置 --> 工作中心 --> 创建`。然后可以填写工作中心表格，如下所示："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:22
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that "
"describes the type of operations it will be used for"
msgstr ":guilabel:`工作中心名称`：为工作中心提供一个简洁的名称，描述它将用于的操作类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:24
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for "
"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available"
msgstr ":guilabel:`替代工作中心`：指定主工作中心不可用时要执行操作的替代工作中心"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:26
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code"
msgstr ":guilabel:`代码`：为工作中心分配参考代码"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:27
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center "
"can be in use each week"
msgstr ":guilabel:`工作时间`：定义工作中心每周可以使用的小时数"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to"
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：选择工作中心所属公司"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form."
msgstr "完整配置的工作中心表格示例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:37
msgid "Set standards for work center productivity"
msgstr "设定工作中心生产力标准"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:39
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for "
"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:"
msgstr "工作中心表单上的 :guilabel:`一般信息` 选项卡允许为工作中心指定生产率目标："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a "
"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes "
"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 "
"minutes"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`时间效率`：用于计算工单在工作中心的预期持续时间；例如，一个工单正常需要一小时，效率设置为200%，则工单需要30分钟"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of products that can be processed at the "
"work center simultaneously"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:47
msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center"
msgstr ":guilabel:`OEE 目标`：工作中心效率目标"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence"
msgstr ":guilabel:`生产前时间`：开工前所需的设置时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work "
"is finished"
msgstr ":guilabel:`生产后时间`：工作完成后所需的故障或清理时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one "
"hour"
msgstr ":guilabel:`每小时成本`：工作中心运行一小时的成本"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center "
"should be recorded"
msgstr ":guilabel:`分析账户`：记录工作中心成本的账户"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The general information tab of the work center form."
msgstr "工作中心表格的一般信息选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:58
msgid "Assign equipment to a work center"
msgstr "将设备分配到工作中心"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:60
msgid ""
"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of "
"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be"
" displayed for each piece of equipment added:"
msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`设备` 选项卡，可以将特定设备分配到工作中心。添加的每件设备都将显示以下信息："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment"
msgstr ":guilabel:`设备名称`：设备的名称"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the "
"equipment"
msgstr ":guilabel:`技术人员`：负责维修设备的技术人员"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:65
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to"
msgstr ":guilabel:`设备类别`：设备所属类别"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the "
"piece of equipment will operate before failing"
msgstr ":guilabel:`MTBF`：平均故障间隔时间；该设备在发生故障之前的平均运行时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the "
"equipment to become fully operational again"
msgstr ":guilabel:`MTTR`：平均恢复时间；设备再次全面运行所需的平均时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:70
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment "
"failure will occur"
msgstr ":guilabel:`预计下一次故障`：估计下一次设备故障何时发生"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form."
msgstr "工作中心表单的设备选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:77
msgid ""
":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are "
"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`MTBF`、:guilabel:`MTTR` 和 :guilabel:`预计下一次故障`根据过去的故障数据（如有）自动计算。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:83
msgid "Integrate IoT devices"
msgstr "整合 IoT 设备"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:85
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT "
"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:"
msgstr ":guilabel:`IoT 触发器` 选项卡可以将:abbr:`IoT（物联网）`设备与工作中心整合："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:88
msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered"
msgstr ":guilabel:`设备`：指定要触发的 IoT 设备"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:89
msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device"
msgstr ":guilabel:`密钥`：设备的安全密钥"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:90
msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered"
msgstr ":guilabel:`操作`：触发的 IoT 设备操作"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form."
msgstr "工作中心表单的物联网触发器选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:97
msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center"
msgstr "使用案例：配置替代工作中心"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:99
msgid ""
"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. "
"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible "
"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be "
"carried out."
msgstr "当一个工作中心处于满负荷状态时，它不能接受任何新的工单。与其等待工作中心空闲下来，不如指定一个替代工作中心来执行多余的工单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:103
msgid ""
"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab"
" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will"
" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. "
"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the "
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field."
msgstr ""
"首先创建一个新的工作中心。配置 :guilabel:`设备` "
"选项卡，使其拥有与主工作中心相同的所有设备。这将确保两个工作中心可以执行相同的任务。导航到主工作中心，并在 :guilabel:`替代工作中心` "
"选择字段中包含新工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:108
msgid ""
"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one"
" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for "
"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the "
"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the "
"top left of the form."
msgstr ""
"现在，创建一个新的制造订单，在其中一个操作中使用主工作中心。主工作中心将自动在 :guilabel:`工作订单` "
"选项卡中被选中。确认制造订单后，点击表格左上角的 :guilabel:`计划` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid ""
"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center."
msgstr "点击计划按钮，自动选择可用的工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:117
msgid ""
"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the "
"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center."
msgstr "如果主工作中心的容量已满，则为操作选择的工作中心将自动更改为替代工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst-1
msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected."
msgstr "自动选择替代工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:125
msgid "Monitor work center performance"
msgstr "监控工作中心表现"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:127
msgid ""
"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work "
"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed "
"at the top right of the form:"
msgstr ""
"单个工作中心表现可通过选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> "
"工作中心`，并点击工作中心来查看。可以在表格右上方查看显示工作中心性能的各种指标："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that "
"the work center has been fully productive"
msgstr ":guilabel:`OEE`：总体有效效率，即工作中心充分发挥生产力的时间百分比"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:133
msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages"
msgstr ":guilabel:`损失`：因停工而损失的时间量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:134
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current "
"workload"
msgstr ":guilabel:`负荷`：完成当前工作所需的时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:135
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a "
"percentage of the expected duration"
msgstr ":guilabel:`绩效`：实际工作时间，以预期时间的百分比表示"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:3
msgid "Work order dependencies"
msgstr "工单依赖"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:7
msgid ""
"When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be "
"completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried"
" out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order "
"dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill"
" of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur "
"first."
msgstr ""
"在制造某些产品时，可能需要先完成特定操作，然后才能开始其他操作。为了确保操作以正确的顺序进行，Odoo *制造* "
"具有*工作顺序依赖*设置。启用该设置后，物料清单（BoM）上的操作将被其他应先进行的操作*屏蔽*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:15
msgid ""
"The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable "
"it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is "
"not already active."
msgstr ""
"*工单依赖关系*设置默认未启用。要启用该设置，首先导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置`。然后，启用 "
":guilabel:`工作订单` 设置（如果尚未激活）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:19
msgid ""
"After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work "
"Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order "
"Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes."
msgstr ""
"启用 :guilabel:`工作订单` 设置后，下方会出现 :guilabel:`工单依赖关` 设置。启用 "
":guilabel:`工作订单依赖`，然后点击 :guilabel:` 保存` 确认更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:24
msgid "Add dependencies to BoM"
msgstr "为 BoM 添加依赖项"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:26
msgid ""
"Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"工单依赖关系配置在产品的|BOM|上。为此，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 产品 --> 物料清单`，然后选择一个 "
"|BOM|，或单击 :guilabel:`新建`，以创建一个新的 |BOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94
msgid "Learn more"
msgstr "了解更多"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the "
"documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials "
"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`."
msgstr ""
"有关如何正确配置新的 |BOM| 的完整指南，请参阅 :doc:`创建物料清单 <../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`"
" 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35
msgid ""
"On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new "
":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""
"在 |BOM| 中，点击 :guilabel:`杂项` 选项卡，然后启用 :guilabel:`操作依赖` 复选框。这样，:guilabel:`操作` "
"选项卡的设置中就会出现一个新的:guilabel:`阻拦` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM."
msgstr "BoM 杂项选项卡上的“操作依赖”复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:43
msgid ""
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, "
"click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field "
"appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
msgstr ""
"接下来，点击 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡。在选项卡右上方，点击选项卡的 :guilabel:`设置` 按钮，然后启用 "
":guilabel:`阻拦` 复选框。这样，:guilabel:`操作` 选项卡上的每个操作都会出现:guilabel:`被阻拦`字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM."
msgstr "BoM 上操作选项卡的设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:51
msgid ""
"In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, "
"click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` "
"pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the "
"pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*"
" the operation that is blocked."
msgstr ""
"在应被其他操作阻止的操作行中，点击 :guilabel:`被阻拦` 字段，弹出 :guilabel:`开启：操作`弹出窗口。在弹出窗口的 "
":guilabel:`被阻拦` 下拉字段中，选择必须在被阻拦的操作*之前*完成的阻拦操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM."
msgstr "BoM 上操作的“被阻拦”下拉字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:60
msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存 |BOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:63
msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies"
msgstr "利用依赖关系规划工单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:65
msgid ""
"Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo "
"*Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on "
"their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin"
" by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> "
"Manufacturing Orders`."
msgstr ""
"一旦在 |BOM| 上配置了工单依赖关系，Odoo *制造* 就能根据工单依赖关系计划何时安排工单。要计划制造订单的工单，首先要导航到 "
":menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order "
"dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a "
"|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
"接下来，为产品选择一个制造订单，并在其 |BOM| 上设置工作订单依赖性，或者通过点击 :guilabel:`新建` "
"来创建新的制造订单。如果创建新的制造订单，请选择 |BOM| 从物料清单下拉字段中配置工作订单依赖项，然后点击确认。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:75
msgid ""
"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
" tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that "
"are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the "
":guilabel:`Status` section."
msgstr ""
"确认制造订单后，选择 :guilabel:`工作订单` 选项卡查看完成生产单所需的工单。在 :guilabel:`状态` "
"部分，任何*未*被其他工单阻止的工单都会显示 `就绪` 标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:79
msgid ""
"Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting "
"for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, "
"the tag updates to `Ready`."
msgstr "被一个或多个工单阻拦的工单会显示 `等待另一个工单` 标签。一旦阻拦的工单完成，标签就会更新为 `就绪`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order."
msgstr "制造订单上工单的状态标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:86
msgid ""
"To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the "
":guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the "
":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and "
"time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period "
"specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that "
"precedes it."
msgstr ""
"要计划制造订单的工单，请点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`计划` 按钮。这样，:guilabel:`工单` "
"选项卡上每个工单的:guilabel:`计划开始日期` 字段将自动填入计划开始日期和时间。被阻拦的工单将在其前面工单的 :guilabel:`预期工期`"
" 字段中指定的时间段结束时进行排程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order."
msgstr "生产单上工单的计划开始日期字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:97
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has "
"two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of"
" 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation."
msgstr "为产品 A 创建了制造订单：切割和组装。每个操作的预期持续时间为 60 分钟，装配操作被切割操作阻拦。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:101
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 "
"pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut "
"operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is "
"scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm."
msgstr ""
"下午 1:30 点击生产订单的 :guilabel:`计划` 按钮，计划立即开始切割操作。由于切割操作的预期持续时间为 60 "
"分钟，因此装配操作计划于下午 2:30 开始。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:106
msgid "Planning by workcenter"
msgstr "按工作中心进行规划"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:108
msgid ""
"To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to "
"the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This"
" page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation."
msgstr ""
"要查看工单计划的可视化表示方法，请通过 :menuselection:`制造 --> 计划 --> 按工作中心计划` 浏览 "
":guilabel:`工单计划` 页面。该页面显示为每个操作计划的所有工单时间轴。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:112
msgid ""
"If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order "
"that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking"
" it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the "
"blocking operation to the blocked operation."
msgstr "如果一个工单因另一个工单的完成而受阻，受阻的工单会显示为计划在受阻工单之后开始。此外，两个工单之间会有一个箭头，从受阻工单指向受阻工单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst-1
msgid ""
"The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it."
msgstr "被阻拦的工单和阻拦它的工单之间会有一个箭头指示连接。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup.rst:5
msgid "Basic setup"
msgstr "基本设置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "Bill of materials"
msgstr "物料清单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9
msgid ""
"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, "
"along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair"
" a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, "
"and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as "
"well."
msgstr ""
"*物料清单*（简称*BoM*）记录了生产或维修产品所需的特定组件及其相应数量。在 Odoo 中，|物料清单| "
"是制成品和工具包的蓝图，通常还包括生产操作和分步指南。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15
msgid "BoM setup"
msgstr "BoM 设置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17
msgid ""
"To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> "
"Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要创建 |BOM| ，请转到 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> 物料清单`，并点击 :guilabel:`新建`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20
msgid ""
"Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`."
msgstr "然后，将 :guilabel:`BoM 类型` 设为 :guilabel:`制造该产品`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22
msgid ""
"Then, specify :ref:`required components <manufacturing/basic_setup/setup-"
"components>` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations "
"<manufacturing/basic_setup/setup-operations>`."
msgstr ""
"然后，指定 :ref:`所需组件 <manufacturing/basic_setup/setup-components>`，如有必要，定义任何 "
":ref:`制造操作 <manufacturing/basic_setup/setup-operations>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26
msgid ""
"Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as "
"accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as "
"well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in"
" a field or a line item)."
msgstr ""
"也可通过点击任何产品表单上的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮快速访问或创建单个 |BOM| ，这些表单可通过 *销售*、*库存* 和 "
"*制造* 应用程序访问，也可通过任何引用产品的内部链接（如在字段或行项目中）访问。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35
msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed."
msgstr "显示产品的 BoM，并列出组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35
msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab."
msgstr "`抽屉`的 BoM，显示 **组件** 选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38
msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`"
msgstr ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39
msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`"
msgstr ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44
msgid "Components"
msgstr "组件"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to "
"manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the "
":guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or "
"create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the "
":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the "
":guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to "
"its configuration form."
msgstr ""
"在 |BOM| 的 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡中，点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，指定用于制造产品的组件。在 "
":guilabel:`组件` 下拉菜单中，从现有产品中选择或创建一个新产品，方法是键入名称并选择 :guilabel:`创建\" \"` "
"选项快速添加行项目，或选择 :guilabel:`创建和编辑...` 选项添加组件，并继续其配置表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu."
msgstr "从下拉菜单中选择一个组件，添加该组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56
msgid ""
"Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-"
"adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the "
":guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features "
"to enable these columns:"
msgstr ""
"可选择点击 :guilabel:`组件` 标签最右侧的 :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`（设置调整）` "
"图标访问其他字段。勾选以下功能的复选框以启用这些列："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant "
"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. "
"When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`应用于变体`：指定每个组件在哪个 :doc:`产品变体 "
"<.../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` 中使用。如果该字段留空，则在所有产品变体中使用该组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the "
"component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness "
"<manufacturing/basic_setup/manufacturing-readiness>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`消耗于操作`：指定使用该组件的操作。有助于确定 :ref:`制造准备 "
"<manufacturing/basic_setup/manufacturing-readiness>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to "
"check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`手动消耗`：勾选复选框以强制操作员在生产单（MO）上勾选 :guilabel:`已消耗` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field."
msgstr "显示生产订单，突出显示 *已消耗* 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75
msgid ""
"Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, "
"where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, "
"the operation cannot be completed."
msgstr "否则会触发 :guilabel:`消费警告` 错误信息，此时必须手动输入消耗的组件数量。否则，操作将无法完成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show the consumption warning error message."
msgstr "显示消耗量警告错误信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85
msgid "Operations"
msgstr "作业"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87
msgid ""
"Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and "
"register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the "
"*Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the"
" :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""
"在 |BOM| 中添加*操作*，以指定生产指令并登记操作所花费的时间。要使用此功能，首先进入 :menuselection:`生产应用程序 --> 配置"
" --> 设置`，启用 *工作订单* 功能。在 :guilabel:`操作` 部分，勾选 :guilabel:`工作订单` 复选框以启用该功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93
msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`"
msgstr ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page."
msgstr "设置页面中的“工单”功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99
msgid ""
"Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app "
"--> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add "
"a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click "
":guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""
"接下来，进入 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> 物料清单`，选择所需的 |BOM|，导航到 "
"|BOM|。要添加新操作，请转到 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡，然后点击 :guilabel:`添加行`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103
msgid ""
"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the "
"various fields of the operation are configured:"
msgstr "打开 :guilabel:`创建业务` 弹出窗口，在此配置操作的各个字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106
msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation."
msgstr ":guilabel:`操作`：操作名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation,"
" or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the "
":guilabel:`Create \" \"` option."
msgstr ":guilabel:`工作中心`：选择现有位置执行操作，或输入名称并选择 :guilabel:`创建 \" \"`选项，创建新的工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available "
"for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product "
"variants, leave this field blank."
msgstr ":guilabel:`应用于变体`：指定此操作是否仅适用于某些产品变体。如果该操作适用于所有产品变体，则此字段留空。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113
msgid ""
":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants "
"<../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`"
msgstr ":doc:`为产品变体配置 BoM <../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is "
"tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the "
"operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators "
"can record and modify time themselves."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`持续时间计算`：选择如何追踪操作花费的时间。如果操作员可以自己记录和修改时间，则选择 :guilabel:`根据追踪时间计算` "
"使用操作的时间追踪器，或选择 :guilabel:`手动设置持续时间`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119
msgid ""
"Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the "
":guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically "
"estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few "
"operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the "
":guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead."
msgstr ""
"选择 :guilabel:`根据追踪时间计算` 选项可启用 :guilabel:`根据最近__份工作单` "
"选项，该选项会根据最近几次操作自动估算完成此操作的时间。选择 :guilabel:`手动设置持续时间` 可启用 :guilabel:`默认持续时间` "
"字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the "
"operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TK55jIq00pc>`_ and determining `work center"
" availability <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3YwFlD97Bio>`_."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`默认持续时间`：完成操作所需的估计时间；用于 `计划制造订单 "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TK55jIq00pc>`_和确定`工作中心可用性 "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3YwFlD97Bio>`_。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in."
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司`：指定 |BOM| 可用的公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128
msgid ""
"Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose "
":guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* "
"access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the "
":guilabel:`Description` text field."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`工作表` 选项卡中包含操作详情。选择 :guilabel:`PDF` 以附加文件，或选择 :guilabel:`Google "
"幻灯片` 以共享链接。选择 :guilabel:`文本` 在 :guilabel:`说明` 文本字段中输入说明。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133
msgid ""
"Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT."
msgstr "输入 `/`，查看格式化选项和功能列表，包括 ChatGPT。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order."
msgstr "显示 ChatGPT 功能，为工单生成说明。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window."
msgstr "填写弹出的 “创建操作” 窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add"
" more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps "
"above to configure another operation."
msgstr ""
"最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存\\&关闭` 关闭弹出窗口。要添加更多操作，请点击 :guilabel:`保存并新建` "
"并重复上述步骤配置另一个操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147
msgid ""
"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|."
msgstr "每个操作都是唯一的，因为它总是只与一个 |BOM| 关联。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150
msgid ""
"After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` "
"button to choose an operation to duplicate."
msgstr "创建操作后，单击 :guilabel:`复制现有操作` 按钮选择要复制的操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field."
msgstr "显示操作选项卡，高亮显示 “复制现有操作” 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158
msgid "Instructions"
msgstr "指令"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161
msgid ""
"To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be "
"installed."
msgstr "要为操作添加详细说明，必须安装 *品控* 应用程序。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163
msgid ""
"Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the "
"operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` "
"column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the "
"operation."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`说明` 列中操作的 :icon:`fa-list-ul`:guilabel:`（列表）`图标，为现有操作添加具体说明。在 "
":guilabel:`说明` 列中显示的数字，表示该操作现有的详细说明数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon."
msgstr "显示说明栏和列表图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank "
"quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. "
"Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the "
":guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the "
"step in the operation."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`步骤` 仪表板上，点击 :guilabel:`新建` "
"打开一个空白的质量控制点表单，在此可创建新的生产步骤。在此，为具体指令设置 :guilabel:`标题` 并将 :guilabel:`类型` 设为 "
":guilabel:`说明`。在表格的 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡中，写出操作步骤的说明。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178
msgid ""
"Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary "
"instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that "
"carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality "
"control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check "
"<../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation."
msgstr ""
"除了普通说明外，还可以在此表单上进行进一步的自定义，以包含特定类型的质量控制点，这些质量控制点带有特定（或复杂）的条件。有关质量控制点的更多详情，请参阅"
" :doc:`说明检查<.../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Show the page to add a quality check."
msgstr "显示添加质量检查的页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "杂项"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to "
"customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are "
"consumed."
msgstr ":guilabel:`杂项`选项卡包含更多 |BoM| 配置，用于自定义采购、计算成本和定义组件的消耗方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for"
" the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as "
"a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are "
"consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although "
"not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the "
"first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` "
"displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all "
"components are in available."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`生产准备就绪`：选择 :guilabel:`当首个操作的组件可用时` 显示 :guilabel:`组件状态` 为**绿色** "
":guilabel:`不可用`，此时只有首个操作中消耗的组件有库存。这表明，虽然并非所有组件都可用，但操作员至少可以开始首个操作。选择 "
":guilabel:`当所有组件都可用时` 则显示**红色** :guilabel:`不可用` 组件状态，除非所有组件都有库存。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203
msgid ""
"Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the "
":ref:`Manual Consumption field <manufacturing/basic_setup/consumed-in-"
"operation>`."
msgstr ""
"在 :ref:`手动消耗字段 <manufacturing/basic_setup/consumed-in-operation>` 中指定哪个操作会消耗"
" |BoM| 上的每个组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the "
"Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate "
"from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if "
"operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose "
":guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing "
"operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, "
"this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic "
"distribution models "
"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list "
"to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen "
"journal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a "
"|MO| from the date of confirmation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to "
"replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227
msgid ""
":doc:`Analytic distribution "
"<../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228
msgid ""
":doc:`Lead times "
"<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236
msgid "Add by-products to BoMs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238
msgid ""
"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in "
"addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there "
"can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241
msgid ""
"To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the "
":guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-"
"Products` to enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst-1
msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249
msgid ""
"Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the "
":guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the "
":guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of "
"Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the "
"by-product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255
msgid ""
"The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when "
"producing `Red Wine`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0
msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing product configuration"
msgstr "制造产品配置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8
msgid ""
"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must "
"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* "
"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these "
"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
"要在 Odoo *制造* "
"中制造产品，必须正确配置产品。这包括启用*制造*路径和为产品配置物料清单（BoM）。完成这些步骤后，就可以在创建新的制造订单时选择该产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14
msgid "Activate the Manufacture route"
msgstr "激活制造路线"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16
msgid ""
"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page."
" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products"
" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"在每个产品的产品页面上都可以激活“制造”路径。要执行此操作，首先导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 产品 --> "
"产品`。然后，选择一个现有产品，或点击 :guilabel:`新建` 创建一个新产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20
msgid ""
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This "
"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured."
msgstr ""
"在产品页面，选择 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，然后启用 :guilabel:`路径` 部分中的 :guilabel:`制造` 复选框。这告诉 "
"Odoo 可以制造该产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page."
msgstr "产品页面库存选项卡上的“制造”路径。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32
msgid ""
"The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is "
"optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers "
"<../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking>` to newly manufactured"
" products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the "
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select "
":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38
msgid ""
"Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or "
"the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop "
"Floor* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45
msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45
msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51
msgid ""
"**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order"
" card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54
msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr "配置物料清单（BoM）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56
msgid ""
"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is "
"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to"
" manufacture a product."
msgstr "接下来，必须为产品配置 |BOM|，以便 Odoo 知道产品是如何生产的。BOM 是生产产品所需的组件和操作的列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59
msgid ""
"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the "
"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a "
"new |BOM|."
msgstr ""
"要为特定产品创建 |BOM|，请导航至:menuselection:`制造 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择产品。在产品页面，点击页面顶部的 "
":guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，然后选择 :guilabel:`新建` 以配置新的 |BOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page."
msgstr "产品页面上的“物料清单”智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67
msgid ""
"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product."
" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM"
" produces."
msgstr ""
"在 |BOM| 上，:guilabel:`产品` 字段会自动填充产品。在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中，指定 BoM 生产的单位数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70
msgid ""
"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and"
" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the "
":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until "
"all components have been added."
msgstr ""
"选择 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡并点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，在 |BOM| 中添加一个组件。从 :guilabel:`组件` "
"下拉菜单中选择一个组件，然后在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中输入数量。继续在新行中添加组件，直到添加完所有组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials."
msgstr "物料清单上的组件选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79
msgid ""
"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the "
":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added "
"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will "
"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or "
":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more."
msgstr ""
"接下来，选择 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡。点击:guilabel:`添加行`，弹出 :guilabel:`创建操作`窗口。在 "
":guilabel:`操作` 字段中，指定要添加的操作名称（如装配、切割等）。从 :guilabel:`工作中心` "
"下拉菜单中选择执行操作的工作中心。最后，点击:guilabel:`保存并关闭` 完成添加操作，或点击 :guilabel:`保存并新建` 添加更多操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
"checkbox."
msgstr ""
"只有启用 :guilabel:`工作中心` 设置后，才会显示 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡。要执行此操作，请导航至 "
":menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后启用 :guilabel:`工作中心` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1
msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials."
msgstr "物料清单上的操作选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96
msgid ""
"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that "
"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an "
"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. "
"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how "
"to :doc:`create a bill of materials <bill_configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing order costs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:11
msgid ""
"The ability to accurately calculate the cost of manufacturing a product is "
"critical when determining product profitability. Odoo's **Manufacturing** "
"app simplifies this calculation by automatically calculating the cost to "
"complete each manufacturing order (MO), as well as the average production "
"cost of a product, based on all completed |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:17
msgid ""
"Odoo's Manufacturing app distinguishes between the *MO cost* and the *real "
"cost* of an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:19
msgid ""
"The |MO| cost represents how much it *should* cost to complete an |MO|, "
"based on the configuration of the product's bill of materials (BoM). This "
"takes into account the cost and quantity of components, as well as the cost "
"of completing the necessary operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:23
msgid ""
"The real cost represents how much it *actually* costs to complete the |MO|. "
"A few factors can cause the real cost to differ from the |MO| cost. For "
"example, an operation may take longer to complete than estimated, a greater "
"component quantity might be needed than was specified on the |BoM|, or the "
"price of components may change during manufacturing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:29
msgid "Cost configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:31
msgid ""
"Odoo computes |MO| costs based on the configuration of the |BoM| used to "
"manufacture a product. This calculation includes the cost and quantity of "
"components and operations listed on the |BoM|, in addition to the operating "
"costs of the work centers where those operations are carried out, and the "
"amount paid to each employee who works on an operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:37
msgid "Component cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:39
msgid ""
"Component cost is calculated automatically, based on the average purchase "
"cost of a component across all purchase orders (POs). To view a component's "
"cost, navigate to :guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"select a component product. The cost is displayed in the :guilabel:`Cost` "
"field of the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the component's product"
" form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:44
msgid ""
"It is possible to set the cost of a component manually, by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Cost` field on the component's product form and entering a value."
" However, any future |POs| for the component override a manually entered "
"value, resetting the :guilabel:`Cost` field back to an automatically "
"computed value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:52
msgid "Work center cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:54
msgid ""
"To set the operating cost for a specific work center, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and "
"select a work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:57
msgid ""
"To set the cost of operating the work center for one hour, enter a value in "
"the :guilabel:`per workcenter` field, located beside the :guilabel:`Cost per"
" hour` section on the work center's :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:61
msgid ""
"To set the hourly cost of each employee that operates the work center, enter"
" a value in the :guilabel:`per employee` field, located beside the "
":guilabel:`Cost per hour` section on the work center's :guilabel:`General "
"Information` tab. For example, if `25.00` is entered in the :guilabel:`per "
"employee` field, it costs $25.00 per hour for *each* employee working at the"
" work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:68
msgid ""
"The value entered in the :guilabel:`per employee` field is only used to "
"calculate the |MO| cost, which is the estimated cost of completing the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:71
msgid ""
"The actual cost of completing the |MO| is represented by the real cost. "
"Instead of using the value entered in the :guilabel:`per employee` field, "
"the real cost is calculated using the hourly cost specific to each employee."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:75
msgid ""
"For example, if the :guilabel:`per employee` cost of a work center is "
"'$50.00', and an employee with an hourly cost of '$60.00' completes a work "
"order there, the |MO| cost (estimated) is calculated using the $50/hr cost, "
"while the real cost is calculated using the $60/hr cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:79
msgid ""
"See the :ref:`employee cost section <manufacturing/mo-costs/employee-cost>` "
"below for information on how to set the cost for specific employees."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:85
msgid "Employee cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:87
msgid ""
"To set the hourly cost for a specific employee, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Employees` app, and select an employee. On the employee's "
"form, select the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, and enter the employee's rate in "
"the :guilabel:`Hourly Cost` field of the :guilabel:`Application Settings` "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:93
msgid ""
"As detailed in the :ref:`work center cost section <manufacturing/mo-"
"costs/work-center-cost>` above, the value entered in the :guilabel:`Hourly "
"Cost` field on the employee's form is used to calculate the real cost of an "
"|MO|. The estimated cost of an |MO|, referred to as the |MO| cost, uses the "
"per employee cost set on each work center's form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:99
msgid "|BoM| configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:101
msgid ""
"Configuring a |BoM| so Odoo can accurately calculate the cost of |MOs| that "
"use it requires two steps. First, components **must** be added, and the "
"required quantity specified. Second, operations **must** be added, along "
"with the work centers where they are carried out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:105
msgid ""
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> "
"Bills of Materials`. Select a |BoM|, or create a new one by clicking "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:108
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM| form, add each component by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component from the drop-down "
"menu in the :guilabel:`Component` column, and entering the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:112
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, add an operation by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line` to open the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up "
"window. Enter a title for the operation in the :guilabel:`Operation` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:116
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Work Center` where the operation is carried out. Then,"
" add a :guilabel:`Default Duration`, which is the estimated amount of time "
"the operation takes to complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:119
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`Duration Computation` field is set to "
":guilabel:`Set duration manually`, which means that the number entered in "
":guilabel:`Default Duration` field is always used as the expected duration "
"of the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:123
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` causes Odoo to "
"automatically compute the :guilabel:`Default Duration` based on a certain "
"number of work orders, which is set in the :guilabel:`Based on` field. "
"Before there are work orders to compute this duration, the value in the "
":guilabel:`Default Duration` field is used instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:128
msgid ""
"The hourly cost of operating the work center, and the duration of the "
"operation, are used to calculate the operation's cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:131
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the operation to the |BoM|, "
"and close the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window. Alternatively, "
"click :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the operation to the |BoM|, and open a "
"blank :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window to add another operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:137
msgid ""
"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the documentation on "
":doc:`bills of materials <bill_configuration>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:141
msgid "|MO| overview"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:143
msgid ""
"Each |MO| has an *overview* page, which lists a variety of information about"
" the |MO|, including |MO| cost and real cost. To view the overview for an "
"|MO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> "
"Manufacturing Orders`, and select an |MO|. Then, click the :icon:`fa-bars` "
":guilabel:`Overview` smart button at the top of the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:148
msgid ""
"Both the |MO| cost and real cost take into account the cost and quantity of "
"components, as well as the cost of completing each work order. The overview "
"page lists a row for each of these values, with the sum of them listed at "
"the bottom of the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and :guilabel:`Real Cost` columns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:152
msgid ""
"Before work begins on an |MO|, the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and :guilabel:`Real "
"Cost` columns display the same costs. This is the *estimated* cost of "
"completing the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:155
msgid ""
"However, once work commences, the values in the :guilabel:`Real Cost` column"
" may begin to diverge from the values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` column. "
"This happens if a different component quantity is used than was listed on "
"the |MO|, the duration of a work order is different than expected, or the "
"hourly cost of the employee performing a work order differs from the "
"employee cost set on the work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:161
msgid ""
"Once the |MO| has been completed by clicking :guilabel:`Produce All`, the "
"values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` column update to match those displayed in "
"the :guilabel:`Real Cost` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst-1
msgid "The MO Overview page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:169
msgid "Average manufacturing cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:171
msgid ""
"In addition to the cost of each individual |MO| for a product, Odoo also "
"tracks the average cost of manufacturing the product, taking into account "
"the cost of every completed |MO|. To view this, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a "
"product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:175
msgid ""
"The manufacturing cost of the product is displayed per unit of measure in "
"the :guilabel:`Cost` field, located in the :guilabel:`General Information` "
"tab. The value continues to update as the costs of additional |MOs| are "
"factored into the average cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:179
msgid ""
"To the right of the :guilabel:`Cost` field is a :guilabel:`Compute Price "
"from BoM` button, which only appears for products with at least one |BoM|. "
"Click this button to reset the cost of the product to the expected cost, "
"which only takes into account the components and operations listed on the "
"|BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:186
msgid ""
"Be aware that clicking :guilabel:`Compute Price from BoM` does not set the "
"price permanently. The cost continues to update based on the average of the "
"|BoM| price and the real cost of any future |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:190
msgid "Example workflow: manufacturing cost"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:193
msgid ""
"Golf product manufacturer *Fairway Fields* produces a variety of golf "
"products, including an indoor *putting green*. They have configured a |BoM| "
"for the putting green, so Odoo automatically calculates the manufacturing "
"cost of each putting green |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:197
msgid "The |BoM| lists two components:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:199
msgid "One unit of *green felt*, which costs $20.00."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:200
msgid "One unit of a *rubber pad*, which costs $30.00."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:202
msgid ""
"The |BoM| also lists four operations, all of which are carried out at "
"*Assembly Station 1*, which has an hourly operating cost of $30.00. Those "
"operations are as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:205
msgid ""
"*Cut felt*: default duration of seven minutes, for a total cost of $3.50."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:206
msgid ""
"*Cut rubber pad*: default duration of five minutes, for a total cost of "
"$2.50."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:207
msgid ""
"*Attach pad to felt*: default duration of 15 minutes, for a total cost of "
"$7.50."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:208
msgid ""
"*Cut holes*: default duration of three minutes, for a total cost of $1.50."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:210
msgid ""
"Altogether, the components required to produce one putting green cost "
"$50.00, and the operations required cost $15.00, for a total manufacturing "
"cost of $65.00. This cost is reflected in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on the "
"putting green's product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:214
msgid ""
"Fairway Fields confirms an |MO| for one putting green. Before manufacturing "
"starts, the |MO| overview lists a cost of `$65.00` in both the :guilabel:`MO"
" Cost` and :guilabel:`Real Cost` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst-1
msgid "The MO Overview page for one putting green, before production starts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:222
msgid ""
"Manufacturing begins, and the operations take ten minutes longer than "
"expected, for a total manufacturing time of 40 minutes. This deviation from "
"the |BoM| is reflected on the |MO| overview, which now lists a "
":guilabel:`Real Cost` of `$70.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst-1
msgid "The MO Overview page for one putting green, during production."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:230
msgid ""
"Once manufacturing is finished, and the |MO| is marked as *Done*, the |MO| "
"overview updates again, so the values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and "
":guilabel:`Real Cost` columns match, each displaying a value of `$70.00`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:234
msgid ""
"On the putting green's product page, the :guilabel:`Cost` field now displays"
" a cost of `$67.50`, the average of the original cost of $65.00 and the real"
" cost of $70.00 from the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "One-step manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a "
"manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement "
"of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory "
"counts still update based on the number of components used and products "
"manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not "
"tracked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16
msgid ""
"The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, "
"allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change "
"the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select"
" a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three "
"options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and "
"then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and "
"then store products (3 steps)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0
msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31
msgid ""
"Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in "
"Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to "
":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing "
"<manufacturing/management/configure-manufacturing-product>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36
msgid "Create manufacturing order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38
msgid ""
"To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field "
"auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45
msgid ""
"If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| "
"can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the "
":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49
msgid ""
"After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and "
"operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations "
"are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the "
":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:54
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|."
msgstr "最后，单击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77
msgid "Process manufacturing order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:59
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79
msgid ""
"An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from "
"the work order tablet view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83
msgid "Basic workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:65
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85
msgid ""
"To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:68
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91
msgid ""
"On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins "
"on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the "
":guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then "
"starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to "
"complete."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96
msgid ""
"When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that"
" work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:83
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103
msgid ""
"After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at "
"the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the"
" manufactured product(s) into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107
msgid "Shop Floor workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:89
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109
msgid ""
"To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the *Shop Floor* module, begin"
" by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> "
"Manufacturing Orders`, and then select an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:92
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:115
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112
msgid ""
"On the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the "
":guilabel:`↗️ (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on the line of "
"the first work order to be processed. Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Work "
"Orders` pop-up window, with details and processing options for the work "
"order."
msgstr ""
"在 |MO| 上，点击 :guilabel:`工作订单` 选项卡，然后选择要处理的第一份工作订单所在行上的 "
":guilabel:`️↗️（带箭头的正方形）` 按钮。这样就会打开一个 :guilabel:`工作订单` 弹出窗口，显示该工单的详细信息和处理选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:97
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:120
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:117
msgid ""
"On the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button at the "
"top-left of the window to open the *Shop Floor* module."
msgstr "在弹出窗口中，选择窗口左上角的 :guilabel:`打开车间` 按钮，打开 *车间* 模块。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Open Shop Floor button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:104
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:124
msgid ""
"When accessed directly from a specific work order within an |MO|, *Shop "
"Floor* defaults to the page for the work center where the work order is "
"configured to be carried out. The page shows a card for the work order that "
"displays the |MO| number, the product and number of units to be produced, "
"and the steps required to complete the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "A work order card on a work center page in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:133
msgid ""
"A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This "
"can be done by clicking on a step and following the instructions listed on "
"the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click "
":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:117
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:137
msgid ""
"Alternatively, work order steps can be completed by clicking the checkbox "
"that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. "
"When using this method, the step is automatically marked as completed, "
"without a pop-up window appearing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:121
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:141
msgid ""
"The final step on a work order card is titled *Register Production*. This "
"step is used to register the number of product units that were produced. If "
"the number produced is equal to the number that the |MO| was created for, "
"click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the line to "
"automatically register that number as the quantity produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:126
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:149
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:146
msgid ""
"If a different number must be entered, click the :guilabel:`Register "
"Production` step to open a pop-up window. Enter the number of units produced"
" in the :guilabel:`Units` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to "
"register that number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:131
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:154
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:151
msgid ""
"The *Register Production* step appears on every work order card. It must be "
"completed for the first work order that is processed. After doing so, the "
"step appears as already completed for each remaining work order in the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:155
msgid ""
"After completing all of the steps for a work order, a button appears on the "
"footer of the work order card. If any other work orders must be completed "
"before the |MO| can be closed, the button is titled :guilabel:`Mark as "
"Done`. If there are no additional work orders to complete, the button is "
"titled :guilabel:`Close Production`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:140
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:163
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:160
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` causes the work order card to fade away. "
"Once it disappears completely, the work order's status is marked as "
"*Finished* on the |MO|, and the next work order appears in the *Shop Floor* "
"module, on the page of the work center where it is configured to be carried "
"out. Any additional work orders can be processed using the instructions "
"detailed in this section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:166
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` causes the work order card to fade "
"away. Once it disappears, the |MO| is marked as *Done*, and the units of the"
" product that were produced are entered into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:150
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:170
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` or :guilabel:`Close Production`, "
"each button is replaced by an :guilabel:`Undo` button. Click the "
":guilabel:`Undo` button before the work order card fades away to keep the "
"work order open."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:155
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:178
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:175
msgid ""
"This section details the basic workflow for processing an |MO| in the *Shop "
"Floor* module. For a more in-depth explanation of the module and all of its "
"features, please see the :ref:`Shop Floor overview "
"<manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Three-step manufacturing"
msgstr "三步制造"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick "
"components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished "
"products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of "
"components removed, and finished products created."
msgstr ""
"Odoo *制造* 允许用户使用一个、两个或三个步骤制造产品。使用三步制造时，Odoo "
"会创建分拣组件转移、制造订单（MO）和存储成品转移，并根据取出的组件和创建的成品数量更新库存计数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42
msgid ""
"On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field "
"auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)."
msgstr ""
"在新的 |MO| 上，从 :guilabel:`产品` "
"下拉菜单中选择要生产的产品。guilabel:`物料清单'字段会自动填充相关的物料清单（BoM）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57
msgid "Process pick components transfer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58
msgid ""
"After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button "
"appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the "
":guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: "
"*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store "
"finished products transfer)."
msgstr ""
"确认三步 |MO| 后，页面顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`转移` "
"智能按钮。点击该按钮，进入|MO|的:guilabel:`转移`页面。该页面列出了两种传输方式： *WH/PC/XXXXX* （拣选组件转移）和 "
"*WH/SFP/XXXXX* （存储成品转移）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the "
"|MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the "
"locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to "
"manufacture the product."
msgstr ""
"选择 :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX`，打开 |MO| 的拣选组件传输。该传送用于跟踪部件从存放地点到用于制造产品地点的移动。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64
msgid ""
"After transferring the components out of their storage location, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by "
":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that "
"appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates "
"inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred."
msgstr ""
"将组件从存储位置转移出来后，点击转移顶部的 :guilabel:`验证`，然后在弹出的 :guilabel:`立即转移?`窗口中点击 "
":guilabel:`应用`。这样做会将传输标记为 :guilabel:`完成`，并更新库存计数，以反映传输的组件数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69
msgid ""
"Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` "
"breadcrumb at the top of the page."
msgstr "最后，点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` 面包屑导航，返回 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid ""
"To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select a manufacturing order."
msgstr "要从 |MO| 本身完成工单，首先要导航到:menuselection:`制造-->操作-->制造单`，然后选择一个制造单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr "生产单上工单的开始按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr "生产单上工单的“完成”按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:136
msgid ""
"A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This "
"can be done by clicking on a step, and following the instructions listed on "
"the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click "
":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:183
msgid "Process finished product transfer"
msgstr "加工成品转移"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:185
msgid ""
"After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page "
"by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This "
"time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products "
"transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products "
"from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they "
"are stored."
msgstr ""
"完成 |MO| 后，点击订单顶部的 :guilabel:`转移` 按钮返回订单的 :guilabel:`转移` 页面。这次，选择 "
":guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` 打开商店成品转移。此转移用于追踪成品从生产地到存储地的移动。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:190
msgid ""
"After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by "
":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that "
"appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates "
"inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred."
msgstr ""
"将成品转移到存储位置后，点击转移顶部的 :guilabel:`验证'，然后在弹出的 :guilabel:` 立即转移?`窗口中点击 "
":guilabel:`应用`。这样做会将转移标记为 :guilabel:`完成`，并更新库存计数以反映转移的成品数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Two-step manufacturing"
msgstr "两步制造"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or"
" three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a "
"manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not "
"generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. "
"Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, "
"but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked."
msgstr ""
"Odoo *制造* 允许用户使用一步、两步或三步制造产品。使用两步制造时，Odoo "
"会创建制造订单（MO）和拣选组件转移，但不会生成成品入库转移。库存计数仍会根据制造产品的数量进行更新，但不会追踪将产品转入或转出库存的行为。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59
msgid ""
"After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button "
"appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components "
"transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of "
"components from the locations where they are stored to the location where "
"they are used to manufacture the product."
msgstr ""
"确认两步 |MO| 后，页面顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`转移` 智能按钮。点击该按钮可打开 |MO| 的 "
"“拾取组件转移”。此传输用于追踪部件从存放地点到用于制造产品地点的移动。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid ""
"On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins "
"on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the "
":guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then "
"starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to "
"complete."
msgstr ""
"在 |MO| 页面，选择 :guilabel:`工单` 选项卡。一旦开始处理需要完成的第一个工单，请单击该操作的 :guilabel:`开始` "
"按钮。然后，Odoo *制造* 会启动一个计时器，记录工单完成所需的时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr "生产单上工单的开始按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
msgstr "制造订单上工单的完成按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:3
msgid "Allocation reports"
msgstr "分配报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:11
msgid ""
"When fulfilling sales orders (SOs), or sourcing components for manufacturing"
" orders (MOs), it is sometimes necessary to prioritize one |SO| or |MO| over"
" another. In situations where there is insufficient stock on-hand to fulfill"
" every |SO| or |MO|, ensuring that products and components are reserved for "
"priority orders is essential."
msgstr ""
"在执行销售订单（SO）或为制造订单（MO）采购组件时，有时需要优先满足某一订单而不是其他订单。当前没有足够的库存来完成每个订单或 "
"MO，确保为优先订单保留产品和组件就非常重要。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:16
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Manufacturing*, allocation reports are used on |MOs| to assign "
"products to specific sales orders |SOs|, or components to specific |MOs|. "
"This ensures the products or components are available for those orders, and "
"are not used by mistake."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo *制造* 中，分配报告用于将产品分配给特定的 |SO|，或将组件分配给特定的 |MO|，以确保产品或组件可用于这些订单，而不会被错误使用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:23
msgid ""
"To use allocation reports, the *Allocation Report for Manufacturing Orders* "
"feature **must** be enabled. To do so, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick "
"the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Allocation Report for Manufacturing Orders`."
" Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要使用分配报告，**必须**启用*制造订单分配报告*功能。要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 -->  配置 --> "
"设置`，并勾选 :guilabel:`制造订单分配报告` 旁边的复选框。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:28
msgid ""
"For products that are sold, it is also necessary to configure them so they "
"can be included in |SOs|. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, and select a product. "
"Under the :guilabel:`Product Name` field on the product form, make sure that"
" the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` checkbox is ticked."
msgstr ""
"对于已售出的产品，也有必要对其进行配置，以便将其包含在 |SO| 中。要执行此操作，首先导航到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 产品 "
"--> 产品`，然后选择一个产品。在产品表单的 :guilabel:`产品名称` 字段下，确保选中 :guilabel:`可以出售` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:34
msgid "Allocate products"
msgstr "分配产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:36
msgid ""
"To allocate products or components from an |MO| to an |SO|, or to a "
"different |MO|, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->"
" Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new"
" |MO|."
msgstr ""
"要将产品或组件从一个 |MO| 分配到一个 |SO| 或不同的 |MO|，首先导航到 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 操作 -->"
" 制造订单`。点击 :guilabel:`新建`，创建新的 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the |MO| form, select a product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and "
"specify the quantity to be produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|."
msgstr ""
"在 |MO| 表单中，在 :guilabel:`产品` 字段中选择产品，并在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中指定要生产的数量。最后，点击 "
":guilabel:`确认` 以确认 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:43
msgid ""
"The rest of the allocation workflow depends on the current on-hand quantity "
"of the product being manufactured, and whether or not there are any |SOs| or"
" |MOs| which require the product, but have not already been allocated units."
msgstr "剩余的分配流程取决于正在制造的产品的当前库存数量，以及是否有任何尚未分配单位的 |SO| 或 |MO| 需要该产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:47
msgid ""
"If there **are** existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, **and** "
"there are too few units of the product on-hand to fulfill those orders, then"
" an :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button appears at the top "
"of the page as soon as the |MO| is confirmed."
msgstr ""
"如果**有** 现有的 |SO| 和 |MO| 需要该产品，**并且** 现有的产品单位太少，无法完成这些订单，那么一旦 |MO| "
"被确认，页面顶部就会出现一个 :icon:`fa-list`:guilabel:`分配` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:51
msgid ""
"If there **are** existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, **and** "
"there are enough units of the product on-hand to fulfill those orders, then "
"the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button only appears at the "
"top of the page once the |MO| has been marked as done, by clicking "
":guilabel:`Produce All`."
msgstr ""
"如果**有**现有的 |SO| 和 |MO| 需要该产品，**并且** 现有足够的产品库存来完成这些订单，那么只有通过点击 "
":guilabel:`全部生产` 将 |MO| 标记为已完成后，页面顶部才会出现 :icon:`fa-list`:guilabel:`分配` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1
msgid "The Allocation smart button at the top of an MO."
msgstr "MO 顶部的 “分配” 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:61
msgid ""
"If there **are not** any existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, "
"the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button does not appear, "
"even when the |MO| has been marked as done."
msgstr ""
"如果 **没有** 任何现有 |SO| 和 |MO| 需要该产品，则不会出现 :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`分配`智能按钮，即使"
" |MO| 标记为已完成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:64
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button to open the "
":guilabel:`MRP Reception Report` for the |MO|. This report lists open "
"delivery orders or |MOs|, depending on the type of product produced in the "
"original |MO|."
msgstr ""
"点击 :icon:`fa-list`:guilabel:`分配` 智能按钮，打开 |MO| 的 :guilabel:`MRP 接收报告`。根据原始 "
"|MO| 中生产的产品类型，该报告列出了未结交货单或 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:69
msgid "Allocate to delivery order"
msgstr "分配给交货单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:71
msgid ""
"If the |MO| contains a finished product, the report lists any open delivery "
"orders for which quantities of the product have yet to be reserved."
msgstr "如果 |MO| 包含成品，报告会列出尚未预订产品数量的未结交货订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:75
msgid ""
"An |MO| is created to produce three units of a *rocking chair*. Clicking the"
" :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button on the |MO| opens an allocation report "
"that lists open delivery orders that require one or more rocking chairs."
msgstr ""
"创建一个 |MO| 以生产三把 *摇椅*。点击 |MO| 上的 :guilabel:`分配` "
"智能按钮，将打开一份分配报告，列出需要一把或多把摇椅的未结交货订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:79
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Assign All` button to the right of a specific order to "
"assign products for each quantity required to fulfill that order."
msgstr "点击特定订单右侧的 :guilabel:`全部分配` 按钮，为完成该订单所需的每个数量分配产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:83
msgid ""
"If an order requires one quantity of four units of the product, and one "
"quantity of one unit of the product, clicking :guilabel:`Assign All` assigns"
" five units of the product to fulfill both quantities."
msgstr "如果一个订单需要 4 个和 1 个产品单位，点击 :guilabel:`全部分配` 将分配 5 个单位的产品来满足该需求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:87
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Assign` next to a specific quantity to only "
"assign products to that quantity, and not any others in the order."
msgstr "或者，点击特定数量旁边的 :guilabel:`指定`，只将产品指定到该数量，而不是订单中的其他数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:91
msgid ""
"If an order requires one quantity of four units of the product, and one "
"quantity of one unit of the product, clicking :guilabel:`Assign` next to the"
" quantity of one unit assigns a product to that quantity, but leaves the "
"quantity of four units without any products assigned."
msgstr ""
"如果一个订单需要 4 个和 1 个产品单位，点击 1 个单位数量旁边的 :guilabel:`分配`，会为该数量分配一个产品，而 4 "
"个单位的数量未分配任何产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1
msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing finished products."
msgstr "包含成品的 MO 的 MRP 接收报告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:100
msgid "Allocate to MO"
msgstr "分配给 MO"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:102
msgid ""
"If the |MO| contains a component, the report lists any open |MOs| for which "
"quantities of the component have yet to be reserved."
msgstr "如果 |MO| 包含一个组件，报告会列出尚未保留该组件数量的任何未完成 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:106
msgid ""
"An |MO| is created to produce three units of *wood*, which is used as a "
"component for the *rocking chair* product. Clicking the "
":guilabel:`Allocation` smart button on the |MO| opens an allocation report "
"that lists open rocking chair |MOs| that require one or more pieces of wood."
msgstr ""
"创建一个 |MO| 以生产三块 *木材*，用作 *摇椅* 的组件。点击该 |MO| 上的 :guilabel:`分配` "
"智能按钮，将打开一份分配报告，列出需要一块或多块木材的摇椅|MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:110
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign` button to the right "
"of a specific |MO| to assign components to that |MO|."
msgstr "点击特定 |MO| 右侧的 :guilabel:`全部分配` 或 :guilabel:`分配` 按钮，将组件分配到该 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1
msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing components."
msgstr "包含组件的 MO 的 MRP 接收报告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:118
msgid "Unassign products"
msgstr "未分配产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:120
msgid ""
"After assigning products to a quantity within a delivery order, or "
"components to an |MO|, the :guilabel:`Assign` button turns into an "
":guilabel:`Unassign` button. Click :guilabel:`Unassign` to unreserve the "
"assigned products from that quantity, making them available for other "
"quantities."
msgstr ""
"将产品分配给交货单中的数量或组件后，:guilabel:`分配` 按钮会变成:guilabel:`未分配` 按钮。点击 :guilabel:`未分配` "
"按钮，取消该数量中已分配产品的储备，使其可用于其他数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:125
msgid "Print labels"
msgstr "打印标签"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:127
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign`, the "
":guilabel:`Print Labels` or :guilabel:`Print Label` button to the right of "
"either button becomes selectable. Selecting either button generates and "
"downloads a PDF document with one label for each product that was assigned. "
"These labels are used to designate each product as being reserved for that "
"specific order."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`全部分配` 或 :guilabel:`分配` 后，可选择按钮右侧的 :guilabel:`打印标签` 或 "
":guilabel:`打印标签` 按钮。选择任一按钮都会生成并下载 PDF "
"文档，每个分配的产品都有一个标签。这些标签用于将每个产品指定为已为特定订单保留。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst-1
msgid ""
"The assignment labels generated by clicking Print Labels or Print Label."
msgstr "通过点击“打印标签” 或 “打印多个标签” 生成的分配标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:3
msgid "Overall equipment effectiveness"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo's *Manufacturing* app, *overall equipment effectiveness* (OEE) "
"represents the amount of time a work center is fully productive. |OEE| is "
"displayed as a percentage of the total time a work center is active."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:13
msgid ""
"Fully productive time is considered to be time when the work center is "
"operational **and** processing work orders that have not exceeded their "
"*expected duration*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:16
msgid ""
"|OEE| helps manufacturing teams understand the efficiency of work centers, "
"and the causes of manufacturing downtime."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:20
msgid ""
"Since |OEE| tracks work center productivity, using it requires enabling the "
"work centers feature in the settings of the Manufacturing app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:23
msgid ""
"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration "
"--> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Work Orders`, under "
"the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:28
msgid "Efficiency standards"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:30
msgid ""
"For |OEE| to accurately reflect the percentage of fully productive time for "
"a work center, the work center **must** be properly configured with the "
"correct productivity metrics. These include the work center's *time "
"efficiency*, *capacity*, and *OEE target*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:35
msgid "Time efficiency"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:37
msgid ""
"Time efficiency represents the efficiency of a work center when processing "
"work orders, and is represented as a percentage. A time efficiency value of "
"100% signifies that the work center processes work orders at the speed of "
"the expected duration, as listed on a product's |BoM|. A value less than or "
"greater than 100% signifies that the work center processes work orders "
"slower or faster than an operation's expected duration, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:43
msgid ""
"To set the time efficiency for a work center, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and "
"select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, enter a "
"numerical value in the :guilabel:`Time Efficiency` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:48
msgid ""
"Manufacturing a *chair* product requires two operations: *cut* and "
"*assemble*. The product's |BoM| lists an expected duration of 30 minutes for"
" each operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:51
msgid ""
"The cut operation is carried out at the *cut station* work center, which has"
" a time efficiency value of 50%. This means it takes twice as long to "
"complete the operation, for a total time of one hour."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:55
msgid ""
"The assemble operation is carried out at the *assembly line* work center, "
"which has a time efficiency value of 200%. This means it takes half as long "
"to complete the operation, for a total time of 15 minutes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:60
msgid "Capacity"
msgstr "产能"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:62
msgid ""
"Capacity represents how many units of a product can be produced in parallel "
"at a work center. The duration of work orders for multiple units increases "
"or decreases, based on how many units the work center can handle."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:66
msgid ""
"To set the capacity for a work center, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and "
"select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, enter a "
"numerical value in the :guilabel:`Capacity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:71
msgid ""
"A *drill station* work center has a capacity of one unit. An |MO| is "
"confirmed for 10 units of a *chair*, a product manufactured using the drill "
"station."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:74
msgid ""
"Since there are ten times as many units to produce than the work center can "
"handle at once, the operation time is ten times the duration listed on the "
"product's |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:78
msgid "|OEE| target"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:80
msgid ""
"The |OEE| target is the goal for how much of a work center's operating time "
"should be fully productive time. It is displayed as a percentage, and should"
" only be set as high as `100%`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:83
msgid ""
"To set the |OEE| target for a work center, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Work "
"Centers`, and select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` "
"tab, enter a numerical value of `100.00` or less in the :guilabel:`OEE "
"Target` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:88
msgid "Calculating |OEE|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:90
msgid ""
"|OEE| is represented as a percentage value between zero and 100. The value "
"signifies the amount of time that a work center was fully productive. The "
"remainder signifies the amount of time that the work center was operating at"
" less than full efficiency. This can occur for a number of reasons, "
"including *reduced speed*, *material availability*, and *equipment failure*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:96
msgid "Fully productive time"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:98
msgid ""
"For a work center to be considered fully productive, it must be able to "
"receive work orders, have the components necessary to process work orders, "
"and be operating within the expected duration of the work order it is "
"processing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:103
msgid ""
"An *assembly line* work center is not blocked, and receives a work order to "
"assemble a *bicycle*. The required components are available, so production "
"begins as soon as they are picked and delivered to the work center. The work"
" order has an expected duration of 30 minutes, and is completed in 27 "
"minutes. All of this time is considered fully productive time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:109
msgid "Reduced speed"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:111
msgid ""
"When a work center is operating at reduced speed, it means that it is "
"processing a work order that has exceeded its expected duration. While the "
"work center may be operational, this is not considered fully productive "
"time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:116
msgid ""
"A *cutting station* work center receives a work order to cut boards for a "
"*table*. The expected duration of the work order is 15 minutes. The work "
"order ends up taking 18 minutes to complete. The work center is considered "
"to have been operating at reduced speed during the three minutes that "
"exceeded the expected duration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:122
msgid "Material availability"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:124
msgid ""
"Material availability refers to situations where a work center is able to "
"accept a work order, but the required components are not available. This can"
" occur because the components are not in stock, or are reserved for a "
"different order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:129
msgid ""
"Manufacturing of a *bench* requires 20 units of *wood*. A manufacturing "
"order (MO) is confirmed for 10 units of the bench, but there is not enough "
"wood in stock to begin manufacturing. The time it takes to acquire the wood "
"is recorded as material availability downtime."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:134
msgid "Equipment failure"
msgstr "设备故障"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:136
msgid ""
"Equipment failure signifies any period of time when a work center is "
"unusable due to maintenance issues with its equipment. This can be due to "
"equipment breaking down, or when a work center is shut down for scheduled "
"maintenance. In these cases, a work center can be blocked using a "
":doc:`maintenance request <../../maintenance/maintenance_requests>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:142
msgid ""
"The drill at a *drill station* work center breaks down, causing the work "
"center to be unusable. A maintenance request is created to fix the drill, "
"and the work center is blocked from receiving work orders. It takes two "
"hours to fix the drill, and make the work center available again. This two-"
"hour period is recorded as equipment failure downtime."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:148
msgid "|OEE| reporting"
msgstr "|OEE| 报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:150
msgid ""
"To view |OEE| reporting metrics for every work center, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Reporting --> Overall Equipment "
"Effectiveness`. This page shows the metrics for each work center with |OEE| "
"data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:154
msgid ""
"Alternatively, to see |OEE| reporting metrics for a single work center, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work "
"Centers`, and select a work center. At the top of the work center's form, "
"click the :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`OEE` smart button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:158
msgid ""
"By default, the main |OEE| reporting page shows data in a bar chart, while "
"the page for a specific work center shows it in a pie chart. To select a "
"different chart type on either page, click the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` "
":guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line chart)`, or "
":icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` button above the displayed "
"chart."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:163
msgid ""
"It is also possible to see |OEE| data in a pivot view, or a list displaying "
"each time entry, by clicking the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot "
"view)` or :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list view)` buttons at the top-"
"right corner of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst-1
msgid "The dashboard of the OEE report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:3
msgid "Production analysis"
msgstr "生产分析"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:8
msgid ""
"The *Production Analysis* report provides statistics about products "
"manufactured using Odoo's *Manufacturing* app. The report is useful when "
"trying to understand production costs, manufacturing durations, and other "
"important statistics about manufactured products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:12
msgid ""
"To open the Production Analysis report, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Reporting --> Production Analysis`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:16
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report is one of many reports available "
"across the Odoo app suite. This documentation only covers the measures "
"specific to the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report, along with a few use"
" case examples."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:21
msgid ""
"For a full overview of the basic features available in most Odoo reports, "
"see the documentation on :doc:`reporting essentials "
"<../../../essentials/reporting>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:25
msgid "Measures"
msgstr "计量值"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:26
msgid ""
"*Measures* are the datasets that can be selected in the "
":guilabel:`Production Analysis` report. Each dataset represents a specific "
"statistic about |MOs| in the database. Choose a measure by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` button, and selecting one of the "
"options from the drop-down menu:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:31
msgid ""
"The options displayed in the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` "
"drop-down menu, and the order they appear in, differ depending on the "
"filters, groupings, and comparisons enabled in the :guilabel:`Search...` "
"bar. By default, the available measures appear as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Average Employee Cost/Unit`: the average cost paid to employees "
"to produce one unit of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`By-Products Total Cost`: the total value of all by-products "
"created by manufacturing the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Component Cost/Unit`: the average cost of the components required"
" to produce one unit of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:41
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Cost/Unit`: the average cost of producing one unit of the "
"product, including component, employee, operation, and subcontracting costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:43
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Duration of Operations/Unit`: the average total duration of "
"operations required to produce one unit of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity Demanded`: the total number of units of the product "
"included in |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity Produced`: the total number of units of the product that"
" have actually been produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Component Cost`: the total amount spent on the product's "
"components, across every |MO| for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Cost`: the total amount spent manufacturing every unit of "
"the product produced so far."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Duration of Operations`: the cumulative duration of every "
"operation completed while manufacturing the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Employee Cost`: the cumulative amount paid to employees to "
"manufacture the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Operation Cost`: the cumulative amount spent on operations "
"required to produce the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:58
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Operation Cost/Unit`: the average cost of the operations "
"required to produce one unit of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:60
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Subcontracting Cost`: the cumulative amount paid to "
"subcontractors to produce the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:62
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total Subcontracting Cost/Unit`: the average cost of engaging a "
"subcontractor to produce one unit of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Yield Percentage (%)`: the total quantity of the product produced"
" versus the total quantity demanded, represented as a percentage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:66
msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: the total count of |MOs| created for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
msgid ""
"Only one measure can be selected at a time when one of the :icon:`fa-area-"
"chart` :guilabel:`(graph view)` options is enabled. However, multiple "
"measures, and varying group-by criteria (on the x and y axes), can be "
"selected when using the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot table)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:75
msgid "Use case: compare products"
msgstr "用例：比较产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:77
msgid ""
"One of the best uses for the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report is "
"comparing statistics about two or more products. This is accomplished by "
"entering the products into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, then selecting the"
" necessary measure, filter, and grouping, to see the desired data."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:82
msgid ""
"Toy manufacturer *Tommy's Toys* is trying to reduce their manufacturing "
"operation costs. To accomplish this, they have decided to identify redundant"
" products and cease manufacturing the ones with higher operational costs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:86
msgid ""
"Two of the toys that have been singled out for analysis are the *pogo stick*"
" and *moon shoes*. Tommy's Toys believes these two toys are so similar that "
"they can stop manufacturing one, without significantly impacting their "
"product offering."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:90
msgid ""
"To compare operation costs for the toys, business analyst Mike opens the "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing` app, and navigates to the "
":guilabel:`Production Analysis` page. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, he "
"enters the names of both products. Then, he opens the :guilabel:`Search...` "
"bar drop-down menu, and clicks :guilabel:`Product` in the :guilabel:`Group "
"By` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:96
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, Mike clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures`"
" :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-down menu, and selects the :guilabel:`Total "
"Operation Cost/Unit` option. Finally, he selects the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` "
":guilabel:`(bar chart)` graph type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:100
msgid ""
"With these options selected, the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report "
"shows a bar chart for the current year, with one bar for each product, "
"signifying the average operation cost for one unit of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:104
msgid ""
"With this data, Mike is able to see that the average operation cost for the "
"moon shoes is almost twice the cost of the pogo stick. Using this insight, "
"Tommy's Toys decides to cease production of moon shoes, thus lowering their "
"average cost of manufacturing operations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:0
msgid ""
"The bar chart comparing the operation costs of the pogo stick and moon "
"shoes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:113
msgid "Use case: compare time periods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:115
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report can also be used to compare data "
"for two different time periods. This is accomplished using the options in "
"the :guilabel:`Comparison` section of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:120
msgid ""
"Furniture company *Fanny's Furnishings* wants to compare their production "
"costs for the first and second quarters of 2024, to see which products they "
"spent the most money producing in each quarter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:124
msgid ""
"To compare the two time periods, shop floor supervisor Adam opens the "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing` app, and navigates to the "
":guilabel:`Production Analysis` page. He begins by selecting the :icon:`fa-"
"pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` graph type option at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:130
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Comparison` feature is meant to be used with the :icon:`fa-"
"pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` graph type, or the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` "
":guilabel:`(pivot)` view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:133
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Comparison` option can still be selected with the other view "
"types enabled, but doing so does not change the way data is displayed on the"
" report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:136
msgid ""
"Next, Adam selects the :guilabel:`Total Cost` option from the "
":guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-down menu. This option "
"displays the total amount spent producing each product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:140
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar drop-down menu, he leaves the "
":guilabel:`2024` filter enabled in the :guilabel:`End Date` section, and "
"enables the :guilabel:`Q2` filter as well. With both of these time periods "
"selected, the pie chart shows data for the second quarter of 2024."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:144
msgid ""
"Finally, Adam selects the :guilabel:`End Date: Previous Period` option in "
"the :guilabel:`Comparison` section of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Doing "
"so causes the pie chart to be split into an inner circle, and an outer ring."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:148
msgid ""
"The outer ring shows data for the selected time period, quarter two of 2024."
" The inner circle shows data for the previous time period, quarter one of "
"2024."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:152
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`End Date: Previous Year` is selected instead of :guilabel:`End"
" Date: Previous Period`, the inner circle shows data for the selected time "
"period, one *year* previous."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:155
msgid ""
"In the case of this example, it would show data for quarter two of 2023."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:157
msgid ""
"Using this report, Adam can see that the products with the highest total "
"cost for quarter two are the *bicycle* and *tricycle*. On the other hand, in"
" quarter one, the *roller skates* had the highest total cost."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:0
msgid ""
"The pie chart view of the Production Analysis report, with a comparison "
"filter enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5
msgid "Shop Floor"
msgstr "车间现场"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3
msgid "Shop Floor overview"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. "
"*Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders"
" (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the "
"amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It "
"cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the "
":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the "
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19
msgid ""
"The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the "
"*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22
msgid ""
"To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section "
"at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26
msgid ""
"To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on "
":doc:`upgrading a database <../../../../administration/upgrade>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "导航"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32
msgid ""
"*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected "
"from the navigation bar at the top of the module:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and "
"displays information cards for |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37
msgid ""
"Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards "
"for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be "
"toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the "
"navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that "
"appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned"
" to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on "
"the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to"
" the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each "
"work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47
msgid ""
"To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply "
"search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at "
"the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching "
"between the different module views."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51
msgid ""
"On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the"
" employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to "
"sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of"
" which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the "
":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or "
"off."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61
msgid "All page"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every "
"|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it "
"has been confirmed, and all required components are available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67
msgid ""
"To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the "
":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it "
"from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71
msgid "MO information card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73
msgid ""
"An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the "
"relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with "
"options for processing the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76
msgid ""
"The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of"
" units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun"
" on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has "
"begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for"
" an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status "
"updates to :guilabel:`To Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82
msgid ""
"The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if"
" any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. "
"Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of "
"title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button "
"that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87
msgid ""
"Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register "
"Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. "
"To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the "
":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`"
" field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92
msgid ""
"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the"
" line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created "
"for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for "
"10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records"
" that 10 units were produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97
msgid ""
"The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. "
"This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if "
"there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work "
"orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. "
"Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any "
"required quality checks can be completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade "
"away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card "
"disappears completely, the work order is closed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107
msgid ""
"On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which "
"opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they "
"are found to be defective."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the "
"|MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114
msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121
msgid "Work center pages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123
msgid ""
"By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for "
"every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is "
"considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, "
"and any preceding work orders have been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127
msgid ""
"To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of "
"readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` "
"filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132
msgid "Work order information card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134
msgid ""
"A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the "
"relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees "
"with options for processing the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137
msgid ""
"The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that"
" the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being "
"produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the"
" work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, "
"the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order "
"has been worked on."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142
msgid ""
"The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to "
"complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on "
"the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears."
" Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line "
"automatically marks the step as completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147
msgid ""
"Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register "
"Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production`"
" line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the "
":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the"
" step for the associated |MO| card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152
msgid ""
"If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a "
":guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order "
"card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and "
"the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the"
" quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be "
"closed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158
msgid ""
"Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work "
"orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking "
":guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and "
"causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is "
"assigned to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the"
" work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears"
" on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain "
"open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is "
"marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168
msgid ""
"On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which "
"opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a "
"different work center."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a "
"change to the work order's instructions or steps."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be "
"filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185
msgid "Operator panel"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187
msgid ""
"The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the"
" *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every "
"employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191
msgid ""
"To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's "
"name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with "
"their names and profile pictures greyed-out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194
msgid ""
"When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working "
"on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is "
"working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under "
"their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199
msgid ""
"To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add "
"Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from "
"the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202
msgid ""
"To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the "
":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid ""
"The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed "
"in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:210
msgid "MO/WO prioritization"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:212
msgid ""
"The **Shop Floor** module uses the *scheduled date* entered on |MOs| to "
"prioritize the |MOs| and work orders that appear on the module's dashboard "
"and work center pages. |MOs| and work orders scheduled sooner are more "
"highly prioritized, and appear before orders which are scheduled further "
"out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:217
msgid ""
"To specify the scheduled date on an |MO|, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
"and click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:220
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover "
"window. By default, the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, and its "
"corresponding pop-up window, show the current date and time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:224
msgid ""
"Use the calendar to select the date on which processing should begin for the"
" |MO|. In the two fields at the bottom of the popover window, enter the hour"
" and minute at which processing should begin, using the 24-hour clock "
"format."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:228
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` at the bottom of the popover window to set "
"the date and time for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Confirm` button at the top of the |MO| to confirm it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:232
msgid ""
"Once the |MO| is confirmed, it appears in the **Shop Floor** module, as long"
" is it has the :guilabel:`Ready` status, which means all components are "
"available."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:235
msgid ""
"On the Odoo dashboard, click on the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module to "
"open it. The :guilabel:`All MO #` page of the dashboard displays *Ready* "
"|MOs|, organized in order of their scheduled dates."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:239
msgid ""
"At the top of the module, select a work center to see the work orders "
"assigned to it. The page for each work center organizes work orders, based "
"on the scheduled dates of their corresponding |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:243
msgid "Three |MOs| are confirmed for a *Bookcase* product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:245
msgid "WH/MO/00411 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 16th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:246
msgid "WH/MO/00412 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 20th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:247
msgid "WH/MO/00413 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 18th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:249
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`All MO #` page of the **Shop Floor** module, the cards for"
" each |MO| appear in this order: WH/MO/00411, WH/MO/00413, WH/MO/00412."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1
msgid "MOs in the Shop Floor module, ordered by their scheduled date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:256
msgid ""
"Each |MO| requires one work order, carried out at :guilabel:`Assembly "
"Station 1`. Clicking on the :guilabel:`Assembly Station 1` button at the top"
" of the screen opens the page for the work center, which displays one card "
"for each work order, appearing in the same order as their corresponding "
"|MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:3
msgid "Shop Floor time tracking"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:8
msgid ""
"By signing in to the Odoo *Shop Floor* module as *operators*, employees are "
"able to track the amount of time they spend working on each work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:11
msgid ""
"Odoo tracks the time it takes to complete each work order, as well as the "
"time each operator spends on each work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:15
msgid "Operator sign in"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:17
msgid ""
"To sign in to the *Shop Floor* module as an operator, sign in to the Odoo "
"database, and open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module. The employee "
"profile that is signed in to the database is automatically signed in as an "
"operator."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:21
msgid ""
"All active operators are listed in the operator panel on the left side of "
"the module. The panel can be opened or collapsed by clicking the "
":guilabel:`show/hide panel (white square with black column on left side)` "
"button, located in the top-left corner of the module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1
msgid ""
"The operator panel in the Shop Floor module, with the show/hide panel button"
" above it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:29
msgid ""
"To sign in to *Shop Floor* as a different employee, click the :guilabel:`+ "
"Add Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Doing so opens the "
":guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window, which lists every employee that "
"is able to sign in to the module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:33
msgid ""
"Click on a specific employee to sign in using their profile. If no PIN code "
"is required to sign in as that employee, the profile will be signed in "
"automatically."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:36
msgid ""
"If a PIN code is required, a :guilabel:`Password?` pop-up window appears, "
"showing a number pad, from which the code can be entered. Enter the code "
"using the number pad, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to sign in to the *Shop "
"Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1
msgid ""
"The \"Password?\" pop-up window, which is used to enter an operator PIN "
"code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:45
msgid ""
"A PIN code can be set for each employee, which must be entered each time "
"they sign in to the *Shop Floor* module, check in or out in the *Kiosk Mode*"
" of the *Attendances* application, or sign in as a cashier in the *Point of "
"Sale* application."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:49
msgid ""
"To set an employee PIN, navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees` app, and "
"select a specific employee. At the bottom of the employee's form, click on "
"the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab, and enter a numerical code in the "
":guilabel:`PIN Code` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:53
msgid ""
"Once an employee is signed in to the module, their name appears in the "
"operator panel, along with every other employee that has signed in. While "
"the panel can list multiple employees, only one employee can be active at "
"any given time, on a single instance of the *Shop Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:57
msgid ""
"Click on an employee's name to make their profile active. The active "
"employee appears highlighted in blue, while employees that are signed in, "
"but not active, have their names faded out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:60
msgid ""
"To sign out a specific employee from the module, click the :guilabel:`X "
"(remove)` button next to their name, in the operator panel."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:64
msgid "Track work order duration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:66
msgid ""
"To track time spent working on a work order, begin by selecting the employee"
" working on it from the operator panel."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:69
msgid ""
"Next, navigate to the page for the work center where the work order is "
"scheduled to be carried out. This can be done by selecting the work center "
"from the top navigation in the *Shop Floor* module, or by clicking the name "
"of the work center on the card for the manufacturing order (MO) that the "
"work order is a part of."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:74
msgid ""
"On the page for the work center, find the card for the work order. Once work"
" begins, click the header of the work order card to start timing the "
"duration it takes to complete. This duration is displayed by a timer on the "
"header of the work order card, which tracks the collective time spent "
"working on the work order, by all employees."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1
msgid "A work order card with an active timer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:83
msgid ""
"In addition, the reference number of the work order appears in the operator "
"panel, under the name of the employee working on it, along with a second "
"timer, which tracks the amount of time the employee has spent on the work "
"order individually. This timer only reflects work done during the current "
"session, even if the employee has previously worked on the work order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:88
msgid ""
"Employees are able to work on multiple work orders simultaneously, and track"
" their time for each. The reference number for each work order being worked "
"on appears below the employee's name, along with a timer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst-1
msgid "An employee card in the operator panel, showing two work order timers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:96
msgid ""
"To pause the timer on the work order card, and remove the work order from "
"below the employee's name on the operator panel, click the header a second "
"time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:99
msgid ""
"Once the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button "
"at the bottom of the work order card, which causes the card to fade away. If"
" the timer is still active, it stops once the card disappears completely."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:104
msgid "View work order duration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:106
msgid ""
"To view the duration of a work order, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
"and select an |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:109
msgid ""
"To view and select |MOs| that have been completed and marked as *Done*, "
"remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, by "
"clicking on the :guilabel:`X (close)` button on the right side of the "
"filter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:113
msgid ""
"On the page for the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab to see a "
"list of all work orders included in the |MO|. The time it took to complete "
"each work order is displayed in the :guilabel:`Real Duration` column of the "
"tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:117
msgid ""
"The *Real Duration* represents the total time spent working on the work "
"order by all workers who worked on it. It includes time tracked in the *Shop"
" Floor* module, as well as time tracked on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab "
"of the |MO| itself."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5
msgid "Subcontracting"
msgstr "分包"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9
msgid ""
"In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a "
"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are"
" then sold by the contracting company."
msgstr "在制造中，*分包*是指公司聘请第三方制造商或分包商生产产品，然后由承包公司销售的过程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12
msgid ""
"Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting "
"company and the subcontractor."
msgstr "分包可为承包公司和分包商带来诸多好处。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15
msgid ""
"For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide "
"variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in"
" and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the "
"manufacturing themselves."
msgstr "对于承包公司来说，分包可以让他们销售各种各样的制成品，而不必担心投资和维护自己生产所需的设备和劳动力。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19
msgid ""
"This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, "
"as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with "
"subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they "
"are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized "
"work to subcontractors."
msgstr ""
"这有助于承包公司在整个经济周期中保持灵活性，因为他们可以很容易地根据当前形势的需要增加或减少与分包商的合作。这也意味着他们能够专注于自己擅长的工作，同时将更专业的工作委托给分包商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24
msgid ""
"On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors "
"to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as "
"profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain "
"arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which "
"projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given "
"time."
msgstr ""
"从分包关系的另一面来看，分包商可以专门从事一些特殊领域的生产，而这些领域在分包合同范围之外可能无法获利。在某些安排中，分包商还可以灵活选择接受或拒绝哪些项目，以及在任何特定时间内参与多少项目。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29
msgid ""
"In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a "
"variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what"
" happens to finished products once they are manufactured."
msgstr "在 Odoo 中，公司可以根据各种不同的因素配置分包工作流程，包括组件的采购方式以及成品生产后的处理方式。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54
msgid ""
"To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing "
"app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the "
":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要在 Odoo 中启用分包，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置--> 设置`，并勾选 :guilabel:`操作` "
"标题下 :guilabel:`分包` 设置旁边的复选框。然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst-1
msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app."
msgstr "制造应用程序中的分包设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62
msgid ""
"With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in "
"Odoo:"
msgstr "启用分包后，Odoo 将提供一些不同的功能："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64
msgid ""
"On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a "
"*Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates"
" the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that"
" it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the "
"Odoo database."
msgstr ""
"在物料清单（BoM）中，*BoM 类型* 字段现在包含*分包*选项。启用*分包*物料清单类型可将物料清单产品指定为分包产品，这意味着 Odoo "
"知道该产品是由分包商生产，而不是由拥有 Odoo 数据库的公司生产。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68
msgid ""
"Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can "
"be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product "
"pages:"
msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，有两条分包路线可供使用，并可在产品页面的*库存*选项卡上分配给特定产品："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71
msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*"
msgstr "*按订单向分包商补货*"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72
msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*"
msgstr "*按订单直发给分包商*"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75
msgid "Subcontracting workflows"
msgstr "分包工作流程"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77
msgid ""
"In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference "
"between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:"
msgstr "在 Odoo 中，有三种分包工作流程，它们之间的主要区别在于分包商*如何*获得必要的组件："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80
msgid ""
"In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully "
"responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the "
":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation."
msgstr ""
"在*基本*分包工作流程中，分包商完全负责获取组件。该工作流程在 :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` "
"文档中有概述。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83
msgid ""
"In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company "
"sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This "
"workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
"在 *按订单向分包商补货* 工作流程中，承包公司将组件从其仓库发送给分包商。该工作流程在 "
":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` 文档中有概述。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86
msgid ""
"In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company "
"purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to "
"the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the "
":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation."
msgstr ""
"在*分包商按订单直销*工作流程中，承包公司从供应商处购买组件，然后直接交付给分包商。该工作流程在 "
":doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` 文档中有概述。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90
msgid ""
"In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary "
"to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to"
" products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor."
msgstr "除了分包商如何获得部件外，还有必要考虑产品被分包的原因，以及产品在分包商生产后的情况。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94
msgid ""
"In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are "
"to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand."
msgstr "就产品被分包的原因而言，有两个主要原因，一是为了完成客户订单，二是为了补充库存数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97
msgid ""
"In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can "
"either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an "
"end customer."
msgstr "至于产品生产出来后的去向，既可以运往承包公司，也可以直接交付给最终客户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100
msgid ""
"Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured"
" to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are "
"outlined in their respective documentation."
msgstr "上述三种分包工作流程中的每一种都可以通过配置来促进上述任何一种可能性，相关方法在其各自的文档中都有概述。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104
msgid "Subcontracted product valuation"
msgstr "分包产品估值"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106
msgid ""
"The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different "
"variables:"
msgstr "分包产品的估价取决于几个不同的变量："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108
msgid ""
"The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company;"
" from here on referred to as `C`."
msgstr "所需部件的费用（如果由承包公司提供）；此处称为 `C`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110
msgid ""
"The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the "
"subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`."
msgstr "向分包商支付的制造分包产品的服务费用；从这里开始称为 `M`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112
msgid ""
"The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them "
"shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`."
msgstr "将部件运往分包商，再运回承包公司的费用；在此称为 `S`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114
msgid ""
"The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor"
" to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`."
msgstr "如果部件由分包商运送给最终客户，则为代发货成本；此处称为 `D`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116
msgid ""
"Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred "
"to as `x`."
msgstr "任何其他相关费用，如进口税等；从这里开始称为 `x`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118
msgid ""
"Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be "
"represented by the following equation:"
msgstr "因此，分包产品（`P`）的总估价可用下式表示："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121
msgid ""
"P = C + M + S + D + x\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"P = C + M + S + D + x\n"
"\n"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124
msgid ""
"It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will "
"include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not "
"dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost"
" of dropshipping."
msgstr "需要注意的是，并非所有分包产品的估价都包括所有这些变量。例如，如果产品不是以分装方式运送给最终客户，则无需考虑分装成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3
msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times"
msgstr "基本分包周转时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a "
"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a "
"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for "
"the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中，交付周期用于预测完成某项操作所需的时间。例如，可以为购买的产品设置*送货所需时间*，规定产品供应商将产品交付给购买公司通常需要的天数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13
msgid ""
"For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be "
"configured to take into account the amount of time required for the "
"subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting "
"company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products."
msgstr "具体就分包产品而言，可以根据分包商生产产品所需的时间来配置交付周期。这样，承包公司就能更好地预测分包产品的交货日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23
msgid ""
"Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only "
"an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take."
msgstr "与 Odoo 中的所有交付周期一样，分包产品的交付周期也只是一个估计值，根据*预计*的行动时间计算而来。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34
msgid ""
"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which "
"means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees."
msgstr "不可预见的情况可能会影响这些行动的完成，因此所需时间仅可视为参考。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26
msgid ""
"When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting <subcontracting_basic>` workflow "
"to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the "
"subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only "
"factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it "
"takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it."
msgstr ""
"使用 :doc:`基本分包<subcontracting_basic>` "
"工作流程制造产品时，公司不负责向分包商提供必要的组件。这意味着影响产品交付日期的唯一因素是分包商制造和交付产品所需的时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31
msgid ""
"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers "
"both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase "
"orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time "
"required for both manufacturing and delivery."
msgstr ""
"通过为产品的分包商分配一个考虑到上述两个因素的送货准备时间，产品采购订单（PO）上显示的*预计到达*日期就能更准确地反映生产和送货所需的时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44
msgid "Product delivery lead time"
msgstr "产品交付周期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46
msgid ""
"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a "
"subcontracted product."
msgstr "要为产品的分包商设置送货所需时间，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择分包产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59
msgid ""
"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the "
"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
msgstr ""
"然后，选择产品页面上的 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡。如果分包商尚未添加为供应商，请点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，然后在 "
":guilabel:`供应商` 列中选择分包商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53
msgid ""
"Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes "
"them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead"
" Time` column."
msgstr "添加分包商后，在 :guilabel:`送货所需时间` 栏中输入生产和交付产品所需的天数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a "
"product page."
msgstr "产品页面 “采购” 选项卡上分包商的交货所需时间字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53
msgid ""
"Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a "
"product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set "
"for each."
msgstr "可在产品页面的 :guilabel:`采购` 标签中添加多个分包商，并为每个分包商设置不同的 :guilabel:`送货所需时间`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57
msgid "Lead time workflow"
msgstr "送货时间工作流程"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59
msgid ""
"After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| "
"by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase "
"Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"为产品供应商设置送货所需时间后，通过导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单`，并点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`，创建一个 |RfQ|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62
msgid ""
"Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the "
"product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
"product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and "
"adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段中指定分包商。然后，在 :guilabel:`产品` 选项卡中点击:guilabel:`添加产品`，在 "
":guilabel:`产品`栏中选择产品，并在 :guilabel:`数量`栏中添加数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66
msgid ""
"Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the"
" |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead "
"time, as specified on the product's page."
msgstr ""
"添加产品后，|RfQ| 上的 :guilabel:`预计抵达时间` 字段会自动填充一个日期，该日期反映了产品页面上指定的供应商送货所需时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69
msgid ""
"If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` "
"field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not"
" to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the "
"subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by "
"that date."
msgstr ""
"如果需要调整日期，请点击 :guilabel:`预计到达` "
"字段打开日历弹出窗口，并选择所需的日期。确保选择的日期不要早于自动填充的日期，除非分包商已确认他们能在该日期前交付产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a "
"|PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the "
"subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company."
msgstr "最后，点击 |RfQ| 上的 :guilabel:`确认订单` 将其转化为 |PO|。此时，分包商应开始生产分包产品，然后交付给承包公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79
msgid ""
"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — "
"to produce units of their *Tricycle* product."
msgstr "自行车零售商 *Mike's Bikes* 与分包商 *Bike Friends* 合作生产其 *Tricycle* 产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82
msgid ""
"On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus"
" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes."
msgstr "Bike Friends 生产一辆三轮车平均需要 3 天时间，另外还需要 2 天时间将其交付给 Mike's Bikes。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85
msgid ""
"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for "
"tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus "
"two days for delivery."
msgstr "因此，Mike's Bikes 为 Bike Friends 生产的三轮车规定了五天的交货期：三天生产，两天交货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88
msgid ""
"On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike "
"Friends."
msgstr "5 月 3 日，Mike's Bikes 确认从 Bike Friends 购买一辆三轮车。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five "
"days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`."
msgstr "|PO|上列出的 :guilabel:`预计抵达时间` 日期是 5 月 8 日，即 :guilabel:`确认日期` 之后五天。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product."
msgstr "分包产品的采购订单上的预计到达日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97
msgid ""
"Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the"
" |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later."
msgstr "Bike Friends 于 5 月 3 日（PO 确定当天）开始生产 tricycle ，并于三天后的 5 月 6 日完成生产。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100
msgid ""
"The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive "
"it on May 8th, two days later."
msgstr "然后，tricycle 在同一天被运到 Mike's Bikes，他们在两天后的 5 月 8 日收到了三轮车。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3
msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times"
msgstr "代发货分包所需时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a "
"certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a "
"purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for "
"the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中，交付周期用于预测完成某项操作所需的时间。例如，可以为购买的产品设置*交货所需时间*，规定产品供应商将产品交付给购买公司通常需要的天数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17
msgid ""
"Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the"
" subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing"
" lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate "
"the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in"
" order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time."
msgstr ""
"某些分包产品要求承包公司向分包商提供制造组件。在这种情况下，除了交货所需时间外，还可以使用*制造所需时间*来生成分包商必须收到所需组件的日期，以便制造产品并按时交货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22
msgid ""
"In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an "
"additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be "
"set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr "如果组件是直接交付给分包商的，则可为每个组件设置额外的交付周期。该时间应设置为供应商向分包商交付组件所需的时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for "
"the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that"
" it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which "
"manufacturing must begin."
msgstr "一旦设定了部件的交付周期，该部件的代发货订单就会显示必须确认订单的日期，以便在必须开始生产的日期前将其空运给分包商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40
msgid ""
"When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order "
"<subcontracting_dropship>` route, a company is responsible for purchasing "
"the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly"
" to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""
"使用 :doc:`分包商按订单代发货<subcontracting_dropship>` "
"路线时，公司负责从供应商处购买必要的组件，并将其直接交付给分包商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44
msgid ""
"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the "
"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary "
"to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the "
"components to the subcontractor."
msgstr "这意味着，除了分包商制造和交付产品所需的时间外，还必须考虑部件供应商将部件空运给分包商所需的时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48
msgid ""
"By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a "
"*manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of "
"the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* "
"orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a "
"dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""
"通过为产品的分包商指定*交货所需时间*，在产品的 BoM "
"上指定*制造所需时间*，并为组件供应商指定额外的*交货所需时间*，产品组件的*代发货分包商*订单就会显示确认将组件发送给分包商的分包订单的截止日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56
msgid ""
"To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to "
":guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a "
"subcontracted product."
msgstr "要为产品的分包商设置送货所需时间，请导航至 :guilabel:` 库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` 并选择分包产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61
msgid "Product manufacturing lead time"
msgstr "产品制造所需时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73
msgid ""
"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM"
" from the list."
msgstr "然后，点击产品页面顶部的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，导航至产品的 |BoM| 。然后，从列表中选择一个物料清单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66
msgid ""
"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the "
":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was "
"entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product."
msgstr ""
"在 |BoM| 中，选择 :guilabel:`杂项` 选项卡。在 :guilabel:`制造所需时间` 字段中，输入与 |BoM| "
"产品的:guilabel:`交货所需时间` 字段中相同的天数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM."
msgstr "产品物料清单上的制造所需时间字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74
msgid ""
"While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the "
"subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that"
" the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the "
"start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor "
"enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product."
msgstr ""
"虽然分包商实际上并没有使用所有这些天数进行生产，但在每个字段中设置相同的天数会告诉 "
"Odoo，分包商必须在产品交付周期开始前收到组件，并开始生产。这样分包商就有足够的时间生产和交付产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90
msgid "Component delivery lead time"
msgstr "部件交付周期"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92
msgid ""
"From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the "
"component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the "
":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the "
"component."
msgstr ""
"在产品的 BoM 中，通过点击 :guilabel:`产品` 选项卡中的组件，然后点击组件右侧的 :icon:`oi-arrow-"
"right`（右箭头）`按钮，导航到每个组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96
msgid ""
"On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab."
" If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
msgstr ""
"在每个组件的产品页面上，选择 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡。如果尚未添加供应商，请点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，并在 "
":guilabel:`供应商` 列中选择分包商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100
msgid ""
"Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to "
"dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead "
"Time` column."
msgstr "添加供应商后，在 :guilabel:`送货所需时间` 栏中输入他们向分包商交付产品所需的天数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104
msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow"
msgstr "代发货分包工作流程"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82
msgid ""
"Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"通过导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 报价请求`，并点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`，为产品创建询价单（RfQ）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85
msgid ""
"Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product"
" in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, "
"selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a "
"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段中指定分包商。然后，通过点击 :guilabel:`添加产品`，在 :guilabel:`产品` "
"列中选择产品，并在 :guilabel:`数量` 列中指定数量，在 :guilabel:`产品` 选项卡中添加产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough"
" time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the "
"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`预计抵达时间` 字段中，输入一个日期，使组件供应商有足够的时间空运组件，分包商有足够的时间制造和交付产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117
msgid ""
"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field "
"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time "
"of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to "
"dropship the components to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""
"当产品添加到 |RfQ| "
"时，:guilabel:`预计到达`字段会自动填充一个日期，即今天的日期加上产品的交付周期。但是，并不考虑将组件空运到分包商所需的时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121
msgid ""
"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on"
" Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the "
"extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor."
msgstr "在使用*分包商按订单直运*途径购买分包产品时，有必要调整该日期，以考虑到将部件交付给分包商所需的额外时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102
msgid ""
"Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving "
"the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date "
"listed on the |RfQ|."
msgstr "由于生产要等到收到部件后才开始，如果不更改日期，成品就会在 |RfQ| 所列日期 *之后* 到达。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing "
"so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, "
"and have them sent to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""
"接下来，点击 :guilabel:`确认订单` 将 |RfQ| 变成 |PO|。这样，就会创建第二个 |RfQ| "
"从分销商处购买组件，并将其发送给分包商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for "
"Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
msgstr ""
"导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 报价请求`，并选择在 :guilabel:`供应商` 列中列出下单商的 "
"|RfQ|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134
msgid ""
"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which"
" the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the "
"finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor "
"|PO|."
msgstr ""
"在 |RfQ| 上，:guilabel:`预计到达` 字段列出了分包商必须收到部件的日期，以便在分包商 |PO| 上列出的*预计到达*日期前交付成品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the "
"|RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the "
"components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`订购截止日期` 字段中，列出了可以确认 |RfQ| 的最晚日期，以便直运商在 :guilabel:`预计抵达时间` "
"日期前将部件交付给分包商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm "
"the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a "
":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`确认订单` 将 |RfQ| 变为 |PO|，并确认从代购商处购买组件。这样，页面顶部就会出现一个 "
":guilabel:`代发货` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This"
" order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that "
"now appears on the subcontractor |PO|."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`代发货` 智能按钮打开代发货订单。也可通过分包商 |PO| 上的 :guilabel:`重新补给` 智能按钮访问此订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149
msgid ""
"After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, "
"click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to "
"confirm that the subcontractor has received the components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127
msgid ""
"Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the"
" component, before delivering it to the contracting company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158
msgid ""
"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — "
"to produce units of their *Bicycle* product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161
msgid ""
"Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, "
"and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164
msgid ""
"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus "
"an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167
msgid ""
"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle"
" manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days "
"for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170
msgid ""
"On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as "
"well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to "
"the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173
msgid ""
"On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike "
"World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes "
"Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177
msgid ""
"On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected "
"delivery date of May 17th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180
msgid ""
"The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them "
"dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a "
"Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order "
"for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, "
"giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by "
"May 17th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190
msgid ""
"Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the "
"components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the "
"bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3
msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26
msgid ""
"Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which "
"means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32
msgid ""
"When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order "
"<subcontracting_resupply>` route, a company is responsible for supplying the"
" subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor"
" cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received."
msgstr ""
"当使用 :doc:`按订单向分包商补货<subcontracting_resupply>` "
"路线时，公司负责向分包商提供必要的组件。因此，在收到组件之前，分包商不能开始生产。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36
msgid ""
"This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the "
"subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive "
"the components must also be considered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39
msgid ""
"By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying "
"a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), "
"*Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the "
"deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components."
msgstr ""
"通过为产品的分包商指定交货所需时间，并在产品的物料清单（BoM）上指定制造所需时间，产品组件的 *分包商补货* "
"订单就会显示分包商必须收到组件的截止日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49
msgid ""
"Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the "
"subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63
msgid ""
"Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a "
"|BoM| from the list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80
msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough"
" time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the "
"product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94
msgid ""
"When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field "
"auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time "
"of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to "
"ship the components to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98
msgid ""
"When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on "
"Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the "
"extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor."
msgstr "在使用 “按订单向分包商补货” 路线购买分包产品时，有必要调整该日期，以考虑到部件运往分包商所需的额外时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing "
"so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply "
"subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`补货` 智能按钮，打开分包商补货订单，这是为向分包商发送组件而创建的订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the"
" deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them"
" to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the "
"Expected Arrival date."
msgstr ""
"分包商补货订单上的 :guilabel:`截止日期` 字段显示分包商接收组件的截止日期，以便他们有足够的时间在预计到达日期前生产和交付成品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which"
" components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the"
" :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same "
"as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take "
"into account the time required for shipping."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover "
"from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the "
"components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply "
"subcontractor order."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`已安排日期` 字段，打开日历弹出窗口，从中选择日期。选择一个可以在分包商补货订单上的 :guilabel:`截止日期` "
"之前交付组件的日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124
msgid ""
"After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at "
"the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131
msgid ""
"Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — "
"to produce units of their *Unicycle* product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134
msgid ""
"Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for "
"manufacturing the unicycles."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137
msgid ""
"On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus"
" an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140
msgid ""
"As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for "
"unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus "
"two days for delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143
msgid ""
"On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, "
"as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered "
"to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146
msgid ""
"They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May "
"30th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148
msgid ""
"The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the "
"subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive"
" the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture "
"the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th."
msgstr ""
"向分包商运送部件的分包商补货订单显示*截止日期*为 5 月 25 日。分包商必须在此日期之前收到组件，以便有足够的时间制造独轮车，并在 5 月 30 "
"日之前交货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152
msgid ""
"It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the"
" *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two"
" days before the Deadline."
msgstr "Mike's Bikes 需要两天时间来交付组件，因此他们将分包商补货订单上的*计划日期*字段更新为 5 月 23 日，即截止日期前两天。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order."
msgstr "分包商补货订单上的预定日期和截止日期字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159
msgid ""
"Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of "
"May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike "
"Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's "
"Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3
msgid "Basic subcontracting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10
msgid ""
"In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a "
"third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are"
" then sold by the contracting company."
msgstr "在制造中，分包是指公司聘请第三方制造商或分包商生产产品，然后由承包公司销售的过程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13
msgid ""
"In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the "
"necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to "
"worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced."
msgstr "在基本分包中，分包商负责获取必要的部件。这意味着承包公司只需负责分包产品生产出来后的情况。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17
msgid ""
"The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic "
"subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-"
"subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that "
"subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted "
"products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be "
"manufactured by them."
msgstr ""
"购买使用基本分包生产的产品的工作流程与从供应商处购买非分包产品的流程类似。主要区别在于分包产品的配置方式，以及分包产品从供应商处发送的时间较长，因为它们必须首先由供应商生产。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25
msgid ""
"To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app"
" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the "
":guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` "
"heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要在 Odoo 中使用分包，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置--> 设置`，并勾选 :guilabel:`操作` "
"标题下 :guilabel:`分包` 设置旁边的复选框。然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary"
" to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|."
msgstr "启用 :guilabel:`分包` 设置后，还需要正确配置分包产品和产品的 |BoM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37
msgid ""
"To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a "
"product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要为基本分包配置产品，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择一个产品，或点击 "
":guilabel:`新建` 创建一个新产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the "
"product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, "
"selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and "
"entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field."
msgstr ""
"在产品表单中，选择:guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，然后点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，在:guilabel:`供应商` "
"下拉菜单中选择分包商，并在:guilabel:`价格` 字段中输入价格，将产品的分包商添加为供应商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44
msgid ""
"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes`"
" field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished "
"product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor."
msgstr "然后，点击 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，使用 :guilabel:`路线` 字段配置路线，该路线决定分包商生产成品后成品的去向。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48
msgid ""
"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make "
"sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| "
"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is "
"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|."
msgstr ""
"如果成品运回承包公司，请确保选择 :guilabel:`购买` 路线。此外，选择 "
":guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）`途径，在确认销售订单（SO）后自动为产品创建 |PO|，除非有足够的库存来满足 |SO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53
msgid ""
"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the "
"subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is "
"selected."
msgstr "如果成品由分包商直接运送给客户，请确保 **仅** 选择 :guilabel:`代发货` 路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83
msgid "Configure BoM"
msgstr "配置 BoM"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59
msgid ""
"To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|."
msgstr "要为基本分包配置 |物料清单|，请点击产品表单上的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，然后选择所需的 |物料清单|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products "
"--> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product."
msgstr "或者，导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> 物料清单`，然后选择分包产品的 |BoM| 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92
msgid ""
"For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials "
"<../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation."
msgstr ""
"有关 |BoM| 配置的完整概述，请参阅 :doc:`物料清单 <../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` "
"option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the "
":guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`物料清单类型` 字段中，选择 :guilabel:`分包` 选项。然后，在下面显示的 :guilabel:`分包商` "
"字段中添加一个或多个分包商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst-1
msgid ""
"The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using"
" subcontracting."
msgstr "在物料清单（BoM）上，BoM 类型字段被配置为使用分包方式制造该产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76
msgid ""
"Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the "
":guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the "
"subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when "
"calculating the product's expected arrival date."
msgstr ""
"最后，点击 :guilabel:`杂项` 选项卡。在 :guilabel:`杂项前置时间` "
"字段中，输入分包商生产产品所需的天数。在计算产品的预计到达日期时，这个数字将被计算在内。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81
msgid ""
"When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the "
":guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for "
"manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86
msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88
msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90
msgid ""
"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a "
"|PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92
msgid ""
"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing "
"so creates a receipt order or a dropship order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94
msgid ""
"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the "
"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, "
"**OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the "
"customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is"
" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the "
"product is shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138
msgid ""
"The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted "
"product is being purchased from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141
msgid ""
"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts "
"with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer,"
" or having the subcontractor dropship it to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144
msgid ""
"If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process "
"starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into "
"inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169
msgid "Create SO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171
msgid ""
"It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased"
" from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being "
"purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next "
"step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175
msgid ""
"To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> "
"Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178
msgid ""
"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a "
"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a"
" quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a "
":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens"
" the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128
msgid ""
"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order "
"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough "
"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131
msgid ""
"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates"
" a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled "
"using the stock in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193
msgid ""
"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the "
"end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is "
"enough stock on-hand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197
msgid "Process PO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140
msgid ""
"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to "
":guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the "
"|PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to "
"the next step."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202
msgid ""
"If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205
msgid ""
"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a "
"subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the "
"quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|."
msgstr ""
"从 :guilabel:`供应商` 下拉菜单中选择分包商，开始填写 |PO|。在 :guilabel:`产品` 选项卡中，点击 "
":guilabel:`添加产品` 创建新产品系列。在 :guilabel:`产品` 字段中选择分包产品，并在 :guilabel:`数量` "
"字段中输入数量。最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153
msgid ""
"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic "
"subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and "
"can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or "
":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|."
msgstr ""
"当使用基本分包生产的产品的 |PO| 被确认时，会自动创建收据或交货单，可通过 |PO| "
"顶部相应的:guilabel:`收据`或:guilabel:`代发货`智能按钮访问。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161
msgid ""
"A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the "
"top of the page."
msgstr "基本分包产品的 PO，页面顶部有一个智能收据按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161
msgid ""
"PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the "
"top of the page."
msgstr "基本分包产品的 PO，页面顶部有一个智能收据按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242
msgid "Process receipt or dropship order"
msgstr "处理收据或代发货订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166
msgid ""
"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either "
"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, "
"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured "
"<manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic/product-config>`."
msgstr ""
"分包商完成产品制造后，要么将其运送给承包公司，要么将其交付给最终客户，具体取决于产品的 :ref:`配置 "
"<manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_basic/product-config>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251
msgid ""
"If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, "
"once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
"Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|."
msgstr ""
"如果分包商将成品运送到承包公司，收到成品后，导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单`，然后选择 |PO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the"
" :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the "
"receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter"
" the product into inventory."
msgstr ""
"点击 |PO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`接收产品` 按钮，或页面顶部的 :guilabel:`收据` 智能按钮，打开收据。然后，点击收据顶部的 "
":guilabel:`验证` 将产品登记入库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260
msgid "Process dropship order"
msgstr "处理代发货订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262
msgid ""
"If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate"
" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select"
" the |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open "
"the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order "
"to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270
msgid "Process delivery order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256
msgid ""
"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the "
"finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather "
"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to"
" the customer, and process the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198
msgid ""
"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the "
"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that "
"the product has been shipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3
msgid "Dropship to subcontractor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15
msgid ""
"In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the"
" necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have "
"them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order "
"(PO) for that product is confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19
msgid ""
"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired "
"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23
msgid ""
"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and "
"*Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve "
"dropshipping, they are used for different purposes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26
msgid ""
"The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have "
"them shipped directly to the end customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29
msgid ""
"The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components "
"from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By "
"default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the "
"contracting company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33
msgid ""
"However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship "
"Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In "
"this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then "
"ships the finished product directly to the end customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37
msgid ""
"This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the "
":ref:`workflow section <manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting-dropship>` of"
" this doc."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43
msgid ""
"To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and "
"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the "
":guilabel:`Operations` heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47
msgid ""
"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to "
"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the "
"components listed on the |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53
msgid ""
"To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as "
"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in "
"the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the "
":guilabel:`Price` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71
msgid ""
"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that "
"determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been "
"manufactured by the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64
msgid ""
"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make "
"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| "
"for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock "
"on-hand to fulfill the |SO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79
msgid ""
"If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the "
"subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is "
"selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73
msgid "Configure bill of materials"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75
msgid ""
"To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click "
"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and "
"select the |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102
msgid ""
"Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the "
":guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and"
" specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97
msgid "Configure Components"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99
msgid ""
"To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, "
"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name "
"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right "
"arrow)` button to the right of the name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the "
"component."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106
msgid ""
"On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add "
"a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in "
"the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the"
" subcontractor, once they are purchased."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111
msgid ""
"Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the "
":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114
msgid ""
"Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119
msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121
msgid ""
"The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123
msgid ""
"Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a "
"*subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125
msgid ""
"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing "
"so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the"
" vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128
msgid ""
"Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so "
"creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130
msgid ""
"Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the "
"components to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132
msgid ""
"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the "
"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**"
" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end "
"customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is"
" not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the "
"product has been shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141
msgid ""
"If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts "
"with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, "
"or having the subcontractor dropship it to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144
msgid ""
"If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts "
"with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148
msgid "Create an SO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157
msgid ""
"Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the "
"product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`客户` 下拉菜单中选择客户。然后，在 :guilabel:`订单行` "
"选项卡上点击:guilabel:`添加产品`，在:guilabel:`产品 `下拉菜单中选择产品，并在:guilabel:`数量`字段中输入数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a "
":guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is "
"the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted "
"product from the subcontractor."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认 |SO|，此时页面顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`采购` 智能按钮。这是*分包商* "
"|PO|，或为从分包商处购买分包产品而创建的 |PO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166
msgid ""
"An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the "
"*Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** "
"there is no stock of the product on-hand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169
msgid ""
"If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead "
"create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled "
"using the stock in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172
msgid ""
"This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the "
"end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, "
"even if there is stock on-hand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176
msgid "Process subcontractor PO"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178
msgid ""
"If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by"
" navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`,"
" and clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"如果在上一步中未创建 *分包商* |PO|，则现在通过导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单` 并点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`进行创建。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181
msgid ""
"Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu."
msgstr "从 :guilabel:`供应商` 下拉菜单中选择分包商，开始填写 |PO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a"
" new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the "
":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`产品` 选项卡中，点击 :guilabel:`添加产品` 创建新产品系列。在 :guilabel:`产品` "
"字段中选择分包商生产的产品，并在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中输入数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* "
"|PO|."
msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，以确认 *承包商* |PO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189
msgid ""
"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components"
" to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, "
"and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or "
":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|."
msgstr ""
"当确认产品的 |PO| 需要向分包商直运组件时，会自动创建收据或分送订单，并可通过 |PO| 顶部出现的相应 :guilabel:`收据` 或 "
":guilabel:代发货`智能按钮访问。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1
msgid ""
"A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n"
"button at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198
msgid ""
"In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from "
"the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** "
"automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|."
msgstr "此外，还将为从供应商处购买并发送给分包商的组件创建 |RfQ|。但是，|RfQ|**并不**自动链接到*分包商* |PO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201
msgid ""
"Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship "
"Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* "
"|PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|."
msgstr ""
"一旦 |RfQ| 得到确认并成为*供应商* |PO|，就会创建一个*分包商*订单。该订单同时与 *供应商* |PO| 和 *分包商* |PO| 关联。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205
msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ"
msgstr "确认供应商 RfQ"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207
msgid ""
"To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate"
" to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. "
"Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
"field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after "
"confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field."
msgstr ""
"要访问通过确认*分包商* |PO| 创建的|RfQ|，请导航至:menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> "
"询价单`。在:guilabel:`供应商`字段中选择列出正确供应商的 "
"|RfQ|，并在:guilabel:`源文件`字段中选择确认*分包商*|PO|后创建的收据参考号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212
msgid ""
"On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship "
"Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of"
" the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and "
"confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a "
":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, "
"and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the "
"*subcontractor* |PO|."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`确认订单` 将 |RfQ| 变为 *供应商* |PO|，并确认从供应商处购买组件。之后，在 *供应商* |PO| "
"顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`代发货` 智能按钮，在 *分包商* |PO| 顶部会出现一个 :guilabel:`补货` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst-1
msgid ""
"A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n"
"Dropship smart button at the top of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227
msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229
msgid ""
"Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the"
" *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, "
"respectively."
msgstr ""
"组件交付给分包商后，导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单`，并选择 *供应商* |PO| 或 *分包商*"
" |PO|。然后，分别点击 :guilabel:`代发货` 智能按钮或 :guilabel:`补货` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233
msgid ""
"Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the "
":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the "
"subcontractor has received the components."
msgstr "点击任一按钮都会打开*代发货分包商*订单。点击订单顶部的 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮，确认分包商已收到组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239
msgid ""
"Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the"
" *subcontractor* |PO|."
msgstr ""
"分包商生产出成品后，导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单`，然后选择 *分包商* |PO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242
msgid ""
"If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the "
"product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of"
" the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into "
"inventory."
msgstr ""
"如果分包产品需要入库，产品到达后，点击 *分包商* |PO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`接收产品` 按钮打开收据。然后，点击收据顶部的 "
":guilabel:`验证` 按钮，将产品登记入库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246
msgid ""
"Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the"
" *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the "
"receipt."
msgstr "或者，选择 *分包商* |PO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`接受` 智能按钮，然后点击收据顶部的 :guilabel:`验证`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249
msgid ""
"If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the "
":guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship "
"order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the "
"product to the customer."
msgstr ""
"如果分包产品需要直运，请选择页面顶部的 :guilabel:`代发货` 按钮以打开直运订单，并在分包商将产品发送给客户后点击 "
":guilabel:`验证`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260
msgid ""
"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the "
"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product "
"has been shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""
"产品运送给客户后，导航至 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，并选择 |SO|。选择页面顶部的 :guilabel:`送货` "
"智能按钮打开送货单，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 确认产品已发送给客户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3
msgid "Resupply subcontractor"
msgstr "分包商重新供应"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13
msgid ""
"In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the "
"necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each "
"time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed."
msgstr "在 Odoo 中，每次确认分包产品的采购订单（PO）时，都会使用 *按订单向分包商补货*路线，向分包商交付分包产品的必要组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17
msgid ""
"The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired "
"product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping"
" it to the end customer."
msgstr "分包商使用这些组件生产所需的产品，然后将产品运回承包公司，或以代发货的方式交付给最终客户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21
msgid ""
"It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply "
"Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes."
msgstr "有必要了解*按订单向分包商补货*和*按订单向分包商发货*路线之间的区别。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24
msgid ""
"While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components "
"required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are "
"sourced."
msgstr "虽然这两种途径都用于向分包商提供制造产品所需的部件，但它们在部件的采购方式上有所不同。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27
msgid ""
"When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from "
"the warehouse of the contracting company."
msgstr "使用 *按订单向分包商补货* 时，部件从承包公司的仓库发货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30
msgid ""
"When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from "
"a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor."
msgstr "使用 *按订单向分包商发货* 时，组件从供应商处购买，并直接运送给分包商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33
msgid ""
"The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of "
"the subcontracting company and their subcontractors."
msgstr "选择哪种路线取决于分包公司及其分包商的具体要求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36
msgid ""
"See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of "
"the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route."
msgstr "请参阅 :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` 文档，了解 *按订单向分包商发货* 路线的完整概述。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42
msgid ""
"To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and "
"enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the "
":guilabel:`Operations` heading."
msgstr ""
"要使用*按订单向分包商补货*路径，请导航至:menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"设置`，并启用:guilabel:`操作`标题下:guilabel:`分包`旁边的复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46
msgid ""
"Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to "
"properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of "
"materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|."
msgstr "启用*分包*设置后，还需要正确配置分包产品、产品物料清单（BoM）以及 |BoM| 上列出的组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55
msgid ""
"To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
"select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要为*按订单向分包商补货*路线配置产品，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择一个产品，或点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`，创建一个新产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64
msgid ""
"The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase`"
" tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the "
"subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product."
msgstr "在分包产品页面的 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡上的 :guilabel:`价格` 字段中输入的值是支付给分包商的产品生产费用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68
msgid ""
"This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other "
"elements, like the cost of the product's components."
msgstr "这并不代表产品的总成本，因为总成本还包括其他因素，如产品部件的成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74
msgid ""
"If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make "
"sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the "
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| "
"for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is "
"enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|."
msgstr ""
"如果成品运回承包公司，请确保选择 :guilabel:`购买` 路线。此外，选择 "
":guilabel:`按订单补货（MTO）`路线，在确认销售订单（SO）后自动创建产品的采购订单 |PO|，除非现有库存足以满足此销售订单的需求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85
msgid ""
"To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click "
"the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and "
"select the |BoM|."
msgstr ""
"要为 *按订单向分包商补货* 路线配置物料清单 |BoM|，请点击产品页面上的 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，然后选择 |BoM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107
msgid "Configure components"
msgstr "配置组件"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109
msgid ""
"To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, "
"navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name "
"in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right "
"arrow)` button to the right of the name."
msgstr ""
"要配置*按订单向分包商补货*路线的组件，请通过在:guilabel:`组件`选项卡中选择组件名称，并点击名称右侧的:guilabel:`➡️（右箭头）`按钮，从"
" |BoM| 导航到每个组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116
msgid ""
"On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and "
"select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the "
":guilabel:`Routes` section."
msgstr ""
"在组件产品表单中，点击 :guilabel:`库存` 选项卡，在 :guilabel:`路线` 部分选择 :guilabel:`按订单向分包商补货` "
"路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119
msgid ""
"Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr "对必须发送给分包商的每个部件重复上述过程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122
msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow"
msgstr "按订单向分包商补货流程"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124
msgid ""
"The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:"
msgstr "按订单向分包商补货流程最多包括五个步骤："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126
msgid ""
"Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to "
"purchase the product from the subcontractor."
msgstr "为分包产品创建一个 |SO|；这样就创建了一个从分包商处购买产品的 |PO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128
msgid ""
"Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing "
"so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a"
" dropship order."
msgstr "确认上一步创建的 |PO|，或创建一个新的 |PO|；这样做会创建一个 *分包商补货*订单，以及一个收货订单或代发货订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130
msgid ""
"Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the "
"subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor."
msgstr "一旦分包产品的组件已发送给分包商，即处理*分包商补货*订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132
msgid ""
"Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the "
"subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR**"
" process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer."
msgstr "在分包商完成分包产品的生产，并将其运回承包公司后，处理收据 **或** 处理分包订单，将产品直接运给客户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149
msgid ""
"While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to "
"automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is "
"also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful "
"when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|."
msgstr ""
"虽然 *按订单向分包商补货* 路线可用于在确认 |PO| 后自动向分包商补货，但也可以手动创建补货订单。当需要在不创建 |PO| "
"的情况下对分包商进行补货时，此工作流程非常有用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154
msgid ""
"To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply "
"Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking"
" :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要手动向分包商补货，请导航到 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，然后点击 :guilabel:`供应商补货` 卡。点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`，创建一个新的 *供应商补货* 订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom "
"the components should be sent."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`送货地址` 字段中，选择应向其发送组件的分包商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161
msgid ""
"Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` "
"drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field."
msgstr ""
"然后，点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，在 :guilabel:`产品` 下拉字段中选择组件，并在 :guilabel:`需求` "
"字段中指定数量，将每个组件添加到 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the "
"components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` "
"to confirm that the order has been sent."
msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`标记为待办事项` 注册订单。组件发送给分包商后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 确认订单已发送。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187
msgid ""
"An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order "
"(MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough "
"stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|."
msgstr ""
"只有在产品页面上启用了 *按单补货（MTO）* 路线，**并且** 现有库存量不足以满足销售订单 |SO| 的需求，产品销售订单 |SO| "
"才会创建采购订单 |PO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190
msgid ""
"If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead"
" creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled "
"using the stock in the warehouse."
msgstr "如果现有足够的库存，则确认产品的 |SO| 而不是创建交货单，因为 Odoo 假定 |SO| 会使用仓库中的库存来完成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199
msgid ""
"If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase "
"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it."
msgstr ""
"如果在上一步中创建了|PO|，则导航至:guilabel:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单`，并选择 |PO|。然后，点击 "
":guilabel:`确认订单`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210
msgid ""
"When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a "
"subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically "
"created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or "
":guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|."
msgstr ""
"当确认产品的 |PO| 需要向分包商补货部件时，会自动创建收据或分批装运订单，并可通过|PO|顶部出现的相应 :guilabel:`收据` 或 "
":guilabel:`代发货` 智能按钮进行访问。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214
msgid ""
"In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the "
"required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed "
"from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top "
"of the page."
msgstr ""
"此外，还将创建一个 *供应商补货* 订单，以便向分包商运送所需组件。点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`补货` 智能按钮，也可从 |PO| "
"访问该订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223
msgid ""
"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n"
"buttons at the top of the page."
msgstr "*按订单向分包商补货*的采购订单（PO），页面顶部有 “补货” 和 “收货” 两个智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223
msgid ""
"A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and "
"Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page."
msgstr "*按订单向分包商补货*的采购订单（PO），页面顶部有 “补货” 和 “收货” 两个智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227
msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order"
msgstr "处理分包商补货订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229
msgid ""
"Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the "
"subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> "
"Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|."
msgstr ""
"将分包产品的组件发送给分包商后，导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单`，然后选择 |PO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open"
" the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to "
"confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor."
msgstr ""
"点击屏幕上方的 :guilabel:`补货` 智能按钮，打开 *供应商补货* 订单，并点击 :guilabel:`验证`，确认组件已发送给分包商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236
msgid ""
"Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the "
":guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` "
"card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the "
"subcontractor."
msgstr ""
"或者，导航至 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，点击:guilabel:`供应商补货` 卡上的 :guilabel:`# 待处理` "
"按钮，并选择 *供应商补货* 订单。然后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 确认组件已发送给分包商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244
msgid ""
"Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either "
"ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, "
"depending on how the product was :ref:`configured "
"<manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply/product-config>`."
msgstr ""
"分包商完成产品制造后，要么将其运送给承包公司，要么代发货给最终客户，具体取决于产品的 :ref:`配置 "
"<manufacturing/workflows/subcontracting_resupply/product-config>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272
msgid ""
"If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the "
"finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather "
"delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to"
" the customer, and process the delivery order."
msgstr "如果分包工作流程是由客户 |SO| 启动的，而成品 **没有** 给客户，而是交付给了承包公司，则有必要将产品运送给客户，并处理交货订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276
msgid ""
"Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the "
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the "
"delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that "
"the product has been shipped to the customer."
msgstr ""
"产品运送给客户后，导航至 :menuselection:`销售` 应用程序，并选择 |SO|。选择页面顶部的 :guilabel:`送货` "
"智能按钮打开送货单，点击订单上的 :guilabel:`验证` 确认产品已发送给客户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5
msgid "Workflows"
msgstr "工作流"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:3
msgid "By-Products"
msgstr "副产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:9
msgid ""
"When manufacturing certain products, it is common to be left with residual "
"materials, in addition to the finished product. These materials are known as"
" *by-products*. By specifying the by-products created during manufacturing "
"on a product's bill of materials (BoM), the quantity of by-products on-hand "
"is tracked by Odoo."
msgstr ""
"在生产某些产品时，除了成品之外，通常还会留下一些剩余材料。这些材料被称为*副产品*。通过在产品的物料清单（BoM）上指定生产过程中产生的副产品，Odoo"
" 可以追踪库存副产品的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:15
msgid ""
"Manufacturing a *rocking chair* requires ten pieces of wood. During "
"production, five pieces of *scrap wood* are created, in addition to the "
"rocking chair. By designating the scrap wood as a by-product on the rocking "
"chair's |BoM|, Odoo tracks the on-hand count of scrap wood, as well as the "
"quantity of rocking chairs produced."
msgstr ""
"生产一把 *摇椅* 需要十块木头。在生产过程中，除了摇椅外，还产生了五块 *废木料*。通过在摇椅的 |BoM| 中将废木料指定为副产品，Odoo "
"可以追踪废木料的库存数量，以及摇椅的生产数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:23
msgid ""
"To specify by-products on a product's |BoM|, the *By-Products* setting "
"**must** be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app"
" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`By-Products` "
"checkbox, located under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the change."
msgstr ""
"要在产品的 |BoM| 上指定副产品，**必须**启用 *副产品* 设置。要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> "
"配置 --> 设置`，并勾选 :guilabel:`操作`标题下的 :guilabel:`副产品` 复选框。然后，点击 "
":guilabel:`保存`，应用更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1
msgid "The By-Products setting on the Manufacturing app settings page."
msgstr "制造应用设置页面上的副产品设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:32
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`By-Products` setting enabled, a :guilabel:`By-products` "
"tab appears on product |BoMs|."
msgstr "启用 :guilabel:`副产品` 设置后，产品 |BoM| 上会出现 :guilabel:`副产品` 标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:36
msgid "Add byproduct to BoM"
msgstr "将副产品添加到 BoM"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:38
msgid ""
"To add by-products to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app"
" --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select a |BoM|."
msgstr ""
"要在 |BoM| 中添加副产品，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> 物料清单`，然后选择一个 |BoM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:41
msgid ""
"On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a"
" line`, and select the by-product in the :guilabel:`By-product` drop-down "
"field. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity of the by-"
"product produced during manufacturing."
msgstr ""
"在 |BoM| 中，选择 :guilabel:`副产品` 选项卡。点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，在 :guilabel:`副产品` "
"下拉字段中选择副产品。在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中，输入生产过程中产生的副产品数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:45
msgid ""
"If the by-product is produced during a specific operation of a manufacturing"
" order (MO), select the operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` "
"field. For example, if a scrap wood by-product is produced during an "
"*Assemble* operation, select that operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in "
"Operation` field."
msgstr ""
"如果副产品是在制造订单（MO）的特定操作中生产的，请在 :guilabel:`操作中生产` 字段中选择该操作。例如，如果废木料副产品是在 *组装* "
"操作中生产的，请在 :guilabel:`操作中生产` 字段中选择该操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1
msgid "The By-Products tab on a BoM, configured with a \"Scrap Wood\" by-product."
msgstr "BoM 上的“副产品”选项卡，配置了“废木材”副产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:55
msgid "Manufacture by-product"
msgstr "制造副产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:57
msgid ""
"When an |MO| is completed and marked as *Done*, Odoo registers the quantity "
"of by-products created during the manufacturing process. To create a new "
"|MO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> "
"Manufacturing Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"当 |MO| 完成并标记为*已完成*时，Odoo 会登记制造过程中产生的副产品数量。要创建新 "
"|MO|，请导航至:menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`，然后点击:guilabel:`新建`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:61
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, select a |BoM| on which by-"
"products have been specified. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Product` field "
"auto-populates with the corresponding product. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to "
"confirm the |MO|."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`物料清单` 字段中，选择已指定副产品的 |BoM|。选择后，:guilabel:`产品` "
"字段将自动填充相应的产品。点击:guilabel:`确认`，以确认 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:65
msgid ""
"When manufacturing is completed, click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button at"
" the top of the |MO|. After doing so, inventory counts update to reflect the"
" quantity of by-product(s) produced, as well as the quantity of the product."
msgstr "制造完成后，点击 |MO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`生产全部` 按钮。之后，库存计数会更新，以反映生产的副产品数量和产品数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:69
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button at the top of the |MO| page"
" to see the movements of components and products. Each by-product is listed "
"on the resulting :guilabel:`Inventory Moves` page, with the :guilabel:`From`"
" column displaying the virtual production location, and the :guilabel:`To` "
"column displaying the location where the by-product is stored."
msgstr ""
"点击 |MO| 页面顶部的 :guilabel:`产品移动` 智能按钮，查看组件和产品的移动情况。每个副产品都会列在生成的 "
":guilabel:`库存移动` 页面上，其中 :guilabel:`从` 列显示虚拟生产位置，:guilabel:`到` 列显示副产品的存储位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst-1
msgid "The Product Moves page for an MO with by-products."
msgstr "有副产品的 MO 的产品移动页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:3
msgid "Continuous product improvement"
msgstr "持续改进产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:13
msgid ""
"*Continuous improvement* is a general philosophy intended to help "
"individuals and organizations constantly improve themselves and the work "
"they produce."
msgstr "*持续改进*是一种普遍的理念，旨在帮助个人和组织不断完善自己和改进工作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:16
msgid ""
"There are a variety of different methodologies that fall under the umbrella "
"of continuous improvement. These include kaizen, six sigma, and lean, among "
"others. While the specific steps of each method differ, their goal remains "
"the same: implement a process by which improvement is a perpetual goal, "
"rather than a one-time accomplishment."
msgstr ""
"在持续改进的范畴下，有多种不同的方法，包括改善法、六西格玛和精益生产等。虽然每种方法的具体步骤不同，但目标是一致的：将改进作为一个持续的目标，而非一次性成就。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:21
msgid ""
"The sections below contain details about how Odoo can be used to implement "
"four general steps common to many of the most popular continuous improvement"
" strategies, with links to documentation about configuring the necessary "
"features. The final section details how a specific company might configure "
"these Odoo implementations within their organization."
msgstr ""
"以下部分详细介绍了如何使用 Odoo "
"来实施最常见的持续改进战略所共有的四个步骤，并提供了有关配置必要功能的文档链接。最后一节详细介绍了一家特定公司，如何在其组织内配置这些 Odoo "
"实施方案。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:26
msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-identify`"
msgstr ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-identify`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:27
msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-suggest`"
msgstr ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-suggest`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:28
msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-implement`"
msgstr ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-implement`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:29
msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-review`"
msgstr ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-review`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:32
msgid ""
"Continuous improvement is not a one-size-fits-all methodology. While most "
"strategies include between four and six steps, proper implementation "
"requires developing a system tailored to the specific needs of each company."
msgstr "持续改进不是一种放之四海而皆准的方法。虽然大多数战略都包括四到六个步骤，但要正确实施，就必须根据每家公司的具体需求量身定制一套系统。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:36
msgid ""
"This is not a limitation, but rather a benefit, as it makes the methodology "
"flexible enough to adapt to almost any use case. Odoo, in particular, adapts"
" well to this flexibility, as it can be configured to meet the needs of "
"almost any workflow."
msgstr "这并不是一种限制，反而是一种优势，因为能灵活适应任何使用情况。Odoo 尤其能很好地适应这种灵活性，可以根据所有工作流程的需要进行配置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:40
msgid ""
"As such, it is important to remember the content below only provides "
"*examples* of how Odoo *might* be used. They should be viewed as more of a "
"starting point, rather than a concrete outline that every organization must "
"follow."
msgstr "因此，请务必牢记以下内容仅提供了*如何使用* Odoo 的 *示例*。它们应被视为一个参考点，而不是每个组织都必须遵循的具体规划。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:47
msgid "Identify problems"
msgstr "发现问题"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:49
msgid ""
"Before improvement can begin, it is necessary to determine where improvement"
" is necessary. This is where identifying problems comes into play. Two of "
"the best Odoo apps for identifying problems with products or processes are "
"*Helpdesk* and *Quality*."
msgstr ""
"在开始改进之前，有必要确定需要改进的地方。这就是识别问题的作用所在。在识别产品或流程问题方面，*服务台* 和 *品控* 是两个最佳 Odoo 应用程序。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:54
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr "服务台"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:56
msgid ""
"The *Helpdesk* app is useful for receiving feedback from outside of the "
"organization, like from clients or customers. This is accomplished by "
"implementing one (or more) of the methods for :doc:`receiving tickets "
"<../../../services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets>`, including email "
"aliases, live chat conversations, and website forms."
msgstr ""
"*服务台* 应用程序可用于接收来自组织外部的反馈，如来自客户或顾客的反馈。这可以通过实施 :doc:`接收工单 "
"<.../../../services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets>` "
"方法中的一种（或多种）来实现，包括电子邮件别名、实时聊天对话和网站表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:61
msgid ""
"Using these methods, customers can submit feedback about problems, which is "
"then reviewed by a member of a :doc:`helpdesk team "
"<../../../services/helpdesk>`. Depending on the outcome of the review, the "
"team member may decide to take further action to ensure the issue is "
"addressed. This can include creating a :doc:`quality alert "
"<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>`."
msgstr ""
"使用这些方法，客户可以提交有关问题的反馈，然后由 :doc:`服务台团队 <.../.../.../services/helpdesk>` "
"的成员进行审查。根据审查结果，团队成员可能决定采取进一步行动，以确保问题得到解决。这可能包括创建 "
":doc:`质量警报<.../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:93
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:7
msgid "Quality"
msgstr "质量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:69
msgid ""
"The *Quality* app is useful for receiving feedback from *within* the "
"organization, like from employees."
msgstr "*品控* 应用程序可用于接收来自组织*内部*的反馈，如员工的反馈。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:72
msgid ""
"One method for accomplishing this is to set up a :doc:`quality control point"
" <../../quality/quality_management/quality_control_points>` (QCP). A |QCP| "
"is used to automatically create quality checks at regular intervals, "
"prompting employees to inspect, and confirm, the quality of a product."
msgstr ""
"实现这一目标的方法之一是设置 :doc:`质量控制点 "
"<.../../quality/quality_management/quality_control_points>` （QCP）。QCP "
"用于定期自动创建质量检查，提示员工检查并确认产品质量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:77
msgid ""
"If an issue is found, an employee can then create a :doc:`quality alert "
"<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` to notify a quality team."
" Quality alerts can also be created independent of a |QCP|, in the event "
"that an employee discovers an issue without being prompted to check for one."
" This is a great way for customer support employees to notify a quality team"
" of an issue brought to their attention by a customer ticket."
msgstr ""
"如果发现问题，员工可以创建 :doc:`质量警报 <.../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>`"
" 通知质量团队。质量警报也可独立于 |QCP| "
"而创建，以防员工发现问题而未被提示检查。对于客户支持员工来说，这是一种很好的方式，可以通过客户工单通知质量团队，提醒注意问题。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:86
msgid "Suggest improvements"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:88
msgid ""
"Once a problem is identified, the next step is to put forward ideas for how "
"to address the problem. As with identifying problems, the *Quality app* is "
"also useful for suggesting improvements. In addition, the *PLM* (*Product "
"Lifecycle Management*) app can be used for this purpose, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:95
msgid ""
"When creating a :doc:`quality alert "
"<../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` to bring an issue to the "
"attention of a quality team, the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` and "
":guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tabs can be used to provide feedback about "
"how the issue can be addressed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:100
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab is used to suggest a method for "
"fixing items affected by the issue. For example, `Screw the bolts on "
"tighter, so the seat stays in place`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:103
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tab is used to suggest a method for "
"preventing the issue from occurring in the future. For example, `Do not "
"tighten the screws too much, or they will be stripped`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:107
msgid ""
"The quality team that reviews the alert sees these suggested actions, and "
"can take them into account when deciding how to address the issue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:111
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:132
msgid "PLM"
msgstr "产品生命周期（PLM）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:113
msgid ""
"The |PLM| app is used to manage the lifecycle of a product from its "
"introduction through each successive version. As such, it is useful for "
"testing ideas for product improvements."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:116
msgid ""
"Using :doc:`engineering change orders "
"<../../plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders>`, product management "
"teams can create new iterations of product |BoMs|, adding or removing "
"specific components or operations, as needed. The products created using "
"these |BoMs| are put through a review process to confirm the effectiveness "
"of the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:124
msgid "Implement strategies"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:126
msgid ""
"Implementing strategies involves putting the proposed solutions from the "
"suggest improvements step into action. The |PLM| app continues to be useful "
"during this step, as it can be configured to make |BoM| updates. The *Field "
"Service* app can also be used by certain companies to make improvements to "
"products that have already been sold to customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:134
msgid ""
"Once |BoM| changes have gone through the proper review process, they can be "
"approved, and the updated |BoM| put into use. This is accomplished by "
"configuring one of the |ECO| review stages to :ref:`apply the changes "
"<plm/eco/apply-changes>` made to the |BoM|, at which point the updated |BoM|"
" becomes available for new |MOs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:139
msgid ""
"Product |BoMs| can continue to be updated, as needed. The :doc:`version "
"control <../../plm/manage_changes/version_control>` features of the |PLM| "
"app allow for easy management of all versions of a given |BoM|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:144
msgid "Field Service"
msgstr "现场服务"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:146
msgid ""
"The |PLM| app is a great way to make changes to product |BoMs|. However, "
"these changes only affect products produced using the new |BoM|. If a "
"defective product has already been sold to a customer, it may be necessary "
"to repair (or update) that product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:150
msgid ""
"In such a case, the *Field Service* app can be used to schedule :doc:`onsite"
" interventions <../../../services/field_service/creating_tasks>`. These "
"interventions allow service technicians (or other employees) to be sent to a"
" customer's location to address an issue with a product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:158
msgid "Review actions"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:160
msgid ""
"Reviewing actions is where the \"continuous\" part of continuous improvement"
" comes into play, as it allows an organization to evaluate the decisions "
"made in the previous steps. As such, this step is, essentially, returning to"
" the beginning of the process, so that additional problems can be identified"
" and addressed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:165
msgid ""
"This means that the *Helpdesk* and *Quality* apps should be used again to "
"receive customer and employee feedback. Another app that may be useful at "
"this stage is the *Surveys* app."
msgstr "这意味着应再次使用 *服务台* 和*品控*应用程序来接收客户和员工的反馈意见。另一个在此阶段可能有用的应用程序是*调查*应用程序。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:169
msgid "Surveys"
msgstr "调查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:171
msgid ""
"After implementing changes to a product or process, it may be wise to "
"solicit customers for their feedback directly, rather than waiting to hear "
"from them of their own volition. This may bring to light feedback that "
"customers may have otherwise neglected to share."
msgstr "在对产品或流程实施更改后，直接征求客户的反馈意见可能是明智之举，而不是等待客户主动提出意见。这样做可能会发现客户可能忽略的反馈意见。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:175
msgid ""
"One of the best ways to accomplish this is through the :doc:`Surveys "
"<../../../marketing/surveys>` app. Creating a survey, and sending it to "
"customers who receive an updated product, increases the likelihood of "
"receiving relevant feedback about the product."
msgstr ""
"实现这一目标的最佳方法之一是通过 :doc:`调查 <.../../../marketing/surveys>` "
"应用程序。创建一份调查问卷，并将其发送给收到更新产品的客户，这样就更有可能收到关于产品的相关反馈。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:179
msgid "Example workflow: coat rack product improvement"
msgstr "工作流程示例：衣帽架产品改进"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:182
msgid ""
"*Wood Hut* is a manufacturer of fine wood products. They are committed to "
"manufacturing products of the highest-possible quality, and are always "
"looking for ways to improve the products they sell, along with the processes"
" used to create them."
msgstr "*Wood Hut* 是一家精细木制品制造商，致力于生产最高质量的产品，并一直在寻找改进所售产品及其生产工艺的方法。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:186
msgid ""
"Wood Hut uses the Odoo platform to manage every element of their production,"
" fulfillment, and customer satisfaction processes. They have developed a "
"custom product improvement workflow that incorporates the Helpdesk, Quality,"
" PLM, and Manufacturing apps."
msgstr ""
"Wood Hut 利用 Odoo "
"平台管理生产、履约和客户满意度的各个环节，开发了一套定制的产品改进流程，结合了客服、质量管理、产品生命周期管理和制造等应用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:190
msgid ""
"One of Wood Hut's most popular products is their *coat rack*. It's made "
"entirely of oak, and customers describe it as \"sleek and elegant.\" "
"However, recent customer feedback about the coat rack has brought attention "
"to quality issues that necessitate revising the current manufacturing "
"process."
msgstr ""
"Wood Hut 最受欢迎的产品之一是 *衣架*。它完全由橡木制成，顾客形容它 "
"“时尚而优雅”。然而，最近顾客对衣帽架的反馈引起了人们对质量问题的关注，因此有必要修改目前的生产工艺。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:195
msgid ""
"The product revision workflow begins when the customer service team receives"
" a ticket in the Helpdesk app from a customer having problems with the coat "
"rack she purchased. The customer, Abigail Peterson, has found that her coat "
"rack falls over when more than five coats are hanging from it. This is a "
"major issue, as the coat rack has enough dowels for six coats."
msgstr ""
"当客户服务团队在服务台应用程序中收到客户对其购买的衣帽架提出的问题时，产品修改工作流程就开始了。一位名叫Abigail Peterson "
"的客户发现，当衣帽架上挂的外套超过五件时，衣帽架就会倾倒。这是一个大问题，因为衣帽架有六个挂钩。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1
msgid "A Helpdesk ticket about an issue with the coat rack product."
msgstr "关于衣帽架产品问题的服务台工单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:204
msgid ""
"Marc, the customer service employee assigned to the helpdesk ticket, opens "
"the Quality app, and creates a new quality alert. He tags the *Production "
"Quality Team* and assigns Julie Andreson as the quality employee responsible"
" for the alert."
msgstr ""
"被指派处理服务台工单的客户服务员工 Marc 打开品控应用程序，创建了一个新的质量警报。他标记了*生产质量团队*，并指定 Julie Andreson "
"为负责该警报的品控员工。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:208
msgid ""
"Julie reviews the alert, and consults with her team about the best course of"
" action. They decide that it is necessary to revise the product's |BoM| to "
"prevent the issue from occurring in the future, which Julie notes in the "
":guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab of the quality alert."
msgstr ""
"Julie 查看了警报，并与她的团队商讨最佳行动方案。他们决定有必要修改产品的 |BoM| 以防止将来出现问题。Julie 在质量警报的 "
":guilabel:`纠正措施` 选项卡中记录了这一点。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1
msgid "A quality alert created about the issue with the coat rack product."
msgstr "已创建关于衣帽架产品问题的质量警报。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:216
msgid ""
"Then, Julie messages product engineer, Joe Kazan in the chatter of the "
"quality alert to bring it to his attention. Joe opens the |PLM| app and "
"creates a new |ECO|, noting the problem with the coat rack, and suggesting "
"that a change to the product's |BoM| may be necessary."
msgstr ""
"然后，Julie 在质量警报的沟通栏中给产品工程师 Joe Kazan 发消息，提请他注意该问题。Joe 打开 |PLM| "
"应用程序，创建了一个新的工程变更指令 |ECO|，指出了衣帽架的问题，并建议有必要更改产品的 |BoM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1
msgid "An ECO created to update the coat rack product's BoM."
msgstr "已创建 ECO，以便更新衣帽架产品的 BoM 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:224
msgid ""
"Joe clicks :guilabel:`Start Revision`, and then the :guilabel:`Revision` "
"smart button to open version two of the coat rack's |BoM|. This |BoM| was "
"created alongside the |ECO|, and remains archived until it is approved."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:228
msgid ""
"After some testing, Joe discovers that adding a metal *support rod* to the "
"coat rack strengthens it, allowing the rack to hold six or more coats "
"without falling over. He updates the |BoM| to include the support rod as one"
" of the components, and adds an extra operation to make sure it is installed"
" during the manufacturing process. Finally, he leaves a message in the "
"chatter of the |ECO|, letting his manager, Jose, know that it is ready for "
"review."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst-1
msgid "The coat rack BoM, updated to add an extra component and operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:238
msgid ""
"Jose reviews the changes, and confirms they are an effective method for "
"addressing the problem with the coat rack. He moves the |ECO| to the "
"*Approved* stage, which makes version two of the coat rack |BoM| the current"
" version."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:242
msgid ""
"Now, each time an |MO| is created to produce a coat rack, the updated |BoM| "
"is automatically selected. Wood Hut begins producing the improved coat rack,"
" and customer feedback confirms that the new version has addressed the "
"problem with its predecessor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:246
msgid ""
"Using the Odoo platform, Wood Hut has implemented an end-to-end product "
"improvement process. Since the essential elements of this process (customer "
"feedback, quality control, etc.) are always functioning, it can be reused to"
" continuously update products and processes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:7
msgid ""
"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
"for the remaining amount."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:11
msgid ""
"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:16
msgid ""
"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:20
msgid ""
"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:24
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:32
msgid ""
"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:36
msgid ""
"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
"the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:40
msgid ""
"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
"manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:47
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:56
msgid ""
"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
"the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:65
msgid ""
"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
msgid "Create a backorder in Shop Floor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:71
msgid ""
"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the *Shop "
"Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:74
msgid ""
"In order to use the *Shop Floor* module, the *Work Orders* setting must be "
"enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox, "
"and then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:78
msgid ""
"To create a backorder from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select an |MO| for multiple units of a product, for which a backorder needs "
"to be created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:121
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129
msgid ""
"On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then click the "
":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the "
"work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up "
"window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop "
"Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:80
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:126
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:138
msgid ""
"When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to "
"the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, "
"and isolates the work order's card so that no other cards are shown."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:91
msgid ""
"Complete the steps on the work order's card until the :guilabel:`Register "
"Production` step is reached, and then click on it to open the "
":guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:95
msgid ""
"Do **not** click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the "
"step. Doing so automatically registers the full amount of units as having "
"been produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:98
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window, enter the number of "
"units produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Make sure the number "
"entered is *less* than the number of units listed to the right of the field."
" Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
msgid "The Register Production pop-up window in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:106
msgid ""
"The pop-up window disappears and the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the work "
"order's card updates to reflect the number of units produced, as a fraction "
"of the number of units for which the |MO| was originally created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the bottom-right of the "
"work order's card. The work order card begins to fade away. Once it "
"disappears completely, a new work order card appears, titled with the "
"original |MO|'s reference number with a `-002` tag added to the end of it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:114
msgid ""
"This new reference number represents the backorder |MO|. The original |MO|'s"
" reference number now appears with a `-001` tag added to the end of it to "
"distinguish it from the backorder |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:117
msgid ""
"If the original |MO| has no remaining work orders, it can be closed by "
"selecting the :guilabel:`All` filter in the top navigation of the *Shop "
"Floor* module, and then clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` at the bottom "
"of the |MO|'s card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:121
msgid ""
"If the original |MO| has remaining work orders that must be completed before"
" it can be closed, cards for these work orders appear on the *Shop Floor* "
"pages for the work centers where they are configured to be carried out. They"
" can be processed as normal, and additional backorders can be created from "
"their work order cards using the instructions detailed in this section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:126
msgid ""
"Once the current work order for the backorder |MO| is ready to be processed,"
" this can also be completed as normal, and an additional backorder can be "
"created from its work order card by following the instructions detailed in "
"this section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:130
msgid ""
"After the final work order for the backorder |MO| has been completed, the "
"|MO| can be closed by clicking the :guilabel:`Close Production` button at "
"the bottom of the work order's card."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3
msgid "Scrap during manufacturing"
msgstr "制造过程中的废料"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:7
msgid ""
"During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components"
" or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or "
"product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason."
msgstr "在制造过程中，可能需要报废制造部件或成品。如果部件或产品损坏，或因其他原因无法使用，就有必要报废。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:11
msgid ""
"By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from "
"physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual "
"Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather"
" a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in "
"physical inventory."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，报废组件或成品会将其从物理库存中移除，并将其放置在名为*虚拟位置/报废*的虚拟位置中。虚拟位置**并非**物理空间，而是 Odoo "
"中的一个名称，用于追踪不再属于实际库存的物品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:17
msgid ""
"For more information, see the documentation about the different types of "
":doc:`locations <../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:20
msgid ""
"Components can be scrapped from both the *Manufacturing* app and the *Shop "
"Floor* module, before the associated manufacturing order (MO) is closed. "
"Finished products can only be scrapped from the *Manufacturing* app, and "
"only after closing the associated |MO|."
msgstr ""
"在关闭相关制造订单（MO）之前，可从*制造*应用程序和*车间*模块报废部件。成品只能在*制造*应用程序中报废，而且只能在关闭相关 |MO| 后报废。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25
msgid ""
"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order "
"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped."
msgstr ""
"废料订单可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 报废` "
"查看。每个报废订单都会显示创建订单的日期和时间，以及报废的产品和数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29
msgid ""
"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the "
":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display "
"all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual "
"Locations/Scrap` location."
msgstr ""
"要查看每个报废项目的总量，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 位置`，然后从 :guilabel:`搜索...` "
"栏移除 :guilabel:`内部` 筛选器，以显示所有虚拟位置。从列表中选择 :guilabel:`虚拟位置/废料` 位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:75
msgid "Scrap pop-up window"
msgstr "报废弹出窗口"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:39
msgid ""
"Scrapping components and finished products is done through the "
":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window. The pop-up window can be accessed from an "
"|MO| in the backend, or the *Shop Floor* module."
msgstr "报废部件和成品可通过 :guilabel:`报废` 弹出窗口完成。弹出窗口可通过后台的 |MO| 或 *车间* 模块访问。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43
msgid "Scrap component from Manufacturing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:45
msgid ""
"To scrap a component from an |MO|, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"then select an |MO|. At the top of the |MO|, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` "
"button to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"要报废 |MO| 中的部件，首先导航到:menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`，然后选择一个 |MO|。在 |MO| "
"顶部，点击 :guilabel:`报废` 按钮，打开 :guilabel:`报废` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:50
msgid "Scrap finished product from Manufacturing"
msgstr "从制造中报废成品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52
msgid ""
"To scrap a finished product from an |MO|, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select an open |MO|, and then click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button to "
"close it."
msgstr ""
"要报废一个 |MO| 中的成品，首先导航到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`。选择一个打开的 |MO|，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`全部生产` 按钮关闭它。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56
msgid ""
"To select an |MO| that has already been closed, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
"remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and "
"then select the desired |MO|."
msgstr ""
"要选择已关闭的 |MO|，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`，从 :guilabel:`搜索...` "
"栏移除 :guilabel:`待办` 筛选器，然后选择所需的 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:60
msgid ""
"Once closed, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button at the top of the |MO| to "
"open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window."
msgstr "关闭后，单击 |MO| 顶部的 :guilabel:`报废` 按钮，弹出 :guilabel:`报废` 窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:64
msgid "Scrap component from Shop Floor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66
msgid ""
"To scrap a component from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Shop Floor`. Then, either click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three "
"vertical dots)` button on an |MO| card, or select a work center from the top"
" navigation, and click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on a "
"work order card."
msgstr ""
"要报废*车间* 模块中的组件，首先要导航到 :menuselection:`车间`。然后，点击 |MO| 卡上的 :guilabel:`⋮ "
"（三竖点）`按钮，或从顶部导航选择一个工作中心，然后点击工单卡上的 :guilabel:`⋮ （三竖点）`按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:71
msgid ""
"Either method opens the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window. "
"Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the window to open the "
":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"无论使用哪种方法，都会打开 :guilabel:`你想做什么？`弹出窗口。点击窗口上的 :guilabel:`报废` 按钮，打开 "
":guilabel:`报废` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:77
msgid ""
"After opening the scrap pop-up window using one of the methods "
":ref:`detailed above <manufacturing/management/scrap-window>`, select the "
"component or finished product being scrapped, from the :guilabel:`Product` "
"drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"使用 :ref:`详见上文 <manufacturing/management/scrap-window>` 方法之一打开报废弹出窗口后，从 "
":guilabel:`产品` 下拉菜单中选择要报废的组件或成品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:81
msgid "In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity being scrapped."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中，输入报废数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:83
msgid ""
"By default, the :guilabel:`Source Location` field is set to the warehouse's "
"pre-production location, while the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` field is set "
"to the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. If either the source or"
" scrap location should be changed, select a different location from their "
"respective drop-down menus."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，:guilabel:`源位置`字段设置为仓库的预生产位置，而:guilabel:`废料位置`字段设置为:guilabel:`虚拟位置/废料`位置。如果要更改源位置或废料位置，请从各自的下拉菜单中选择不同的位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88
msgid ""
"Enable the :guilabel:`Replenish Scrapped Quantities` checkbox if a picking "
"order should be created to replace the scrapped component(s) upon "
"confirmation of the scrap order. This option should only be enabled for "
"warehouses with :doc:`two-step <../basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>` or "
":doc:`three-step <../basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing "
"enabled, since components are not picked as part of the :doc:`one-step "
"<../basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
msgid "The Scrap pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to scrap the selected component. After "
"one or more scrap orders have been created, a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart "
"button appears at the top of the screen. Click it to view a list of all "
"scrap orders for the |MO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103
msgid ""
"If a picking order was automatically created to replenish the scrapped "
"components, it can be accessed by opening the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
"app, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick "
"Components` card, and selecting the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:3
msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders"
msgstr "拆分和合并制造订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:5
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a"
" single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, "
"it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple "
"units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single "
"order."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo "
"*制造*中，可以为单件物品或同一物品的多个单位创建生产订单。在一些情况下，可能需要将包含多个单位的生产订单拆分为两个或多个订单，或将两个或多个订单合并为一个订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:11
msgid ""
"A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple "
"units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As "
"a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order"
" contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM."
msgstr ""
"制造订单只能包含一个产品的一个单位，或者多个单位使用相同的物料清单（BoM）的单一产品。因此，只有当每个订单都包含相同的产品，并且使用相同的 BoM "
"进行制造时，才能合并制造订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:17
msgid "Split manufacturing orders"
msgstr "拆分制造订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:19
msgid ""
"To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
" select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the "
":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears "
"with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it."
msgstr ""
"要将一个制造订单拆分成多个订单，首先导航到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> "
"制造订单`，然后选择一个制造订单。在页面顶部，:guilabel:`新建`按钮旁边会显示生产单的参考编号，旁边还有一个:guilabel:`⚙️（设置）`"
" 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:24
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for "
"the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`⚙️（设置）` 按钮打开生产单的常规设置，然后选择 :guilabel:`拆分`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order."
msgstr "制造订单上的设置和拆分按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:31
msgid ""
"After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up "
"window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of "
"manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then "
"click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new "
"manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the "
":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will "
"be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:42
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split "
"into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` "
"field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the "
"reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:48
msgid ""
"Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The "
"reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, "
"*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:52
msgid "Merge manufacturing orders"
msgstr "合并制造订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:54
msgid ""
"To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating "
"the checkbox to the left of the name of each order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1
msgid ""
"Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for"
" each."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:62
msgid ""
"Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the "
":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select "
":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst-1
msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:69
msgid ""
"The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The "
"reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential "
"number that has *not* already been assigned to an order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:73
msgid ""
"The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. "
"Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a"
" single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by "
"the merger is *WH/MO/00013*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:77
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the "
"merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged "
"are listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:81
msgid ""
"Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create "
"*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* "
"and *WH/MO/00010*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3
msgid "Unbuild orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:7
msgid ""
"In some cases, it is necessary to dismantle manufactured products into their"
" individual components. This may be required if too many units of a product "
"were built, or if the components of one product must be reclaimed to use in "
"the manufacturing of another."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Manufacturing*, products can be dismantled, and their components "
"returned to inventory, using *unbuild orders*. By using unbuild orders to "
"accomplish this task, inventory counts for the finished product and its "
"components remain accurate, based on the quantity of products dismantled, "
"and the quantity of components reclaimed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:17
msgid "Create unbuild order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"A new unbuild order can be created by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Unbuild Orders`, and "
"clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:22
msgid ""
"Begin filling out the new unbuild order by selecting a :guilabel:`Product` "
"to unbuild. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field auto-"
"populates with the corresponding bill of materials (BoM). If a different "
"|BoM| should be used, click on the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and "
"select it from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:27
msgid ""
"Alternatively, a specific |BoM| can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Material` field before selecting a product, which causes the corresponding "
"product to auto-populate in the :guilabel:`Product` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:31
msgid ""
"Next, specify the :guilabel:`Quantity` of the product that is being unbuilt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:33
msgid ""
"If the product being unbuilt was originally manufactured in a specific "
"manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` "
"field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Source Location` field, select the location where the "
"product being unbuilt is currently stored."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:39
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Destination Location` field, select the location where the"
" reclaimed components are stored after the unbuild order is completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:42
msgid ""
"If the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature is enabled in the settings of the "
"*Inventory* app, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field appears on the "
"unbuild order, which can be used to specify the lot(s) or serial number(s) "
"of the product being unbuilt, if any are assigned."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:46
msgid ""
"If the Odoo database has been configured with multiple companies, a "
":guilabel:`Company` field appears on the unbuild order, which can be used to"
" specify the company that owns the product being unbuilt."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:50
msgid ""
"Finally, once the product has been unbuilt, click the :guilabel:`Unbuild` "
"button at the top of the order to confirm that it has been completed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst-1
msgid "A filled-out unbuild order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:58
msgid ""
"While it is possible to create unbuild orders for products that have zero "
"(or fewer) units on-hand, this is not advised, since it can lead to "
"inventory inconsistencies."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:61
msgid ""
"If an unbuild order is created for a product with zero (or fewer) units on-"
"hand, a pop-up window appears, warning the user that there is an "
"insufficient quantity to unbuild."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:64
msgid ""
"To ignore the warning, and proceed with the unbuild order, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window. To return to the "
"unconfirmed unbuild order, click :guilabel:`Discard`, instead."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"The insufficient quantity pop-up that appears after trying to confirm an unbuild order\n"
"for a product with zero or fewer units on hand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:73
msgid ""
"After completing an unbuild order, inventory counts automatically update, "
"based on the quantity of products unbuilt, and the quantity of components "
"reclaimed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:77
msgid ""
"A `Coat Rack` product is comprised of one `Wooden Pole` component and six "
"`Wooden Dowel` components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:80
msgid ""
"An unbuild order is created for one unit of the `Coat Rack`. Once the order "
"is completed, the on-hand quantity of `Coat Racks` decreases by one, while "
"the on-hand quantities of `Wooden Poles` and `Wooden Dowels` increase by one"
" and six, respectively."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:85
msgid "Scrap unusable components"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:87
msgid ""
"In some cases, components may be unusable after the unbuilding process is "
"completed. To ensure that inventory counts accurately reflect the quantity "
"of usable components on-hand, any component that can no longer be used "
"should be removed from inventory using a :doc:`scrap order "
"<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:3
msgid "Master production schedule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:16
msgid ""
"In Odoo's *Manufacturing* app, the *master production schedule* (MPS) is "
"used to manually plan manufacturing orders (MOs) and purchase orders (POs), "
"based on forecasted quantities of products and components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:20
msgid ""
"By considering the impact of confirmed |MOs| and |POs|, along with manually "
"adjusted demand forecasts, the |MPS| can be used to manage long-term product"
" replenishment. This ensures the continued availability of the necessary "
"products and components."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:24
msgid ""
"Since the |MPS| allows for manual intervention, it is useful for "
"replenishing products where the demand of existing sales orders (SOs) does "
"**not** reflect probable future demand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:28
msgid ""
"A retail store sells artificial *Christmas trees* during the holiday season."
" It is currently September, and the store has less than ten Christmas tree "
"|MOs| confirmed for the month of December."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:32
msgid ""
"Despite the number of confirmed |MOs|, the procurement manager knows that "
"the demand for Christmas trees in December is going to be much higher, once "
"the holiday season starts. As a result, they manually enter a greater demand"
" in the |MPS|, so they can properly replenish the product in time for the "
"increase in customer demand."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:38
msgid ""
"It is essential to remember that the |MPS| is a **MANUAL** tool. Adding a "
"product to the |MPS| does not cause it to be manufactured or purchased "
"automatically. The |MPS| simply suggests the amount of the product that "
"should be replenished, but requires user input to create the |MOs| or |POs| "
"that are used to replenish it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:43
msgid ""
"For this reason, it is recommended that the |MPS| **NOT** be used alongside "
"reordering rules for the same product. Because reordering rules are an "
"automated workflow, they conflict with the manual replenishment method of "
"|MPS|. Using both, in unison, can lead to inaccurate forecasts and the "
"creation of unnecessary replenishment orders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:49
msgid "Enable and configure |MPS|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:51
msgid ""
"To use the |MPS| feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Master Production "
"Schedule` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Planning` section. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:55
msgid ""
"After enabling the :guilabel:`Master Production Schedule` feature, two new "
"fields appear under it on the :guilabel:`Settings` page: :guilabel:`Time "
"Range` and :guilabel:`Number of Columns`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:58
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Time Range` field is used to select the period of time over "
"which planning takes place, and offers three options: :guilabel:`Monthly`, "
":guilabel:`Weekly`, and :guilabel:`Daily`. For example, if "
":guilabel:`Monthly` is selected, the |MPS| plans the production requirements"
" of products and components on a monthly basis."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:63
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Number of Columns` field is used to specify the quantity of "
"the selected :guilabel:`Time Range` units shown on the |MPS| page. For "
"example, if the :guilabel:`Time Range` field is set to :guilabel:`Monthly`, "
"and `12` is entered in the :guilabel:`Number of Columns` field, the |MPS| "
"shows one column for the next 12 months, starting with the current month."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:68
msgid ""
"If the values of the :guilabel:`Time Range` or :guilabel:`Number of Columns`"
" fields are altered, click :guilabel:`Save` again to save the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst-1
msgid "The MPS setting in the Manufacturing app's settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:76
msgid "|MPS| dashboard"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:78
msgid ""
"To open the |MPS|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Planning --> Master Production Schedule`. The |MPS| view appears as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst-1
msgid "The Master Production Schedule in the Manufacturing app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:85
msgid ""
"The grey column on the left side of the screen shows a section for every "
"product added to the |MPS|, with each product section being broken down into"
" smaller rows. The information shown in the rows depends on the filters "
"selected in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar drop-down menu at the top of the "
"page. The default categories that appear in the rows are:"
msgstr ""
"屏幕左侧的灰色列显示了添加到 |MPS| 的每个产品的部分，每个产品部分又分成较小的行。行中显示的信息取决于页面顶部 :guilabel:`搜索...`"
" 栏下拉菜单中选择的筛选器。行中显示的默认类别是："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:90
msgid ""
":guilabel:`[Product] by [unit]` :icon:`fa-area-chart`: the forecasted stock "
"quantity at the beginning of each time period. :guilabel:`[Product]` and "
":icon:`fa-area-chart` are selectable buttons which open the product's page, "
"or the forecast report for the product, respectively."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`[产品] ，按 [单位] 计算` :icon:`fa-area-chart`：每个时间段开始时的预测库存量。 "
":guilabel:`[产品]`和 :icon:`fa-area-chart`是可选按钮，可分别打开产品页面或产品的预测报告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:93
msgid ""
":guilabel:`- Forecasted Demand`: the demand forecast, which is entered "
"manually. This represents an estimate of the demand for the product during "
"each time period."
msgstr ":guilabel:`- 需求预测`：手动输入的需求预测。这是对每个时间段内产品需求的估计。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:95
msgid ""
":guilabel:`- Indirect Demand Forecast`: while this is a default category, it"
" **only** appears for products that are components of other products. It "
"represents the demand for the component from existing MOs."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`-间接需求预测`：虽然这是一个默认类别，但它 **只** 出现在作为其他产品组成部分的产品上。它代表现有 MO 对该组件的需求。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:98
msgid ""
":guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment`: the quantity of the product that is "
"suggested to be replenished through |MOs| or |POs|. To the right of the "
"category title is a :guilabel:`Replenish` button, which is used to manually "
"replenish the product, based on the quantity suggested to be replenished."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`+建议补充`：建议通过 |MO| 或 |PO| 补充的产品数量。类别标题右侧有一个 :guilabel:`补货` "
"按钮，用于根据建议补货的数量手动补充产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:0
msgid "The Replenish button on the \"+ Suggested Replenishment\" row."
msgstr "“+建议补货” 行上的补货按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:107
msgid "The \"Replenish\" button on the \"+ Suggested Replenishment\" row."
msgstr "“+建议补货” 行上的“补货”按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:109
msgid ""
":guilabel:`= Forecasted Stock`: the quantity of the product forecasted to be"
" in stock at the end of each time period, assuming that suggested "
"replenishment numbers are fulfilled."
msgstr ":guilabel:`= 预测库存`：假设建议的补货数量得到满足，预测每个时间段结束时的产品库存数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:112
msgid "Altogether, these default categories form an equation:"
msgstr "总计，这些默认类别构成了一个等式："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:114
msgid ""
"\\text{Forecasted Demand} + \\text{Suggested Replenishment} = \\text{Forecasted Stock}\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\\text{Forecasted Demand} + \\text{Suggested Replenishment} = \\text{Forecasted Stock}\n"
"\n"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:117
msgid ""
"In the case of components, the :guilabel:`Indirect Demand Forecast` is taken"
" into account as well."
msgstr "对于组件，:guilabel:`间接需求预测` 也会被考虑在内。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:119
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`- Forecasted Demand` and :guilabel:`+ Suggested "
"Replenishment` fields can be edited for any of the time periods to the right"
" of the product column. Doing so changes the equation, and updates the value"
" displayed in the :guilabel:`Forecasted Stock` field."
msgstr ""
"产品列右侧的 :guilabel:`- 预测需求` 和 :guilabel:`+ 建议补货`字段可针对任何时间段进行编辑。这样做会改变等式，并更新显示在"
" :guilabel:`预测库存` 字段中的值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:123
msgid ""
"Changing the value in the :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` field also "
"makes an :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(reset)` button appear to the left of "
"the field. Click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(reset)` button next to the"
" field to reset its value back to the one calculated by the |MPS|."
msgstr ""
"更改 :guilabel:`+ 建议补货` 字段中的值后，字段左侧会出现一个 :icon:`fa-"
"times`:guilabel:`(重置)`按钮。点击该字段旁边的 :icon:`fa-times`:`guilabel:`(重置)` "
"按钮，将其值重置回由 |MPS|计算的值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:129
msgid ""
"While the |MPS| can be used with only the default categories enabled, it is "
"advisable to also enable the :guilabel:`Actual Demand` category. This is "
"done by clicking the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` on the "
"right side of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and enabling the "
":guilabel:`Actual Demand` option under the :guilabel:`Rows` header."
msgstr ""
"虽然 |MPS| 可在只启用默认类别的情况下使用，但建议同时启用 :guilabel:`实际需求` "
"类别。方法是点击:guilabel:`搜索...`栏右侧的:icon:`fa-caret-down` "
":guilabel:`（向下箭头）`，并启用:guilabel:`行` 标题下的:guilabel:`实际需求` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:134
msgid ""
"With the :guilabel:`Actual Demand` option enabled, the :guilabel:`- "
"Forecasted Demand` category changes to the :guilabel:`- Actual / Forecasted "
"Demand` category. In addition to the manually entered forecasted demand, "
"this category also displays the confirmed demand for the product, which is "
"based on confirmed |SOs|."
msgstr ""
"启用 :guilabel:`实际需求` 选项后，:guilabel:`- 需求预测` 类别将变为 :guilabel:`- 实际/预测需求` "
"类别。除了手动输入的预测需求外，该类别还显示产品的确认需求（基于确认的 |SO|）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:139
msgid ""
"Each column to the right of the products column lists one unit of the time "
"period selected in the *Time Range* field on the *Manufacturing* app "
"*Settings* page (ex. months). The number of time period columns corresponds "
"to the value entered in the *Number of Columns* field."
msgstr ""
"在 *制造* 应用程序的 *设置* 页面上，*时间范围* 字段选择的时间期限，产品列右侧的每一列都会列出该时间期限的一个单位（例如，月）。时间段列数与 "
"*列数* 字段中输入的值一致。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:143
msgid ""
"The first time period column represents the current time period. For "
"example, if the |MPS| is configured to use months, the first column displays"
" data for the current month. On this first column, the :guilabel:`+ "
"Suggested Replenishment` field appears in one of five colors:"
msgstr ""
"第一时间段列表示当前时间段。例如，如果 |MPS| 配置为使用月，则第一列显示当前月份的数据。在这第一列中，:guilabel:`+ 建议补货` "
"字段显示为五种颜色之一："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:147
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Green`: a replenishment order must be generated to keep stock at "
"the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`绿色`：必须生成补货订单，才能将库存保持在 :guilabel:`安全库存目标`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:149
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Gray`: a replenishment order has already been generated to keep "
"stock at the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`灰色`：已生成补货订单，将库存保持在 :guilabel:` 安全库存目标`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Yellow`: a replenishment order has already been generated, but "
"the quantity it was created for is not enough to keep stock at the "
":guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`黄色`：已生成补货订单，但生成的数量不足以将库存保持在 :guilabel:`安全库存目标`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:153
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Red`: a replenishment order has already been generated, but the "
"quantity it was created for puts the amount of stock above the "
":guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`红色`：已生成补货订单，但其创建的数量使库存量超过 :guilabel:`安全库存目标`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:156
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` field appears white, if no "
"replenishment order has been generated, and it is not necessary to generate "
"one at the current moment."
msgstr "如果没有生成补货订单，且当前也没有必要生成补货订单，则 :guilabel:`+ 建议补货` 字段显示为白色。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:160
msgid "Add a product"
msgstr "添加产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:162
msgid ""
"To use |MPS| to manage the replenishment of a product, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Planning --> Master Production "
"Schedule`. At the top of the |MPS| page, click :guilabel:`Add a Product` to "
"open the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"要使用 |MPS| 管理产品补货，请导航至:menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 计划 --> 主生产计划`。在 |MPS| "
"页面顶部，点击:guilabel:`添加产品`，打开:guilabel:`添加产品` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:167
msgid ""
"Products **must** be properly configured to be replenished through the "
"|MPS|."
msgstr "**必须** 正确配置产品，才能通过 |MPS| 补充。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:169
msgid ""
"In the case of manufactured products, the *Manufacture* route must be "
"selected in the *Routes* section of the *Inventory* tab, on the product's "
"form."
msgstr "如果是制成品，则必须在产品表格的 *库存* 选项卡的 *路线*部分选择 *制造* 路线。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:172
msgid ""
"In the case of products that are purchased, the *Buy* route must be selected"
" in the *Routes* section of the *Inventory* tab, on the product's form. "
"Additionally, a vendor and the price they sell the product for must also be "
"specified on the *Purchase* tab."
msgstr ""
"如果是购买的产品，则必须在产品表单的 *库存* 选项卡的 *路线* 部分选择 *购买* 路线。此外，还必须在 *购买* 选项卡上指定供应商及其产品售价。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:176
msgid ""
"On the pop-up window, select the product to add in the :guilabel:`Product` "
"drop-down menu. If the product is replenished through manufacturing, select "
"the product's |BoM| in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` field."
msgstr ""
"在弹出窗口的 :guilabel:`产品` 下拉菜单中选择要添加的产品。如果产品通过制造补充，请在 :guilabel:`物料清单` 字段中选择产品的 "
"|BoM| 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:181
msgid ""
"Selecting a BoM when adding a product to the |MPS| also adds any components "
"listed on the BoM. If it is not necessary to manage the replenishment of "
"components through the |MPS|, simply leave the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials`"
" field blank."
msgstr ""
"将产品添加到 |MPS| 时选择一个 BoM，也会添加该 BoM 上列出的任何组件。如果不需要通过 |MPS| 管理组件的补货，只需将 "
":guilabel:`物料清单` 字段留空。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:185
msgid ""
"If the database is configured with multiple warehouses, a "
":guilabel:`Production Warehouse` field appears on the :guilabel:`Add a "
"Product` pop-up window. Use this field to specify which warehouse the "
"product is replenished to."
msgstr ""
"如果数据库配置了多个仓库，则 :guilabel:`添加产品` 弹出窗口中会出现一个:guilabel:`生产仓库` "
"字段。使用此字段指定产品补货到哪个仓库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:189
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target` field, specify the minimum quantity "
"of the product that should be kept available for orders at all times. For "
"example, if there should always be 20 units of the product available for "
"order fulfillment, enter `20` in the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target` field."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`安全库存目标` 字段中，指定应始终为订单提供的产品最小数量。例如，如果始终有 20 个单位的产品可用于执行订单，则在 "
":guilabel:`安全库存目标` 字段中输入 `20`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:194
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` field, enter the minimum product "
"quantity for orders created to replenish the product. For example, if `5` is"
" entered in this field, replenishment orders for the product include a "
"minimum of five units."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`最少补货` 字段中，输入为补货产品而创建的订单的最小产品数量。例如，如果在此字段中输入 `5`，则该产品的补货订单至少包括 5"
" 个单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:198
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` field, enter the maximum product "
"quantity for orders created to replenish the product. For example, if `100` "
"is entered in this field, replenishment orders for the product include a "
"maximum of 100 units."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`最大补货` 字段中，输入为补货产品而创建的订单的最大产品数量。例如，如果在此字段中输入 `100`，则该产品的补货订单至多包括"
" 100 个单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:202
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to add the product to the |MPS|. The product"
" now appears on the |MPS| page each time it is opened. If a |BoM| was "
"selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` field of the :guilabel:`Add a "
"Product` pop-up window, any components listed on the |BoM| appear on the "
"page, as well."
msgstr ""
"最后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，将产品添加到 |MPS|。现在，每次打开 |MPS| 页面时，产品都会出现在页面上。如果在  "
":guilabel:`添加产品` 弹出窗口的:guilabel:`物料清单` 字段中选择了 |BoM| ，则 |BoM| "
"中列出的任何组件也会出现在页面上。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst-1
msgid "The Add a Product pop-up window in the MPS."
msgstr "在 MPS 中弹出 “添加产品” 窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:212
msgid "Edit a product"
msgstr "编辑产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:214
msgid ""
"After adding a product to the |MPS|, it may be necessary to change the "
"replenishment values entered on the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window."
" To do so, click the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button to the immediate right of "
"the :guilabel:`Replenish` button, on the :guilabel:`+ Suggested "
"Replenishment` row, below the product's name."
msgstr ""
"将产品添加到 |MPS| "
"后，可能需要更改在:guilabel:`添加产品`弹出窗口中输入的补货值。要执行此操作，请点击产品名称下方:guilabel:`+ 建议补货` "
"行中:guilabel:`# ≤...≤ #`按钮右侧的:guilabel:`补货`按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:220
msgid ""
"The first and second number displayed on the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button "
"correspond to the values entered in the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` and"
" :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` fields when adding the product to the "
"|MPS|."
msgstr ""
" :guilabel:`#≤...≤#` 按钮上显示的第一个和第二个数字与添加产品到 |MPS| 时在 :guilabel:`最少补货` 和 "
":guilabel:`最大补货` 字段中输入的值相对应。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:224
msgid ""
"For example, if `5` was entered in the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` "
"field, and `100` was entered in the :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` field, "
"the button appears as :guilabel:`5 ≤…≤ 100`."
msgstr ""
"例如，如果在 :guilabel:`最少补货` 字段中输入了 `5`，在 :guilabel:`最大补货` 字段中输入了 `100`，按钮显示为 "
":guilabel:`5≤...≤100`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:228
msgid ""
"Clicking the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button opens the :guilabel:`Edit Production"
" Schedule` pop-up window. This pop-up window is the same as the "
":guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window, except that the :guilabel:`Product`"
" and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`# ≤...≤ #` 按钮打开 :guilabel:`编辑生产计划` 弹出窗口。该弹出窗口与:guilabel:`添加产品`"
" 弹出窗口相同，但 :guilabel:`产品` 和:guilabel:`物料清单` 字段不可编辑。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:232
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Edit Production Schedule` pop-up window, enter the desired"
" values in the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`, :guilabel:`Minimum to "
"Replenish`, and :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` fields. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Save` to save the changes."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`编辑生产计划` 弹出窗口中，在:guilabel:`安全库存目标`、:guilabel:`最小补货量` "
"和:guilabel:`最大补货量` 字段中输入所需的值。然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，以保存更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:237
msgid "Remove a product"
msgstr "移除产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:239
msgid ""
"To remove a product from the |MPS|, tick the checkbox to the left of its "
"name. Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button at the top "
"of the screen, and select :guilabel:`Delete` from the resulting drop-down "
"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Ok` on the :guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up "
"window."
msgstr ""
"要从 |MPS| 中删除产品，请勾选产品名称左侧的复选框。然后，点击屏幕顶部的 :icon:`fa-cog`:guilabel:`操作` "
"按钮，并从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`删除`。最后，在弹出的 :guilabel:`确认` 窗口中点击 :guilabel:`确认`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:244
msgid ""
"Deleting a product from the |MPS| removes it, along with all of its data. If"
" the product is re-added, its replenishment values must be reconfigured."
msgstr "从 |MPS| 中删除产品会删除该产品及其所有数据。如果重新添加产品，则必须重新配置其补货值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:248
msgid "|MPS| replenishment"
msgstr "|MPS| 补货"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:250
msgid "Products in the |MPS| can be replenished in one of three ways:"
msgstr "可通过以下三种方式之一对 |MPS| 中的产品进行补充："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:252
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button at the top of the screen to generate "
"replenishment orders for every product below its :guilabel:`Safety Stock "
"Target` for the current month."
msgstr "点击屏幕顶部的 :guilabel:`补货` 按钮，为当前月份低于 :guilabel:`安全库存目标` 的每种产品生成补货订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:254
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the right side of the :guilabel:`+"
" Suggested Replenishment` row of a specific product, to generate a "
"replenishment order for that specific product."
msgstr "点击特定产品的 :guilabel:`+ 建议补货` 行右侧的 :guilabel:`补货` 按钮，为该特定产品生成补货订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:257
msgid ""
"Tick the checkbox to the left of the product name of one or more products. "
"Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the "
"screen, and select :guilabel:`Replenish` from the resulting drop-down menu. "
"Doing so generates a replenishment order for each selected product."
msgstr ""
"勾选一个或多个产品名称左侧的复选框。然后，点击屏幕顶部的 :icon:`fa-cog`:guilabel:`操作` 按钮，并从下拉菜单中选择 "
":guilabel:`补货`。这样就会为每个选定的产品生成一个补货订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:262
msgid ""
"The type of replenishment order generated corresponds to the route selected "
"on the *Inventory* tab of the product's form:"
msgstr "生成的补货单类型与产品表格的 *库存* 选项卡上选择的路径一致："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:265
msgid ""
"If the *Buy* route is selected, an |RfQ| is generated to replenish the "
"product. |RfQs| can be selected by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app. Any |RfQ| generated by the |MPS| lists "
":guilabel:`MPS` in its :guilabel:`Source Document` field."
msgstr ""
"如果选择 *购买* 路线，则会生成 |RfQ| 以补充产品。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`采购` 应用程序选择 |RfQ|。任何由 "
"|MPS| 生成的 |RfQ| 都会在其 :guilabel:`源文件` 字段中列出 :guilabel:`MPS`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:268
msgid ""
"If the *Manufacture* route is selected, an |MO| is generated to replenish "
"the product. |MOs| can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Any |MO| generated by the |MPS| lists :guilabel:`MPS` in its "
":guilabel:`Source Document` field."
msgstr ""
"如果选择*制造*路线，则会生成 |MO| 以补充产品。可以通过导航到 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 操作 --> 制造订单` "
"来选择 |MO|。任何由 |MPS| 生成的 |MO| 都会在其 :guilabel:`源文件` 字段中列出 :guilabel:`MPS`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:3
msgid "Work center time off"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:7
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at "
"specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some "
"reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is "
"operational again."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中，*工作中心* 用于在特定地点执行生产操作。但是，如果某个工作中心因某种原因无法使用，工单就会开始堆积在该工作中心，直到它再次投入使用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:11
msgid ""
"As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so "
"new work orders are routed to alternative work centers that are operational."
" Using Odoo's **Time Off** app, it is possible to designate a work center as"
" being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures manufacturing "
"operations can continue until the impacted work center is available again."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:19
msgid ""
"Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform "
"must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable "
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. This allows the *Time Off* smart "
"button to appear on each work center's *Working Hours* page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:23
msgid ""
"Next, install the **Time Off** app. This is the app used for managing time "
"off for all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:26
msgid ""
"To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` app, then search `Time Off` "
"in the search bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` app should be the "
"only one that appears on the page. Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on "
"the card to install the app."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`应用程序`，然后在搜索栏中搜索 `休假`。页面上应只出现 :guilabel:`休假` "
"应用程序的卡片。点击卡片上的 :guilabel:`安装` 按钮安装应用程序。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:30
msgid ""
"The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it "
"is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made "
"unavailable, and a second that receives the work orders that the other "
"cannot accept. If no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route "
"work orders away from the unavailable work center, and they pile up in its "
"queue."
msgstr ""
"最后一步是正确配置工作中心。对于此工作流程，至少需要两个工作中心：一个工作中心不可用，另一个工作中心接收另一个工作中心无法接受的工单。如果没有配置第二个工作中心，Odoo"
" 就无法将工单从不可用的工作中心路由出去，这些工单就会堆积在其队列中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:35
msgid ""
"To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Configuration --> Work Centers --> New`."
msgstr "要创建工作中心，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 工作中心 --> 新建`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:39
msgid ""
"For a full guide to work center creation, refer to the documentation on "
":doc:`work centers <../advanced_configuration/using_work_centers>`."
msgstr ""
"有关创建工作中心的完整指南，请参阅 :doc:`工作中心 <../advanced_configuration/using_work_centers>`"
" 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:42
msgid ""
"Make sure both work centers have the same equipment listed under the "
":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures operations carried out at one work "
"center can also be performed at the other."
msgstr "确保两个工作中心的 :guilabel:`设备` 选项卡下都列出了相同的设备。这可确保在一个工作中心执行的操作也能在另一个工作中心执行。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:45
msgid ""
"On the work center that is made unavailable, select the second work center "
"from the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo knows"
" to send work orders to the second work center when the first is unavailable"
" for any reason."
msgstr ""
"在不可用的工作中心上，从 :guilabel:`替代工作中心` 下拉菜单中选择第二个工作中心。现在，当第一个工作中心因任何原因不可用时，Odoo "
"知道要将工单发送到第二个工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center."
msgstr "配置有替代工作中心的工作中心表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:54
msgid "Add time off for a work center"
msgstr "为工作中心增加休假"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:56
msgid ""
"With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to a work center."
" Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration "
"--> Work Centers`, and selecting the affected work center. Click the "
":icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(Internal link)` button on the right side "
"of the :guilabel:`Working Hours` drop-down menu, to open the working hours "
"page for the work center."
msgstr ""
"配置完成后，现在就可以将休息时间分配给工作中心了。首先导航到 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置--> "
"工作中心`，然后选择受影响的工作中心。点击 :guilabel:`工作时间` 下拉菜单右侧的 :icon:`oi-arrow-"
"right`:guilabel:`（内部链接）` 按钮，打开工作中心的工作时间页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form."
msgstr "工作中心表格上的工作时间 “外部链接” 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:65
msgid ""
"The working hours page displays the standard working hours for the work "
"center. With developer mode activated, a :icon:`fa-plane` :guilabel:`Time "
"Off` smart button appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the "
":guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page."
msgstr ""
"工作时间页面显示工作中心的标准工作时间。激活开发模式后，页面顶部会出现一个 :icon:`fa-plane` :guilabel:`休假` "
"智能按钮。点击它可打开 :guilabel:`资源休假` 页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:69
msgid ""
"On this page, click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new time-off entry. On "
"the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure "
"(e.g. broken equipment, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center "
"as the :guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and "
":guilabel:`End Date` to specify the period during which the work center is "
"unavailable."
msgstr ""
"在此页面，点击 :guilabel:`新建` 以配置新的暂停条目。在停工表单中，注明关闭工作中心的 "
":guilabel:`原因`（如设备损坏、维护等），选择受影响的工作中心作为 :guilabel:`资源` ，并选择 :guilabel:`开始日期` "
"和 :guilabel:`结束日期` 指定工作中心不可用的时间段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst-1
msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form."
msgstr "“休息资源分配” 表单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:79
msgid "Alternative work center planning"
msgstr "替代工作中心规划"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent"
" to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the "
"*Plan* button."
msgstr "一旦某个工作中心处于指定的休假期内，发送到该工作中心的工单就可以使用 *计划* 按钮自动路由到其他工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:84
msgid ""
"Begin by creating a new manufacturing order (MO), by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders "
"--> New`. On the |MO| form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the "
"unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
" to confirm the |MO|."
msgstr ""
"首先，通过导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 操作 --> 制造订单 --> 新建`，创建一个新的制造单（MO）。在 |MO|"
" 表单中，指定一个 :guilabel:`产品`，该产品的一个操作使用不可用的工作中心。点击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:89
msgid ""
"On the confirmed |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By default, "
"the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work Center` "
"column. There is also a :guilabel:`Plan` button at the top left of the page."
msgstr ""
"在确认的 |MO| 中，选择 :guilabel:`工作中心` 选项卡。默认情况下，在 :guilabel:`工作中心` "
"列中指定了不可用的工作中心。页面左上角还有一个 :guilabel:`计划` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:93
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Plan`, and the work center listed in the :guilabel:`Work "
"Center` column of the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab is automatically changed "
"to the alternative work center."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`计划`，:guilabel:`工作订单` 选项卡的 :guilabel:`工作中心` "
"列中列出的工作中心将自动更改为替代工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:100
msgid ""
"Before clicking \"Plan\", the work order is scheduled at \"Main Assembly "
"Line\"."
msgstr "在点击 “计划” 之前，工单已安排在 “主要装配线” 上。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:100
msgid ""
"Before clicking :guilabel:`Plan`, the work order is scheduled at "
":guilabel:`Main Assembly Line`."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`计划` 之前，工单已安排在 :guilabel:`主要装配线` 上。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:106
msgid ""
"After clicking \"Plan\", the work order is rescheduled at \"Alternative "
"Assembly Line\"."
msgstr "点击 “计划” 后，工单将被重新安排到 “替代装配线”。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:106
msgid ""
"After clicking :guilabel:`Plan`, the work order is rescheduled at "
":guilabel:`Alternative Assembly Line`."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`计划` 后，工单将在 :guilabel:`替代装配线` 重新排程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:109
msgid ""
"Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo "
"recognizes the work center is available again. At this point, clicking the "
":guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative work "
"center unless the first one is at capacity."
msgstr ""
"一旦停用工作中心的休假期结束，Odoo 就会识别该工作中心已恢复可用。此时，点击 :guilabel:`计划` "
"按钮不会将工作订单路由到备用工作中心，除非第一个工作中心已满负荷。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8
msgid "Product lifecycle management"
msgstr "产品生命周期管理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for"
" testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept "
"development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support "
"stages."
msgstr ""
"Odoo *产品生命周期管理*（*PLM*）提供了一种系统化的方法，用于在概念开发、设计、制造、营销和上市后支持阶段对产品进行测试、协作和迭代。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14
msgid ""
"With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation."
msgstr "有了审批，主要利益相关者就可以在实施前对变更进行审查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3
msgid "Change management"
msgstr "变更管理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10
msgid "ECO type"
msgstr "工程变更指令（ECO）类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12
msgid ""
"An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize "
"and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type"
" separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and "
"stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements."
msgstr ""
"为*工程变更指定*（ECO）分配*ECO 类型*，以组织和追踪对产品和物料清单（BoMs）的变更。每种 |ECO| 类型在甘特视图中将 |ECO| "
"分隔成一个项目，确保协作者和利益相关者**只**能查看和协助相关的 |BOM| 改进。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17
msgid ""
"For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product "
"Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware "
"Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in "
"the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding "
"unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|."
msgstr ""
"例如，电子芯片制造商可能会使用 “新产品介绍”、“产品改进”、“组件变更”和“固件更新”等 |ECO| 类型。这样，设计师和工程师就可以专注于 "
"“新产品介绍”和“产品改进”项目中的 |ECO|，避免无关的供应商变更或固件更新 |ECO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23
msgid "Create ECO type"
msgstr "创建 ECO 类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25
msgid ""
"To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> "
"Configuration --> ECO Types`."
msgstr "要访问和管理 ECO 类型，请导航至 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 配置 --> ECO 类型`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28
msgid ""
"Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO"
" Types` form, fill in the following information:"
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`新建`，创建新的 ECO 类型。在新的 :guilabel:`ECO 类型` 表格中，填写以下信息："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the"
" |ECOs| of this *type* in a project."
msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`：|ECO| 类型的名称，它将组织项目中该*类型*的所有 |ECO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted "
"to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage "
"of this |ECO| type."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`电子邮件别名`：如果填写了此可选字段，则向此电子邮件地址提交的电子邮件将自动在此 |ECO| 类型的最左级生成 |ECO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37
msgid ""
"The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related "
"|ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field "
"generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email "
"address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`."
msgstr ""
"“配方变更” |ECO| 类型用于在单个项目中组织和追踪相关的 |ECO|。配置 :guilabel:`电子邮件别名` 字段后，“配方更改” 项目中的 "
"|ECO| 会发送到电子邮件地址“pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com”。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Example of an ECO type."
msgstr "ECO 类型示例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46
msgid "Edit ECO type"
msgstr "编辑 ECO 类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48
msgid ""
"Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click "
"on the desired |ECO| type from the list."
msgstr ""
"通过导航至 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 配置 --> ECO 类型` 页面，修改现有 |ECO| "
"类型名称和电子邮件别名。在该页面中，从列表中点击所需的 |ECO| 类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51
msgid ""
"On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and "
":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields."
msgstr "在每个 |ECO| 类型的表单中，继续编辑 :guilabel:`名称` 和 :guilabel:`电子邮件别名` 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57
msgid "Stages"
msgstr "阶段"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59
msgid ""
"Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to "
"identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be "
"applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')"
msgstr ""
"在 |ECO| 类型的项目中，*阶段*就像里程碑，用于在准备应用更改之前确定 |ECO| "
"的进度。（例如，“反馈”、“进行中”、“已批准”、“已完成”）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63
msgid ""
"Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that "
"changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews "
"and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by "
"enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on"
" a production |BOM|."
msgstr ""
"此外，还可以在每个阶段添加所需的审批人，确保在审批人审查和批准 |ECO| 之前，不能对生产 |BOM| 进行更改。这样做可以防止生产 |BOM| "
"上出现错误，因为在建议的更改应用到生产 |BOM| 上之前，至少要对其进行一次审核。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68
msgid ""
"For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which "
"is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores "
"|ECOs| that have been either cancelled or approved for use as the next "
"production |BOM|."
msgstr ""
"根据最佳做法，至少应有一个 *验证* 阶段（该阶段要求有审批人）和一个 *关闭* 阶段（用于存储已取消或已批准用作下一个生产 |BOM| 的 |ECO|"
" 阶段）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73
msgid "Create stage"
msgstr "创建阶段"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75
msgid ""
"To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended "
"project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"要添加阶段，请转到 :menuselection:`PLM` 应用程序，并从 :guilabel:`PLM 概览` 仪表板中为 |ECO| "
"类型选择目标项目。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78
msgid ""
"Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the "
"|ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text "
"box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the "
":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage."
msgstr ""
"然后，在 |ECO| 类型的 :guilabel:`工程变更指令` 项目管道上，点击 :guilabel:`+ 阶段` "
"按钮。此操作将显示一个文本框，用于填写阶段名称。填写完毕后，点击 :guilabel:`添加` 按钮完成添加阶段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83
msgid ""
"A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in"
" the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track "
"unassigned tasks."
msgstr ""
"新的 “已分配” 阶段将已分配的 |ECO| 与 “新” 阶段中未分配的 |ECO| 区分开来。添加另一个阶段有助于产品经理追踪未分配的任务。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type."
msgstr "在项目中为 ECO 类型创建一个新阶段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91
msgid "Verification stage"
msgstr "验证阶段"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93
msgid ""
"Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a "
"kanban view of |ECOs| of this type."
msgstr "从 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 概览` 中单击一个 ECO 类型，打开该类型的 |ECOs| 看板视图。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96
msgid ""
"To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select"
" the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-"
"up window."
msgstr ""
"要配置验证阶段，请将鼠标悬停在预定阶段上，然后选择 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标。然后，点击:guilabel:`编辑` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99
msgid ""
"Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by "
"checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`."
msgstr "在弹出的编辑阶段窗口中配置验证阶段，方法是选中 :guilabel:`允许应用变更` 的复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102
msgid ""
"Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking "
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer,"
" their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`."
msgstr ""
"然后，点击:guilabel:`添加行`，在:guilabel:`审批人`部分添加审批人，并指定审查人的:guilabel:`角色`、:guilabel:`用户`和:guilabel:`审批类型`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106
msgid ""
"Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval "
"Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`."
msgstr "确保至少有一名审批人配置了 :guilabel:`审批类型`: :guilabel:`需要批准`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109
msgid ""
"The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the"
" stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save "
"& Close`."
msgstr "在弹出窗口中指定的阶段丢弃 |ECO| 时，会自动通知列出的审批人。完成后，点击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113
msgid ""
"In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage "
"`Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and "
"selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` "
"pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"在 |ECO| 类型 “新产品介绍”中，通过点击 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标并选择 :guilabel:`编辑` "
"来配置验证阶段“已验证”。此操作将打开 :guilabel:`编辑：已验证` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117
msgid ""
"By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by "
"this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the"
" production |BOM|."
msgstr "将“工程经理”添加为批准人后，只有经该用户批准的 |ECO| 才能进入下一阶段，并将更改应用于生产 |BOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120
msgid ""
"Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure "
"proper behavior."
msgstr "此外，请检查 :guilabel:`允许应用变更` 选项，以确保行为正确。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0
msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked."
msgstr "选中“允许应用变更”选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127
msgid "Closing stage"
msgstr "关闭阶段"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129
msgid ""
"Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up "
"window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ "
"(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"打开 :guilabel:`编辑: [阶段]` 弹窗，配置关闭阶段。要执行此操作，请将鼠标悬停在预定阶段上，然后点击右上角出现的 "
":guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）`图标。然后，从下拉菜单中点击 :guilabel:`编辑`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for "
":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and "
":guilabel:`Final Stage`."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`编辑: [阶段]` 弹窗中，选中 :guilabel:`折叠在看板视图中`、:guilabel:`允许应用变更` 和 "
":guilabel:`最后阶段` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137
msgid ""
"The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the "
":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and "
":guilabel:`Final Stage` options"
msgstr ""
"通过选中 :guilabel:`折叠在看板视图中`、:guilabel:`允许应用变更` 和 :guilabel:`最后阶段` "
"选项，可配置关闭阶段“有效”。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1
msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage."
msgstr "显示结束阶段的配置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3
msgid "Engineering change orders"
msgstr "工程变更指令"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12
msgid ""
"Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert"
" change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials "
"<../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`."
msgstr ""
"利用 *工程变更单*（*ECO*）追踪、实施和还原产品变更版本，以及 "
":doc:`物料清单<.../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15
msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:"
msgstr "可创建工程变更指令："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17
msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type <plm/eco/create-eco>`."
msgstr ":ref:`直接在 ECO 类型中 <plm/eco/create-eco>`."

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18
msgid ""
"by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view <plm/eco/tablet-view>` of an "
"operation."
msgstr "由操作员在操作的 :ref:`平板视图 <plm/eco/tablet-view>` 中执行。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias "
"<plm/eco/eco-type>`."
msgstr "自动从提交到 :ref:`ECO 类型的电子邮件别名 <plm/eco/eco-type>` 的反馈中获取。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24
msgid "Create ECO"
msgstr "创建 ECO"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26
msgid ""
"To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select "
"the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. "
"On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`"
" button in the top-left corner."
msgstr ""
"要创建新的 |ECO|，首先要导航到 *PLM* 应用程序。然后，选择用于跟踪变更进度的 |ECO| 类型卡。在 :guilabel:`工程变更指令` "
"页面上，点击左上角的 :guilabel:`新建` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31
msgid ""
"Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types <plm/eco/eco-type>` to categorize "
"and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| "
"related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product "
"introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance "
"fulfillment."
msgstr ""
"了解如何创建新的 :ref:`ECO 类型 <plm/eco/eco-type>`，以分类和组织变更指令。这样做可确保员工只查看与其职责相关的 "
"|ECO|，无论是涉及新产品介绍、有针对性的产品线更新还是法规合规性履行。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36
msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:"
msgstr "在 |ECO| 表格中，填写以下相应字段："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement."
msgstr ":guilabel:`说明` 是对改进的简要概述。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the "
"|ECOs|."
msgstr ":guilabel:`类型`：指定用于组织 |ECO| 的 |ECO| 类型项目。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`应用于` 决定 |ECO| 是否更改 :guilabel:`物料清单` 或 :guilabel:`仅限产品`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42
msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved."
msgstr ":guilabel:`产品` 表示正在改进的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates"
" if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If "
"multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`物料清单` 指定已更改的 |BOM|。如果 :guilabel:`产品` 字段中的产品有一个现有的 |BOM| "
"，它将自动填充。如果存在多个 |BOM|，请从下拉菜单中选择相应的单选选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the"
" change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the "
"change applies to all companies."
msgstr ":guilabel:`公司` 字段用于多公司数据库。指定更改是否适用于特定公司的产品，如果更改适用于所有公司，则留空。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. "
"(Optional)"
msgstr ":guilabel:`负责人` 表示负责此 |ECO| 的受让人。（可选）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing "
":guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production "
"|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes "
"<plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`生效` 指定 |ECO| 生效的时间。选择 :guilabel:`尽快` 意味着一旦授权用户 :ref:`applies the "
"changes <plm/eco/apply-changes>` 应用了更改，|ECO| 就会应用到生产的 |BOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53
msgid ""
"On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific "
"date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the"
" |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production."
msgstr ""
"另一方面，选择 :guilabel:`日期` 并设置一个特定日期，会留下一个日期，以便于追踪 |BOM| 的版本历史和用于生产的特定日期 |BOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization."
" Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting "
":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`标签` 分配给 |ECO| 以确定优先级和组织。在字段中键入名称并从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`创建` "
"来创建新标签。（可选）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59
msgid ""
"After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` "
"button to begin implementing the changes."
msgstr "填写 |ECO| 表单后，点击 :guilabel:`开始修订` 按钮开始执行更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62
msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:"
msgstr "按 :guilabel:`开始修订` 后，会出现三个操作："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of "
"the |BOM|."
msgstr "出现 :guilabel:`文件` 智能按钮，存储 |BOM| 的相关文件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65
msgid ""
"A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared "
":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version "
"number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| "
"versions."
msgstr ""
"生产 |BOM| 的副本存储在 |ECO| 新出现的 :guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮中。下一个可用的版本号（如 "
"“V2”、“V3”......）也会被分配，以追踪所有 |BOM| 版本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68
msgid ""
"The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right "
"corner of the |ECO|."
msgstr "|ECO| 的各个阶段:guilabel:`类型` 显示在 |ECO| 的右上角。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the "
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the "
":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has "
"been pressed."
msgstr ""
"只有在 :guilabel:`应用` 字段中选择了 :guilabel:`物料清单` 单选按钮，并按下 :guilabel:`开始修订` "
"按钮后，:guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮才可用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid ""
"ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart "
"button."
msgstr "ECO 右上角有阶段概览，以及 *修订* 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80
msgid "Change components"
msgstr "更改组件"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82
msgid ""
"To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo "
"distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current "
"version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag."
msgstr ""
"要修改 |BOM| 中的组件，请点击 |ECO| 上的 :guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮，以访问 |BOM| 的新版本。Odoo 会用一个大的 "
":guilabel:`归档` 标签标记测试的 |BOM| 以区分非正式运行版本的 |BOM| 和当前版本的 |BOM| 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87
msgid ""
"After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the "
"product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, "
"marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag."
msgstr ""
"点击产品 `[D_0045 Stool]` 的 |ECO| 的 :guilabel:`开始修订` 按钮后，点击 :guilabel:`修订` "
"智能按钮更改产品的 |BOM|。这样做会打开已存档的 |BOM|，并用红色:guilabel:`已归档`标记。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials."
msgstr "显示已归档的物料清单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95
msgid ""
"On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the "
"components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing "
"components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, "
"and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon."
msgstr ""
"新的 |BOM| 中，在 :guilabel:`组件` 选项卡中，修改组件列表，改变现有组件的 :guilabel:`数量` ，使用 "
":guilabel:`添加行` 按钮添加新组件，使用 :guilabel:`️🗑️（垃圾桶）` 图标删除组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102
msgid ""
"In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are "
"reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added."
msgstr "在键盘 |BOM| 的第二版中，元件数量有所减少，并增加了一个元件 `稳定器`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart"
" button."
msgstr "使用 *修订* 智能按钮进入新的 BoM，对组件进行修改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153
msgid "Compare changes"
msgstr "比较变更"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking "
"`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| "
"form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the"
" current |BOM| and the new version."
msgstr ""
"变更完成后，点击左上角面包屑中的 `ECO00X`，回到 |ECO|。在 |ECO| 表单上，一个新的 :guilabel:`BoM 变更` "
"标签会显示当前 |BOM| 和新版本之间的差异。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116
msgid ""
"Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not "
"in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both "
"|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|."
msgstr ""
"蓝色文字表示修订后的 |BOM| 中添加的新组件，而生产 |BOM| 中没有这些组件。黑色文本表示两个 |BOM| 共享的更新，红色文本表示修订后的 "
"|BOM| 中删除的组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120
msgid ""
"Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** "
"affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the "
":ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""
"变更和测试都在修订后的 |BOM| 中，**不会** 影响当前生产中使用的 |BOM|。也就是说，直到 :ref:`变更被应用 "
"<plm/eco/apply-changes>`之前，物料清单都不会受到影响。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124
msgid ""
"View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard"
" |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|."
msgstr "在 |ECO| 的:guilabel:`BoM 变更` 选项卡中查看当前键盘 |BOM| 和修订后键盘 |BOM| 之间的差异摘要。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab."
msgstr "在*BoM 变更* 选项卡中查看组件变更的摘要。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132
msgid "Change operations"
msgstr "变更操作"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134
msgid ""
"To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|."
msgstr "要修改 |BOM| 中的操作，请点击 |ECO| 上的 :guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮，访问存档的新版本 |BOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137
msgid ""
"In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view "
"and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which "
"opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"在新版 |BOM| 中，切换到 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡可查看和编辑 |BOM| 操作。要进行更改，请选择每个操作，然后打开相应的 "
":guilabel:`打开： 操作` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
"Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，:guilabel:`操作` 选项卡 *不* 可用。要启用它，请导航至 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"设置`，然后选中 :guilabel:`工作订单` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146
msgid ""
"Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up"
" window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed."
msgstr "更改 :guilabel:`打开：操作` 弹出窗口，完成后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149
msgid ""
"Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and "
"remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`添加一行` 按钮创建新操作，点击 :guilabel:`归档操作` 按钮删除新操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155
msgid ""
"Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking "
"`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner."
msgstr "更改完成后，点击左上角面包屑导航中的 `ECO00X`，回到 |ECO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158
msgid ""
"On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the "
"differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version."
msgstr "在 |ECO| 表单上，新的 :guilabel:`操作变更` 标签会显示当前生产 |BOM| 和新版本之间的差异。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161
msgid ""
"Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not "
"yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by "
"both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised "
"|BOM|."
msgstr ""
"蓝色文字表示在修订后的 |BOM| 中添加的新操作，而这些操作在生产的 |BOM| 中还不存在。黑色文字表示两个 |BOM| "
"共享的更新，红色文字表示修订后的 |BOM| 中删除的操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165
msgid ""
"Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in"
" production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-"
"changes>`."
msgstr ""
"对 |ECO| 中的 |BOM| 的修改，**不会** 影响生产中使用的 |BOM|。也就是说，直到 :ref:`变更被应用 "
"<plm/eco/apply-changes>` 之前，物料清单都不会收到影响。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the "
"columns in the table, reflect the following information:"
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`操作变更` 选项卡中，表格列下的每行详细信息都反映了以下信息："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171
msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified."
msgstr ":guilabel:`操作`：已修改的操作的名称。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the "
"operation includes detailed instructions."
msgstr ":guilabel:`步骤`：指定了质量控制检查点，当操作包含详细说明时，这一检查点会显示出来。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176
msgid ""
"To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: "
"Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart "
"button displayed at the top."
msgstr ""
"要检查说明，请点击 |BOM| 的 :guilabel:`操作` 选项卡中的操作行项目。然后，在弹出的 :guilabel:`打开：操作` "
"弹出窗口中，查找顶部显示的 :guilabel:`说明` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181
msgid ""
"The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed "
":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it."
msgstr "`装配` 操作包含了 10 个详细的操作说明，需要完成这些说明才能完成整个操作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n"
"instructions."
msgstr "显示 *说明* 智能按钮可检查操作是否有附加说明。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further "
"instructions in the operation."
msgstr ":guilabel:`步骤类型` 详细说明质量控制类型，以便在操作中进一步说明。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the "
"revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can "
"be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`类型` 与彩色文本相对应，用于说明修改后的 |BOM| 与生产时的 |BOM| 有何不同。操作更改类型可以是 "
":guilabel:`添加`、:guilabel:`删除` 或 :guilabel:`更新`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is "
"performed."
msgstr ":guilabel:`工作中心` 指定执行操作的工作中心。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the "
":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-"
"up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`手动持续时间变更` 指更改:guilabel:`打开：操作` 弹出窗口中的:guilabel:`默认持续时间` "
"字段，该字段指定了完成操作的预期时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the"
" revised |BOM| in the |ECO|."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`操作变更` 选项卡中，将生产的 |BOM| 与修改后的 |ECO| 中的 |BOM| 进行比较。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203
msgid ""
"In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the "
":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the "
"expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the "
":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`."
msgstr ""
"在修改后的 |BOM| 中，在 :guilabel:`工作中心` `装配线 1` 添加了一个新的 `装配线` :guilabel:`操作`。此外，根据 "
":guilabel:`手动更改持续时间` 的规定，该操作的预期持续时间为 `20.00` 分钟。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207
msgid ""
"To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point "
"instructions are added:"
msgstr "为补充 `装配` 操作，增加了两个质量控制点指令："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209
msgid ""
"The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to "
":guilabel:`Register Production` of components."
msgstr ""
"首先是 :guilabel:`步骤` `QCP00039` ，这是一个 :guilabel:`步骤类型` 用来 :guilabel:`注册生产` "
"的组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211
msgid ""
"The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step"
" Type` that provides additional assembly details."
msgstr "第二个 :guilabel:`步骤` 是 `QCP00034`，其 :guilabel:`步骤类型` 为 `指示`，提供额外的组装细节。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|."
msgstr "在 |ECO| 中显示 *操作变更* 选项卡。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221
msgid "Apply changes"
msgstr "应用更改"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223
msgid ""
"After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage "
"<plm/eco/stage-config>`, which are stages that require approval before the "
"revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|."
msgstr ""
"验证更改后，将 |ECO| 移至 :ref:`验证阶段 <plm/eco/stage-"
"config>`，这些阶段需要获得批准，才能将修改后的更改应用到生产 |BOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227
msgid ""
"Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button "
"becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved "
"to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original "
"production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|."
msgstr ""
"审批人接受更改后，:guilabel:`应用更改`按钮就可用了。点击此按钮，|ECO| 将自动进入关闭阶段。更改应用后，原生产 |BOM| "
"将归档，修改后的 |BOM| 将成为新的生产 |BOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232
msgid "Verify changes"
msgstr "验证更改"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234
msgid ""
"To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply "
"Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking "
"the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button."
msgstr ""
"为确保更改生效，请从刚才按下 :guilabel:`应用更改` 按钮的 |ECO| 中，通过点击 :guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮返回到已修订的 "
"|BOM| 中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237
msgid ""
"On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed."
msgstr "在修订后的 |BOM| 中，删除了红色的 :guilabel:`已存档` 标记。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239
msgid ""
"To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the "
"product."
msgstr "要进一步验证更改，请进入 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` 检查生产 |BOM| 并选择产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242
msgid ""
"Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart "
"button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
" tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the "
"version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest "
"|ECO|."
msgstr ""
"然后，在产品表单中点击 :guilabel:`物料清单` 智能按钮，并从列表中选择 |BOM|。在|BOM|的:guilabel:`杂项` "
"选项卡中，:guilabel:`版本` 字段将更新为与最新|ECO|的:guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮上显示的版本号一致。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248
msgid ""
"After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard "
"<plm/eco/example-keyboard>`, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| "
"in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number "
"has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the "
":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|."
msgstr ""
"应用 :ref:`键盘 <plm/eco/example-keyboard>` 的 |ECO| 更改后，在 :guilabel:`杂项` "
"选项卡中查看当前键盘 |BOM| "
"的版本。这里，:guilabel:`版本`数字已更新为`2`，与|ECO|的:guilabel:`修订`智能按钮中显示的`V2`相匹配。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab."
msgstr "在 \"杂项\" 选项卡中查看当前的 *BOM* 版本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260
msgid "Create ECO from tablet view"
msgstr "从平板电脑视图创建 ECO"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262
msgid ""
"Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while "
"performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app."
msgstr "操作员在*制造*应用程序中执行制造订单（MO）时，可直接建议更清晰的操作指令。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265
msgid ""
"To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the "
":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` "
"icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation."
msgstr ""
"要以这种方式创建 |ECO|，首先要导航到 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`。然后，选择所需的 "
":abbr:`MO（制造订单）`，并切换到 :guilabel:`工作订单` 选项卡。然后，点击所需工单的 :guilabel:`📱（手机）` "
"图标，打开操作的*平板视图*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs "
"(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In "
"Progress` status."
msgstr ""
"图标:guilabel:`📱（手机）` **仅**适用于状态为:guilabel:`已确认` 或:guilabel:`进行中` "
"的:abbr:`MO（制造订单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right."
msgstr "找到每个操作的平板电脑图标，最右边第二个。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278
msgid ""
"Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three "
"horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens "
"the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`."
" Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button."
msgstr ""
"接下来，点击操作平板视图中的:guilabel:`☰（三条横线）`图标，添加一个指导步骤。这样就会打开 :abbr:`MO （制造订单）`的 "
":guilabel:`菜单` 操作项目。然后，点击 :guilabel:`增加一个步骤` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid ""
"Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in "
"tablet view."
msgstr "点击平板电脑视图中的三条横线图标，打开*添加步骤*弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286
msgid ""
"Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where "
"the proposed changes are submitted."
msgstr "点击该按钮后，会弹出一个 :guilabel:`添加步骤` 窗口，在此提交建议的更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the"
" :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in "
"greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. "
"Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`标题` 字段中，输入简短的步骤说明。然后，在 :guilabel:`说明` 文本字段中，输入更详细的步骤说明。可选择在 "
":guilabel:`文档` 字段中添加图片。完成后，点击 :guilabel:`启动变更` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295
msgid ""
"To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in "
"the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional "
"quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section."
msgstr ""
"要提议对损坏的组件进行额外检查，请在弹出的 :guilabel:`添加步骤` 窗口中输入详细信息。这样就创建了一个说明质量控制点，将在下一节中进行审查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control "
"point."
msgstr "填写*添加步骤*表格，建议增加一个质量控制点。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303
msgid ""
"Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| "
"is created with the following information:"
msgstr "根据 :guilabel:`添加步骤` 弹出窗口中的输入，将创建包含以下信息的 |ECO|"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the "
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference."
msgstr ":guilabel:`描述`是操作名称，后面是:abbr:`MO（制造订单）`编号，以供参考。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308
msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`."
msgstr "|ECO| :guilabel:`类型`会自动分配给`BOM 变更`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are "
"automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO "
"(Manufacturing Order)`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`产品` 和 :guilabel:`物料清单` 字段根据 :abbr:`MO （制造订单）` 中使用的 |BOM| 自动填充。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311
msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback."
msgstr ":guilabel:`负责人` 是提交反馈的操作员。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314
msgid "View ECO"
msgstr "查看 ECO"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316
msgid ""
"To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> "
"Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X "
"Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes "
"created from the tablet view."
msgstr ""
"要查看建议的更改，请导航至 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 概览`。在 `BOM 更新` |ECO| "
"类型卡片中，:guilabel:`X 工程变更` 按钮表示从平板视图创建的操作更改数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban "
"view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`"
" stage."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`X 工程变更` 按钮，打开 |ECO| 类型的看板视图。要查看建议，请在`新建`阶段选择一个 |ECO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323
msgid ""
"On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the "
":guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart "
"button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes "
"in greater detail."
msgstr ""
"在 |ECO| 中，查看 :guilabel:`操作变更` 选项卡中建议更改的摘要。点击:guilabel:`修订` 智能按钮，导航到修订后的 "
"|BOM| 并更详细地查看建议更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328
msgid ""
"An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step "
"from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for"
" the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, "
"`Keyboard`."
msgstr ""
"一名操作员建议，在对产品`键盘`的:abbr:`MO（制造订单）``WH/MO/00010`执行`组装开关`操作时，从平板视图添加一个步骤，以检查是否有破损的组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332
msgid ""
"Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` "
"ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| "
"created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage."
msgstr ""
"然后，在 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 概览` 中导航到 `BOM 变更` ECO 类型，就可以查看创建的 "
"|ECO|。默认情况下，从平板视图创建的 |ECO| 会在 `新建`阶段生成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the "
"suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further "
"clarification from the person who proposed the changes."
msgstr " :guilabel:`负责人`字段会分配给提出建议的操作员，以便修改 |BOM| 的员工向提出变更的人进一步了解情况。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage."
msgstr "在“BOM变更”的 ECO 类型中找到处于*新*阶段的新 ECO。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344
msgid ""
"On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select "
"the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of "
":guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction "
"titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the"
" line item to view the suggested changes."
msgstr ""
"在修改后的 |BOM| 中，切换到 :guilabel:`操作` 标签，然后选择 :guilabel:`☰ （三条横线）` "
"图标。这样就会打开执行操作的:guilabel:`步骤` 列表，最新的指令标题为` 新步骤建议：`，后面是用户输入的标题。单击细列项目，查看建议的修改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1
msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM."
msgstr "BoM *操作* 选项卡中的“显示说明”图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353
msgid ""
"On the :ref:`quality control point <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately "
"filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:"
msgstr ""
"在 :ref:` 质量控制点<quality/quality_management/quality-control-"
"points>`表单中，确保准确填写以下表单字段，以便为操作员提供详细说明："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new "
"instruction."
msgstr ":guilabel:`标题`：重新命名，以简明扼要地描述新指令。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this "
"instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for "
"this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of "
"the product."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Control per`：使用下拉菜单，确定该指令是广泛适用于 :guilabel:`产品`，还是仅*适用于该 "
":guilabel:`操作`，或产品的特定 :guilabel:`数量`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down "
"menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the "
"worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a "
"Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, "
"or other :ref:`quality check options <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`类型`：控制点类型分类。从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`说明` 以详细说明员工的指令。要接收员工的输入，请选择 "
":guilabel:`拍照`、:guilabel:`登记消耗的材料`、:guilabel:`打印标签` 或其他 :ref:`质量检查选项 "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367
msgid ""
":ref:`Configure quality control points <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"control-points>`"
msgstr ":ref:`配置质量控制点 <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369
msgid ""
"Once the quality control point is configured, return to the "
":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality"
" control line item to its intended order of instructions."
msgstr "配置好质量控制点后，使用面包屑返回 :guilabel:`步骤` 列表。最后，将最后一个质量控制行项目拖动到预定的说明顺序。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373
msgid ""
"Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking "
"and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second "
"position."
msgstr "拖动并重新排列 `检查断开的开关` 指令，方法是单击并拖动其 “6 点” 图标，将其从底部移动到第二个位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0
msgid ""
"Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far "
"left."
msgstr "选择最左侧的 “6 点” 图标，拖动并重新排列指令。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3
msgid "Version control"
msgstr "版本控制"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10
msgid ""
"Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions "
"of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component "
"details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of"
" the production |BOM|."
msgstr ""
"使用 Odoo "
"的*产品生命周期管理（PLM）*来管理以前版本的物料清单（BoM）。存储以前的装配说明、组件细节和过去的产品设计文件，同时将过去的细节保留在生产物料清单之外。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14
msgid ""
"Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use "
"*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls "
"or customer complaints."
msgstr ""
"需要时，可轻松恢复到以前的 |BOM| 版本。此外，还可使用 *PLM* 追踪在特定日期哪个 |BOM| 版本处于活动状态，以处理召回或客户投诉。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17
msgid ""
"Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for "
"organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing "
"operations."
msgstr "每个 BOM 版本都存储在*工程变更指令*（ECO）中，以便在不影响正常生产运营的情况下进行有组织的测试和改进。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21
msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order <plm/eco>`"
msgstr ":ref:`工程变更指令 <plm/eco>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24
msgid "Current BoM version"
msgstr "当前物料清单版本"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26
msgid ""
"To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select "
"the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the "
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` "
"of the |BOM| is displayed."
msgstr ""
"要查看生产中使用的 |BOM| 当前版本，请进入:menuselection:`PLM 应用程序--> 主数据--> 物料清单`，并从列表中选择所需 "
"|BOM|。然后，切换到 :guilabel:`杂项` 选项卡，在该选项卡中显示当前使用的 |BOM| :guilabel:`版本`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32
msgid ""
"|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
"Products --> Bill of Materials`."
msgstr "也可从 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> 物料清单` 访问 |BOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab."
msgstr "在 “杂项” 选项卡中显示当前版本的 BOM。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40
msgid "Version history"
msgstr "版本历史"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42
msgid ""
"To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of "
"Materials` and click the desired |BOM|."
msgstr ""
"要管理 |BOM| 的所有以前、当前和未来版本，首先要导航到:menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 产品 --> "
"物料清单`，然后点击所需的 |BOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45
msgid ""
"From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to "
"list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the"
" top right corner."
msgstr ""
"在 |BOM| 页面，点击 :guilabel:`ECO` 智能按钮，然后选择右上角的 :guilabel:`≣（四条横线）`图标，切换到列表视图。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the "
"*PLM* app is installed."
msgstr "只有安装了 *PLM* 应用程序，|BOM| 上才会显示 :guilabel:`ECO` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM."
msgstr "在 BoM 上显示 ECO 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55
msgid ""
"In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the "
"top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a "
"drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`."
msgstr ""
"在产品的 |ECO| 列表中，导航到顶部的搜索栏，然后单击右侧的 :guilabel:`▼ （向下箭头）` 图标，进入 :guilabel:`筛选器` "
"下拉菜单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58
msgid ""
"Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the"
" |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the "
":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""
"然后，按 :guilabel:`已完成` |ECO| 筛选，以查看：|BOM| 修订历史、应用更改的 :guilabel:`负责` 用户，以及 "
"|BOM| 的 :guilabel:`有效日期`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62
msgid ""
"Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files "
"associated with the |BOM|."
msgstr "点击每个 |ECO| 查看过去的组件、操作和与 |BOM| 相关的设计文件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product."
msgstr "显示产品 BoM 的 ECO 修订历史。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` "
"date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` "
"and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|."
msgstr ""
"如果 :guilabel:`有效日期` 字段为空，|ECO|的 :guilabel:`有效` 日期将自动设置为 "
":guilabel:`尽快`，|BOM|的修订历史中不会记录任何日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "List of BOM effective dates."
msgstr "物料清单生效日期列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79
msgid ""
"A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the "
"chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing"
" stage <plm/eco/stage-config>`."
msgstr ""
"检查 |BOM| 启用时间的一种变通方法是导航到沟通栏，并将鼠标悬停在 |ECO| 移至 :ref:`结束阶段 <plm/eco/stage-"
"config>` 的时间上。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83
msgid "Design files"
msgstr "设计文件"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85
msgid ""
"Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design "
"material to the |BOM| itself."
msgstr "将计算机辅助设计（CAD）文件、PDF 文件、图像或其他设计资料附加到 |BOM| 本身。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88
msgid ""
"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of "
"Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the "
"*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序 --> 主数据 --> 物料清单`，然后选择所需的 |BOM|。在 |BOM|"
" 上，导航到*沟通栏*，然后点击 :guilabel:`📎（回形针）`图标。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92
msgid ""
"The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` "
"section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` "
"button."
msgstr "与 |BOM| 相关的文件显示在 :guilabel:`文件` 部分。要添加更多设计文件，请选择 :guilabel:`附加文件` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1
msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM."
msgstr "在沟通栏中显示回形针图标，以便将文件附加到 BoM。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100
msgid "Manage design files in an ECO"
msgstr "在 ECO 中管理设计文件"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102
msgid ""
"Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and "
"applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. "
"Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the "
"|ECO|."
msgstr ""
"在 |ECO| 中添加、修改和删除文件。一旦 |ECO| 被批准和应用，新文件就会自动链接到生产的 |BOM|。存档文件会从 |BOM| "
"中移除，但仍可在 |ECO| 中访问。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106
msgid ""
"To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, "
"open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` "
"smart button."
msgstr ""
"要管理 |ECO| 中的设计文件，首先导航到:menuselection:`PLM 应用程序-->更改`并选择所需的|ECO|。然后，点击 "
":guilabel:`文件` 智能按钮，打开 :guilabel:`附件` 页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110
msgid ""
"Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)`"
" icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, "
"or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are "
"contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once"
" the :ref:`changes are applied <plm/eco/apply-changes>`."
msgstr ""
"将鼠标悬停在每个附件上，显示 :guilabel:`︙（三个竖点）` 图标。在此处，选择是否 "
":guilabel:`编辑`、:guilabel:`删除`或 :guilabel:`下载`该文件。对这些文件所做的任何更改都包含在 |ECO| "
"中，只有在应用 :ref:`更改已应用 <plm/eco/apply-changes>` 后才会应用到正式运行 |BOM|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original "
"`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the "
":guilabel:`Documents` smart button."
msgstr ""
"在 `创建 60% 键盘` |ECO|中，设计文件来自原始的 `100% 键盘` |BOM|。要替换键盘 PDF，首先选择 :guilabel:`文件`"
" 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO."
msgstr "从活跃 ECO 显示 *文档* 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard "
"manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` "
"icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`附件` 页面上，将鼠标悬停在 `100% 键盘手册.pdf` 设计文件上，然后点击 :guilabel:`︙ "
"（三个竖点）`图标。然后，点击 :guilabel:`移除` 选项将文件存档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127
msgid ""
"Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`"
" button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`."
msgstr ""
"接下来，在同一个 :guilabel:`附件` 页面上，点击 :guilabel:`上传` 按钮，上传新的设计文件，文件名为 `60% 键盘手册`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n"
"one newly added attachment."
msgstr ""
"从 *文档* 智能按钮查看 *附件* 页面。显示一个已存档附件和\n"
"一个新添加的附件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136
msgid ""
"Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed "
"in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the"
" archival occurred."
msgstr "已存档文件**不会**被永久删除 — 它们仍可在上一个 |ECO| 中访问，或作为存档文件在最新的 |ECO| 中访问。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140
msgid "Apply rebase"
msgstr "应用变基"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142
msgid ""
"Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same "
"product."
msgstr "Odoo 简化了为同一产品合并多份 |ECO| 的冲突解决流程。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144
msgid ""
"Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| "
"are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous"
" production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`"
" tab, visible only in this scenario."
msgstr ""
"在其他 |ECOs| 正在修改先前版本时更新生产 |BOM| 可能会发生冲突。新的生产 |BOM| 和以前的生产 |BOM| 之间的差异会显示在 "
":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` 选项卡中，只有在这种情况下才可见。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148
msgid ""
"To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply "
"Rebase` button."
msgstr "要解决冲突并保留 |ECO| 更改，请点击 :guilabel:`应用变基` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151
msgid ""
"Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| "
"version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added,"
" and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has "
"become `6`."
msgstr ""
"当前 BOM 版本为 5 时，创建了两个 ECO，ECO0011 和 ECO0012。在ECO0011 中，添加了一个新组件 Space "
"stabilizer，并应用了这些变更。这意味着当前 BOM 版本变为了 6。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM."
msgstr "对 ECO 进行更改，以更新生产 BOM。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159
msgid ""
"This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the "
":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space "
"stabilizer`."
msgstr ""
"这意味着 `ECO0012` 正在修改一个过时的 |BOM|。如 :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` "
"选项卡所示，|BOM| 缺少了 `Space stabilizer` 组件。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162
msgid ""
"To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur "
"in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the "
"previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to "
"`ECO0012`."
msgstr ""
"为确保 `ECO0012` 内的变更发生时，能保留在 `ECO0011` 套用的变更，请点击 :guilabel:`套用变基` 按鈕，套用先前的 "
"|ECO| 变更，此操作不会影响已经对 `ECO0012` 所作的变更。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0
msgid ""
"Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production "
"BOM."
msgstr "点击 *应用变基* 按钮更新物料清单，使其与生产物料清单相匹配。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3
msgid "Project management"
msgstr "项目管理"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3
msgid "Approvals"
msgstr "审批"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10
msgid ""
"Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to "
"stages of :ref:`engineering change orders <plm/eco>` (ECOs) under review. "
"Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. "
"Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and "
"premature actions."
msgstr ""
"通过为正在接收审查的 :ref:`工程变更指令 "
"<plm/eco>`（ECO）的阶段指定审批人，自动通知利益相关者和管理人员。只有在指定的审批人接受变更后，才能应用变更。批准流程可确保团队成员进行审查，防止错误和过早行动。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16
msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration <plm/eco/stage-config>`"
msgstr ":ref:`阶段配置 <plm/eco/stage-config>`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19
msgid "Add approver"
msgstr "添加审批人"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21
msgid ""
"To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on "
"the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|."
msgstr ""
"要添加审批人，首先进入 :menuselection:`产品生命周期应用程序`，然后点击 ECO 类型的项目卡，打开 |ECO| 的甘特图视图画面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended "
"stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`工程变更指令` 页面上，将鼠标悬停在预定阶段上，然后选择 :guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标。然后点击 "
":guilabel:`编辑` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28
msgid ""
"Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign"
" them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, "
"where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is"
" updated."
msgstr ""
"审批人可以添加到任何阶段，但强烈建议将他们分配到 *验证* 阶段，该阶段位于 *关闭* 阶段之前，在该阶段应用 |ECO| 并更新 "
":abbr:`BoM（物料清单）` 版本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32
msgid ""
"See the documentation about :ref:`stage types <plm/eco/stage-config>` for "
"more information."
msgstr "有关更多信息，请参阅 :ref:`阶段类型 <plm/eco/stage-config>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a "
"line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the "
"approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering "
"Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` "
"from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"在弹出的 :guilabel:`编辑` 阶段窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`批准` 下的 :guilabel:`添加一行` 按钮。然后，在 "
":guilabel:`角色` 下键入审批人的职位（或头衔）（如 `工程经理`、`质量小组`等），并从下拉菜单中选择相关的 :guilabel:`用户` "
"。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41
msgid ""
"Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to "
"approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or "
":guilabel:`Comments only`."
msgstr ""
"接下来，将 :guilabel:`批准类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`需要批准`、:guilabel:`批准，但可选` 或 "
":guilabel:`仅限评论`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45
msgid ""
"Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in "
"the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type."
msgstr "在 `新产品介绍 ECO` 类型的 `验证` 阶段，将 `CTO`、“Mitchell 管理员” 指定为 |ECO| 的必备审批人。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48
msgid ""
"Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply"
" changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to "
":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments "
"only`, respectively."
msgstr ""
"要对 |ECO| 进行更改，**不** 需要质量团队和市场营销团队的批准，因为它们的 :guilabel:`批准类型` 分别设置为 "
":guilabel:`批准，但可选` 和 :guilabel:`仅限评论`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid ""
"Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" "
"stage."
msgstr "在“已验证”阶段设置“必须批准”ECO 的审批人。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57
msgid "Manage approvals"
msgstr "管理审批"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59
msgid ""
"Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the "
":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which "
"shows the count of open tasks assigned to them."
msgstr ""
"审批人可以通过导航到 :menuselection:`PLM 应用程序`，查看 ECO "
"类型的卡片，其中显示了分配给他们的未完成任务数量，从而轻松追踪待办事项审批情况。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62
msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:"
msgstr "以下是 ECO 项目卡上每个按钮的作用："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress"
" |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the "
":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`#工程变更` 按钮显示该 ECO 类型的进行中 ECO 的计数。点击该按钮可打开 :guilabel:`工程变更单` "
"页面的甘特图视图。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66
msgid ""
":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must "
"accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval "
"or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`我的验证` 显示审批人必须接受或拒绝的 |ECO| 计数。点击此按钮会显示待审批或已拒绝的 |ECO| （标记为红色 "
":guilabel:`已锁定` 状态）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting "
"approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending "
"|ECOs|."
msgstr ":guilabel:`所有验证` 按钮显示等待审批或被审批人拒绝的 |ECO| 数量。点击该按钮可显示这些待审批的 |ECO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71
msgid ""
":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to "
"apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, "
"and apply changes to, in the verification stage."
msgstr ":guilabel:`应用` 显示用户需要应用更改的 |ECO| 计数。点击该按钮可显示验证阶段所有需要批准和应用更改的 |ECO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75
msgid ""
"|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been "
"approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form "
"view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button."
msgstr ""
"标有绿色 :guilabel:`已完成` 阶段的 |ECO| 已经通过审批，用户只需点击 |ECO| 进入表单视图，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`应用更改` 按钮即可。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid ""
"Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of "
"ECOs."
msgstr "显示待验证次数和按钮，以打开筛选后的 ECO 列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84
msgid "Approve ECOs"
msgstr "批准 ECO"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86
msgid ""
"Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the "
"assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and "
":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons."
msgstr ""
"以指定审批人身份登录时，导航到验证阶段的 |ECO| 查看 :guilabel:`批准`、:guilabel:`拒绝` 和 "
":guilabel:`应用更改` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89
msgid ""
"To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM "
"(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply "
"Changes`."
msgstr ""
"要批准 |ECO|，并将更改应用到生产中的 :abbr:`物料清单（BoM）`，请点击 :guilabel:`批准`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`应用更改`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92
msgid ""
"Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the "
":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs"
" the history of the clicked buttons."
msgstr ""
"请注意，除非先点击了 :guilabel:`批准` 按钮，否则 :guilabel:`应用更改` "
"按钮**不会**工作。此外，沟通栏中会记录点击这些按钮的历史。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required "
"to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying"
" changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the "
":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the "
":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first."
msgstr ""
"当 :guilabel:`批准类型` **未**设置为 :guilabel:`需要批准`时，在使用 :guilabel:`应用变更` "
"按钮应用更改之前，无需相关用户的批准。因此，无需先点击 :guilabel:`批准` 按钮，:guilabel:`应用变更` 按钮**将直接生效**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102
msgid "Automated activities"
msgstr "自动活动"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104
msgid ""
"When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is "
"automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers "
"receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the "
":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page."
msgstr ""
"当 |ECO| 进入验证阶段时，会自动为指定的审批人创建一个计划活动来审核 |ECO|。审批者将在其活动收件箱中收到通知，可通过页面顶部的 "
":guilabel:` 🕘（时钟）` 图标访问。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108
msgid ""
"In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` "
"notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, "
":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons"
" shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|."
msgstr ""
"在待办任务列表中，:guilabel:`工程变更指令（ECO）` 通知显示标记为:guilabel:`逾期`、:guilabel:`今日` "
"和:guilabel:`未来`的活动数量。点击每个按钮可显示相应 |ECO| 的筛选甘特图视图。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113
msgid ""
"Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` "
"icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there "
"are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|."
msgstr ""
"已计划的活动在 :guilabel:`🕘（时钟）` 图标上显示为数字，当前有 `5` 个 |ECO| 正在等待今天的审批。目前，有 `0` "
":guilabel:`延期` 或 :guilabel:`未来的` |ECO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user."
msgstr "显示用户的预定审批通知。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121
msgid ""
"By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO "
"Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon"
" to view additional information, including the approval's "
":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the "
"due date."
msgstr ""
"点击待处理的 |ECO|，:guilabel:`ECO 批准` 的 *计划活动* 将记录在沟通栏中。点击 :guilabel:`i（信息）` "
"图标查看更多信息，包括审批的 :guilabel:`创建` 日期、审批人 :guilabel:`分配给` 和到期日期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval."
msgstr "显示计划批准 ECO 的其他详细信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130
msgid "Follow-up activities"
msgstr "后续活动"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132
msgid ""
"When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for "
"required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with "
"deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter."
msgstr ""
"当 |ECO| 被拒绝时，需要将任务分配给项目成员，以便在 |ECO| 批准前进行必要的修改。要创建有截止日期的任务，请导航到被拒绝的 |ECO| "
"表单，然后转到沟通栏。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136
msgid ""
"Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned "
"Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up "
"window for creating tasks."
msgstr "在沟通栏 :guilabel:`计划活动` 部分选择 :guilabel:`标记完成` 按钮关闭活动，并打开用于创建任务的弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1
msgid ""
"Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n"
"close the planned activity."
msgstr "显示 *标记已完成* 窗口，以显示 *已完成 & 安排下一步*、*已完成* 和 *丢弃* 按钮，从而关闭计划的活动。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` "
"to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the "
":guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for "
"completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` "
"field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the "
"window."
msgstr ""
"在:guilabel:`标记已完成`窗口中，点击:guilabel:`完成并安排下一步`打开新的:guilabel:`安排活动`窗口。接下来，设置 "
":guilabel:`分配给` 团队成员和完成更改的 :guilabel:`截止日期`。在 :guilabel:`摘要` "
"字段和文本框中提供任务详细信息。点击:guilabel:`日程表` 按钮关闭窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149
msgid ""
"After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. "
"Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and "
"returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` "
"task is created for the approver."
msgstr ""
"关闭窗口后，在 |ECO| 表单上，将 |ECO| 向后移动一个阶段。这样做可确保团队成员完成更改并将 |ECO| 返回验证阶段时，为审批者创建一个新的"
" :guilabel:`ECO 批准` 任务。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154
msgid ""
"The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the "
"|ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver "
"to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button "
"creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`."
msgstr ""
"审批者为 |ECO| 的 :guilabel:`负责人`，即 `Laurie Poiret` 创建一个活动，详细说明审批者:guilabel:`接受` "
"|ECO| 所需的更改。点击 :guilabel:`日程表` 按钮，为 Laurie 创建活动计划，到期日期为`08/15/2023`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0
msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO."
msgstr "创建一个计划活动，对已拒绝的 ECO 进行后续更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
msgid "Purchase"
msgstr "采购"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
msgid ""
"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and "
"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate "
"replenishment, and follow up on your orders."
msgstr "**Odoo 采购**有助于追踪采购协议、报价单和采购订单。了解如何监控采购招标、自动补货和跟进订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
msgstr "`Odoo 教程: 采购 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "高级"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
msgid "Purchase Analysis report"
msgstr "采购分析报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:8
msgid ""
"The *Purchase Analysis* report provides statistics about products purchased "
"using Odoo's **Purchase** app. This data is useful for gaining a deeper "
"understanding of key metrics related to purchase orders (POs), including the"
" quantity of products ordered and received, the amount of time it takes to "
"receive purchased products, and more."
msgstr ""
"*采购分析* 报告提供使用 Odoo 的 **采购** "
"应用程序采购产品的统计数据。这些数据有助于深入了解与采购订单（PO）相关的关键指标，包括订购和收到的产品数量、收到所购产品所需的时间等。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
msgid ""
"To open the Purchase Analysis report, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase "
"app --> Reporting --> Purchase`."
msgstr "要打开采购分析报告，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 报告 --> 采购`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is one of many reports available "
"across the Odoo app suite. This documentation only covers the measures "
"specific to the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report, along with a few use "
"case examples."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`采购分析` 报告是 Odoo 应用程序套件中的众多报告之一。本文档仅涵盖 :guilabel:`采购分析` "
"报告的特定措施，以及一些用例。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27
msgid ""
"*Measures* refer to the various datasets that can be displayed on the "
":guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report, with each dataset representing a key "
"statistic about |POs| or products. To choose a measure, click the "
":guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` button, and select one of the "
"options from the drop-down menu:"
msgstr ""
"*度量* 是指可在 :guilabel:`采购分析` 报告中显示的各种数据集，每个数据集代表有关 |PO| 或产品的一个关键统计数据。要选择措施，请点击"
" :guilabel:`度量` :icon:`fa-caret-down` 按钮，然后从下拉菜单中选择一个选项："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`# of Lines`: The number of |PO| order lines, across all |POs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: The average cost of |POs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:34
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Days to Confirm`: The number of days it takes to confirm a |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Days to Receive`: The number of days it takes to receive the "
"products in a |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36
msgid ":guilabel:`Gross Weight`: The total weight of purchased products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Qty Billed`: The quantity of a product (or products) for which "
"the vendor has already been billed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:39
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Qty Ordered`: The quantity of a product (or products) ordered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Qty Received`: The quantity of an ordered product (or products) "
"received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:41
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: The quantity of an ordered product (or "
"products) for which the vendor has yet to be billed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
msgid ":guilabel:`Total`: The total amount spent, including tax."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: The total amount spent, excluding tax. This "
"measure is selected by default."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Volume`: The total volume of ordered products, for products which"
" are measured by volume."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48
msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: The total count of |POs|."
msgstr ":guilabel:`技数`：|PO| 的总数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
msgid "Use case: determine days to receive products from each vendor"
msgstr "用例：确定从每个供应商接收产品的天数"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
msgid ""
"One possible use case for the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is "
"determining how long each vendor takes to deliver purchased items. This "
"allows companies to make better informed decisions about which vendors they "
"want to purchase from."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`采购分析` 报告的一个可能用例是确定每个供应商交付采购物品所需的时间。这帮助公司能做出更明智的决策，决定向哪个供应商采购。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66
msgid ""
"A local bike shop, *Bike Haus*, sells high-quality unicycles, bicycles, "
"tricycles, and all the accessories needed to ride and maintain them. They "
"purchase their inventory from a few different vendors, and then sell those "
"products on to customers through their storefront."
msgstr ""
"当地的一家自行车店 *Bike Haus* "
"销售高品质的独轮车、自行车、三轮车以及骑行和维护所需的所有配件。他们从几个不同的供应商那里采购库存，然后通过店面将这些产品销售给顾客。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:70
msgid ""
"Recently, Bike Haus has decided to have their purchasing manager, David, "
"look into how long it has taken each of their vendors to deliver the items "
"they've purchased during the current year, 2024."
msgstr "最近，Bike Haus 决定让他们的采购经理 David 调查一下，在 2024 年这一年里，每个供应商交付他们采购的物品所需的时间。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
msgid ""
"David starts by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Reporting -->"
" Purchase`, and selecting the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` (bar chart) graph type at"
" the top of the report."
msgstr ""
"David 首先导航到 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 报告 --> 采购`，然后选择报告顶部的 :icon:`fa-bar-"
"chart`（条形图）图表类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:77
msgid ""
"Next, he clicks the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(toggle)` button on the"
" right of the search bar to open its drop-down menu. In the "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` filter section, he makes sure that **only** "
"the :guilabel:`2024` filter is enabled. Then, he selects the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` option in the :guilabel:`Group By` section, before "
"clicking away from the drop-down menu to close it."
msgstr ""
"接下来，他点击搜索栏右侧的 :icon:`fa-caret-down`:guilabel:`(切换)` 按钮，打开下拉菜单。在 "
":guilabel:`确认日期` 筛选器部分，他确保 **只** 启用 :guilabel:`2024` 筛选器。然后，在 "
":guilabel:`分组方式` 部分选择 :guilabel:`供应商` 选项，然后点击下拉菜单关闭。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:83
msgid ""
"Finally, David clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` "
"drop-down menu, and selects the :guilabel:`Days to Receive` option."
msgstr ""
"最后，David 点击 :guilabel:`度量` :icon:`fa-caret-down` 下拉菜单，并选择 :guilabel:`接收天数` "
"选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:86
msgid ""
"With all of these options enabled, the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report "
"shows a bar chart, with one bar for each vendor, representing the average "
"number of days it takes to receive products purchased from the vendor."
msgstr ""
"启用所有这些选项后，:guilabel:`采购分析` 报告会显示一个条形图，每个供应商有一个条形图，代表收到从供应商处购买的产品所需的平均天数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:90
msgid ""
"Using this data, David can see that it takes Bike Friends over 4.5 days, on "
"average, to deliver purchased products. This is more than four times the "
"amount of time it takes any other vendor."
msgstr ""
"通过这些数据，David 可以看到，Bike Friends 平均需要 4.5 天以上的时间来交付购买的产品。这比其他任何供应商所需的时间都要长四倍多。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:93
msgid ""
"Based on these findings, David makes the decision to reduce the quantity of "
"products purchased from Bike Friends."
msgstr "基于这些发现，David 决定减少从 Bike Friends 购买产品的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:0
msgid ""
"The Purchase report, showing the average days to receive products from "
"vendors."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:101
msgid "Use case: compare vendor POs for two time periods"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:103
msgid ""
"Another use for the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is to compare key "
"statistics about |POs| for two different time periods, for a specific "
"vendor. By doing so, it is easy to understand how purchases from the vendor "
"have increased or decreased."
msgstr ""
" :guilabel:`采购分析`  报告的另一个用途是比较特定供应商在两个不同时间段的 |PO| "
"关键统计数据。通过这种方法，可以很容易地了解供应商的采购量是如何增加或减少的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
msgid ""
"Following the :ref:`previous example <purchase/purchase-analysis-example>`, "
"it has been one month since Bike Haus decided to reduce the quantity of "
"products purchased from Bike Friends, one of their retailers. Bike Haus' "
"purchasing manager, David, wants to understand the impact this decision has "
"had on the amount of money they have spent on Bike Friends products."
msgstr ""
"根据 :ref:`前例 <purchase/purchase-analysis-example>`，Bike Haus 决定减少从其零售商之一 Bike"
" Friends 购买产品的数量已经一个月了。Bike Haus 的采购经理 David 希望了解这一决定对他们在 Bike Friends "
"产品上花费的金额的影响。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:113
msgid ""
"David starts by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Reporting -->"
" Purchase`. Then, he selects the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot "
"table)` option at the top of the screen."
msgstr ""
"David 首先导航到 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 报告 --> 采购`。然后，他选择屏幕顶部的 :icon:`oi-"
"view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot table)` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the search bar, he types `Bike Friends`, and clicks :guilabel:`Enter`, so"
" the report only shows data for purchases from Bike Friends."
msgstr ""
"他在搜索栏中输入 `Bike Friends`，然后点击 :guilabel:`输入`，这样报告就只显示从 Bike Friends 购买的数据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:119
msgid ""
"Then, David clicks the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(toggle)` button on "
"the right of the search bar to open its drop-down menu. In the "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` field, he leaves the :guilabel:`June` and "
":guilabel:`2024` filters enabled. He also selects :guilabel:`Confirmation "
"Date: Previous Period` in the :guilabel:`Comparison` section, before "
"clicking away from the drop-down menu to close it."
msgstr ""
"然后，David 点击搜索栏右侧的 :icon:`fa-caret-down`:guilabel:`（切换）` 按钮打开下拉菜单。在 "
":guilabel:`确认日期` 字段中，他启用了 :guilabel:`六月` 和 :guilabel:`2024` 筛选器。他还在 "
":guilabel:`比较` 部分中选择 :guilabel:`确认日期：上一时期`，然后点击下拉菜单关闭。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:125
msgid ""
"Next, David clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-"
"down menu. He leaves the :guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` "
"datasets enabled, and disables the :guilabel:`Order` and :guilabel:`Count` "
"datasets."
msgstr ""
"接下来，David 点击 :guilabel:`措施` :icon:`fa-caret-down` 下拉菜单。他启用了 :guilabel:`总计` 和"
" :guilabel:`未税总计` 数据集，并禁用了 :guilabel:`订单` 和 :guilabel:`计数` 数据集。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:129
msgid ""
"Finally, David clicks the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`Total` button"
" above the rows on the pivot table, and selects the :guilabel:`Product` "
"option."
msgstr ""
"最后，David 点击数据透视表中各行上方的 :icon:`fa-minus-square-o`:guilabel:`总计` 按钮，并选择 "
":guilabel:`产品` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:132
msgid ""
"With all of these options configured, the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` "
"report shows a pivot table comparing purchase data for the current month, "
"June, with the previous month, May."
msgstr "配置所有这些选项后，:guilabel:`采购分析` 报告将显示一个数据透视表，比较当前月份（6 月）和上个月（5 月）的采购数据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:135
msgid ""
"The pivot table is broken down into two main columns: one for the untaxed "
"total spent, and one for the taxed total spent. These columns are further "
"broken down into three smaller columns: the amount spent in May, the amount "
"spent in June, and the variation between the two months, represented as a "
"percentage."
msgstr ""
"数据透视表分为两大列：一列是未征税支出总额，另一列是已征税支出总额。这两列又分为三个小列：5 月份支出额、6 "
"月份支出额以及两个月之间的差异（以百分比表示）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:140
msgid ""
"On the left side of the pivot table, one row is shown for each product "
"purchased from Bike Friends during June. Using this report, David is able to"
" see that Bike Haus has spent much less money on products purchased from "
"Bike Friends, compared to the previous month."
msgstr ""
"在数据透视表的左侧，显示了六月份从 Bike Friends 购买的每件产品的一行。通过这份报告，David 可以看到，与上个月相比，Bike Haus"
" 在从 Bike Friends 购买产品上花费的钱要少得多。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:0
msgid "The Purchase report, comparing the amount spent at a vendor."
msgstr "采购报告，比较在供应商处花费的金额。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3
msgid "Procurement expenses report"
msgstr "采购费用报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12
msgid ""
"With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over"
" time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify "
"cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management."
msgstr "通过*采购*应用程序，用户可以监控一段时间内的采购支出。该报告可帮助企业追踪和分析支出情况，确定节约成本的机会，并确保高效的预算管理。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17
msgid "Create procurement expenses report"
msgstr "创建采购费用报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19
msgid ""
"To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
"Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"要创建 |per|，首先导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 报告 --> 采购` 打开 :guilabel:`采购分析` "
"仪表板。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22
msgid ""
"By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the "
":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for "
"Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，仪表板会显示一个折线图，概览了本月:guilabel:`采购订单（PO）`的:guilabel:`不含税总额`，该数据基于订单的 "
":guilabel:`确认日期`。或者，如果没有采购订单数据，则会显示报价请求（RFQ）的状态为*草稿*、*已发送*或*已取消*的概览。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25
msgid "Add filters and groups"
msgstr "添加筛选器和分组"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon "
"to switch to pivot view."
msgstr "点击右上角的 :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`（枢轴）` 图标切换到透视图。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32
msgid ""
"While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed <purchase/view-results>` as a "
":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` "
":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, "
"the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the "
"recommended starting point."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29
msgid ""
"Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click "
"the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the "
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` "
"columns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34
msgid ""
"Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and "
"|POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for "
"Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` "
"column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for "
"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the "
"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50
msgid ""
"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. "
"Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the "
":guilabel:`Group By` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54
msgid ""
"The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, "
"depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting "
":guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a "
"more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an "
"entire category."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59
msgid ""
"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that "
"appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected "
"under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. "
":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such "
"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same "
"time period from the previous year."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60
msgid ""
"While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison "
"can be selected at a time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73
msgid ""
"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n"
"report."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73
msgid ""
"The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for "
"**Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68
msgid "Add measures"
msgstr "增加措施"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70
msgid ""
"After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and "
":guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu."
msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`筛选器`，:guilabel:`分组方式` 和 :guilabel:`比较` 设置后，点击下拉菜单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82
msgid ""
"By default, the report displays data with the following measures: "
":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and "
":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the "
"drop-down list of available measures."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，报告显示以下度量数据：:guilabel:`订单`、:guilabel:`总计`、:guilabel:`未达标总计` "
"和:guilabel:`数量`。点击左上角的 :guilabel:`度量` 打开可用措施的下拉列表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86
msgid ""
"Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the "
"procurement expenses report:"
msgstr "点击以下具体措施，为采购支出报告添加其他列："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both "
"measures. These are included for overall spending analysis."
msgstr ":guilabel:`总计` 和 :guilabel:`未税总计`：可包括一个或两个指标。这些措施用于总体支出分析。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91
msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency."
msgstr ":guilabel:`平均成本`：用于评估成本效率。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess "
"supplier performance."
msgstr ":guilabel:`确认天数` 和 :guilabel:`接收天数`：用于评估供应商绩效。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand "
"order efficiency."
msgstr ":guilabel:`订购数量` 和 :guilabel:`收到数量`：用于了解订单效率。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order"
" accuracy."
msgstr ":guilabel:`计费数量` 和 :guilabel:`待计费数量`：用于追踪订单的准确性。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97
msgid ""
"Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide "
"additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and "
":guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management "
"analysis."
msgstr ""
"如果需要，还可以在报告中加入其他指标，以提供更多见解。例如，:guilabel:`毛重` 和:guilabel:`体积` 可用于进一步的物流和管理分析。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101
msgid ""
"After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu."
msgstr "选择所有必要措施后，点击退出下拉菜单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85
msgid "View results"
msgstr "查看结果"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108
msgid ""
"After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report "
"generates in the selected view."
msgstr "选择所有筛选器和度量值后，报告就会在所选视图中生成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst-1
msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report."
msgstr "采购费用报告样本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an "
"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`插入电子表格` 将透视视图添加到 *文件* 应用程序中的可编辑电子表格格式中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the "
"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed."
msgstr "只有安装了 *文件电子表格* 模块，才能使用 :guilabel:`插入电子表格` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122
msgid ""
"The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` "
":guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the "
"corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-"
"chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line "
"chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`."
msgstr ""
"在图表视图中也可以使用 |per|。点击 :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`（区域图）` "
"图标切换到图表视图。点击报告顶部的相应图标，切换到:icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`（条形图）`、:icon:`fa-"
"line-chart` :guilabel:`（折线图）`或:icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`（饼状图）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107
msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`."
msgstr "要将此报告保存为*收藏*，请参阅 :ref:`search/favorites`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3
msgid "Vendor costs report"
msgstr "供应商成本报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10
msgid ""
"With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor "
"costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, "
"and track seasonal changes."
msgstr "通过 *采购* 应用程序，用户可以追踪供应商成本随时间的波动。这样，用户就可以确定最昂贵的供应商，并追踪季节性变化。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14
msgid "Create vendor costs reports"
msgstr "创建供应商成本报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16
msgid ""
"To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase "
"app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` "
"dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the "
":guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests "
"for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*."
msgstr ""
"要创建供应商成本报告，首先导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 报告 --> 采购` 打开 :guilabel:`采购分析` "
"仪表板。默认情况下，该仪表板显示当前月份具有 :guilabel:`确认日期` 的 :guilabel:`未税总额` 的 PO（采购订单）或状态为 "
"*草稿*、*已发送* 或 *已取消* 的 RFQ（询价单）的线形图概览。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for "
"comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the "
"|caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`筛选` 列下，选择用于比较的日期范围。报告可按 :guilabel:`订单日期` 或 :guilabel:`确认日期` "
"进行筛选。从列表中选择其一，然后点击 |插入符|，按月、季度或年指定日期范围。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42
msgid ""
"Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. "
"Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the "
":guilabel:`Group By` column."
msgstr ""
"然后，在 :guilabel:`分组方式` 列下选择 :guilabel:`供应商`。然后，选择 :guilabel:`产品`，它也位于 "
":guilabel:`分组方式` 列。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, "
"it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of"
" individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the "
":guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product "
"Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`."
msgstr ""
"本报告**不**要求选择 "
":guilabel:`产品`。不过，我们建议您这样做，因为这样可以更深入地了解单个供应商的表现。还可在:guilabel:`分组方式` "
"标题下进行其他选择，包括:guilabel:`产品类别`、:guilabel:`状态`和:guilabel:`采购代表`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51
msgid ""
"To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that "
":guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the "
":guilabel:`Group By` column."
msgstr "为确保正确生成报告，请确保 :guilabel:`供应商` 是 :guilabel:`分组方式` 列下的**首个**选择。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54
msgid ""
"Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These "
"options are only available after the date range is selected under the "
":guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. "
":guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such "
"as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same "
"time period from the previous year."
msgstr ""
"接下来，在 :guilabel:`比较` 标题下进行选择。这些选项只有在:guilabel:`筛选` 列下选择日期范围后才可用，并根据该范围而有所不同。"
" :guilabel:`上一时期` 添加与上一时期的比较，例如上个月或上一季度。 :guilabel:`上一年` 比较上一年的同一时期。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1
msgid ""
"The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the "
"vendor costs report."
msgstr "供应商成本报告的筛选、分组和比较选项下拉菜单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73
msgid ""
"By default, the report displays with the following measures: "
":guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and "
":guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the "
"drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add "
"it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or "
"click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，报告显示以下计量方式：:guilabel:`订单`、:guilabel:`总计`、:guilabel:`未税总计` "
"和:guilabel:`数量`。点击左上角的 :guilabel:`计量` 打开可用措施的下拉列表。点击 :guilabel:`平均成本` "
"将其添加到报告中。如果需要，可选择其他措施添加到报告中，或点击任何已选措施将其删除。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80
msgid ""
"It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, "
":guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the "
":guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to "
"Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights."
msgstr ""
"建议在运行报告时至少从 :guilabel:`计量` 列表中选择 :guilabel:`平均成本`、:guilabel:`总计` 或 "
":guilabel:`未税总额`。还可添加其他措施，如 :guilabel:`收货天数`，以提供更多信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87
msgid ""
"After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected "
"<purchase/vender-cost-report-filters>`, the report generates in the pivot "
"view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an "
"editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app."
msgstr ""
"在选择了所有 :ref:`筛选和措施<purchase/vender-cost-report-filters>`后，报告将在透视图中生成。点击 "
":guilabel:`插入电子表格` 将透视图添加到 *文档* 应用程序中的可编辑电子表格格式中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the "
"*Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed."
msgstr "只有安装了 *文件电子表格* 模块，才能使用 :guilabel:`插入电子表格` 选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst-1
msgid ""
"A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average"
" costs."
msgstr "供应商成本报告样本，计量标准设为总成本和平均成本。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101
msgid ""
"The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the "
":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view."
" Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a "
":icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` "
":guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`."
msgstr ""
"供应商成本报告也有*图表*视图。点击 :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`（区域图）` "
"图标切换到图表视图。点击报告顶部的相应图标，切换到:icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`（条形图）`、:icon:`fa-"
"line-chart` :guilabel:`（折线图）`或:icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`（饼状图）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
msgid "Manage deals"
msgstr "管理交易"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3
msgid "Blanket orders"
msgstr "一揽子订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13
msgid ""
"Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a "
"vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing."
msgstr "一揽子订单是公司与供应商之间签订的长期采购协议，以预先确定的价格定期交付产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16
msgid ""
"Blanket orders are helpful when products are consistently purchased from the"
" same vendor, but in different quantities, and at different times."
msgstr "当产品始终从同一供应商处购买，但数量和时间不同时，一揽子订单很有帮助。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
"By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they"
" also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk "
"pricing with vendors."
msgstr "通过简化订购流程，一揽子订单不仅能节省时间，还能节省资金，因为在与供应商谈判批量价格时，一揽子订单会更有优势。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:23
msgid "Create a new blanket order"
msgstr "创建新的一揽子订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:25
msgid ""
"To create blanket orders, enable the *Purchase Agreements* feature from the "
"*Purchase* app settings. Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, click"
" the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements`. Then click "
":guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes."
msgstr ""
"要创建一揽子订单，请在*采购*应用程序设置中启用*采购协议*功能。导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，在"
" :guilabel:`订单` 部分，点击 :guilabel:`采购协议` 复选框。然后点击 :guilabel:`保存` 以执行更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31
msgid ""
"In addition to creating blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* setting "
"also allows users to create alternative requests for quotation (RfQs)."
msgstr "除创建一揽子订单外，*采购协议*设置还允许用户创建其他询价单（RfQ）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings."
msgstr "在采购应用程序设置中启用采购协议。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:38
msgid ""
"To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders -->"
" Blanket Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a new blanket order "
"form."
msgstr ""
"要创建一揽子订单，请进入 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 一揽子订单`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`。这将打开一个新的一揽子订单表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41
msgid ""
"Configure the following fields in the new blanket order form to establish "
"predetermined rules for the recurring long-term agreement:"
msgstr "在新的一揽子订单表格中配置以下字段，以建立经常性长期协议的预定规则："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: the user assigned to this specific "
"blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the "
"user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ":guilabel:`采购代表`：分配给此特定一揽子订单的用户。默认情况下为创建协议的用户；可直接从该字段旁边的下拉菜单中更改用户。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: the type of purchase agreement this blanket "
"order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official "
"purchase agreement."
msgstr ":guilabel:`协议类型`：此一揽子订单归类为采购协议的类型。在 Odoo 中，一揽子订单是唯一的正式采购协议。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor`: the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either once"
" or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the drop-"
"down menu next to this field."
msgstr ":guilabel:`供应商`：与此协议绑定的供应商，可以是一次性绑定，也可以是经常性绑定。可直接从该字段旁边的下拉菜单中选择供应商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Currency`: the agreed-upon currency to be used for this exchange."
" If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the currency "
"can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field."
msgstr ":guilabel:`货币`：本次交换使用的商定货币。如果数据库中激活了多种货币，则可从该字段旁边的下拉菜单中更改货币。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: the date that this purchase agreement will "
"be set to expire on. If this blanket order should not expire, leave this "
"field blank."
msgstr ":guilabel:`协议到期日期`：此采购协议的到期日期。如果此一揽子订单不应过期，请将此字段留空。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: the date that this blanket order should be placed"
" on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order form. If a"
" new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the *Order "
"Deadline* field on the |RfQ|."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`订购日期`：如果直接从总括订单表单创建新报价，则应下达总括订单的日期。如果创建新报价，该值会自动填充 |RfQ| 上的 "
"*订单截止日期* 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: the expected delivery date that the products "
"included in an |RfQ| are expected, if created directly from a blanket order "
"form. If a new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the "
"*Expected Arrival* field on the |RfQ|."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`交货日期`：如果直接从一揽子订单创建，|RfQ| 中包含的产品的预计交货日期。如果创建新报价单，该值会自动填充 |RfQ| 上的 "
"* 预计到达* 字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:62
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Source Document`: the source purchase order (PO) that this "
"blanket order is tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to any "
"existing |PO|, leave this field blank."
msgstr ":guilabel:`源文档`：此一揽子订单关联的源采购订单（PO）。如果此一揽子订单不应与任何现有 |PO| 绑定，请将此字段留空。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:64
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Company`: the company assigned to this specific blanket order. By"
" default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is "
"listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field "
"**cannot** be changed, and defaults to the only company listed in the "
"database."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`公司`：分配给此特定一揽子订单的公司。默认情况下，这是创建一揽子订单的用户所在的公司。如果数据库不是多公司数据库，则此字段**无法**更改，并且默认为数据库中列出的唯一公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products."
msgstr "新增产品的一揽子订单采购协议。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:73
msgid ""
"Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
"to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, change the quantity of each product, and set a "
"price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column."
msgstr ""
"填写完所有相关字段后，点击 :guilabel:`添加行`，在 :guilabel:`产品` 栏下添加产品。然后，在 :guilabel:`数量` "
"栏中更改每个产品的数量，并在 :guilabel:`单价` 栏中设置价格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:78
msgid ""
"When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of "
"products are not automatically added to the product lines. Instead, the "
"prices **must** be manually assigned, by changing the value in the "
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed "
"vendor. Otherwise, the price will remain `0`."
msgstr ""
"将产品添加到新的总括订单时，产品的现有价格不会自动添加到产品行。相反，必须通过将 :guilabel:`单价` "
"列中的值更改为与所列供应商商定的价格，手动分配价格。否则，价格将保持为 `0`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:83
msgid ""
"To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket "
"orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right "
"arrow)` icon that becomes visible when hovering over the "
":guilabel:`Agreement Type` field, where :guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed."
" This navigates to the blanket order settings."
msgstr ""
"要直接从总括订单表单查看和更改总括订单的默认采购协议设置，请点击 :guilabel:`➡️（右箭头）`图标，该图标悬停在 "
":guilabel:`协议类型` 字段上时可见，其中列出了 :guilabel:`总括订单`。这将导航到总括订单设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid ""
"Internal link arrow next to Agreement Type field on blanket order form."
msgstr "总括订单表格上协议类型字段旁边的内部链接箭头。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:92
msgid ""
"From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the "
":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement "
"Type` can be changed, and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection Type` can be "
"changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated for the type "
"of selection:"
msgstr ""
"此处，可以编辑总括订单设置。在 :guilabel:`协议类型` 部分中，可以更改 :guilabel:`协议类型` 的名称，也可以更改 "
":guilabel:`协议选择类型`。有两个选项可以激活选择类型："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:97
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Select only one RfQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
"confirmed, the remaining purchase orders are cancelled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Select multiple RfQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
"confirmed, remaining purchase orders are **not** cancelled. Instead, "
"multiple purchase orders are allowed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:102
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the :guilabel:`Lines`"
" and :guilabel:`Quantities` fields can be edited. Doing so sets how new "
"quotations should be populated when using this purchase agreement."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`新报价的数据` 部分中，可以编辑 :guilabel:`行` 和 :guilabel:`数量` "
"字段。这样做可设置使用此采购协议时，新报价应如何填充。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders."
msgstr "总括订单的采购协议类型编辑屏幕。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110
msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:"
msgstr "可以为 :guilabel:`行` 激活两个选项："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
"product lines pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket "
"order, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation."
msgstr ":guilabel:`使用协议行`：在创建新报价单时，如果新报价单选择了总括订单，则产品行会预先填充总括订单上列出的相同产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:115
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new "
"quotation, **and** selecting an existing blanket order, the settings carry "
"over to the new quotation, but the product lines do **not** populate."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`不自动创建 RfQ 行`：在创建新报价单**并**选择现有一揽子订单时，设置会转移到新报价单中，但产品行**不会**弹出。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:119
msgid ""
"And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:"
msgstr "此外，:guilabel:`数量` 有两个可激活的选项："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:121
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
"product quantities listed on the blanket order pre-populate on the product "
"lines, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation."
msgstr ":guilabel:`使用协议数量`：创建新报价单时，如果新报价单选择了一揽子订单，则总括订单上列出的产品数量会预先填充到产品行中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation, **and** "
"selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines pre-populate, but all"
" quantities are set to `0`. The quantities **must** be manually set by the "
"user."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`手动设置数量`：在创建新报价单**和**选择现有一揽子订单时，产品系列会预先填入，但所有数量都设置为 "
"`0`。数量**必须**由用户手动设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128
msgid ""
"Once any desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`New` (via the "
"breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket order "
"form. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase agreement."
msgstr ""
"进行任何所需的更改后，点击 :guilabel:`新建`（通过页面顶部的面包屑）导航回一揽子订单表格。然后，点击 :guilabel:`确认` "
"保存新的采购协议。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:132
msgid ""
"Once confirmed, the blanket order's stage (in the upper-right corner) "
"changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Ongoing`, meaning this "
"agreement can be selected and used when creating new |RfQs|."
msgstr ""
"一旦确认，一揽子订单的阶段（右上角）将从 :guilabel:`草稿` 变为 :guilabel:`进行中`，这意味着在创建新的 |RfQs| "
"时，可以选择并使用此协议。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:136
msgid ""
"After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and "
"prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement."
msgstr "创建并确认一揽子订单后，仍可对产品、数量和价格进行编辑、添加或从采购协议中删除。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:140
msgid "Create a new |RfQ| from the blanket order"
msgstr "从一揽子订单中创建新的 |RfQ|"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:142
msgid ""
"After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly "
"from the blanket order form. |RfQs| using this form are pre-populated with "
"information based on the rules set in the form. Additionally, new quotations"
" are automatically linked to this blanket order form, via the "
":guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top-right of the form."
msgstr ""
"确认一揽子订单后，可直接从一揽子订单表格创建新的报价。使用该表单的 |RfQ|会根据表单中设定的规则预填充信息。此外，通过表格右上方的 "
":guilabel:`RFQ/ 订单` 智能按钮，新报价单会自动链接到该一揽子订单表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147
msgid ""
"To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click the "
":guilabel:`New Quotation` button. This opens a new |RfQ|, that is pre-"
"populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured"
" on the blanket order form."
msgstr ""
"要从一揽子订单表创建新报价单，请点击 :guilabel:`新报价单` 按钮。将打开一个新的 "
"|RfQ|，并根据一揽子订单表上配置的设置预先填入正确的信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:151
msgid ""
"From the new |RfQ| form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send"
" an email to the listed vendor. Click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a "
"printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm "
"Order` to confirm the |PO|."
msgstr ""
"在新的 |RfQ| 表单中，点击 :guilabel:`通过电子邮件发送`撰写并向列出的供应商发送电子邮件。点击 :guilabel:`打印 RFQ` "
"生成可打印的 PDF 报价单；或者，准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`确认订单` 确认 |PO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order."
msgstr "从一揽子订单中复制产品和规则的新报价单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159
msgid ""
"Once the |PO| has been confirmed, click back to the blanket order form (via "
"the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the blanket order form, there"
" is now one |RfQ| listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the "
"top-right of the form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see"
" the |PO| that was just created."
msgstr ""
"确认 |PO| 后，点击返回一揽子订单表（通过页面顶部的面包屑导航）。在一揽子订单表格中，表格右上方的 :guilabel:`RFQ/订单` "
"智能按钮列出了一个 |RfQ| 。点击 :guilabel:`RFQ/订单` 智能按钮，查看刚刚创建的 |PO| 。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form."
msgstr "一揽子订单表中的 RFQ 和订单智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:171
msgid ""
"Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the products included in the order."
msgstr "一揽子订单一经确认，订单中产品的 :guilabel:`采购`选项卡下就会添加一个新的供应商行。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:174
msgid ""
"This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated replenishment "
"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information about the "
":guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the :guilabel:`Agreement` are "
"referenced on the vendor line. This information dictates when, where, and at"
" what price the product should be replenished."
msgstr ""
"这使得空白订单在使用 :doc:`自动补货 <.../../purchase/products/reordering>` 时非常有用，因为 "
":guilabel:`供应商`、:guilabel:`价格` 和 :guilabel:`协议` "
"信息在供应商行中被引用。这些信息决定了何时、何地、以何种价格补充产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order."
msgstr "带有与一揽子订单相关联的补货协议的产品表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:184
msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"
msgstr ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3
msgid "Call for tenders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:12
msgid ""
"Sometimes, companies might want to invite vendors to submit offers for "
"similar goods or services all at once. This helps companies select the "
"cheapest, fastest vendors for their specific business needs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:16
msgid ""
"In Odoo, this can be done by creating alternative requests for quotation "
"(RfQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, "
"the product lines from each |RfQ| can be compared, and a decision can be "
"made for which products to purchase from which vendors."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中，这可以通过为不同供应商创建备选报价请求（RFQ）来实现。一旦收到每个供应商的回复，就可以比较每个 RFQ "
"中的产品系列，然后决定从哪个供应商处购买哪些产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:21
msgid ""
"Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used"
" by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when"
" making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative "
"|RfQs| to spend money efficiently."
msgstr ""
"有时也被称为 *招标*，这一流程主要用于公共部门的组织，他们在进行采购时受到法律约束。不过，私营公司也可以使用其他的 |RfQ| 来有效地管理资金支出。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:28
msgid ""
"To create alternative |RfQs|, the *Purchase Agreements* feature **must** be "
"enabled in the *Purchase* app settings. To enable the feature, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the "
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase "
"Agreements`."
msgstr ""
"要创建替代 |RfQ|，必须在*采购*应用程序设置中启用*采购协议*功能。要启用该功能，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> "
"配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`订单` 部分，点击 :guilabel:`采购协议` 复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:33
msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the change."
msgstr "然后，点击 :guilabel:`保存`，应用更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:42
msgid "Create an |RfQ|"
msgstr "创建询价单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:44
msgid ""
"To create a new |RfQ|, follow the instructions in the :doc:`rfq` "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorial: Purchase Basics and Your First Request for Quotation "
"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o_uI718P1Dc>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:53
msgid "Create alternative |RfQs|"
msgstr "创建备选 |RfQ|"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:55
msgid ""
"Once a |PO| is created and sent to a vendor, alternative |RfQs| can be "
"created for additional vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and other "
"factors, to help make a decision for the order."
msgstr "一旦创建了 |PO| 并发送给供应商，就可以为其他供应商创建备选 |RfQ|，以比较价格、交货时间和其他因素，帮助做出订单决策。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58
msgid ""
"To create alternative |RfQs| from the original, click the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. "
"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""
"要从原始文件创建替代文件，请点击 :guilabel:`替代` 选项卡。然后，点击 :guilabel:`创建替代方案`。点击后，弹出 "
":guilabel:`创建替代` 窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation."
msgstr "弹出招标窗口，创建替代报价。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:66
msgid ""
"From this window, select an alternative vendor from the drop-down menu next "
"to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, to whom the alternative quotation is "
"assigned."
msgstr "在此窗口中，从 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段旁边的下拉菜单中选择一个替代供应商，替代报价将分配给该供应商。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:69
msgid ""
"Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected"
" by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original |RfQ| are"
" copied over to the alternative. For this first alternative quotation, leave"
" the checkbox checked. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. "
"This opens a new |RfQ| form."
msgstr ""
"旁边有一个 :guilabel:`复制产品` 复选框，默认为选中。选中后，原始 |RfQ| "
"产品数量将复制到备选方案中。对于第一份备选报价，请选中复选框。完成后，点击 :guilabel:`创建备选方案`。这将打开一个新的 |RfQ| 表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:74
msgid ""
"Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, the new "
"form is already pre-populated with the same products, quantities, and other "
"details as the previous, original |RfQ|."
msgstr "由于选中了 :guilabel:`创建替代` 复选框，新表单已预先填充了与先前原始 |RfQ| 相同的产品、数量和其他详细信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an "
"alternative quotation, additional products do **not** need to be added, "
"unless desired."
msgstr "创建替代报价时，如果选择了 :guilabel:`复制产品` 复选框，除非需要，否则无需添加其他产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:81
msgid ""
"However, if a chosen vendor is listed in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under"
" a specific product form included in the order, the values set on the "
"product form carry over to the |RfQ|, and **must** be changed manually, if "
"necessary."
msgstr ""
"但是，如果所选供应商列在订单中特定产品表单下的 :guilabel:`供应商` 列中，则产品表单上设置的值会转入 "
"|RfQ|，必要时**必须**手动更改。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85
msgid ""
"Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, followed by :guilabel:`Create Alternative`."
msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`替代` 选项卡，然后点击 :guilabel:`创建替代`，创建第二个备选报价。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:88
msgid ""
"This opens the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window. Once again, "
"choose a different vendor from the drop-down menu next to "
":guilabel:`Vendor`. For this particular |RfQ|, however, *uncheck* the "
":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Doing so removes all products on the new"
" alternative |RfQ|, leaving it blank. The specific products which should be "
"ordered from this particular vendor can be added in as needed."
msgstr ""
"这将打开 :guilabel:`创建替代` 弹出窗口。再次从 :guilabel:`供应商` 旁边的下拉菜单中选择不同的供应商。不过，对于这个特定的 "
"|RfQ|，*取消选中* :guilabel:`复制产品` 复选框。这样做会删除新替代 |RfQ| "
"上的所有产品，使其留空。可根据需要，添加应向该特定供应商订购的特定产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:94
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`."
msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`创建替代方案`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:97
msgid ""
"If an alternative quotation should be removed from the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking "
"on the :guilabel:`X (remove)` icon at the end of their row."
msgstr "如果要从:guilabel:`替代`选项卡中删除备选引文，可点击其行末的:guilabel:`X（删除）`图标将其删除。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:100
msgid ""
"This creates a third, new |RfQ|. But, since the product quantities of the "
"original |RfQ| were **not** copied over, the product lines are empty, and "
"new products can be added as needed by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, "
"and selecting the desired products from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"这样就创建了第三个新的 |RfQ|。但是，由于原始 |RfQ| 产品数量**没有**复制过来，因此产品行为空，可以根据需要点击 "
":guilabel:`添加产品`，并从下拉菜单中选择所需产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:104
msgid ""
"Once the desired number of specific products are added, click "
":guilabel:`Send by Email`."
msgstr "添加所需数量的特定产品后，点击 :guilabel:`通过电子邮件发送`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs."
msgstr "空白替代引号，面包屑导航中包含替代品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:110
msgid ""
"This opens a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window, wherein the message to"
" the vendor can be customized, and attachments can be added, if necessary. "
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`."
msgstr ""
"这将打开一个 :guilabel:`撰写电子邮件` 弹出窗口，可在其中自定义发送给供应商的信息，并在必要时添加附件。准备就绪后，点击 "
":guilabel:`发送`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:113
msgid ""
"From this newest form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Under this "
"tab, all three |RfQs| can be seen in the :guilabel:`Reference` column. "
"Additionally, the vendors are listed under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, "
"and the order :guilabel:`Total` (and :guilabel:`Status`) of the orders are "
"in the rows, as well."
msgstr ""
"在这个最新表格中，点击 :guilabel:`替代` 选项卡。在该选项卡下的 :guilabel:`参考` 栏中可以看到所有三个 "
"|RfQ|。此外，供应商列在 :guilabel:`供应商` 列，订单的 :guilabel:`总计` （和 :guilabel:`状态` ）也在行中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:118
msgid ""
"The date in the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` column is calculated for each "
"vendor, based on any pre-configured lead times in the vendor and product "
"forms."
msgstr ":guilabel:`预计到达` 列中的日期是根据供应商和产品表单中预先配置的交货时间为每个供应商计算的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:124
msgid "Link new |RfQ| to existing quotations"
msgstr "将新的 |RfQ| 链接到现有报价单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:126
msgid ""
"Even if a quotation is not created directly from the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab of another |RfQ|, it can still be linked to "
"existing |RfQs|."
msgstr "即使引文不是直接从另一个 |RfQ| 的 :guilabel:`替代品` 选项卡中创建的，它仍然可以链接到现有的 |RfQ|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:129
msgid ""
"To do that, begin by creating a new |RfQ|. Navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`. Fill out the |RfQ|, according to the "
":ref:`previous instructions <purchase/manage_deals/create-rfq>`."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，首先创建一个新的 |RfQ|。导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 新建`。根据 :ref:`先前的指示 "
"<purchase/manage_deals/create-rfq>`，填写 |RfQ|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:132
msgid ""
"Then, once ready, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Since this new "
"|RfQ| was created separately, there are no other orders linked yet."
msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`替代品` 选项卡。由于新的 |RfQ| 是单独创建的，因此还没有其他订单链接。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135
msgid ""
"However, to link this |RfQ| with existing alternatives, click "
":guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the :guilabel:`Vendor`"
" column."
msgstr ""
"但是，要将此 |RfQ| 与现有替代品链接，请点击 :guilabel:`供应商` 列第一行的 :guilabel:`链接至现有 RfQ`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs."
msgstr "弹出窗口将新报价单与现有 RFQ 链接。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:142
msgid ""
"This opens an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window. Select the "
"desired previously-created |RfQs|, and click :guilabel:`Select`. All of "
"these orders are now copied to this |RfQ|, and can be found under the "
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab."
msgstr ""
"这将打开一个 :guilabel:`打开：替代 PO` 弹出窗口。选择所需的先前创建的 |RfQ| 并点击 "
":guilabel:`选择`。所有这些订单现在都复制到此 |RfQ| 中，并可在 :guilabel:`替代品` 选项卡下找到。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:147
msgid ""
"If a large number of |POs| are being processed, and the previous |POs| can't"
" be located, click the :icon:`fa-chevron-down` :guilabel:`(chevron)` icon to"
" the right of the search bar, at the top of the pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151
msgid ""
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click :guilabel:`Vendor`. "
"Vendors are displayed in their own nested drop-down lists, and each vendor's"
" list can be expanded to view open |POs| for that vendor."
msgstr ""
"然后，在 :guilabel:`分组方式` 部分下点击 "
":guilabel:`供应商`。供应商将显示在各自嵌套的下拉列表中，每个供应商的列表都可以展开，以查看该供应商开放的 |PO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:158
msgid "Compare product lines"
msgstr "比较产品明细行"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:160
msgid ""
"Alternative |RfQs| can be compared side-by-side, in order to determine which"
" vendors offer the best deals on the products included in the orders."
msgstr "可以并列比较备选的 |RfQ|，以确定哪个供应商能为订单中的产品提供最优惠的价格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:163
msgid ""
"To compare alternative |RfQs|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` "
"app, and select one of the previously-created |RfQs|."
msgstr "要比较备选的 |RfQ| ，请导航到 :menuselection:`采购` 应用程序，然后选择先前创建的其中一个 |RfQ|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:166
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all linked |RfQs|. Next,"
" under the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` option, click :guilabel:`Compare "
"Product Lines`. This navigates to the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page."
msgstr ""
"然后，点击 :guilabel:`替代品` 选项卡，查看所有链接的 |RfQ|。接下来，在 :guilabel:`创建替代方案` 选项下点击 "
":guilabel:`比较产品明细行`。这将导航到 :guilabel:`比较订单明细行` 页面。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs."
msgstr "比较产品明细行页面，获取备选 RFQ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:174
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, by default, groups by "
":guilabel:`Product`. Each product included in any of the |RfQs| is displayed"
" in its own nested drop-down list, and features all of the |PO| numbers in "
"the :guilabel:`Reference` column."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，:guilabel:`比较订单行` 页面按:guilabel:`产品` 分组。包含在任何 |RfQ| "
"中的每个产品都会显示在其嵌套的下拉列表中，并在:guilabel:`参考资料` 列中显示所有 |PO| 编号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:179
msgid ""
"To remove product lines from the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, click"
" :guilabel:`Clear` at the far-right end of that product line's row."
msgstr "要从 :guilabel:`比较订单明细行` 页面删除产品系列，请点击该产品系列行最右端的 :guilabel:`清除`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:182
msgid ""
"Doing so removes this specific product as a selectable option from the page,"
" and changes the :guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to `0`."
msgstr "这样做会删除页面中该特定产品的可选项，并将页面中该产品的 :guilabel:`总计` 价格改为 `0`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:185
msgid ""
"Additionally, on the |RfQ| form, in which that product was included, its "
"ordered quantity is also changed to `0`."
msgstr "此外，在包含该产品的 |RfQ| 表单中，其订购量也会变为 `0`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188
msgid ""
"Once the best offers have been identified, individual products can be "
"selected by clicking the :guilabel:`Choose` button at the end of each "
"corresponding row."
msgstr "确定最佳报价后，可点击相应行末尾的 :guilabel:`选择` 按钮选择单个产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:191
msgid ""
"Once all desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for "
"Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to "
"an overview of all |RfQs|."
msgstr "选择所有所需产品后，点击 :guilabel:`请求报价`（在页面顶部的面包屑导航中），返回所有 |RfQ| 概览。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:197
msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives"
msgstr "取消（或保留）替代品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:199
msgid ""
"Once the desired products have been chosen from the :guilabel:`Compare Order"
" Lines` page, the remaining |RfQs|, from which no products were chosen, can "
"be cancelled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:202
msgid ""
"The cost in the :guilabel:`Total` column for each product that wasn't chosen"
" is automatically set to `0`, indicated at the far-right of each "
"corresponding row."
msgstr "每个未被选择的产品的 :guilabel:`总计` 列中的成本都会自动设置为 `0`，并显示在相应行的最右侧。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:205
msgid ""
"Although they haven't been cancelled yet, this indicates that each of those "
"orders can be cancelled without having an effect on the other live orders, "
"once those orders have been confirmed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Cancelled quotations in the Purchase app overview."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212
msgid ""
"To confirm an |RfQ| for which products were selected, click into an |RfQ|, "
"and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:215
msgid ""
"This causes a :guilabel:`What about the alternative Requests for "
"Quotations?` pop-up window to appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218
msgid ""
"To view a detailed form of one of the |RfQs| listed, click the line item for"
" that quotation. This opens an :guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up "
"window, from which all details of that particular |RfQ| can be viewed."
msgstr ""
"要查看所列 |RfQ| 之一的详细表格，请点击该报价单的行项目。这将打开一个 :guilabel:`开启：备选 POS` 弹出窗口，从中可查看该特定 "
"|RfQ| 的所有详细信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:222
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Close` to close the pop-up window."
msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`关闭`，以关闭弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:224
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`What about the alternative Requests for Quotations?` pop-"
"up window, two options are presented: :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` and "
":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:227
msgid "If this |PO| should **not** be confirmed, click :guilabel:`Discard`."
msgstr "如果此 |PO| **不应** 确认，请点击 :guilabel:`丢弃`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:229
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the "
"alternative |RfQs|. Selecting :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the "
"alternative |RfQs| open, so they can still be accessed, if any additional "
"product quantities need to be ordered later."
msgstr ""
"选择 :guilabel:`取消替代方案` 会自动取消备选的 |RfQ|。选择 :guilabel:`保留替代方案` 则保留备选 "
"|RfQ|，以便以后需要订购更多产品时仍可访问。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:233
msgid ""
"Once all products are ordered, select :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` from "
"whichever |PO| is open at that time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs."
msgstr "保留或取消弹出的备选 RFQ。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:240
msgid ""
"Finally, using the breadcrumbs at the top of the page, click "
":guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` to navigate back to an overview of all "
"|RfQs|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:243
msgid ""
"The cancelled orders can be seen, greyed out and listed with a "
":guilabel:`Cancelled` status, under the :guilabel:`Status` column at the "
"far-right of their respective rows."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:246
msgid ""
"Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can "
"be completed, and the products can be received into the warehouse."
msgstr "现在，所有产品数量都已订购完毕，采购流程可以完成，产品可以入库。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:250
msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`"
msgstr ":doc:`blanket_orders`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:20
msgid "Bill control policies"
msgstr "账单控制政策"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10
msgid ""
"In Odoo's *Purchase* app, the *bill control* policy determines the "
"quantities billed by vendors on every purchase order (PO), for either "
"ordered or received quantities."
msgstr "在 Odoo *采购* 应用程序中，*账单控制* 策略决定供应商在每张采购订单（PO）上开具的账单数量，无论是订购数量还是已收数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:13
msgid ""
"The policy selected in the *Purchase* app settings acts as the default "
"value, and is applied to any new product created."
msgstr "在 *采购* 应用程序设置中选择的策略作为默认值，并应用于创建的任何新产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:19
msgid ""
"To configure the *bill control* policy, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase"
" app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the "
":guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Under :guilabel:`Bill Control`, select either"
" :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` or :guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要配置 *账单控制* 策略，请导航至:menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并向下滚动至:guilabel:`发票`"
" 部分。在 :guilabel:`账单控制` 下，选择 :guilabel:`订购数量` 或 :guilabel:`收到数量`。然后，点击 "
":guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Selected bill control policy in Purchase app settings."
msgstr "在采购应用程序设置中选择账单控制策略。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:28
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a |PO| is "
"confirmed. The products and quantities in the |PO| are used to generate a "
"draft bill."
msgstr ":guilabel:`订购数量`：确认 |PO| 后立即创建供应商账单。PO|中的产品和数量用于生成账单草稿。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:30
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the "
"total order has been received. The products and quantities received are used"
" to generate a draft bill. An error message appears if creation of a vendor "
"bill is attempted without receiving anything."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`已收数量`：只有在收到订单总额的部分*之后*，才会创建账单。收到的产品和数量用于生成账单草稿。如果在未收到任何货物的情况下，尝试创建供应商账单，则会出现错误信息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0
msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message."
msgstr "账单控制策略草稿账单错误消息。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:39
msgid ""
"If a specific product should use a different control policy than selected in"
" the *Purchase* app settings, the :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy for that "
"product can be changed from its product form."
msgstr "如果特定产品应使用与 *采购* 应用程序设置中所选不同的控制策略，则可从产品表单中更改该产品的 :guilabel:`账单控制` 策略。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:43
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> "
"Products`, and select a product. From the product form, click the "
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` section, modify"
" the selection in the :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择一个产品。在产品表单中，点击 "
":guilabel:`采购` 选项卡。在 :guilabel:`供应商账单` 部分，修改 :guilabel:`控制政策` 字段中的选择。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51
msgid "3-way matching"
msgstr "3方匹配"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50
msgid ""
"The *3-way matching* feature ensures vendor bills are only paid once some "
"(or all) of the products included in the |PO| have been received."
msgstr "*三方核对* 功能确保供应商账单只有在 |采购订单| 中包含的部分（或全部）产品被收到后才能支付。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:53
msgid ""
"To activate *3-way matching*, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section. Then, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`3-way matching` to enable "
"the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要激活 *三方核对*，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，并向下滚动至 :guilabel:`发票` "
"部分。然后，勾选 :guilabel:`三方核对` 复选框以启用该功能，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Enabled 3-way matching feature in Purchase app settings."
msgstr "在采购应用程序设置中启用三方核对功能。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`3-way matching` feature **only** works with the "
":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`."
msgstr ""
"**只有** 在 :guilabel:`账单控制` 策略设置为 :guilabel:`已收到数量` 时，:guilabel:`三方核对` 功能才能工作。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching"
msgstr "使用三方核对功能支付供应商账单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
msgid ""
"When *3-way matching* is enabled, vendor bills display a :guilabel:`Should "
"Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When a new vendor bill "
"is created, the field is set to :guilabel:`Yes`, since a bill **cannot** be "
"created until at least some of the products included in a |PO| have been "
"received."
msgstr ""
"启用 *三方核对* 后，供应商账单会在 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡下显示 :guilabel:`应支付` "
"字段。创建新的供应商账单时，该字段将被设置为 :guilabel:`是`，因为在收到 |PO| 中包含的部分产品之前，**无法** 创建账单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:73
msgid ""
"To create a vendor bill from a |PO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase "
"app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`. From the :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` "
"page, select the desired |PO| from the list. Then, click :guilabel:`Create "
"Bill`. Doing so opens a new draft :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form, in the "
":guilabel:`Draft` stage. Click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and locate "
"the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field."
msgstr ""
"要根据 |PO| 创建供应商账单，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序 --> 订单 --> 采购订单`。在 "
":guilabel:`采购订单` 页面，从列表中选择所需的 |PO|。然后点击 :guilabel:`创建账单`。在 :guilabel:`草稿` "
"阶段打开一个新的 :guilabel:`供应商账单` 表格草稿。点击 :guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡，找到 :guilabel:`应支付` "
"字段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:80
msgid ""
"The |PO| selected from the list **must not** be billed yet, or an "
":guilabel:`Invalid Operation` pop-up window appears. This occurs for |POs| "
"with a :guilabel:`Received quantities` policy, and a :guilabel:`Fully "
"Billed` :guilabel:`Billing Status`."
msgstr ""
"从列表中选择的 |PO| **必须尚未** 开具账单，否则会弹出 :guilabel:`无效操作` 窗口。这种情况发生在采购订单设置了 "
":guilabel:`收货数量` 政策，并且 :guilabel:`账单状态` 为 :guilabel:`已全额开票` 的情况下。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0
msgid "Invalid Operation pop-up window for billed Purchase Order."
msgstr "已开票采购订单的无效操作弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88
msgid ""
"Click the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` to view the "
"available options: :guilabel:`Yes`, :guilabel:`No`, and "
":guilabel:`Exception`."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`应支付` 旁边的下拉菜单，查看可用选项：:guilabel:`是`、:guilabel:`否` 和 "
":guilabel:`异常`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Should Be Paid field status on draft vendor bill."
msgstr "供应商账单草稿上的 “应支付” 字段状态。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:96
msgid ""
"If the total quantity of products from a |PO| has not been received, Odoo "
"only includes the products that *have* been received in the draft vendor "
"bill."
msgstr "如果 |PO| 的产品总量尚未收到，Odoo 只将*已收到* 产品列入供应商账单草稿。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:99
msgid ""
"Draft vendor bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the"
" price of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill."
msgstr "可对供应商账单草稿进行编辑，以增加账单数量、更改账单中产品的价格以及在账单中添加其他产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:102
msgid ""
"If the draft bill's information is changed, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` "
"field status is set to :guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices "
"the discrepancy, but does not block the changes or display an error message,"
" since there might be a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill."
msgstr ""
"如果账单草案的信息被更改，:guilabel:`应支付` 字段状态将设置为:guilabel:`异常`。这意味着 Odoo "
"会注意到异常，但不会阻止更改或显示错误消息，因为可能存在修改草稿账单的合理原因。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:107
msgid ""
"To process the vendor bill, select a date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` "
"field, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`, followed by :guilabel:`Register "
"Payment`."
msgstr ""
"要处理供应商账单，请在 :guilabel:`账单日期` 字段中选择日期，然后点击 :guilabel:`确认`，接着点击 "
":guilabel:`注册付款`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:110
msgid ""
"This opens a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window. From this window, "
"accounting information is pre-populated based on the database's accounting "
"settings. Click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to process the vendor bill."
msgstr ""
"这将打开一个 :guilabel:`注册付款` 弹出窗口。在此窗口中，会计信息将根据数据库的会计设置预先填入。点击 :guilabel:`创建付款` "
"处理供应商账单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:114
msgid ""
"Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill, and the bill displays "
"the green :guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field "
"status is set to :guilabel:`No`."
msgstr ""
"一旦登记了供应商账单的付款，且账单显示绿色的 :guilabel:`已付款` 横幅，则 :guilabel:`应付款` 字段状态将设为 "
":guilabel:`否`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:118
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is automatically set by Odoo."
" However, the status can be manually changed by clicking the field's drop-"
"down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab."
msgstr ""
"账单上的 :guilabel:`应付款` 状态由 Odoo 自动设置。不过，也可通过点击 :guilabel:`其他信息` "
"选项卡内该字段的下拉菜单手动更改状态。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
msgstr "查看采购订单的帐单状态"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
msgid ""
"Once a |PO| is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be viewed under"
" the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the |PO| form."
msgstr "确认 |PO| 后，可在 |PO| 表单的:guilabel:`其他信息` 选项卡下查看其 :guilabel:`账单状态`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:128
msgid ""
"To view the :guilabel:`Billing Status` of a |PO|, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select a "
"|PO| to view."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:131
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab, and locate the "
":guilabel:`Billing Status` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
msgid "Billing status field on a purchase order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:137
msgid ""
"The table below details the different values the :guilabel:`Billing Status` "
"field could read, and when they are displayed, depending on the *Bill "
"Control* policy used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:144
msgid "Billing Status"
msgstr "账单状态"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:145
msgid "On received quantities"
msgstr "收到数量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:146
msgid "On ordered quantities"
msgstr "订购数量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:147
msgid "Nothing to Bill"
msgstr "无需开单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:148
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
msgstr "采购订单已确认；未收到任何产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:149
msgid "*Not applicable*"
msgstr "*不适用*"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:150
msgid "Waiting Bills"
msgstr "未收到账单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:151
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
msgstr "收到的所有/部分产品；未创建票据"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:152
msgid "PO confirmed"
msgstr "订单已确认"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:153
msgid "Fully Billed"
msgstr "已完全开单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:154
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
msgstr "收到的所有/部分产品；已创建账单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:155
msgid "Draft bill created"
msgstr "已创建账单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:158
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:191
msgid ":doc:`manage`"
msgstr ":doc:`manage`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3
msgid "Manage vendor bills"
msgstr "管理供应商账单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:12
msgid ""
"A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services "
"purchased by a company from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they "
"arrive from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or "
"services purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:16
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing "
"process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* "
"app's settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:22
msgid ""
"To configure the default bill control policy, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to "
"the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:25
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Bill Control` feature lists two policy options: "
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28
msgid ""
"The policy selected acts as the default for any new product created. Each "
"policy acts as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:30
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase "
"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are "
"used to generate a draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:32
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** all (or "
"part) of the total order has been received. The products and quantities "
"received are used to generate a draft bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:39
msgid "Once a policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:42
msgid ""
"If a product needs a different control policy than the one set in the "
"*Purchase* app settings, that product's control policy can be overridden by "
"going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form, and selecting the "
"desired policy in the :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
msgid "Control policy field on product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:53
msgid ""
"The *3-way matching* policy ensures vendor bills are only paid once all (or "
"some) products in a purchase order (PO) have been received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56
msgid ""
"To activate 3-way matching, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:59
msgid ""
"Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`3-way matching` feature is **only** intended to work with the"
" :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68
msgid ""
"When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created."
" Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to "
"create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form."
msgstr "当公司仓库收到产品时，就会创建收据。公司处理收货数量后，可选择直接从仓库收据表单创建供应商账单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72
msgid ""
"Depending on the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill "
"creation is completed at different steps of the procurement process."
msgstr "根据设置中选择的账单控制策略，供应商账单创建在采购流程的不同步骤完成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:76
msgid "Ordered quantities"
msgstr "订购数量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78
msgid ""
"To create and manage vendor bills for receipts with the *Bill Control* "
"policy set to *Ordered Quantities*, first navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click :guilabel:`New` from the "
":guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82
msgid ""
"Doing so opens a new :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) form. On the "
"blank |RfQ| form, add a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`"
" under the :guilabel:`Product` tab to add products to the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:126
msgid ""
"On the product line, select a product from the drop-down menu in the "
":guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity to order in the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:89
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:129
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RfQ| into a "
"|PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill` to create a vendor bill. This opens a "
":guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form in the :guilabel:`Draft` state. From here, add "
"a billing date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95
msgid ""
"Once ready, confirm the bill by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the "
":guilabel:`Vendor Bill` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:98
msgid ""
"Since the bill control policy is set to *Ordered quantities*, the draft bill"
" can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been "
"received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:101
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once a payment has been received, click :guilabel:`Register Payment` at the "
"top of the bill to record it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:104
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155
msgid ""
"Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window to appear, "
"wherein a payment :guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen, and a "
":guilabel:`Payment Method` selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:107
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:158
msgid ""
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be edited from this pop-up "
"window, if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the "
":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so displays a green :guilabel:`Paid` banner "
"on the |RfQ| form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118
msgid "Received quantities"
msgstr "收到数量"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:120
msgid ""
"To create and manage vendor bills for receipts with the bill control policy "
"set to *Received quantities*, first navigate to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:123
msgid ""
"Doing so opens a new |RfQ| form. On the blank |RfQ| form, add a "
":guilabel:`Vendor`, and click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the "
":guilabel:`Product` tab to add products to the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:132
msgid ""
"When using the *Received quantities* control policy, clicking "
":guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products are received causes an "
":guilabel:`Invalid Operation` pop-up window to appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135
msgid ""
"Odoo requires at least partial quantities of the items included in the |PO| "
"to be received in order to create a vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:142
msgid ""
"On the |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the "
"warehouse receipt form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144
msgid ""
"From here, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the :guilabel:`Done` "
"(received) quantities."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:146
msgid ""
"Then, navigate back to the |PO|, via the breadcrumb, and click "
":guilabel:`Create Bill`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148
msgid ""
"This opens a :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form in the :guilabel:`Draft` state. "
"From here, add a billing date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. Once "
"ready, confirm the bill by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the "
"draft."
msgstr ""
"这将打开处于 :guilabel:`草稿` 状态的 :guilabel:`供应商账单` 表单。在此，在 :guilabel:`账单日期` "
"字段中添加账单日期。准备就绪后，点击草稿顶部的 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认账单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165
msgid "Manage vendor bills in Accounting"
msgstr "在会计中管理供应商账单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:167
msgid ""
"Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, without"
" having to create a purchase order first."
msgstr "供应商账单也可直接从 *会计* 应用程序创建，无需先创建采购订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:170
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click"
" :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form."
msgstr ""
"导航至 :menuselection:`会计应用程序 --> 供应商 --> 账单`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建`。这样就会显示一个空白的 "
":guilabel:`供应商账单` 表格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173
msgid ""
"Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, in the "
":guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add products."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`供应商` 字段中添加供应商。然后，在 :guilabel:`发票行` 选项卡中点击 "
":guilabel:`添加一行`，添加产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176
msgid ""
"Select a product from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, "
"and enter the quantity to order in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field."
msgstr "从 :guilabel:`产品` 字段的下拉菜单中选择产品，并在 :guilabel:`数量` 字段中输入要订购的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179
msgid ""
"Select a :guilabel:`Bill Date`, and configure any other necessary "
"information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the bill."
msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`账单日期` 并配置其他必要信息。最后，点击 :guilabel:`确认`，以确认账单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:182
msgid ""
"Once confirmed, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view the "
":guilabel:`Account` journals. These journals are populated based on the "
"configuration on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and "
":guilabel:`Product` forms."
msgstr ""
"确认后，点击:guilabel:`日记账项目` 选项卡查看 :guilabel:`账户` 日志。这些日记账根据相应 :guilabel:`供应商` 和 "
":guilabel:`产品` 表单上的配置填充。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:186
msgid ""
"If necessary, click :guilabel:`Credit Note` to add a credit note to the "
"bill. Additionally, a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number can be added."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Register Payment`, followed by "
":guilabel:`Create Payment`, to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193
msgid ""
"To link a draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down menu"
" next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete` *before* clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, "
"and select a |PO| from the menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:196
msgid "The bill auto-populates with the information from the chosen |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:203
msgid "Batch billing"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205
msgid ""
"Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* "
"app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:207
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, "
"click the :guilabel:`checkbox` in the top-left corner, beside the "
":guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`New` button."
msgstr ""
"导航至 :menuselection:`会计应用程序 --> 供应商 --> 账单`。然后，点击左上角 :guilabel:`编号` 列旁边的 "
":guilabel:`新建` 按钮下的 :guilabel:`复选框。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:211
msgid ""
"This selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Status` of "
":guilabel:`Posted` or :guilabel:`Draft`."
msgstr "这将选择所有 :guilabel:`状态` 为 :guilabel:`已发布` 或 :guilabel:`草稿` 的现有供应商账单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:214
msgid ""
"Click the :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`Print` button to print the selected "
"invoices or bills."
msgstr "点击 :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`打印`按钮，打印选定的发票或账单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:216
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process payments for "
"multiple vendor bills at once."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`注册付款` 一次创建和处理多个供应商账单的付款。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:219
msgid ""
"Only payments with their :guilabel:`Status` listed as :guilabel:`Posted` can"
" be billed in batches. Payments in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage **must** be "
"posted before they can be included in a batch billing."
msgstr ""
"只有:guilabel:`状态`为:guilabel:`已发布`的付款才能分批计费。处于 :guilabel:`草稿` "
"阶段的付款**必须**已发布，才能纳入批量计费。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:223
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Register Payment` opens a :guilabel:`Register Payment` "
"pop-up window. From the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Journal` the "
"bills should post to, choose a :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and select a "
":guilabel:`Payment Method`."
msgstr ""
"点击 :guilabel:`登记付款`，弹出 :guilabel:`登记付款`窗口。在弹出窗口中，选择账单应发布到的 "
":guilabel:`日记账`，选择 :guilabel:`付款日期`，并选择 :guilabel:` 付款方式`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227
msgid ""
"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Group Payments` together from this "
"pop-up window, as well. If this checkbox is ticked, only one payment is "
"created, instead of one per bill. This option only appears if the *Batch "
"Payments* feature is enabled in the settings of the "
":menuselection:`Accounting` app."
msgstr ""
"在弹出窗口中还可以选择 :guilabel:`批量付款` 合并付款。如果勾选该复选框，则只创建一笔付款，而不是每张账单创建一笔付款。只有在 "
":menuselection:`会计` 应用程序的设置中启用*批量付款*功能时，才会出现此选项。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:232
msgid ""
"Once ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button. This creates a list"
" of journal entries on a separate page. The journal entries on this list are"
" all tied to their corresponding vendor bills."
msgstr ""
"准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`创建付款` 按钮。这将在一个单独页面上创建一个日记账条目列表。该列表中的日记账条目都与相应的供应商账单绑定。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window."
msgstr "弹出批量计费登记付款窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240
msgid ":doc:`control_bills`"
msgstr ":doc:`control_bills`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:3
msgid "Requests for quotation"
msgstr "报价请求"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:12
msgid ""
"Odoo's requests for quotation (RFQs) feature in the **Purchase** app "
"standardizes ordering products from multiple vendors with varying prices and"
" delivery times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:15
msgid ""
"|RFQs| are documents companies send to vendors requesting product pricing. "
"In Odoo, once the vendor approves the |RFQ|, the purchase order (PO) is "
"confirmed to align on lead times and pricing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:24
msgid ""
"To auto-populate product information and prices on an |RFQ|, configure "
"products by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> "
"Products`. Select an existing product, or create a new one by selecting "
":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the product form, where various sales and "
"purchasing data can be configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:29
msgid ""
"To configure purchasable products, tick the :guilabel:`Can be purchased` "
"checkbox, under the product name. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab,"
" and enable the :guilabel:`Buy` route."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst-1
msgid "Required configuration for purchasable products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:39
msgid "Vendor pricelist"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:41
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the product form, input the vendor and "
"their price, to have this information auto-populate on an |RFQ| each time "
"the product is listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:45
msgid ":doc:`../products/pricelist`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:47
msgid ""
"Default columns include :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Price`, and "
":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`, but other columns like, :guilabel:`Product "
"Variant` or :guilabel:`Discounts`, can also be enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:50
msgid ""
"To enable or disable columns, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` "
":guilabel:`(additional options)` icon on the right side of the header row to"
" reveal a drop-down menu of additional columns that can be added (or "
"removed) from the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:55
msgid ""
"Alternatively, prices and delivery lead times for existing products can be "
"added in bulk by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration -->"
" Vendor Pricelists`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left corner. In the "
":guilabel:`Vendor` section of the pricelist form that appears, add the "
"product information as it pertains to the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:61
msgid "Order products"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:63
msgid ""
"With products and prices configured, follow these steps to create and send "
"|RFQs| to make purchases for the company."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:67
msgid "|RFQ| dashboard"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:69
msgid ""
"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> "
"Requests for Quotation`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:71
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard displays an overview of the"
" company's |RFQs|, |POs|, and their status. The top of the screen breaks "
"down all |RFQs| in the company, as well as individual ones (where the user "
"is the buyer) with a summary of their status."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:75
msgid ""
"The top-right corner also provides a quick report of the company's recent "
"purchases by total value, lead times, and number of |RFQs| sent."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:78
msgid "Additionally, the dashboard includes buttons for:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:80
msgid ""
":guilabel:`To Send`: orders in the |RFQ| stage that have not been sent to "
"the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:81
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Waiting`: |RFQs| that have been sent by email, and are waiting on"
" vendor confirmation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Late`: |RFQs| or |POs| where the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` has "
"passed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst-1
msgid "RFQ dashboard with orders and order statuses."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:88
msgid ""
"In addition to various view options, the :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` "
"dashboard provides :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options, "
"accessible via the search bar drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:92
msgid ":doc:`../../../essentials/search`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../../essentials/search`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:95
msgid "Create new |RFQ|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:97
msgid ""
"To create a new |RFQ|, click the :guilabel:`New` button on the top-left "
"corner of the :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard to reveal a new "
"|PO| form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:100
msgid "Start by assigning a :guilabel:`Vendor`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:102
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Vendor Reference` field points to the sales and delivery "
"order numbers sent by the vendor. This comes in handy once products are "
"received, and the |PO| needs to be matched to the delivery order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:106
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field refers to long-term purchase agreements "
"on recurring orders with set pricing. To view and configure blanket orders, "
"head to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase agreements`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:110
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Currency` can be changed, if purchasing products from a "
"vendor in another country."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:112
msgid ""
"Next, configure an :guilabel:`Order Deadline`, which is the date by which "
"the vendor must confirm their agreement to supply the products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:116
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` is exceeded, the |RFQ| is marked as "
"late, but the products can still be ordered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:119
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Expected Arrival` is automatically calculated based on the "
":guilabel:`Order Deadline` and vendor lead time. Tick the checkbox for "
":guilabel:`Ask confirmation` to ask for signage at delivery."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:123
msgid ""
"With the :doc:`Storage Locations feature "
"<../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations>` "
"activated, the :guilabel:`Deliver to` field appears, with options for the "
"order shipment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:127
msgid ""
"Select the receiving warehouse address here, or select :guilabel:`Dropship` "
"to indicate that this order is to be shipped directly to the end customer. "
"When :guilabel:`Dropship` is selected, the :guilabel:`Dropship address` "
"field is enabled. Contact names auto-populate here from the **Contacts** "
"app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:133
msgid "Products tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:135
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, add the products to be ordered. Click "
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and type in the product name, or select the item "
"from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:138
msgid ""
"To create a new product and add it, type the new product name in the "
":guilabel:`Product` column, select :guilabel:`Create [product name]` from "
"the resulting drop-down menu, and manually add the unit price. Or, select "
":guilabel:`Create and edit...` to be taken to the product form for that new "
"item."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:143
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Catalog` can also be selected to navigate to a product menu from "
"the chosen vendor. From here, products can be added to the cart."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:147
msgid ""
"To make adjustments to products and prices, access the product form by "
"clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon that "
"becomes available upon hovering over the :guilabel:`Product` name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:152
msgid "Send |RFQ|"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:154
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Send by Email` reveals a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-"
"up window, with a :guilabel:`Purchase: Request for Quotation` template "
"loaded, ready to send to the vendor's email address (configured in the "
"**Contacts** app)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:158
msgid ""
"After crafting the desired message, click :guilabel:`Send`. Once sent, the "
"|RFQ| moves to the :guilabel:`RFQ Sent` stage."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:161
msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Print RFQ` downloads a PDF of the |RFQ|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:164
msgid "Confirm order"
msgstr "确认订单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:166
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm Order` directly transforms the |RFQ| into an "
"active |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:169
msgid ""
"Odoo tracks communications on each order through the chatter of the |PO| "
"form. This shows the emails sent between the user and the contact, as well "
"as any internal notes and activities. Messages, notes, and activities can "
"also be logged on the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:173
msgid "Once an |RFQ| is confirmed, it creates a |PO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:175
msgid ""
"On the new |PO|, the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field changes to "
":guilabel:`Confirmation Date`, which displays the date and time the user "
"confirmed the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:178
msgid ""
"Depending on the user's chosen configuration in the **Purchase** app "
"settings, a *vendor bill* is created once products have been ordered or "
"received. For more information, refer to the documentation on :doc:`managing"
" vendor bills <manage>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:183
msgid ""
"After an order is placed, clicking :guilabel:`Receive Products` records the "
"reception of new products into the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:187
msgid ""
"With the **Inventory** app installed, confirming a |PO| automatically "
"creates a receipt document, with the product information and expected "
"arrival dates automatically populated."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
msgid "Products"
msgstr "产品"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:40
msgid "Import vendor pricelist"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:5
msgid ""
"Set vendor prices to auto-populate requests for quotations (RFQs) or "
"purchase orders (POs) with the unit price, once the product is added, which "
"reduces errors and saves time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, vendor pricelists can be :ref:`added individually "
"<purchase/products/pricelist>` on the product form, or :ref:`imported in "
"bulk <purchase/products/import-pricelist>`, via an XLSX or CSV file."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:13
msgid ""
"Please review this :doc:`import guide "
"<../../../essentials/export_import_data>` before uploading vendor "
"pricelists."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:19
msgid "On product form"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:21
msgid ""
"To manually add the vendor price on the product form, go to the "
":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`, and click the "
"desired product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:25
msgid ""
"Product forms are accessible from multiple apps, such as **Sales**, "
"**Inventory**, and **Manufacturing**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:28
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the product form, input the vendor and "
"their price, to have this information auto-populate on a request for "
"quotation each time the product is listed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:32
msgid ""
":ref:`Vendor pricelist on product form <purchase/manage_deals/vendor-"
"pricelist>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst-1
msgid "Vendor pricelist on product form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:42
msgid ""
"To import vendor pricelists, ensure the XLSX or CSV file is accurately "
"completed. The best way to obtain a correctly formatted template, including "
"product names, references, and vendor details, is to first :ref:`export a "
"pricelist <purchase/products/export-price>` from the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:46
msgid ""
"Modify the exported file, as needed, then import it back into the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:51
msgid "Export pricelist"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:53
msgid ""
"To export a pricelist, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration "
"--> Vendor Pricelists`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:55
msgid "On the page, tick the checkbox(es) for the desired vendor pricelists."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:57
msgid ""
"Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button that appears, and "
"choose :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst-1
msgid "Show selected exported fields, with the Export button visible."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:63
msgid ""
"In the resulting pop-up window, fields listed under the :guilabel:`Fields to"
" export` section are included in the exported file. To add more fields, find"
" the desired field in the :guilabel:`Available fields` section, and click "
"the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of the field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:69
msgid ""
"To update to existing records, tick the :guilabel:`I want to update data "
"(import-compatible export)` checkbox, and refer to the section on the "
":ref:`External ID <purchase/products/external-id>` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:73
msgid ""
"For details on commonly-used fields for importing vendor pricelists, see the"
" :ref:`Common fields <purchase/products/common-fields>` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:76
msgid ""
"Select the desired :guilabel:`Export Format`: :guilabel:`XLSX` or "
":guilabel:`CSV`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:78
msgid ""
"To save the selected fields as a template, click the :guilabel:`Template` "
"field, and select :guilabel:`New template` from the drop-down menu. Type the"
" name of the new template, and click the :icon:`fa-floppy-o` "
":guilabel:`(save)` icon. After that, the template is a selectable option "
"when clicking the :guilabel:`Template` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:83
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Export`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:86
msgid ""
"With :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` turned on, the column names of "
"the exported file display the *field name* with the *technical name* in "
"parenthesis."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:0
msgid "Exporting vendor pricelist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:93
msgid ""
"Export vendor pricelist in XLSX format. It includes :guilabel:`Product "
"Template` and other fields in the :guilabel:`Fields to export` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:99
msgid "External ID"
msgstr "外部ID"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:101
msgid ""
"*External ID* is a unique identifier used to update existing vendor "
"pricelists. Without it, imported records create new entries, instead of "
"updating existing ones. Including this field in the XLSX or CSV, indicates "
"the line replaces an existing vendor pricelist in the Odoo database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:0
msgid "Show 'Ready Mat' appear twice."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:109
msgid ""
"`Ready Mat` appears twice because the external ID was omitted during the "
"price update from `$790` to `$780`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:112
msgid ""
"To look-up the :guilabel:`External ID` for a vendor pricelist, tick the "
":guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatible export)` checkbox at the"
" top of the :guilabel:`Export Data` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:116
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`External ID` from the :guilabel:`Available fields` "
"section with the :guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatible "
"export)` checkbox ticked results in an export file with two columns "
"containing the external ID."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:123
msgid "Common fields"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:125
msgid ""
"Below is a list of commonly-used fields when importing vendor pricelists:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:127
msgid "Field name definitions"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:130
msgid "Field name"
msgstr "字段名称"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:131
msgid "Used for"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:132
msgid "Field in Odoo database"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:133
msgid "Technical name of field"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:134
msgid "Vendor"
msgstr "供应商"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:135
msgid ""
"The only required field for creating a vendor pricelist record. This field "
"specifies the vendor associated with the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:137
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Vendor` field in the :ref:`vendor pricelist of the product form "
"<purchase/products/pricelist>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:139
msgid "`partner_id`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:140
msgid "Product Template"
msgstr "产品模板"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:141
msgid "The Odoo product the vendor pricelist entry is related to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:142
msgid ":guilabel:`Product` field in the vendor pricelist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:143
msgid "`product_tmpl_id`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:145
msgid ""
"The minimum quantity required to receive the product at the specified price."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:146
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity` field in the vendor pricelist. (If not visible, enable "
"it by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(settings)` icon, "
"and tick the :guilabel:`Quantity` checkbox)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:149
msgid "`min_qty`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:150
msgid "Unit Price"
msgstr "单价"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:151
msgid "The purchase price for the product from the vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:152
msgid ":guilabel:`Price` field in the vendor pricelist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:153
msgid "`price`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:154
msgid "Delivery Lead Time"
msgstr "交货提前时间"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:155
msgid ""
":ref:`Number of days <inventory/shipping_receiving/purchase-lt>` before "
"receiving the product after confirming a purchase order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:157
msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field on the vendor pricelist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:158
msgid "`delay`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:159
msgid "Sequence"
msgstr "序列"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:160
msgid ""
"Defines the order of vendors in the pricelist when multiple vendors are "
"available. For example, if `Azure Interior` is listed first and Wood Corner "
"second, their sequences would be `1` and `2`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:163
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:171
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "无"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:164
msgid "`sequence`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:165
msgid "Company"
msgstr "公司"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:166
msgid "Name of company the product belongs to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:167
msgid ":guilabel:`Company` field in the vendor pricelist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:168
msgid "`company_id`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:169
msgid ":ref:`External ID <purchase/products/external-id>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:170
msgid "Unique ID of a record used to update existing vendor pricelists."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:172
msgid "`id`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:175
msgid "Import records"
msgstr "导入记录"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:177
msgid ""
"With a template downloaded, fill out the XLSX or CSV file with the necessary"
" information. After inputting everything, import the file back into the Odoo"
" database, by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> "
"Vendor Pricelists`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:181
msgid ""
"On the page, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon in the top-"
"left corner. In the drop-down menu that appears, click :guilabel:`Import "
"records`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:184
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Upload File` in the upper-left corner, and after "
"selecting the XLSX or CSV file, confirm the correct fields, and click "
":guilabel:`Import`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:188
msgid ":doc:`../../../essentials/export_import_data`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:189
msgid ":ref:`Common fields <purchase/products/common-fields>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst-1
msgid "Upload file screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:195
msgid "Formatting import file"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:197
msgid ""
"To understand how to format import files for vendor pricelists, consider the"
" following example."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:199
msgid ""
"`Storage Box` (:guilabel:`Reference`: `E-COM08`) is sold by `Wood Corner` "
"for `$10`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:200
msgid ""
"`Large Desk` (:guilabel:`Reference`: `E-COM09`) has no records in the vendor"
" pricelist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:202
msgid "An import file is created to do the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:204
msgid "Update the price for `Wood Corner` from `$10` to `$13`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:205
msgid ""
"Add pricelist for `Storage Box`: the vendor, `Ready Mat` intends to sell the"
" product for `$14`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:206
msgid ""
"Add pricelist for `Large Desk`: vendor is `Wood Corner`, price is `$1299`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:207
msgid ""
"Add pricelist for `Large Desk`: vendor is `Azure Interior`, price is "
"`$1399`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:209
msgid "Vendor pricelist data"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:212
msgid "id"
msgstr "id"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:213
msgid "company_id"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:214
msgid "delay"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:215
msgid "price"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:216
msgid "product_tmpl_id"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:217
msgid "sequence"
msgstr "顺序"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:218
msgid "partner_id"
msgstr "partner_id"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:219
msgid "product.product_supplierinfo_3"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:220
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:227
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:234
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:241
msgid "My Company (San Francisco)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:222
msgid "13.00"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:230
msgid "[E-COM08] Storage Box"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:225
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:239
msgid "Wood Corner"
msgstr "Wood Corner"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:229
msgid "14.00"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:232
msgid "Ready Mat"
msgstr "Ready Mat"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:236
msgid "1299.00"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:237
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:244
msgid "[E-COM09] Large Desk"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:238
msgid "6"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:243
msgid "1399.00"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:245
msgid "7"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:246
msgid "Azure Interior"
msgstr "Azure Interior"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:249
msgid "The *technical field name* was used to create this information."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:252
msgid "Download the sample files for reference:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:254
msgid ":download:`Sample XLSX import file <pricelist/pricelist-example.xlsx>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:255
msgid ":download:`Sample CSV import file <pricelist/pricelist-example.csv>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
msgid "Configure reordering rules"
msgstr "配置重新订购规则"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
msgid ""
"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a "
"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering "
"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that"
" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls"
" below a set threshold."
msgstr ""
"对于某些产品，有必要确保随时都有最低库存量。通过为产品添加重新订购规则，可以实现重新订购流程的自动化，从而在库存量低于设定阈值时自动创建采购订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11
msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules."
msgstr "必须安装 *库存* 模块才能使用重新排序规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
msgid "Configure products for reordering"
msgstr "配置产品以重新订购"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16
msgid ""
"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can "
"be added to them."
msgstr "必须以特定方式配置产品，才能为其添加重新排序规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18
msgid ""
"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or "
":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> "
"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. "
"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click "
"into it's product form."
msgstr ""
"从 :menuselection:`库存`、:menuselection:`制造`、:menuselection:`采购`或 "
":menuselection:`销售` 模块开始，导航至 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品` 并点击 "
":guilabel:`创建`，以创建新产品。或者，查找数据库中已存在的产品，然后点击产品表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23
msgid ""
"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can "
"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. "
"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""
"接下来，在产品表单中，选中 :guilabel:`可以采购` 选项，在 :guilabel:`产品名称` "
"字段下启用重新订购。最后，在:guilabel:`常规信息`选项卡下将:guilabel:`产品类型`设置为`可储存产品`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo."
msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置产品以便重新订购。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32
msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product"
msgstr "为产品添加重新排序规则"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34
msgid ""
"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it "
"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of "
"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the "
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"正确配置产品后，可通过选择产品表单顶部现在可见的 :guilabel:`重新排序规则` 选项卡，然后点击:guilabel:`重新排序规则` 面板上的 "
":guilabel:`创建` 来添加重新排序规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo."
msgstr "从 Odoo 产品页面访问产品的重新排序规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42
msgid ""
"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase "
"orders automatically by defining the following fields:"
msgstr "创建后，可通过定义以下字段配置重新订购规则，以自动生成订购单："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored"
" once they are received and entered into stock."
msgstr ":guilabel:`位置` 指定收到订购数量并将其入库后的存储位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule "
"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on "
"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created "
"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`最小数量` 设置重新订购规则的下限，而 :guilabel:`最大数量` "
"设置上限。如果库存低于最小数量，将创建新的采购订单，以补充到最大数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is "
"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be "
"created for 21 units of the product."
msgstr ""
"如果 :guilabel:`最小数量` 设置为 `5`，:guilabel:`最大数量` 设置为 "
"`25`，并且现有库存数量下降到四个，将创建一个包含该产品 21 个单位的采购订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only "
"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, "
"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the "
"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max "
"Quantity` field."
msgstr ""
"可以对 :guilabel:`多个数量` 进行配置，使产品只能按一定数量分批订购。根据输入的数量，这可能导致创建的采购订单会使库存超过 "
":guilabel:`最大数量` 字段中指定的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
msgid ""
"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple "
"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order "
"will be created for 200 units of the product."
msgstr ""
"如果 :guilabel:`最大数量` 设置为`100`，但 :guilabel:`多个数量` 设置为分批订购产品`200`，则将创建一个包含该产品 "
"200 个单位的采购订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65
msgid ""
":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will"
" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, "
"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for "
"non-discrete products like water or bricks."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`UoM` "
"指定订购数量的计量单位。对于离散产品，应设置为`单位`。但是，对于水或砖块等非离散产品，也可以设置为`体积`或`重量`等计量单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo."
msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置重新排序规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74
msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler"
msgstr "使用排程器手动触发重新排序规则"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76
msgid ""
"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which "
"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate "
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-"
"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
msgid ""
"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled "
"actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85
msgid "Manage reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87
msgid ""
"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that "
"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the "
"top of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90
msgid ""
"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this"
" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting "
"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the "
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form "
"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:3
msgid "Temporary reordering rules"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:5
msgid ""
"Some businesses require certain products to always have a minimum quantity "
"of stock on-hand at any given time. To avoid stock falling below a certain "
"threshold, companies can create *reordering rules* in Odoo to automate "
"purchase orders for specific products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:9
msgid ""
"Reordering rules keep the forecasted stock levels above a certain threshold,"
" without exceeding a specified upper limit, or maximum amount. When a "
"product with a reordering rule falls below a specified quantity, Odoo "
"generates an order using the specified *route* (e.g. *Buy* or *Manufacture*)"
" to replenish the stock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:14
msgid ""
"In certain cases, businesses might opt for *temporary reordering rules* when"
" they do not want specific products to be replenished automatically."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:17
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a \"temporary\" reordering rule is created in the replenishment "
"dashboard when a product:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:19
msgid "is configured with a *Buy* route"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:20
msgid "has no reordering rule configured"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:21
msgid "has `0` quantity in stock"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:22
msgid "is included in a sales order (SO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:24
msgid ""
"This rule is deleted upon confirmation of the purchase order (PO) generated "
"for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:27
msgid ""
":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:33
msgid ""
"To configure a product that triggers temporary reordering rules when its "
"stock reaches `0`, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Products --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要配置产品，使其在库存为`0`时触发临时重新订购规则，首先进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:37
msgid ""
"The same configurations can also be made on an existing product, by going to"
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting an "
"existing product."
msgstr ""
"同样的配置也可以在现有产品上进行，方法是进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品` 并选择一个现有产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the product form, enter the product name, and ensure the :guilabel:`Can "
"be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` options are enabled, located "
"beneath the :guilabel:`Product Name` field."
msgstr ""
"在产品表单中输入产品名称，并确保位于 :guilabel:`产品名称` 字段下方的 :guilabel:`可出售` 和 :guilabel:`可购买` "
"选项已启用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:44
msgid ""
"Then, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product`, under the "
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr "然后，在 :guilabel:`常规信息` 选项卡下，将 :guilabel:`产品类型` 设为 `可储存产品`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:47
msgid ""
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and under :guilabel:`Vendor`, "
"click :guilabel:`Add a line` to select a vendor from the drop-down menu. "
"Then, set a purchase price under :guilabel:`Price`."
msgstr ""
"然后，单击 :guilabel:`采购` 选项卡，在 :guilabel:`供应商` 下点击:guilabel:`添加行` "
"从下拉菜单中选择一个供应商。然后，在 :guilabel:`价格` 下设置购买价格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:51
msgid ""
"A vendor **must** be set for temporary reordering rules to work. While a "
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)` can still be created automatically, attempting "
"to replenish the product from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard in the"
" *Inventory* app triggers a warning to add a vendor on the product form."
msgstr ""
"必须设置供应商，临时重新订购规则才能生效。虽然仍可自动创建 :guilabel:`PO（采购订单）`，但尝试从 *库存* 应用程序中的 "
":guilabel:`补货` 仪表板补充产品时，会触发在产品表单上添加供应商的警告。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:0
msgid "Warning pop-up upon clicking to replenish product with no set vendor."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:60
msgid ""
"Before creating a :abbr:`SO (sales order)` for the product, ensure the "
":guilabel:`On Hand` smart button on the product form reads `0.00 Units`. "
"Then, ensure that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button reads `0`, "
"indicating there are no rules applied to this product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1
msgid ""
"Product form smart button row displaying reordering rules and on hand "
"buttons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:69
msgid "Trigger temporary reordering rule"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:71
msgid ""
"To trigger a temporary reordering rule, create a new sales order for a "
"product by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`."
msgstr "要触发临时重新排序规则，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序 --> 新建`，为产品创建新的销售订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:74
msgid ""
"Then, add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, and click "
":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Next, select the desired product from the drop-"
"down menu. Lastly, :guilabel:`Confirm` the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
msgstr ""
"然后，在 :guilabel:`客户` 字段中添加客户，并点击 :guilabel:`订单行`选项卡中 :guilabel:`产品` 列下的 "
":guilabel:`添加产品`。然后，从下拉菜单中选择所需的产品。最后，:guilabel:`确认` :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1
msgid "Sales order for product with no set reordering rules."
msgstr "产品销售订单未设置重新订购规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:83
msgid "Check replenishment report"
msgstr "检查补货报告"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:85
msgid ""
"To see the temporary reordering rule created for the out-of-stock product "
"included in the sales order, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
"Operations --> Replenishment`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment` "
"dashboard."
msgstr ""
"要查看为销售订单中的缺货产品创建的临时重新订购规则，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 操作 --> 补货`。打开 "
":guilabel:`补货` 仪表板。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:89
msgid ""
"On this dashboard, locate the product for which the temporary reordering "
"rule was created. On its product line, its :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity, "
"negative :guilabel:`Forecast` quantity, *Buy* :guilabel:`Route`, and "
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity to replenish can be seen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:93
msgid ""
"Additionally, two replenishment options are located to the far-right of the "
"row: :guilabel:`Order Once` and :guilabel:`Automate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1
msgid "Replenishment report displaying temporary reordering rule and options."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:100
msgid ""
"To use the one-time, temporary reordering rule, click :guilabel:`Order "
"Once`. This action triggers a confirmation pop-up window in the top-right "
"corner, reading :guilabel:`The following replenishment order has been "
"generated`, along with a new purchase order number."
msgstr ""
"要使用一次性临时重新订购规则，请点击 :guilabel:`一次订购`。此操作会触发右上角的确认弹出窗口，内容为 "
":guilabel:`已生成以下补货订单`，并附有新的采购订单号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:105
msgid ""
"Once the purchase order has been generated after clicking :guilabel:`Order "
"Once`, refresh the page. The temporary reordering rule for the product no "
"longer appears in the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard."
msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`订购一次` 生成订购单后，刷新页面。产品的临时重新订购规则不再出现在 :guilabel:`补货` 仪表板中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:110
msgid "Complete purchase order"
msgstr "完成订购单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:112
msgid ""
"To view the purchase order created from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` "
"dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and select the "
"generated :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` from the :guilabel:`Requests for "
"Quotation` overview."
msgstr ""
"要查看从 :guilabel:`补货` 面板创建的采购订单，请导航至 :menuselection:`采购应用程序`，并从 "
":guilabel:`报价请求` 概述中选择生成的:abbr:`PO（采购订单）`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:116
msgid ""
"From here, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, then click :guilabel:`Receive "
"Products`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the purchase "
"order."
msgstr ""
"在此单击 :guilabel:`确认订单`，然后点击 :guilabel:`接收产品`。最后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 完成采购订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1
msgid "Purchase order for product ordered with temporary reordering rule."
msgstr "使用临时重新订购规则订购产品的采购订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:123
msgid "Now, the original sales order can be delivered and invoiced."
msgstr "现在，原始销售订单可以交付并开具发票。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:126
msgid ""
"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is delivered and invoiced, ensure there "
"are no reordering rules on the product form."
msgstr "一旦 :abbr:`SO（销售订单）`交付并开具发票，请确保产品表单上没有重新订购规则。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:129
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, select the "
"product, and confirm that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button "
"displays `0`."
msgstr ""
"进入 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，选择产品，并确认 :guilabel:`重新排序规则` "
"智能按钮显示为`0`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
msgid "Purchase units of measure"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
msgid ""
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
" unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between "
"sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert "
"measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once"
" and let Odoo handle the conversion."
msgstr ""
"当您购买产品时，供应商使用的计量单位可能与销售时不同。这可能会造成销售代表和采购代表之间产生混淆。每次手动转换计量单位也很耗时。有了 "
"Odoo，您只需对产品进行一次配置，让 Odoo 来处理转换。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
msgstr "考虑以下示例："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
msgid ""
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
msgstr "你从美国供应商那里购买橙汁，他们使用 **** 。但是，您的客户是欧洲人，使用 ****。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
msgid ""
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
msgstr "你从供应商那里以 ** **形式购买窗帘，然后用 **方米 **客户出售。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
msgid "Enable units of measure"
msgstr "启用度量单位"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
msgid ""
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
msgstr "打开销售应用程序，进入：菜单选择：`配置-->设置`。在“产品目录”下，启用*度量单位*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
msgstr "在 Odoo 销售中启用计量单位选项"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
msgstr "指定销售和采购计量单位"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
msgid "Standard units of measure"
msgstr "标准计量单位"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
msgid ""
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
msgstr ""
"默认情况下，数据库中有多种度量单位可用。每个都属于五个预先配置的度量单位类别之一：*长度/距离*、*单位*、*体积*、*重量*和*工作时间*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
"(see next section)."
msgstr "您可以创建新的度量单位和度量单位类别（请参见下一节）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
msgid ""
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
msgstr ""
"要为销售和购买指定不同的计量单位，请打开购买应用程序并转到:menuselection:“Products --> "
"Products”。创建产品或选择现有产品。在产品的 *General Information* "
"选项卡下，首先选择要用于销售（以及其他应用程序，例如库存）的 *Unit of Measure*。然后，选择要用于采购的 *Purchase Unit "
"of Measure*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
msgid ""
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
msgstr ""
"回到第一个例子，如果您以 **仑 **价格从供应商处购买橙汁，并以 ** "
"**价格出售给客户，首先选择*L*（升）作为*计量单位*，选择*gal（US）*（加仑）作为*购买计量单位*，然后单击*保存*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置产品的计量单位"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
msgstr "创建新的度量单位和度量单位类别"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
msgid ""
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
msgstr "有时，您需要创建自己的单位和类别，这可能是因为度量值未在Odoo中预先配置，也可能是因为这些单位彼此不相关（例如，千克和厘米）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
msgid ""
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
" units of measure."
msgstr ""
"如果您以第二个示例为例，从供应商处以 ** **形式购买窗帘，并使用 **方米 "
"**售卷件，则需要创建一个新的*度量单位类别*，以便将两个度量单位关联起来。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
msgstr "为此，请转至：菜单选择：`配置-->度量单位类别`。单击*创建*并命名类别。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中创建新的计量单位类别"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
msgid ""
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into "
"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the "
"category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77
msgid ""
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
" to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select "
"the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select "
"*Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding "
"Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a "
"multiple of this value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83
msgid ""
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
msgstr "在示例中，由于您不能购买少于 1 卷并且不会使用卷的分数作为计量单位，因此您可以输入1。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中创建新的参考计量单位"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90
msgid ""
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
msgstr ""
"如果使用小于0.01的*舍入精度*，则可能会出现警告消息，说明其高于*小数精度*，并且可能导致不一致。如果希望使用小于0.01的*舍入精度*，请首先激活：ref:`开发者模式<developer"
" "
"mode>`，然后转到：菜单选择：`设置-->技术-->数据库结-->小数精度，选择*乘积度量单位*并相应地编辑*位*。例如，如果要使用0.00001的舍入精度，请将*位*设置为5。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97
msgid ""
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
msgstr "接下来，创建第二个度量单位，命名它，并选择与参考单位相同的度量单位类别。作为*类型*，根据您的情况选择*小于*或*大于参考测量单位*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101
msgid ""
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
"*Smaller*."
msgstr "由于卷帘等于100平方米，因此应选择“较小”。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103
msgid ""
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
msgstr "接下来，您需要输入参考单位和第二个单位之间的*比率*。如果第二个单位较小，则*比值*应大于1。如果第二个单位较大，则比值应小于1。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
msgstr "对于卷帘，比率应设置为100。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109
msgid ""
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
"units of measure."
msgstr "您现在可以像使用Odoo的标准测量单位一样配置您的产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
msgstr "在 Odoo 采购中使用您自己的单位设置产品的计量单位"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:9
msgid ""
"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing "
"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality "
"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise."
msgstr "**Odoo 品控** 帮助确保整个生产流程和库存移动过程中的产品质量。进行质量检查，自动控制质量检验频率，并在出现问题时创建质量警报。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:14
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Quality Overview "
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/quality-overview-5590>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Odoo 教程：质量概述 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/quality-overview-5590>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5
msgid "Quality check types"
msgstr "质量检查类型"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3
msgid "Instructions quality check"
msgstr "指令质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types"
" that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control "
"point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows"
" the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check."
msgstr ""
"在Odoo *品控* "
"中，*指令*检查是质量检查类型之一，可在创建新的质量检查或质量控制点（QCP）时选择。*指令*检查包括一个文本输入字段，允许创建者提供完成检查的指示说明。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:12
msgid ""
"For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality checks <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"checks>` and :ref:`quality control points "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""
"有关如何配置质量检查或 |QCP| 的完整概述，请参阅 :ref:`质量检查<quality/quality_management/quality-"
"checks>` 和 :ref:`质量控制点<quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>` "
"文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:17
msgid "Process an Instructions quality check"
msgstr "处理指令质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:19
msgid ""
"There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed."
" If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or "
"work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a"
" check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr "*指令*质量检查有多种处理方式。如果质量检查分配给特定的制造、库存或工单，则可在工单上处理检查。另外，也可以在检查页面处理检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:24
msgid "Process from the quality check's page"
msgstr "质量检查页面的流程"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:26
msgid ""
"To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to complete the check."
msgstr ""
"要从检查页面处理*指令*质量检查，首先导航到 :menuselection:`质量-->质量控制-->质量检查`，然后选择一项质量检查。按照 "
":guilabel:`指令` 指示完成检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:30
msgid ""
"If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the"
" quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the "
":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead."
msgstr ""
"如果产品通过检查，请单击质量检查表上方的 :guilabel:`通过` 按钮。如果产品未通过检查，请点击 :guilabel:`未通过` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:34
msgid "Process quality check on an order"
msgstr "对订单进行流程质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:36
msgid ""
"To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a "
"manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for"
" which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""
"要对订单进行*说明*质量检查，请选择需要检查的生产订单或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作"
" --> 制造订单` 并点击订单来选择生产订单。库存订单可通过导航至 :menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 :guilabel:`# "
"待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:43
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button "
"to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality "
"checks created for the order can be processed."
msgstr ""
"在选定的制造或库存订单上，订单上方会出现一个紫色的 :guilabel:`质量检查` 按钮。点击该按钮可打开:guilabel:`质量检查` "
"弹窗，处理为订单创建的任何质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1
msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order."
msgstr "制造或库存订单上的质量检查弹窗。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:51
msgid ""
"To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions "
"detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click "
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed."
msgstr ""
"要完成*说明*质量检查，请按照 :guilabel:`质量检查`弹窗中的详细说明进行操作。最后，单击 :guilabel:`验证`，确认检查已完成。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:55
msgid ""
"If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may"
" need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the "
":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the "
"manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated."
msgstr ""
"如果在质量检查过程中发现问题或缺陷，可能需要创建质量警报以通知质量团队。要执行此操作，请单击:guilabel:`质量警报`按钮，该按钮会在检查验证后出现在制造或库存订单的顶部。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:59
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page."
" For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality alerts <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"alerts>`."
msgstr ""
"点击:guilabel:`质量警报` 可在新页面上打开质量警报表单。有关如何填写质量警报表单的完整指南，请查看 :ref:`quality alerts"
" <quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:64
msgid "Process work order quality check"
msgstr "处理工单质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:66
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a "
"specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order "
"Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an "
"*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather"
" than the |MO| as a whole."
msgstr ""
"配置由制造订单触发的 |QCP| 时，也可在 |QCP| 表单的 "
":guilabel:`工单操作`字段中指定特定工单。如果指定了工单，就会为该特定工单创建*指令*质量检查，而不是整个|MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:71
msgid ""
"Quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed from the "
"*Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which an *Instructions* "
"quality check is required."
msgstr ""
"为工单配置的质量检查**必须**从*车间*模块完成。要执行此操作，首先导航到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> "
"制造订单`。选择包含需要进行*说明*质量检查的工单的 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75
msgid ""
"On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the "
":guilabel:`Open Work Order (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on "
"the line of the work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work"
" Orders` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open"
" the *Shop Floor* module."
msgstr ""
"在 |MO| 上，选择 :guilabel:`工单`选项卡，在要处理的工单行上点击:guilabel:`打开工单（带箭头的正方形）`按钮。在弹出的 "
":guilabel:`工单` 窗口中，点击 :guilabel:`打开车间` 按钮，打开 *车间* 模块。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84
msgid ""
"Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Instructions* quality "
"check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that "
"details how to complete the quality check. Once completed, click the "
":guilabel:`Next` button to complete the check, and move on to the next step."
msgstr ""
"开始处理工单步骤，直到*指令*质量检查步骤。点击该步骤会弹出一个窗口，详细说明如何完成质量检查。完成后，点击:guilabel:`下一步` "
"按钮完成检查，并进入下一步。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1
msgid "An Instruction check as it appears in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr "车间模块中的指令检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:92
msgid ""
"Alternatively, an *Instructions* quality check can be completed by clicking "
"the checkbox that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work "
"order card. When using this method, the quality check automatically passes, "
"without a pop-up window appearing."
msgstr "另外，也可以通过单击工单卡上步骤行右侧的复选框来完成*指令*质量检查。使用这种方法时，质量检查会自动通过，不会出现弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:97
msgid ""
"For a full guide to the *Shop Floor* module, see the :ref:`Shop Floor "
"overview <manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` documentation."
msgstr ""
"有关 *车间* 模块的完整指南，请参阅 "
":ref:`车间概览<manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3
msgid "Measure quality check"
msgstr "测量质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that "
"can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point "
"(QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a "
"product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, "
"the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* "
"value."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo *品控*中，*测量*检查是创建新质量检查或质量控制点（QCP）时可选择的质量检查类型之一。*测量* 检查提示用户测量产品的某个方面，并在 "
"Odoo 中记录测量结果。若要通过质量检查，记录的测量值必须在某个*标准值的*公差*范围内。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:15
msgid "Create a Measure quality check"
msgstr "创建测量质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:17
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A "
"single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be "
"configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr "创建 *测量* 质量检查有两种不同的方法。可以手动创建单个检查。或者，也可以配置一个 |QCP| 按预定时间间隔自动创建检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:21
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""
"本文档仅详细介绍 *测量* 质量检查和 |QCPs| 特有的配置选项。要全面了解创建单个检查或 |QCP| 时可用的所有配置选项，请参阅 "
":ref:`质量检查<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` 和 "
":ref:`质量控制点<quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:27
msgid "Quality check"
msgstr "质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""
"要创建单个 *测量* 质量检查，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后单击 "
":guilabel:`新建`。填写新的质量检查表如下："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"quality check type."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉字段中，选择 :guilabel:`测量` 质量检查类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:34
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible"
" for managing the check."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`团队` 下拉字段中，选择负责管理检查的质量小组。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, "
"enter instructions for how the picture should be taken."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`备注` 选项卡的 :guilabel:`指令` 文本框中，输入如何拍摄照片的指令。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check."
msgstr "为测量质量检查配置的质量检查表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:44
msgid "Quality control point (QCP)"
msgstr "质量控制点（QCP）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:46
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, "
"navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`,"
" and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:"
msgstr ""
"要创建自动生成 *测量* 质量检查的 |QCP| ，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 控制点`，然后单击 "
":guilabel:`新建`。填写新的 |QCP| 表格如下："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:50
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: "
":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉字段中，选择 :guilabel:`测量` 质量检查类型。这样会出现两个新字段： :guilabel:`标准` 和"
" :guilabel:`容差`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:53
msgid ""
"Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the "
"ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-"
"entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used."
msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`标准` 字段的第一个文本输入字段记录产品应符合的理想测量值。使用第二个文本输入字段指定应使用的测量单位。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:56
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` "
"and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum "
"acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum "
"acceptable measurement."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`容差` 字段有两个子字段：:guilabel:`从` 和 :guilabel:`至`。使用 :guilabel:`从` "
"字段指定可接受的最小测量值，使用 :guilabel:`至` 字段指定可接受的最大测量值。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:60
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:52
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:55
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible"
" for managing the checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`团队` 下拉字段中，选择负责管理由 |QCP| 创建的检查的质量团队。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:62
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the "
"measurement should be taken."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`指令` 文本字段中，输入如何进行测量的指令。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks."
msgstr "QCP 表格配置用于创建测量质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:70
msgid "Process a Measure quality check"
msgstr "处理测量质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:72
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:64
msgid ""
"Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be "
"processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, "
"manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order "
"itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""
"创建*测量*质量检查后，可通过多种方式进行处理。如果质量检查被分配给特定的库存、制造或工单，则可在工单上处理检查。另外，也可以在检查页面处理检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:77
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:72
msgid "From the check's page"
msgstr "从检查页面处理检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:79
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to take the measurement."
msgstr ""
"要从检查页面处理 *测量* 质量检查，首先导航到 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后选择一项质量检查。按照"
" :guilabel:`指令` 的说明进行测量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:83
msgid ""
"After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click "
":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check."
msgstr ""
"测量后，在质量检查表格的 :guilabel:`测量` 字段中记录测量值。要手动通过或不通过检查，请点击检查左上角的 :guilabel:`通过` 或 "
":guilabel:`不通过`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:87
msgid ""
"Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* "
"and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the"
" top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the "
"check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*,"
" or *Failed* if the value is outside of it."
msgstr ""
"或者，如果质量检查被分配给一个已指定 *标准* 和 *偏差* 值的 |QCP| ，请点击检查左上角的 "
":guilabel:`测量`。如果记录的值在指定的*公差*范围内，则会自动将检查标记为*通过*；如果记录的值在*公差*范围外，则会自动将检查标记为*不通过*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:93
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:88
msgid "On an order"
msgstr "在工单上处理检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:95
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing "
"order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a "
"check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""
"要对订单进行 *测量* 质量检查，请选择需要检查的制造订单或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> "
"操作 --> 制造订单` 并点击订单来选择生产订单。选择库存订单的方法是浏览 :menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 "
":guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:97
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the "
"button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all "
"of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""
"在选定的生产或库存订单上，页面顶部会出现一个紫色的 :guilabel:`质量检查`按钮。点击该按钮可打开弹出式 :guilabel:`质量检查` "
"窗口，显示该订单所需的所有质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:106
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, "
"then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. "
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:114
msgid ""
"If the value entered is within the range specified in the "
":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the"
" pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can "
"then be processed as usual."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:118
msgid ""
"However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-"
"up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the "
"pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units "
"and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions "
"entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the "
"bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and "
":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:128
msgid ""
"If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select "
":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check`"
" pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` "
"field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:133
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:195
msgid ""
"If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` "
"instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were "
"listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:137
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:100
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after"
" the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert "
"form on a new page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:142
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the "
"documentation on :doc:`quality alerts "
"<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:109
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:121
msgid "On a work order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:148
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality "
"check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing"
" order as a whole."
msgstr ""
"在配置生产过程中触发的 |QCP| 时，也可在 |QCP| 表单的 "
":guilabel:`工单操作`字段中指定特定工单。如果指定了工单，就会为该特定工单而不是整个生产单创建*测量*质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:153
msgid ""
"*Measure* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed "
"from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Measure* quality "
"check is required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:158
msgid ""
"On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the "
":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the "
"work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up "
"window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop "
"Floor* module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:163
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:138
msgid ""
"When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to "
"the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, "
"and isolates the work order's card, so no other cards are shown."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:167
msgid ""
"Process the work order's steps until the *Measure* quality check step is "
"reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes "
"instructions for how the measurement should be taken. After taking the "
"measurement, enter it in the :guilabel:`Measure` field of the pop-up window,"
" and then click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid "A Measure check in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:176
msgid ""
"If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the "
":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes, and "
"the pop-up window moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if "
"the measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-up "
"window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:181
msgid ""
"The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a "
"message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should be "
"between # units and # units`, as well as the instructions entered in the "
":guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-up"
" window, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and "
":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"The Quality Check Failed pop-up window for a Measure check in the Shop Floor"
" module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:190
msgid ""
"If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select "
":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled "
":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measure in the "
":guilabel:`Measure` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete "
"the check and close the pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:199
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:158
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, exit the pop-up window by clicking the "
":guilabel:`X (close)` button in the top-right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:202
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:161
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on the bottom-"
"right corner of the work order card to open the :guilabel:`What do you want "
"to do?` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:205
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:164
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window, select the "
":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` button. Doing so opens a blank quality "
"alert form in a new :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:210
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:169
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the "
"documentation on :doc:`quality alerts "
"<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3
msgid "Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types "
"that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control "
"point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the "
"creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the "
"check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:15
msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:17
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be "
"created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can "
"be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr "创建 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查有两种不同的方法。可以手动创建单个检查。或者，也可以配置一个 |QCP| 按预定时间间隔自动创建检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:21
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""
"本文档仅详细介绍 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查和 |QCP| 特有的配置选项。要全面了解创建单个检查或 |QCP| 时可用的所有配置选项，请参阅 "
":ref:`质量检查<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` 和 :ref:`质量控制点 "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""
"要创建单个 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查，请导航至 :menuselection:`质量 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`。填写新的质量检查表如下："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` "
"quality check type."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉字段中，选择 :guilabel:`合格 - 不合格` 质量检查类型。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:37
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, "
"enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria "
"that must be met for the check to pass."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`备注`选项卡的 :guilabel:`说明` 文本字段中，输入如何完成质量检查的说明，以及检查通过必须满足的标准。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check."
msgstr "为 “合格 - 不合格”质量检查配置的质量检查表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:45
msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)"
msgstr "质量控制点（QCP）"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:47
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically,"
" begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> "
"Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""
"要创建自动生成 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查的 |QCP|，首先导航至 :menuselection:`质量 --> 质量控制 --> "
"控制点`，然后点击 :guilabel:`新建`。填写新的 |QCP| 表格如下："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:54
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to "
"complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check "
"to pass."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`说明` 文本字段中，输入如何完成质量检查的说明，以及检查通过必须满足的标准。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail "
"quality check."
msgstr "质量控制点（QCP）表单配置用于创建 “合格-不合格” 质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:62
msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check"
msgstr "处理 “合格-不合格” 质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:71
msgid ""
"To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for"
" how to complete the check."
msgstr ""
"要从检查页面处理*测量*质量检查，首先导航至 :menuselection:`质量 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后选择一项质量检查。按照 "
":guilabel:`说明` 指示完成检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:75
msgid ""
"If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at "
"the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the "
":guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr "如果符合检查标准，请点击页面左上角的 :guilabel:`合格` 按钮。如果不符合条件，请点击 :guilabel:`不合格` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:81
msgid ""
"To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing"
" order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a "
"check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""
"要对订单进行 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查，请选择需要检查的生产订单或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 "
":menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单` 并单击订单来选择生产订单。选择库存订单的方法是浏览 "
":menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 :guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:88
msgid ""
"On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the"
" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all"
" of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""
"在选定的生产或库存订单上，订单顶部会出现一个紫色的 :guilabel:`质量检查`按钮。点击该按钮可打开弹出式 :guilabel:`质量检查` "
"窗口，显示该订单所需的所有质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:92
msgid ""
"To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on "
"the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check "
"is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If "
"the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""
"要处理 *合格 - 不合格* 质量检查，请按照 :guilabel:`质量检查` 弹出窗口上的说明进行操作。如果符合检查标准，请单击窗口底部的 "
":guilabel:`合格` 按钮。如果不符合标准，请单击 :guilabel:`不合格` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory "
"order."
msgstr "在生产或库存订单上弹出 “合格 - 不合格” 质量检查窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:105
msgid ""
"For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the "
"documentation on :ref:`quality alerts <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"alerts>`."
msgstr ""
"有关如何填写质量警报表单的完整指南，请查看 :ref:`质量警报 <quality/quality_management/quality-"
"alerts>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:111
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* "
"quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the "
"manufacturing order as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:116
msgid ""
"*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be "
"completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Pass - Fail* quality "
"check is required."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:130
msgid ""
"Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Pass - Fail* quality "
"check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that "
"details the criteria for whether the check passes or fails. Click the "
":guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the pop-up window if the check "
"passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if it fails."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:135
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Pass` button is clicked, the pop-up window moves to the "
"next step for the work order. If the :guilabel:`Fail` button is clicked, a "
":guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window appears, detailing what "
"should be done next."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1
msgid "A Pass - Fail check as it appears in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:144
msgid ""
"Alternatively, instead of clicking on the step to open the pop-up window, a "
"*Pass - Fail* quality check can be completed by clicking the checkbox that "
"appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. When "
"using this method, the quality check passes automatically, without a pop-up "
"window appearing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3
msgid "Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check "
"types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality "
"control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be "
"attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:14
msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:16
msgid ""
"There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be "
"created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can "
"be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:20
msgid ""
"This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to"
" *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the "
"configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see"
" the documentation on :ref:`quality checks "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-checks>` and :ref:`quality control "
"points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:29
msgid ""
"To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a "
"Picture` quality check type."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:44
msgid "Quality control point"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:46
msgid ""
"To create a |QCP| that generates *Take a Picture* quality checks "
"automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> "
"Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:51
msgid ""
"If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears "
"after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a"
" device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information "
"about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on "
":ref:`adding new equipment "
"<maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment>`."
msgstr ""
"如果安装了 *维护保养* 应用程序，则在选择 *Take a Picture* 检查类型后会出现 :guilabel:`设备` "
"字段。使用此字段指定用于拍摄质量检查图片的设备。有关在 *维护保养* 应用程序中管理设备的信息，请参阅 :ref:`增加新设备 "
"<maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:57
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the "
"picture should be taken."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`指令` 文本框中，输入如何拍摄照片的说明。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture "
"quality check."
msgstr "质量控制点（QCP）表单配置用于创建 “拍照” 质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:65
msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check"
msgstr "处理拍照质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:67
msgid ""
"Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks "
"can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, "
"manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order "
"itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page."
msgstr ""
"创建*拍照*质量检查后，可通过多种方式进行处理。如果质量检查被分配给特定的库存、制造或工单，则可在工单上处理检查。或者，也可以在检查页面上处理检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:74
msgid ""
"To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality "
"Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture."
msgstr ""
"要从检查页面处理*拍照*质量检查，首先导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后选择质量检查。按照 "
":guilabel:`指令` 说明拍照。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:78
msgid ""
"After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to"
" process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the "
":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open "
"the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, "
"select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it."
msgstr ""
"拍照后，确保照片存储在用于处理质量检查的设备（电脑、平板电脑等）上。然后，单击:guilabel:`✏️（铅笔）` 部分中的 "
":guilabel:`图片` 按钮，打开设备的文件管理器。在文件管理器中，导航到图片，选择图片，然后单击 :guilabel:`打开` 以附加图片。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check."
msgstr "拍照质量检查上的编辑按钮（铅笔）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:90
msgid ""
"To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a "
"manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), "
"for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing"
" Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To "
"Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""
"要对订单进行*拍照*质量检查，请选择需要检查的生产订单或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作"
" --> 制造订单` 并点击订单来选择生产订单。选择库存订单的方法是浏览 :menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 "
":guilabel:`# 待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:101
msgid ""
"Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown "
"on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, "
"make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check"
" (computer, tablet, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"按照 :guilabel:`质量检查` 弹出窗口中显示的详细说明进行拍照。拍照后，确保照片存储在用于处理质量检查的设备上（电脑、平板电脑等）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:105
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture`"
" section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to"
" the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, "
"click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to"
" complete the quality check."
msgstr ""
"然后，点击 :guilabel:`图片` 部分中的 :guilabel:`拍照` 按钮打开设备的文件管理器。在文件管理器中，导航到图片，选择图片并点击 "
":guilabel:`打开` 以附加图片。最后，在弹出的 :guilabel:`质量检查` 窗口中点击 :guilabel:`验证`，以完成质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid ""
"A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory"
" order."
msgstr "在制造或库存订单上弹出 “拍照质量检查” 窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:114
msgid ""
"If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` "
"button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after"
" the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality "
"alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality "
"alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>`."
msgstr ""
"如果必须创建质量警报，请点击 :guilabel:`质量警报` 按钮，该按钮在检查验证后出现在生产单或库存单的顶部。点击 "
":guilabel:`质量警报` 会在新页面上打开质量警报表单。有关如何填写质量警报表单的完整指南，请查看 :ref:`质量警报 "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-alerts>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:123
msgid ""
"When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific "
"work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` "
"field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* "
"quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the "
"manufacturing order as a whole."
msgstr ""
"在配置生产过程中触发的 |QCP| 时，也可在 |QCP| 表单的 "
":guilabel:`工单操作`字段中指定特定工单。如果指定了工单，就会为该特定工单而不是整个生产单创建*拍照*质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:128
msgid ""
"*Take a Picture* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be "
"completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Then, select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Take a Picture*"
" quality check is required."
msgstr ""
"为工单配置的**拍照*质量检查**必须**从*车间*模块完成。要执行此操作，首先导航到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> "
"制造订单`。然后，选择包含需要*拍照*质量检查的工单的 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:142
msgid ""
"Process the work order's steps until the *Take a Picture* quality check step"
" is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes "
"instructions for how the picture should be taken. After taking the picture, "
"make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check"
" (computer, tablet, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"处理工单步骤，直至*拍照*质量检查步骤。点击该步骤会弹出一个窗口，其中包含如何拍照的说明。拍照后，确保照片存储在用于处理质量检查的设备上（电脑、平板电脑等）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:147
msgid ""
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button on the pop-up window to "
"open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the "
"picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it."
msgstr ""
"然后，单击弹出窗口上的 :guilabel:`拍照` 按钮打开设备的文件管理器。在文件管理器中，导航到图片，选择图片，然后单击 "
":guilabel:`打开` 以附加图片。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:151
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the bottom of the pop-up window to "
"complete the quality check. The pop-up window then moves on to the next step"
" of the work order."
msgstr "最后，点击弹出窗口底部的 :guilabel:`验证` 以完成质量检查。然后，弹出窗口会进入工单的下一步。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A Take a Picture check in the Shop Floor module."
msgstr "车间模块中的拍照检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:173
msgid "Review picture attached to quality check"
msgstr "查看质量检查所附的图片"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:175
msgid ""
"After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by "
"quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select "
"a quality check to review."
msgstr ""
"检查附加图片后，质量小组成员或其他用户可对其进行审查。要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`质量 --> 质量控制 --> "
"质量检查`，然后选择要审查的质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:179
msgid ""
"The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the "
"quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` "
"button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check "
"fails."
msgstr ""
"所附图片将显示在质量检查表单的 :guilabel:`图片` 部分。查看图片后，如果检查通过，请点击 :guilabel:`通过` "
"按钮；如果检查失败，请点击 :guilabel:`失败` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1
msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5
msgid "Quality control basics"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:3
msgid "Failure locations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs) are used to create *quality "
"checks*, which prompt employees to confirm the quality of products, when "
"they are included in certain operations. By setting one or more *failure "
"locations* on a |QCP|, products that fail the quality checks it creates can "
"be sent to one of the specified locations."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中，*质量控制点*（QCP）用于创建*质量检查*，当产品包含在某些操作中时，QCP "
"会提示员工确认产品质量。通过在|QCP|上设置一个或多个*故障位置*，未通过其创建的质量检查的产品可被发送到指定位置之一。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:14
msgid ""
"The *Failure Location* feature was added in version 17.0 of Odoo, and does "
"**not** appear in any previous version. To upgrade an Odoo database to a "
"more recent version, see the documentation on :doc:`database upgrades "
"<../../../../administration/upgrade>`."
msgstr ""
"*故障位置* 功能是在 Odoo 17.0 版本中添加的，并**没有**出现在任何以前的版本中。要将 Odoo 数据库升级到最新版本，请参阅 "
":doc:`数据库升级<.../.../.../.../administration/upgrade>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:21
msgid ""
"To use failure locations, the *Storage Locations* setting **must** be "
"enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app. This setting allows for the "
"creation of sub-locations within a warehouse, including failure locations."
msgstr "要使用故障位置，必须在 *库存* 应用程序的设置中启用 *存储地点* 设置。此设置允许在仓库内创建子位置，包括故障位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:25
msgid ""
"To enable the *Storage Locations* setting, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the "
"checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, under the "
":guilabel:`Warehouses` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"要启用*存储位置*设置，请导航至:menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"设置`，并勾选:guilabel:`仓库`标题下:guilabel:`存储位置`旁边的复选框。然后点击 :guilabel:`保存`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1
msgid "The Storage Locations setting on the Inventory app settings page."
msgstr "清单应用程序设置页面上的存储位置设置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:34
msgid ""
"Failure locations are most effective when used for products configured as "
"*storable products*. This is because inventory counts are only tracked for "
"storable products, versus *consumable* products, for which exact counts are "
"not tracked."
msgstr "当产品配置为*可储存产品*时，故障位置最有效。这是因为只有可储存产品才会追踪库存计数，而*消耗品*则不会追踪精确计数。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:38
msgid ""
"Quality checks can still be created for consumable products, and those "
"products can be sent to a failure location if they fail a check. However, "
"Odoo does not track the exact quantity of a consumable product stored at a "
"failure location."
msgstr "仍然可以为消耗品创建质量检查，如果检查不合格，这些产品可以被发送到故障位置。但是，Odoo 无法追踪存储在不合格地点的消耗品的确切数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:42
msgid ""
"To configure a product as storable, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory "
"app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product. In the "
":guilabel:`Product Type` field on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, "
"make sure that :guilabel:`Storable Product` is selected from the drop-down "
"menu."
msgstr ""
"要将产品配置为可储存，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 产品 --> 产品`，然后选择产品。在 "
":guilabel:`一般信息` 标签的 :guilabel:`产品类型` 字段中，确保从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`可储存产品`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:48
msgid "Add failure location to QCP"
msgstr "在 QCP 中添加故障位置"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:50
msgid ""
"To add a failure location to a |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality "
"app --> Quality Control --> Control Points`. Select an existing |QCP| from "
"the list, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要将故障位置添加到 |QCP| 中，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控应用程序 --> 质量控制 --> 控制点`。从列表中选择一个现有的 "
"|QCP| 或点击 :guilabel:`新建`，创建一个新的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:55
msgid ""
"The following instructions only detail the configuration settings necessary "
"for adding a failure location to a |QCP|. For a full overview of |QCPs| and "
"all of the options available when configuring them, see the documentation on"
" :doc:`quality control points <quality_control_points>`."
msgstr ""
"以下说明仅详细介绍了向 |QCP| 添加故障位置所需的配置设置。要全面了解 |QCPs| 以及配置时的所有选项，请参阅 "
":doc:`质量控制点<quality_control_points>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:60
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Control Per` field on the |QCP| form, select the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` option. Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Failure Locations`"
" field to appear on the form. This field is only available when the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` option is selected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:64
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Failure Locations` field, select one or more locations "
"from the drop-down menu. To create a new location, type the desired location"
" name into the field, and then select :guilabel:`Create \"[name]\"` from the"
" drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1
msgid "A QCP form in the Quality app, configured with a failure location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:73
msgid "Send products to failure location"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:75
msgid ""
"Once a |QCP| has been configured with one or more failure locations, "
"products that fail a check created by the |QCP| can be routed to one of the "
"locations."
msgstr "一旦在 |QCP| 中配置了一个或多个故障位置，由 |QCP| 创建的检查未通过的产品就会被路由到其中一个位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:78
msgid ""
"To do so, open an order that requires a quality check created by a |QCP| "
"configured with a failure location. For example, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Receipts`, and select a "
"receipt."
msgstr ""
"要执行此操作，请打开一个需要由配置有故障位置的 |QCP| 创建的质量检查的订单。例如，导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> "
"操作 --> 收据`，然后选择一个收据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:82
msgid ""
"At the top of the selected order, click the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` "
"button to open a pop-up window, from which the quality check can be "
"processed. At the bottom of the pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Fail` "
"button to fail the quality check, which opens a second pop-up window, titled"
" :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed for [Product]`."
msgstr ""
"在所选订单的顶部，点击 :guilabel:`质量检查` 按钮打开一个弹出窗口，可从该窗口处理质量检查。在弹出窗口的底部，点击 "
":guilabel:`失败`按钮，即质量检查不予通过，这将打开第二个弹出窗口，标题为 :guilabel:`[产品]质量检查失败`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:87
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Quantity Failed` field, enter the quantity of the product "
"that failed to pass the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Failure Location` "
"field, select a location to which the failed quantity should be sent. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window to close it."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`失败数量` 字段中，输入未通过质量检查的产品数量。在 :guilabel:`故障位置` "
"字段中，选择应将不合格数量发送到的位置。然后，点击弹出窗口底部的 :guilabel:`确认` 关闭窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst-1
msgid "The pop-up window that appears after a quality check fails."
msgstr "质量检查失败后弹出的窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:96
msgid ""
"Finally, on the order, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of "
"the page. Doing so confirms the products that failed the quality check were "
"sent to the failure location, while products that passed it were sent to "
"their normal storage locations."
msgstr ""
"最后，在订单上点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`验证` "
"按钮。这样做可以确认未通过质量检查的产品被发送到失效位置，而通过质量检查的产品被发送到正常的存储位置。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:101
msgid "View failure location inventory"
msgstr "查看故障位置库存"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:103
msgid ""
"To view the product quantities stored in a failure location, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Select a "
"failure location from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` "
"smart button on the location's page."
msgstr ""
"要查看故障位置中存储的产品数量，请导航至 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> "
"位置`。从列表中选择故障位置。然后，点击该位置页面上的 :guilabel:`当前库存` 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:107
msgid ""
"A failure location's page lists all of the products stored within the "
"location, along with the quantity of each."
msgstr "故障地点页面列出了该地点存储的所有产品，以及每种产品的数量。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3
msgid "Quality alerts"
msgstr "质量警报"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:8
msgid ""
"In the Odoo *Quality* app, *quality alerts* are used to notify quality teams"
" of product defects or other issues. Quality alerts can be created from a "
"manufacturing or inventory order, from a work order in the *Shop Floor* "
"module, or directly within the *Quality* app."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo *品控* 应用程序中，*质量警报* "
"用于通知质量团队产品缺陷或其他问题。质量警报可通过生产或库存订单、*车间*模块中的工单或直接在*品控*应用程序中创建。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13
msgid "Create quality alerts"
msgstr "创建质量警报"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:15
msgid "There are multiple ways to create a new quality alert:"
msgstr "创建新质量警报有多种方法："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:17
msgid ""
"**From the Quality app itself**, by to :menuselection:`Quality -->  Quality "
"Control --> Quality Alerts`, and then click :guilabel:`New` to open a "
"quality alert form."
msgstr ""
"**从品控应用程序创建**，转到 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量警报`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`，打开质量警报表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19
msgid ""
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing "
"Orders`, and then select an |MO|. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button"
" at the top of the |MO| to open a quality alert form in a new page."
msgstr ""
"导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`，然后选择一个 |MO|。点击 |MO| 顶部的 "
":guilabel:`质量警报` 按钮，在新页面中打开质量警报表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24
msgid ""
"This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the "
"|MO|. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear otherwise."
msgstr "只有在要求对 |MO| 进行质量检查时，才能使用此方法。否则不会显示 :guilabel:`质量警报` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27
msgid ""
"Open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` "
"button on an inventory order type card (Receipts, Delivery Orders, etc.), "
"and then select an order. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button at the "
"top of the order to open a quality alert form in a new page."
msgstr ""
"打开 :menuselection:`库存` 应用程序，点击库存订单类型卡（收据、送货单等）上的 :guilabel:`# 待处理` "
"按钮，然后选择一个订单。点击订单顶部的 :guilabel:`质量警报` 按钮，在新页面中打开质量警报表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33
msgid ""
"This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the "
"inventory order. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear "
"otherwise. If the button does not appear, a quality alert can also be "
"created by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the page "
"and selecting the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` option from the resulting menu."
msgstr ""
"只有在要求对库存订单进行质量检查时才能使用此方法。否则不会显示 :guilabel:`质量警报` 按钮。如果按钮未出现，也可通过点击页面顶部的 "
":guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）`图标并从菜单中选择 :guilabel:`质量警报` 选项来创建质量警报。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38
msgid ""
"Open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module, and then select a work center "
"from the navigation bar at the top of the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮"
" (three vertical dots)` button at the bottom-right of a work order card to "
"open the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` menu. Select the "
":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` option from this menu to open a quality "
"alert in a pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"打开 :menuselection:`车间` 模块，然后从页面顶部的导航栏中选择一个工作中心。然后，点击工单卡右下角的 :guilabel:`⋮ "
"（三个竖点）`按钮，打开 :guilabel:`你想做什么？` 菜单。从该菜单中选择 :guilabel:`创建质量警报` "
"选项，在弹出窗口中打开质量警报。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45
msgid ""
"Depending on how a new quality alert form is opened, certain fields on the "
"form may already be filled in. For example, if a quality alert is created "
"from a work order card in the *Shop Floor* module, the :guilabel:`Product` "
"and :guilabel:`Work Center` are pre-filled."
msgstr ""
"根据打开新质量警报表单的方式，表单上的某些字段可能已经填好。例如，如果质量警报是通过 *车间* 模块中的工单卡创建的，则 :guilabel:`产品` "
"和 :guilabel:`工作中心` 已预先填写。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:50
msgid "Quality alerts form"
msgstr "质量警报表单"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:52
msgid ""
"After opening a new quality alert form, begin by giving it a short "
":guilabel:`Title` that summarizes the issue with the product."
msgstr "打开新的质量警告表单后，首先给表单一个简短的 :guilabel:`标题`，概述产品的问题。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:55
msgid "Then, if the quality alert is referencing:"
msgstr "如果质量警报是指："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:57
msgid ""
"**A specific product or product variant**, select it from the "
":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Variant` drop-down menus."
msgstr "**特定产品或产品变体**，请从 :guilabel:`产品` 或 :guilabel:`产品变体` 下拉菜单中选择。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:59
msgid ""
"**A specific work center**, select it from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-"
"down menu."
msgstr "从 :guilabel:`工作中心` 下拉菜单中选择**特定工作中心**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:60
msgid ""
"**A specific picking order**, select it from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-"
"down menu."
msgstr "从 :guilabel:`拣货` 下拉菜单中选择**特定分拣顺序**。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:62
msgid ""
"Next in the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is "
"responsible for managing the quality alert. If a specific employee should be"
" responsible for the quality alert, select them from the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"然后在 :guilabel:`团队` 字段中，选择负责管理质量警报的质量团队。如果质量警报应由特定员工负责，请从 :guilabel:`负责人` "
"下拉菜单中选择该员工。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, select any tags relevant to the quality alert"
" from the drop-down menu."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`标签` 字段中，从下拉菜单中选择与质量警报相关的任何标签。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Root Cause` field to select the cause of the quality "
"issue, if known."
msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`根本原因` 字段选择质量问题的原因（如果已知）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71
msgid ""
"Lastly, choose a :guilabel:`Priority` level by selecting a :guilabel:`⭐ "
"(star)` number between one and three. Quality alerts with higher priorities "
"appear at the top of the :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` Kanban board in the "
"*Quality* app."
msgstr ""
"最后，选择一个 :guilabel:`⭐（星）` 数字，在一到三之间选择一个 :guilabel:`⭐ 优先级` 级别。优先级较高的质量警报会出现在 "
"*品控* 应用程序中 :guilabel:`质量警报`看板的顶部。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:75
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the quality alert form are four tabs which aid in adding "
"supplemental information or actions to be taken for the quality alert. They "
"can be filled out as follows:"
msgstr "质量警报表单的底部有四个选项卡，有助于添加补充信息或对质量警报采取的行动。可按以下方式填写："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:78
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Description` tab, enter a description of the quality "
"issue."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`描述` 选项卡中，输入质量问题的描述。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab to detail the steps that should "
"be taken to fix the issue."
msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`纠正措施` 选项卡详细说明解决问题应采取的步骤。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:81
msgid ""
"Use the :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tab to detail what should be done to "
"prevent the issue from occurring in the future."
msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`预防操作` 选项卡详细说明应采取哪些措施防止问题在将来发生。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:83
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, select the :guilabel:`Vendor` of the "
"product. If using an Odoo database which manages multiple companies, select "
"the relevant company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. Finally, specify when"
" the alert was assigned to a quality team in the :guilabel:`Date Assigned` "
"field."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`杂项` 选项卡中，选择产品的 :guilabel:`供应商`。如果使用的是管理多个公司的 Odoo 数据库，请在 "
":guilabel:`公司` 字段中选择相关公司。最后，在 :guilabel:`分配日期` 字段中指定警报何时分配给质量团队。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1
msgid "A quality alert form that has been filled out."
msgstr "已填写的质量警报表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:93
msgid "Manage quality alerts"
msgstr "管理质量警报"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:95
msgid ""
"To view all existing quality alerts, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality -->"
" Quality Control --> Quality Alerts`. By default, alerts are displayed in a "
"Kanban board view, which organizes them into different stages based on where"
" they are in the review process."
msgstr ""
"要查看所有现有质量警报，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> "
"质量警报`。默认情况下，警报显示在看板视图中，看板视图会根据警报在审查流程中的位置将其划分为不同的阶段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:99
msgid ""
"To move an alert to a different stage, simply drag and drop it on the "
"desired stage. Alternatively, select a quality alert to open it, and then "
"click the desired stage above the top-right corner of the quality alert "
"form."
msgstr "要将警报移动到不同的阶段，只需将其拖放到所需的阶段即可。或者，选择一个质量警报打开它，然后点击质量警报表右上角的所需阶段。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:103
msgid ""
"To create a new alert within a specific stage, click the :guilabel:`+ "
"(plus)` button to the right of the stage name. In the new alert card that "
"appears below the stage title, enter the :guilabel:`Title` of the alert, and"
" then click :guilabel:`Add`. To configure the rest of the alert, select the "
"alert card to open its form."
msgstr ""
"要在特定阶段创建新警报，请点击阶段名称右侧的 :guilabel:`+（加号）`按钮。在舞台标题下方出现的新警报卡中，输入警报的 "
":guilabel:`标题`，然后点击 :guilabel:`添加`。要配置警报的其余部分，请选择警报卡以打开其表单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1
msgid "The Quality Alerts page, displaying alerts in a Kanban view."
msgstr "质量警报页面，以看板视图显示警报。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3
msgid "Quality checks"
msgstr "质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:9
msgid ""
"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used "
"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted"
" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory "
"operation or manufacturing order."
msgstr "质量检查是由员工进行的人工检查，用于确保产品质量。在 Odoo 中，可对单个产品或同一库存操作或生产订单中的多个产品进行质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:13
msgid ""
"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks"
" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a "
"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee"
" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full "
"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on"
" :ref:`quality control points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-"
"points>`."
msgstr ""
"使用质量控制点（QCP）可以定期自动创建质量检查。通过 |QCP| "
"创建的质量检查会出现在生产或库存订单上，处理订单的员工会被提示完成这些检查。有关如何创建和配置 |QCP| 的完整解释，请参阅 :ref:`质量控制点 "
"<quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:19
msgid ""
"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it "
"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check"
" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that "
"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct "
"unprompted."
msgstr ""
"虽然质量检查通常由 |QCP| "
"自动创建，但也可以手动创建单个质量检查。如果员工想安排只进行一次的质量检查，或者想在没有提示的情况下注册质量检查，手动创建检查就非常有用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25
msgid "Manual quality check"
msgstr "手动质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:27
msgid ""
"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option "
"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:"
msgstr ""
"要手动创建单个质量检查，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 质量检查`，然后点击 "
":guilabel:`新建`。在质量检查表单中，首先从 :guilabel:`Control per` 下拉菜单中选择一个选项："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery"
" order) and all products within it."
msgstr ":guilabel:`操作` 请求检查整个操作（例如送货单）及其中的所有产品。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is "
"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)."
msgstr ":guilabel:`产品` 要求对操作中的每个产品单位（例如，交货单中的每个产品单位）进行检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that "
"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a "
"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a "
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected"
" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted "
"for."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`数量`要求对操作中的每一数量的产品进行检查（例如，对交货单中的五单位产品进行一次检查）。选择 :guilabel:`数量` "
"还会导致出现 :guilabel:`批次/序列号` 下拉字段，可从中选择应进行质量检查的特定批次或序列号。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:40
msgid ""
"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down "
"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-"
"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation "
"the quality check is being conducted."
msgstr ""
"接下来，从 :guilabel:`拣货` 下拉菜单中选择库存操作，或从 :guilabel:`生产订单` 下拉菜单中选择生产订单。这是必要的，因为 "
"Odoo 需要知道质量检查是针对哪个操作进行的。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:44
msgid ""
"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from "
"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality "
"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging"
" to a specific |QCP|."
msgstr ""
"如果要将质量检查分配给特定的 |QCP|，请从 :guilabel:`控制点` 下拉菜单中选择。如果质量检查是手动创建的，但仍应被识别为属于某个特定的 "
"|QCP|，这将非常有用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48
msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:"
msgstr "从 :guilabel:`类型` 下拉字段中选择质量检查类型："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct "
"the quality check."
msgstr ":guilabel:`说明` 提供如何进行质量检查的具体说明。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check "
"before the check can be completed."
msgstr ":guilabel:`拍照` 要求在完成支票之前在支票上附加一张照片。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a "
"certain criteria to pass the check."
msgstr ":guilabel:`通过 - 不通过` 用于被检查产品必须满足特定条件才能通过检查的情况。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to "
"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be "
"completed."
msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`测量` 会出现 :guilabel:`测量` 输入框，必须在其中输入测量值才能完成检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:57
msgid ""
"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-"
"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be "
"filled out to complete the check."
msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`工作表` 会导致出现 :guilabel:`质量模板` 下拉字段。用它来选择完成检查必须填写的质量工作表。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:60
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible "
"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company "
"that owns the product being inspected."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`团队` 字段中，选择负责质量检查的质量小组。在 :guilabel:`公司` 字段中，选择拥有被检查产品的公司。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:63
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant "
"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a "
"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any"
" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was "
"created, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"在表格底部的 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡上，在 :guilabel:`说明` 文本输入框中输入任何相关说明（例如，'附上产品图片'）。在 "
":guilabel:`说明` 文本输入框中输入质量检查的相关信息（创建人、创建原因等）。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:68
msgid ""
"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the "
":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, "
"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails."
msgstr ""
"最后，如果立即处理检查，则在检查通过时点击屏幕左上角的 :guilabel:`通过` 按钮，在检查失败时点击 :guilabel:`不通过` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check."
msgstr "填写质量检查表，选择合格-不合格。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76
msgid "Process quality check"
msgstr "处理质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:78
msgid ""
"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or "
"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. "
"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order "
"operation, the check is processed in the *Shop Floor* module."
msgstr ""
"质量检查可以直接在质量检查页面上处理，也可以从需要检查的生产或库存订单中处理。另外，如果为特定工单操作创建了质量检查，则会在*车间*模块中处理该检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:83
msgid ""
"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is "
"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order "
"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on "
":ref:`Quality Control Points <quality/quality_management/quality-control-"
"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create "
"quality checks for a specific work order operation."
msgstr ""
"无法手动创建分配给特定工单操作的单一质量检查。工单操作的质量检查只能由 |QCP| 创建。有关如何配置为特定工单操作创建质量检查的 |QCP| "
"的信息，请参阅 :ref:`质量控制点 <quality/quality_management/quality-control-points>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90
msgid "Quality check page"
msgstr "质量检查页面"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:92
msgid ""
"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select"
" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the "
"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`"
" tab at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
"要从检查页面处理质量检查，首先导航到 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量检查 --> 质量检查`，然后选择要处理的检查。按照页面底部 "
":guilabel:`说明` 选项卡的 :guilabel:`说明` 字段中列出的说明完成检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:97
msgid ""
"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of"
" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead."
msgstr "如果质量检查通过，请点击页面顶部的 :guilabel:`通过` 按钮。如果检查失败，请点击 :guilabel:`不通过` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101
msgid "Quality check on order"
msgstr "订单质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:103
msgid ""
"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory "
"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. "
"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on "
"an operation card, and selecting an order."
msgstr ""
"要对订单进行质量检查，请选择需要检查的生产或库存订单（收货、发货、退货等）。可通过导航至 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> "
"制造订单` 并点击订单来选择生产订单。选择库存订单的方法是浏览 :menuselection:`库存`，点击操作卡上的 :guilabel:`# "
"待处理` 按钮，然后选择订单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:109
msgid ""
"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple "
":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the"
" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all"
" of the quality checks required for that order."
msgstr ""
"在选定的库存或生产订单上，订单顶部会出现一个紫色的 :guilabel:`质量检查`按钮。点击该按钮可打开弹出式 :guilabel:`质量检查` "
"窗口，显示该订单所需的所有质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:113
msgid ""
"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up "
"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up "
"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button "
"appears instead. Click it to complete the check."
msgstr ""
"按照 :guilabel:`质量检查` 弹出窗口上的说明操作。如果正在处理 “通过-不通过” 检查，请点击弹出窗口底部的 :guilabel:`通过` "
"或 :guilabel:`不通过` 完成检查。对于所有其他质量检查类型，会出现 :guilabel:`验证` 按钮。点击该按钮完成检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1
msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order."
msgstr "制造订单上弹出的“质量检查”窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123
msgid "Quality check on work order"
msgstr "工作订单质量检查"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:125
msgid ""
"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
"Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a quality check is "
"required."
msgstr ""
"要处理工单的质量检查，首先要导航到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 操作 --> 制造订单`。选择包含需要质量检查的工单的 |MO|。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:135
msgid ""
"For a full guide to the Shop Floor module, see the :doc:`Shop Floor overview"
" <../../manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` documentation."
msgstr ""
"有关车间模块的完整指南，请参阅 :doc:`车间概览 "
"<.../../manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` 文档。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:142
msgid ""
"Process the work order's steps until the quality check step is reached. "
"Click on the step to open a pop-up window that details how the check should "
"be completed. After following the instructions, click :guilabel:`Validate` "
"to complete the check. Alternatively, if a *Pass - Fail* check is being "
"processed, click either the :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` button."
msgstr ""
"处理工单步骤，直至到达质量检查步骤。点击该步骤会弹出一个窗口，详细说明应如何完成检查。按照说明操作后，点击:guilabel:`验证` "
"完成检查。或者，如果正在处理*通过 - 不通过*检查，请点击 :guilabel:`通过` 或 :guilabel:`不通过` 按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:147
msgid ""
"It is also possible to complete a quality check by clicking the checkbox on "
"the right side of the step. Doing so automatically marks the check as "
"*Passed*."
msgstr "也可以通过点击步骤右侧的复选框来完成质量检查。这样做会自动将检查标记为*通过*。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:151
msgid ""
"The specific steps for processing a quality check depend upon the type of "
"check being conducted. For information about processing each type of quality"
" check, see the associated documentation:"
msgstr "处理质量检查的具体步骤取决于所进行的检查类型。有关处理每种质量检查的信息，请参阅相关文档："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:154
msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/instructions_check`"
msgstr ":doc:`../quality_check_types/instructions_check`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:155
msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/pass_fail_check`"
msgstr ":doc:`../quality_check_types/pass_fail_check`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:156
msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/measure_check`"
msgstr ":doc:`../quality_check_types/measure_check`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:157
msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/picture_check`"
msgstr ":doc:`../quality_check_types/picture_check`"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3
msgid "Quality control points"
msgstr "质量控制点"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11
msgid ""
"In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create "
":doc:`quality checks <quality_checks>` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| "
"can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations "
"(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those "
"operations."
msgstr ""
"在 Odoo 中，*质量控制点*（QCP）用于在预定时间间隔内自动创建 :doc:`质量检查<quality_checks>`。可以配置质量控制点 "
"|QCP| 来创建针对特定操作（制造、交付等）以及这些操作中的特定产品的质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16
msgid ""
"Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly "
"inspected for defects and other issues."
msgstr "使用 |QCP| 可以让质量团队确保定期检查产品，查看是否存在缺陷和其他问题。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20
msgid "Configure quality control points"
msgstr "配置质量控制点"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22
msgid ""
"To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality "
"Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""
"要创建新的 |QCP| ，请导航至 :menuselection:`品控 --> 质量控制 --> 控制点`，然后单击 :guilabel:`新建`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25
msgid ""
"Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that "
"makes the |QCP| easily identifiable."
msgstr "开始填写新 |QCP| 时，请输入唯一的 :guilabel:`标题`，使 |QCP| 容易识别。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| "
"should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, "
"select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`产品` 字段中，选择 |QCP| 应适用的一个或多个产品。如果 |QCP| 应适用于整个产品类别，请在 "
":guilabel:`产品类别` 字段中选择。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should "
"trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` "
"option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be "
"created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`操作` 字段中，选择应触发 |QCP| 的操作。例如，在 :guilabel:`操作` 字段中选择 "
":guilabel:`制造`选项，将为新的制造订单（MO）创建质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37
msgid ""
"When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and "
":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left "
"blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the "
"specified operation(s)."
msgstr ""
"创建新的 |QCP| 时，必须在 :guilabel:`操作` "
"字段中列出至少一项操作。但是，:guilabel:`产品`和:guilabel:`产品类别`字段可以留空。如果留空，|QCP| "
"将为指定操作的每个实例生成质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the "
":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled "
":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work "
"order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the "
"manufacturing operation, in general."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:48
msgid ""
"A |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the `Assembly` work"
" order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is confirmed for a"
" `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check specifically for the "
"`Assembly` operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that "
"determine *when* a new quality check is created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Operation`: One check is requested for the specified operation, "
"as a whole."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:56
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Product`: One check is requested for each *unique* product "
"included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for "
"one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* "
"products are included in the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:59
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quantity`: A check is requested for a certain percentage of items"
" within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the "
":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical "
"value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the "
"checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that "
"determine *how often* a new quality check is created:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67
msgid ""
":guilabel:`All`: A quality check is requested every time the conditions of "
"the |QCP| are met."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:68
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Randomly`: A quality check is randomly requested for a certain "
"percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% "
"of Operations` field that appears below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Periodically`: A quality check is requested once every set period"
" of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field "
"below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or "
":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:75
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should"
" be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|"
" depends upon the type of quality check selected:"
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`类型` 字段中，指定应执行的质量检查类型。处理由 |QCP| 创建的质量检查的方法，取决于所选的质量检查类型："

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:79
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to "
"complete the quality check."
msgstr ":guilabel:`说明` 检查提供如何完成质量检查的具体说明。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:81
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be "
"uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team."
msgstr ":guilabel:`拍照` 检查要求上传产品图片，供指定的品控小组稍后审查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to "
"confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the "
"manufacturing operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet "
"for the check to pass."
msgstr ":guilabel:`通过 - 未通过` 检查指定一个标准，产品必须满足该标准才能通过检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:86
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the "
"product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to "
"pass."
msgstr ":guilabel:`测量`检查提示员工记录产品的测量值，测量值必须在标准值的公差范围内，检查才能通过。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:88
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks require the employee processing the check to "
"fill out an interactive worksheet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:90
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Spreadsheet` checks require the employee processing the check to "
"fill out an interactive spreadsheet."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:94
msgid ""
"An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO."
msgstr "*指令*检查与 MO 工单上的步骤相同。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:96
msgid ""
"When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a"
" |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* "
"check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, "
"like receipts."
msgstr ""
"当在工单中添加一个步骤时，Odoo 会将其作为 |QCP| "
"储存在质量应用程序中。可以手动创建*说明*检查类型的|QCP|，甚至可以将其分配给制造以外的操作，如收据。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100
msgid ""
"However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control "
"purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective."
msgstr "不过，在创建专门用于质量控制的控制点时，使用不同的检查类型可能更有效。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104
msgid ""
"When creating a |QCP| with the :guilabel:`Worksheet` or "
":guilabel:`Spreadsheet` check types, it is necessary to specify a *Quality "
"Worksheet Template* or *Quality Spreadsheet Template* in the "
":guilabel:`Template` field that appears below the :guilabel:`Type` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:108
msgid ""
"The selected template is duplicated for each quality check created by the "
"|QCP|, and **must** be filled out to complete the quality check."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111
msgid ""
"To create a new template, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> "
"Configuration --> Quality Worksheet/Spreadsheet Templates`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible "
"for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific "
"quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the "
":guilabel:`Responsible` field."
msgstr ""
"在 :guilabel:`团队` 字段中，指定负责管理 |QCP| 及其创建的质量检查的质量团队。如果特定质量小组成员负责 |QCP| ，请在 "
":guilabel:`负责人` 字段中选择他们。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:118
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the "
"location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality "
"checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr "在 :guilabel:`步骤文档` 字段中有两个选项，用于指定指导文档的位置，详细说明如何完成由 |QCP| 创建的质量检查。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:121
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is "
"included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the"
" page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below."
msgstr ""
"如果文档包含在工单的说明工作表中，请选择 :guilabel:`操作工作表的特定页码`，然后在下面显示的 "
":guilabel:`工作表页码`字段中输入页码。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:125
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the "
":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|."
msgstr "如果文件应包含在 |QCP| 底部的 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡中，请选择 :guilabel:`定制`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:128
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter "
"instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|."
msgstr "在表格底部的 :guilabel:`说明` 选项卡中，输入如何完成 |QCP| 创建的质量检查的说明。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:131
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step "
"Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, "
"either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's "
"file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides "
"document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field."
msgstr ""
"如果在上述 :guilabel:`步骤文档` 字段中选择了 :guilabel:`自定义` 选项，则可在此选项卡中附加文件。要执行此操作，请选择 "
":guilabel:`上传文件` 按钮打开设备的文件管理器，然后选择文件，或在 :guilabel:`Google 幻灯片链接` 字段中添加 "
"Google 幻灯片文档的链接。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:136
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to "
"do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing"
" the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert <quality_alerts>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:140
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about "
"the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this "
"tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by "
"the |QCP|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1
msgid ""
"A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs.rst:8
msgid "Repairs"
msgstr "维修"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo *Repairs* assists companies in creating and processing repairs for "
"damaged products returned by customers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:3
msgid "Process repair orders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:10
msgid ""
"Sometimes, products delivered to customers can break or be damaged in "
"transit, and need to be returned for a refund, delivery of a replacement "
"product, or repairs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:13
msgid ""
"In Odoo, repairs for products returned by customers can be tracked in the "
"*Repairs* app. Once repaired, products can be redelivered to the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:16
msgid ""
"The return and repair process for damaged products typically follows the "
"below steps:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:18
msgid ""
":ref:`Process return order for damaged product "
"<repairs/repair_orders/return-order>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:19
msgid ""
":ref:`Create repair order for returned product "
"<repairs/repair_orders/repair>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:20
msgid ""
":ref:`Return repaired product to customer <repairs/repair_orders/return-"
"customer>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:25
msgid "Return order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:27
msgid ""
"Returns can be processed in Odoo via *reverse transfers*, created directly "
"from a sales order (SO) once products have been delivered to a customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:30
msgid ""
"To create a return, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click "
"into an |SO| from which a product should be returned. Then, from the |SO| "
"form, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Doing so opens the "
"delivery order (DO) form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:34
msgid ""
"From this form, click :guilabel:`Return`. This opens a :guilabel:`Reverse "
"Transfer` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Reverse transfer pop-up window on delivery order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:40
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:253
msgid ""
"This pop-up lists the :guilabel:`Product` included in the order, the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` delivered to the customer, and the :guilabel:`Unit of "
"Measure` the product was in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:43
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:256
msgid ""
"Click the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to change the quantity of "
"the product to be returned, if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:46
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:259
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon at the far-right of the product line "
"to remove it from the return, if necessary."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:49
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a "
"new receipt for the returned products."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:52
msgid ""
"Once the product has been returned to the warehouse, receipt of the return "
"can be registered in the database by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` from the "
"reverse transfer form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:56
msgid ""
"Once a reverse transfer for a return is validated, the value in the "
":guilabel:`Delivered` column on the original |SO| updates to reflect the "
"difference between the original :guilabel:`Quantity` ordered, and the "
":guilabel:`Quantity` returned by the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:0
msgid "Delivered and Quantity columns on sales order after return."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:67
msgid "Create repair order"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:69
msgid ""
"Once products have been returned, their repairs can be tracked by creating a"
" repair order (RO)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:71
msgid ""
"To create a new |RO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Repairs app`, and click "
":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank |RO| form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Left-hand side of blank repair order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:78
msgid ""
"On this form, begin by selecting a :guilabel:`Customer`. The customer "
"selected should be for whom the order will be invoiced and delivered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:81
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Product to Repair` field, click the drop-down menu to "
"select the product that needs repair. If necessary, click :guilabel:`Search "
"More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Product to Repair` pop-up window, and "
"browse all products in the database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:85
msgid ""
"Once a :guilabel:`Product to Repair` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Product "
"Quantity` field appears below it. In that field, enter the quantity (in a "
"`0.00` format) of the product that requires repair."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:89
msgid ""
"To the right of that value, click the drop-down list to select the unit of "
"measure (UoM) for the product."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:92
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Return` field, click the drop-down menu and select the "
"return order from which the product to be repaired comes from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:95
msgid ""
"Tick the :guilabel:`Under Warranty` checkbox, if the product being repaired "
"is covered by a warranty. If ticked, the :guilabel:`Customer` is not charged"
" for all the parts used in the repair order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:99
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, click the date to reveal a calendar"
" popover window. From this calendar, select a date for the repair, and click"
" :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Right-hand side of blank repair order form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:106
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, click the drop-down menu and select "
"the user who should be responsible for the repair."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:109
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Company` field, if in a multi-company environment, select "
"which company this |RO| belongs to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:112
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, click the drop-down menu and select which "
"tags should be applied to this |RO|."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:116
msgid "Parts tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:118
msgid ""
"Add, remove, or recycle parts in the :guilabel:`Parts` tab. To do so, click "
":guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:121
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Type` column, click the box to reveal three options to "
"choose from: :guilabel:`Add` (selected by default), :guilabel:`Remove`, and "
":guilabel:`Recycle`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Type column options or new part under Parts tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:128
msgid ""
"Choosing :guilabel:`Add` adds this part to the |RO|. Adding parts lists "
"components for use in the repair. If the components are used, the user "
"completing the repair can record they were used. If they were not used, the "
"user can indicate that, too, and the components can be saved for another "
"use."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:133
msgid ""
"Choosing :guilabel:`Remove` removes this part from the |RO|. Removing parts "
"lists components that should be removed from the product being repaired "
"during the repair process. If the parts are removed, the user completing the"
" repair can indicate they were removed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:137
msgid ""
"Choosing :guilabel:`Recycle` recycles this part from the |RO|, designating "
"it for later use or to be repurposed for another use in the warehouse."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:140
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Product` column, select which product (part) should be "
"added, removed, or recycled. In the :guilabel:`Demand` column, change the "
"quantity, if necessary, to indicate what quantity of this part should be "
"used in the repair process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:144
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the value (in a `0.00` format) once "
"the part has been successfully added, removed, or recycled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:147
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column, select the |UoM| for the part."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:149
msgid ""
"Finally, in the :guilabel:`Used` column, tick the checkbox once the part has"
" been used in the repair process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:152
msgid ""
"To add additional columns to the line, click the :guilabel:`(optional "
"columns drop-down)` icon, at the far-right of the header row. Select the "
"desired options to add to the line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Optional additional options to add to new part line."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:160
msgid "Repair Notes and Miscellaneous tabs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:162
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Repair Notes` tab to add internal notes about this "
"specific |RO|, and anything the user performing the repair might need to "
"know."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:165
msgid "Click the blank text field to begin writing notes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:167
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab to see the :guilabel:`Operation "
"Type` for this repair. By default, this is set to :guilabel:`YourCompany: "
"Repairs`, indicating this is a repair type operation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:171
msgid ""
"Once all desired configurations have been made on the |RO| form, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm Repair`. This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Confirmed`"
" stage, and reserves the necessary components needed for the repair."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:175
msgid ""
"A new :guilabel:`Forecasted` column appears on the product lines under the "
":guilabel:`Parts` tab, displaying the availability of all components needed "
"for the repair."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:178
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Start Repair`. This moves the |RO| to the "
":guilabel:`Under Repair` stage (in the upper-right corner). If the |RO| "
"should be cancelled, click :guilabel:`Cancel Repair`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:181
msgid ""
"Once all products have been successfully repaired, the |RO| is completed. To"
" register this in the database, click :guilabel:`End Repair`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:185
msgid ""
"If all parts added to the |RO| were not used, clicking :guilabel:`End "
"Repair` causes an :guilabel:`Uncomplete Move(s)` pop-up window to appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Uncomplete Moves pop-up window for unused parts."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:192
msgid ""
"The pop-up window informs the user that there is a difference between the "
"initial demand and the actual quantity used for the order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:195
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Used` quantity should be changed, click "
":guilabel:`Discard` or close the pop-up window. If the order should be "
"confirmed, click :guilabel:`Validate`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:198
msgid ""
"This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Repaired` stage. A :guilabel:`Product "
"Moves` smart button also appears above the form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:201
msgid ""
"Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button to view the product's moves"
" history during and after the repair process."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Moves history of product included in the repair order."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:211
msgid "Return product to customer"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:214
msgid "Product is under warranty"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:216
msgid ""
"Once the product has been successfully repaired, it can be returned to the "
"customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:219
msgid "Product is not under warranty"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:221
msgid ""
"If the product is not under warranty, or should the customer bear the repair"
" costs, click :guilabel:`Create Quotation`. This opens a new |SO| form, pre-"
"populated with the parts used in the |RO|, with the total cost of the repair"
" calculated."
msgstr ""
"如果产品不在保修期内，或者维修费用由客户承担，请点击 :guilabel:`创建报价单`。这将打开一个新的 |SO| 表单，其中预先填入了 |RO| "
"中使用的部件，并计算出维修的总费用。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst-1
msgid "Pre-populated new quotation for parts included in repair order."
msgstr "为维修单中包含的部件预填新报价单。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:229
msgid ""
"If this |SO| should be sent to the customer, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and "
"proceed to invoice the customer for the repair."
msgstr "如果应将此 |SO| 发送给客户，请点击 :guilabel:`确认`，然后继续向客户开具维修发票。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:233
msgid ""
"If the customer should be charged for a repair service, a service type "
"product can be created and added to the |SO| for a repaired product."
msgstr "如果应向客户收取维修服务费用，则可创建服务类型产品，并将其添加到已维修产品的 |SO| 中。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:236
msgid ""
"To return the product to the customer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales"
" app`, and select the original |SO| from which the initial return was "
"processed. Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button."
msgstr ""
"要将产品退还给客户，请导航至 :menuselection:`销售应用程序` 并选择最初处理退货的原始 |SO|。然后点击 :guilabel:`送货`"
" 智能按钮。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:240
msgid ""
"From the resulting list of operations, click the reverse transfer, indicated"
" by the :guilabel:`Source Document`, which should read `Return of "
"WH/OUT/XXXXX`."
msgstr "在生成的操作列表中，点击 “反向传送”，由 :guilabel:`源文件` 指示，其内容应为 `返回 WH/OUT/XXXXX`。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:243
msgid ""
"This opens the return form. At the top of this form, a :guilabel:`Repair "
"Orders` smart button now appears, linking this return to the completed |RO|."
msgstr "这将打开退货表单。在表格顶部，会出现一个 :guilabel:`维修订单` 智能按钮，将此退货与已完成的 |RO| 链接起来。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:246
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Return` at the top of the form. This opens a "
":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window."
msgstr "点击表格顶部的 :guilabel:`返回`。这将打开一个 :guilabel:`逆向转移` 弹出窗口。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:262
msgid ""
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a "
"new delivery for the returned products."
msgstr "准备就绪后，点击 :guilabel:`退回` 确认退货。这将为退回的产品创建一个新的交货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:265
msgid ""
"When the delivery has been processed and the product has been returned to "
"the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery."
msgstr "处理完交货并将产品退还给客户后，点击 :guilabel:`验证` 验证交货。"

#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:269
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/sales/products_prices/returns`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/sales/products_prices/returns`"